J 


piTiFsiisirr] 


MODERN  JEB.USALEM 

L     THE  CHRISTIAN  QUARTER. 

1  Goliath's  Castle. 

2  Latin  Convent 

8  Church  of  the  Holy  Sepulchre. 

4  G-reek  Convent. 

5  Coptic  Convent. 

6  Ruins  of  St.  John's  Hospital. 

7  Greek  Church.     St.  John's. 

8  Residence  of  the  Christian  Bishop. 

9  Church  of  the  Greek  Schismatics. 

10  Tower  of  Hippicus.     David's  Tower. 

11  Supposed  site  of  the  Tower  of  Phasaelus 
1§  The  Prussian  Consulate. 

IS  Modem  Evangelical  ChurcL 

14  Hospital  and  Syrian  Convent. 

IL     THE  ARMENIAN  QUARTER. 

15  Armeniaji  Convent,  with  the  Church  of  St.  Jamer. 

The  only  building  in  JeTusalem  which  presents  any  appearance  of  cotDfort. 

16  Nunnery  of  St.  George. 

17  Barracks. 

ni.     THE  JEWS'  QUARTER. 
The  most  ■wretched  in  the  city. 

18  Synagogue  of  the  Shepardim. 

19  Synagogue  of  the  Portuguese  Jews. 
go  Mosque. 

IV.     THE  MOHAMMEDAN  QUARTER. 
21  Khan  and  Bazaar, 
gg  Mineral  Bath. 
gS  Convent  and  Schools. 

24  Institute  for  Blind  Dervishes. 

25  Hospital  of  St.  Helena. 

26  Reputed  site  of  the  House  of  the  Rich  Man. 

27  Reputed  site  of  the  House  of  St.  Veronica. 

28  Residence  of  the  Turkish  Pasha. 

29  Arch  of  the  "Ecce  Homo." 

§0  Place  of  the  ''  Scala  Sancta/'  the  Holy  Staircase. 

§1  Pilate's  House. 

§2  Place  of  Flagellation. 

§8  Ruins  of  a  Church.     House  of  Simon  the  Pharisee. 

§4  Church  of  St.  Anna. 

§§  House  of  Herod.     Dervish's  Mosque. 

V.     THE  MOORS'  QUARTER, 
a  Armenian  Convent.     House  of  Caiaphas. 
b  American  Burial-ground. 
c  David's  Tomb, 
d  Place  of  Wailing  of  the  Jews. 

Just  witliin  Zion's  Gate  are  the  -wretched  ahodes  of  lepers. 


AN 


HISTORICAL 


TEXT  BOOK  AND  ATLAS 


OF 


iUital  #Mgra)j|j. 


By  LYMAN  COLEMAN. 


fUirt71RSIT7l 
^^^^^ 

PHILADELIPHIA: 
PRESBYTERIAN    BOARD   OF   PUBLICATION, 

265    CHESTNUT    STREET. 

1855. 


.t^" 


^c^ 


5Xvcy 


riRSI   ENTERED   AT  STATIOITEllS'   HALL  BT   INTERNATIONAL   ARRANGEMENT  WITH   THE  AMERICAN   PKOPRIBTORS. 

Entered  according  to  Act  of  Congress,  in  the  year  1854,  by 

LIPPINCOTT,    GRAMBO    A    CO. 

in  the  Clp"k's  Office  of  the  District  Court  of  the  Eastern  District  of  Pennsylvania. 

8TEBE0TTPED   BY   L.  JOHNSON   *   CO. 
PHILADELPHIA. 


PRINTED    BY   C.  SHERMAN. 


PREFACE. 


History  without  Geography  is  incomplete  and  unsatisfactory.  The  duty  of  the  historian  is, 
not  only  to  record  the  events  of  his  narrative,  with  their  causes  and  consequences,  but  to  sketch 
the  attending  scenes  and  circumstances,  so  as  to  present  a  clear  and  living  picture  of  the  whole. 
For  this  pui'pose  Geography  comes  to  the  aid  of  History,  to  delineate  the  scenery  of  the  histori- 
cal narrative,  to  describe  the  city  or  country  where  the  event  recorded  transpired,  to  depict  the 
mountain,  plain,  or  valley,  the  ocean,  sea,  or  river,  the  lake  or  fountain  that  blend  in  the  surround- 
ing landscape.  Nothing  so  effectually  aids  lis  to  call  up  from  the  tomb  the  figure  of  the  past  and 
reinvest  it  with  its  former  lineaments,  as  these  changeless  features  of  nature.  These  alone 
give  reality  and  life  to  the  picture.  More  than  all  else  they  carry  us  back  to  live  in  the  bygone 
days  of  history,  and  to  become  living  actors  in  its  stirring  scenes. 

Zion  is  still  beautiful  for  situation,  as  in  the  days  of  the  Psalmist ;  the  hills  stand  about  Jeru- 
salem now  as  they  did  when  their  picturesque  beauties  inspired  the  song  of  the  royal  bard. 
There  is  the  Mount  of  Olives,  and  Mount  Moriah,  with  the  deep,  silent  valley  below;  and  there 
is  "  Siloa's  brook,"  still  fresh  and  full,  as  when  it  flowed  "fast  by  the  oracle  of  God."  The 
heights  of  Hebron,  the  grazing-grounds  and  wells  of  Beersheba,  are  the  same  as  when  Abraham, 
Isaac,  and  Jacob  tended  there  their  flocks.  Lebanon  and  Carmel,  Tabor,  Hermon  and 
Bashan,  the  Lake  of  Galilee  and  its  winding  shores,  are  clad  still  in  all  the  varied  beauties 
which  held  and  charmed  the  eye  of  Jesus  of  Nazareth.  These,  contemplated  in  vivid  mental 
conception,  carry  us  back  to  walk  with  Jesus  by  the  silent,  solemn  shore  of  that  lake,  to 
commune  in  spirit  with  the  sweet  singer  of  Israel,  and  to  converse  with  Abraham,  Isaac,  and 
Jacob  on  the  tented  field. 

Thus  History  and  Geography  are  inseparably  associated  together,  and  should  ever  be  studied 
in  connection.  Each,  by  association,  lends  new  interest  to  the  other ;  and  both  are  learned  with 
more  ease  than  either  when  studied  separately.  Read  with  careful  reference  to  geographical 
and  chronological  data,  locate  in  time  as  in  history,  and  in  space  as  in  geography,  the  events 
of  the  past,  trace  upon  chart  and  map  the  shifting  scenes  of  the  narrative,  and  what  was  before 
insipid  and  profitless,  becomes,  like  the  "expressive  canvas"  and  the  "speaking  marble,"  in- 
stinct with  life  and  spirit.  What  was  crowded  in  confusion  upon  the  mind,  spreads  out  in  dis- 
tinct and  beautiful  perspective,  leaving  an  impression  clear  and  abiding  as  the  landscape  of 
the  painter. 

History  and  Geography  are  by  common  consent  considered  indispensable  branches  of  study 
in  every  primary  school.  Ancient  history  and  classical  geography  occupy  a  large  place  in  every 
liberal  course  of  education,  and  why  ?  only  that,  as  names  and  places  occur  in  conversation, 
reading,  or  public  address,  we  may  have  some  acquaintance  with  their  relative  position  and 
importance,  together  with  the  historical  incidents  with  which  they  are  associated.  But  the 
cities  and  sites  of  Scripture  History  come  before  us  in  reading,  in  conversation,  and  in  the 
instructions  of  the  pulpit,  every  day  of  our  life,  from  childhood  to  hoary  age,  while  we  live 
in  profound  ignorance  of  them,  and  count  it  no  reproach,  no  loss.  Sacred  History  and 
Geography,  infinitely  more  important  and  more  attractive  than  the  histories  and  geographies 

3 


4  PREFACE. 

of  our  schools,  has  no  place  in  our  public  systems  of  education.  What  school  or  acadorny,  even 
•when  proposing  a  course  of  study  peculiarly  select  and  religious — what  system  of  Public  Edu- 
cation— what  College  or  Theological  Seminary  even,  includes  in  its  plan  of  study  the  Geography 
and  History  of  the  Bible  ?  How  many,  accordingly,  read  the  Scriptures  daily,  and  for  half  a 
century  profess  to  expound  them  it  may  be,  without  any  just  conception  of  the  localities  and 
scenery  of  Bethlehem,  of  Nazareth,  of  Capernaum,  of  Jerusalem,  of  the  Mount  of  Olives,  or  of 
dark  Gethsemane — localities  and  scenes  around  which  cluster  the  most  hallowed  associations 
of  the  Christian. 

The  following  work  is  the  result  of  an  humble  effort  and  an  earnest  desire  to  associate  together, 
for  reasons  which  have  been  briefly  indicated,  the  History  and  Geography  of  the  Scriptures, 
and  to  allure  the  young  and  assist  them  in  an  interested  and  intelligent  perusal  of  the  Book  of 
God.  Whatever  may  be  the  consideration  in  which  this  Text  Book  itself  shall  be  held,  we  claim 
that  the  subject  of  it  undeniably  ought  to  have  a  place,  not  only  in  the  Bible-class  and  Sunday- 
school,  but  in  the  primary  and  grammar  school,  the  college  and  the  theological  seminary. 

The  general  plan  of  the  book  is  the  same  as  that  of  the  Historical  Geography  of  the  Bible, 
published  in  1849.  It  is  not,  however,  an  abridgment,  but  a  separate,  independent  treatise, 
which  has  called  the  writer  to  a  new  and  extended  course  of  reading,  preparatory  to  the  task 
of  constructing  this  Text  Book  and  Atlas.  What  was  scattered  in  many  volumes  is  here 
brought  together,  "with  no  cursory  pains,  to  save  the  reader  a  far  longer  travail  of  wandering 
through  so  many  desert  authors."  The  works  which  have  been  chiefly  consulted  in  the  prepa- 
ration of  this  manual  are  subjoined  at  the  conclusion  of  these  remarks. 

But  the  present  work  is  by  no  means  offered  to  the  public  as  a  substitute  for  the  Historical 
Geography  of  the  Bible.  The  object  has  been  to  provide  a  series  of  maps  more  distinct  and 
satisfactory,  and  to  reduce  the  letter-press  into  the  dimensions  requisite  for  an  elementary 
Text  Book.  For  these  purposes  the  Maps  have  been  prepared,  on  the  basis  of  Kiepert's  Bible 
Atlas,  compared  with  that  of  Wieland  and  Ackermann,  and  the  maps  of  Drs.  Robinson  and 
Wilson,  Lieutenant  Lynch,  Layard,  Colonel  Chesney,  &c.  These  maps  are  engraved  on  steel 
plates,  in  such  distinctness  and  beauty,  that  we  think  they  cannot  fail  to  commend  themselves 
to  the  favourable  consideration  of  the  public. 

The  text  has  been  compressed  into  the  narrowest  limits  that  seemed  compatible  with  the 
design  of  presenting  a  satisfactory  compend  of  the  wide  range  of  Biblical  Geography,  Chro- 
nology, and  History,  without  reducing  it  to  a  barren,  repulsive  series  of  isolated  statistics. 

Special  attention  has  been  given  to  the  Chronology  of  Sacred  History.  The  division  of  the 
work  by  chapters  has  been  made  in  conformity  with  the  extraordinary  parallelisms  which  the 
history  of  the  Old  Testament  presents.  A  little  attention  to  these  divisions,  compared  with 
the  summary  which  is  found  on  pages  43,  44,  will  establish  several  great  landmarks  in  the 
chronology  of  the  Scriptures,  to  which  intermediate  events  may  be  easily  referred,  so  that  each 
shall  take  its  relative  position  in  the  long  series  of  ages,  without  encumbering  the  memory  with 
a  wearisome  accumulation  of  historical  dates.  Such  indeed  is  the  beautiful  simplicity  of  the 
chronology  of  the  Bible,  that  its  great  outlines,  may,  in  a  single  hour,  be  so  impressed  on  the 
memory  as  never  to  be  forgotten. 

By  means  of  the  Chronological  Table  and  the  General  Index,  this  book,  like  the  Historical 
Geography,  offers  the  advantages  of  a  Gazetteer  for  occasional  reference,  as  well  as  of  a 
manual  for  the  consecutive  reading  arid  study  of  the  Bible. 

Such  are  the  ends  proposed  in  the  preparation  of  this  Text  Book  and  Atlas.  For  many 
weary  months  they  have  been  pursued  with  watchful  care  and  laborious  diligence ;  but  with 
what  propriety  or  success  remains  to  be  seen  in  the  judgment  which  the  book  awaits  from  the 
public  to  whom  it  is  submitted.  In  common  with  other  works  of  a  kindred  character,  it  has 
at  least  this  special  claim  for  public  favour,  that  it  offers  to  our  Institutions  of  Learning, 
of  whatever  grade  or  name,  an  opportunity  of  introducing  the  study  of  the  Bible  into  their 
course  of  education,  without  disturbing  the  denominational  or  sectarian  prejudices  of  any 
religious  creed. 


SUGGESTIONS  TO  INSTEUCTOES. 


Any  Bible  or  Sunday-school  class  might  study  this  Text  Book  with  sufficient  thoroughness, 
by  appropriating  to  it  one  lesson  in  a  week  for  a  single  year ;  and  any  college,  academy,  or  pri- 
mary school  might  allot  this  amount  of  time  to  the  study  of  the  Holy  Scriptures,  at  some  con- 
venient hour,  without  any  apparent  interference  with  the  progress  of  the  pupils  in  their  secular 
studies,  while  they  would  acquire  an  acquaintance  with  the  History,  Chronology,  and  Geography 
of  the  Bible,  that  would  lend  new  attractions  to  this  holy  book,  and  by  the  grace  of  God  might 
win  them  to  a  perusal  of  His  word  that  would  enlighten  the  eyes,  rejoice  the  heart,  and  convert 
the  soul.     Tlie  entrance  of  it  giveth  light;  it  giveth  understanding  to  the  simple. 

To  such  as  may  prefer  a  course  of  study  somewhat  more  extended,  the  Historical  Geography 
of  the  Bible  offers  a  wider  range  of  description,  and  a  fuller  detail  of  events  and  incidents, 
arranged  and  grouped  according  to  the  same  general  plan. 

But  in  either  case  the  Bible  itself  must  be  the  principal  Text  Book,  to  the  study  of  which 
such  compends  and  manuals  may  be  subservient,  while  they  are  never  to  supersede  the  diligent 
perusal  of  God's  own  Word.  Select  portions  of  the  Scripture  History  should  ever  be  assigned 
as  the  lesson  for  rehearsal,  in  connection  with  either  manual  of  Biblical  Geography ;  and  every 
locality  should  be  distinctly  traced  on  the  map — even  if  it  is  not  inserted,  it  should  be  referred 
to  its  appropriate  position. 

Let  the  reader  begin,  as  has  been  already  suggested  on  another  occasion,  by  establishing  a 
few  landmarks,  as  central  points  from  which  to  determine  the  relative  positions  of  other  places. 
The  outlines  of  the  lands  of  the  Bible  are  comprehended  by  a  single  glance  at  the  Atlas. 
Palestine  is  included  between  the  eastern  coast  of  the  Mediterranean  and  the  line  of  the 
Jordan  with  its  lakes  and  the  Dead  Sea.  Jerusalem  is  the  great  central  point  to  which  the 
bearings  and  distance  of  cities  and  countries  may  be  referred.  Locate  these  distinctly  in  the 
mind  as  points  of  departure,  for  convenient  reference,  and  the  outline  may  be  filled  without 
confusion  as  the  details  shall  arise.  Natural  features,  relative  position  and  distance,  should  be 
distinctly  noted ;  but  to  give  specific  boundaries,  to  attempt  to  define  with  accuracy  the  distance 
and  bearing  of  different  localities,  is  worse  than  useless.  It  leads  to  positive  error  by  confound- 
ing the  true  with  the  false,  the  certain  with  the  uncertain.  The  relative  position  and  extent  of 
Judea,  for  example,  of  Samaria,  and  of  Galilee,  cannot  be  mistaken ;  but  who  can  define  their 
exact  limits  ?  The  territory  of  Judah  and  Benjamin  among  the  tribes,  and  of  Philistia  among 
the  foes  of  Israel,  may  be  distinctly  noted,  but  it  is  neither  easy  nor  important  to  trace 
their  specific  boundaries. 

The  names  of  ancient  cities  that  still  remain,  the  ruins  by  which  they  are  identified,  and  the 
scenery  which  invests  them,  have  wonderful  power  lo  daguerreotype  them  on  the  mind,  and,  like 
the  faithful  remembrancer  of  a  lost  friend,  to  suggest  a  thousand  endearing  recollections. 

With  these  suggestions  this  little  manual  is  respectfully  commended  to  the  consideration  of 
parents,  superintendents,  and  instructors,  with  the  hope  that  it  may  serve  in  some  degree  to  call 
their  attention  to  a  most  important  but  neglected  branch  of  education,  and  to  one  of  the  most 
efficient  means  of  alluring  and  aiding  the  young  in  the  acquisition  of  knowledge  which  it  is 
most  important  for  them  to  know — the  knowledge  that  may  make  them  wise  unto  Eternal  Life. 


AUTHORS  CONSULTED. 


Reland's  Palestina,  2  vols,  quarto — Ritter's  Erdkunde,  14th,  15th,  and  16th  parts,  4  volumes,  relating 
to  the  Peninsula,  to  Palestine,  and  Syria,  and  to  Judah,  Samaria,  and  Galilee — Winer's  Biblisches  Real- 
wbrterbuch,  third  edition — Von  Raumer's  Palastina — Arnold's  Palastina,  Historisch-Geographisch,  with 
Helmuth's  Map,  one  of  the  best  that  has  been  published — Several  German  Commentators,  particularly 
Rosenmiiller,  Thenius,  Kiel,  and  Havemick,  together  with  Alexander  on  Isaiah — Robinson's  Researches — 
Wilson's  Lands  of  the  Bible — Lepsius's  Letters — Jahn's  Hebrew  Commonwealth — De  Saulcy's  Journey 
round  the  Dead  Sea — Kitto's  History  of  Palestine — Cyclopaedia — Scripture  Lands,  &c. — Transactions  of 
the  Royal  Geographical  and  Royal  Asiatic  Societies — The  Works  of  Joseph  Schwartz,  Rbhr,  Wheeler ; 
together  with  the  articles  of  Dr.  Robinson  and  the  American  Missionaries  in  the  Bibliotheca  Sacra,  which 
enrich  the  varied  literature  of  this  learned  and  valuable  Journal — The  Travels  of  the  Rev.  Drs.  Olin  and 
Durbin;  of  Lamartine,  Stevens,  and  many  others — Williams'  Holy  City — Bartlett's  Walks  about  Jerusalem, 
&c.  On  the  Chronology  of  the  Scriptures,  Browne's  Ordo  Sasclorum.  On  the  Region  of  Mesopotamia, 
the  Tigris  and  Euphrates,  Colonel  Chesney's  Survey.  On  Nineveh,  Babylon,  &c.,  the  several  works 
of  Layard,  Bonomi,  &c.  On  the  Tenth  Chapter  of  Genesis,  Knobel's  Vblkertafel,  Dr.  Robinson  on  the 
Harmony  of  the  Gospels,  and  Strong's  Harmony  and  Exposition.  On  the  Acts  of  the  Apostles,  Hackett's 
Commentary,  Smith's  Shipwreck  of  St.  Paul,  and  the  late  and  incomparable  work  of  Conybeare  and 
Howson  on  the  Life  of  St.  Paul,  2  vols,  quarto.  On  the  Book  of  the  Revelation,  Brewer's  Patmos  and 
the  Seven  Churches. 

The  Maps  are  after  the  model  of  Kiepert's  Bible  Atlas,  modified  by  reference  to  Wieland  and  Acker- 
mann's  Bible  Atlas — the  Vblkertafel  of  Knobel — Zimmermann's  series  of  Maps  of  the  Peninsula, 
Palestine,  and  Syria,  accompanying '  the  volumes  of  Ritter's  Erdkunde — Helmuth's  Map  of  Palestine, 
together  with  the  Maps  of  Drs.  Robinson  and  Wilson,  and  those  of  Conybeare  and  Howson. 


^■■V""''of  rHB-"'"^'^ 


CONTENTS, 


^art  5. 

CHAPTER  I. 

THE  ANTEDILUVIAN  PERIOD:  FROM  THE  CREATION  TO  THE  FLOOD.  1666  YEARS 10 

A.  M.  0+1666=1656.     B.  C.  4102—1656=2446. 

CHAPTER  II. 

THE  PERIOD  OF   THE  DISPERSION:   FROM  THE   FLOOD   TO  THE  PROMISE.     430  YEARS 16 

^.      A.  M.  1656+430=2086.     B.C.  2446— 430=2016. 

CHAPTER  III. 

THE  PERIOD  OF  THE  PATRIARCHS:   FROM  THE  PROMISE  TO  THE  EXODE,  430  YEARS 26 

A.  M.  2086+430=2516.     B.  C.  2016—430=1586. 

CHAPTER  IV. 

THE   PERIOD  OF  THE  WANDERING  :  FROM  THE   EXODE   TO  THE  PASSAGE  OVER  JORDAN.    40 

YEARS 44 

A.  M.  2516+40=2556.     B.  C.  1586-40=1546. 

CHAPTER  V. 

THE  PERIOD  OF  THE   THEOCRACY:   THE  JUDGES   FROM  JOSHUA  TO  SAMUEL.     450  YEARS 68 

A.  M.  2556+450=3006.     B.  C.  1546—450=1096. 

CHAPTER  VI. 

THE  INTERMEDIATE   PERIOD:    FROM  SAMUEL  TO   DAVID  AS   KING.     40  YEARS 105 

A.  M.  3006+40=3046.     B.  C.  1096—40=1066. 

CHAPTER  VII. 

THE  PERIOD  OF  THE  MONARCHY:  FROM  DAVID  TO  THE  BABYLONISH  CAPTIVITY.     460  YEARS..  116 

A.  M.  3046+450=3496.     B.  C.  1066—450=606. 

CHAPTER  VIII. 

THE  PERIOD  OF  THE  CAPTIVITY  AND  OF  THE  RESTORATION:  FROM  THE  CONQUEST  OF  JUDEA 

TO   THE  CONCLUSION  OF  THE  CANON  OF  THE  OLD  TESTAMENT.     206  YEARS 155 

A.  M.  3496+70+136=3702.     B.  C.  606—70—136=400. 


^m  M, 


CHAPTER  I. 

THE  LIFE  OF  CHRIST *...  1C5 

CHAPTER  II. 

THE   LABOURS  OF  St.  PAUL 209 

P  CHAPTER  III. 

PATMOS,  AND   THE   SEVEN  CHURCHES 247 

7 


MAPS. 


I.— FRONTISPIECE:    ANCIENT  AND  MODERN  JERUSALEM. 


II.— THE  WORLD  AS  KNOWN  TO  THE   HEBREWS   ACCORDING  TO  THE   MOSAIC   ACCOUNT. 


Ill— THE  ROUTES  OF  THE  ISRAELITES   THROUGH  THE  DESERT.     CANAAN  AT  THE   TIME  OF  THE 

CONQUEST. 


IV.— PALESTINE  UNDER  THE  JUDGES  AND   KINGS,  WITH   THE   DISTRIBUTION  OF  THE 

TWELVE   TRIBES. 


v.— PALESTINE  IN  THE   TIME  OF  CHRIST. 


VI.— THE   TRAVELS  OF   OUR  SAVIOUR. 


Vn.— THE   MISSIONARY  TOURS  OF  THE  APOSTLE   PAUL. 


VIII.— A  CHART  OF   THE  ELEVATION  OF  VARIOUS   SECTIONS   OF   THE  LANDS  OF  THE  BIBLE. 


[lE^^[L/^RO^TQ©[i^   ©[F   m/k\P   00a 

GEK  X. 

THIS  comprises  the  world  as  known  to  the  ancient  Hebrews,  with  the  exception  on  the  east,  of  India,  and  the 
unknown  region  of  Sinim,  supposed  to  be  China;  and  on  the  west  of  Mauritania.  The  author,  in  locating  these 
ancient  tribes  of  men,  availed  himself  of  the  labours  of  Gesenius,  Ewaid,  Hitzig,  and  others,  together  with  the  re- 
searches of  the  most  reliable  geographers  and  antiquaries.  Askenaz,  according  to  these  authorities,  occupies  the 
western  part  of  Asia  Minor;  Togarmah  is  Armenia,  and  Gomer  occupies  the  region  of  Cappadocla  between  them; 
Riphath,  the  author  locates  on  the  southern  shore  of  the  Black  Sea,  north  of  Gomer;  but  in  accordance  with  others 
it  is  also  referred  to  the  region  north  of  this  sea.  Gog,  and  Magog,  the  land  of  Gog,  in  conformity  with  classical 
and  Armenian  authors,  is  placed  north  of  Armenia,  in  the  neighbourhood  of  Togarmah,  Meshech,  and  Tubal, 
v/hose  position  is  clearly  defined.     They  are  also  set  farther  north,  to  represent  the  Scythian  nations. 

Tarshish,  Gen.  x.  4,  Kiepert  also  identifies  with  Tarsus  in  Cilicia,  alleging  that  Spain  was  at  this  time  unknown 
to  the  Hebrews.  At  a  later  period,  Tarshish  became  the  name  of  the  Etruscans,  who  inhabited  a  part  both  of 
Spain  and  of  Italy.  Casluh,  Casluhim,  should  be  located  on  the  south-east  angle  of  the  Mediterranean,  east  of  the 
Nile,  between  Egypt  and  Palestine,  instead  of  occupying  its  present  position  on  the  map 

The  true  position  cf  the  descendants  of  Jcktan,  in  southern  Arabia,  is  quite  uncertain.  1'hese  have  been  varied 
m  a  few  instances  on  the  authority  of  Knobel  in  his  Volkertafel.  Only  those  names  are  underlined  with  colours 
which  are  best  known  and  have  their  position  most  clearly  defined.  Later  names  which  occur  in  the  Prophets, 
fiuch  as  Persia,  Nubia,  &c.,  are  not  underlined,  and  classical  names  not  found  in  the  Bible  are  set  in  smaller  type. 

The  extent  of  the  ancient  Assyrian  empire  is  also  distinctly  indicated,  and  the  localities  entered  according  to  the 
latest  and  best  authorities  of  English  residents,  surveyors,  and  travellers. 


.\  ^-t)  I? 


THE'WOKtD^AS  KWOWIf  'f^lTHB  HEBREWS 


gsiVII^SIT 


THIS  and  the  following  Maps  of  Palestine  are  constnicted  on  the  bases  of  Dr.  Robinson's  maps,  reduced  by 
Kiepert,  who  executed  those  maps  under  the  direction  of  Dr.  E,.  The  plan  of  the  Sinaitio  group  is  modified  to 
represent  the  plains  on  the  south  of  Sinai,  in  connection  with  that  of  Er  E,ahah,  where  Dr.  R.  supposes  the 
Israelites  to  have  stood  on  the  giving  of  the  law. 

On  the  south  and  east  of  Sinai  is  seen  the  plain  of  Sebaiyeh,  which,  extending  several  miles,  offers  a  wider  range 
of  ground  for  the  hosts  of  Israel,  and  is  assumed  by  Hitter  and  many  others  to  have  been  the  station  of  the  Israel- 
ites when  they  received  the  law  from  Sinai. 

After  leaving  Sinai,  the  route  and  the  stations  of  the  Israelites  are  quite  conjectural.  The  continuous  red  line 
denotes  the  track  of  the  Israelites  as  sketched  by  Dr.  E/. ;  the  shorter  lines,  green  and  blue,  indicate  the  deviations 
from  this  route,  on  the  supposition  that  the  children  of  Israel  occupied  the  plains  on  the  south  of  Sinai,  and  from 
this  station  proceeded  in  a  direct  line  across  the  desert  toward  Beer-sheba  to  Kadesh-barnea  in  the  desert  belov/; 
and  then  again,  after  thirty-eight  years'  wandering  in  the  desert,  are  found  at  another  Kadesh-barnea,  in  the  deep 
valley  below  the  Dead  Sea.  Tliis  virtually  supposes  that  there  were  two  places  having  the  same  name,  one  upon 
the  western  part  of  the  great  plateau  of  the  desert;  the  other,  in  the  deep  valley  of  the  Arabah,  belov/  the  Dead 
Sea.     See  pages  §5,  §6. 

Lepsius  contends  with  great  earnestness  and  force,  that  the  law  must  have  been  given  on  Mount  Serbal,  at  the 
distance  of  a  day's  journey  or  more  north-west  from  Sinai,  near  the  desert  of  Sin.  It  rises  in  lonelier,  loftier  gran- 
deur, to  the  observer,  than  Sinai  itself,  though  somewhat  inferior  in  height.  About  its  base  is  spread  a  charming 
oasis  of  the  richest  verdure,  watered  by  perennial  streams  of  water.  The  mysterious  Sinaitio  inscriptions  on  its 
rocky  facings  in  every  direction  prove  it  to  have  been  frequented  as  a  sacred  mountain  by  the  pilgrims  who  recorded 
these  memorials  of  themselves,  which  remain  imperishable  after  all  else  relating  to  them,  their  language,  their  re- 
ligion, and  their  country  has  been  totally  lost.  This  theory  of  Lepsius  would  essentially  change  again  the  probable 
route  of  the  Israelites  through  the  desert.  But  Serbal  stands  without  the  group  of  Sinai  and  cannot  well  be 
made  to  conform  to  the  conditions  of  the  narrative. 


Ki,;-*.jn  Stpd  IjyWWiIKeaM  Ttal* 


^3-^^ 


Of  TEE 


IT 


'^^^ 


THE  boundaries  of  Palestine  are  indicated  according  to  their  probable  limits.  The  exact  boundaries  of  the 
tribes  cannot  be  defined,  but  their  relative  position  and  the  comparative  extent  of  their  territories  are  indicated 
approximately  on  the  map.  Sometimes  the  claims  of  the  tribes  by  promise  extended  beyond  their  actual  possession 
by  conquest,  as  in  the  instances  of  Judah,  Dan,  Asher,  and  Manasseh,  This  with  reference  to  the  land  of  the 
Philistines  is  indicated  by  the  crossing  of  different  colours;  the  independent  tribes  of  G-eshur,  Bashan,  Maachah. 
fee,  in  the  territory  assigned  to  the  half-tribe  of  Manasseh.  east  of  the  Jordan,  are  represented  by  double 
coloured  lines. 

It  is  a  vain  attempt  to  define  with  precision  the  boundaries  of  the  several  tribes.  The  effacing  hand  of  time  has 
thoroughly  obliterated  them;  but  their  relative  position,  magnitude,  and  importance  may  be  distinctly  noted,  together 
with  their  natural  scenery  and  soil.  With  the  knowledge  of  these  we  may  well  be  content.  In  geography,  as  in 
history,  a  general  outline  is  more  easily  retained,  moffe  satisfactory,  and  more  profitable  than  a  minute  detail.  Such 
an  outline  is  presented  in  these  boundaries,  without  any  claim  to  minute  accuracy. 

The  cities  of  the  Plain,  Sodom,  G-omorrah,  Zoar,  Admah,  and  Zeboim,  are  entered  on  the  map  according  to  the 
late  researches  of  the  French  traveller  De  Saulcy.  The  discovery  of  the  sites  of  Sodom  and  G-omorrah  by  this 
traveller  is  pronounced  by  an  English  journalist  to  be  one  of  the  most  striking  in  the  whole  range  of  biblical  anti- 
quity. The  disinterment  of  Nineveh  may  be  of  more  importance  in  its  results  to  the  historian  and  the  antiquary, 
but  as  a  matter  of  feeling,  it  is  of  small  moment  compared  with  the  discovery  of  Sodom  and  Gomorrah.  "There 
is  something  strangely  awful  in  the  idea  of  these  living  monuments  of  Divine  vengeance,  yet  remaining  after  six 
and  thirty  centuries,  with  the  actual  marks  of  the  instrument  of  their  overthrow  still  visible  upon  their  blasted  ruins." 
The  region  around  Jerusalem,  where  the  most  interesting  local  incidents  are  clustered  together,  is  exhibited  on  a 
larger  scale  in  the  margin.  These  discoveries,  however,  have  not  been  confirmed  by  subsequent  travellers,  and 
the  conclusions  of  De  Saulcy  must  be  regarded  as  questionable. 


v< 


FAI.ESTINK  '"'({JV^^^ 

urulor   lht>  ^ 

JUDGES  AND  KmGS       > 

*7  5>r<^> 


T W E LVE  TRt BES. <  s-.,,,.//      ^- 


THE  TWELVE  TRIBES 


I  .IikI.iIi 

I  I   vSlMlCOII 

III  l^fuij.unin 

IV  l)<n» 

V  I'phrauii 
VlM.uiassHi 


\lllss,uU.u-    /s\V*K|ls 
Vlll/cbdou    ^> 

XKr.ul  "^^ 

MIIumiIm'ii  /(• 


ijuklii 
'intnu'i 


BATTLE  FIELDS    ^^;,^,')^  ,,;,!  ,       '"    ' 

IJMtnn  (OlUfiusI  ol  tin  Ihn^/ 

Unnioiuti^  (I  I  illUiiluen 
J  J 15  losluuu,  vu-t-'^oi^nJi 
UBtuiiks  aiuWchnt  (illfttd^l 

]()  Sti;./v  .-r  tfti  ]Wli.fVi/rm (  ' 
Iw  Siiiili.  ati^Unj'in,   I'  I  iij 

I  ' 

Jicfh 


o 


,/ 


.»%.' 


A5f 


t/ 


Ari)li,id 


%JliAfn'Hir 


61&CI 


'  Li'^hsna^A 


''i/h. 


IrbU 


.fji 


llhfifi, 


"-hllj 


^XI 


^4^ 


,'%^ 


MVXlil 


\i^r 


cy^ 


^>^ 


4 


ul^ 


/^t 


w:'§' ;.\v^ 


.V  ff^>«;i  *^ 


:5^.^'^W??V 


'^ 


;^»?- 


^ 


SCALl'. . 
Geographical    Miles 

o     r>    K)    ir.  20  L'r>    .u) 

of  ^ 

JERUSALEM 


h',  rhifh,  m 


isiiwli 


l> 


g}f  ISHOA 


Ihl 


W; 


MenenalhaJ'. 


GeshiiT^^_^:. 


Rthobotfik 


.1 


O  T 


HElusd) 


odCLi"" 


"^'^J'^' 

.*"■•  '•-■•-..,, 

V* 


/ 


^>S"" 


r     an     / 


ji>lM);itllM.(>!xl> 


J^  %ls?^ 


[».S?n 


M'Hor 


(jlJl^-^ekoAi/fera; 
"  \        \Maon 


I'tfH 

ntiuUli,     ,_,^  — 

\mnf  V^  N 


r? 


D 


ur)\Ti.ih.' .'  ,'r 


!':tie:"cm  Stf  (^Tl.','WWlnlaTl1s  Ph.l 


^^s^^^^ 


0?  THE 


hJBIVBRSITTj 


OF  THE 


[iriri7EEsiTr] 


^^S-Ai;^ 


Of  TH3 


[TJiriVBRSITY 


THIS  map  has  been  somewhat  modified  according  to  Dr.  Wilson-s  map:  particularly  the  localities  and  cities 
■  v/hich  have  been  clearly  identified,  some  ISO  or  160  in  number,  have  been  entered  in  a  distinct  type,  the  common 
Roman  letter,  large  or  small,  according  to  the  importance  of  the  place.  Places  not  yet  identified  are  entered  in 
italics.  The  coast  and  country  of  Syria  is  continued  northward  to  Antioch,  in  consideration  of  the  frequent 
mention  of  this  country  in  the  history  of  the  Maccabees  and  of  the  Acts  of  the  Apostles.  This  map  is  enlarged  in 
size,  to  prevent  confasion  in  inserting  so  many  names  together  in  a  small  space. 

The  division  of  the  country  west  of  the  Jordan  into  the  three  divisions  of  Judea,  Samaria,  and  G-alilee,  first 
occurs  in  the  time  of  the  Maccabees,  1  Maccab.  x  §0,  which  is  also  recognised  by  Josephus.  In  the  time  of  Clirist 
the  division  had  become  familiar  and  well  established.  But  the  specific  boundaries  are  not  well  defined.  Judea 
com.prised  substantially  the  territory  of  the  tribes  of  Judah,  Simeon,  Benjamin,  and  Dan ;  Samaria,  that  of  Ephraim 
and  the  half-tribe  of  Manasseh ;  and  G-alilee,  that  of  the  remaining  tribes  of  Issachar,  Zebulon,  Asher,  and 
NaphtalL 

Samaria,  though  less  in  extent,  is  more  fertile  than  Judea ;  the  mountains  are  covered  with  a  richer  verdure ; 
the  valleys  are  better  watered  and  yield  a  more  luxuriant  vegetation.  G-alilee  surpasses  both  Judea  and  Samada, 
alike  in  the  fertility  of  its  soil  and  the  grandeur  of  its  scenery. 

The  Perea  is  a  general  term  to  denote,  as  its  name  implies,  the  country  east  of  Jordan  from  the  Arnon  to  the 
sourees  of  the  Jordan :  in  a  more  restricted  sense,  it  designates  the  country  from  the  Arnon  to  the  neighbourhood 
of  Pella,  north  of  the  river  Jabbok,  v/hich  country  in  Joshua  is  denominated  Bashan  and  Gilead.  The  latter  again, 
in  Deut.  xxxiv.  1,  denotes  the  v/hole  country  east  of  the  Jordan.  Ancient  Bashan  comprised  the  provinces  of 
Gaulonitis,  Iturea,  Auronitis,  and  Trachonitis. 


THIS  map/ may  be  more  unsatisfactory  and  conjectural  than  either  of  the  others.  The  travels  of  our  Lord  are 
seldom  defined  by  localities  sufficient  to  allow  them  to  be  sketched  with  any  degree  of  certainty.  Still,  a  viev/  of 
them  even  though  the  exact  route  may  be  altogether  conjectural,  serves  to  impress  the  mind  with  the  extent  of  his 
travels  and  the  wearisome  life  which  he  lived,  in  his  labour  of  love,  going  about  everyu'-here  doing  good.  The 
chart  of  these  journeyings  may  seem  somewhat  confused,  but  they  may  be  easily  traced  in  their  order,  as  delineated 
by  the  different  colours  on  the  map  according  to  the  following  descriptions.  The  dates  are  given  according  to  the 
corrected  chronology,  four  years  below  the  common  reckoning  of  the  Christian  era. 

I.  In  his  Crst  journey  to  Jerusalem,  Jesus  goes  from  Nazareth  to  be  baptized  of  John  in  Jordan  at  Bethabara 
nearly  opposite  Jericho,  |  1§.  He  is  supposed  to  go  down  the  east  side  of  Jordan — ^he  passes  over  into  the  wilder- 
ness of  Judea,  on  the  west  side,  about  Jericho — ^goes  up  to  Jerusalem,  returns  A.  D.  §;§.  (§19)  through  the  wilderness 
to  John  at  Bethabara,  and  thence  along  the  western  banks  of  the  Jordan  to  Nazareth,  and  (§  20)  to  Gana  and  Caper- 
naum. 

n.  Jesus  goes  up  to  Jerusalem  the  second  time,  A.  D.  26.  §  21,  by  the  westem  route,  (see  page  1 79)  along  the  plain 
of  Esdraelon  and  along  the  plain  of  Sharon.  From  Jerusalem  he  passes  eastward  to  the  Jordan,  baptizes  at  Enon 
near  Shalim — ^returns  to  Jerusalem  and  to  G-alilee  by  the  middle  route,  which  conducts  him  to  Jacob's  well,  §  25, 
and  Sychar,  the  Shechem  of  the  Old  Testament.  He  teaches  publicly  in  the  synagogues  in  G-alilee,  §  26,  is  again 
at  Gana  and  at  Nazareth,  and  Cxes  his  abode  at  Capernaum.  This  public  teaching  in  G-alilee  supposes  him  tc> 
have  reached  these  plains  by  some  such  circuit  as  is  indicated  in  this  return. 

m.  The  first  circuit  in  G-alilee  from  Capernaum  (A.  D.  27.)  is  wholly  conjectural,  §  §2,  but  it  extended  "throughout 
all  Galilee,"  Mark  i.  §9,  and  is  accordingly  so  indicated  on  the  map. 

IV.  The  third  journey  to  Jerusalem,  g  §6,  A  D.  27.  by  the  eastern  route,  crossing  the  Jordan  and  ascending  to  the 
table-land  above,  and  following  this  through  ilamoth  G-ilead  to  the  fords  of  the  Jordan  near  Jericho.  Retums  by 
lh.e  middle  line  of  travel,  for  which  we  have  no  authority  other  than  may  seem  to  be  indicated  in  the  plucking  of 
the  ears  of  grain  as  he  and  his  disciples  passed  through-  The  plains  of  Mamre  and  Esdraelon,  through  which 
this  route  passes,  are  among  the  most  fertile  in  Palestine,  and  to  this  day  are  covered  v/ith  similar  fields  of  grain. 

V.  Second  circuit  in  Galilee,  §  47,  A.  D.  27.     This  is  sketched  by  conjecture  around  Upper  Galilee. 

VI.  Excursion  across  the  lake  to  the  country  of  the  Gadarenes,  south-east  of  the  Sea  of  Galilee,  §  S7,  A.  D.  27. 
Vn.  Third  circuit  in  Galilee,  g  62,  A.  D.  28.    Nothing  is  said  to  define  this  circuit.    It  is  sketched  as  passing  through 

Nazareth,  Shunem,  the  plain  of  Esdraelon  and  Tiberias.     It  is  represented  to  have  been  a  wide  circuit,  when  the 
twelve  apostles  were  also  sent  to  supply  his  lack  of  service. 
Vm.  Excursion  to  Bethsaida,  on  the  north-east  coast  of  the  Sea  of  Galilee,  §  64,  A.  D.  28. 

IX.  Fourth  circuit  in  Galilee,  §  68,  A.  D.  28.  This  is  defined  as  comprising  a  wide  range  through  Sarepta,  Tyre, 
and  Zidon,  and  the  region  of  Decapolis  beyond  Jordan. 

X.  The  fifth  circuit  in  Galilee,  §  7§,  A.  D.  28.  to  Bethsaida,  north-east  of  the  cea,  and  to  Cesarea  Philippi. 

XL  The  fourth  and  final  journey  to  Jerusalem,  §  81,  A.  D.  28.     This  journey  was  by  the  middle  route  through  Sa- 
maria, where  the  ten  lepers  were  cleansed,  §  62. 
Xn.  The  journey  to  Bethabara  beyond  Jordan,  return  to  Bethany  on  the  death  of  Lazarus.     §  91,  A.  D.  29. 
The  circuit  to  Ephraim,  the  valley  of  the  Jordan  and  in  Peraea,  §  92,  AD.  S9. 


^Tei-A^^ 


Of  THE 


['OSIVSBSIT 


[l^[F)[L^[Ri]^TD©K]   ©[F   m/AiP  WDOo 

THIS  map  was  prepared  by  Kiepert  originally  for  Neander's  History  of  the  Christian  Church  in  the  Times  of  the 
Apostles.  It  was  then  reconstructed  for  his  beautiful  classical  maps  of  G-reece  and  Asia  Minor,  embracing  the  re- 
sults of  the  latest  researches;  from  that  it  has  been  reduced  by  him  to  the  present  form.  In  the  preparation  of  it 
for  this  work,  it  has  been  carefully  compared  with  the  series  of  maps  which  accompany  the  learned  and  incom- 
parable work  of  Conybeare  and  Howson  on  the  life  of  St.  Paul. 

I.  The  travels  of  the  Apostle  begin  at  Damascus,  on  his  going  up  to  Jerusalem  for  the  first  time,  A.  D.  88,  after 
his  conversion,  and  supposes  him  to  sail  from  Joppa  for  Tarsus. 

II.  Paul  goes  by  invitation  of  Barnabas  to  Antioch.  A.  D.  44.  Visits  Jerusalem  a  second  time  with  Barnabas  on 
the  occasion  of  the  famine,  A.  D.  45.  The  route  is  conjectural.  He  is  supposed  to  pass  up  the  Orontes  through 
Cosle-Syria  and  to  return  by  sea  from  Joppa. 

III.  His  First  Missionary  Tour,  A.  D.  48,  is  distinctly  defmed  and  may  be  easily  traced  through  Cyprus  and 
Pamphylia  to  Antioch  in  Pisidia,  Iconium,  Lystra,  and  Derbe  in  Lycaonia,  and  through  the  same  places  to  Perga, 
Attalia,  and  Antioch. 

IV.  Paul  goes  the  third  time  to  Jerusalem  in  company  with  Barnabas  and  Titus,  G-al.  ii.  §,  to  the  council  about 
circumcision.  Their  line  of  travel  is  along  the  great  Roman  road  dov/n  the  Phcenician  coast,  and  through  the 
midland  districts  of  Samaria ;  and  returns  through  Damascus  to  Antioch. 

V.  Paul  in  his  Second  Missionary  Tour  passes  by  land  to  Tarsus,  and  revisits  Derbe,  Lystra,  and  Iconium, 
thence  through  G-alatia  and  Phrygia  to  Troas,  A.  D.  §2.  Macedonia,  Athens,  Corinth,  Ephesus,  Cesarea,  Jeru- 
salem, A.  D.  S4,  the  fourth  time. 

VI.  Paul  in  his  Third  Missionary  Tour  visits  the  churches  of  Lycaonia,  Galatia,  and  Pamphylia — goes  to 
Ephesus,  to  Macedonia,  into  Ulyricum  to  Corinth — from  Corinth  returns  by  land  through  Thessaly  to  Philippi,  then 
to  Miletus,  to  Tyre,  and  Jerusalem  the  fifth  and  last  time. 

VII.  The  voyage  to  Pvome  in  the  autumn  and  winter  of  A.  D.  60-61,  is  distinctly  traced  from  Cesarea  up  the 
coast  around  C3rprus,  along  the  coast  of  Asia  Minor  to  Cnidus,  around  the  southern  coast  of  Crete  to  Malta  and 
Syracuse — ^through  the  Straits  of  Sicily  to  the  Bay  of  Naples,  and  along  the  Appian  way  through  the  Pontine 
marshes  to  Rome. 

Vm.  After  his  release  from  his  first  imprisonment  at  Rome,  A.  D.  6§.  we  trace  his  journey  through  Brundusium 
and  Appollonia  in  Illyricum  to  Macedonia,  thence  to  Ephesus,  and  the  churches  of  Asia,  j^.  D.  64,  then  to  Spain 
and  again  to  Ephesus,  A.  D.  66,  then  once  more  to  Macedonia,  thence  to  Crete,  and  yet  again  to  Ephesus  and 
Corinth,  thence  to  Nicopolis  in  Epirus  in  the  winter  of  A.  D.  67-8,  he  is  arrested  and  taken  to  P^^ome,  where  in  th? 
spring  of  A.  D.  68,  he  is  beheaded. 


i 


•of  THE 


;•!•->  T,  ', ;')  ■ 


;UFI7BRSITr] 


A   CHART   OF  DIFFERENT   SECTIONS  OF   THE   LANDS  OF   THE   BIBLE. 


From  5000  to  6000 


Table-land  of  Armenia 

Tablo-land  of  Asia  Minor. 


From  3000  to  4000 


Damascus 2237 

r    Hasbany 322 


Sources  of  the  Jordan. 


I    Banias 526 

[    Tell  El-Kady 556 


Waters  of  Merom,  Huleh 100 

Table-land  east  of  the  Sea  of  Galilee 2S00 


Mountains  of  Galilet.' 


Heights  of  Nazareth  overlooking  the  valley 1500 

Nazareth 821 

Mount  Tabor I747 

Giitioa 1800 

Plain  of  Esdraelon 4.38 

Mount  Carmel 1500 

•% 

Sychar,  Nabulus 1568 

Gerizim 2398 

Mount  of  Olives 2555 

Valley  of  Jehoshaphat — Gethsemane 1900 

Jerusalem 2349 

Mount  Moriali 2300 

Mount  Zion 2400 

Bethlehem 2700 

Mountains  of  Judah  and  of  Moab 3000 

Hebron 2640  . 

Pass  of  Zephath 1600 


ss 


c2  ' 


■-  o 

=--  a 

^  cc  *^ 


Of 


PART  I. 


THE  OLD  TESTAMENT. 


CHAPTER  I. 

THE  ANTEDILUVIAN  PERIOD ;    FROM  THE   CREATION  TO  THE  FLOOD,  1656  YEARS. 


In  the  beginning,  at  some  time  to  us  unknown, 
fiir  back  in  the  absorbing  periods  of  eternit.y,  God 
created  the  heavens  and  the  earth.  The  earth,  as 
originally  created  by  the  word  of  the  Lord,  waS  a 
vast  incongruous  mass,  "without  form  and  void." 
From  this  chaos,  in  the  lapse  of  countless  ages,  the 
elements — air,  earth  and  water — were  evolved.  The 
waters  under  the  heaven  were  gathered  together  unto 
one  place,  and  the  dry  land  appeared.  The  earth 
brought  forth  grass,  and  herb,  and  tree,  yielding 
fruit  after  their  kind.  The  vicissitudes  of  day  and 
night  and  the  "mysterious  round"  of  the  seasons 
were  established.  The  earth,  the  air,  the  sea  were 
filled  with  their  inhabitants.  And  the  Lord  God 
formed  man  of  the  dust  of  the  ground,  and  breathed 
into  his  nostrils  the  breath  of  life ;  and  man  became 
a  living  soul.  "Thus  the  heavens  and  the  earth 
were  finished,  and  all  the  host  of  them." 

The  date  of  this  great  event,  the  completion  of 
the  work  of  creation,  is,  according  to  the  chronology 
of  the  Scriptures,  four  thousand  and  four  i/ears  he- 
fore  the  Christian  era;  or,  according  to  other  ap- 
proved systems  of  chronology,  four  thousand  one 
Jtundred  and  one  or  two  years  be/ore  the  BIRTH  OF 
OUR  Lord  and  Saviour  Jesus  Christ. 

EDEN,  PARADISE,  NOD,  ENOCH. 

"And  the  Lord  God  planted  a  garden  eastward  in 
Eden ;  and  there  he  put  the  man  whom  he  had 
formed."  Where  then  was  Eden,  the  abode  of  our 
first  parents  in  their  innocency  ?  Two  of  the  rivers 
which  proceeded  from  this  country  are  known,  the 
Euphrates  and  the  Tigris — in  Scripture,  the  Hidde- 
2  [A.M.  0+1656=1656.] 


kel  (Gen.  ii.  14,  Dan.  x.  4)  and  the  Euphrates. 
These  two  rivers  both  arise  in  the  highlands  of  Ar- 
menia— the  Tigris  within  four  or  five  miles  of  the 
Euphrates.  The  headwaters  of  the  Araxes  and 
the  Cyrus,  which  flow  north-east  into  the  Caspian 
Sea,  are  traced  to  the  same  elevated  regions  of 
country.  The  Araxes,  according  to  the  survey  of 
Colonel  Chesney,  springs  from  the  mountain  of  a  thou- 
sand lakes,  nearly  in  the  centre  between  the  two 
principal  sources  of  the  Euphrates,  at  the  distance 
of  about  ten  miles  from  either,  and  runs  a  course  of 
almost  1000  miles  to  the  Caspian  Sea. 

The  ancient  Halys,  at  no  great  distance  from  the 
Euphrates,  begins  to  flow  to  the  north-west,  and  after 
various  windings  empties  into  the  Black  Sea,  after  a 
course  of  700  miles.  This  river,  according  to  the 
theory  under  consideration,  is  Pison ;  and  Havilah, 
abounding  in  gold  and  precious  stones,  is  the  ancient 
Colchis,  famous  also  from  the  remotest  antiquity  for 
its  gold  and  precious  gems,  which  gave  rise  to  the 
Argonautic  expedition,  and  the  fable  of  the  golden 
fleece  of  Jason.  Ethiopia,  or  Cush,  is  a  region  of 
country  adjacent  to  the  Caspian  on  the  west  and 
south,  throughwhich  the  Araxes  flows;  or  possibly  it 
may  be  the  intermediate  country  which  is  "  encom- 
passed" by  this  river  and  the  Kur,  the  Cyrus,  pre- 
vious to  their  junction,  as  is  Mesopotamia  by  the 
Tigris  and  Euphrates. 

The  Tigris  has,  in  Central  Armenia,  two  "principal 
sources,  both  of  which  spring  from  the  southern 
slope  of  the  Anti-Taurus,  near  those  of  the  Araxes 
[Gihon]  and  the  Euphrates,  and  not  far  from  that 
of  the  Halys  [Pison]."  The  length  of  this  river 
before  its  junction  with  the  Euphrates  is  1146  miles. 
[B.  C.  4102—1656=2446.]  9 


11 


TEXT  BOOK  AND  ATLAS  OF  BIBLICAL  GEOGRAPHY. 


12 


In  the  latter  part  of  its  course  it  is  stated  by  Colonel 
Chesney  to  have  an  average  width  of  600  feet,  and 
a  depth  of  15  or  20  feet.  The  Euphrates  has  an 
equal  volume  of  water,  and  a  longer  course  before 
its  junction  with  the  Tigris.  The  former  is  navi- 
gable 800  miles,  and  the  latter  600,  from  their  con- 
fluence. 

It  appears  then  that  this  elevated  plateau  of  Cen- 
tral Armenia,  lying  west  of  Ararat,  and  at  an  eleva- 
tion of  more  than  5000  feet  above  the  level  of  the 
eea,  gives  rise  to  four  noble  rivers,  all  arising  from 
sources  within  a  short  distance  of  each  other,  and 
^  discharging  their  waters  into  three  different  seas. 
These  four  main  streams  seem  best  to  answer  the 
description  of  that  dark  and  difficult  passage  which 
describes  the  rivers  that  went  out  of  Eden  and  parted 
into  four  heads.  Like  those  of  Eden,  these  of 
Armenia  run 

"  Diverse,  wandering  many  a  famous  realm 
And  country,  whereof  here  needs  no  account" 

Such  is  the  variety  of  climate,  surface,  and  temper- 
ature of  this  country,  that  it  is  adapted  to  the  growth 
of  "every  tree  that  is  pleasant  to  the  sight  and  good 
for  food."  It  is  described  by  Colonel  Chesney  as  in- 
terspersed with  beautiful  valleys  and  fertile  plains, 
overspread  with  "groves,  orchards,  vineyards,  gar- 
dens, and  villages."  In  some  of  these  delightful 
retreats,  on  the  east  of  this  Eden,  dwelt,  we  fancy, 
the  gentle  pair  in  "  the  blissful  Paradise  of  God." 
This,  like  every  other  theory,  is  beset  with  difficulties; 
but,  in  the  absence  of  a  better,  we  are  constrained 
to  adopt  it. 

The  land  of  Eden  is  assumed  to  be  a  province  of 
Armenia,  of  indefinite  extent;  and  Paradise,  the  gar- 
den which  the  Lord  God  planted  in  Eden,  is  referred 
to  some  one  of  the  fertile  and  charming  valleys  in 
Eden,  with  which  this  region  of  country  abounds. 

Nod,  to  which  Cain,  cursed  of  God  for  the  shedding 
of  his  brother's  blood,  was  driven  to  wander  a  fugi- 
tive and  a  vagabond,  is  a  land  of  wanderings,  of 
fiight,  of  hanishment,  indicative  rather  of  his  manner 
of  life  than  of  his  place  of  abode.  Of  this  locality 
nothing  is  known  more  than  that  it  was  "  on  the 
east  of  Eden."  Gen.  iv.  16. 

In  this  land  the  city  of  Enoch  became  in  process 
of  time  the  settled  abode  of  himself  and  of  his  pos- 
terity. Nothing  more  is  known  of  the  dwelling- 
places  of  the  men  before  the  flood.  They  doubtless 
built  many  cities  and  dwelt  in  them.  Their  great 
progenitor  began  life  in  the  full  maturity  of  man- 
hood, and  instinctively  endowed  with  all  that  was 
requisite  for  the  enjoyment  of  civilized  life.  And 
they  became  artificers  in  wood,  iron,  and  brass;  and 
[A.M.04-1G56.=1G.56.] 


proficients,  to  some  extent  at  least,  in  the  fine  arts— 
in  music  and  poetry.  Gen.  iv.  19-25.  "  They  did 
eat,  they  drank,  they  married  wives,  they  were  given 
in  marriage,  until  the  day  that  Noe  entered  into  the 
ark,  and  the  flood  came  and  destroyed  them  all." 
Their  memorial  has  perished  for  ever,  save  the  brief 
narrative  and  concise  genealogical  table  of  their 
lineage  from  Adam  to  Noah,  which  is  recorded  in  the 
fifth  chapter  of  the  Book  of  Genesis. 

The  following  analysis  will  illustrate  the  genealo- 
gical table  given  in  the  fifth  chapter  of  Genesis. 
These  and  subsequent  data  are  given  in  accordance 
with  the  results  of  the  Rev.  Mr.  Browne  in  his  Ordo 
Saeculorum,  and  other  modern  chronologists,  who  add 
one  hundred  years  to  the  chronology  of  our  Bible  in 
common  use.     Gen.  v. 

A.  K.  B.  C. 

1.    4102-1.     The  first  year  of  the  Mundane  Era,  and  of  the 
life  of  Adam.     Whether  the  years  of  Adam 
are   reckoned   from  his   creation,  or   from 
the  expulsion  from  Paradise,  is  left  unde- 
cided. 
Cain  and  Ahel. 
The  death  of  Abel  must  be  supposed  to  have  not  long  pre- 
ceded the  birth  of  Seth,  since  Eve  regarded  Seth  as  the  substi- 
tute "for  Abel,  whom  Cain  slew."     In  that  case  there  will  be 
no  difficulty  in  explaining  Cain's  exclamation,  "  every  one  who 
findeth  me  shall  slay  me."     In  120  years  after  the  Creation,  the 
earth  may  have  had  a  considerable  population. 

Posterity  of  Cain. — Enoch,  Irad,  Mehujael,  Methuasel,  La- 
mech.  Lamech  had  two  wives:  1.  Adah,  of  whom  was  born 
Jabal,  father  of  dwellers  in  tents  and  cattle-graziers  j  and  Jubal, 
father  of  instrumental  musicians.  2.  Zillah,  of  whom  was  born 
Tubal-cain,  who  instructed  artificers  in  brass  and  iron ;  and  Na- 
amah,  a  daughter. 

131.  3972-1.     Birth  of  Seth. 

236.  3867-6.    Birth  of  Enos.     "  Then  began  men  to  call  upon 
the  name  of  the  Lord." 

326.  3777-6.     Birth  of  Cainan. 

396.  3707-6.     Birth  of  Mahalaleel. 

461.  3642-1.     Birth  of  Jared. 

623.  3480-79.  Birth  of  Enoch. 

688.  3415-4.     Birth  of  Methuselah. 

875.  3228-7.     Birth  of  Lamech. 

931.  3172-1.     Death  of  Adam,  930  years. 

988.  3115-4.     Translation  of  Enoch,  365  years. 

1043.  3060-59,  Death  of  Seth,  912  years.     [Bisection  of  tho 

period  from  Adam  to  the  Promise.] 

1057.  3046-5.     Birth  of  Noah. 

1141.  2962-1.     Deathof  Enos,  905  years. 

1236.  2865-6.     Death  of  Cainan,  910  years. 

1271.  2812-1.     Death  of  Mahalaleel,  895  years. 

1423.  2680-79.  Death  of  Jared,  902  years. 

1536.  2567-6.     The  ark  begins  to  be  prepared,  (120  years.) 

1557.  2546-5.    Noah's  eldest  son  is  born,  (500  years.) 

1558.  2545-4.     Shem  is  bom. 

1652.    2451-0.    Lamech  dies,  777  years. 

1656.     2447.         Methuselah  dies,  in  his  969th  year. 

The  Flood,  in  the  600th  year  of  Noah,  99tb 
of  Shem. 
In  the  year  of  the  Flood  we  have  the  following  dates  and 
numbers : — 

[B.  C.  4102— 1656=:244G.] 


13 


THE  ANTEDILUVIAN  PERIOD. 


14 


Gen.  vii.  3-10.    A  pause  of  7  days. 
12, 17.     Rain  40  clays. 

24.     The  waters  prevailed  160  days :    "at  the 
end  of  the  150  days  the  waters  were 
abated."    viii.  3. 
We  must,  therefore,  arrange  the  times  in  this  way  : — 
40  days,  to  the  10th  of  the  2d  month,  (a.  m.  1656,  b.  c.  2447.) 
7  days  suspense  to  the  17th  day.     The  Flood  begins.     Noah 
enters  the  ark. 

40  days  rain. 
110  days  the  waters  prevail. 

160  days,  ending  at  the  17th  of  the  7th  month.  (17  Nisan, 
A.M.  1666,  B.C.  2446.) 

The  year  being  lunar,  the  interval  is  in  fact  but  148  days,  or 
it  was  on  the  149th  day  current  that  the  ark  rested;  but  this 
discrepancy  is  of  no  moment. 

viii.  6.  The  waters  decreased  till  the  10th  month,  1st  day; 
100  days  from  the  ark's  resting. 

Ver.  6.  At  the  end  of  40  days,  (10th  day  of  11th  month, 
t.  e.  of  the  month  afterward  called  Ab,  the  5th  month,)  Noah 
opened  the  window  and  sent  forth  the  raven  and  the  dove. 

Ver.  10.  Seven  days  later  the  dove  was  sent  forth  the  second 
time;  and  at  the  end  of  another  week,  the  third  and  last  time 
—24th  of  the  11th  month. 

Ver.  13.  On  the  first  day  of  the  new  year  (a  week  after  the 
departure  of  the  dove)  the  face  of  the  ground  was  dry. 

Ver.  14.  On  the  27th  of  the  second  month  Noah  issues  from 
the  ark,  after  a  sojourn  of  a  lunar  year  and  10  days,  or  a  com- 
plete solar  year.  Noah  issues  from  the  ark  the  27th  of  the  2d 
month,  October  or  November,  A.  M.  1657,  b.  c.  2446-5. 

Ararat,  on  which  the  ark  rested  as  the  waters  sub- 
sided, is  the  name  rather  of  a  region  of  country  than 
of  a  mountain.  Isa.  xxxvii.  38 ;  2  Kings  xix.  37 ; 
Jer.  li.  27.  It  is  watered  by  the  Araxes,  which 
flows  through  this  province.  It  is  situated  a  short 
distance  east  of  the  position  which  is  assumed  as  the 
abode  of  our  first  parents. 

In  the  province  of  Ararat,  at  the  distance  of  25  or 
30  miles  south-west  from  the  modern  city  of  Erivan, 
in  lat.  39°  42',  Ion.  45°  east,  and  150  miles  from 
Erzrum,  rises  the  mountain  of  the  same  name,  which 
is  the  reputed  height  on  which  the  ark  rested.  It  is 
a  stupendous  mountain,  rising  majestically  out  of  a 
vast  plain,  towering  to  the  height  of  17,750  feet 
above  the  level  of  the  sea,  and  13,420  above  that  of 
the  plain.  It  is  accordingly  1500  feet  higher  than 
the  summit  of  Mont  Blanc.  The  mountain  is  divided 
by  a  deep  cleft  into  two  immense  cones  of  unequal 
height,  one  falling  4000  feet  below  the  other.  The 
highest,  for  the  space  of  near  three  miles  from  the 
summit,  is  sheathed  in  perpetual  snow  and  ice,  which, 
within  a  few  years,  has  for  the  first  time  been  tra- 
versed by  the  foot  of  man.  Prof.  Parrot,  of  Russia, 
in  the  year  1829  succeeded,  after  two  unsuccessful 
attempts,  in  scaling  the  stupendous  heights  of  Ara- 
rat. He  found  the  extreme  cone  a  silver  crest  of 
[A.  M.  04-1656=1656.] 


ice,  unbroken  by  rock  or  stone,  and  scarcely  200 
feet  in  diameter 

From  this  perilous  and  awful  height,  the  inequali- 
ties of  hills,  valleys,  and  lower  mountain  ranges 
seemed  levelled  into  one  vast  plain,  confused,  indis- 
tinct, and  illimitable  as  the  wide  world  itself.  But 
from  the  plains  below,  the  view  of  this  monarch  of 
mountains  is  one  of  surpassing  grandeur  and  sub- 
limity. Sir  Robert  Ker  Porter  describes  his  emo- 
tions in  view  of  it  in  the  following  terms : — 

"It  appeared  as  if  the  highest  mountains  of  the 
world  had  been  piled  together  to  form  this  one  sub- 
lime immensity  of  earth,  rocks,  and  snow.  The 
icy  peaks  of  its  double  head  rose  majestically  into 
the  clear  and  cloudless  heavens;  the  sun  blazed 
bright  upon  them,  and  the  reflection  sent  forth  a 
dazzling  radiance  equal  to  other  suns.  My  eye,  not 
able  to  rest  for  any  time  upon  the  blinding  glory  of 
its  summits,  wandered  down  the  apparently  inter- 
minable sides,  till  I  could  no  longer  trace  their  lines 
in  the  mists  of  the  horizon,  when  an  irrepressible 
impulse  immediately  carrying  my  eye  upward  again, 
refixed  my  gaze  upon  the  awful  Ararat." 

Viewed  from  whatever  point,  at  whatever  distance, 
Mount  Ararat  is  equally  the  admiration  of  every 
beholder, — grand,  sublime,  peculiar.  Mr.  Layard 
on  the  Alpine  heights  of  Kourdistan,  where  he  had 
pitched  his  tent  on  the  margin  of  perpetual  snow 
and  ice,  says,  "  I  climbed  up  a  solitary  rock  to  take 
the  bearings  of  the  principal  peaks  around  us.  A 
sight  as  magnificent  as  unexpected  awaited  me. 
Far  to  the  north,  and  high  above  the  dark  moun- 
tain ranges  which  spread  like  a  troubled  sea  beneath 
my  feet,  rose  one  solitary  cone  of  unspotted  whit<!, 
sparkling  in  the  rays  of  the  sun.  Its  form  could 
not  be  mistaken.  It  was  Mount  Ararat.  It  w.is 
seen  N.  15°  30'  E.,  at  the  distance  of  145  miles. 
Nothing  can  be  more  beautiful  than  its  shape,  more 
awful  than  its  height;  all  the  surrounding  moun- 
tains sink  into  insignificance  when  compared  with 
it;  it  is  perfect  in  all  its  parts;  no  harsh,  rugged, 
features,  no  unnatural  prominences;  every  thing  is 
in  harmony,  and  all  combine  to  render  it  one  of  the 
sublimest  objects  of  nature." 

Eden  was  near  the  western  base  of  Ararat;  so 
that  Noah  and  his  sons,  it  would  seem,  went  forth  to 
repair  the  desolations  of  the  earth,  which  had  been 
destroyed  by  the  deluge  under  this  second  visitation 
of  Grod,  near  where  Adam  went  out  of  Eden,  in  the 
sweat  of  his  brow  to  till  the  earth,  and  to  people 
with  a  sinful  race  its  solitudes,  already  smitten  with 
the  curse  of  God. 

[B.  C.  4102—1666=2446.] 


# 


TEXT  BOOK  AND  ATLAS  OF  BIBLICAL  GEOGRAPHY. 


16 


CHAPTER  II. 

THE  PERIOD   OF  THE   DISPERSION;    FROM   THE   FLOOD   TO   THE   PROMISE,  430  YEARS. 

A.  M.  1656  +  430  =  2086.    b.  c.  2446  —  430  =  2016. 


In  the  settlement  of  the  earth  by  the  sons  of  Noah, 
it  is  observed  by  Knobel,  that  from  Armenia  the 
descendants  from  Japheth  migrated  to  the  north- 
west, those  of  Shem  to  the  south-east,  and  those  of 
'IBam  to  the  south-west;  and  that  the  chronologist 
in  G-en.  x.  enumerates  first  the  remotest  and  earliest 
settlements  of  each  of  the  sons  of  Noah,  and  after 
them,  those  that  are  nearer.  It  is  further  to  be 
observed  that  the  order  of  the  enumeration  is  ethno- 
grapMcal  rather  than  geographical — by  families 
rather  than  by  territorial  limits. 

From  the  following  chart,  drawn  from  Gen.  x.,  it 
will  appear  that  Moses  has  given  an  imperfect  gene- 
alogy, tracing  through  several  generations  the  de- 
scendants of  certain  families,  and  naming  but  a  single 
ancestor  of  others,  agreeably  to  his  great  design  of 
exhibiting  the  lineage  of  our  Lord  and  Savioui*. 

A.    JAPHETH. 

1.  Gomer.  II.  Magog.  m.Madai.    IV.Jaran.  T.  Tubal.   VLMcsboch.  VU.  Tlras. 


1.  Ashkenaz. 

2.  Riphath. 

3.  To2;armah. 


DESCENDANTS   OF  JAPHETH. 

I,  GoMER.  North  and  west  of  the  Black  Sea — ^the 
Cimmerians,  the  Cimbri,  the  Celts,  and  generally 
the  nations  of  Europe.  In  the  7th  century  B.  c. 
a  portion  of  the  sons  of  Gomer,  driven  from  their 
homes,  took  possession  of  a  great  part  of  Asia  Minor. 

1.  Ashkenaz,  kindred  to  the  classic  names  Ascania, 
Ascanius,  is  to  be  sought  in  Troy,  Mysia,  Phrygia, 
in  the  north-western  part  of  Asia  Minor,  whence 
Germany  was  very  early  settled.  600  years  B.  C. 
another  portion  of  Ashkenaz  had  fallen  back  again 
near  Armenia.  Jer.  li.  27. 

2.  Riphath.  With  this  family  is  associated  the 
^liiphean  mountains  in  ancient  history,  located  in  the 

remote  regions  of  the  north.  Riphath  became  the 
ancestor  of  the  Celts  in  the  north-west  of  Europe,  as 
Ashkenaz  was  of  the  Germans.  A  division  of  the 
Celts  early  took  possession  of  Gaul,  France. 

3.  Togarmah  is  by  common  consent  referred  to 
Armenia,  Ezek.  xxvii.  14,  xxxviii.  6,  with  which  in 
ancient  history  Phrygia  is  closely  allied. 

II.  Magog.  The  Sclavonic  tribes  in  the  north  and 
[A.  M.  1656-1  430=2080.] 


north-east  of  Europe  are  comprehended  under  this 
term  as  the  descendants  from  the  grandson  of  Japheth. 
Ezek.  xxxviii.  2,  xxxix.  6.  The  isles  in  this  passage 
are  the  countries  of  Europe.  The  original  country  of 
Magog  was  the  Caucasian  mountains  and  the  regions 
north  around  the  Caspian.  From  this  point  they  early 
overran  all  the  north  of  Europe,  driving  back  the 
Cimmerians ;  and  in  the  age  of  the  prophet  Ezekiel 
they  had  already  become  a  powerful  people  in  the 
north  of  Asia.  Ezek.  xxxviii.  xxxix.  The  Rus- 
sians and  Scythians  are  the  descendants  of  Magog. 
Gog  is  the  king  of  Magog  in  Revelation  :  they  are  re- 
mote northern  nations. 

III.  JIadai,  the  ancestor  of  the  Modes,  south  of 
the  Caspian  Sea,  bounded  east  by  the  Hyrcanians 
and  Parthians,  south  by  the  Persians,  and  west  by 
the  Assyrians  and  Armenians. 

IV.  Javan,  the  progenitor  of  the  Greeks,  the 
lonians  in  Greece,  Isa.  Ixvi.  19 ;  Dan.  viii.  21 ;  in 
Asia  Minor,  Zech.  ix.  13 ;  and  perhaps  also  Jonah 
iv.  6.  In  Ezek.  xxvii.  13  Tubal  and  Meshech,  south- 
east of  the  Black  Sea,  are  associated  with  Javan. 

The  sons  of  Javan  were — 

1.  Elisha,  who  settled  in  JEolia,  in  the  north-west 
of  Asia  Minor,  extending  from  the  Propontis  through 
Mysia  to  Lydia,  and  comprehending  the  adjacent 
islands.  From  Javan  and  Elisha  descended  the 
various  tribes  of  Greece. 

2.  Tarshish.  Knobel  understands  that  by  this 
term  the  Etruscans  are  indicated,  who  inhabited  the 
northern  part  of  Italy  a  long  time  antecedent  to  the 
rise  of  the  Roman  power.  The  same  he  supposes  is 
indicated  in  Isa.  Ixvi.  19.  Pul  is  allied  to  Apulia; 
and  Lud,  a  colony  of  Lydians  who  came  very  early 
from  Asia  Minor  into  Italy.  In  other  passages 
Tarshish  is  to  be  sought  in  Spain.  Isa.  xxiii.  6-10 ; 
Ezek.  xxvii.  12,  xxxviii.  13. 

3.  Kittim,  in  Isa.  xxiii.  1-12,  is  the  island  of 
Cyprus;  but  when  in  other  passages  the  isles  of 
Kittim  are  mentioned,  Jer.  ii.  10 ;  Ezek.  xxvii.  6,  the 
term  is  more  comprehensive,  and  includes  Crete, 
together  with  the  islands  along  the  coast  of  Asia 
Minor  and  the  MgQssa  Sea,  and  perhaps  all  Greece. 
In  Dan.  xi.  30,  it  is  Macedonia. 

4.  Dodanim,  Thrace  and  Thessaly. 

V.  YI.  Tubal  and  Meshech.     These  are  men- 

[B.  C.  2446—430=2016.] 


17 


THE   PERIOD  OF  THE   DISPERSION. 


18 


tioned  in  such  connection  as  to  show  that  they  were 
kindred  and  neighbouring  tribes.  They  are  also 
associated  with  Magog,  the  representative  of  the 
Scythians  and  northern  tribes.  Comp.  Ezek.  xxxviii. 
2,  xxxix.  1.  These  considerations  direct  us  to  the 
south-east  of  the  Black  Sea  as  their  locality.  But 
the  Tubal  of  Isa.  Ixvi.  19  is  to  be  sought  for  in  Spain, 
whence  proceeded  the  Tyrrhenians,  Iberians.  In 
Psalms  cxx.  5,  Meshech  and  Kedar  are  put  for  bar- 
barous tribes. 

VII.  TiRAS  represents  ancient  Thrace. 


B. 

HAM 

I.  Cush. 

II.  Mizraim. 

III. 

Phut 

rV.  Canaan. 

1.  Seba. 

^ y ' 

1.  Ludim. 

1. 

Sidon. 

2.  Htivilah. 

2.  Anamim. 

2. 

Heth. 

3.  Sabtah. 

3.  Lebabim. 

3. 

The  Jebusite. 

4.  Sabtecha. 

4.  Naphtuhim 

. 

4. 

The  Amorite. 

5.  Raamah. 

5.  Pathrusim. 

5. 

The  Girgasite. 

V . ' 

6.  Casluhim. 

6. 

The  Hivite. 

Sheba. 

7.  Caphtorim. 

7. 

The  Arkito. 

Dedan. 

8. 

9. 
10. 
11. 

The  Sinite. 
The  Arvadite. 
The  Zemarite. 
The  Hamathite 

We  here  follow  the  order  of  the  historian,  who 
gives  the  genealogy  of  Ham,  the  youngest  son  of 
Noah,  Gen.  x.  6,  before  that  of  Shem.  To  Ham 
Africa  was  allotted  for  a  habitation,  particularly  the 
northern  and  eastern  portions  of  it.  The  Ethiopians 
south  of  Egypt  not  only  spread  out  west  and  south 
in  Africa,  but  east  of  the  Red  Sea,  over  the  southern 
part  of  Arabia.  West  of  Egypt,  along  the  Mediter- 
ranean, were  the  Lybians.  These  three  were  the  only 
native  African  nations  in  ancient  history.  These 
descended  from  the  first  three  sons  of  Ham.  Ca- 
naan, the  fourth  son,  settled  in  Syria  and  Palestine. 
These  all  were  dark-coloured  races,  but  not  so  dark 
as  the  negro.  They  differed  in  language  also,  as  well 
as  colour,  from  the  sons  of  Shem.  Gen.  xlii.  23 ; 
Isa.  xix.  18. 

I.  Cusil — Ethiopia — the  most  remote  of  the  sons 
of  Ham.  There  is  satisfactory  evidence,  also,  that 
Southern  Arabia,  and  even  the  coast  beyond  the 
Persian  Gulf,  was  settled  by  Cush.  Even  Nimrod 
himself,  the  founder  of  Babel,  Erech,  Accad  and  Cal- 
neh  in  the  land  of  Shinar,  was  an  Ethiopian,  a  son 
of  Cush. 

Sons  of  Cush  : — 

1.  Seba,  near  Meroe,  in  the  northern  part  of 
Abyssinia.  Isa.  xviii.  1,  xliii.  3,  xlv.  14. 

2.  Havilah,  on  either  side  of  the  Red  Sea.  The 
Havilah  of  Gen.  ii.  11  is  to  be  sought  farther  east, 
near  the  outlet  of  the  Euphrates — according  to  some, 
in  India. 

[A.  M.  1656+430=2086.] 


3.  Sabtah,  in  the  south-eastern  section  of  the 
peninsula  of  Arabia. 

4.  Raamah,  with  his  two  sons,  Sheba  and  Dcdau, 
are  referred  to  the  western  shore  of  the  Persian  Gulf. 
There  is  another  Shebah,  descendant  from  Keturah ; 
and  yet  another,  son  of  Joktan,  on  the  eastern  shore 
of  the  Red  Sea,  below  the  modern  Mecca,  whence  the 
queen  of  Sheba  came  to  see  the  wisdom  of  Solomon. 

5.  Sabtecha  is  placed  by  one  author  on  the  east- 
ern shore  of  the  Persian  Gulf,  over  against  Raamah ; 
by  others,  south  of  the  Straits  of  Babelmandeb. 

II.  Mizraim — Egypt — whose  descendants  are — 

1.  Ludim,  kindred  with  Lud,  son  of  Joktan,  and 
progenitor  of  the  Arabs,  -on  the  east  of  the  Nile  in 
the  land  of  Goshen. 

2.  Anamim,  in  the  Delta  of  the  Nile. 

3.  Lehabim,  immediately  west  of  the  Delta,  in  the 
neighbourhood  of  Alexandria. 

4.  Naphtuhim,  above  the  Delta,  near  Cairo  and 
Memphis. 

5.  Pathrusim,  in  Upper  Egypt,  the  original  source 
of  the  Egyptians.  Comp.  Jer.  xliv.  1-15;  Ezek. 
XXX.  14;  Isa.  xi.  11. 

6.  Casluhim,  between  the  Egyptians  and  the 
Philistines,  a  colony  of  whom  very  early  settled  in 
Colchis,  on  the  Black  Sea. 

7.  Caphtorim,  Crete,  whence  they  spread  to  Rhodes 
and  Greece,  particularly  to  Attica. 

III.  Phut — Lybia — the  Lybians,  west  of  Egypt, 
along  the  line  of  the  Barbary  States — in  classical 
geography,  Cyrenaica,  Africa  Propria,  (Tripoli  and 
Tunis,  including  Carthage,)  Numidia  an^  Maurita- 
nia. Comp.  Jer.  xlvi.  9;  Ezek.  xxx.  5,  xxvii.  10, 
xxxviii.  5. 

IV.  Canaan.  The  land  of  Canaan  never  extend- 
ed beyond  the  Jordan.  Comp.  Ezek.  xvi.  3  ;  Josh.  v. 
12;  Num.  xxxv.  14,  &c.  Since  the  conquest  of 
Canaan  by  the  Israelites,  it  has  been  common  to 
understand  by  the  Canaanites  the  people  conquered 
by  the  Jews. 

Phoenicia,  north  of  Canaan,  though  settled  by  the 
descendants  of  Shem  at  a  very  early  period,  is  here 
assigned  to  the  sons  of  Canaan.  Here  the  two  races 
became  gradually  commingled. 

Sons  of  Canaan : — 

1.  Zidon,  whose  territory  extended  down  to  Car- 
mel,  and  eastward  to  the  waters  of  Merom  and  the 
sources  of  the  Jordan. 

2.  Heth.  In  the  age  of  Abraham  the  sons  of  Heth 
are  found  at  Hebron.  Esau  became  connected  with 
them  by  marriage,  Gen.  xxvi.  34,  xxvii.  4n  xxxvi.  2 ; 
and  Urijah,  in  David's  army,  was  also  a  Hittite. 
1  Sam.  xxvi.  6 ;  2  Sam.  xi.  3,  xii.  10,  &c.  But  our 
author  supposes  the  Hittites  to  have  been  an  ancient 

[B.C.  2446-430=2016.] 


19 


TEXT  BOOK   AND   ATLAS  OF  BIBLICAL   GEOGRAPHY. 


20 


and  powerful  tribe  above  Zidon,  probably  the  founders 
of  Tyre  and  rivals  of  the  Zidonians. 

Proceeding  still  north  from  Tyre,  our  author  locates 
the  Arkite,  the  Sinite,  the  Arvadite,  the  Zemarite, 
and  the  Hamathite,  the  7th,  8th,  9th,  10th,  and  11th 
sons  of  Canaan.  Of  these  the  Arvadite  was  on  the 
coast  of  the  river  Aradus,  some  distance  above  Beirut, 
where  our  missionaries  have  discovered  many  interest- 
ing ruins.  Hamath  was  east  of  Arvad,  between  the 
mountains  of  Lebanon. 

South  of  Hamath  and  Baal  Hermon,  and  extend- 
ing down  below  the  Sea  of  Galilee,  was  the  Hivite, 
the  6th  son  of  Canaan.  Of  the  Girgashite  little 
is  known. 

The  Amorite  had  his  strongholds  in  the  mountains 
of  Judah,  which  are  also  called  the  mountains  of  the 
Amorite.  Deut.  i.  7, 19,  27,  44. 

The  Jebusite  inhabited  Jerusalem.  Several  of 
these  Canaanites  will  fall  under  our  notice  more  at 
length  in  the  conquest  of  Canaan. 

C.    SHEM. 

I.  Elam.     II.  Ashur.     III.  Arphaxad.     IV.  Lud.     V.  Aram. 


1.  Salah. 

2.  Eber. 


1.  Joktan. 

1.  Peleg. 

2.  Almodad. 

2.  Reu. 

3.  Sheleph. 

3.  Serug. 

4.  Hazannaveth. 

4.  Nahor. 

6.  Jerah. 

5.  Terah. 

6.  Hadoram. 

< ' \ 

7.  Uzal. 

Abraham. 

8.  Diklah. 

Nahor. 

9.  Obal. 

Haran. 

10.  Abimael. 

11.  Sheba. 

12.  Ophir. 

• 

13.  Havilah. 

14.  Jobab. 

1.  Uz. 

2.  Hul. 

3.  Gether. 

4.  Mash. 


I.  Elam.  North  of  the  Persian  Gulf,  on  the 
plains  of  Shinar ;  Shushan,  east  of  the  Tigris. 

II.  Ashur.  North  of  Elam,  east  of  the  Tigris. 
Nineveh  was  the  seat  of  the  Assyrian  Empire.  The 
Assyrians  at  an  early  period  extended  themselves 
north  and  west  to  the  Black  Sea  and  to  Asia  Minor. 

III.  Arphaxad,  the  firstborn  after  the  flood, 
the  progenitor  of  the  Chaldeans,  who  dwelt  in  Meso- 
potamia, north  and  west  of  Ashur  and  Elam,  the 
native  land  of  Abraham.  Remnants  of  these  ancient 
Chaldees  are  still  found  between  Mosul  and  Diarbekir, 
and  the  seas  of  Van  and  Ooroomiah.  The  Chaldees 
80  often  mentioned  by  the  prophets  are  a  colony 
from  these,  that  settled  early  on  the  lower  Euphrates, 
near  Babylon.  Comp.  Isa.  xiii.  19 ;  Jer.  xxiv.  1,  5; 
Ezek.  xii.  13,  &c. 

[A.  M.  1656-1-430=2086.] 


Descendants  from  Arphaxad  :— 

1.  Salah. 

2.  Eber. 

From  Eber  two  lineages  are  traced  through  several 
generations,  descended  on  the  one  hand  from  Joktan, 
and  on  the  other  from  Peleg.  The  descendants  from 
Joktan  settled  in  Arabia,  and  occupied  that  vast 
peninsula  between  the  Red  Sea  and  the  Persian  Gulf, 
where,  in  process  of  time,  they  commingled  with  the 
sons  of  Cush.  The  southern  coast  of  Arabia  was, 
according  to  Knobel,  unquestionably  the  golden  land 
of  Ophir,  sometimes  denominated  Uphaz.  Jer.  x.  9 ; 
Dan.  X.  5. 

Abraham,  descended  from  Eber  through  the  line 
of  Peleg,  five  generations  later  than  Joktan,  migrated 
from  Ur  of  the  Chaldees  in  the  north-west  of  Mesopo- 
tamia, to  Canaan,  where  he  became  the  ancestor  of  a 
countless  posterity,  through  four  distinct  lines :  1. 
Through  Ishmael  and  the  Ishmaelites,  who  inhabited 
the  desefl»  south  of  Canaan,  and  gradually  mingled 
with  the  western  tribes  of  Joktan.  2.  Through 
Isaac  and  Esau,  and  the  Edomites,  who  dwelt  south 
of  the  Dead  Sea  and  south-east  of  Judea.  Gen.  xxxvi. 
3.  Through  Isaac  and  Jacob  of  the  Hebrews,  west 
and  east  of  the  Jordan.  4.  Through  the  sons  of 
Keturah,  who  became  the  head  of  several  tribes  of 
Arabia,  of  whom  the  Midianites  are  best  known. 

IV.  Of  Lud,  the  fourth  son  of  Shem,  little  is 
known.  Our  author  supposes  him  to  have  been  the 
ancestor  of  the  ancient  and  powerful  tribe  of  the 
Amalekites,  the  steadfast  and  lasting  foes  of  the  He- 
brews, Num.  xxiv.  20 ;  Gen.  xiv.  7 ;  and  of  the  Amor- 
ites,  who  at  a  future  period  became  formidable  ene- 
mies of  the  Hebrews. 

V.  Aram's  settlement  included  the  region  of 
Damascus,  and  Syria  and  Zobah,  north  and  west 
from  Damascus,  2  Sam.  viii.  5 ;  1  Chron.  xviii.  5 ; 
1  Kings  xi.  25,  xv.  18,  xxii.  3 ;  2  Kings  v.  6,  8, 
xxxi.  18,  and  also  of  the  northern  part  of  Meso- 
potamia, known  as  Padan-Aram. 

Sons  of  Aram : — 

1.  Uz,  whom  our  author  locates  in  Arabia,  east  of 
Edom,  and  near  to  it.  Two  of  this  name  are  men- 
tioned, besides  this  son  of  Aram  :  a  son  of  Seir,  an- 
cestor of  the  Horites,  who,  before  the  Edomites,  inha- 
bited Edom;  and  a  son  of  Nahor,  Abraham's  brother. 

BOOK  OF  JOB. 

Uz,  the  land  of  Job,  is  generally  admitted  to  have 
been  in  the  northern  part  of  Arabia.  Ritter,  in 
agreement  with  Reland,  supposes  it  to  have  been 
not  far  north-east  from  Pctra  and  Mount  Hor,  within 
the  limits  of  Arabia,  but  near  Edom,  whence  camo 
[B.C.  2446-430=2016.] 


21 


THE   PERIOD  OF  THE  DISPERSION. 


22 


the  three  friends  of  Job.  Buz,  the  native  place  of 
Elihu,  Job  xxxii.  2,  he  makes  identical  with  Bozrah 
in  Edom.  Others,  with  less  probability,  locate  the 
land  of  Uz  near  the  Euphrates,  south  and  west  of 
Babylon,  on  the  eastern  margin  of  the  desert  of 
Arabia. 

The  age  of  the  Book  of  Job  cannot  be  defined  with 
accuracy.  It  is  generally  assumed  to  have  been  sub- 
sequent to  the  age  of  Samuel  and  David,  and  ante- 
cedent to  Isaiah,  who  distinctly  alludes  to  it.  Comp. 
laa.  li.  9  and  Job  xxvi.  13 ;  Isa.  xix.  5,  Job  xiv. 
11,  &c.  According  to  these  limitations,  the  Book  of 
Job  falls  between  the  years  1000  and  760  b.  c. 

2.  Hul,  in  Syria,  near  the  sources  of  the  Jordan. 

3.  Grether,  of  whom  nothing  is  known. 

4.  Mash,  referred  by  conjecture  to  the  mountains 
of  Armenia,  near  the  headwaters  of  the  Euphrates 
and  the  Tigris. 

DIVISION   OF   THE   EARTH. 

Peleg  was  born  100  years  after  the  Flood,  and  lived 
239  years,  in  which  time  "  the  earth  was  divided." 
1  Chron.  i.  19. 

This  brief  notice  concerning  Peleg  is  interesting 
in  several  points  of  view.  The  name  of  this  patri- 
arch means  "  division,"  with  an  express  reference  to 
the  division  of  the  earth;  but  it  seems  to  have  a 
further  significance  in  these  respects  : — 

1.  Peleg  is  central  between  Noah  and  Abraham  : 

Abraham. 


Noah. 

Peleg. 

Shem. 

Reu. 

Arphaxad. 

Serug. 

Salah. 

Nahor. 

Eber. 

Terah. 

2.  At  Peleg  the  term  of  life  is  abruptly  diminished 
the  second  time.  Arphaxad,  the  firstborn  after  the 
Flood,  lived  not  half  the  term  of  the  antediluvian 
lives :  at  Peleg  life  is  reduced  from  an  average  of  about 
450  years  to  239.  Hence  Peleg,  the  fourth  from  Ar- 
phaxad, dies  before  all  his  ancestors,  and  even  ten 
years  before  Noah ;  and  the  middle  year  of  his  life  is 
also  that  of  Arphaxad :  also,  if  the  life  of  Eber  be  divid- 
ed into  three  equal  parts,  the  first  ends  at  the  central 
year  of  Peleg,  the  second  at  the  death  of  Reu,  and 
the  whole  life  four  years  after  the  death  of  Abraham. 
The  Rabbins  and  old  commentators  suppose,  not 
unreasonably,  that  the  name  of  Peleg' s  brother, 
Jbktan,  (small,)  relates  to  this  diminution  of  the 
term  of  man's  life. 

"VVe  will  suppose,  then,  that  the  great  event  in 
reference  to  which  Peleg  has  his  name  occurred 
about  the  middle  of  his  life,  i.  e.  about  220  years 
after  the  Flood.  The  interval  here  supposed  between 
f  A.  M.  1656+430=2086.] 


the  dispersion  of  nations  and  the  call  of  Abraham,  is 
amply  sufficient  for  the  growth  of  populous  nations 
and  the  foundation  of  considerable  empires.  For  in 
100  years  from  the  flood,  the  population  would  have 
grown  from  3  males  to  400,  if  it  doubled  its  numbers 
but  once  in  14  years. 

In  the  second  century,  since  all  the  males  who 
lived  in  the  first  century  were  still  in  the  vigour  of 
life,  the  term  of  doubling  cannot  have  been  more 
than  half  what  it  was  in  the  former  century.  Hence, 
at  the  end  of  this  century  the  population  might  num- 
ber 400  X  2",  about  6,500,000  males;  and  at  the 
220th  year,  it  would  number,  at  the  same  rate,  more 
than  seven  times  as  many,  45  millions  and  a  half  of 
males.  These,  dispersed  over  the  world,  and  still 
living  on  an  average  200  years  each,  are  abundantly 
sufficient  to  have  overspread  the  territory  of  the  most 
ancient  nations  with  a  numerous  and  civilized  popu- 
lation in  the  course  of  200  years  from  that  time. 

BABYLON. 

Babylon,  the  kingdom  of  Nimrod  the  mighty 
hunter,  was  a  narrow  tract  along  the  Euphrates,  be- 
tween Assyria  and  Elam  on  the  north  and  east,  and 
the  Desert  of  Arabia  on  the  west,  and  extending 
along  the  course  of  the  river  400  miles  or  more,  from 
Erech  on  the  south-west,  a  few  miles  above  the  Per- 
sian Gulf,  to  Calneh,  on  the  north-west. 

Babel,  afterward  the  seat  of  Babylon,  the  principal 
city  of  this  ancient  kingdom,  was  upon  the  Euphra- 
tes, near  the  centre  of  its  territory.  In  this  neigh- 
bourhood are  found  venerable  and  imposing  ruins, 
which  indicate  the  enormous  structures  to  which  they 
belonged.  They  are  immense  piles  of  brick,  decom- 
posed to  a  great  depthj  furrowed  with  deep  channels 
by  the  abrasion  of  the  elements,  rent  and  torn  as  if 
by  some  direful  convulsion;  and  in  some  places 
vitrified,  as  though  they  had  been  subjected  to  the 
most  intense  heat.  The  rubbish  with  which  they  are 
covered  is  intermixed  with  layers  of  broken  and 
burnt  bricks,  fragments  of  pottery,  vitrified  clay, 
scoria,  and  even  shells,  bits  of  glass,  and  mother-of- 
pearl.  In  the  excavation  of  these  mounds,  large 
bricks  are  found,  entirely  covered  with  inscrip- 
tions in  the  ancient  cuneiform  character,  bearing  the 
name  of  Nebuchadnezzar.  These  inscriptions  may 
yet  reveal  to  modern  research  the  mysteries  which 
for  thousands  of  years  they  have  treasured  up  in 
sullen  silence,  and  in  characters  inscrutable  and  mys- 
terious as  the  handwriting  upon  the  wall  which 
recorded  the  doom  of  the  last  of  the  guilty  monarchs 
who  revelled  in  those  vast  halls  which  have  crumbled 
into  these  confused  masses  of  ruins. 
fB.C.  2446—430=2016.] 


23 


TEXT  BOOK  AND  ATLAS  OF  BIBLICAL  GEOGRAPHY. 


24 


These  characters  have  been  deciphered  so  far  as 
to  show  that  no  records  remain  of  date  earlier  than 
the  age  of  Nebuchadnezzar.  Thousands  and  tens 
of  thousands  of  bricks  have  been  taken  from  the 
ruins  bearing  the  name  of  this  monarch,  but  reveal- 
ing no  anterior  history  and  no  continuous  annals; 
nor  is  it  probable  that  any  important  records  will 
ever  be  recovered  from  Babylon,  as  they  have  from 
Nineveh. 

One  of  these  ruins,  at  the  distance  of  a  little  more 
than  six  miles  from  Hillah,  the  present  site  of  Baby- 
ion,  is  an  immense  mound,  Bir  Nimroud,  which  is 
recognized  by  some  as  the  remains  of  the  tower  of 
Babel.  The  appearance  of  the  mound,  notwithstand- 
ing all  the  abrasion  of  the  elements  and  the  waste  of 
time,  is  still  very  imposing.  It  rises  suddenly  from 
a  vast  plain  to  a  great  height,  overspread  with  frag- 
mentary vitrified  masses  of  the  materials  of  which 
the  town  was  built.  These  present  the  appearance 
of  having  been  fused  and  cemented  together  under 
the  action  of  the  most  intense  heat.  The  summit  of 
this  pyramidal  mass  is  crowned  by  a  ruined  tower, 
still  lofty  and  impressive  in  its  ruins.  It  is  rent 
from  the  top  nearly  to  the  bottom,  scathed  and  vitri- 
fied, as  if  by  the  lightning  of  heaven,  but  towering 
still  to  the  skies  in  stern  and  awful  sublimity,  a 
monument  of  the  avenging  justice  of  God.  Clouds 
play  around  its  summit;  its  recesses  are  inhabited 
by  lions.  They  were  seen  by  Sir  R.  K.  Porter  qui- 
etly basking  on  the  heights — a  literal  fulfilment  of 
the  prophetic  denunciation,  "Wild  beasts  of  the 
desert  shall  dwell  there,  and  their  houses  shall  be 
full  of  doleful  creatures."  Isa.  xiii.  21. 

Four  miles  north-north-west  from  Hillah  are 
found  ruins  which  are  supposed  to  be  the  remains 
of  the  hanging  gardens,  and  of  the  palace  of  Nebu- 
chadnezzar. The  outer  walls  of  it  were  originally  six 
miles  in  circumference.  This  enormous  mound  of 
ruins  is  ascertained  to  be  2400  feet  in  length  and 
1800  in  breadth. 

Near  this  is  another  enormous  mound  of  almost 
equal  dimensions.  Indeed  the  whole  region,  to  a 
great  extent,  is  overspread  with  indiscriminate  ruins 
in  the  midst  of  utter  desolation,  which  sets  at  de- 
fiance all  research  or  conjecture,  even  with  reference 
to  their  original  character,  or  form,  or  age ;  nor  is  it 
probable  that  these  will  be  determined  in  future. 
"  Babylon  is  fallen,  is  fallen,  that  great  city,  because 
she  made  all  nations  drink  of  the  wine  of  her  forni- 
cation." No  city  ever  so  provoked  the  judgments 
of  God  by  her  sins  as  this,  which  was  originally 
founded  by  the  horde  whom  Nimrod  conducted  to 
the  plains  of  Shinar.  None  has  ever  been  the  sub- 
ject of  such  frequent  and  fearful  denunciation,  and 
[A.  M.  1G56  -j-  430  =  2086.] 


none  ever  met  with  an  overthrow  more  appalling  and 
entire. 

Erech,  the  second  city  of  Nimrod,  was  situated  on 
the  Euphrates,  82  miles  south  and  43  east  from 
Babylon.  The  place  is  supposed  to  be.  identified 
by  immense  mounds,  known  as  the  Palace  of 
Pebbles,  which  bear  also  the  name  of  'Irka  and 
Irak.  Comp.  Gen.  x.  10. 

The  site  of  Accad  is  supposed  to  correspond  with 
Sittsee  of  the  Greeks,  and  Akari  Babel  of  the  pre- 
sent day.  It  consists  of  a  mound  surmounted  by 
a  mass  of  building,  which,  viewed^from  one  point, 
looks  like  a  tower ;  from  another,  like  an  irregukir 
pyramid.  It  is  about  400  feet  in  circumference  at 
the  base,  and  rises  to  the  height  of  125  feet  above 
the  elevation  on  which  it  stands.  The  mound  which 
seems  to  form  the  foundation  of  the  pile  is  a  mass  of 
rubbish  accumulated  from  the  decay  of  the  super- 
incumbent structure.  This  mound  is  on  the  Eu- 
phrates, 55  miles  north  and  13  west  of  Babel. 

NINEVEH. 

About  the  same  time  that  Nimrod  settled  in  Slii- 
nar,  Ashur  went  forth  and  built  Nineveh  on  the 
Tigris,  300  miles  north  from  Babel.  This,  1500 
years  later,  was  the  rival  of  Babylon,  and  the  capita] 
of  the  Assyrian  Empire.  Nineveh,  in  the  great- 
ness of  its  power,  equalled  Babylon  in  extent,  and 
perhaps  in  population,  though  inferior  in  regal  mag- 
nificence, in  wealth,  and  in  the  splendour  of  its  et!i- 
fices,  and  in  the  extent  and  magnitude  of  its  walls. 
Both  were  near  20  miles  square,  and  from  60  to  80 
miles  in  circumference.  According  to  the  compu- 
tation of  Bonomi,'  Babylon  contained  225  square 
miles,  Nineveh  216,  while  London  contains  but  114. 
Nineveh  was  with  Babylon  equally  distinguished  for 
idolatry,  licentiousness,  and  every  form  of  wicked- 
ness. More  mature  in  iniquity,  and  earlier  in  the 
rise  of  its  power,  it  was  equally  the  subject  of  pro- 
phetic denunciation,  and  sooner  sank  into  utter  ruin 
under  the  just  judgments  of  heaven. 

Of  the  three  other  cities  founded  by  Ashur,  no- 
thing satisfactory  is  known,  after  all  the  researches, 
excavations,  and  discoveries  of  modern  travellers. 

On  the  right  bank  of  the  Euphrates,  at  the 
north-western  extremity  of  the  plain  of  Shinar,  are 
extensive  ruins  around  a  castle  which  still  bears  the 
name  of  Rehoboth. 

Major  Rawlinson  is  supposed  to  have  identified 
the  ruins  of  Calah  near  the  Tigris,  130  or  140  miles 
north-west  of  Bagdad,  and  near  half  that  distance 
south-east  of  Nineveh. 

Many  of  the  learned  suppose  all  these  cities,  Re- 
[B.  C.  2446  —  430  =  2016.] 


25 


THE  PERIOD  OE  THE  PATRIARCHS. 


20 


hoboth,  Resen,  and  Calah^  to  have  been  near  each 
other,  and  to  have  been  gradually  comprehended 
within  the  limits  of  Nineveh,  just  as  several  ancient 
towns  are  now  comprised  within  the  modern  city  of 
London.  This  is  supposed  to  be  indicated  in  the 
text,  "  The  same  a  great  city,"  the  singular  in 
this  place  being  used  for  the  plural.  In  scrip- 
tural phraseology  the  singular  and  the  plural  are 
not  unfrequently  used  thus  interchangeably. 

From  the  period  of  the  Babylonish  captivity,  Nine- 
veh and  Assyria  fade  away  from  the  page  of  canon- 
ical history,  and  indeed  from  all  authentic  history, 
sacred  or  profane.  The  very  site  of  this  renowned 
metropolis  was  totally  unknown  several  centuries 
before  the  Christian  era;  and  only  within  a  few 
years  past  have  its  ruins  been  disinterred  and  laid 
open  for  the  admiration  and  wonder  of  the  world. 

These  remains  of  Nineveh  are  found  in  several 
localities  east  of  the  Tigris,  opposite  Mosul,  and 
both  above  and  below  this  city.  Some  of  these  are 
believed  to  represent  the  ancient  towns  of  Ashur. 
Khorsabad,  14  miles  north-east  from  IMosul,  is  sup- 
posed to  be  in  the  northern  limits  of  Nineveh.  Kou- 
yunjik,  and  Nebbi  Yunis,  the  Tomb  of  Jonah, 
opposite  Mosul,  represent  another  portion  of  the 
city,  which  also  extended  a  few  miles  beyond  these 
mounds. 

The  mound  Nimroud,  23  miles  below  Mosul,  is 
now  generally  admitted  to  represent  the  site  of 
Resen ;  but  in  the  opinion  of  Mr.  Layard  it  was  in- 
cluded within  the  limits  of  Nineveh  itself.  The 
city  he  supposes  to  have  been  an  oblong,  extending 
on  the  left  bank  of  the  Tigris  from  Khorsabad  to 
Nimroud,  a  distance  in  a  direct  line  of  34  miles. 
Xenophon,  400  b.  c,  found  this  city  a  heap  of 
ruins,  nameless  and  unknown,  the  walls  of  which 
were  25  feet  in  breadth,  100  in  height,  and  near 


8  miles  in  circumference.  The  present  mound  is 
144  feet  high  and  777  in  circumference. 

Near  70  miles  in  a  direct  line  below  Mosul,  aisd 
on  the  right  bank  of  the  Tigris,  is  found  anoth(  r 
immense  mound,  covering  the  ruins  of  Assyrian 
palaces.  This  is  called  Kalah  Sherghat,  and  is 
believed  to  be  the  Calah  of  Ashur.  These  ruins  are 
almost  3  miles  in  circumference,  and  in  parts  up- 
ward of  60  feet  in  height. 

From  the  great  mound  of  Kouyunjik,  opposite 
Mosul,  Mr.  Layard  has  disinterred  the  ruins  of  the 
magnificent  and  stupendous  palace  of  Sennacherib. 
Nimroud  and  Khorsabad  were  also  palaces  of  almost 
equal  extent  and  magnificently  built.  Khorsabad 
was  the  palace  of  Sargon,  722  b.  c,  mentioned  by 
Isaiah  xx.  1,  as  besieging  Ashdod.  lie  is  better 
known  in  Scripture  as  Shalmaneser,  who  took  Sa- 
maria and  overthrew  the  kingdom  of  Israel,  carry- 
ing away  captive  the  Israelites.  He  was  the  father 
of  Sennacherib.  Tiglath  Pileser,  the  father  of  Shal- 
maneser, built  one  part  of  a  palace  at  Nimroud,  and 
Esarhaddon,  son  of  Sennacherib,  built  another;  so 
that  these  ruins  are  the  remains  of  several  palaces 
built  by  diffei-ent  kings.  These,  and  perhaps  others, 
Mr.  Layard  believes  to  have  been  fortified  enclosures 
of  palaces,  parks,  and  temples,  possibly  within  the 
great  city,  each  capable  of  sustaining  a  severe  siege. 
These  all  appear  by  actual  survey  to  form  an  oblong 
parallelogram,  which  may  represent  the  form  of  the 
city.  According  to  this  view  of  the  subject,  Reho- 
both,  Resen,  and  Calah  remain  yet  undistinguished 
among  the  innumerable  mounds  which  overspread 
this  region  of  country,  which  future  research  may 
possibly  reveal,  but  more  probably  they  are  dis- 
solved like  the  baseless  fabric  of  a  vision,  leaving 
not  a  wreck  behind. 


CHAPTER  III. 


THE  PERIOD  OF  THE  PATRIARCHS;  FROM  THE  PROMISE  TO  THE  EXODE,  430  YEARS. 

A.  M.  208G  -f  430  ^  2516.  b.  c.  2016  —  430  =  1586. 


Abraiiam,  father  of  the  faithful,  at  the  age  of 
60,  and  17  years  before  the  renewal  of  the  promise 
from  which  our  chronology  dates,  left,  at  the  call 
of  God,  his  country  and  his  kindred,  Acts  vii.  3,  to 
take  possession  of  a  distant  foreign  land,  where  his 
posterity  should  become  a  great  people,  the  future 
depositories  of  the  revelation  which  God  was  about 
to  make,  and  the  ancestors,  according  to  the  flesh, 
of  Jesus  Christ,  the  Saviour  of  the  world. 
3  [A.M.  2086+430=2510.] 


UR   OF   THE   CHALDEES. 

The  dwelling-place  of  Abraham  was  confessedly 
in  Mesopotamia,  between  the  Euphrates  and  the 
Tigris,  in  Ur  of  the  Chaldees,  which  may  be  the 
name  of  a  province,  or  of  a  city  within  it,  or  possi- 
bly of  both  the  city  and  the  country  where  the 
family  of  Abraham  had  their  abode.  It  is  custom- 
ary to  locate  TJr  of  the  Chaldees  in  Upper  Meso- 
[B.  C.  2016—430=1586.] 


TEXT  BOOK  AND  ATLAS  OF  BIBLICAL  GEOGRAPHY. 


28 


potamia,  south  of  Armenia  and  Ararat,  and  at  no 
great  distance  from  either.  There  is  in  this  vicinity 
a  walled  city,  Orfah  or  Urfah,  of  considerable  im- 
portance, which  Moslems,  Jews,  and  Christians  ge- 
nerally concur  in  recognizing  as  the  birthplace  of 
Abraham.  Urfah,  or  Orfah,  is  described  as  a  con- 
siderable town,  of  several  thousand  inhabitants,  in 
Upper  Mesopotamia;  but  all  attempts  to  identify 
this  or  any  other  locality  with  the  patriarchal  resi- 
dence of  Abraham  and  his  ancestors  in  the  land  of 
the  Chaldees  must  be  conjectural  and  unsatisfactory. 

Twenty  miles  south-east  by  south  from  Urfah  is 
the  town  of  Haran,  in  which  we  recognize  the  site 
of  Charran,  to  which  the  family  of  Abraham  removed 
after  the  first  call,  and  where  they  remained  15 
years,  until  the  death  of  Terah,  the  father  of  Abra- 
ham, and  of  Haran,  his  eldest  brother.  Acts  vii.  2. 

Mr.  Loftus,  an  English  geologist  engaged  in  a 
survey  of  the  country  of  the  ancient  Chaldees  around 
Babylon  and  Susiana,  refers  the  site  of  Ur  to  Lower 
Chaldea,  or  Mesopotamia  proper,  near  the  junction 
OL  the  Euphrates  and  the  Tigris.  He  describes 
ruins  of  great  extent  and  extraordinary  interest, 
now  called  Werka,  which  he  supposes  represent  Ur 
of  the  Chaldees,  whence  proceeded  the  exodus  of 
Abraham. 

But  it  seems  incredible  that  the  ancestral  resi- 
dence of  this  patriarch  could  have  been  so  remote 
from  Canaan.  Haran,  the  native  place  of  the  family 
of  Laban,  was  confessedly  near  to  Ur.  Laban  him- 
self is  styled  a  "  Syrian."  In  his  pursuit  of  Jacob 
he  overtook  the  fugitive  in  Gilead,  below  Lake  Gen- 
nesaret,  east  of  Jordan,  in  seven  days.  Jacob,  with 
his  household  and  his  vast  flocks  and  herds,  made 
this  distance  in  ten  days,  Gen.  xxxi.  20-25,  in  which 
time  he  could  hardly  have  exceeded  a  journey  of 
250  or  300  miles,  which  is  about  the  distance  from 
Upper  Mesopotamia  to  Gilead. 

Haran  is  enumerated,  a  thousand  years  after  the 
call  of  Abraham,  among  the  towns  which  had  been 
taken  by  the  predecessors  of  Sennacherib,  king  of 
Assyria,  and  is  also  mentioned  still  later  among  the 
cities  that  traded  with  Tyre.  2  Kings  xix.  12 ;  Isa. 
xxxvii.  12;  Ezek.  xxvii.  23. 

Fifteen  years  after  the  first  call,  Abraham,  at  the 
age  of  75  years,  by  divine  command  again  removed 
from  his  country  and  his  kindred  to  seek  the  strano-e 
land  which  the  Lord  had  given  to  him.  This  exodus 
might  be  a  journey  of  250  or  300  miles,  or  800  or 
1000  miles,  according  as  Upper  or  Lower  Chaldea  is 
assumed  as  his  place  of  departure.  Eliezer,  the  ser- 
vant of  Abraham,  64  years  afterward  traversed  the 
same  journey  to  obtain  for  Isaac  a  wife  from  among 
bis  own  kindred,  Gen.  xxv. ;  and  Jacob,  100  years 
("A.M.208G-f430-=^.2.516.] 


later,  repeated  the  journey  on  a  similar  occasion  for 
himself.  Gen.  xxviii.,  xxix. 

The  first  notice  of  Abraham  in  the  land  of  Ca- 
naan is  at  Sichem,  or  Shechem,  near  the  plain  of 
Moreh.  The  position  of  this  town,  memorable  in 
the  whole  history  of  the  Jewish  nation,  from  this 
arrival  of  Abraham  to  their  final  overthrow,  should 
be  carefully  noted  as  an  important  landmark  in  the 
geography  of  Palestine.  It  is  on  the  line  of  the 
central  or  middle  route  from  Jerusalem  to  Galilee, 
at  the  distance  of  35  miles  from  Jerusalem,  and  at 
an  equal  distance  from  Nazareth,  and  midway  be- 
tween the  coast  of  the  Mediterranean  and  the  Jor^ 
dan,  in  a  narrow  dell  between  the  famous  summits 
of  Ebal  and  Gerizim.  The  valley  which  separates 
these  mountains  opens  at  the  distance  of  2  miles 
east  of  Sichem  into  a  fertile  and  beautiful  plain,  ex- 
tending from  8  to  10  miles  from  north  to  south,  and 
varying  in  width  from  2  to  4  miles.  This  is  the 
plain  of  Moreh,  whose  luxuriant  fields  afforded  an 
inviting  place  of  encampment  for  the  patriarch,  and 
of  pasturage  for  his  flocks,  wasted  and  wearied  by 
reason  of  their  long  march. 

Shechem,  under  the  name  of  Nabalus,  is  still  an 
inhabited  city  of  8000  souls.  Sheltered  in  quiet 
seclusion  between  Ebal  and  Gerizim,  the  mounts 
of  blessings  and  of  curses,  which  tower  high  above  it, 
like  lofty  walls  on  either  side,  and  surrounded  by 
groves,  orchards,  and  gardens,  this  ancient  town,  the 
Sichem,  or  Shechem,  of  the  Old  Testament,  and  the 
Sychar  of  the  New,  presents  a  scene  delightful  in 
itself,  and  of  surpassing  interest  in  its  historical 
associations. 

Here  God  renewed  his  covenant  with  Abraham. 
Gen.  xii.  7.  Jacob,  on  his  return  from  Padan- 
Aram,  pitched  his  tent  over  against  this  city,  at 
Shalim,  on  the  east  of  the  plain.  Jacob's  field  was 
there,  a  parcel  of  ground  which  he  gave  to  his  sou 
Joseph,  Gen.  xxxiii.  18, 19,  whose  sepulchre  is  there 
to  this  day.  Near,  at  the  distance  of  600  or  700 
feet  from  Joseph's  tomb,  is  Jacob's  well,  at  the  mouth 
of  which  our  Saviour  sat  in  his  interview  with  the 
woman  of  Samaria.  John  iv.  5,  Here  was  enacted 
the  terrible  tragedy  connected  with  the  dishonour 
done  to  Dinah  by  the  son  of  Hamar,  prince  of  the 
country.  Gen.  xxxiv.  Here  Jacob  kept  his  flocks, 
even  when  at  Hebron,  50  or  60  miles  distant.  At 
Dothan,  15  miles  north-west,  Joseph  was  betrayed 
by  his  brethren.  Gen.  xxxvii.  The  Israelites,  im- 
mediately on  their  return  from  Egypt,  here  ratified 
the  law  of  the  Lord.  Six  tribes  on  Ebal  and  six 
on  Gerizim — the  ark  and  the  attendant  priests  in 
the  valley  below — pronounce  the  blessings  and  the 
curses,  and  all  the  assembled  multitude  raise  to 
[B.C.  2016— 430=1586.] 


29 


THE   PERIOD   OF   THE   PATRIARCHS. 


}0 


heaven  tlieir  solemn  Amen — So  let  it  be !  Dcut. 
rxvii.  Here  they  buried  the  bones  of  Joseph,  Here 
Joshua  met  the  assembled  people  for  the  last  time. 
Josh.  xxiv.  1,  25,  32.  Shechem  was  allotted  to 
Ephraim,  and  assigned  to  the  Levites.  It  was 
the  scene  of  the  treachery  of  Abimelech,  Judg.  ix., 
and  the  parable  of  Jotham ;  of  the  revolt  of  the  ten 
tribes.  It  was  and  ever  has  been  the  abode  of  the 
sect  of  Samaritans,  a  little  remnant  of  whom  still 
go  up  on  Mount  Gerizim,  to  worship  God  on  that 
mountain,  as  did  their  fothers  in  the  time  of  our 
Saviour.  John  iv.  20.  It  was  captured  by  Shal- 
maneser,  king  of  Assyria,  under  Hoshea,  and  re- 
peopled  by  a  strange  people,  2  Kings  xvii.,  and  again 
in  the  days  of  Nehemiah  and  of  Ezra.  Ezra  iv.  9. 

A  vast  temple,  the  ruins  of  which  still  remain, 
was  built  here  by  Sanballat,  in  the  time  of  Alexan- 
der the  Great,  which,  200  years  later,  was  destroyed 
by  the  Maccabees. 

BETHEL. 

This  place,  originally  Luz,  where  Abraham  next 
built  an  altar  unto  the  Lord,  is  20  miles  south  of 
Shechem,  and  15  north  of  Jerusalem.  Abraham, 
in  the  year  following  his  return  from  Egypt,  again 
encamped  here,  and  parted  on  friendly  terms  from 
Lot.  Gen.  xiii.  Jacob,  flying  from  Esau  toward 
Haran,  saw  here  the  vision  of  the  ladder,  and 
the  angels  ascending  and  descending  upon  it.  Gen. 
xxviii.;  xxxi.  13.  Twenty  years  later,  on  his  return 
from  Padan-Aram,  he  lingered  at  this  sacred  spot,  built 
an  altar  unto  the  Lord,  and  received  the  promises  of 
God,  and  erected  here  a  pillar.  Here  Deborah  also 
died.  Gen.  XXXV.;  xxxii.  28;  xxviii.  20-22.  Three 
hundred  years  after  this,  in  the  distribution  of  the 
land  under  Joshua,  Bethel  became  the  portion  of 
Benjamin,  Josh,  xviii.  22,  on  the  boundaries  of 
Ephraim,  Josh,  xviii.  13,  xvi.  1,  2,  into  whose  hands 
it  afterward  fell.  It  was  for  some  time  the  conse- 
crated place  of  the  ark  of  the  covenant.  Judg.  xx. 
18,26;  1  Sam.  X.  3.  Samuel  held  here  his  court  in 
his  annual  circuit.  Near  Beth-Aven,  Jonathan  smote 
the  Philistines.  1  Sam.  xiv.  1-23.  From  Jeroboam 
to  Josiah,  more  than  300  years,  it  was  desecrated 
by  the  worship  of  the  golden  calves,  1  Kings  xii. 
28;  xiii.  1;  2  Kings  x.  28,  29;  xxiii.  15-18;  by 
reason  of  which  it  was,  under  the  name  of  Beth- 
aven,  the  frequent  subject  of  prophetic  denuncia- 
tion. Hos.  iv.  15;  v.  8;  x.  5,  8;  Amos  v.  5.  Eli- 
sha  was  going  from  Jericho  to  this  place  when 
mocked  by  the  impious  children  who  were  torn  in 
pieces  by  wild  beasts.  2  Kings  ii.  23-25.  After 
[A.  M.  2086+430=2516.] 


the  captivity  it  was  rebuilt,  Ezra  ii.  28,  Nob.  vii.  32 ; 
in  the  time  of  the  Maccabees  it  was  fortified,  and 
finally  destroyed  by  Vespasian.  The  hill  upon 
which  it  was  built  is  quite  overspread  with  ruins, 
among  which  are  the  remains  of  an  immense  cistern, 
314  feet  in  length  and  217  in  breadth. 

BATTLE   OF  THE   KINGS.      GEN.  XIV. 

The  invaders  of  the  cities  of  the  plains  of  Sodom 
came  from  the  region  of  the  Euphrates.  Elam,  the 
same  as  Elymais,  is  the  ancient  name  of  Persia.  It 
is  mentioned  by  the  prophets  in  connection  with 
both  the  Medes  and  the  Assyrians.  Isa.  xxi.  2 ; 
Jer.  XXV.  25 ;  Isa.  xxii.  6 ;  Ezek.  xxxii.  24. 

Shinar,  the  country  of  another  of  the  confede- 
rates, includes  the  plains  of  Babylon  about  the  junc- 
tion of  the  Euphrates  and  the  Tigris,  and  extends 
to  the  Persian  Gulf.  Elassar  and  Goim,  the  na- 
tions of  which  Tidal  was  king,  are  unknown. 

Ashtcroth-Karnaim,  at  this  time  the  residence  of 
the  giants,  Eephaims,  was,  470  years  afterward,  at 
the  period  of  the  exodus,  still  the  residence  of  Og, 
the  giant  king  of  Bashan.  Deut.  i.  4;  com.  Josh, 
ix.  10  ;  xii.  4;  xiii.  12.  It  was  included  in  the  half 
tribe  of  Manasseh,  and  became  a  Levitical  city. 
1  Chron.  vi.  71.     It  was  six  miles  north  of  Edrei. 

The  Zuzims  in  Ham,  the  Zamzummims  of  Deut. 
ii.  20-23,  dwelt  farther  south,  about  the  mouth  of 
the  Jordan  and  the  north-east  coast  of  the  Dead 
Sea.  The  connection  also  indicates  that  the  Emims 
of  Shaveh-Kiriathaim  were  a  kindred  tribe  in  the 
same  neighbourhood.  The  cities  of  the  plain  around 
the  southern  extremity  of  the  Dead  Sea  indicate  the 
progress  of  the  invaders  still  farther  south,  who  ex- 
tended their  conquests  to  Mount  Hor,  in  Seir  or 
Edom.  Thence  they  directed  their  course  up  the 
Arabah  to  En-Mishpat,  Kadesh-Barnea,  and  the  wil- 
derness of  Paran,  south  of  Judea,  and  up  the  west 
side  of  the  Dead  Sea  to  Hazezon-Tamar,  En-Gedi. 
Enriched  with  the  spoils  of  this  extensive  circuit, 
Chedorlaomer  returned  along  the  valley  of  the  Jor- 
dan to  Dan,  above  the  waters  of  Merom,  the  modern 
Iluleh,  where  they  were  overtaken  by  Abraham  and 
pursued  fifty  miles  farther,  to  Hobah,  beyond  Da- 
mascus. 

Salem,  the  city  of  Melchisedek,  is  understood  to 
be  Jerusalem ;  and  Shaveh,  the  King's  Dale,  near 
the  head  of  the  Valley  of  Jehoshaphat,  not  far  from 
the  tombs  of  the  kings,  a  short  distance  north  of 
Jerusalem.  Others  assume  it  to  have  been  near 
En-Kogel,  just  below  the  city,  in  the  Valley  of  Je- 
hoshaphat. THE  PROMISE  GEN.  XV. 
[B.  C.  201G-j-430--=1586.] 


31 


TEXT   BOOK   AND  ATLAS  OF  BIBLICAL  GEOGRAPHY. 


32 


CITIES   OF   THE   PLAIN. 

The  late  French  traveller,  De  Saulcy,  has  ex- 
plored the  site  of  these  cities,  but  without  satisfact- 
ory results.  Just  above  the  vast  salt  mountain 
at  the  south-west  angle  of  the  Dead  Sea,  he  finds 
extensive  ruins,  chiefly  foundations  and  substruc- 
tions, very  rude  in  structure,  and  having  every  ap- 
pearance of  great  antiquity,  which  bear  the  name 
of  the  mountain  itself,'*  Sdum,"  or  Sodom.  These 
ruins,  passed  unobserved  by  other  travellers,  he  re- 
gards as  undoubted  remains  of  that  devoted  city. 
Having  survived  the  devastations  of  that  horrible 
tempest  by  which  it  was  destroyed,  and  the  waste 
of  ages,  they  still  indicate  the  locality  of  Sodom. 

Certain  ruins  in  the  immediate  vicinity,  less  ex- 
tensive but  equally  rude  and  antique,  bear  a  name 
which  he  considers  only  a  corruption  of  Zoar.  "Was 
it  not  "  a  little  city  ?"  And  these  ruins  indicate  it 
to  have  been  a  small  suburb  of  Sodom. 

Admah  he  locates  by  conjecture  at  a  small  dis- 
tance west  from  the  coast  on  the  way  to  Hebron. 

Zeboim  he  finds  on  the  peninsula  on  the  eastern 
side  of  the  lake,  as  indicated  by  ruins  which  Dr. 
Robinson  and  Lieut.  Lynch  assume  to  be  the  re- 
mains of  Zoar. 

Near  the  north-west  angle  of  the  Dead  Sea,  he 
found  immense  ruins  of  rude  walls  and  ditches, 
covering  the  space  of  four  miles  in  extent,  which 
had  been  noticed,  but  not  examined  by  Dr.  Robin- 
son, which  bear  the  name  of  Gomraum,  indicating 
the  situation  of  Gomorrah,  once  large  and  populous, 
involved  in  the  same  terrible  overthrow  as  Sodom, 
boeause  their  cry  was  great  and  their  sin  very  griev- 
ous. Gen.  xviii.  20;  comp.  Gen.  xviii.  and  xix. 

Along  the  line  of  his  travels  around  this  gloomy 
lake,  De  Saulcy  noticed  many  indications  of  the 
most  terrible  volcanic  action,  immense  crate-s  of  ex- 
tinct volcanoes,  and  rocks  rent  and  burnt  as  by  in- 
tense heat,  and  clefts  and  seams  indicating  the  con- 
vulsions into  which  the  whole  land  of  the  plain  was 
thrown  in  the  dreadful  overthrow  of  its  cities. 

Near  Sodom,  and  around  the  southern  extremity 
of  the  Dead  Sea,  he  found  treacherous  and  concealed 
chasms  and  "  slime-pits,"  which  made  the  travelling 
exceedingly  difiicult  and  dangerous.  A  camel,  a 
short  time  before  De  Saulcy's  visit,  had  sunk  into 
one  of  these  chasms  and  was  lost.  Several  of  his 
horses  sunk  in  these  slime-pits,  south  of  the  sea: 
one  was  lost,  and  all  might  have  perished  but  for 
the  skilful  guidance  and  precautions  of  his  faithful 
Arabs.  Comp.  Gen.  xiv.  10. 

After  the  warlike  expedition  in  behalf  of  Lot,  the 
patriarch  continued  to  lead  a  quiet  pastoral  life  in 
[.v.  M.  2080+430=251  C] 


the  hill  country  of  Judea,  removing  his  flocks  from 
time  to  time  from  the  neighbourhood  of  Mamre, 
Hebron,  to  that  of  Beersheba.  These  places,  the 
favourite  abodes  of  all  the  patriarchs,  should  be  par- 
ticularly noted  as  important  landmarks  in  the  his- 
torical geography  of  the  Scriptures. 

HEBRON,  KIRJATH  AREA,  MAMRE. 

This  city  is  situated  among  the  mountains  of 
Judah,  in  a  deep  valley,  twenty-two  miles  south 
from  Jerusalem,  and  twenty-five  from  Beersheba,  in 
a  country  abounding  in  pasturage,  and  vineyards 
yielding  the  finest  grapes  in  Palestine.  From  this 
place  the  spies  gathered  the  grapes  of  Eshcol,  with 
pomegranates  and  figs,  as  a  specimen  of  the  exceed- 
ing good  land  which  they  were  invited  to  go  up  and 
possess.  Num.  xiii.  23.  One  of  the  oldest  inhabited 
cities  in  the  world,  it  is,  after  Jerusalem,  the  largest 
in  Palestine,  containing  from  5000  to  8000  inhabit- 
ants. Here  Abraham  purchased,  of  the  sons  of 
Heth,  the  cave  of  Machpelah,  as  a  burial-place  for 
his  dead.  Gen.  xxiii.  Here  lived  the  patriarchs; 
here  they  communed  with  God,  and  received  the 
promises;  and  here  they  were  buried,  with  their 
wives,  and  their  sepulchre  is  here  to  this  day,  en- 
closed in  a  Turkish  mosque,  200  feet  in  length,  by 
115  in  breadth,  and  60  in  height,  which  no  Chris- 
tian is  permitted  to  enter. 

Hebron  was  utterly  destroyed  by  Joshua,  Josh.  x. ; 
and  given  to  Caleb  for  a  possession,  in  reward  for 
his  courage  and  trust  in  God.  It  was  one  of  the 
cities  of  refuge,  and  a  Levitical  city  of  the  sons  of 
Aaron.  Josh.  xxi.  11.  xx  :  7. 

David  was  here  anointed  king  over  Israel,  and 
made  it,  for  seven  years  and  six  months,  the  seat  of 
his  kingdom.  2  Sam.  ii.  11.  Abner  also  was  here 
assassinated  by  Joab,  2  Sam.  iii.  27 ;  and  Absalom 
made  it  his  headquarters  in  his  rebellion  against  his 
father.  2  Sam.  xv. 

Rehoboam  made  it  one  of  his  fenced  cities.  It 
was  resettled  after  the  captivity,  and  from  that 
period  it  disappears  for  many  centuries  from  the 
page  of  history. 

BEERSHEBA. 

This  city,  consecrated  by  sacred  associations,  is 
twenty-five  miles  south-west  from  Hebron,  in  the 
midst  of  a  broad,  undulating  country  on  the  borders 
of  the  great  desert.  This  region,  before  the  drought 
of  summer,  is  overspread  with  verdure  well  suited 
for  the  grazing  of  the  vast  herds  of  the  patriarclis. 
The  place  is  identified  by  two  wells,  55  rods  distant 
from  each  other,  one  12  feet  in  diameter  and  442 
[B.  C.  2010—130=1586.] 


THE  PERIOD  OF  THE  PATRIARCHS. 


34 


deep;  the  other,  5  feet  in  diameter  and  42  in  depth. 
The  water  is  abundant,  and  of  the  best  quality  ;  the 
curbstones  are  deeply  worn  by  the  friction  of  the 
ropes  by  which  the  water  is  drawn,  and  numerous 
drinking-troughs  of  stone  lie  about  the  wells  for  the 
accommodation  of  camels  and  flocks  which  resort 
here,  as  in  the  days  of  Abraham,  to  quench  their 
thirst.  The  hills  just  north  of  the  wells  are  over- 
spread with  ruins,  which  indicate  that  Beersheba 
was  once  a  large  village. 

Here,  on  the  borders  of  the  desert,  dwelt  the  pa- 
triarchs, Abraham,  Isaac,  and  Jacob.  Abraham 
may  have  dug  these  very  wells.  Here  he  left  his 
family  and  his  flocks,  and  journeyed  with  Isaac  fifty 
miles  to  Jerusalem,  to  offer  him  in  sacrifice  on 
Mount  Moriah.  "  From  this  place  Jacob  fled  to 
Padan  Aram,  after  acquiring  the  birthright  and 
blessing  belonging  to  his  brother ;  and  here  too  he 
sacrificed  to  the  Lord,  on  setting  off  to  meet  his  son 
Joseph  in  Egypt.  Here  Samuel  made  his  sons 
judges;  and  from  here  Elijah  wandered  out  into 
the  southern  desert,  and  sat  down  under  a  shrub  of 
Retem,  just  as  our  Arabs  sat  down  under  it  every 
day  and  every  night.  Here  was  the  border  of  Pa- 
lestine proper,  which  extended  from  Dan  [on  the 
extreme  north]  to  Beersheba.  Gen.  xxi.  31 ;  xxii. 
19 ;  xxvi.  23 ;  xxviii.  10 ;  xlvi.  1 ;  1  Sam.  viii.  2 ; 
1  Kings  xix.  3 ;  2  Sam.  xvii.  11.  Over  these  smil- 
ing hills  the  flocks  of  the  patriarchs  once  roved  by 
thousands ;  where  now  we  found  only  a  few  camels, 
asses  and  goats."* 

Gerar,  where  Abraham  and  Isaac  denied  their 
wives  before  Abimelech,  Gen.  xx.  and  xxvi.,  was  in 
this  desert,  near  Gaza,  one  of  the  towns  bordering 
upon  the  desert. 

WILDERNESS   OF   SHUR,   AND   THE   ISHMAELITES. 

This  wilderness,  toward  which  Hagar  fled.  Gen. 
xvi.  7,  and  where,  after  being  miraculously  delivered 
from  death,  she  dwelt  with  Ishmael,  Gen.  xxi.  9-21, 
was  a  portion  of  the  great  desert,  Pharan,  south  and 
west  of  Beersheba.  This  immense  desert  from 
Shur  along  the  coast  of  the  Mediterranean  to  Ha- 
vilah,  the  extreme  south  of  Arabia,  became  theirs, 
and  has  ever  since  been  the  desolate  home  of  the 
wild  Arabs,  the  descendants  of  Ishmael,  their  hand 
against  every  man,  and  every  man's  hand  against 
them. 

EDOM,   AND   THE   SONS   OF   ESAU. 
The  posterity  of  Esau  inherited  the  mountains  of 

*  Robinson's  Researches,  i.  302. 
[A.  M.  20864-430=2516.] 


Edom,  extending  from  the  Dead  Sea  to  the  eastern 
arm  of  the  Red  Sea,  on  the  east  of  that  immense 
crevasse,  now  a  deep  and  dreary  valley,  which 
reaches  from  the  one  sea  to  the  other.  This  moun- 
tainous region,  known  also  as  Seir  and  Mount  Seir, 
contains  many  fertile  valleys,  sufficient  to  sustain  the 
dukes  of  Edom  and  the  Edomites,  who  appear  in 
sacred  history  so  oft^n,  as  the  antagonists  and  foes 
of  the  children  of  Israel,  with  whom  they  were  in 
frequent  conflict.  Comp.  Gen.  xxxvi.;  Num.  xx. 
14-21 ;  and  references  in  the  Index. 

SONS   OF  KETURAH. 

These  descendants  from  Abraham  received  their 
allotment  in  the  desert  of  Arabia,  east  of  the  sons 
of  Esau,  in  Edom.  Gen.  xxv.  1-4.  Here  they  be- 
came the  heads  of  various  petty  tribes  and  wander- 
ing hordes;  and  blending  with  the  tribes  of  Ish- 
maelites  that  roved  eastward  over  the  deserts  of 
Arabia,  they  seem  early  to  have  become  assimilated 
with  them  as  the  inhabitants  of  those  vast  wastes. 

Kedar,  an  Ishmaelitish  horde,  appears  to  have  in- 
habited the  eastern  portion  of  the  desert  near  Ara- 
bia. Mesech,  among  whom  the  Psalmist  dwelt  in 
sorrow,  inhabited  the  Caucasian  mountains,  west 
of  the  Caspian  Sea.  The  lamentation  is  not  that  he 
dwells  among  these  as  contiguous  tribes,  but  among 
nations  savage  and  barbarous  as  they.  Ps.  cxx.  5. 

We  now  return  to  Isaac,  the  son  of  promise. 
In  the  south  country,  the  southern  extremity  of 
Judea,  endeared  to  him  as  his  paternal  inheritance, 
this  peaceable  old  man  tended  his  vast  flocks  and 
herds,  roving  from  place  to  place  for  pasturage, 
but  lingering  chiefly  about  Beersheba  and  Hebron. 
The  old  age  of  this  gentle,  contemplative  patriarch, 
in  addition  to  his  blindness,  was  imbittered  by  the 
quarrel  of  his  sons  Jacob  and  Esau ;  but  he  lived  to 
see  them  reunited,  and  to  enjoy,  for  more  than 
twenty  years,  the  society  of  Jacob  with  his  family 
after  his  return  from  Padan  Aram.  Old  and  full  of 
years,  at  the  age  of  180  years,  he  died  at  Hebron, 
and  was  buried  by  his  sons  in  Machpelah,  the  sepul- 
chre of  Abraham  and  of  Sarah. 

The  principal  historical  data  in  the  lives  of  Abra- 
ham and  Isaac  are  comprehended  in  the  following 
summary : — ■ 

B.  c.  2093.     Abraham  born.  « 

2018.  Abraham,  75  years  old,  departs  from  Haran,  to 
which  place  he  had  previously  gone  from  Ur  of 
the  Chaldees,  Gen.  xi.  31-xii.  5 :  comes  to  Si- 
chem,  thence  to  a  place  between  Bethel  and  Ai : 
thence  advances  southward,  and,  in  consequence 
2017.  of  a  famine,  descends  into  Egypt,  where  he 
makes  no  long  sta}',  xii.  Returns  to  JBetheL 
[B.  C.  2016— 430=1586.] 


So 


TEXT  BOOK  AND  ATLAS  OF  BIBLICAL  GEOGRAPHY. 


8G 


Lot  separates  from  Abraham,  xiii.  At  this  time 
the  cities  of  the  plain  were  revolted  from  Che- 
dorlaomor,  to  whom  they  had  been  subject  12 
B.  C.  2016.  years,  xiv.  1.  Chedorlaomer's  invasion,  and  bat- 
tle with  the  kings  of  these  cities.  Abraham  res- 
cues Lot.     Melchizedek  blesses  him,  xiv.     The 

WORD    OF   THE    LORD    COMES   TO   ABRAHAM:    THE 

Promise,  xr. 

2007.     Abraham  86  y.     Ishmael  is  born,  xvi. 

1994.  Abraham  99  y.  The  covenant  renewed:  circum- 
cision ordained,  xvii.  The  visit  of  the  Three 
Angels,  xviii.  Destruction  of  Sodom,  xix.  Abra- 
ham journeys  southward;  second  denial  of  Sa- 
rah, XX.  (in  Gerar.) 

1993.  Isaac  is  born,  (in  Beersheba,)  xxi.  Long  sojourn 
in  the  land  of  the  Philistines,  ver.  34.  Abraham 
offers  up  Isaac,  xxii.    The  time  is  not  specified : 

1956.  the  next  event  is  the  death  of  Sarah,  127  y. 
(Abraham  137  y.)  xxiii. 

1954.  Isaac  marries  Rebekah,  xxv.  20.  Abraham  mar- 
ries Keturah. 

1934.  Esau  and  Jacob  born,  xxv.  Isaac  removes  to 
Gerar  in  consequence  of  a  famine :  denies  his 
wife,  xxvi. 

1918.     Abraham  dies,  175  y.,  xxv.  7. 

1894.     Esau,  40  y.,  marries,  xxvi.  34. 

1870.    Ishmael  dies,  137  y.,  xxv.  17. 

1813.     Isaac  dies,  180  y. 

Jacob,  aged  seventy-seven  years,  having  fraudu- 
lently obtained  the  blessing  of  Isaac,  fled  from  Beer- 
sheba to  Haran,  over  the  same  country  which 
Abraham  had  traversed  in  coming  thence.  Glen. 
xxviii.,  xxxii.  Gilead,  in  which  he  held  his  final  in- 
terview with  Laban,  was  the  name  of  the  country  east 
of  Jordan,  about  the  river  Jabbok,  midway  between 
the  Sea  of  Galilee  and  the  Dead  Sea. 

Gilead  is  often  taken  in  the  widest  sense  for  the 
whole  land  east  of  Jordan.  Num.  xxxii.  29  j  Deut. 
xxxiv.  1 J  Judg.  v.  17  J  XX.  1 J  2  Sam.  ii.  9;  1  Kings 
iv.  19 ;  2  Kings  x.    33. 

Mizpeh,  the  place  of  the  interview,  was  in  Bashan, 
south-east  of  the  Sea  of  Galilee. 

Mahauaim,  where  Jacob  and  Esau  met,  was  near 
the  fords  of  the  river  Jabbok,  an  eastern  tributary 
of  the  Jordan,  some  sixty-five  miles  in  length, 
which  in  winter  swells  to  a  considerable  size,  but  in 
summer  is  almost  dry.  Esau  came  up  from  Edom, 
south  of  the  Dead  Sea,  to  this  place.  Mahanaim, 
in  the  distribution,  fell  to  the  tribe  of  Gad.  Josh, 
xiii.  26—30.  Ishboshcth,  Saul's  son,  was  here  made 
king  by  Abner,  2  Sam.  ii.  8;  and  David,  driven 
from  his  home  by  the  treason  of  Absalom,  fled  also 
to  Mahanaim.  2  Sam.  xvii.  The  battle  between  the 
forces  of  David  and  Absalom,  in  which  the  latter 
was  slain,  was  fought  in  a  place  near  Mahanaim, 
which,  for  reasons  which  do  not  now  appear,  was 
called  the  Woods  of  Ephraim.  2  Sam.  xviii.  6.  The 
tjite  of  this  ancient  town  has  not  been  clearly  iden- 
tified. In  the  immediate  vicinity  are  we  to  look 
[A.  M.  208G+430:=2516.] 


also  for  Peniel,  the  encampment  where  Jacob  wres- 
tled with  the  angel  of  the  covenant.  Gen.  xxxii.  30. 

The  next  station  of  the  patriarch  was  Succoth,  a 
city  of  Gad,  on  the  east  bank  of  Jordan,  where  he 
passed  over  into  Canaan.  Between  this  and  She- 
chem  was  Shalim,  which  Dr.  Robinson  supposes  to 
have  been  in  the  eastern  margin  of  the  plain  of 
Moreh,  over  against  Shechem. 

The  rape  of  Dinah  and  slaughter  of  the  She- 
chemites,  Gen.  xxxiv.,  the  return  to  Bethel  and 
death  of  Deborah  and  Rachel  at  Ephrath  Bethle- 
hem,Gen.  xxxv.are  theprincipal  incidents  in  there- 
turn  of  Jacob  with  his  family  to  Hebron. 

DOTHAN. 

Ten  years  after  Jacob's  settlement  at  Hebron, 
Joseph  is  sold  by  his  brethren  into  Egypt,  at  Do- 
than.  Dr.  Robinson,  in  his  late  journey  to  Pales- 
tine, has  recovered  this  interesting  locality,  long 
lost.  He  found  a  fine  green  hill,  about  twelve  mile* 
north  by  west  from  Samaria,  in  a  broad  and  very 
fertile  plain,  bearing  still  the  name  of  Dothan. 
There  is  a  fountain  at  the  southern  base  of  the  hill 
Dothan.  This  site  is  on  the  caravan  route  from  Beth- 
shean,  now  Beisan,  to  Ramleh  and  Egypt,  which 
the  Midianites  would  naturally  have  pursued.  On 
this  plain,  beyond  a  doubt,  the  brethren  of  Joseph 
were  tending  their  father's  flocks,  when  they  con- 
spired against  this  "  dreamer,"  the  favourite  of  the 
fond  mourner  their  father,  and  sold  him  into  Egypt. 

Jacob,  soon  after  the  loss  of  Joseph,  removes  and 
resides  ten  years  himself  at  Shechem,  so  strongly 
was  this  place  endeared  to  the  affectionate  and  sor- 
rowful old  man,  who  desired  to  linger  out  his  life 
here,  saying,  "  I  will  go  down  to  the  grave  to  my 
son,  mourning." 

After  the  dreadful  tragedy  at  Shechem,  Gen. 
xxxiv.,  he  removes,  by  divine  direction,  to  Bethel, 
where  Deborah  dies,  and  thence  to  Hebron,  where 
Rachel  dies  in  giving  birth  to  Benjamin,  ten  years 
after  the  supposed  death  of  Joseph.  Two  years 
after  this  event,  Isaac  dies,  aged  180  years,  1813 
B.  c,  A.  M.  2289,  and  632  years  after  the  Flood. 

Joseph  is  now  in  prison  in  Egypt.  Gen.  xxxix.; 
xl.  Pharaoh's  dream  and  Joseph's  enlargement  oc- 
cur in  the  year  following.  Gen.  xli. 

B.  c.  1805.     Seven  years  of  famine  begin. 

1804.     First  descent  of  Jacob's  sons  into  Egypt.  Gen.  xiii. 
1803.     Second   visit.     Joseph  discovers   himself.     Jacob 

and  his   household  descend  into   Egypt.    Gen. 

xliii. ;  xliv. ;  xiv. ;  xlvi. 
1786.     Jacob  dies,  aged  147  years.  Gen.  xlvii.-l. 
1732.     Joseph  dies,  aged  110  years.  Gen.  1.  26. 
1666.     Moses  is  born.  Ex.  ii. 
1626.     Moses  (40  years  old)  flees  to  Midian. 
[B.  0.2016—430=1586.] 


37 


THE   PERIOD  OF  THE   PATRIARCHS. 


EGYPT   AND    HER   CITIES. 

We  have  neither  time  nor  space  to  touch  upon 
the  history,  geography,  and  wonderful  monuments 
of  this  extraordinary  land ;  but  some  of  its  ancient 
cities,  which  frequently  occur  in  Jewish  history,  and 
in  the  denunciations  of  the  prophets,  require  in  this 
place  a  brief  notice. 

SIN,  PELUSIUM. 

This  city,  "  the  strength  of  Egypt,"  Ezek.  xxx. 
16,  was  situated  on  the  eastern  or  Pelusiac  arm  of 
the  Nile,  at  a  little  distance  from  the  sea,  now  in 
the  midst  of  salt  marshes  and  morasses,  on  the  line 
of  the  travel  and  trade  from  the  eastern  coast  of  the 
Mediterranean,  Palestine,  and  the  Euphrates.  By 
reason  of  its  position  as  the  key  of  Egypt,  the  bul- 
wark of  its  eastern  frontier,  as  well  as  by  its  vast 
extent,  its  great  wealth,  and  its  strong  fortifications, 
it  was  a  place  of  great  consequence.  Its  importance 
may  be  inferred  from  the  frequent  references  to  it 
in  ancient  history,  of  which  Winer  has  collected 
many  from  Strabo,  Herodotus,  Pliny,  Polybius,  Dio- 
dorus  Siculus,  Plutarch,  Livy,  Josephus,  &c.  Pom- 
pey  the  Great  was  treacherously  murdered  here  by 
order  of  Ptolemy,  whose  protection  he  sought  in  his 
distress. 

God,  according  to  his  word  by  the  prophet,  has 
poured  out  his  fury  upon  the  "  strength  of  Egypt." 
Its  remains  are  now  only  some  rude  mounds  and  a 
few  fallen  columns.  These  are  approachable  by 
boats  only  in  the  overflowing  of  the  Nile ;  and  by 
land  only  in  the  drought  of  summer.  The  climate 
is  very  unwholesome,  and  the  place  is  seldom  visited 
by  travellers. 

ZOAN. 

Zoan  is  a  city  of  great  antiquity,  having  been 
built  only  seven  years  later  than  Hebron.  Num.  xiii. 
22.  It  was  situated  on  an  easlern  branch  of  the 
Nile,  in  the  Delta,  a  short  distance  south  of  the  sea 
of  Menzaleh,  and  some  thirty  miles  west  from  Sin,  or 
Pelusium,  and  was  one  of  the  oldest  cities  in  Egypt. 
"  The  field  of  Zoan,"  the  fine  alluvial  plain  around 
the  city,  described  as  the  scene  of  God's  marvellous 
works  in  the  time  of  Moses,  Ps.  Ixxviii.  12,  43,  is 
now  a  barren  waste ;  but  the  city  is  supposed  by 
many  to  have  been  the  residence  of  the  Pharaohs, 
of  Joseph  and  of  Moses  in  the  period  of  the  bondage. 
The  ground  is  overspread  with  extensive  ruins,  re- 
mains of  temples,  fragments  of  walls,  columns,  and 
fallen  obelisks,  which  still  attest  the  grandeur  of 
this  ancient  city  of  the  Pharaohs.  "  A  fire  has  been 
[A.M.  2086+430=2516.] 


set  in  Zoan,"  Ezek.  xxx.  14,  and  few  now  visit  this 
scene  of  hopeless  desolation. 

TAHPANHES,   BETH-SHEMESH, 

Jeremiah  in  his  prophecy  against  Egypt,  chap, 
xliii.,  specifies  two  cities  as  particularly  subjects  of 
Divine  displeasure,  Tahpanhes  and  Beth-shemesb. 
The  first  of  these  was  a  large  city  on  the  eastern  or 
Pelusiac  arm  of  the  Nile,  sixteen  miles  above  Pelu- 
sium. Here  a  colony  of  the  Jews  settled,  who  fled 
into  Egypt  after  the  murder  of  Gedaliah.  It  is 
several  times  mentioned  by  the  prophets,  Isa.  xxx.  4 ; 
Jer.  ii.  16;  xlvi.  14;  xliv.  1 ;  Ezek.  xxx.  18;  and  is 
known  in  profane  history  under  the  name  of  Daphne. 

Beth-shemesh,  known  as  On,  the  city  of  the  priest 
whose  daughter  Joseph  married,  Gen.  xli.  45,  and 
by  the  Scptuagint  identical  with  Aven  of  Ezekiel, 
Ezek.  xxx.  17,  is  the  ancient  Heliopolis,  "City  of 
the  Sun,"  of  Herodotus.  It  is  seven  or  eight  miles 
north-north-east  from  Cairo. 

It  was  famous  for  the  Temple  of  the  Sun,  and 
many  other  magnificent  structures,  all  of  which  have 
crumbled  down  to  an  indiscriminate  heap  of  ruins,  and 
are  covered  with  the  sands  of  the  desert,  which  have 
encroached  upon  the  city  and  buried  it  in  the  grave. 
One  lone  obelisk  towers  aloft  in  solitary  grandeur, 
as  a  sepulchral  monument  of  the  city  which  for 
thousands  of  years  has  lain  entombed  at  its  base. 

This  venerable  monument  is  covered  with  hiero- 
glyphics, which  record  the  name  of  Osirtasen  the 
First,  who  is  regarded  by  the  learned  as  that  Pha- 
raoh to  whom  Joseph  interpreted  his  dream,  and 
who  so  kindly  honoured  him  and  hospitably  enter- 
tained the  venerable  patriarch  Jacob  and  his  family. 
According  to  Lepsius,  this  venerable  mounument  was 
erected  2300  years  B.  c. 

The  traveller,  therefore,  here  gazes  upon  the 
same  lofty  spire  which  more  than  four  thousand 
years  ago  may  have  first  caught  the  eye  of  that  an- 
cient patriarch,  while  yet  far  away  out  in  the  desert ; 
and  which  greeted  his  approach  to  the  city  of  the 
Pharaohs. 

This  obelisk,  a  single  shaft,  is  sixty-two  feet  in 
height,  and  six  feet  square  at  the  base,  which  rests 
on  a  pedestal  ten  feet  square  and  two  thick,  and 
this  again  lies  upon  a  second  pedestal,  nineteen  feet 
square,  but  its  depth  has  not  been  ascertained.  If 
this  lower  pedestal  is  a  solid  cube,  the  entire  height 
of  the  pillar  must  have  been  more  than  eighty  feet. 

Near  this  obelisk  is  an  ancient  sycamore-tree,  be- 
neath which  tradition  relates  that  the  holy  family 
of  Joseph  and  Mary  reclined  when  they  went  down 
into  Egypt. 

[B.C.  2010— 430=1586] 


39 


TEXT   BOOK  AND  ATLAS  OF  BIBLICAL  GEOGRAPHY. 


40 


In  his  rebuke  of  the  Jews  who  dwelt  in  the  seve- 
ral cities  of  Egypt,  the  prophet,  chap.  xliv.  1,  begins 
his  survey  with  Migdol,  on  the  eastern  border  of  the 
country;  then  turns  westward  to  Tahpanhes,  then 
south  up  the  Nile  to  Noph,  or  Memphis,  in  Central 
Kgypt,  and  ends  with  the  country  of  Pathros  or 
Thebais,  farther  up  the  Nile,  in  Upper  Egypt. 

MOPH,  MEMPHIS. 

Noph,  called  also  Moph,  Hos.  ix.  6,  whose  infatu- 
ated princes  "  seduced  Egypt,"  Isa.  xix.  13,  was  the 
Memphis  of  ancient  geographers  and  historians.  It 
was  a  large  and  flourishing  city  in  the  time  of  the 
pati'iarchs. 

It  was  situated  on  the  west  side  of  the  Nile,  a 
short  distance  above  Cairo,  and  near  the  pyramids. 
These  pyramids,  and  the  immense  depositories  of 
the  dead  in  these  regions,  are  only  a  vast  necropolis 
of  this  renowned  city.  Even  its  immense  and  mag- 
nificent ruins,  which  Arabian  writers  of  the  twelfth 
and  thirteenth  centuries  describe,  have  almost  en- 
tirely disappeared.  Once  a  city  of  fifteen  or  twenty 
miles  in  circumference,  it  has  nothing  now  to  mark 
it  out  but  a  few  mounds,  a  colossal  statue  of  Ra- 
moses  the  Great,  a  small  figure  of  red  granite, 
greatly  mutilated,  and  a  few  foundations.  It  is 
with  the  learned  an  unsettled  question  whether 
Noph  or  Zoan  was  the  residence  of  the  Pharaohs 
when  Joseph  was  the  favourite  of  the  court,  and 
during  the  bondage  of  Israel.  But  this  great  city, 
once  one  of  the  most  populous  of  Egypt,  is  now,  as 
was  predicted  of  it,  waste  and  desolate,  without  an 
inhabitant.  Jer.  xlvi.  19. 

Near  Memphis  immense  underground  galleries, 
cut  from  the  solid  rock,  have  been  found,  600  yards 
long,  12  or  15  feet  wide,  and  10  or  12  high.  In 
these  are  found  vast  sarcophagi,  each  carved  from  a 
single  block,  15  feet  long,  9  in  width  and  height,  ex- 
clusive of  the  cover,  which  is  2^,  and  3  feet  thick. 
The  sides,  a  foot  thick,  finely  polished  externally, 
and  covered  with  hieroglyphics.  But  no  mummy 
or  body  of  any  kind  is  found  in  them.  It  is  sug- 
gested that  they  may  be  cenotaphs  of  the  god  Apis, 
and  are  believed  to  be  very  ancient. 

CITY  OF   NO. 

In  announcing  the  judgments  which  were  to  be 
executed  on  Egypt,  the  prophet  instances  the  "  mul- 
titude of  No,"  as  subjects  of  Divine  punishment. 
This  is  the  magnificent  city  of  Thebes,  in  Upper 
Egypt,  500  miles  above  Cairo,  at  once  the  most  an- 
cient and  most  vast  and  stupendous  in  its  ruins  of 
[A.M.  2086  f  430=2516.] 


all  the  desolate  cities  of  antiquity.  Thousands  have 
visited  these  ruins,  and  volumes  have  been  written 
in  description  of  them ;  but  no  power  of  the  pen  or 
pencil  can  give  any  adequate  conception  of  their 
matchless  grandeur. 

All  that  was  imposing  in  the  structures  even  of 
Babylon  and  Nineveh  sinks  into  insignificance  in 
comparison  with  them ;  and  yet  Thebes  was  in  ruina 
before  either  of  these  cities  flourished.  "  Art  thou 
better  than  populous  No  ?"  says  Nahum,  when  de- 
livering the  burden  of  Nineveh,  more  than  700  B.  c. 
"She  was  carried  away;  she  went  into  captivity; 
her  young  children  also  were  dashed  in  pieces  at  the 
top  of  all  her  streets;  and  they  cast  lots  for  her 
honourable  men,  and  all  her  great  men  were  bound 
in  chains."  Nah.  iii.  8-10 ;  comp.  Ezek.  xxx.  14  j 
Jer.  xlvi.  25.     Homer  describes  Thebes  as 

The  world's  great  empress  on  the  Egyptian  plains ; 
That  spreads  her  conquests  o'er  a  thousand  states, 
And  pours  her  heroes  through  a  hundred  gates. 

We  must  dismiss  this  subject  by  referring  the 
reader  to  the  descriptions  of  traveller,  Drs.  Robin- 
son, Durbin,  Olin,  and  others,  for  an  account  of  the 
wonderful  remains  and  ruins  of  this  city. 

SYENE. 

This  city  was  at  the  foot  of  the  cataracts  of  th<^ 
Nile,  the  head  of  navigation.  It  had  a  noble  site, 
on  a  high  blufi"  of  granite,  which  overhangs  the  river 
at  the  height  of  80  or  100  feet.  There  is  there  an 
immense  accumulation  of  rubbish,  the  remains  of 
structures  of  difierent  ages,  which  in  succession  have 
arisen  and  fallen  one  upon  another,  as  an  immense 
forest  in  the  lapse  of  time  arises,  flourishes,  and  falls, 
to  give  place  to  another,  and  others  still  in  long  suc- 
cession. The  walls  are  strong  and  massive,  but  they 
enclose  no  splendid  remains  of  architecture.  Some 
are  said  to  have  been  discovered  by  excavations,  but 
they  have  been  removed  or  buried  again  in  the  sand 
or  rubbish.  A  number  of  poor  people  now  live  in 
the  ruinous  apartments  of  the  ancient  city  many 
feet  below  the  present  surface. 

In  the  immediate  vicinity  are  found  the  immense 
quarries  of  red  granite  from  which  were  taken  the 
towering  obelisks  and  pillars  of  ancient  Egypt,  those 
stupendous  monuments  of  the  skill  and  power  of  the 
mighty  people  whom  they  commemorate. 

Syene  has  been  in  all  ages  the  southern  limit  of 
Egypt.  Under  every  government,  native  or  foreign, 
it  has  possessed  great  importance  as  a  military  post 
and  commercial  depot.  In  this  city  was  the  famous 
well  of  Strabo,  into  which  the  rays  of  a  vertical  sun 
were  reported  to  fall  during  the  summer  solstice — a 
[B.C.2016— 430=:1586.] 


41 


THE   PERIOD  OF  THE   PATRIARCHS. 


42 


sircumstance,  says  tlie  geographer,  that  proves  tlie 
place  "  to  lie  under  the  tropic,  the  gnomon  at  mid- 
day casting  no  shadow."  No  traces,  however,  of 
Buch  a  well  have  been  discovered,  neither  does  it  lie 
under  the  tropic,  but  four  degrees  north  of  it. 

In  this  hasty  survey  of  this  ancient  kingdom,  from 
Pelusium,  the  "  strength  of  Egypt,"  to  the  town  of 
Syene,  we  observe  it  overspread  with  stupendous 
monuments  of  human  greatness  and  heaven's  aveng- 
ing justice.  The  wreck  of  Egypt's  grandeur  is  one 
vast '  monument  of  the  vengeance  of  an  angry  God. 
On  the  memorials  of  her  ruined  cities,  on  their 
thousand  prostrate  pillars,  we  see  inscribed  the  awful 
lesson  of  his  providence  verifying  the  predictions  of 
his  prophets :  "  The  pride  of  her  power  shall 
come  down.  From  the  tower  of  Syene  •  shall  they 
fall  in  it  by  the  sword,  saith  the  Lord  God.  And 
they  shall  be  desolate  ia  the  midst  of  the  countries 
that  are  desolate,  and  her  cities  shall  be  in  the 
midst  of  the  cities  that  are  wasted."  Ezek.  xxx.  6,  7. 

THE  LAND   OP   GOSHEN. 

On  going  down  into  Egypt,  the  whole  caravan  of 
Jacob  and  his  sons,  with  their  families,  halted  on  the 
eastern  borders  of  the  land  of  Goshen,  a  fertile  graz- 
ing country.  Num.  xi.  5,  Deut.  xi.  10,  east  of  the 
Nile,  well  suited  to  the  occupation  of  the  sons  of 
Jacob,  Avhose  trade  had  been  about  cattle  from  their 
youth.  Gen.  xlvi.  34;  xlvii.  11.  From  this  country 
tiiey  sent  forward  one  of  their  number  to  notify  the 
governor  of  their  coming.  Joseph  hastened  from 
the  coui't  of  Pharaoh  to  meet  his  brethren  in  the 
land  of  Goshen.  This  province  now  became  the 
residence  of  the  descendants  of  Jacob  for  two  hun- 
dred years.  Here,  in  process  of  time,  they  were 
subjected,  for  more  than  eighty  years,  to  a  cruel 
oppression  under  Egyptian  taskmasters.  Here  were 
wrought  those  stupendous  miracles,  denominated  the 
Plagues  of  Egypt,  which  subdued  the  proud  heart 
of  Pharaoh,  and  compelled  him  to  let  the  people  go. 

SCRIPTURAL  ASSOCIATIONS  AND   INCIDENTS. 

Egypt,  the  "land  of  ancient  kings,"  is  rich  in 
sacred  associations.  Abraham  and  Sarah  flee  there 
for  food  when  the  famine  is  sore  in  the  land.  Jo- 
seph enters  it  a  slave,  and  rises  to  the  dignity  of  a 
sovereign.  The  family  of  Jacob  reside  in  it  for 
more  than  200  years,  and  are  led  out  by  a  high 
hand  and  an  outstretched  arm.  Solomon  marries 
the  daughter  of  her  sovereign.  Shishak  carries  his 
arms  into  Judea,  takes  Jerusalem,  and  carries  away 
' "  the  treasures  of  the  house  of  the  Lord  and  of  the 
4  [A.  M.  2086+430=.2516.] 


king's  house,"  1  Kings  xiv.  25-27,  whose  name  is 
still  recorded  at  Thebes  as  "king  of  tlie  country  of 
Judah."  Zerah,  "the  Ethiopian,"  with  his  army 
of  1300  chariots,  is  smitten  by  the  Lord  before  Asa 
and  Judah.  2  Chron.  xiv.  9-13.  Tirhakah,  "king 
of  Ethiopia,"  and  Necho,  king  of  Egypt,  who  over- 
threw Josiah  in  the  valley  Megiddo,  are  mentioned 
by  the  sacred;  historians.  Several  of  the  later  Pha- 
raohs become  the  confederates  of  the  kings  of  Judah 
and  Israel,  and  one  gives  to  the  world  the  oldest 
translation  of  the  Hebrew  Bible.  Many  Hebrews, 
with  the  prophet  Jeremiah,  flee  to  Egypt,  where  the 
Lord  "kindles  a  fire  in  the  houses  of  the  gods  and 
burns  them."  And  the  child  Jesus  consecrates  it  by 
his  presence  as  a  holy  land.  The  Lord  hath  blest 
it,  saying,  "  Blessed  be  Egypt  my  people,  and  As- 
syria the  work  of  my  hands,  and  Israel  my  inherit- 
ance." Isa.  xix.  25. 

DEATH  AND   BURIAL  OP  JACOB.      B.  C.  1786. 

To  prevent  any  interference  from  the  Philistines, 
the  funeral  procession  that  went  out  from  Egypt  to 
conduct  the  remains  of  Jacob  to  their  final  restinor- 
place  in  the  cave  of  Machpelah,  appear  to  have  pro- 
ceeded east,  across  the  great  desert,  passing  through 
Edom  and  Moab,  east  of  the  Dead  Sea,  and  entering 
Judea  at  the  mouth  of  the  Jordan,  over  against 
Jericho.  Here,  at  the  threshing-floor  of  Atad,  they 
began  their  mourning,  thus  indicating  the  peaceable 
and  melancholy  errand  on  which  this  imposing  caval- 
cade had  entered  the  land.  Comp.  Gen.  1. 

CHRONOLOGICAL  DATA. 

"Now  the  sojourning  of  the  children  of  Israel 
who  dwelt  in  Egypt,  was  four  hundred  and  thirty- 
years."  Ex.  xii.  40-42,  51.  These  430  years  are 
reckoned,  not  from  the  Descent  into  Egypt,  but  from 
the  beginning  of  the  sojourning  of  Abraham  in 
Canaan,  or  from  his  going  down  into  Egypt.  This 
was  23  or  24  years  before  the  birth  of  Isaac :  add 
60  years  to  the  birth  of  Jacob,  130  years  to  the  De- 
scent j  from  the  Descent  to  the  Exode,  217. 

These  several  periods  added  equal  430  years : 
23  +  60  +  130  +  217  =  430.  The  Exode,  ac- 
cording to  this  chronology,  was  the  fulfilment  of  the 
promise  recorded  in  the  fifteenth  chapter  of  Genesis, 
13th  and  14th  verses :  "  Know  of  a  surety  that  thy 
seed  shall  be  a  stranger  in  a  land  that  is  not 
theirs,  and  shall  serve  them;  and  they  shall  afiiict 
them  four  hundred  years;  and  also  that  nation 
whom  they  shall  serve,  will  I  judge;  and  afterward 
shall  they  come  out  with  great  substance." 
[B.  C.  2016—430=1586.] 


43 


TEXT  BOOK   AND   AT  J,  AS  OF  BIBLICAL  GEOGRAPHY. 


44 


It  may  be  well  to  note  in  this  connection  some 
other  important  dates  in  the  history  of  the  Old  Testa- 
ment. In  round  numbers,  the  period  from  the  Crea- 
tion to  the  Christian  era  may  be  reckoned  4000  years. 
In  the  middle  of  this  period  stands  Abraham,  2000 
years  from  Adam,  2000  before  Christ.  Abraham 
also  divides  the  period  from  the  Flood  to  the  Ex- 
ode,  860  years,  into  two  equal  parts :  from  the 
Flood,  2446  b.  c,  to  the  Promise,  Gen.  xv.,  2016 
B  C,  are  430  years;  from  this  to  the  Exode,  1586 
B  c,  are  also  430  years.  This  period  again  is  bi- 
sected, or  nearly  so,  by  Jacob's  Descent  into  Egypt. 
From  the  Promise,  2016  b.  c,  to  the  Descent,  1803 
B.  C,  are  213;  from  the  Descent  to  the  Exode,  217. 

From  Joshua  to  Samuel,  the  period  of  the  Theo- 
cracy, 1546  —  1096  =  450;  from  David  to  the  Ba- 
bylonish Captivity — the  period  of  the  Monarchy — 
]  056  —  606  =  450.  The  Theocracy  and  the  Mo- 
narchy were  exactly  equal.     Again,  add  to  this  pe- 


riod of  450  years  that  of  Samuel  and  Saul,  40  j  i.ar<, 
during  which  time  also  Jehovah  was  disowned  as 
king  in  Israel,  and  the  sum  490  =  70  X  7.  That 
is  the  70  years  of  the  Captivity,  during  which  time 
the  land  had  rest  and  kept  her  sabbaths,  is  exactly 
equal  to  the  70  sabbatical  years  of  the  revolt  from 
Jehovah's  rule  over  Israel. 

Moreover,  the  continuation  of  the  Mosaic  Dispen- 
sation from  the  Exode,  1586,  to  the  burning  of  the 
second  temple,  A.  d.  70  =  1656,  is  exactly  the  pe- 
riod before  the  Flood.  So  also  the  period  from  the 
Creation  to  the  Promise,  1656 -f  430  =  2086,  is 
exactly  parallel  to  that  from  the  Promise  to  the  end  of 
the  Mosaic  Dispensation;  to  the  Exode  430,  -}- 1656 
from  that  time  to  the  burning  of  the  temple,  =  2086. 
Such  are  the  curious  and  interesting  parallelisms 
which  are  derived  from  the  chronology  of  the  Scrip- 
tures, by  which  we  may  easily  establish  in  our  minds 
the  important  dates  of  Scripture  history. 


CHAPTER  IV. 

THE  PERIOD  OF  THE  WANDERING;  FROM  THE  EXODE  TO  THE  PASSAGE  OVER  JORDAN,  40  TEARS. 
A.  M.  2516  +  40  =  2556.    b.  c.  1586  —  40  =  1546. 


Sixty-six  years  intervened  between  the  death  of 
Joseph  and  the  birth  of  Moses.  During  this  inter- 
val another  king  arose,  who  knew  not  Joseph.  This 
king  made  the  lives  of  the  Israelites  bitter  with  hard 
bondage.  It  was  his  oppressive  policy  to  break  up 
the  nomadic  habits  of  these  Israelites,  to  compel 
them  to  dwell  in  permanent  habitations,  in  towns 
and  cities,  to  conform  to  the  customs  of  the  country, 
and  also  to  reduce  the  number  of  this  roving 
people.  To  accomplish  these  designs,  he  made  rigo- 
rous exactions  upon  the  Israelites  of  brick  and  of 
mortar.  He  compelled  them  to  build  in  their  ter- 
ritories two  treasure  cities,  Pithom  and  Rameses,  or 
Raamses,  as  places  of  deposit  for  stores  for  the  sup- 
port and  government  of  the  people.  The  first  of 
these  was  on  the  eastern  branch  of  the  Nile,  on  the 
borders  of  the  land  of  Goshen ;  the  other  in  the  in- 
terior, midway  between  the  Nile  and  the  Isthmus 
of  Suez,  and  thirty  or  thirty-five  miles  from  the 
head  of  the  gulf  of  the  same  name. 

THE  EXODE.      B.  C.  1586, 

Taking  their  departure  from  this  place,  after  their 
miraculous  deliverance  from  the  bondage  of  Pha- 
raoh, the  Israelites  encamped  the  first  night  at  Suc- 
[A.  M.  2516-f40=255G.] 


coth,  Ex.  xii.  37,  Num.  xxxiii.  3,  5,  midway  be- 
tween Rameses  and  the  borders  of  the  desert  north 
of  the  Red  Sea.  Their  next  journey  brought  them 
near  to  this  desert,  here  known  by  the  name  of 
Etham.  Ex.  xiii.  20;  Num.  xxxiii.  6.  Three  miles 
from  Suez  there  is  a  watering-place  which  supplies 
the  town  with  water,  and  nine  miles  north-west  from 
this  is  a  well  250  feet  in  depth.  These  places  pro- 
bably indicate  the  borders  of  that  portion  of  the  great 
desert  above  and  about  Suez,  which  is  here  called 
Etham. 

Here,  instead  of  passing  around  the  head-waters 
of  the  Red  Sea,  or  crossing  the  fords  of  it  at  Suez, 
the  children  of  Israel  directed  their  course,  by 
divine  direction,  down  the  western  shore  of  the  sea, 
and  encamped  before  "  Pihahiroth,  between  Migdol 
and  the  sea,  over  against  Baal-zephon."  Ex.  xiv.  2 ; 
Num.  xxxiii.  7. 

The  place  of  this  encampment  cannot  well  be  de- 
fined. Below  Suez,  at  the  distance  of  eight  or  ten 
miles,  the  chain  of  mountains  which  runs  from 
Cairo  to  the  Red  Sea  terminates  in  the  lofty,  frown- 
ing bluff  of  the  Ataka.  South  of  this,  twelve  or 
fifteen  miles  from  Suez,  is  the  head  of  a  valley,  long 
and  narrow,  which  leads  from  Cairo  to  the  sea  along 
the  south  side  of  this  chain  of  mountains.  From 
[B.  C.  1586—40=1540.] 


45 


THE    PERIOD  OF   'JIIE   WANDERING. 


46 


Etham  the  Israelites  might  have  made  their  way 
to  this  valley  by  a  circuit  around  the  Ataka, 
through  a  pass  in  the  mountains  west  of  it,  or  they 
might  have  passed  under  its  cliffs,  between  its  base 
and  the  shore.  Here  in  this  valley  they  would  find 
themselves  hopelessly  "  entangled  in  the  land,"  and 
shut  in  by  the  wilderness.  Before  them,  the  sea; 
on  the  right,  frightful  and  interminable  mountains 
and  deserts;  on  the  left,  the  Ataka,  "Mountain  of 
Deliverance,"  ''  lofty  and  dark ;"  behind  them,  the 
valley  leading  up  to  the  capital  of  Egypt,  and  open- 
ing a  way  for  the  pursuit  of  Pharaoh,  with  an  or- 
ganized military  force  and  600  chariots  of  war, — 
their  destruction  would  seem  inevitable  except  the 
Lord  wrought  for  them  deliverance. 

It  is  not  probable  that  either  of  the  places  above 
mentioned,  or  the  exact  place  of  the  passage  of  the 
Israelites  through  the  sea,  will  ever  be  determined. 
It  seems  most  in  harmony  with  the  sacred  narrative 
to  suppose  the  passage  to  have  been  made  at  the 
place  already  intimated,  beyond  the  Ataka,  ten  miles 
more  or  less  below  Suez,  and  where  the  sea  is  eight 
or  ten  miles  in  width ;  and  that  Migdol,  Pihahiroth, 
and  Baal-zephon  are  localities  in  the  neighbourhood. 
May  not  the  mountains  on  the  right  and  left,  and 
the  pass  to  this  secluded  plain,  be  designated  by 
these  names  respectively  ? 

DESERTS   OF   SHUR,  ETHAM,  AND   ARABIA. 

The  children  of  Israel  came  up  on  the  eastern 
shore  of  the  Red  Sea  into  the  desert  of  Shur,  Ex. 
XV.  22,  which  in  Num.  xxxiii.  6,  is  the  desert  of 
Etham.  Shur  designates  the  north-western  portion 
of  the  great  desert  of  Arabia  from  the  north-eastern 
shore  of  the  Red  Sea,  along  the  Mediterranean  Sea, 
the  land  of  the  Philistines,  and  Southern  Judea. 
Etham  seems  to  be  restricted  to  a  smaller  extent 
above  and  below  Suez. 

The  immense  desert  of  Arabia,  of  which  Shur  and 
Etham  are  only  a  small  part,  extends  from  the  Nile, 
in  Lower  Egypt,  to  the  Euphrates,  a  distance  of  one 
thousand  miles  from  west  to  east.  The  remarkable 
valley  of  Akabah,  and  the  mountains  of  Edom,  east 
of  it,  separate  this  desert  into  two  great  divisions, 
Arabia  Deserta  on  the  east,  and  Arabia  Petraea  on 
the  west.  The  northern  boundary  of  the  latter  ex- 
tends from  the  eastern  mouth  of  the  Nile,  along  the 
Mediterranean  to  Gaza,  and  thence  to  the  southern 
extremity  of  the  Dead  Sea,  forming  the  base  of  a 
vast  triangular  desert,  in  the  opposite  angle  of 
which,  between  the  Red  Sea  and  the  Ailanitic  Gulf, 
are  the  mountains  of  Sinai. 

[A.  M.  2516+40=2556.] 


THE   SINAITIC   GROUP. 

These  mountains,  comprising  the  triangular  penin- 
sula between  the  two  arms  of  the  Red  Sea,  consist 
of  an  innumerable  multitude  of  sharp  rocky  sum- 
mits, thrown  together  in  wild  confu!?ion,  rising  to 
different  heights,  leafless  and  barren,  without  the 
least  trace  of  verdure  to  relieve  the  stern  and  awful 
features  of  the  prospect.  The  rocks  which  bound 
the  deep,  narrow,  tortuous  ravines  between  the 
mountains,  are  basalt,  sandstone,  and  granite,  va- 
riegated with  an  endless  variety  of  hues,  from  the 
brightest  yellow  to  the  deepest  green. 

The  view  from  one  of  these  summits  presents  a 
perfect  "  sea  of  desolation,"  without  a  parallel  on 
the  face  of  the  earth.  The  valleys  between  the 
summits  sink  into  deep  and  narrow  ravines,  with 
perpendicular  sides  of  several  hundred  feet  in  height, 
forming  a  maze  of  irregular  defiles,  which  can  be 
securely  traversed  only  by  the  wild  Arab,  who  has 
his  habitation  in  the  "  clefts  of  the  valleys,"  amid 
these  eternal  solitudes. 

Toward  the  north,  this  wilderness  of  mountains 
slopes  down  in  an  irregular  curvilinear  line,  which 
turns  outward  like  a  crescent,  and  runs  off,  on  the 
one  hand,  toward  the  head  of  the  eastern  gulf  of  the 
Red  Sea,  and  on  the  other,  north-west,  toward  the 
the  western  extremity  of  this  sea  itself,  near  the 
gulf  of  Suez,  at  the  head  of  which  is  the  modern 
town  and  port  of  Suez.  This  long,  irregular  crescent 
marks  the  outline  of  a  high  chain  of  mountains, 
Et-Tih,  extending  eastward  from  the  Red  Sea,  south 
of  Suez,  in  a  continued  range  to  the  Ailanitic  Gulf, 
a  distance  of  150  miles,  which  forms  the  southern 
abutment  of  a  high  table-land,  a  vast  desert,  utterly 
desolate  and  barren,  lying  high  above  the  adjacent 
waters,  with  a  slight  inclination  to  the  north,  toward 
the  Mediterranean  Sea. 

The  surface  of  this  elevated  plain  is  overspread 
with  a  coarse  gravel  mingled  with  black  flintstone, 
interspersed  occasionally  with  drifting  sand;  and 
only  diversified  with  occasional  ridges  and  summits 
of  barren  chalk-hills.  In  the  time  of  Moses  it  was 
a  great  and  terrible  wilderness;  and  from  time  im- 
memorial it  has  been  a  waste,  howling  desert,  with- 
out rivers,  or  fountains,  or  verdure,  to  alleviate  the 
horrors  of  its  desolation. 

But  we  must  suppose  that  this  desert  was  once 
supplied,  in  some  measure,  both  with  water  and 
with  vegetation.  The  brethren  of  Joseph  repeat- 
edly traversed  it  from  Hebron  to  Egypt  with  asses. 
Gen.  xlii.  26;  xliii.  24.  When  the  country  was 
suffering  with  extreme  dearth,  Jacob  and  his  sona 
[B.  C.  1586—40=1546.] 


47 


TEXT   BOOK   AND   ATLAS  OF  BIBLICAL  GEOGRAPHY. 


48 


went  down  with  their  JlocJcs  and  their  herds.  Gen. 
xlvii.  1.  But  no  animal  save  the  camel  is  now  able 
to  pass  over  the  same  route. 

The  Israelites,  to  the  number  of  two  millions, 
with  their  flocks  and  their  herds,  Ex.  x.  9,  inhabited 
portions  of  this  wilderness  for  forty  years,  where 
now  they  could  not  subsist  a  week  without  drawing 
supplies  both  of  water  and  of  provisions  from  a 
great  distance. 

FROM   SUEZ   TO   MOUNT   SINAI. 

Below  Suez,  the  table-land  of  the  desert  breaks 
abruptly  off  toward  the  Ked  Sea,  into  a  rugged  line 
of  mountains,  running  south  by  east,  at  the  distance 
of  eight  and  ten  miles  from  the  shore.  Along  the 
interval  between  the  brow  of  these  mountains  and 
the  shore,  lay  the  route  of  the  Israelites.  On  the 
eastern  shore  of  the  Red  Sea,  a  short  distance  below 
Suez,  are  several  springs  of  brackish  water,  called 
Ayun  Mousa,  the  Fountains  of  Moses,  where  Moses 
is  supposed  to  have  indited  his  triumphal  song.  Ex. 
XV.  1-22. 

The  course  of  the  Israelites  now  lay,  for  some  dis- 
tance, down  the  eastern  shore  of  the  Red  Sea,  be- 
tween the  coast  on  the  right,  and  the  mountainous 
ridge  on  the  left.  Down  this  coast  they  went  three 
days'  journey  in  the  wilderness,  and  found  no  water 
until  they  came  to  Marah,  the  waters  of  which  were 
so  bitter  that  they  could  not  drink  them.  Here 
their  murmurings  were  stilled  by  the  miraculous 
healing  of  the  waters.  Ex.  xv.  22-25.  These  waters 
are  still  found  forty  miles  below  the  Fountains  of 
Moses,  so  salt  and  so  bitter  that  even  the  camel  re- 
fuses, unless  very  thirsty,  to  drink  them. 

Elim,  where  were  twelve  wells  of  water  and  three- 
score and  ten  palm-trees,  Ex.  xv.  27,  was  six  miles 
from  Marah.  Here  is  still  found  an  abundant  sup- 
ply of  water,  some  tillage  land,  several  varieties  of 
shrubs  and  plants,  and  a  few  palm-trees. 

The  next  encampment  was  by  the  Red  Sea.  Num. 
xxxiii.  10.  At  Elim  the  plain  of  the  coast  is  inter- 
rupted by  irregular  broken  eminences  of  a  mountain 
ridge  or  spur  that  comes  from  the  mountains  on  the 
left,  and  juts  out,  by  high,  precipitous  bluffs,  into 
the  sea.  Extending  for  some  distance  along  the 
coast,  it  presents,  toward  the  sea,  a  series  of  head- 
lands, "black,  desolate,  and  picturesque."  Turn- 
ing off  from  the  coast,  the  traveller  passes  by  a  cir- 
cuitous route  around  one  or  two  of  these  headlands, 
and  then  turns  into  a  valley,  which  leads  again 
directly  down  to  the  sea,  where  he  pursues  his  course 
along  the  beach,  under  high  bluffs  on  the  left, 
until  he  comes  into  "  an  extensive  triangular  plain," 
[A.  M.  2516+40=2556.] 


called  the  Valley  of  Ease,  in  which  we  recognise  the 
encampment  of  the  Israelites  "by  the  sea,"  distant 
fifteen  or  twenty  miles  from  Elim. 


WILDERNESS    OF   SIN. 

Near  the  last  station  the  coast  again  becomes  an 
extensive  desert,  running  far  down  toward  the  ex- 
tremities of  the  peninsula.  This  desolate  region  is 
clearly  identified  as  the  Wilderness  of  Sin,  where  the 
Israelites  are  next  found.  Ex.  xvii.  1 ;  Num.  xxxiii. 
11.  Burckhardt  describes  it  "as  a  frightful  de- 
sert, almost  wholly  without  vegetation."  It  ex- 
tends in  a  long,  narrow  plain,  between  the  coast 
and  the  mountains,  almost  to  the  termination  of  the 
peninsula. 

This  wilderness  is  memorable  as  the  place  where, 
in  answer  to  their  murmurings,  the  Israelites  were, 
for  the  first  time,  miraculously  fed  with  quails,  to 
appease  their  lusting  after  the  flesh-pots  of  Egypt. 
Ex.  xvi. 

Here,  also,  they  were  first  fed  with  manna,  that 
bread  of  heaven,  which  they  continued  to  eat  for 
forty  years,  until  they  reached  the  land  of  promise 
and  ate  of  the  corn  of  that  land. 

From  their  station  at  the  northern  pai-t  of  the 
Wilderness  of  Sin,  the  Israelites  might  pursue  differ- 
ent routes  to  Mount  Sinai.  They  might  turn  ob- 
liquely to  the  left,  and  follow  through  winding  val- 
leys that  run  between  the  mountains,  a  long,  narrow, 
difficult,  and  devious  way,  up  to  the  central  group 
of  Sinai;  or  they  might  follow  the  plain  of  this 
wilderness  along  the  coast,  in  a  broader,  easier  path- 
way for  such  a  multitude,  until  they  came  down  op- 
posite Sinai,  near  the  modern  city  of  Tur  or  Tor, 
and  then  turn  at  a  right  angle  up  one  or  more  of 
the  valleys  which  lead  down  from  Sinai  to  the  coast. 
From  this  place  a  march  of  two  days  among  the 
mountains  would  bring  them  to  the  base  of  Sinai. 

One  or  the  other  of  these  routes  the  Israelites  are 
generally  supposed  to  have  pursued,  according  to  the 
position  which  they  are  presumed  to  have  occupied 
at  the  giving  of  the  law  from  Sinai.  Dr.  Robinson 
supposes  them  to  have  approached  Sinai  by  the  first 
route ;  and,  at  the  giving  of  the  law,  to  have  occu- 
pied a  plain  lying  around  the  northern  base  of  the 
Mount  of  God,  now  known  as  Mount  Horeb,  of 
which  he  has  given  a  very  graphic  and  impressive 
description.  In  detailing  his  own  approach  to  the 
Mount  in  the  same  direction,  he  says — 

"  As  we  advanced,  the  valley  still  opened  wider 

and  wider,  with  a  gentle  ascent,  and  became  full  of 

shrubs  and  tufts  of  herbs,  shut  in  on  each  side  by 

lofty  granite  ridges,  with  rugged,  shattered  peaks,  a 

[B.  C.  1586— 40:^=1546.] 


49 


THE  PERIOD  OF  THE  WANDERING. 


5C 


thousand  feet  liigh,  while  the  face  of  Horeb  rose 
directly  before  us.  Both  my  companion  and  myself 
involuntarily  exclaimed/' Here  is  room  enough  for 
a  large  encampment !' 

"  Reaching  the  top  of  the  ascent,  or  water-shed, 
a  fine,  broad  plain  lay  before  us,  sloping  down 
gently  toward  the  south  south-east,  enclosed  by 
rugged  and  venerable  mountains  of  dark  granite, 
stern,  naked,  splintered  peaks  and  ridges  of  inde- 
scribable grandeur;  and  terminated,  at  a  distance 
of  more  than  a  mile,  by  the  bold  and  awful  front  of 
Iloreb,  rising  perpendicularly  in  frowning  majesty, 
from  twelve  to  fifteen  hundred  feet  in  height.  It 
was  a  scene  of  solemn  grandeur,  wholly  unexpected, 
and  such  as  we  had  never  seen ;  and  the  associations 
which  at  the  moment  rushed  upon  our  minds,  were 
almost  overwhelming." 

"  Our  conviction  was  strengthened  that  here,  or 
on  some  of  the  adjacent  cliffs,  was  the  spot  where 
the  Lord  descended  in  fire,'  and  proclaimed,  the 
law.  Here  lay  the  plain  where  the  whole  congre- 
gation might  be  assembled;  here  was  the  mount 
that  could,  be  approached,  if  not  forbidden;  and 
here  the  mountain  brow,  where  alone  the  lightnings 
and  the  thick  cloud  would  be  visible,  and  the  thun- 
ders and  the  voice  of  the  trump  be  heard,  when  the 
Lord  '  came  down  in  the  sight  of  all  the  people  upon 
Mount  Sinai.' 

"  We  gave  ourselves  up  to  the  impressions  of  the 
awful  scene;  and  read,  with  a  feeling  that  will 
never  be  forgotten,  the  sublime  account  of  the  trans- 
action, and  the  commandments  there  promulgated, 
in  the  original  words  as  recorded  by  the  great  He- 
brew legislator."* 

Other  and  more  recent  travellers  than  Dr.  Robin- 
son have  explored,  more  carefully,  the  valleys  and 
plains  around  the  southern  base  of  Sinai,  where  they 
find  a  larger  and  more  convenient  area  for  the  en- 
campment of  so  great  a  multitude;  and  from  which 
the  loftier  brow  of  Si7iai,  in  distinction  from  that 
of  Horeh,  may  be  distinctly  seen  at  a  greater  dis- 
tance. This  southern  plain,  though  having  less  of 
the  stern  and  awful  features  which  belong  to  that 
described  by  Dr.  Robinson,  may,  perhaps  with 
greater  probability,  be  assumed  as  the  actual  station 
of  the  children  of  Israel.  Moses  had  for  forty  years 
led  a  pastoral  life  in  this  region,  during  which  time 
he  must  have  become  acquainted  with  all  the  passes 
among  these  mountains,  and  doubtless  selected  that 
which  was  the  most  eligible  for  the  multitude. 
From  Tur  there  is  a  caravan  route  across  the  desert 
northward,  leading  directly  by  the  southern  base  of 

*  EiLlical  Researches,  vol.  i.  pages  129-30,  158. 
[A.M.  2516+40=2556.] 


Sinai,  which  from  time  immemorial  has  been  more 
or  less  frequented. 

ALUSH,  DOPHKAH,  AND   REPHIDIM. 

Between  the  station  last  mentioned,  at  the  en- 
trance into  the  Wilderness  of  Sin,  and  the  encamp- 
ment at  Sinai,  three  intervening  stations  are  men- 
tioned, Alush,  Dophkah,  and  Rephidim.  Num.  xxxiii. 
12, 13.  These  localities  are  irrecoverably  lost.  Re- 
phidim was  evidently  near  or  within  the  Sinaitic 
group,  and  apparently  within  a  day's  march  of  the 
Mount  of  God.  Here  the  children  of  Israel  were 
met  by  a  predatory  horde  of  Amalekites,  assembled 
to  arrest  the  progress  of  that  vast  multitude  of  immi- 
grants who  were  advancing  as  if  to  take  possession 
of  their  strongholds  among  the  fastnesses  of  these 
mountains.  The  result  of  this  conflict  was  the  de- 
feat of  the  enemy  in  answer  to  the  prayers  of  Moses. 
Ex.  xvii.  The  murmuring  of  the  children  of  Israel, 
their  miraculous  supply  of  water  from  the  rock  at 
Horeb,  the  visit  of  Jethro  the  father-in-law  of  Moses, 
Ex,  xviii.,  and  the  establishment  of  subordinate 
courts  of  justice,  according  to  his  advice,  are  all  in- 
cidents of  great  interest  which  transpired  while  the 
children  of  Israel  were  lingering  at  Rephidim, 

Their  next  station  was  at  the  Mount  of  God. 
Their  deliverance  was  miraculous.  The  depths  had 
congealed  in  the  heart  of  the  sea ;  the  floods  had 
stood  upright  as  a  heap  to  open  the  way  for  them 
through  the  great  waters.  The  pillar  of  cloud  had 
directed  their  march.  The  bread  of  heaven  had  fed 
them  by  the  way,  and  rivers  of  water  had  flowed 
from  the  rock  to  quench  their  thirst.  The  Lord 
God,  glorious  in  holiness,  fearful  in  praises,  was 
their  Redeemer,  whose  law  they  were  now  to  receive 
from  Sinai,  and  in  whose  goodness  they  were  to  put 
their  trust. 

AVhen  Egypt's  king  God's  chosen  tribe  pursued, 

In  crystal  walls  the  admiring  waters  stood : 

"When  through  the  desert  wild  they  took  their  way, 

The  rocks  relented  and  poured  forth  a  sea  : 

What  limit  can  Almighty  goodness  know, 

When  seas  can  harden,  and  when  rocks  can  flow  ? 

MOUNTS   HOREB   AND   SINAI. 

The  mountain  from  which  the  law  was  given  is 
denominated  Horeb  in  Deut.  i.  6 ;  iv.  10,  15 ;  v.  2 ; 
xviii.  16.  In  other  books  of  the  Pentateuch  it  is 
called  Sinai.  At  this  time  Horeb  appears  to  be  the 
generic  term  for  the  group,  and  Sinai  the  name  for 
a  single  mountain.  At  a  later  period,  Sinai  becomes 
a  general  name.  Acts  vii.  3.0-38 ;  Gal.  iv.  24.  As 
specific  names  they  are  now  applied  to  two  opposita 
[B.  C.  1586— 40=1516.1 


51 


TEXT  BOOK  AND  ATLAS  OF  BIBLICAL  GEOGRAPHY. 


52 


summits  of  an  isolated,  oblong,  central  ridge,  about 
two  miles  in  length,  from  north  to  south,  in  the 
midst  of  a  confused  group  of  mountain  summits. 

Modern  Horeb  is  the  frowning,  awful  cliff  at  the 
northern  extremity,  described  by  Dr.  Robinson  as 
overhanging  the  plain,  Er-Rahah,  and  from  which 
he  supposes  the  law  to  have  been  given. 

Sinai,  the  Mount  of  Moses,  rises  in  loftier,  sterner 
grandeur  at  the  southern  extremity.  This  overlooks 
the  plain  at  the  south ;  and,  on  the  supposition  that 
this  was  the  station  of  the  Israelites,  must  be  the 
summit  on  which  the  Lord  "  descended  in  fire"  to 
give  laws  to  Israel.  The  distance  between  the  two 
summits  of  Sinai  and  Horeb  is  about  three  miles. 
The  former  is  more  than  7000  feet  above  the  level 
of  the  sea,  about  2000  above  that  of  the  plains  at 
the  base,  and  400  or  500  higher  than  Horeb. 

A  deep,  irregular,  and  narrow  defile  sweeps  around 
the  entire  base  of  this  oblong  mountain,  which  sup- 
ports the  heights  of  Horeb  and  Sinai,  as  if  the  Al- 
mighty himself  had  set  bounds  around  the  Holy 
Mount  and  sanctified  it.  Even  the  mountains  round 
about,  which  seem  crowded  together  in  wild  con- 
fusion, as  if  in  mute  amazement  at  the  scene  when 
the  Lord  descended  in  fire  upon  the  mount,  "  and 
the  smoke  thereof  ascended  as  the  smoke  of  a  fur- 
nace, and  the  whole  mount  quaked  greatly" — even 
these  mountains  are  cut  oflF  from  any  immediate 
communication  with  this  Mount  of  God. 

Mount  Sinai  is  situated  above  the  28  th  degree  of 
north  latitude,  about  120  miles  from  Suez,  and 
near  100  from  the  head  of  the  eastern  gulf  of  the 
lied  Sea. 

The  children  of  Israel  left  on  the  fifteenth  day  of 
the  first  month  of  the  second  year,  or  about  the 
middle  of  April,  and  reached  Sinai  on  the  third 
month,  Ex.  xix.  1,  having  been  apparently  just 
three  months  on  the  way,  and  made  a  journey  of 
about  two  hundred  miles.  At  Sinai  they  remained 
during  all  the  transactions  recorded  in  Exodus,  from 
the  eighteenth  chapter  to  the  end,  and  in  Leviticus, 
and  the  first  nine  chapters  of  Numbers.  In  these 
transactions  they  were  occupied  a  little  less  than  a 
year. 

During  this  time  their  theocracy  was  fully  es- 
tablished; Jehovah  himself  was  constituted  their 
King;  his  law  was  promulgated  in  dreadful  solem- 
nity from  the  mount,  and  committed  to  them  as 
written  by  the  finger  of  God ;  their  government  was 
duly  organized,  their  national  laws  and  institutions 
were  established,  to  separate  them  from  all  other 
nations  as  the  future  depositories  of  the  oracles  of 
God;  the  tabernacle  was  set  up  for  the  palace  of 
[A.  M.  2516+40=2556.] 


their  King,  Jehovah ;  and  the  regular  service  of  hia 
court  was  established. 

In  this  interval  of  time  they  were  severely  re 
buked  for  their  defection  from  their  God  and  Kinf 
in  the  worship  of  the  golden  calf;  the  sanctions  of 
the  law  were  solemnly  repeated;  the  people  were 
numbered  and  mustered  for  war ;  the  order  of  en- 
camping, breaking  up,  and  marching  was  accurately 
settled;  and  the  whole  constitution  of  the  state 
completed. 

The  twelve  tribes,  in  their  marches  and  encamp- 
ments, formed  a  square,  facing  the  cardinal  points, 
with  the  tabernacle  in  the  centre,  surrounded  by  the 
tribe  of  Levi,  and  the  carriers  and  attendants. 

Moses  had  been  a  wandering  shepherd  for  forty 
years  in  this  region ;  and,  on  this  same  mount,  had 
received  from  Jehovah  appearing  to  him  in  the 
burning  bush,  Ex.  iii.,  his  commission  for  the  de- 
liverance of  his  people.  He  was  therefore  well  pre- 
pared, by  his  intimate  acquaintance  with  the  coun- 
try, to  conduct  the  thousands  of  Israel  in  their 
perilous  march  through  this  terrible  wilderness. 

He  also  took  with  him,  as  a  guide,  his  brother- 
in-law,  Hobab,  who  was  well  acquainted  with  the 
situation  of  the  fountains,  wells,  and  pastures  of 
that  region,  and  might  direct  the  people  in  the 
foraging  excursions  which  they  would  have  occasion 
continually  to  make,  in  order  to  supply  water  and 
provisions  for  themselves  and  their  flocks  and  herds. 
Num.  X.  29-32.  The  descendants  of  Hobab  from 
this  time  remained  among  the  Hebrews. 

Their  marches  and  encampments  in  all  their  sub- 
sequent wanderings  were  directed  by  Jehovah,  their 
King.  A  cloud,  in  token  of  his  presence,  covered 
the  tabernacle  by  day;  "and  at  even,  there  was  upon 
the  tabernacle  as  it  were  the  appearance  of  fire  until 
the  morning." 

So  it  was  always ;  the  cloud  covered  it  by  day, 
and  the  appearance  of  fire  by  night.  Num.  ix.  15, 16. 
The  rising  of  this  cloud  was  the  signal  for  them  to 
advance,  as  this,  overhanging  the  tabernacle,  should 
lead  the  way ;  and  the  settling  of  the  cloud  upon  the 
tabernacle  was,  again,  the  signal  for  them  to  encamp. 

On  the  twentieth  day  of  the  second  month  of  the 
second  year  after  their  departure,  the  cloud  was 
taken  up  from  ofi"  the  tabernacle  of  the  testimony, 
and  the  children  of  Israel,  taking  their  departure 
from  out  the  Wilderness  of  Sinai,  came  by  three 
days'  journey  into  the  Wilderness  of  Paran.  Num. 
X.  11-36.  Burckhardt  supposes  the  rocky  wilder- 
ness of  the  upper  nucleus  of  Sinai,  to  be  the  Desert 
of  Sinai,  so  often  mentioned  in  the  wanderings  of 
the  Israelites. 

[B.C.  1586— 40=1546.] 


53 


THE  PERIOD  OF  THE  WANDERING. 


54 


WILDERNESS   OP   PARAN. 

And  it  came  to  pass  on  the  twentieth  day  of  the 
second  month  in  the  second  year  [from  their  depart- 
ure out  of  Egypt]  that  the  cloud  was  taken  up  from 
off  the  tabernacle  of  the  testimony,  and  the  children 
of  Israel  took  their  journeys  out  of  the  Wilderness 
of  Sinai,  and  the  cloud  rested  in  the  Wilderness  of 
Paran.  Num.  x.  11,  12.  A  journey  of  three  days 
brings  them  into  the  wilderness  of  Paran.  Where, 
then,  is  this  wilderness?  Its  southern  limits  are 
within  three  days'  march  of  Sinai ;  its  northern  is 
near  Beersheba  and  Kadesh,  on  the  southern  borders 
of  Canaan.  Gen.  xxi.  14,  21 ;  Num.  xiii.  x.  12,  33. 
It  is  west  of  Edom,  and  between  that  country  and 
Egypt.  Gen.  xiv.  6;  1  Kings  xi.  18;  1  Sam.  xxv.  1. 
These  and  other  notices  of  Paran,  Deut.  xxxiii.  2, 
Hab.  iii.  3,  indicate  under  this  name  a  large  part  of 
the  desert  lying  west  of  the  eastern  arm  of  the  Red 
Sea  and  the  Arabah,  that  deep  valley  between  this 
gulf  and  the  Dead  Sea,  extending  north  and  south 
nearly  the  whole  length  of  the  desert  from  Sinai  to 
Canaan,  and  west  toward  Egypt  to  the  desert  of 
Shur.  It  is  the  "great  and  terrible  wilderness" 
through  which  the  children  of  Israel  wandered 
chiefly  during  the  forty  years  of  their  Exodus. 

The  desert  of  Arabia  Petrea,  between  Sinai  and 
Canaan,  is,  therefore,  divided  by  the  geography  of 
the  Bible  into  four  unequal  divisions.  On  the 
north-west,  from  the  Mediterranean  to  Suez,  and 
some  distance  bslow,  is  the  Wilderness  of  Shur :  a 
portion  of  this  about  Suez  bears  also  the  name  of 
Etham.  Below  Shur,  along  the  coast  of  the  Red 
Sea,  and  stretching  north  to  the  southern  boundaries 
of  the  promised  land,  and  indefinitely  westward  to 
Shur,  is  the  W^ildemess  of  Paran ;  and  about  the 
south-west  shores  of  the  Dead  Sea  a  portion  of  the 
desert  bears  the  name  of  the  Wilderness  of  Zin, 
extending  down  to  Kadesh  Barnea.  Num.  xiii. 
21,  xxxiv.  3;  Josh.  xv.  1;  Num.  xx.  1,  xxvii.  14, 
xxxiii.  36. 

From  Mount  Sinai  the  course  of  the  children  of 
Israel  was,  for  some  distance,  nearly  due  north, 
down  a  broad  valley  which  descends  by  a  gradual 
slope  from  the  tangled  labyrinth  of  the  Sinaitic 
group  toward  the  crescent-shaped  ridge  of  moun- 
tains, Et-Tih,  which  forms  the  lofty  buttress  of  the 
groat  desert. 

At  the  distance  of  fifteen  or  twenty  miles  from 
Sinai,  after  leaving  the  valley,  which  turns  off  to  the 
north-west,  the  traveller  emerges  into  a  long,  sandy 
plain,  varying  in  width  from  five  to  fifteen  miles, 
and  curving  to  the  north-east  for  many  miles  around 
[A.  M.  2516+40=2556.] 


the  base  of  the  high  mountain  ridge,  Et-Tih,  which 
rises  as  an  immense  bulwark  before  him. 


HAZEROTH  AND   TABERAH. 

This  plain  is  called  El-Hadharah,  a  name  which 
is  admitted  by  all  scholars  to  be  the  same  as  that  of 
Hazeroth  of  the  Scriptures.  Near  the  eastern  ex- 
tremity of  the  plain  is  a  fountain  of  the  same  name, 
which  Dr.  Robinson  identifies  as  Hazeroth,  where  the 
children  of  Israel  tarried  for  some  time,  ever  memo- 
rable by  reason  of  the  envious  sedition  of  Miriam 
and  Aaron.  Num.  xii.  Whether  this  incident  oc- 
curred at  this  particular  locality,  or  somewhere  in 
the  plain  of  Hazeroth,  is  still  an  open  question. 

The  burning  at  Taberah,  and  the  graves  of  lust, 
Kibroth  Hattaavah,  where,  for  a  whole  month,  the 
children  of  Israel  were  miraculously  fed  with  quails. 
Num.  xi.,  must  have  been  near  this  plain.  The 
plain  is  extensive  enough  for  a  "three  days' jour- 
ney" of  such  a  multitude;  or  Hazeroth  may  have 
been  more  remote  than  the  modern  name  would 
indicate. 

A  modern  German  traveller,  in  passing  through 
this  region  of  country,  observed  the  whole  heavens 
darkened  by  immense  flocks  of  birds  in  their  migra- 
tion, at  the  same  season  of  the  year  as  that  when 
the  Israelites  were  there  encamped.  Though  this 
rain  of  "  feathered  fowls  like  as  the  sand  of  the  sea" 
were  supplied  by  natural  causes,  the  prediction  and 
the  continuance  of  the  supply  was  no  less  mira- 
culous. 

From  Hazeroth  the  children  of  Israel  have  gene- 
rally been  supposed  to  have  threaded  their  way 
through  a  tangled  network  of  mountains  and  narrow 
defiles  eastward  to  the  Akabah,  the  eastern  arm  of 
the  Red  Sea,  and  then  to  have  followed  its  shores  to 
the  head  of  this  gulf.  Many  of  these  passes  are 
compressed  to  the  space  of  a  single  gateway,  scarcely 
admitting  the  passage  of  two  camels  abreast.  The 
mountains  which  line  the  shore  frequently  press 
down  to  the  water's  edge,  so  as  to  interrupt  the 
pathway  of  the  camel.  It  is  difficult  to  conceive 
how  the  immense  multitude  of  the  children  of  Israel 
could  have  continued  their  march,  with  the  taber- 
nacle of  the  Lord,  through  a  route  so  narrow  and 
difficult.  It  seems  much  more  reasonable  to  sup- 
pose that  from  the  plain  of  Hazeroth  they  ascended 
one  of  the  passes  of  the  Tih  to  the  broad  plains  of 
the  desert  above. 

From  this  position  they  must  have  turned  their 

course  in  a  north-easterly  direction  toward  the  head 

of  the  gulf,  or  advanced  directly  northward  across 

the  desert  toward  the  land  whither  they  were  jour- 

[B.C.  1586— 40=^1546.] 


51 


TEXT  BOOK  AND  ATLAS  OF  BIBLICAL  GEOGRAPHY. 


52 


summits  of  an  isolated,  oblong,  central  ridge,  about 
two  miles  in  length  from  north  to  south,  in  the 
midst  of  a  confused  group  of  mountain  summits. 

Modern  Horeb  is  the  frowning,  awful  cliff  at  the 
northern  extremity,  described  by  Dr.  Eobinson  as 
overhanging  the  plain,  Er-Rahah,  and  from  which 
he  supposes  the  law  to  have  been  given. 

Sinai,  the  Mount  of  Moses,  rises  in  loftier,  sterner 
grandeur  at  the  southern  extremity.  This  overlooks 
the  plain  at  the  south ;  and,  on  the  supposition  that 
this  was  the  station  of  the  Israelites,  must  be  the 
summit  on  which  the  Lord  "  descended  in  fire"  to 
give  laws  to  Israel.  The  distance  between  the  two 
summits  of  Sinai  and  Horeb  is  about  three  miles. 
The  former  is  more  than  7000  feet  above  the  level 
of  the  sea,  about  2000  above  that  of  the  plains  at 
the  base,  and  400  or  500  higher  than  Horeb. 

A  deep,  irregular,  and  narrow  defile  sweeps  around 
the  entire  base  of  this  oblong  mountain,  which  sup- 
ports the  heights  of  Horeb  and  Sinai,  as  if  the  Al- 
mighty himself  had  set  bounds  around  the  Holy 
Mount  and  sanctified  it.  Even  the  mountains  round 
about,  which  seem  crowded  together  in  wild  con- 
fusion, as  if  in  mute  amazement  at  the  scene  when 
the  Lord  descended  in  fire  upon  the  mount,  ''  and 
the  smoke  thereof  ascended  as  the  smoke  of  a  fur- 
nace, and  the  whole  mount  quaked  greatly" — even 
these  mountains  are  cut  ofi"  from  any  immediate 
communication  with  this  Mount  of  God. 

Mount  Sinai  is  situated  above  the  28th  degree  of 
north  latitude,  about  120  miles  from  Suez,  and 
near  100  from  the  head  of  the  eastern  gulf  of  the 
lied  Sea. 

The  children  of  Israel  left  on  the  fifteenth  day  of 
the  first  month  of  the  second  year,  or  about  the 
middle  of  April,  and  reached  Sinai  on  the  third 
month,  Ex.  xix.  1,  having  been  apparently  just 
three  months  on  the  way,  and  made  a  journey  of 
about  two  hundred  miles.  At  Sinai  they  remained 
during  all  the  transactions  recorded  in  Exodus,  from 
the  eighteenth  chapter  to  the  end,  and  in  Leviticus, 
and  the  first  nine  chapters  of  Numbers.  In  these 
transactions  they  were  occupied  a  little  less  than  a 
year. 

During  this  time  their  theocracy  was  fully  es- 
tablished; Jehovah  himself  was  constituted  their 
King;  his  law  was  promulgated  in  dreadful  solem- 
nity from  the  mount,  and  committed  to  them  as 
written  by  the  finger  of  God ;  their  government  was 
duly  organized,  their  national  laws  and  institutions 
were  established,  to  separate  them  from  all  other 
nations  as  the  future  depositories  of  the  oracles  of 
God;  the  tabernacle  was  set  up  for  the  palace  of 
[A.M.  2516+40=2556.] 


their  King,  Jehovah ;  and  the  regular  service  of  his 
court  was  established. 

In  this  interval  of  time  they  were  severely  re 
buked  for  their  defection  from  their  God  and  Kinf 
in  the  worship  of  the  golden  calf;  the  sanctions  of 
the  law  were  solemnly  repeated;  the  people  were 
numbered  and  mustered  for  war ;  the  order  of  en- 
camping, breaking  up,  and  marching  was  accurately 
settled;  and  the  whole  constitution  of  the  state 
completed. 

The  twelve  tribes,  in  their  marches  and  encamp-i 
ments,  formed  a  square,  facing  the  cardinal  points, 
with  the  tabernacle  in  the  centre,  surrounded  by  the 
tribe  of  Levi,  and  the  carriers  and  attendants. 

Moses  had  been  a  wandering  shepherd  for  forty 
years  in  this  region ;  and,  on  this  same  mount,  had 
received  from  Jehovah  appearing  to  him  in  the 
burning  bush,  Ex.  iii.,  his  commission  for  the  de- 
liverance of  his  people.  He  was  therefore  well  pre- 
pared, by  his  intimate  acquaintance  with  the  coun- 
try, to  conduct  the  thousands  of  Israel  in  their 
perilous  march  through  this  terrible  wilderness. 

He  also  took  with  him,  as  a  guide,  his  brother- 
in-law,  Hobab,  who  was  well  acquainted  with  the 
situation  of  the  fountains,  wells,  and  pastures  of 
that  region,  and  might  direct  the  people  in  the 
foraging  excursions  which  they  would  have  occasion 
continually  to  make,  in  order  to  supply  water  and 
provisions  for  themselves  and  their  flocks  and  herds. 
Num.  X.  29-32.  The  descendants  of  Hobab  from 
this  time  remained  among  the  Hebrews. 

Their  marches  and  encampments  in  all  their  sub- 
sequent wanderings  were  directed  by  Jehovah,  their 
King.  A  cloud,  in  token  of  his  presence,  covered 
the  tabernacle  by  day;  "and  at  even,  there  was  upon 
the  tabernacle  as  it  were  the  appearance  of  fire  until 
the  morning." 

So  it  was  always ;  the  cloud  covered  it  by  day, 
and  the  appearance  of  fire  by  night.  Num.  ix.  15, 16. 
The  rising  of  this  cloud  was  the  signal  for  them  to 
advance,  as  this,  overhanging  the  tabernacle,  should 
lead  the  way ;  and  the  settling  of  the  cloud  upon  the 
tabernacle  was,  again,  the  signal  for  them  to  encamp. 

On  the  twentieth  day  of  the  second  month  of  the 
second  year  after  their  departure,  the  cloud  was 
taken  tip  from  ofi"  the  tabernacle  of  the  testimony, 
and  the  children  of  Israel,  taking  their  departure 
from  out  the  Wilderness  of  Sinai,  came  by  three 
days'  journey  into  the  Wilderness  of  Paran.  Num. 
X.  11-36.  Burckhardt  supposes  the  rocky  wilder- 
ness of  the  upper  nucleus  of  Sinai,  to  be  the  Desert 
of  Sinai,  so  often  mentioned  in  the  wanderings  of 
the  Israelites. 

[B.C.  1586-40=1546.] 


53 


THE   PERIOD   OF   THE   WANDERING. 


54 


WILDERNESS   OP   PARAN. 

And  it  came  to  pass  on  tlie  twentieth  day  of  the 
pecond  month  in  the  second  year  [from  their  depart- 
ui'e  out  of  Egypt]  that  the  cloud  was  taken  up  from 
off  the  tahernacle  of  the  testimony,  and  the  children 
of  Israel  took  their  journeys  out  of  the  Wilderness 
of  Sinai,  and  the  cloud  rested  in  the  Wilderness  of 
Paran.  Num.  x.  11,  12.  A  jou^rney  of  three  days 
brings  them  into  the  wilderness  of  Paran.  Where, 
then,  is  this  wilderness?  Its  southern  limits  are 
within  three  days'  march  of  Sinai ;  its  northern  is 
near  Beersheba  and  Kadesh,  on  the  southern  borders 
of  Canaan,  Gen.  xxi.  14,  21 ;  Num.  xiii.  x.  12,  33. 
It  is  west  of  Edom,  and  between  that  country  and 
Egypt.  Gen.  xiv.  6;  1  Kings  xi.  18;  1  Sam.  xxv.  1. 
These  and  other  notices  of  Paran,  Deut.  xxxiii.  2, 
Hab.  iii.  3,  indicate  under  this  name  a  large  part  of 
the  desert  lying  west  of  the  eastern  arm  of  the  Red 
Sea  and  the  Arabah,  that  deep  valley  between  this 
gulf  and  the  Dead  Sea,  extending  north  and  south 
nearly  the  whole  length  of  the  desert  from  Sinai  to 
Canaan,  and  west  toward  Egypt  to  the  desert  of 
Shur.  It  is  the  "great  and  terrible  wilderness" 
through  which  the  children  of  Israel  wandered 
chiefly  during  the  forty  years  of  their  Exodus. 

The  desert  of  Arabia  Petrea,  between  Sinai  and 
Canaan,  is,  therefore,  divided  by  the  geography  of 
the  Bible  into  four  unequal  divisions.  On  the 
north-west,  from  the  Mediterranean  to  Suez,  and 
aome  distance  bslow,  is  the  Wilderness  of  Shur :  a 
portion  of  this  about  Suez  bears  also  the  name  of 
Etham.  Below  Shur,  along  the  coast  of  the  Red 
Sea,  and  stretching  north  to  the  southern  boundaries 
of  the  promised  land,  and  indefinitely  westward  to 
Shur,  is  the  Wilderness  of  Paran;  and  about  the 
south-west  shores  of  the  Dead  Sea  a  portion  of  the 
desert  bears  the  name  of  the  Wilderness  of  Zin, 
extending  down  to  Kadesh  Barnea.  Num.  xiii. 
21,  xxxiv.  3;  Josh.  xv.  1;  Num.  xx.  1,  xxvii.  14, 
xxxiii.  36. 

From  Mount  Sinai  the  course  of  the  children  of 
Israel  was,  for  some  distance,  nearly  due  north, 
down  a  broad  valley  which  descends  by  a  gradual 
slope  from  the  tangled  labyrinth  of  the  Sinaitic 
group  toward  the  crescent-shaped  ridge  of  moun- 
tains, Et-Tih,  which  forms  the  lofty  buttress  of  the 
gi'sat  desert. 

At  the  distance  of  fifteen  or  twenty  miles  from 
Sinai,  after  leaving  the  valley,  which  turns  off  to  the 
north-west,  the  traveller  emerges  into  a  long,  sandy 
plain,  varying  in  width  from  five  to  fifteen  miles, 
and  curving  to  the  north-east  for  many  miles  around 
[A.  M.  2516+40=2556.] 


the  base  of  the  high  mountain  ridge,  Et-Tih,  which 
rises  as  an  immense  bulwark  before  him. 


HAZEROTH  AND   TABERAH. 

This  plain  is  called  El-Hadharah,  a  name  which 
is  admitted  by  all  scholars  to  be  the  same  as  that  of 
Hazeroth  of  the  Scriptures.  Near  the  eastern  ex- 
tremity of  the  plain  is  a  fountain  of  the  same  name, 
which  Dr.  Robinson  identifies  as  Hazeroth,  where  the 
children  of  Israel  tarried  for  some  time,  ever  memo- 
rable by  reason  of  the  envious  sedition  of  Miriam 
and  Aaron.  Num.  xii.  Whether  this  incident  oc- 
curred at  this  particular  locality,  or  somewhere  in 
the  plain  of  Hazeroth,  is  still  an  open  question. 

The  burning  at  Taberah,  and  the  graves  of  lust, 
Kibroth  Hattaavah,  where,  for  a  whole  month,  the 
children  of  Israel  were  miraculously  fed  with  quails. 
Num.  xi.,  must  have  been  near  this  plain.  The 
plain  is  extensive  enough  for  a  "three  days*  jour- 
ney" of  such  a  multitude;  or  Hazeroth  may  have 
been  more  remote  than  the  modern  name  would 
indicate. 

A  modern  German  traveller,  in  passing  through 
this  region  of  country,  observed  the  whole  heavens 
darkened  by  immense  flocks  of  birds  in  their  migra- 
tion, at  the  same  season  of  the  year  as  that  when 
the  Israelites  were  there  encamped.  Though  this 
rain  of  "  feathered  fowls  like  as  the  sand  of  the  sea" 
were  supplied  by  natural  causes,  the  prediction  and 
the  continuance  of  the  supply  was  no  less  mira- 
culous. 

From  Hazeroth  the  children  of  Israel  have  gene- 
rally been  supposed  to  have  threaded  their  way 
through  a  tangled  network  of  mountains  and  narrow 
defiles  eastward  to  the  Akabah,  the  eastern  arm  of 
the  Red  Sea,  and  then  to  have  followed  its  shores  to 
the  head  of  this  gulf.  Many  of  these  passes  are 
compressed  to  the  space  of  a  single  gateway,  scarcely 
admitting  the  passage  of  two  camels  abreast.  The 
mountains  which  line  the  shore  frequently  press 
down  to  the  water's  edge,  so  as  to  interrupt  the 
pathway  of  the  camel.  It  is  difficult  to  conceive 
how  the  immense  multitude  of  the  children  of  Israel 
could  have  continued  their  march,  with  the  taber- 
nacle of  the  Lord,  through  a  route  so  narrow  and 
difficult.  It  seems  much  more  reasonable  to  sup- 
pose that  from  the  plain  of  Hazeroth  they  ascended 
one  of  the  passes  of  the  Tih  to  the  broad  plains  of 
the  desert  above. 

From  this  position  they  must  have  turned  their 

course  in  a  north-easterly  direction  toward  the  head 

of  the  gulf,  or  advanced  directly  northward  across 

the  desert  toward  tho  land  whither  they  were  jour- 

[B.C.  1586— 40=1546.] 


55 


TEXT  BOOK  AND  ATLAS  OF  BIBLICAL  GEOGRAPHY. 


56 


neying.  Ewald,  Tuch,  and  others  suppose  the  lat- 
ter route  to  be  distinctly  indicated  by  Moses  in  his 
recapitulation  of  their  march  through  this  great  and 
terrible  wildernesS;  as  they  came  to  Kadesh  Barnea. 


KADESH   BARNEA. 

This  outpost  of  the  land  of  Canaan,  so  remarkable 
in  the  history  of  the  Exode,  the  authors  above 
mentioned  locate  in  the  midst  of  this  desert,  fifty 
miles  more  or  less  south  of  Beersheba.  Compare  in 
this  connection,  Gen.  xx.  1,  2 ;  xvi.  7 ;  xxi.  14—21. 
Travellers  have  recently  discovered  here  an  oasis  in 
the  desert,  with  fountains  of  water,  where,  in  the 
deep  seclusion  of  the  desert,  the  Israelites  might 
linger  in  safety  for  the  return  of  the  spies  whom 
they  sent  to  search  out  the  land,  and  to  observe  the 
best  means  of  going  up  to  possess  it. 

The  Rev.  Messrs.  Rowlands  and  Williams,  in  the 
autumn  of  1842,  explored  this  region  of  country, 
and  describe  as  follows  what  they  regard  as  the 
southern  boundary  of  the  land  of  promise  : — "  At 
three  o'clock  we  turned  to  the  left  of  our  path,  and 
having  ascended  a  ridge,  a  scene  of  awful  grandeur 
burst  suddenly  upon  us  with  such  startling  effect  as 
to  strike  us  dumb  for  some  moments.  We  found 
ourselves  standing  on  a  gigantic  natural  rampart  of 
lofty  mountains,  which  we  could  trace  distinctly  for 
some  miles  east  and  west  of  the  spot  on  which 
we  stood,  whose  precipitous  promontories  of  naked 
rock,  forming  as  it  were  bastions  of  cyclopean  archi- 
tecture, jutted  forth  in  irregular  masses  from  the 
mountain  ban-ier  into  a  frightfully  terrific  wilder- 
ness, stretched  far  before  us  toward  the  south,  whose 
horrors  language  must  fail  to  describe.  It  was  a 
confused  chaos  of  chalk,  and  had  the  appearance  of 
an  immense  furnace  glowing  with  white  heat,  illumi- 
nated as  it  now  was  by  the  fierce  rays  of  the  sun. 
There  did  not  appear  to  be  the  least  particle  of  vege- 
tation in  all  the  dreary  waste  j  all  was  drought  and 
barrenness  and  desolation.  Immediately  below  was 
the  wide  and  well-defined  Wady  Murreh,  running 
from  east  to  west,  which  a  few  hours  to  the  east 
divides  into  two,  at  a  singularly  formed  hill,  called 
Moddera  j  the  southernmost  retaining  its  name,  and 
going  east  into  the  Arabah ;  the  other  called  Wady 
Fikreh,  north-east  to  the  Dead  Sea.  We  felt  no 
doubt  that  we  were  standing  upon  the  mountain 
barrier  of  the  promised  land  j  and  this  impression 
ff^as  confirmed  by  our  sheiks  pointing  out,  some 
hours  to  the  west,  in  a  valley,  the  site  of  Kad- 
dese,  the  Kadesh  of  Scripture,  mentioned  in  the 
border." 

Mr.  Rowlands  afterward  explored  this  site  of  Ka- 
[A.M.  2516+40=2556.] 


desh,  and  reported  the  result  of  his  discoveries  to 
Mr.  Williams  in  the  following  terms : — "  The  locality 
corresponds  with  or  falls  in  the  line  of  the  southern 
boundary  of  the  promised  land  from  the  southern 
boundary  of  the  Dead  Sea,  by  Safaa  or  Maaleh 
Akrabbim,  the  Wady  El-Murra,  and  the  Wady  El- 
Arish,  or  river  of  Egypt,  succeeds  in  the  same  line. 
It  corresponds  also  with  the  order  in  which  the 
places  of  the  border  are  mentioned.  Adar  and  Az- 
mon,  two  places  in  the  border  which  we  have  dis- 
covered under  the  names  of  Adeirat  and  Aseimah, 
sometimes  called  Kadeirat  and  Kasiemah,  now  and 
perhaps  always  merely  springs  or  fountains,  lie  to 
the  west  of  Kades,  and  Wady  El-Arish,  or  river  of 
Egypt.  It  lies  east  of  Jebel-el-Halah,  or  Bloimt 
Halak,  mentioned  somewhere  by  Jeremiah  as  the 
uttermost  extremity  of  the  promised  land  to  the 
south.  It  lies  at  the  foot  of  the  mountain  of  the 
Amorites.  It  is  situated  near  the  grand  pass  or  en- 
trance into  the  promised  land  by  the  Beer  Laha-roi, 
which  is  the  only  east/  entrance  from  the  desert  to 
the  east  of  Halah,  and  most  probably  the  entrance 
to  which  the  Hebrews  were  conducted  from  Sinai 
toward  the  land  of  promise.  A  good  road  leads  to 
this  place  all  the  way  from  Sinai,  and  the  distance 
is  about  five  days  of  dromedary  riding,  or  about  ten 
or  eleven  days  of  common  camel  riding,  as  the  Be- 
douins stated.  A  grand  road,  still  finer,  /  was  (old, 
by  broad  wadies,  leads  from  Kades  to  Mount  Her." 

In  opposition  to  this  theory.  Dr.  Robinson  u]-ges, 
with  great  earnestness  and  force,  that  the  incidents 
of  the  narrative  necessarily  limit  the  site  of  Kadesh 
Barnea  to  the  neighbourhood  of  Mount  Hor,  in  the 
deep  chasm  of  the  Arabah,  below  the  Dead  Sea. 
He  locates  it  at  a  certain  watering-place,  Ain-el- 
Weibah,  within  a  day's  march  north-west  of  Mount 
Hor.  Others  assume  its  position  to  have-  been  a 
few  miles  farther  north,  in  the  same  valley. 

To  reconcile  opposing  views,  the  theory  has  been 
raised  of  two  sites  having  the  same  name.  On  tliis 
supposition  the  route  of  the  Israelites  was  across  the 
desert  from  Horeb  to  Kadesh  Barnea,  by  eleven 
days'  journey.  Deut.  i.  2.  At  this  station  they 
halted  for  some  time,  while  the  spies  went  up  and 
searched  the  land  through  the  entire  length  of  it, 
from  the  Wilderness  of  Zin  to  Rehob,  the  pass  of 
Hasbany,  between  the  two  ridges  of  Lebanon,  above 
Laish,  Dan,  the  modern  Tel-el-Kadi,  and  even  to 
Hamath,  several  miles  above  Rehob.  Num.  xiii.  21; 
Josh.    xiii.    5 ;  2  Sam.  x.  6. 

Disheartened  by  the  report  of  the  spies,  the  Israel- 
ites murmured  and  rebelled,  and  were  sentenced  to 
linger  and  die  in  the  wilderness.  Then  relenting  they 
went  up  to  fight  with  the  Amalckitcs  and  Canaan- 
[B.C.  1586-40=1546.] 


tr' 


THE   PERIOD  or  THE  WANDERING. 


58 


ites,  and  were  discomfited,  "even  unto  Ilormah." 
Num.  xiii.,  xiv. 

Hormah,  by  those  who  assign  to  Kadesh  a  central 
position  in  the  desert,  is  identical  with  a  locality  de- 
nominated by  the  Arabs  Sepata,  equivalent,  as  they 
suppose,  to  Zephath,  which  is  Hormah.  Judg.  i.  17 ; 
comp.  Josh.  XV.  30 ;  Num.  xiv.  45 ;  Deut.  i.  44-46. 
Others  find  Hormah  in  the  Arabah,  near  the  eastern 
site  of  Kadesh,  Arad  being  found  on  the  heights 
above  and  to  the  right  of  the  pass  that  leads  up 
from  the  gulf  to  the  southern  mountains  of  Judah. 
Num.  xxi.  3, 

From  Hormah,  wherever  it  may  have  been,  the 
Israelites  returned  at  the  command  of  God  toward  the 
eastern  arm  of  the  Red  Sea,  to  wander  forty  years 
in  the  wilderness,  until  they  should  be  consumed 
and  die  there  for  their  rebellion  against  Grod. 

Of  their  subsequent  wanderings  for  thirty-eight 
years  we  know  nothing.  Eighteen  stations  are  spe- 
cified as  occupied  in  this  interval,  Num.  xxxiii. 18-36, 
but  of  these  nothing  is  known.  The  Israelites,  like 
the  modern  Bedouins,  doubtless  spent  this  time  in 
ro^^ng  up  and  down  the  Arabah,  and  over  the  vast 
desert  of  Paran,  between  Sinai  and  Palestine,  ac- 
cording as  they  could  find  pasturage  and  water. 
I  The  rebellion  of  Korah,  Dathan,  and  Abiram, 
Num.  xvi.,  is  referred  to  this  interval,  but  the  date 
and  place  of  this  judgment  are  alike  unknown. 

RETURN   TO   KADESH. 

In  the  first  month,  April,  they  again  returned  to 
Kadesh,  which  they  had  left,  in  the  third  ov  fourth 
month,  almost  thirty-eight  years  before.  The  Ka- 
iesh  of  which  mention  is  here  made,  was  confessedly 
\n  the  valley  of  the  Arabah,  near  the  mountains  of 
Edom,  and  a  few  miles  south  of  the  Dead  Sea.  But 
before  resuming  the  narrative  of  the  wanderings  of 
;he  Israelites,  it  will  be  expedient  briefly  to  notice 
;he  extraordinary  features  of  the  countries  through 
vhich  they  are  to  pass,  and  the  adjacent  regions 
vith  which  we  are  to  become  conversant  in  their 
[uture  history. 

THE  AILANITIO  GULP  OR  THE  AKABAH,  THE 
ARABAH,  AND  THE  GHOR. 

Between  the  Ailanitic  Gulf,  or  the  eastern  arm 
if  the  Red  Sea,  and  the  Dead  Sea,  runs  in  a  direct 
^ne  an  immense  chasm  or  gulf,  known  as  the  Ara- 
fah,  the  Plain,  100  miles  from  sea  to  sea.  The 
ed  of  this  gulf  is  a  barren  sand-plain,  varying  in 
ndth  from  5  to  10  or  15  miles,  with  occasional  oases 
verspread  with  a  sparse  and  coarse  growth  of  weeds. 
5  £A.  M.  2516+40=2556.] 


It  is  lined  on  either  side  by  perpendicular  bluffs, 
which,  on  the  west,  at  the  height  of  1200  and  1500 
feet,  form  an  abutment  for  the  great  western  desert 
that  lies  at  this  elevation  above  the  bed  of  this  valley. 
On  the  east  the  mountains  of  Edom  rise  to  the 
height  of  1500  and  2000  feet,  which  indicates  the 
elevation  of  the  eastern  portion  of  the  great  desert 
of  Arabia.  The  Ailanitic  Gulf  is  but  a  continuation 
of  this  extraordinary  fissure  of  the  earth,  which  ex- 
tends at  about  the  same  variable  width  to  the  Red 
Sea,  a  distance  of  about  100  miles,  and  lined  with 
bluffs  corresponding  to  those  of  the  plain  of  the 
Arabah.  In  its  geological  character  it  is  but  a  con- 
tinuation of  the  fissure  of  the  Arabah,  which,  when 
formed  by  some  mighty  convulsion,  in  some  distant 
age,  opened  out  upon  the  sea  and  received  its  waters. 
The  depth  of  these  waters  is  very  remarkable.  It 
greatly  exceeds  that  of  the  Straits  of  Dover  or  the 
Gulf  of  Suez.  They  have  often  been  sounded  to  the 
depth  of  1000  and  1800  feet  without  finding  bottom, 
but  their  actual  depth  is  not  known. 

Altogether  the  conclusion  is  irresistible  that  the 
immense  peninsula  of  Sinai,  and  the  portion  of  this 
desert  north,  has  by  some  mighty  convulsion  been 
broken  off,  and  fallen  back  from  the  greater  desert 
eastward,  leaving  this  vast  cleft  and  chasm  now  oc- 
cupied by  the  Akabah  and  the  Arabah. 

The  Dead  Sea  itself  is  only  an  expansion  and 
deeper  depression  of  this  fissure  of  the  earth,  of 
which  the  valley  of  the  Jordan  and  the  Sea  of 
Galilee  are  also  a  farther  continuation.  The  whole 
line,  from  the  Red  Sea  to  the  mountains  of  Lebanon, 
a  distance  of  not  less  than  340  miles,  is  one  continu- 
ous chasm,  deep,  dreary,  desolate,  and  mysterious. 

This  rent  in  the  earth's  surface  is  in  geology  called 
a  crevasse,  and  is  the  most  remarkable  of  this  class 
of  phenomena  perhaps  on  the  face  of  the  earth.  It 
opens  a  wide  field  of  speculation  respecting  the  stu- 
pendous convulsions  and  disruptions  to  which  the 
surface  of  the  earth  has  been  subject  in  the  early 
and  unknown  ages  of  its  existence.  From  below 
the  Dead  Sea  northward  this  valley  takes  the  name 
of  the  Ghor,  a  name  which  it  has  appropriately  re- 
ceived from  the  Arabic  language,  in  which  it  means 
a  valley  between  two  ranges  of  mountains. 

The  entire  length  of  this  crevasse  affords  the 
most  evident  indications  of  volcanic  agencies.  Ba- 
saltic rocks  are  of  frequent  occurrence.  The  foun- 
tains of  petroleum  and  naphtha  near  the  sources  of 
the  Jordan,  the  asphaltum  of  the  Red  Sea,  and  the 
hot  springs  of  this  and  the  Sea  of  Galilee,  and  the 
frequent  earthquakes  with  which  the  country  is 
convulsed,  indicate  the  existence  of  slumbering 
agents  that  may,  far  back  in  ages  past,  have  kindled 
[B.  C.  1586—40=1546.] 


59 


TEXT  BOOK   AND  ATLAS  OF  BIBLICAL  GEOGRAPHY. 


60 


into  such  tremendous  activity  as  to  cleave  the  solid 
earth  asunder  and  open  this  stupendous  chasm  in  its 
surface. 

Above  the  Dead  Sea  the  summit  level  of  the  moun- 
tains which  enclose  the  Ghor,  gradually  recede  and 
approach  to  the  bed  of  the  valley  by  more  gentle 
declivities,  or  rather  by  successive  offsets  and  ter- 
races. On  the  east  of  the  Jordan  are  formed  several 
offsets  and  terraces,  with  intervening  plains  of  great 
fertility  and  beauty,  overspread  with  the  ruins  of 
cities  once  numerous  and  populous.  This  country, 
then  occupied  by  the  Amorites  and  Moabites,  the 
tribes  of  Reuben  and  Gad  and  a  part  of  Manasseh 
wisely  chose  as  their  final  inheritance. 

The  plain  of  the  valley  forming  the  bed  of  the 
Jordan  rises  from  the  Dead  Sea  to  Tiberias,  1000 
feet  in  60  miles;  and  in  25  or  30  miles,  ascends  300 
or  400  feet  farther  to  the  common  level  of  the  earth's 
surface  at  the  base  of  the  mountains  of  Lebanon. 

THE  EXODUS   OP   THE  ISRAELITES  RESUMED. 

On  the  second  return  to  Kadesh,  Miriam  dies;  the 
people  murmur  for  water ;  Moses  and  Aaron  bring 
water  from  the  rocks;  but,  in  doing  it,  sin  against 
God,  and  receive  sentence  of  death  without  seeing 
that  good  land  beyond  Jordan,  so  long  the  object  of 
their  desire ;  a  passage  is  demanded  through  the 
land  of  Edom,  and  is  refused.  Num.  xx.  14-22. 
The  children  of  Israel  then  journey  from  Kadesh  to 
Blount  Hor  or  Mosera,  Deut.  x.  6,  where  Aaron  dies. 
Num.  XX.  and  xxxiii.  37,  38. 

While  in  the  vicinity  of  Mount  Hor,  the  Israelites 
gain  a  signal  victory  over  the  Canaanites,  by  whom 
they  had  been  repulsed  on  their  attempt  to  ascend 
up  into  Palestine  after  their  murmurs  at  the  report 
of  the  spies.  Arad  is  overthrown,  and  the  cities  of 
the  Canaanites  laid  waste  as  far  as  to  Hormah, 
formerly  called  Zephath.  Num.  xxi.  3. 

MOUNT   HOR. 

This  is  a  high  rocky  peak  in  the  mountains  of 
Edom,  east  of  the  Arabah,  and  situated  midway  be- 
tween the  Red  Sea  and  the  Akabah.  It  rises,  in  lone 
majesty,  above  the  surrounding  summits,  and  over- 
looks a  boundless  prospect  of  craggy  cliffs,  gloomy 
ravines,  and  lofty,  barren  deserts. 

The  grandeur  and  sublimity  of  the  scene  from  the 
summit  of  Mount  Hor  is  forcibly  sketched  by  Dr. 
Wilson  in  the  following  paragraphs : — 

"  After  the  greatness  and  peril  of  the  effort  which 
we  had  been  compelled  to  make,  we  should,  in  ordi- 
nary circumstances,  have  been  elated  with  the  suc- 
[A.M.  2516-1- 40==-^5-5G.] 


cess  which  we  had  experienced ;  but  the  wild  sub- 
limity and  grandeur  and  terror  of  the  new  and  won- 
derful scene  around  and  underneath  us,  overawed 
our  souls. 

"  We  were  seated  on  the  very  throne,  as  it  ap- 
peared to  us,  of  desolation  itself.  Its  own  metro- 
polis of  broken  and  shattered  and  frowning  heights — • , 
ruin  piled  upon  ruin,  and  dark  and  devouring  depth 
added  to  depth — lay  on  our  right  hand  and  on  our 
left. 

"  To  the  rising  sun.  Mount  Seir,  the  pride  and 
glory  of  Edom,  and  the  terror  of  its  adversaries,  lay 
before  us — smitten  in  its  length  and  breadth  by  the 
hand  of  the  Almighty  stretched  out  against  it — bar- 
ren and  most  desolate,  with  its  daughter,  the  '  city 
of  the  rock,'  overthrown  and  prostrate  at  its  feet. 
To  the  west,  we  had  the  great  and  terrible  wilder- 
ness, with  its  deserts  and  pits  and  droughts  spread 
out  before  us,  without  any  limit  but  its  own  vast- 
ness,  and  pronounced  by  God  himself  to  be  the  very 
'  shadow  of  death.'  Jer.  ii.  6." 

Here  Moses  took  Aaron  and  Eleazar,  and  went  up 
into  Mount  Hor  in  the  sight  of  all  the  congregation, 
where  these  venerable  pilgrims  took  of  each  other 
their  last  farewell,  "and  Aaron  died  there  in  the 
top  of  the  mount."  Num.  xx.  28.  A  tomb  has  been 
erected  to  his  memory  on  the  summit,  which  has 
often  been  visited  and  described  by  modern  tra- 
vellers. 

From  Mount  Hor  the  children  of  Israel  passed 
along  the  Arabah,  south  to  Ezion-Geber,  at  the 
head  of  the  eastern  or  Ailanitic  Gulf,  which  is  several 
times  denominated  the  Red  Sea.  Deut.  i.  40 ;  Num. 
xxi.  4. 

Elath  and  Ezion-Geber  were  both  situated  at  the 
head  of  this  gulf.  The  latter  afterward  became 
famous  as  the  port  where  Solomon,  and  after  him 
Jehoshaphat,  built  fleets  to  carry  on  a  commerce 
with  Ophir.  Deut.  ii.  8 ; '  1  Kings  ix.  26 ;  2  Chron. 
viii.  17,  18. 

Here  they  turned  eastward,  up  the  pass  that 
leads  to  the  high  plain  of  the  great  eastern  desert 
of  Arabia. 

At  this  place  a  large  defile  comes  down  steeply 
from  the  north-east  through  the  mountains,  forming 
the  main  passage  out  of  the  great  valley  to  this  de^^ 
sert.  The  ascent  of  the  Israelites  was,  doubtless^ 
through  this  pass,  when  they  departed  from  the  Red 
Sea,  and  turned  north  to  "  compass  Edom,"  and 
pass  on  to  Moab,  and  ic  the  Jordan. 

It  was  at  this  point  in  their  wanderings  that  •'  thd 
people  was  much  discouraged  because  of  the  way;'l 
and  they  were  bitten  by  fiery  serpents.  Num.  xxii 
4-19;  Deut.  ii.  8. 

[B.C.  1580-40=1546.] 


61 


THE  PERIOD  OF  THE  WANDERING. 


62 


Burckhardt  informs  us  that  this  place  is  still  in- 
f«^sted  by  poisonous  serpents,  which  are  greatly  feared 
by  the  inhabitants. 

The  course  of  the  Israelites  now  lay  along  the 
border  of  the  eastern  desert,  back  of  Mount  Seir, 
the  Mountains  of  Edom. 

The  Edomites,  who  had  refused  the  children  of 
Israel  a  passage  through  their  land  from  Kadesh, 
now  suffered  them  to  pass  unmolested  along  their 
borders  on  the  east,  and  even  supplied  them  with 
provisions  for  their  march.  Nothing  is  known  of 
the  places  mentioned  in  the  interval  until  the  Israel- 
ites arrived  at  the  brook  Zered  or  Sared,  a  marshy 
valley  which  rises  in  the  eastern  desert  near  the  pre- 
sent route  to  Mecca,  and,  after  a  course  of  several 
miles  to  the  west,  discharges,  in  the  rainy  season,  its 
waters  through  the  south-eastern  shore  of  the  Dead 
Sea.  In  the  summer  season  the  channel  is  dry. 
For  some  distance  from  the  sea  the  channel  of  this 
brook  is,  like  all  similar  valleys  in  this  region,  a 
deep  and  almost  impassable  gorge.  This  is  the 
'*  brook  of  the  wilderness,"  Isa.  xv.  7 ;  and,  accord- 
ing to  Ritter,  "  the  river  of  the  wilderness."  Amos 
vi.  14.    It  was  the  southern  boundary  of  Moab. 

From  this  station  the  children  of  Israel  passed 
without  molestation  around  Moab,  on  the  borders  of 
the  desert,  Judg.  xi.  18,  to  the  river  Arnon,  twenty- 
five  or  thirty  miles  farther  north.  They  were  now 
on  the  borders  of  the  Ammonites,  who,  like  the 
Moabites,  had  been  reduced  so  as  to  retain  a  mere 
remnant  of  their  former  possessions.  They  seem 
now  to  occupy  the  margin  of  the  desert  to  the  right 
of  the  Israelites.  This  portion  of  the  desert  east- 
ward bore  the  name  of  Kedemoth.  Num.  xxi.  13 ; 
Deut.  ii.  26  j  Josh.  xiii.  18 ;  Judg.  xi.  19-22. 

THE   AMORITES. 

The  children  of  Israel  now  encountered  a  formida- 
ble foe  in  the  Amorites,  a  powerful  tribe  who  had 
crossed  the  Jordan  and  taken  possession  of  the 
country  east  of  it  from  the  river  Jabbok,  midway 
between  the  Sea  of  Tiberias,  to  the  Arnon.  These 
Amorites,  in  answer  to  the  request  of  Moses  peace- 
ably to  pass  through  their  territory,  came  out  to  bat- 
tle against  the  Israelites  at  Jahaz,  on  their  borders 
at  Arnon.  The  result  was  the  entire  conquest  of 
the  Amorites.  Num.  xxi.  21-25 ;  Deut.  ii.  24-37. 

The  neighbourhood  of  the  same  station  near  Kede- 
moth and  Jahaz,  identical  with  Beer-elim,  Isa.  xv.  8, 
is  the  same  also  of  the  "  Song  of  the  Wells."  Num. 
xxi.  16-20. 

From  the  station  on  the  banks  of  the  Arnon  to 
the  plains  of  Moab,  on  the  east  of  the  Jordan,  oppo- 
[A.M.  2516+40=2556.] 


site  Jericho,  the  accounts  of  the  intervening  stations 
seem  to  be  contradictory — comp.  Num.  xxi.  13-20 
and  xxxiii.  45-49 — but  they  are  harmonized  by  sup- 
posing the  former  to  be  specifications  of  the  encamp- 
ments of  the  army  in  their  conquest  of  the  Amor- 
ites, and  the  latter  that  of  the  stations  of  the  people, 
who  here  turned  to  the  west,  passing  obliquely  over 
the  mountains  east  of  the  head  of  the  Dead  Sea  to 
the  mouth  of  the  Jordan.  Abarim  is  the  name  of 
the  range  which  overhangs  the  eastern  shore  of  the 
Dead  Sea  through  the  entire  length  of  it.  Num.  xxi. 
11,  xxxiii.  44,  and  xxvii.  12.  Pisgah  is  some  Tin- 
known  spur  or  height  at  the  northern  extremity  of 
Abarim  j  and  Nebo,  the  summit  of  Pisgah. 

THE  AMORITES  AND  MOABITES,  WITH  THEIR  CITIES. 

Heshbon,  the  capital  of  the  Amorites,  whom  the 
Israelites  subdued,  and  the  residence  of  their  king, 
was  a  powerful  city.  It  is  still  identified  by  extensive 
ruins,  twenty  miles  east  of  the  Jordan,  over  against 
Jericho,  overspreading  a  lofty  eminence,  which  com- 
mands an  extensive  prospect  in  every  direction; 
Once  a  city  of  the  Moabites,  Num.  xxi.  26,  it  be- 
comes, after  the  conquest  of  the  Amorites,  a  city  of 
Reuben,  Num.  xxxii.  37;  Josh,  xiii,  17,  and  subse- 
quently a  Levitical  city  of  Gad.  Josh.  xxi.  39;  1 
Chron.  vi.  81.  In  the  days  of  Isaiah  and  Jeremiah, 
700  or  800  years  later,  it  is  again  a  city  of  the  Moab- 
ites. Isa.  XV.  4,  xvi.  9 ;  Jer.  xlviii.  2,  45^9. 

OG  OF  BASHAN. 

After  the  conquest  of  Sihon,  the  Israelites  dij^ected 
their  forces  against  Og,  the  giant  of  Bashan,  the 
capital  of  whose  kingdom  was  Edrei,  twenty-five  or 
thirty  miles  east  of  the  southern  extremity  of  the 
Sea  of  Galilee,  and  sixty-five  or  seventy  from  the 
plains  of  Moab.  It  was  built  on  a  high  hill,  spring- 
ing out  of  a  deep  valley,  and  is  now  a  miserable  vil- 
lage. The  ruins  of  an  ancient  cistern,  a  bridge,  an 
aqueduct,  and  a  tower  remain  to  attest  its  former 
grandeur;  a  ruined  church  indicates  that  Chris- 
tianity once  gathered  its  converts  from  this  seat  of 
the  obscene  rites  of  Baal-pcor.  Seetzen  observed 
there  a  beautiful  sarcophagus,  used  as  a  watering- 
trough. 

From  Bashan  the  Israelites  spread  their  conquests 
farther  north,  over  all  the  region  of  the  Sea  of 
Galilee  and  the  waters  of  Merom,  as  far  as  Mount 
Lebanon.  In  these  conquests  they  gathered  im- 
mense booty  in  herds,  flocks,  and  jewels  from  the 
Midianites,  who  had  come  up  from  the  desert  of 
Arabia,  east  and  south-east,  for  pasturage  in  the 
[B.C.  1586— 40^1546.] 


TEXT  BOOK  AND  ATLAS  OF  BIBLICAL  GEOGRAPHY. 


H 


luxuriant  fields  of  Bashan  and  Gilead.  Modern 
travellers,  in  passing  over  this  country,  have  found 
it  overspread  in  the  same  manner  with  the  herds 
and  flocks  of  the  Arabs,  from  the  same  desert.  They 
have  estimated  these  herds  and  flocks  at  20,000 
camels,  50,000  goats,  and  other  domestic  animals 
in  like  proportion,  equalling,  even  at  this  day, 
the  multitude  that  was  taken  from  the  Midianites. 
Num.  xxxi. 

MOAB  AND  AMMON 

The  Moabites,  well  pleased  with  the  subjugation 
of  the  Amorites,  were  still  the  foes  of  the  Israelites. 
Though  fearing  to  engage  with  them  in  open  war, 
they  called  Balaam  from  beyond  the  Euphrates  to 
curse  these  hated  invaders.  Num.  xxii.,  xxiii.,  xxiv.  j 
but  finding  no  enchantment  to  prevail  against  them, 
they  succeeded  by  wiles,  in  harmony  with  their  own 
incestuous  origin,  in  bringing  a  plague  upon  the 
people,  by  which  24,000  perished. 

Moab  is  the  frequent  subject  of  historical  record 
and  prophetic  denunciation.  The  following  is  a 
brief  stetement  of  the  principal  localities  of  Moab 
and  Ammon  which  have  been  identified : — The 
boundaries  of  these  two  kindred  tribes  appear  never 
to  have  been  well  defined  or  distinctly  preserved. 
Moab  was  east  of  the  Dead  Sea ;  and  Ammon  north 
of  Moab  and  east  of  the  lower  part  of  Jordan.  But 
cities  about  Heshbon  and  eastward  from  the  mouth 
of  the  Jordan  are  sometimes  enumerated  among  the 
cities  of  Moab ;  at  others,  as  belonging  to  Ammon. 

RAMOTH   GILEAD. 

North-east  from  the  passage  over  the  Jordan 
twenty-five  miles,  about  the  same  distance  from  the 
parallel  of  the  river  itself,  and  half  of  this  space 
south  from  the  river  Jabbok,  is  Es-Salt,  the  strongest 
town  in  all  this  region,  protected  by  a  strong  castle 
which  crowns  a  high  hill,  on  the  steep  declivities  of 
which  the  houses  are  built  one  above  another,  as  if 
pressing  up  to  the  castle  for  protection  from  the 
wandering  Arabs  who  rove  for  plunder  over  all  this 
desolate  and  forsaken  region.  This  is  Ramoth  Gilead 
or  Ramoth  Mizpeh,  a  city  of  the  Amorites,  under 
the  Israelites  the  central  city  of  refuge  east  of  Jor- 
dan, in  the  territory  of  Gad.  It^  was  one  of  the 
cities  of  refuge,  Deut.  iv.  43 ;  Josh.  xx.  8,  xiii.  26, 
xxi.  38,  and  one  of  the  towns  in  which  Solomon  sta- 
tioned an  intendant.  1  Kings  iv.  13.  It  was  the 
head-quarters  of  Jephthah  in  his  war  with  the  Am- 
orites. Josh.  xi.  Ahab  was  slain  here  by  a  bow 
drawn  at  a  venture,  while  engaged  in  battle  for  the 
mastery  of  the  place,  1  Kings  xxii. ;  2  Chron.  x^iii. ; 
[A.  M.  2516-1-40^2556.] 


and  Joram,  his  son,  fourteen  years  after,  was  wounded 
in  a  similar  efibrt.  2  Kings  viii.  28.  Each  sought 
a  confederacy  with  the  contemporary  king  of  Judah ; 
an  alliance  never  formed  between  the  kings  of  those 
rival  nations  on  any  other  occasion,  except  in  a 
single  instance. 

Here  Jehu  was  anointed  king  over  Israel  by  the 
prophet  Elisha,  and  began  his  exterminating  war- 
fare against  the  house  of  Ahab.  2  Kings  ix. 

From  Ramoth  Gilead  runs  a  valley  south-west  to 
the  Jordan.  Where  it  breaks  through  the  moun- 
tains into  the  vale  of  this  river  are  found  the  ruins 
of  Nimrah,  Beth  Nimrah.  Num.  xxxii.  3,  36;  Josh, 
xiii.  27;  comp.  Isa.  xv.  6;  Jer.  xlviii.  34.  Beth 
Haran  was  still  farther  south.  See  the  passages  cited 
above.  Still  farther  south  was  Beth  Jesimoth,  the 
northern  limit  of  the  encampment  on  the  plains  of 
Moab,  Num.  xxxiii.  49;  Josh.  xii.  3,  xiii.  20;  and 
afterward  recovered  by  the  Moabites,  Ezek.  xxv.  9 ; 
and  under  the  Romans  was  a  fortress  of  Vespasian. 
Beth  Shittim  must  be  located  at  the  mouth  of  the 
Jordan,  on  the  shores  of  the  Dead  Sea.  Num. 
xxxiii.  49. 

Six  or  eight  miles  south-west  from  Ramoth,  the 
site  of  Jaazer  is  supposed  to  be  identified  by  im- 
posing ruins  near  living  waters.  Num.  xxi.  32, 
xxxii.  35;  Josh.  xiii.  25 ;  a  Levi tical  city.  Josh.  xxi. 
39;  1  Chron.  vi.  81;  2  Sam.  xx.  5;  prophetic  de- 
nunciations. Isa.  xvi.  8,  9 ;  Jer.  xlviii.  32. 

Some  two  miles  north  of  Heshbon  was  Elealah, 
like  its  neighbour  occupying  a  commanding  position 
on  a  high  hill.  Num.  xxxii.  3,  37 ;  Isa.  xv.  4,  xvi.  9; 
Jer.  xlviii.  34. 

South-west  from  Heshbon,  some  two  miles,  is 
Main,  Baal  Meon  of  the  Scriptures.  Num.  xxxii.  38; 
Josh.  xiii.  17 ;  1  Chron.  v.  8 ;  Jer.  xlviii.  23 ;  Ezek. 
xxv.  9. 

Medeba  is  recognised  in  extensive  ruins  over- 
spreading a  rounded  eminence  five  miles  south-east 
from  Heshbon.  Among  these  ruins  can  be  traced 
the  remains  of  a  temple  of  great  antiquity.  Num. 
xxi.  30;  Josh.  xiii.  9,  16.  Two  or  three  miles 
west  of  Medeba  was  probably  Kiriathaim,  where 
Chedorlaomer  slew  the  Emims.  Gen.  xiv.  5 ;  comp. 
Num.  xxxii.  37 ;  Josh.  xiii.  19 ;  Jer.  xlviii.  1 ;  Ezek. 
xxv.  9.  The  site  of  Kiriathaim  has  also  been  as- 
signed to  a  hill  arising  out  of  a  beautiful  plain  eight 
or  ten  miles  farther  west,  which  Winer  supposes 
may  have  been  Kirioth,  whose  palaces  the  fire  should 
devour.  Amos  ii.  2 ;  Jer.  xlviii.  24. 

Dibon  is  found  on  a  plain  two  or  three  miles  north 

of  the  Arnon,  and  some  twenty  south  of  Heshbon. 

Num.  xxxii.  3,  34,  xxxiii.  45;  Josh.  xiii.  9, 17;  Isa. 

XV.  2 ;  Jer.  xlviii.  18,  22.     In  Num.  xxi.  13-17  we 

[B.  C.  1586—40=1646.] 


G5 


THE   PERIOD  OF  THE  WANDERING. 


63 


find  the  Israelites  on  the  utmost  borders  of  the  de- 
sert, by  the  "  brooks"  of  the  Arnon,  known  as  Beer, 
Judg.  ix,  21 ;  Beer  Elim,  Isa.  xv.  8.  At  Matta- 
nah,  their  next  station,  they  have  left  the  wilderness 
behind  them.  Num.  xxi.  18.  Nahaliel  must  have 
been  near  this  place,  Num.  xxi.  19 ;  and  both  in  the 
vicinity  of  Dibon.  This  is  their  principal  station, 
where  the  people  linger  during  the  conquest  of 
these  cities.  Bamoth  was  little  north-west  of  Dibon, 
and  farther  onward  in  the  same  direction  they  pass 
the  heights  of  Pisgah  to  their  final  resting-place  on 
the  plains  of  Moab,  before  Jordan. 

Immediately  upon  the  high  banks  of  the  Arnon, 
south  of  Dibon,  was  Aroer.  Deut.  ii.  36,  iii.  12,  iv.  48; 
Josh.  xii.  2,  xiii.  9.  Immediately  below  Aroer,  in 
the  deep  vale  of  the  Arnon,  was  Ar,  a  city  of  Moab, 
which  the  Israelites  were  to  pass  and  leave  un- 
harmed. Deut.  ii.  18 ;  Num.  xxi.  15.  This,  from  its 
position  in  the  bed  of  the  Arnon,  is  called  "  the  city 
that  is  in  the  midst  of  the  river."  Josh.  xiii.  9, 16. 
Balaam  was  here  met  by  Balak.  Num.  xxii.  36. 
Both  Ar  in  the  valley  and  Aroer  on  the  plain  above 
are  identified  by  ruins. 

Twelve  or  fifteen  miles  south  of  this  Ar  was  an- 
other city,  often  erroneously  confounded  with  this — 
Ar  of  Moab,  called  also  Rabbath  Moab,  and  by  the 
Greeks,  Areopolis,  Num.  xxi.  28;  denounced  by 
Isaiah,  xv.  1,  and  Jeremiah,  xlviii.  This  was  utterly 
destroyed  by  an  earthquake  in  the  fourth  century. 

Kir  of  Moab  was  on  the  southern  frontier  of  this 
country,  seventeen  miles  east  of  the  promontory  or 
isthmus  of  the  Dead  Sea,  where  Zeboim,  one  of  the 
cities  of  the  Plain,  is  supposed  to  have  been  situated. 
It  is  known  by  the  name  of  Kerak,  and  is  at  pre- 
sent the  only  inhabited  town  in  the  whole  country 
of  Moab. 

It  is  near  the  head  of  a  valley  which  runs  down 
to  the  plain  of  Sodom,  and  opens  a  prospect  of  the 
Dead  Sea,  and  of  the  region  beyond,  quite  to  Je- 
rusalem. 

There  is  here  a  strong  castle,  now  in  ruins,  on  a 
high  hill  surrounded  by  a  deep  valley  with  perpen- 
dicular sides,  and  almost  impregnable  by  the  ancient 
mode  of  warfare. 

The  city  is  the  same  as  Kir-haraseth,  which  was 
taken  and  destroyed  by  Jehoshaphat  and  Jehoram. 
2  Kings  iii.  25.  It  is  included  in  the  denunciations 
of  the  prophets.  Isa.  xvi.  7;  Jer.  xlviii.  19,  20, 
31,  36. 

PICTORIAL    SCENE    IN    THE    PROPHETIC    DENUNCIA- 
TION OF  SEVERAL  TOWNS  IN  MOAB.      ISA.  XV. 

Luhith  and  Horonaim  are  mentioned  by  Isaiah, 
I  XV.  5,  and  Jeremiah,  xlviii.  3,  5.     From  a  compari- 
[A.  M.  2516+40=2556.] 


son  of  these  passages  it  is  supposed'  that  these  two 
towns  may  have  been  on  the  opposite  sides  of  the 
same  hill.  So  that  the  fugitives  in  passing  over  it 
are  seen  going  up  the  ascent  of  Luhith  and  down 
the  descent  of  Horonaim,  and  weeping  as  they  go. 

Verse  6.  About  eight  or  ten  miles  above  the 
mouth  of  the  Jordan  is  a  small  valley  and  brook 
which  corresponds  to  the  Waters  of  Nimrim.  The 
place  still  bears  its  ancient  name.  These  waters  are 
dried  up;  withered  the  grass;  gone  the  herbage; 
verdure  none. 

Verse  7.  What  little  remains  to  the  inhabitants 
of  their  efiects,  they  are  carrying  away  over  the 
brook  of  willows — generally  understood  to  be  the 
long  deep  valley  which  opens  upon  the  south-east 
corner  of  the  Dead  Sea,  the  extreme  limit  of  Moab, 
from  which  they  are  running  into  Edom. 

Several  other  towns  of  Moab  are  mentioned  by 
the  prophet  in  this  prophetic  representation  of  the 
judgment  of  heaven  in  this  country.  All  are  filled 
with  distress. 

Verse  8.  All  around,  the  land  is  filled  with  la- 
mentation. This  wailing  is  heard  at  Eglairff  and  at 
Beer-elim.  The  first  of  these  places  is  said  by  Je- 
rome to  have  been  near  the  mouth  of  the  Jordan. 
Beer-elim,  the  well  of  the  mighty  ones,  is  the  same 
that  the  nobles  and  princes  dug  with  their  staves. 
Num.  xxi.  18.  If  these  localities  are  correctly  given, 
they  are  equivalent  to  the  general  expression,  "the 
whole  land  is  filled  with  their  wailing." 

Verse  9.  The  Waters  of  Dimon  or  Dibon  are 
supposed  to  be  the  stream  mentioned  2  Kings  iii. 
20-22,  which  shall  not  be,  as  then,  red  in  appear- 
ance, but  in  reality — red  with  blood,  the  blood  of  the 
slain. 

Sibmah,  whose  vineyards  were  bewailed  with  the 
weeping  of  Jazer,  was  only  a  short  distance  from 
Heshbon.  Isa.  xvi.  8,  9. 

The  Sea  of  Jazer  is  supposed  to  be  a  fine  fountain 
at  a  short  distance  from  Bamoth  Gilead.  By  a 
poetical  exaggeration,  the  vine  of  Sibmah  is  sup- 
posed to  extend  quite  to  this  sea,  overspreading  the 
whole  country. 

BOZRAH. 

There  were  two  places  of  this  name — one  in 
Edom,  the  other  in  the  Hauran,  east  of  ancient 
Bashan,  on  the  borders  of  the  Arabian  desert.  The 
former  is  recognised  in  the  modern  Buseirah,  in  the 
northern  part  of  Edom,  thirty  miles  north  of  Petra, 
and  twenty  south  by  east  from  the  Dead  Sea.  It  is 
now  a  small  village  of  about  fifty  houses,  situated  on 
a  hill,  on  the  top  of  which  is  a  small  castle.  In  its 
[[3.0.1586—40=1546.] 


G7 


TEXT  BOOK  AND  ATLAS  OF  BIBLICAL  GEOGRAPHY. 


63 


desolation  it  verifies  the  judgments  wliich  the  pro- 
pliets  denounced  upon  it.  The  sword  bathed  in 
heaven  has  come  down  upon  it.  The  Lord  hath  a  sa- 
crifice in  Bozrah  and  great  slaughter  in  the  land  of 
Idumea.  Isa.  xxxiv.  5,  6.  The  Lord  has  sent  the  fire 
predicted,  which  should  devour  the  palaces  of  Boz- 
rah. Amos  i.  11,  12.  "I  have  sworn  by  myself, 
gaith  the  Lord,  that  Bozrah  shall  become  a  desola- 
tion, a  reproach,  a  waste,  and  a  curse."  Jer.  xlix.  13. 

Bozrah,  east  of  Bashan,  is  the  last  inhabited  town 
in  the  south  of  the  Hauran.  This  is  nearly  on  a 
parallel  with  the  mountains  of  Gilboa,  and  sixty 
miles  east  of  Jordan. 

It  is  now  inhabited  only  by  a  few  families  of  Fel- 
lahs, but  was  once  a  walled  town  of  great  strength, 
and  the  capital  of  a  Roman  province  of  Arabia. 
The  ruins  are  five  or  six  miles  in  circumference,  and 
consist  of  dilapidated  walls,  private  dwellings  of 
which  the  roofs  have  fallen  in,  of  two  churches,  a 
magnificent  mosque,  a  temple  still  more  splendid,  a 
triumphal  arch,  and  a  Saracenic  castle. 

There  is  also  an  immense  cistern,  almost  entire, 
a  hundwd  and  ninety  feet  long,  a  hundred  and  fifty- 
*liree  wide,  and  twenty  deep.  The  prophecies  of 
Scripture  seem  to  be  chiefly,  if  not  exclusively,  di- 
rected against  the  former  city. 

As  in  Moab,  there  was  an  Aroer  which  became  a 
city  of  Reuben,  so  in  Ammon  there  was  another 
Aroer,  a  city  of  Gad,  2  Sam.  xxiv.  5 ;  Josh.  xiii.  25; 
Judg.  xi.  33 ;  and  a  Rabbath  also  corresponding  to 
that  of  Moab.  This  Rabbath  of  the  children  of 
Ammon  is  of  frequent  occurrence  in  Jewish  history. 


Deut.  iii.  11;  2  Sam.  xii.  27;  Jer.  xlix.  3.  The 
faithful  Uriah  fell  here  in  the  siege  of  Rabbah  by 
Joab,  under  David.  2  Sam.  xi.,  xii.  This  city  at  a 
later  period  bore  also  the  name  of  Philadelphia.  It 
was  south-east  about  ten  miles  from  Ramoth  Uilead, 
fifteen  miles  north  by  east  from  Heshbon ;  and  Aroer 
of  Ammon  was  "over  against  it,"  on  the  west, 
doubtless,  and  distant  but  five  or  ten  miles.  The 
ancient  magnificence  of  Rabbath  is  attested  by  im- 
posing ruins  of  a  bridge,  a  theatre,  and  Christian 
churches  and  pagan  temples. 

The-  dreariness  of  this  city  of  Ammon  is  repre- 
sented by  travellers  as  quite  indescribable.  From 
the  luxuriant  and  extensive  pasture-grounds  in  the 
neighbourhood,  thousands  of  sheep,  goats,  and  camels 
come  to  drink  at  the  rivulet  which  flows  through  the 
valley.  Lord  Lindsay  found  the  ruins  overspread 
with  the  dung  of  these  animals,  and  the  air  filled 
with  the  stench  of  their  carcasses :  a  dead  camel  was 
rotting  in  the  stream.  Nothing  but  the  croaking  of 
frogs  and  the  scream  of  wild  birds  broke  the  silence 
of  this  valley  of  desolation.  Storks  were  perched  in 
every  direction  on  the  tops  of  the  ruined  buildings ; 
others  soared  at  an  immense  height  above  them,  and 
vultures  were  garbaging  on  the  camel.  Now,  how 
runs  the  prophecy  against  this  place  ?  "  Ammon 
.  .  .  shall  be  a  desolation  !"  "  Rabbah  of  the  Am- 
monites shall  be  a  desolate  heap !  I  will  make  Rab- 
bah a  stable  for  camels,  and  the  Ammonites  a  couch- 
ing-place  for  flocks ;  and  ye  shall  know  that  I  am  the 
Lord."  Jer.  xlix.  2 ;  Ezek.  xxv.  5. 


CHAPTER  V. 

THE  PERIOD   OP  THE   THEOCRACY  j    THE   JUDGES   FROM  JOSHUA  TO   SAMUEL,  450  YEARS. 

A.  M.  2556  +  450  =»  3006.  b.  c.  1546  —  450  =  1096. 


TiiE  land  of  promise,  toward  which  the  children 
of  Israel,  for  forty  years,  had  been  journeying,  and 
which  they  were  about  to  conquer  and  possess,  is 
known  by  difierent  names.  It  is  called  Canaan, 
Gen.  xi.  31,  xii.  5,  from  the  original  settler,  the 
fourth  son  of  Ham.  Gen.  x.  15-19.  It  was  known 
by  the  name  of  Israel,  the  Land  of  Israel,  and  of  the 
Hebrews ;  after  the  revolt  of  the  ten  tribes,  Israel, 
or  Judah,  according  as  the  government  of  one  or  the 
other  prevailed.  It  is  denominated  the  Promised 
Land,  the  Holy  Land,  Judea,  the  land  of  the  Philis- 
tines, Palestine,  the  land  of  the  immigrant,  of  the 
stranger.  The  last,  has  been  the  most  common 
[A.  M.  2556+450=3000.] 


appellation  among  the  nations  of  the  earth,  ancient 
and  modern. 

This  land,  so  inconsiderable  in  extent,  so  famous 
in  the  history  of  the  world,  is  situated  between  lati- 
tude 31°  and  33°  36'  north,  and  34°  and  36°  of  east 
longitude.  It  is  bounded  on  the  south  by  the  penin- 
sular desert  of  Sinai,  on  the  west  by  the  Mediterra- 
nean, on  the  north  by  the  mountains  of  Lebanon,  and 
on  the  east  by  the  river  J'ordan  and  the  Dead  Sea. 

The  territory  of  the  tribes  east  of  Jordan  was 
bounded  on  the  north  by  Syria,  on  the  east  by  the 
great  Arabian  desert,  and  on  the  south  by  the  moun- 
tains of  Edom. 

[B.  C.  1546—450=1096.] 


09 


THE  PERIOD  OF  THE  THEOCRACY. 


70 


Palestine  proper  is  about  180  miles  in  length  :  on 
the  north  it  scarcely  exceeds  20  miles  in  width ;  on 
the  south  it  is  75  or  80.  Its  average  width  is  esti- 
mated variously  from  40  to  60  miles.  In  form  and 
dimensions  it  very  closely  compares  with  the  State 
of  New  Hampshire. 

But  the  assurance  frequently  given  was  that  the 
land  of  promise  should  extend  from  the  Mediterra- 
nean to  the  Euphrates.  Gen.  xv.  18;  Ex.  xxiii.  31; 
Deut.  xi.  24  This  is  explained  to  refer  to  the  ut- 
most expansion  of  the  kingdom  of  Israel,  which  it 
actually  attained  under  David  and  Solomon. 

The  territory  of  the  Canaanites  was  a  triangle, 
having  its  apex  at  Sidon,  the  line  of  the  Mediterra- 
nean to  Gaza  and  Gerar,  the  southern  extremity  of 
Philistia,  for  one  side;  from  the  south-east  angle  of 
this  sea  to  the  southern  limit  of  the  Dead  Sea,  its 
base;  and  from  this  point  to  Zidon,  its  other  side. 
Gen.  X.  19. 

The  boundaries  given  by  Moses,  Num.  xxxiv.  2-12 ; 
Josh.  xiii.  15-31,  and  xv.-xx.,  are  not  easily  de- 
fined. The  south  line  across  the  desert  was  from 
Kadesh  Barnea  to  the  River  of  Egypt,  now  El-Arish, 
some  few  miles  below  Gaza. 

The  ascent  of  Akrabbim,  Num.  xxxiv.  4,  is  sup- 
pt)sed  by  Dr.  Robinson  to  be  a  line  of  cliffs  across 
the  Arabah,  some  twenty  miles  south  of  the  Dead 
Sea,  which  sink  the  level  of  that  sea  some  sixty  or 
eighty  feet  below  the  higher  plain  of  the  Arabah. 

The  western  boundary  is  the  Mediterranean  as 
far  as  Zidon. 

From  Zidon  the  line  of  the  boundary  ran  east  to 
some  summit  in  the  mountains  of  Lebanon,  here 
called  Mount  Hor — perhaps  Hermon,  Josh.  xiii.  5, 
Judg.  iii.  3 ;  thence  north-east  up  the  valley  of  Cele- 
syria,  between  Lebanon  and  Anti-Lebanon,  passing 
by  Balbec  to  the  sources  of  the  Orontcs,  the  "  en- 
tering in  of  Hamath,"  so  often  mentioned  in  the 
history  of  the  Israelites,  Josh.  xiii.  5  ;  Judg.  iii.  3 ; 
1  Kings  viii.  65 ;  2  Chron.  vii.  8,  where  Pharaoh 
Necho  put  Jehoahaz  in  bonds.  2  Kings  xxiii.  33. 
Zedad  is  identified  by  Dr.  Robinson  in  Sudud,  east 
of  the  road  that  leads  from  Damascus  to  the  lake 
Hums,  above  Hamath.  The  sites  of  Riblah  and  Ain, 
Num.  xxxiv.  11,  have  been  recovered  by  our  mission- 
ary, the  Rev.  Mr.  Thompson,  From  Zalad,  lat.  34° 
30'  north,  the  boundary  passes  over  Anti-Lebanon 
and  down  the  eastern  slope  of  it  to  Lake  Huleh  and 
the  Sea  of  Tiberias,  following  thence  the  Jordan 
to  the  Dead  Sea. 

MOUNTAINS. 

The  desert  on  the  southern  border  of  Palestine 
rises,   in   the   hill-country  of  Judea,   to  a  rugged 
[A.  M.  2550+450=3006.] 


mountainous  chain,  which  runs  north  through  the 
middle  of  the  land  between  the  Mediterranean  and 
the  valley  of  the  Jordan  to  the  region  of  Galilee. 
This  central  chain  presents  an  uneven  outline  of 
summits  from  1000  to  2000  feet  in  height,  and 
sends  off  frequent  spurs  to  the  right  and  left,  sepa- 
rated by  deep  ravines,  which,  winding  about  their 
bases  and  running  up  into  the  central  ridge,  become, 
in  the  rainy  season,  watercourses  for  the  drainage 
of  the  land.  At  the  distance  of  a  few  miles  south 
of  the  parallel  of  the  Sea  of  Galilee,  in  Samaria, 
this  highland  breaks  down  to  the  level  of  an  ele- 
vated plain,  and  sends  off  north-west  a  high  con- 
tinuous ridge,  which  juts  out  some  distance  into  the 
sea  in  the  lofty  and  beautiful  promontory  of  Mount 
Carmel,  1500  feet  in  height. 

PLAIN   or  ESDRAELON. 

North  of  the  range  of  Carmel  and  the  mountains 
of  Samaria,  lies  the  great  plain  of  Esdraelon,  twenty 
mlies  in  length  from  east  to  west,  and  ten  or  twelve 
in  width.  The  Bay  of  Acre,  Accho,  constikites  its 
western  boundary.  The  mountains  of  Gilboa,  Little 
Hermon,  and  Tabor  define  its  eastern  ;  but  between 
these  it  sends  off  arms  down  to  the  valley  of  the 
Jordan.  This  plain  presents  an  undulating  surface 
of  great  fertility  and  beauty,  which  preserves  an 
average  level  of  400  feet  above  the  sea.  For  thou- 
sands of  years  it  has  been  the  highway  of  travel, 
and  the  battle-field  of  nations :  no  field  under  heaven 
has  so  often  been  fattened  by  the  blood  of  the  slain. 
It  has  been  the  chosen  place  for  encampment  in 
every  contest  that  has  been  carried  on  in  this  coun- 
try from  the  days  of  Deborah  and  Barak  until  the 
disastrous  march  of  Napoleon  Bonaparte  from  Egypt 
into  Syria.  Egyptians,  Persians,  Arabs,  Jews,  Gen- 
tiles, Saracens,  Turks,  Crusaders,  Druses,  and  French, 
warriors  out  of  every  nation  which  is  under  heaven, 
have  pitched  their  tents  upon  the  plain  of  Esdraelon, 
and  have  beheld  their  banners  wet  with  the  dews  of 
Hermon  and  Tabor.  This  plain  will  frequently  occur 
in  the  subsequent  history  of  the  Jews,  under  the 
names  of  Megiddo  and  Jezreel, 

North  of  Esdraelon,  for  thirty  miles,  are  the 
mountains  of  Galilee,  presenting  a  confused  succes- 
sion of  hills  and  mountains,  which  form  a  country 
singularly  picturesque  and  beautiful,  but  highly  pro- 
ductive. Dr.  Robinson  represents  it  to  be  fruitful 
beyond  any  thing  to  be  found  in  our  Western  coun- 
try. He  found  immense  crops  of  wheat  growing 
there  with  unparalleled  luxuriance. 

Beyond  the  mountains  of  Galilee  rise  the  lofty 
ridges  of  Lebanon.  These,  often  lifting  their  heads 
[B.  C.  1546—450=1096.] 


71 


TEXT  BOOK  AND  ATLAS  OP  BIBLICAL  GEOGRAPHY. 


72 


into  the  regions  of  perpetual  snow  and  ice,  condense 
the  clouds  of  heaven  and  send  them  off,  borne  on  the 
cold  winds  of  the  mountain,  to  refresh  the  scorched 
and  thirsty  plains  which  are  spread  out  below  them. 
The  head- waters  of  the  Jordan  spring  from  the  south- 
ern base  of  Lebanon,  which  indeed  is  a  great  con- 
denser, refrigerator,  and  fertilizer  for  all  the  lands 
of  the  Jews. 

THE  JORDAN. 

This  extraordinary  river  rises  from  three  principal 
sources :  of  these  the  most  remote  springs  in  the 
valley  between  Lebanon  and  Anti-Lebanon,  from  a 
large  fountain  near  the  town  of  Hasbeiya.  From 
this  gushing  fountain  it  runs  off,  in  the  size  of  a 
small  river  or  mill-stream,  due  south  some  twelve  or 
fifteen  miles,  when  it  emerges  into  the  marsh  of  the 
Huleh,  ten  or  twelve  miles  above  the  lake  of  the 
same  name,  known  in  Jewish  history  as  the  Waters 
of  Merom.  At  the  head  of  this  plain,  and  two  or 
three  miles  to  the  left  of  the  stream  from  Hasbeiya, 
another  fountain  of  equal  volume  gushes  out  from 
the  crater  of  an  extinct  volcano,  Tell-el-Kady,  which 
marks  the  site  of  the  ancient  city  of  Dan,  or  Laish. 
The  stream  from  this  fountain  runs  south,  parallel 
to  the  preceding,  and  unites  with  it  in  the  marsh 
above  the  lake. 

East  of  Tell-el-Kady  some  three  miles  is  Paneas, 
or  Banias,  known  in  the  Gospels  as  Caesarea  Philip- 
pi.  Matt.  xvi.  13-20 ;  Mark  viii.  27-30 ;  Luke  ix. 
18-2  L  Just  above  this  town  a  third  fountain  flows 
out  from  the  brow  of  a  lofty  rock.  This  stream, 
after  passing  through  the  town,  turns  to  the  west 
into  the  great  marsh,  and  then  south  towai^  the 
lake.  Before  reaching  the  lake  the  three  streams 
unite,  and  discharge  themselves  through  one  chan- 
nel into  the  reservoir.  From  the  mountains  of 
Galilee,  west  of  Huleh,  several  other  fountains  send 
off  copious  contributions  to  augment  the  waters  of 
the  Jordan. 


MARSH   AND   LAKE   OF   HULEH. 

The  great  marsh  above  the  lake  is  eight  or  ten 
miles  square,  and  affords  pasturage  for  immense 
herds  of  sheep  and  goats,  and  droves  of  camels,  cows, 
and  buffaloes. 

The  lake  is  funnel-shaped,  some  seven  miles  broad 
at  its  northern  extremity,  and  tapering  down  to  an 
apex  at  its  outlet  at  the  distance  of  six  or  eight 
miles.  It  varies,  however,  in  extent  considerably  at 
different  seasons  of  the  year.  The  waters  are  very 
shoal,  and  covered  to  a  great  extent  with  aquatic 
plants. 

[A.  M.  25564-450^:3006.] 


GENNESARET,  THE   SEA   OP   GALILEE,  OP  TIBERIAS. 

About  ten  miles  below  its  outlet  from  Huleh,  the 
Jordan  again  expands  into  a  lake  much  larger  than 
Huleh,  the  Lake  of  Gennesaret,  the  Sea  of  Tiberias, 
of  Galilee.  According  to  the  estimate  of  Dr.  Robin- 
son, this  sea  is  ten  or  twelve  miles  in  length,  and 
half  that  distance  in  width.  Lieut.  Molyneux  esti- 
mates the  lake  to  be  sixteen  or  eighteen  miles  in 
length,  and  half  these  distances  in  width. 

At  Jacob's  Bridge,  one  mile  below  the  outlet 
from  Huleh,  the  Jordan,  while  flowing  with  a  swift 
current,  is  eighty  feet  wide  and  four  deep.  Below 
this  it  sinks  into  a  deep  gorge,  and  rushes  rapidly 
on  to  the  lake  below,  making  a  descent  of  400  feet 
in  its  course  of  ten  miles  from  sea  to  sea. 

The  Sea  of  Tiberias  lies  deeply  embosomed  in  the 
mountains  which  on  the  east  break  boldly  down  to 
its  waters.  On  the  west  the  mountains  near  the 
centre  recede  and  enclose  the  small,  fertile,  and 
charming  plain  of  Magdala ;  and,  on  the  north-west, 
recede  by  a  more  gentle  acclivity.  The  waters  lie 
328  feet  below  the  level  of  the  Mediterranean.  The 
shores  of  this  lovely  lake  were  the  favourite  resort 
of  our  Saviour,  and  the  native  place  of  several  of 
his  disciples.  Wherever  you  tread  along  its  shores 
it  is  "  holy  haunted  ground,"  often  trodden  by  the 
footsteps  of  the  Son  of  Man,  and  drenched  with  his 
tears — the  scene  of  a  thousand  hallowed  associations 
connected  with  the  mighty  works  that  have  been 
wrought  there.  Capernaum,  Chorazin,  Bethsaida, 
Tiberias !  what  a  charm  have  these  sacred  names  to 
every  Christian  heart,  especially  when  blended  with 
all  that  nature  has  added  in  the  picturesque  loveli- 
ness of  her  charming  scenery.  The  waters  of  the 
lake  are  clear  and  sweet ;  and,  as  in  the  time  of  our 
Saviour,  abound  with  excellent  fish.  The  few  sound- 
ings that  have  been  made  indicate  an  average  depth 
of  120  or  126  feet.  Lieut.  Lynch  found  but  a  sin- 
gle boat  upon  the  lake,  which  he  purchased ;  nor  is  it 
known  that  its  waters  are  now  cut  by  a  single  keel, 
or  rufl[led  by  a  solitary  oar,  or  that  they  have  ever 
been  darkened  by  a  single  sail. 

From  the  Sea  of  Tiberias  to  the  Dead  Sea,  in  a 
direct  line,  the  distance  is  sixty  miles.  But  in  its 
course,  the  Jordan  so  infolds  and  doubles  its  chan- 
nel by  frequent  windings  as  to  run  a  course  of  200 
miles  to  make  this  distance  of  sixty  miles  in  a  right 
line. 

The  channel  of  the  river  is  deeply  embedded  be- 
tween opposite  terraces,  running  nearly  parallel  to 
each  other,  at  the  distance  of  from  three  to  five 
miles.  These  terraces,  presenting  sometimes  per- 
pendicular cliffs,  sometimes  steep,  precipitous  banks, 
[B.C.  1546—450=1096.] 


73 


THE   PERIOD  OF  THE  THEOCRACY. 


74 


.form  the  commencement  of  high  rounded  knolls, 
conical  hills,  and  rocks,  thrown  together  in  wild 
confusion,  which  rise  irregularly  as  they  recede  to 
the  highlands  of  the  central  chain  of  Palestine  on 
the  west,  and  to  a  higher  series  of  mountain  heights 
on  the  east  beyond  Jordan. 

Between  these  terraces,  the  river,  from  75  to  100 
feet  in  width,  and  6  or  8  in  depth,  rolls  on  through 
its  endless  sinuosities  and  contortions,  a  chafed  and 
angry  tide  of  waters,  sometimes  turbid,  sometimes 
clear,  sometimes  swift,  sometimes  slow,  leaping  down 
frequent  and  fearful  rapids,  and  dashing  from  side 
to  side  of  the  narrow  bed  in  which  it  is  imprisoned, 
as  if  struggling  to  burst  the  barriers  by  which  it  is 
confined,  and  save  its  sacred  waters  from  being  lost 
in  that  sea  of  death  below. 

Toward  the  end  of  its  course,  Lieut.  Lynch  ob- 
served the  flow  of  the  Jordan  to  become  more  gentle, 
but  its  meanderings  continued  the  same.  It  "curved 
and  twisted  north,  south,  east,  and  west,  turning,  in 
the  short  space  of  half  an  hour,  to  every  quarter  of 
the  compass, — seeming  as  if  desirous  to  prolong  its 
luxuriant  meanderings  in  the  calm  and  silent  valley, 
and  reluctant  to  pour  its  sweet  and  sacred  waters 
into  the  accursed  bosom  of  the  bitter  sea." 

Such  are  the  windings  and  reduplications  of  the 
channel  as  it  sweeps  and  dashes  from  bluff  to  bluff 
within  which  it  is  confined,  that,  according  to  Lieut. 
Lynch's  survey,  it  runs  a  distance  of  200  miles  to 
make  the  distance  of  sixty  miles  in  a  direct  line 
from  sea  to  sea.  In  this  wonderful  course  from  the 
Sea  of  Tiberias  to  the  Dead  Sea,  the  Jordan  dashes 
over  twenty-seven  frightful  rapids,  and  makes  a  per- 
pendicular descent  of  1000  feet.  The  entire  dis- 
tance from  the  highest  source  of  the  Jordan  to  its 
outlet  is,  in  a  direct  line,  not  more  than  120  miles, 
in  which  distance  it  makes  a  descent  of  2000  feet, 
and  according  to  some  estimates  more  than  this. 


THE  DEAD   SEA. 

The  Dead  Sea  is  about  forty  miles  long,  and  from 
six  to  eight  miles  wide.  A  broad  peninsula  projects 
from  the  eastern  shore  on  the  south,  and  contracts 
the  breadth  of  the  sea  to  within  two  miles.  South 
of  this,  the  water  is  very  shallow,  so  that  in  mid- 
summer, when,  in  consequence  of  evaporation,  the 
body  of  the  lake  falls  from  twelve  to  fifteen  feet, 
this  end  is  left  a  marsh. 

The  shores  of  this  mysterious  and  gloomy  lake 
are  formed  on  the  east  by  perpendicular  cliffs,  rising 
into  ragged  splintered  points,  forming  an  irregular 
breastwork,  sometimes  receding  a  little  from  the 
water's  edge,  and  then  again  jutting  out  into  the 
G  [A.  M.  2556+450= -3006.] 


sea;  and  varying  in  height  from  1600  to  2800  feet. 
The  western  shore  presents  much  the  same  stern  and 
forbidding  aspect,  but  preserves  a  general  outline 
some  400  feet  lower. 

Embedded  deep  in  this  awful  chasm,  under  a 
burning  sun  reflected  from  beetling  heights  on  either 
side,  this  sea  becomes  a  vast  caldron,  from  which 
the  evaporation  is  so  great  in  summer  as  to  ren- 
der the  waters  intensely  saline.  There  is  also  an 
infusion  of  other  ingredients,  which  renders  the 
water  bitter  and  nauseous  to  the  taste.  No  living 
thing  inhabits  these  waters,  and  never,  but  in  three 
instances,  are  they  known  to  have  been  navigated 
by  man. 

No  deadly  miasma,  however,  arises  from  it,  as 
was  once  supposed.  The  water  is  of  a  dull  green 
colour,  highly  transparent,  and  so  dense  that  one 
floats  easily  on  its  surface  without  effort,  as  if  re- 
clining on  a  couch. 

We  cannot  forbear  subjoining  the  lively  account 
which  Mr.  Stephens  gives  of  his  experience  on  this 
point : — 

"  From  my  own  experience,  I  can  almost  corrobo- 
rate the  most  extravagant  accounts  of  the  ancients. 
I  know,  in  reference  to  my  own  specific  gravity,  that 
in  the  Atlantic  or  Mediterranean  I  cannot  float  with- 
out some  little  movement  of  the  hands ;  and  even 
then  my  body  is  almost  totally  submerged ;  but  here, 
when  I  threw  myself  upon  my  back,  my  body  was 
half  out  of  water.  It  was  an  exertion  even  for  my 
lank  Arabs  to  keep  themselves  under. 

"  When  I  struck  out  in  swimming,  it  was  exceed- 
ingly awkward;  for  my  legs  were  constantly  rising 
to  the  surface,  and  even  above  the  water.  I  could 
have  lain  there  and  read  with  perfect  ease.  In  fact, 
I  could  have  slept,  and  it  would  have  been  a  much 
easier  bed  than  the  bushes  at  Jericho. 

"  It  was  ludicrous  to  see  one  of  the  horses.  As 
soon  as  his  body  touched  the  water  he  was  afloat, 
and  turned  over  on  his  side;  he  struggled  with  all  his 
force  to  preserve  his  equilibrium ;  but  the  moment 
he  stopped  moving,  he  turned  over  on  his  side  again, 
and  almost  on  his  back,  kicking  his  feet  out  of 
water,  and  snorting  with  terror. 

"  The  worst  of  my  bath  was,  after  it  was  over, 
my  skin  was  covered  with  a  thick,  glutinous  sub- 
stance, which  it  required  another  ablution  to  get  rid 
of;  and  after  I  had  wiped  myself  dry,  my  body 
burned  and  smarted  as  if  I  had  been  turned  round 
before  a  roasting  fire.  My  face  and  ears  were  in- 
crusted  with  salt;  my  hairs  stood  out,  'each  par- 
ticular hair  on  end;'  and  my  eyes  were  irritated 
and  inflamed,  so  that  I  felt  the  effects  of  it  for  seve- 
ral days.  In  spite  of  all  this,  however,  revived  and 
[B.C.  1546— 450=1096.] 


75 


TEXT  BOOK  AND  ATLAS  OF  BIBLICAL  GEOGRAPHY. 


76 


refreshed  by  my  bath,  I  mounted  my  horse  a  new 


man. 


Modern  science  has  solved  all  the  mystery  about 
this  water.  It  has  been  satisfactorily  analyzed,  and 
its  specific  gravity  ascertained  to  be  1-211,  a  degree 
of  density  unknown  in  any  other,  the  specific  gravity 
of  fresh  water  being  1-000;  and  it  has  been  found 
to  hold  in  solution  the  following  proportions  of  salt 
to  one  hundred  grains  of  water : — 


Muriate  of  limo       .     . 

.     .     3-920  grains 

Muriate  of  magnesia     . 

.     .  10-246        " 

Muriate  of  soda       .     . 

.     .  10-360         " 

Sulphate  of  lime      .    . 

.     .     0-054        " 

24-580         " 

The  Talmud  remarks,  perhaps  correctly,  that  no 
person  was  ever  drowned  in  the  Dead  Sea,  such  be- 
ing the  buoyancy  of  its  waters  that  one  cannot  sink. 
Josephus  states  that  Vespasian  had  men  thrown  into 
it  with  their  hands  tied  to  their  backs,  and  that 
none  of  them  was  drowned. 

The  phosphorescence  of  the  water  is  worthy  of 
note.  "  The  surface  of  the  sea  was  one  wide  sheet 
of  phosphorescent  foam,  and  the  waves,  as  they  broke 
upon  the  shore,  threw  a  sepulchral  light  upon  the 
dead  bushes  and  scattered  fragments  of  rock."  The 
phosphorescence  of  the  sea  is  generally  ascribed  to 
the  presence  of  animalcula;  but  Lieut.  Lynch  in- 
forms us  that  these  watere  "  have  been  subjected  to 
a  powerful  microscope,  and  no  animalcula  nor  ves- 
tige of  animal  matter  could  be  detected." 

Ten  miles  from  the  southern  extremity,  a  bold, 
broad  promontory,  from  forty  to  sixty  feet  high, 
juts  from  the  eastern  shore  to  within  two  miles  of 
the  western  cliffs  which  overhang  the  sea.  This 
promontory  sends  to  the  north  a  cape  near  five  miles 
long  and  two  wide,  which  encloses  a  bay  on  the  east 
of  the  same  length  and  inconsiderable  width.  The 
shores  of  the  peninsula  present  a  perpendicular 
fall,  extending  all  round  it,  having  the  coarse  and 
chalky  appearance  of  burnt  stone,  with  a  broad  mar- 
gin at  its  foot  incrusted  with  salt  and  bitumen. 
The  summit  of  the  peninsula  is  irregular  and  rug- 
ged, in  some  places  showing  the  tent-shaped  forma- 
tion, in  others  a  series  of  disjointed  crags.  Lieut. 
Lynch  found  myriads  of  dead  locusts  strewed  upon 
the  beach  near  the  margin  of  the  sea. 

"There  were  a  few  bushes,  their  stems  partly 
buried  in  the  water,  and  their  leafless  branches  in- 
crusted  with  salt,  which  sparkle  as  trees  do  at  home 
when  the  sun  shines  upon  them  after  a  heavy  sleet. 
Such  an  image,  presented  to  the  mind  while  the 
frame  was  weltering  with  the  heat,  was  indeed  like 
^holding  a  fire  in  the  hand  and  thinking  of  the 
frosty  Caucasus.'  Near  the  immediate  base  of  the 
[A.  M.  2556+450=3006.] 


cliffs  was  a  line  of  driftwood  deposited  by  the  sea« 
at  its  full.  Save  the  standing  and  prostrate  dead 
trees,  there  was  not  a  vestige  of  vegetation.  The 
mind  cannot  conceive  a  more  dreary  scene,  or  an  at- 
mosphere more  stifling  and  oppressive.  The  rever- 
beration of  heat  and  light  from  the  chalklike-hills 
and  the  salt  beach  was  almost  insupportable." 

On  the  neck  of  this  peninsula,  Lieut.  Lynch  dis- 
covered traces  of  ancient  and  rude  substructions, 
with  fragments  of  pottery  already  described,  which 
indicate,  as  he  and  Dr.  Robinson  suppose,  the  site 
of  Zoar,  but  which  De  Saulcy  regards  as  the  remains 
Zeboim. 

This  plain  doubtless  once  overspread  all  the  space 
between  the  cape  and  promontory.  The  bed  of  all 
this  southern  portion  of  the  sea  is  now  a  submerged 
plain,  covered  with  shoal  water,  averaging  only  thir- 
teen feet  in  deptk.  North  of  the  cape  the  bed 
of  the  sea  breaks  almost  perpendicularly  down  to 
the  depth  of  1300  feet.  Through  this  northern 
section  of  the  bed  of  the  sea  runs  a  ravine  from 
north  to  south,  corresponding  to  the  bed  of  the 
Jordan. 

The  Dead  Sea  is  sunk  to  the  extraordinary  depth 
of  1382  feet  below  the  level  of  the  Mediterranean ; 
and,  according  to  some  estimates,  1410  below  that 
of  the  Red  Sea.  The  survey  of  Lieut.  Lynch  esta- 
blishes the  fact  that  some  miles  above  the  Dead  Sea 
the  great  valley  of  the  Ghor  sinks  by  a  sudden 
"  break  down  in  the  bed  of  the  Jordan."  Dr.  Robin- 
son has  fully  established  the  fact  of  a  similar  "  break 
down"  in  the  watercourses  south  of  the  Dead  Sea 
at  the  pass  of  Akrabbim.  From  these  indications 
there  can  be  scarce  a  doubt  that  this  whole  section 
of  the  Ghor  has  sunk  from  some  extraordinary  con- 
vulsion of  nature  subsequent  to  that  which  rent  the 
earth  and  formed  the  vast  crevasse  of  the  Akabah, 
the  Arabah,  and  the  Ghor,  already  described.  May 
not  then  the  northern  section  of  the  Dead  Sea  have 
been  previous  to  this  convulsion  an  expansion  of  the 
Jordan  similar  to  the  Sea  of  Tiberias  ?  Or  rather 
do  not  the  "two  submerged  plains"  which  form  the 
bed  of  this  sea  indicate  tico  successive  convulsions, 
which  have  given  this  sea  those  extraordinary  fea- 
tures, the  last  of  which  resulted  in  the  overthrow  of 
the  devoted  cities  of  Sodom  and  Gomorrah  ? 

FACE  OP  THE  COUNTRY  EAST  OF  THE  CENTRAL 
CHAIN. 

For  some  miles  below  the  Sea  of  Galilee  the  soil 
is  fertile,  and  capable  of  supporting  a  dense  popula- 
tion.    At  the  time  of  Lynch' s  survey  it  was  covered 
with  a  rich  gi-owth  of  grass  and  wild  flowers.     The 
[B.C.  1546— 450=1096.] 


77 


THE  PEKIOD  OF  THE  THEOCKACY. 


78 


cheerful  day  was  redolent  with  their  fragrance,  and 
vocal  with  the  song  of  birds.  The  distant  heights 
of  ancient  Bashan  on  the  east,  and  of  Galilee  on  the 
west,  Hermon,  Gilboa,  and  Tabor,  were  overspread 
with  verdure. 

Lower  down,  at  some  distance  above  the  Dead 
Sea,  the  landscape  changes  to  that  of  a  stern  and 
gloomy  desert,  of  which  our  author  has  given  a  de- 
scription : — 

"  Although  the  day  was  some  hours  past  its  meri- 
dian, the  weather  was  exceedingly  sultry,  and  the 
eye  ached  from  the  reverberated  glare  of  fight  it  had 
encountered  since  morning. 

"  There  was  something  in  this  solitude — in  these 
spots,  forsaken  and  alone  in  their  hopeless  sterility 
and  weird  silence — that  begat  reflection,  even  in  the 
most  thoughtless.  In  all  this  dreary  waste  there 
was  no  sound ;  for  every  living  thing  had  retired, 
exhausted,  from  the  withering  heat  and  blinding 
glare.  Silence,  the  fit  companion  of  desolation,  was 
profound.  The  song  of  a  bird,  the  chirrup  of  a 
grasshopper,  the  drone  of  a  fly,  would  have  been  out 
of  harmony.  The  wind,  without  which  even  soli- 
tude is  incomplete,  sounded  mournfully  as  it  went 
sweeping  over  the  barren  plain,  and  sighed,  even  in 
the  broad  and  garish  day,  like  the  blast  of  autumn 
among  the  marshy  sedge,  where  the  cold  toad  croaks, 
and  the  withered  leaf  is  spotted  like  a  leprosy.  The 
chaiacter  of  the  whole  scene  of  this  dreary  waste 
was  singularly  wild  and  impressive." 

EASTERN   DESERT. 

Between  the  central  ridge  and  the  valley  of  the 
Jordan,  there  is  a  cheerless  desert,  from  fifteen  to 
twenty  miles  in  width,  and  one  hundred  miles  in 
length.  This  vast  desert  is  composed  of  naked  lime- 
stone hills,  separated  from  each  other  by  deep,  wind- 
ing valleys,  and  narrow  gullies  covered  with  gravel, 
and  rounded,  water-worn  stones. 

The  southern  portion  especially  of  this  waste,  howl- 
ing wilderness,  is  rent  and  torn  in  every  direction 
by  jagged,  perpendicular  ravines,  which  open  to  the 
traveller  frightful  gorges  along  the  eastern  border 
of  the  desert,  bounded  by  high,  precipitous  walls,  as 
the  gloomy  gateway  leading  into  the  wild  and  deso- 
late scenery  within. 

"  With  the  exception  of  a  few  olives  and  pome- 
granates around  Jericho,  a  small  village  in  the  Jor- 
dan valley,  and  a  few  patches  of  green  grass  and 
shrubs  scattered  here  and  there  throughout  the  track 
and  along  the  western  shore  of  the  Dead  Sea,  there 
is  scarcely  a  tree  or  shrub  or  hiade  of  grass  in  all 
this  district.  It  would  seem  as  though  the  curse 
[A.  M.  2556+450=3006.] 


which  overwhelmed  the  Cities  of  the  Plain  was  still 
burning  over  its  arid  and  scathed  surface." 

PLAIN   OF   THE   COAST. 

From  Mount  Carmel  to  the  southern  extremity 
of  Palestine,  a  distance  of  100  miles,  there  is  a  con- 
tinuous plain  between  the  coast  and  the  mountains. 
This  plain,  at  first  narrow  and  sandy,  becomes  wider 
and  more  fertile  as  it  proceeds  south. 

In  some  places  this  tract  is  interrupted  by  pro- 
montories and  rising  ground  running  off'  from  the 
mountains,  but  generally  the  whole  coast  of  Pales- 
tine may  be  described  as  an  extensive  plain  of  va- 
rious breadth.  Sometimes  it  expands  to  consider- 
able width,  at  others  it  contracts  into  narrow  valleys. 

On  the  south  it  spreads  out  into  a  broad  plain, 
comprising  the  whole  land  of  the  Philistines  and 
the  western  portion  of  Judea.  This  section  of  coun- 
try was  sometimes  called  The  Plain,  in  distinction 
from  the  hill  country  of  Judea. 

The  soil,  with  some  exceptions,  particularly  in  the 
northern  part  of  the  plain,  is  exceedingly  fertile; 
and  in  the  season  of  vegetation  is  overspread  with 
the  richest  verdure.  This  is  particularly  true  of 
the  plain  of  Saron,  or  Sharon,  between  Cassarea  and 
Joppa. 

This  charming  valley,  so  celebrated  in  the  songs 
of  the  poets  and  prophets  of  Judah,  now  lies  neg- 
lected, save  that  its  verdant  knolls  are  occasionally 
interspersed  with  a  few  small  Arab  houses,  built  of 
stone. 

The  climate  all  along  the  coast,  compared  with 
the  more  elevated  parts  of  the  country,  is  rather  un- 
healthy, and  very  warm. 

CLIMATE  AND   SEASONS. 

There  are  but  two  seasons  in  Palestine — the  rainy 
and  the  dry.  The  rainy  season  begins  in  October 
with  occasional  showers  and  intervals  of  fair  weather. 
The  cold  attains  its  greatest  height  in  December  and 
January.  Snow  often  falls  in  the  winter  months, 
but  the  ground  is  not  frozen,  and  the  snow  continues 
but  a  day  or  two.  In  February  and  March  the 
weather  is  often  very  fine,  but  rain  continues  to  fall 
in  March,  so  that  the  rainy  season  continues  from 
October  to  March.  The  first  rains  in  October  and 
the  last  in  March  are  the  "  former  and  the  latter 
rains"  of  Scripture,  on  which  the  productiveness  of 
the  year  so  much  depends.  Deut.  xi.  14 ;  Jer.  iii.  3, 
V.  24 ;  James  v.  7. 

During  the  months  of  April  and  May  the  sky  is 
generally  serene,  the  air  soft  and  balmy,  and  the 
[B.C.  1546— 450=1096.] 


79 


TEXT  BOOK  AND  ATLAS  OF   BIBLICAL  GEOGBAPIIY. 


80 


whole  surface  of  the  soil  covered  with  a  luxuriant  ' 
verdure.     "  The  winter  is  past,  the  rain  is  over  and 
gone.     The  flowers  appear  on  the  earth,  the  time  of 
the  singing  of  birds  is  come,  and  the  voice  of  the 
turtle  is  heard  in  the  land." 

During  the  months  of  summer  not  a  particle  of 
rain  falls,  and  under  a  scorching  sun  the  verdure  of 
the  fields  withers  and  dies. 

The  harvest  begins  in  May,  and  in  the  valley 
of  the  Jordan  even  earlier,  and  the  harvest  of  wheat 
soon  follows.  Early  grapes  are  obtained  in  July, 
and  the  vintage  is  ended  in  September.  In  the  val- 
ley of  the  Jordan  the  heat  becomes  exceedingly  op- 
pressive, and  the  harvest  is  hastened  in  an  equal 
degree.  About  Tiberias,  on  the  Sea  of  Galilee,  the 
inhabitants  make  a  profitable  use  of  this  peculiarity 
of  their  climate,  by  supplying  the  market  at  Da- 
mascus with  vegetables  and  melons  greatly  in  ad- 
vance of  their  season. 

The  soil  of  Palestine,  even  now,  after  the  waste 
and  exhaustion  of  4000  years,  is  of  surprising  fer- 
tility. Dr.  Robinson  in  his  late  tour  found  the  hill 
country  of  Galilee  yielding  crops  which  indicate  a 
productiveness  equal  to  all  that  Josephus  has  said 
of  it.  The  industrial  settlement  lately  and  success- 
fully begun  near  the  pools  of  Solomon,  south  of 
Bethlehem,  report  that  they  raise  two  crops  in  a 
year.  Their  grapes  almost  rival  the  clusters  of 
Eshcol,  a  single  vine  having  "  100  bunches  of  grapes, 
each  3  feet  long,  and  each  grape  3  J  inches  in  cir- 
cumference." They  have  Indian  corn  11  feet  high, 
watermelons  of  20,  30,  40  pounds  weight,  and  bean- 
pods  13  inches  long,  and  6  on  each  stem.  Their 
quince-trees  yield  400  quinces  each,  which  are  larger 
than  the  largest  apples  of  New  England ;  and  a  sin- 
gle citron-tree  yields  510  pounds  of  fruit. 

INHABITANTS   OP   CANAAN. 

Palestine  was  originally  settled  by  Canaan,  a  son 
of  Ham,  Gen.  ix.  22,  and  by  his  posterity.  Gen.  x. 
15-19.  At  the  time  of  the  patriarchs  it  was  only 
occupied  by  a  few  nomadic  families,  the  most  of 
whom  had  no  fixed  abode,  no  permanent  possessions. 
The  whole  land  was  open  to  Lot  and  Abraham  to 
settle  where  they  chose.  Only  the  Canaanite  and 
the  Perizzite  then  dwelt  in  the  land.  Gen.  xiii.  7,  9 ; 
and  200  years  later,  Jacob,  with  equal  freedom  from 
molestation,  ranged  with  his  flocks  at  large  over  the 
land.  Shechem  was  inhabited  by  one  of  the  same 
name  then  living.  Gen.  xxxiv.  2.  Hebron,  perhaps 
the  oldest  of  the  cities  of  Canaan,  had  only  been 
settled  a  short  time  at  the  death  of  Sarah.  Num. 
xiii.  22.  Abraham,  with  318  men,  made  the  con- 
[A.M.  2550-1-450=3000.] 


quest  of  Chedorlaomer,  who  had  pillaged  the  land, 
and  was  returning  laden  with  spoils. 


THE   HITTITES. 

These,  who  dwelt  at  Hebron,  were  originally  the 
most  powerful  of  the  Canaanitish  tribes,  as  appears 
from  the  passages  where  they  are  mentioned.  Abra- 
ham treats  them  with  profound  respect.  Gen.  xxiii. 
Esau  forms  a  connection  with  them.  Gen.  xxvi.  34. 
The  possession  of  the  whole  land  even  is  assigned  to 
them.  Josh.  i.  4.  At  the  time  of  the  invasion  by 
Joshua  they  have  lost  their  importance.  Uriah,  in 
David's  army,  appears  as  a  remnant  of  this  people, 
2  Sam.  xi.  3,  xxiii.  39,  who  are  reduced,  with  the 
remnants  of  other  tribes,  to  bond-service  by  Solo- 
mon. 1  Kings  ix.  20.  After  this  they  appear  to 
have  passed  over  to  Cyprus,  the  land  of  the  Chittim, 
Isa.  xxiii.  1 — the  isles  of  Chittim.  Ezek.  xxvii.  6. 


THE  HIVITES  AND  PERIZZITES. 

These  were  inhabitants  of  the  mountains  of  Lebar 
non.  Josh.  ix.  1,  xi.  3  j  Judg.  iii.  3.  Some  of  this 
tribe  found  a  settlement  farther  south,  in  Shechem 
and  in  Gihon.  Gen.  xxxiii.  19,  xxxiv.  2  j  Josh.  ix. 
3,  7,  15.  near  the  Perizzites  Josh  xi.  3,  xvii.  15. 

THE   AMORITES. 

This  tribe  came  up  originally  from  the  desert. 
Gen.  xiv.  7,  13 ;  Judg.  i.  35,  36.  In  the  age  of  the 
patriarchs  they  were  an  inconsiderable  people,  but 
little  known;  but  in  the  time  of  the  Exode  they 
had  become  a  powerful  tribe.  Their  possessions  ex- 
tended west  of  the  Dead  Sea  and  Lower  Jordan,  over 
a  great  part  of  Judea.  Josh.  x.  1-14.  So  prevalent 
were  they  over  other  tribes  as  sometimes  to  repre- 
sent the  Canaauites  generally.  Josh.  x.  5,  12.  East 
of  Jordan  they  had  dispossessed  the  Ammonites, 
and  driven  back  the  Moabites,  so  as  to  become 
masters  of  the  whole  country  from  the  river  Ar- 
non  to  Bashan  and  Gilead,  and  the  most  deter- 
mined and  formidable  foes  of  the  Israelites.  Num. 
xxxii.  33,  xxi.  13,  34 ;  Judg.  xi.  22 ;  Num.  xxi.  33  j 
Josh.  xii.  5  ;  Deut.  iii.  5-10. 

THE   GIRGASIIITES. 

These  are  mentioned  in  such  connection  as  to  in- 
dicate that  they  were  an  inconsiderable  tribe.  Gen. 
X.  16 ;  Josh.  XV.  21.  Their  place  of  residence  is  not 
distinctly  defined.  It  is  conjectured  that  they  were 
from  the  east  of  Jordan,  and  that  the  Gergesenes, 
Matt.  viii.  28,  were  a  remnant  of  them. 
[B.  C.  1546—450=1090.] 


81 


THE   PERIOD  OF  THE   THEOCRACY. 


82 


THE   JEBUSITES. 

They  were  a  warlike  family  of  tlie  Amorites,  wlio 
inhabited  Jebus,  Salem,  which  subsequently  took 
the  name  of  Jerusalem.  They  successfully  resisted 
the  Israelites,  Josh.  xv.  63,  and  retained  their  strong- 
hold until  dispossessed  by  David,  who  made  their 
city  the  capital  of  his  empire.  Josh,  xviii.  28 }  comp. 
X.  1  and  5 ;  Num.  xiii.  29 ;  Josh.  ix.  1,  xv.  8 ;  Judg. 
i.  8 ;  2  Sam.  v.  6,  7.  Solomon  reduced  them,  with 
other  tribes,  to  bond-service. 

THE   PHILISTINES. 

These  fast  and  formidable  foes  of  the  Hebrews 
were  foreign  immigrants  from  Caphtor,  Deut.  ii.  23 ; 
Jer.  xlvii.  4;  Amos  ix.  7,  supposed  to  be  Crete, 
but  originally  descended  from  Mizraim,  the  son  of 
Ham.  Gren.  x,  14.  In  all  their  history  they  show 
themselves  a  brave,  warlike  people,  in  advance  of 
their  neighbours  in  cultivation,  and  the  most  formid- 
able and  determined  enemies  of  the  Jews. 

At  the  time  of  the  Exode  they  had  become  too 
powerful  for  the  Israelites  to  encounter,  Ex.  xiii. 
17,  though  quite  inconsiderable  in  the  age  of  the 
patriarchs.  Joshua  was  careful  not  to  engage  in 
hostilities  with  them.  But  the  judges  were  in 
frequent  conflict  with  them.  "  There  was  sore  war 
with  the  Philistines  all  the  days  of  Saul."  1  Sam. 
xiv.  52.  David  was  in  continual  conflict  with  them; 
and,  through  all  the  Jewish  history  the  Philistines, 
in  instances  innumerable,  appear  as  the  antagonists 
of  the  Jews  down  to  their  dispersion,  when  they 
in  turn  yielded  to  the  conquering  arms  of  the  Ko- 
mans,  and  were  merged  and  lost  in  the  empire  of 
the  Romans.  Joshua  indeed  included  their  land 
in  the  distribution  to  the  tribes,  but  they  never 
gained  possession  of  this  portion  of  their  inherit- 
ance. Josh.  XV.  45,  xix.  43. 

DEATH  OF   MOSES. 

Such  were  the  people  whom  the  Israelites  were  to 
dispossess,  and  such  the  promised  land  which  they 
were  to  inherit.  They  had  already  lingered  four  or 
five  months  on  the  plains  of  Moab,  over  against 
Jericho,  in  full  view  of  their  future  inheritance. 
During  this  time  they  had  subdued  their  enemies 
before  them,  Moses  had  written  the  book  of  Deutero- 
nomy, recapitulating  the  blessings  and  the  curses  of 
their  law,  and  recording  his  final  exhortations  and 
entreaties  in  the  full  consciousness  that  his  eventful 
life  was  advancing  to  a  close.  His  last  military  act 
was  to  wage,  by  God's  command,  an  exterminating 
[A.  M.  2556+450=3006.] 


war  against  the  Midianites  for  their  agency  in  en- 
ticing the  Israelites  into  a  sin  which  caused  24,000 
of  them  to  perish  by  a  plague.  Num.  xiv.  In  the 
dreadful  carnage  of  this  expedition,  Balaam,  the 
apostate  prophet,  was  slain. 

The  last  office  of  the  leader  of  Israel  toward  his  peo- 
ple was  to  indite  that  incomparable  song,  Deut.  xxxii. 
xxxiii.,  in  which  he  pronounces  blessings  on  each  of 
the  tribes  in  order,  and  concludes  with  the  tri- 
umphant exclamation,  "  There  is  none  like  unto  the 
God  of  Jeshurun.  Happy  art  thou,  0  Israel !  Who 
is  like  thee,  0  people  saved  of  the  Lord !" 

Nothing  was  more  natural  than  that  Moses  should 
earnestly  desire  to  go  over  and  see  that  good  land 
which  had  so  long  engaged  his  contemplations — the 
land  of  promise  and  of  invitation — toward  which  he 
had  been  sending  forward  his  ardent  aspirations 
during  the  forty  years  of  his  dreary  pilgrimage  in 
the  wilderness.  "  I  pray  thee  let  me  go  over  and 
see  that  goodly  land  that  is  beyond  Jordan,  that 
goodly  mountain  and  Lebanon."  With  profound 
submission  he  yields  this  cherished  desire  of  his 
heart.  Forgetful  of  himself,  he  prays  for  a  fit  suc- 
cessor to  guide  his  people.  "  Let  the  Lord,  the  God 
of  the  spirits  of  all  flesh,  set  a  man  over  the  congrega- 
tion, which  may  go  out  before  them,  and  which  may 
go  in  before  them,  and  which  may  lead  them  out,  and 
which  may  bring  them  in ;  that  the  congregation  be 
not  as  sheep  having  no  shepherd."  Having  finished 
his  exhortations  and  his  prayers,  the  selfsame  day 
he  goes,  at  the  command  of  God,  up  into  the  mount 
and  dies  in  the  presence  only  of  God,  in  whom  he 
trusted,  and  is  buried  in  an  unknown  grave.  ^'  No 
man  knoweth  of  his  sepulchre  unto  this  day." 

There  is  some  diflSculty  in  harmonizing  the  seve- 
ral passages  in  which  the  names  of  Abarim,  Pisgah, 
and  Nebo  occur.  Num.  xxi.  11-13 ;  Deut.  xxxii.  49, 
xxxiv.  1 ;  Num.  xxxiii.  44-47,  xxiii.  14-24.  Aba- 
rim is  supposed  to  be  the  chain  of  mountains  run- 
ning north  and  south,  east  of  the  Dead  Sea ;  Pisgah 
is  some  height  in  the  northern  part  of  this  chain  j 
and  Nebo,  the  summit  of  Pisgah. 

Travellers,  however,  have  not  noticed  any  remark- 
able mountain  height  east  of  Jericho,  but  a  line  of 
mountain  ridge,  without  remarkable  peaks  or  sum- 
mits. This  mountain  ridge,  as  seen  in  the  distance, 
presents  the  appearance  of  a  horizontal  line,  drawn 
by  a  trembling  hand  along  the  eastern  sky.  The 
heights  of  Pisgah  and  Nebo  will  probably  never  be 
identified. 

PASSAGE   OP  THE  JORDAN. 

Upon  the  death  of  Moses,  Joshua,  by  divine  com- 
mand, becomes  the  leader  of  Israel,  and  immediately 
[B.C.  1546—450=1096.] 


83 


TEXT  BOOK  AND  ATLAS  OF  BIBLICAL  GEOGRAPHY. 


84 


prepares  to  conduct  them  over  Jordan  into  their  in- 
heritance. ■ 

The  passage  of  the  Jordan  from  Shittim,  the  last 
place  of  encampment,  opposite  Jericho,  east  of  the 
river,  occurred  in  April,  A.  M.  1546  B.  C,  at  ihe 
season  of  the  year  when  the  river  discharges  its 
laro'est  volume  of  water  into  the  Dead  Sea.  Its 
usual  width  may  be  100  feet,  and  its  depth  8  or  10. 
Lieut,  Lynch,  April  18th,  found  the  river  120  feet 
wide  and  12  deep,  then  "in  the  latter  stage  of  a 
freshet."  At  the  passage  of  the  Israelites  it  is  sup- 
posed to  have  been  1200  feet  in  width.  The  waters 
stood  up  in  a  heap,  and  set  back  to  Zaretan  and 
Adam,  near  Beth-shean,  35  or  40  miles  distant. 

The  Israelites  encamped  at  Gilgal,  on  the  plains 
of  Jericho,  here  5  or  6  miles  wide,  on  the  opposite 
shores,  to  renew  the  neglected  rite  of  circumcision. 
Here  they  ate  of  the  old  com  of  the  land,  and  the 
manna  ceased.  Josh.  v. 


GILGAL. 

The  site  of  Gilgal  is  entirely  obliterated,  but  it 
was  east  of  Jericho.  Josh.  iv.  19.  Memorable  for 
the  pillar  of  twelve  stones  from  the  Jordan,  Josh.  iv. 
20 ;  for  the  presence  of  the  ark  of  the  covenant  before 
its  removal  to  Shiloh,  Josh,  xviii.  1-11,  comp.  v., 
vi.;  for  Samuel's  yearly  courts,  ISam.  vii.  16;  for 
the  offering  and  sacrilege  of  Saul,  1  Sam.  xiii.  9 ; 
for  the  death  of  Agag,  1  Sam.  xv.  32, 33  ;  and  the 
visits  of  David,  2  Sam.  xix.  15,  40 ;  of  Elijah  and 
Elisha,  2  Kings  ii.  1,  iv.  38-41 ;  prophetic  denun- 
ciations.  Hos.  iv.  15,  ix.  15,  xii.  11  j  Amos  iv.  4,  5. 

There  was  another  Gilgal  in  Samaria,  south-west 
from  Shechem.  Josh.  xii.  23. 


JERICHO. 

This,  known  as  the  City  of  the  Palm-trees,  was 
the  first  of  the  conquests  of  the  Israelites,  Josh,  vi., 
is  now  represented  by  a  miserable  hamlet,  Kiha,  of 
100  or  200  inhabitants,  six  miles  west  from  the  Jor- 
dan. The  original  site  is  supposed  to  be  two  miles 
west  from  this  hamlet,  on  the  road  to  Jerusalem, 
where  are  found  some  ruins.  Two  miles  north- 
west from  Riha  is  the  copious  fountain  of  Elisha. 
Whether  permanently  healed  by  Elisha  or  not, 
2  Kings  ii.  21,  the  water  is  now  sweet  and  salu- 
brious. The  heat  in  summer  is  intense,  and  the 
region  unhealthy. 

Devoted  to  destruction,  the  curse  of  Joshua,  vi. 

26,  was  executed  upon  Hiel  520  years  afterward. 

I  Kings  xvi.  34.     The  messengers  of  David,  after 

the  insult  of  Hanun,  tarried  here  100  years  before; — 

[A.  M.  2556-1-460=3006.] 


the  royal  residence  of  Herod  the  Great,  who  died 
here,  it  was  several  times  visited  by  our  Lord.     On 
one  occasion  he  was  entertained  by  Zaccheus,  wher 
he   healed   the   two  blind  men.    Matt.  xx.  29-30 
Luke  xix.  1-10. 

CAPTURE   OF  AI. 

This  exploit,  accomplished  by  stratagem,  soon 
followed.  Josh.  viii.  1-30.  The  site  has  been  iden- 
tified by  Dr.  Robinson,  twelve  miles  north-west  from 
Jericho,  ten  north-east  from  Jerusalem,  three  south- 
east from  Bethel.  It  was  still  a  city  in  the  time  of 
the  Syrian  invasion,  Isa.  x.  28,  and  resettled  after 
the  captivity.  Ezra  ii.  28 ;  Neh.  vii.  32. 

The  valley  of  Achor,  the  scene  of  Achan's  tres- 
pass, was  a  short  distance  north  of  Jericho. 

At  Shechem,  twenty-five  miles  north  from  Ai,  the 
children  of  Israel  with  gi-eat  solemnity  renew  their 
covenant,  and  avouch  the  Lord  Jehovah  to  be  their 
God,  and  his  law,  with  its  blessings  and  its  curses, 
to  be  the  rule  of  their  life,  Josh.  viii.  30-35,  as  di- 
rected in  Deut.  xxvii.  Ebal  and  Gerizim,  on  which 
the  tribes  stood,  rise  800  feet  above  the  valley  be- 
tween them,  which  may  be  one-third  of  a  mile  in 
width  and  two  or  three  in  length. 

The  stratagem  of  the  Gibeonites  is  the  next  his- 
torical event  in  the  order  of  the  narrative.  Josh.  ix. 
"  A  great  city  as  one  of  the  royal  cities,"  it  was  situ- 
ated on  a  high  eminence,  six  miles  north  of  Jeru- 
salem. Beeroth,  four  miles  north,  Kirjath-jearim, 
an  equal  distance  south-west,  and  the  unknown 
town,  Cephirah,  were  under  its  jurisdiction. 

THE    SOUTHERN   CONQUEST. 

In  defence  of  the  Gibeonites  against  the  five  con- 
federate kings  of  the  south,  Joshua  was  drawn  into 
the  great  battle  when  the  "sun  stood  still  on  Gi- 
beon."  Josh.  x.  12.  The  "pool  of  Gibeon,"  2  Sam. 
ii.  13,  and  the  "  great  waters  of  Gibeon,"  Jer.  xii. 
12,  are  recognised  in  a  large  fountain  below  the 
heights  of  Gibeon.  Gibeon  became  a  Levitical  city 
of  Benjamin.  Josh,  xviii.  25,  xxi.  17.  The  histori- 
cal incidents  connected  with  the  place  are  the  defeat 
of  Abner  and  death  of  Asahel,  2  Sam.  ii.  18-32 — the 
assassination  of  Amasa,  2  Sam.  xx.  8-12 — the  rest- 
ing-place of  the  tabernacle  for  many  years,  the  ark 
being  at  Jerusalem,  1  Chron.  xvi.  39,  xvi.  39,  xxi. 
29 ;  2  Chron.  i.  3,  4 — the  offerings  and  the  prayer  of 
Solomon.  1  Kings  iii.  5-15 ;  2  Chron.  i.  3, 13. 

The  confederate  army,  in  their  retreat,  passed  by 
Beth-horon,  four  miles  west  by  north  from  Gibeon. 
Upper  Beth-horon  was  on  a  high  tongue  of  land  be- 
tween the  valleys  that  run  off  from  Gibeon  and  Bgc- 
[B.  0.1546-450=^1096.] 


85 


THE  PERIOD  OP  THE  THEOCRACY. 


8G 


roth,  and  uniting  below  this  town,  form  the  valley 
of  Ajalon.  To  Joshua,  standing  on  this  eminence, 
the  sun  in  the  early  part  of  the  day  might  have  ap- 
peared over  Gibcon,  and  the  moon,  near  the  western 
horizon,  might  have  hung  over  Ajalon,  as  he  called 
unto  them  to  stay  themselves  in  their  course.  In 
their  transit  by  this  place  the  retreating  army  were 
smitten  with  hailstones.  Josh.  x.  10-15. 

Makkedah,  the  place  of  the  concealment  of  the 
five  kings,  is  unknown.  Winer  infers  from  Joshua 
X.  29,  31,  that  it  must  have  been  north  of  Libnah ; 
and  from  Josh.  x.  10,  that  it  was  south  from  Aze- 
kah.  Eusebius  places  it  eight  miles  east  from 
Eleutheropolis.  Josh.  x.  15-28.  It  was  near  Socoh. 
Keil  supposes  it  to  have  been  a  little  east  or  north- 
east of  it.  Josh.  XV.  35;  1  Sam.  xvii.  1.  These 
places  must  have  been  on  the  plains  south-west  from 
Jerusalem,  but  their  sites  are  unknown. 

Jarmuth,  the  residence  of  one  of  the  captured 
kings,  is  placed  by  Dr.  Robinson  about  twelve  miles 
south-west  from  Jerusalem. 

Eglon  is  represented  by  ruins  overspreading  an 
eminence  on  the  plains  of  Judah,  on  the  borders  of 
the  Philistines,  nearly  west  twenty-five  miles  from 
Hebron,  and  south-west  from  Jerusalem,  on  the  way 
to  G-aza. 

LACHISH. 

This  fenced  city  of  Judah,  which  resisted  for  a 
time  the  army  of  Nebuchadnezzar,  Jer.  xxxiv.  7, 
where  Sennacherib  stationed  his  army  under  Rab- 
shakeh  to  advance  toward  Jerusalem,  2  Kings  xviii. 
14,  17,  and  Amaziah  was  slain,  2  Kings  xiv.  19 ; 
2  Chron.  xxv.  27,  is  supposed  to  be  identified  by  the 
ruins  of  Um  Lakis,  two  miles  west  of  Eglon.  To 
this  conjecture,  however.  Dr.  Robinson  objects. 

Mr.  Layard  has  discovered  in  one  of  the  cham- 
bers of  the  palace  of  Sennacherib,  at  Nineveh,  an 
actual  picture  of  the  siege  and  capture  of  Lachish 
by  Rabshakeh,  when  he  went  to  demand  tribute  of 
Ilezekiah.  2  Kings  xviii.  14;  Isa.  xxxvi.  2;  2  Kings 
xix.  8 ;  Isa.  xxxvii.  8.  As  one  of  the  most  interest- 
ing and  satisfactory  discoveries  which  he  has  made, 
and  wonderfully  illustrative  of  Scripture  history  and 
of  ancient  warfare,  his  own  account  of  this  discovery 
is  transferred  to  these  pages.  The  whole  scene  is 
portrayed  with  great  spirit  in  bas-reliefs  on  the  slabs 
which  form  the  ornamented  walls  of  the  room. 

"  These  bas-reliefs  represent  the  siege  and  capture 
of  a  city  evidently  of  great  extent  and  importance. 
It  appears  to  have  been  defended  by  double  walls, 
with  battlements  and  towers,  and  by  fortified  out- 
works. The  country  around  it  was  hilly  and  wooded, 
producing  the  fig  and  the  vine.  The  whole  power 
[A.  M.  2550+450=3006.] 


of  the  great  king  seems  to  have  been  called  forth  to 
take  this  stronghold.  In  no  other  sculpture  were  so 
many  warriors  seen  drawn  up  in  array  before  a  be- 
sieged city.  In  the  first  rank  were  the  kneeling 
archers ;  those  in  the  second  were  leaning  forward, 
while  those  in  the  third  discharged  their  arrows 
standing  upright,  and  were  mingled  with  spearmen 
and  slingers,  the  whole  forming  an  organized  and 
compact  phalanx.  The  reserve  consisted  of  a  large 
party  of  horsemen  and  charioteers.  Against  the 
fortifications  had  been  thrown  up  as  many  as  ten 
banks  or  mounds,  compactly  built  of  stones,  bricks, 
earth,  and  branches  of  trees;  and  even  battering- 
rams  had  already  been  rolled  up  to  the  walls.  The 
be.sieged  defended  themselves  with  great  determina- 
tion. Spearmen,  archers,  and  slingers  thronged  the 
battlements  and  towers,  showering  arrows,  javelins, 
stones,  and  blazing  torches  upon  the  assailants.  On 
the  battering-rams  were  bowmen  discharging  their 
arrows,  and  men  with  ladles  pouring  water  on  the 
flaming  brands  which,  hurled  from  above,  threatened 
to  destroy  the  engines.  Ladders,  probably  used  for 
escalade,  were  falling  from  the  walls  upon  the  sol- 
diers who  mounted  the  inclined  ways  to  the  assault. 
Part  of  the  city  had,  however,  been  taken.  Beneath 
its  walls  were  seen  Assyrian  warriors  impaling  their 
prisoners;  and  from  the  gateway  of  an  advanced 
tower  or  fort  issued  a  procession  of  captives  reach- 
ing to  the  presence  of  the  king,  who,  gorgeously  ar- 
rayed, received  them  seated  on  his  throne.  Among 
the  furniture  were  arms,  shields,  chariots,  vases  of 
metals  of  various  forms,  camels,  carts  drawn  by 
oxen  and  laden  with  women  and  children,  and  many 
objects,  the  nature  of  which  cannot  be  determined." 

The  following  paragraph  is  inserted  to  illustrate 
the  Jewish  costume  in  that  remote  age  : — 

"  The  vanquished  people  were  distinguished  from 
the  conquerors  by  their  dress :  those  that  defended 
the  battlements  wore  a  pointed  helmet,  differing 
from  that  of  the  Assyrian  warriors  in  having  a 
fringed  lappet  falling  over  the  ears.  Some  of  the 
captives  had  a  kind  of  turban,  not  unlike  that  worn 
by  the  modern  Arabs  of  the  Hedjaz.  Othei-s  had 
no  head-dress,  and  short  hair  and  beards.  Their 
garments  consisted  either  of  a  robe  reaching  to  the 
ankles,  or  of  a  tunic  scarcely  falling  lower  than  the 
thigh,  and  confined  at  the  waist  by  a  girdle.  The 
latter  appeared  to  be  the  dress  of  the  fighting  men. 
The  women  wore  long  skirts,  with  an  outer  cloak, 
thrown,  like  the  vail  of  modern  Eastern  ladies,  over 
the  back  of  the  head,  and  falling  to  the  feet." 

Some  of  the  prisoners  were  in  the  hands  of  the 
torturers.  Two  were  stretched  on  the  ground  to  be 
flayed  alive :  others  were  being  slain  by  the  sword 
[B.  C.  1546—450=1096.] 


87 


TEXT  BOOK  AND  ATLAS  OF  BIBLICAL  GEOGRAPHY. 


88 


before  the  throne  of  the  king.  .  .  .  Above  the  king 
was  the  following  inscription,  written  in  arrow- 
headed   characters: — Sennacherib,  the   mighty 

KING  OP  THE  COUNTRY  OF  ASSYRIA,  SITTING  IN 
THE  THRONE  OP  JUDGMENT  BEPORE  THE  CITY  OP 
LaCHISH,  I  GIVE  PERMISSION  POR  ITS  SLAUGHTER. 

Debir,  one  of  the  confederate  cities,  Josh.  x.  3, 
38,  39,  is  quite  unknown. 

Joshua,  in  the  course  of  a  few  months,  swept  his 
conquests  over  the  whole  of  the  south  of  Canaan, 
afterward  known  as  Judea,  from  Kadesh  Barnea  to 
Gaza,  and  extending  as  far  north  in  this  country  as 
to  Jerusalem,  which  is  here  called  Goshen,  Josh.  x. 
41,  xi.  16 ;  and  having  completely  subjugated  the 
land,  returned  to  the  encampment  of  his  people  at 
Gilgal.  The  other  towns  included  in  these  con- 
quests enumerated  by  Joshua,  chap,  xii.,  are,  for 
the  most  part,  unknown  in  history. 

•   CONQUEST   OF   THE   NORTH  OF   CANAAN. 

Alarmed  by  these  conquests  at  the  south,  the 
northern  natives  of  Canaan  entered  into  a  more  ex- 
tensive and  formidable  confederacy  for  theix  mutual 
defence  against  these  invaders. 

The  head  of  this  confederacy  was  Jabin,  king  of 
Hazor,  near  the  Waters  of  Merom,  (the  Lake  Hu- 
leh,)  in  the  northern  part  of  Galilee ;  assisted  by 
the  people  of  Dor,  on  the  Mediterranean,  between 
Csesarea  and  Mount  Carmel,  and  by  the  people  of 
Cinneroth,  on  the  western  shore  of  the  Sea  of  Tibe- 
rias. The  other  smaller  tribes  who  inhabited  the 
whole  extent  between  the  Mediterranean  and  the 
valley  of  the  Jordan,  from  the  mountains  of  Leba- 
non on  the  north,  to  the  parallel  of  Jerusalem  on 
the  south,  joined  in  this  confederacy. 

Joshua,  by  divine  command,  proceeded  up  the 
valley  of  the  Jordan,  and  along  the  western  shore  of 
the  Sea  of  Tiberias,  to  give  them  battle  before  their 
own  camp,  by  the  Waters  of  Merom. 

Over  this  allied  army  Joshua  gained  a  complete 
victory,  and  pursued  the  routed  fugitives  north-west 
to  "great  Zidon."  Another  company  of  the  confede- 
rates he  pursued  north  by  east  along  the  lake  and 
marsh  of  Huleh,  where  they  would  find  two  places  of 
retreat :  one  up  toward  Hasbeiya,  between  Lebanon 
and  Anti-Lebanon;  the  other,  eastward  by  Banias 
toward  Damascus,  The  plain  north  and  east  of  Hu- 
leh is  "  the  valley  of  Mizpeh  eastward."  Josh.  xi.  8. 

Mizrephoth-maim  must  have  been  in  this  region, 
but  is  totally  lost. 

HAZOR. 

This  ancient  and  powerful  city  Professor  Kitter 
[A.  M.  2556+450=3006.] 


recognises  in  the  ruins  of  Hazuri,  on  the  southern 
declivity  of  the  Hermon  of  the  Scriptures,  the  loftiest 
summit  of  the  eastern  range  of  Lebanon.  These 
ruins  are  found  occupying  a  commanding  position 
above  Banias,  Caesarea  Philippi,  north-east  from  the 
city.  Hazor  must  have  been  a  city  of  great  strength 
and  vast  resources  for  that  age.  It  "beforetime 
was  the  head  of  all  those  kingdoms."  Josh.xi.10-13. 
Though  burned  and  destroyed,  it  acquired  power 
sufficient,  200  years  later,  to  reduce  the  Israelites  to 
servitude,  and  to  furnish  an  incredible  number  of 
chariots  of  iron  in  the  campaign  against  Barak  and 
Deborah.  Judg.  iv.  13.  Solomon  fortified  it  as  a 
strong  outpost  of  his  kingdom.  1  Kings  ix.  15.  Two 
hundred  and  fifty  years  afterward  it  was  sacked  by 
Tiglath-Pileser.  B.  c.  738.  2  Kings  xv.  29.  Even 
in  the  age  of  the  Maccabees  it  still  continued  a  pow- 
erful city.  1  Mac.  xi.  67. 

Josh.  xi.  16-18  is  a  summary  survey  of  the  ex- 
tent of  the  conquests  already  made,  ranging  from 
south  to  north.  Mount  Halk,  the  bald  mountain, 
is  supposed  to  be  the  chalk  clifFs,  sixty  or  eighty  feet 
in  height,  which  cross  to  Arabah,  a  few  miles  below 
the  Dead  Sea,  and  in  which  Dr.  Robinson  finds  the 
pass  of  Akrabbim. 

Goshen  in  this  passage  is  some  unknown  locality 
in  southern  Judea. 

Baal  Gad  is  not  Baalbec,  but  some  town  near 
Hasbeiya,  and  Mount  Hermon,  Jebel  Sheikh.  Von 
Reaumar  conjectures  it  to  be  Ctesarea  Philippi, 
Banias. 

These  northern  conquests  of  Joshua  occupied  con- 
siderable time.  Josh.  xi.  18 ;  after  which  he  main- 
tained a  desultory  war  for  some  years  against  the 
giant  race  of  highlanders  who  continued  to  retain 
their  strongholds  in  the  mountains  of  the  central 
chain.  But  at  the  end  of  seven  years  the  "land 
rested  from  war."  Thus  during  these  yef.rs  we 
have  an  account  of  five  expeditions  : — 1.  The  over- 
throw of  Jericho;  2.  The  capture  of  Ai;  3.  The 
conquest  of  the  kings  of  the  south ;  4.  Of  the  kings 
of  the  north;  5.  Of  the  Anakims  in  the  southern 
and  western  highlands. 


THE  THIRTY-ONE  KINGS  SUBDUED  IN  THE  SEVEN 
YEARS'  WAR.   1546  —  7  =  1539. 

Several  of  these  have  already  been  mentioned. 
Gezer,  a  Levitical  city,  Josh.  xxi.  21;  1  Chron.  vi. 
16,  67,  on  the  borders  of  Ephraim,  and  in  the  tribe 
of  Dan,  Josh.  xvi.  3,  continued  in  the  hands  of  the 
Canaanites,  Josh.  xvi.  10 ;  Judg.  i.  29;  1  Kings  ix. 
16 ;  and,  in  David's  time,  was  in  the  hands  of  the 
Philistines.  2  Sam.  v.  25 ;  1  Chron.  xiv.  16 ;  xx.  4. 
[B.  C.  1546— 450:=1096.] 


:::5^ 


89 


THE   PERIOD  OF  THE  THEOCRACY. 


Subsequently  it  fell  into  the  bands  of  Egyptians,  and 
became  a  part  of  tbe  dowry  of  the  king's  daughter, 
wife  of  Solomon,  1  Kings  ix.  16, 17.  Its  remains 
are  found  two  miles  east  from  Jaffa,  Joppa,  on  the 
road  to  Jerusalem. 

Of  Debir  and  Geder,  the  sites  are  conjectural, 
probably  near  Arad,  twenty-two  miles  south  from 
Hebron, 

Hebron.     See  page  82. 

Hormah.     See  page  57. 

Libnah,  Adullam,  Makkedah.     Unknown. 

Bethel.     See  page  29. 

Tappuah,  five  miles  west  from  Hebron. 

Hepher,  near  Socho,  the  possession  of  one  of  the 
commissaries  of  Solomon.  1  Kings  iv.  10. 

Aphek,  north-western  part  of  Judah,  where  the 
ark  was  taken  by  the  Philistines.  1  Sam.  iv.  1. 

Lashavon.     Unknown. 

At  this  point  in  the  enumeration  the  historian 
passes  apparently  from  the  southern  conquest  to  spe- 
cify the  results  of  the  northern  conquest. 

Madon.     Unknown. 

Hazor.     See  page  87. 

Shimron  Meron.     Unknown. 

Achsaph,  supposed  to  be  Kefr  Jasif,  five  miles 
north-east  from  Akko,  the  sacred  burial-place  of  the 
Jews  of  that  city. 

Taanach,  in  the  south-west  part  of  the  plain  of 
Esdraelon,  south-east  of  Megiddo  four  miles,  the 
scene  of  battle  between  Barak  and  Sisera.  Judg. 
V.19. 

Megiddo,  rebuilt  and  fortified  by  Solomon,  1  Kings 
ix.  15.  Ahaziah,  king  of  Judah,  when  wounded  by 
Jehu,  fled  hither  and  died.  2  Kings  ix.  27.  Josiah 
also  was  slain  near  this  place.  2  Kings  xxiii.  29. 
The  mourning  on  this  occasion  became  proverbial  for 
any  similar  national  sorrow :  "  Like  the  mourning 
of  Hadadrimmon  in  the  valley  of  Megiddon."  Zech. 
xii.  11. 

The  ruins  of  this  place  are  found  on  the  north 
side  of  a  small  hill,  consisting  of  foundations  for 
buildings,  with  prostrate  pillars  of  granite  and  lime- 
stone. 

"  The  waters  of  Megiddo,"  Judg.  v.  19,  are  pro- 
bably a  small  stream  noticed  by  Mr.  Walcott,  which 
springs  from  the  hills  above  Megiddo.  It  is  suffi- 
cient to  feed  three  or  four  mills,  and  the  largest 
rivulet  in  all  the  southern  region  of  the  great 
valley. 

Kedesh  of  Naphtali,  a  Levitical  city,  Josh.  xxi.  32, 
was  twenty  miles  east  of  Tyre,  on  the  heights  north 
of  Safet,  and  west  of  the  waters  of  Merom.  It  was 
a  city  of  refuge,  and  the  birth-place  of  Barak.  Judg. 
iv.  6.  It  was  captured  by  Tiglath.-Pilcser.  2  Kings 
7  [A.  M.  2556+450=3006.] 


90 
\ 

XV.  29.  It  has  been  explored  by  American  mis- 
sionaries, who  found  an  inconsiderable  village,  in 
a  small  plain  of  great  fertility,  abundantly  sup- 
plied with  water  by  perennial  springs,  and  com- 
manding a  view  of  a  landscape  of  great  beauty  and 
vast  extent.  Every  thing  indicated  that  it  was  once 
a  large  and  important  place. 

Jokneam  of  Carmel,  a  Levitical  city  of  Zebulon, 
Josh.  xix.  11,  xxi.  34,  in  the  plain  of  Esdraelon, 
paid  by  Eusebius  to  be  six  miles  north  from  Me- 
giddo. 

Dor,  ten  miles  north  from  Cassarea,  and  somewhat 
farther  south  from  Carmel.  It  belonged  to  the  tribe 
of  Manasseh  in  Issachar,  but  was  not  subdued  until 
the  age  of  Solomon,  Josh.  xi.  23,  xvii.  11 ;  Judg.  i. 
27;  IChron.  vii.  29;  when  it  became  the  residence 
of  Ben-Abinadab,  one  of  the  commissaries  of  Solo- 
mon, and  his  son-in-law.  1  Kings  iv.  11.  A  few 
wretched  houses  mark  the  site  of  Dor. 

Tii'zah,  the  residence  of  Jeroboam  and  his  succes- 
sors sixty  years,  until  Omri  built  Samaria.  1  Kings 
xiv.  17,  XV.  21,  33,  xvi.  8-18;  "beautiful  as  Tir- 
zah."  Sol.  Songs  vi.  4.  Its  position  has  lately  been 
established  by  Dr.  Robinson,  north  of  Sychar,  on  a 
commanding  site,  which  is  formed  by  the  northern 
declivity  of  Ebal. 

THE   FIRST  DISTRIBUTION.      B.  C.  1539. 

Five  or  six  years  the  Israelites  had  now  been  oc- 
cupied in  an  exterminating  warfare  with  the  petty 
tribes ;  they  had  made  considerable  progress  in  their 
conquests.  Thirty-one  chieftains  had  been  subdued, 
but  the  conquest  was  incomplete.  There  remained 
"yet  very  much  land  to  be  possessed."  On  the 
south-west  the  five  confederate  cities,  and  the  whole 
country  of  the  Philistines,  and  beyond  them,  the 
Geshurites,  and  the  tribes  of  the  desert  to  Sihon 
which  is  before  Egypt,  that  is  the  river  Nile. 
Josh.  xiii.  3. 

On  the  north,  "  all  Lebanon"  from  the  coast  of 
Tyre  and  Zidon,  and  upward,  the  land  of  the  Gib- 
lites,  toward  the  sun-rising,  the  region  of  Damas- 
cus, and  Baal-gad,  Banias,  to  the  "entering  in  of 
Hamath,"  Josh.  xiii.  4-6,  north  of  Balbec.  Still,  in 
consideration  of  the  great  age  of  Joshua,  the  distri- 
bution was  begun. 

TERRITORY   OE  JUDAH. 

This  was  comprised  between  the  Mediterranean 
and  the  Dead  Sea,  and  the  country  south  liordering 
on  the  desert. 

The  boundaries  of  the  tribes,  though  specified  with 
[B.  C.  1646— 450=1 096.] 


91 


TEXT  BOOK   AND  ATLAS  OF  BIBLICAL  GEOGRAPHY. 


92 


great  minuteness,  being  involved  in  great  uncer- 
tainty, we  pass  unnoticed,  and  content  ourselves  with 
a  specification  only  of  the  relative  position  of  the 
several  tribes.  The  cities  and  towns  comprised 
within  the  territories  of  the  tribes  respectively  will 
come  appropriately  under  consideration  in  connec- 
tion with  the  progress  of  the  historical  narratives  in 
the  sacred  Scriptures;  but  several  of  the  towns  in 
the  southern  part  of  Judah  may  with  propriety  be 
specified  in  this  connection,  as  recently  brought  to 
light  by  Dr.  Robinson  and  other  travellers. 

Beersheba  has  been  already  mentioned,  together 
with  Gerar  and  Hormah.  Anim  and  Anab,  below 
Hebron,  together  with  many  other  towns,  are  also 
included  in  those  of  the  south  of  Judah.  The  one 
six  or  eight  miles  south  from  Hebron,  and  the  other 
half  of  this  distance  south-east  from  Anim. 

Dr.  Robinson  has  also  the  honour  of  having  re- 
covered several  other  towns  in  this  neighbourhood, 
and  thus  bringing  out  a  sure  and  delightful  proof  of 
the  truth  of  sacred  history.  This  history  is  now  to- 
tally unknown  by  the  inhabitants,  and  yet  they, 
retain  to  this  day  the  names  of  these  places,  just  as 
they  were  when  frequented  by  Abraham,  Isaac, 
Jacob,  Joshua,  Samuel,  and  David. 

With  reference  to  several  of  these  ancient  towns 
Dr.  R.  says,  "  Here  we  found  ourselves  surrounded 
by  the  towns  of  the  mountains  of  Judah ;  and  could 
enumerate  before  us  not  less  than  nine  places,  still 
beai'ing  apparently  their  ancient  names,  Maon,  Car- 
mel,  Ziph,  and  Juttah;  Jattir,  Socoh,  Anab,  and 
Eshtemoah;  and  Kirjath-arba,which  is  Hebron.  Josh. 
XV.  47-55.  The  feelings  with  which  we  looked 
upon  these  ancient  cities,  most  of  which  had  hitherto 
remained  unknown,  were  of  themselves  a  sufficient 
reward  for  our  whole  journey." 

The  upper  and  nether  springs  given  to  the  daugh- 
ter of  Caleb,  Josh.  xv.  19,  define  a  tract  of  country 
near  the  unknown  city  of  Debir.  Compare  Josh,  xv. 
with  Num.  xxxiv. 

Beth-hoglah  is  a  fine  fountain  of  sweet  water, 
three  miles  west  of  the  outlet  of  the  Jordan.  En- 
shemish  is  supposed  to  be  a  fountain  near  Bethany, 
on  the  way  to  Jericho;  and  En-rogel  is  well  known  in 
the  valley  of  Jehoshaphat,  below  Jerusalem.  These 
fountains  mark  the  northern  boundary  of  Judah. 

Ephraim  and  the  half  tribe  of  Manasseh,  who 
chose  to  receive  their  portion  within  the  land  of  pro- 
mise west  of  the  Jordan,  received  each  their  allot- 
ment north  of  Judah. 

The  inheritance  of  Reuben  was  the  country  and 

cities  already  described  as  gained  from  the  conquest 

of  Sihon,  king  of  the  Amoritcs.      This  extended 

from  the  river  Arnon  to  that  of  Jabbok,  east  of 

JA.  M.  2556+450=3006.] 


Jordan,  and  sixteen  miles  in  a  direct  line  above 
the  Dead  Sea. 

THE   JABBOK. 

This  eastern  tributary  of  the  Jordan  rises  in  the 
mountains  of  Hauran,  near  the  borders  of  the  desert,  ^ 
and  pursues  a  western  course  of  some  sixty  miles  to 
the  Jordan.  Several  times  it  passes  under  ground. 
In  the  rainy  season  it  becomes  a  stream  of  consider-  ^ 
able  magnitude.  Lieut.  Lynch,  April  17th,  found: 
it  "  a  small  stream  trickling  down  a  deep  and  wide 
torrent-bed.  The  water  was  sweet,  but  the  stones 
upon  the  bare,  exposed  bank  were  coated  with  salt. 
There  was  another  bed,  then  dry,  showing  that  iu 
times  of  freshet  there  are  two  outlets  to  this  tribu- 
tary." 

THE   TERRITORY   OE   GAD. 

The  territory  of  this  tribe  was  separated  from  that 
of  Reuben  on  the  south  by  the  Jabbok;  on  the 
north  it  extended  to  the  Sea  of  Galilee,  from  which  it 
seems  to  have  run  obliquely  toward  the  south-east  to 
Ammon,  on  the  great  desert.  It  comprised  the  fer- 
tile grazing  country  and  woodland  of  Bashan  and 
Gilead,  and  extended  quite  down  to  Rabbah-ammon, 
or  Philadelphia. 

THE   HALF   TRIBE   OP   BIANASSEH. 

The  territory  of  this  tribe  comprised  the  country 
east  of  the  Waters  of  Merom  and  the  Sea  of  Galilee, 
from  the  borders  of  Gad  in  the  line  of  Edrei  and 
Salah  to  Mount  Hermon ;  an  extensive  and  fertile 
tract  of  country,  now  overspread  with  an  infinite 
multitude  of  ruins,  which  attest  the  ancient  gran-' 
deur  and  the  number  of  its  cities.  In  summer  it  is 
at  present  overrun  with  immense  herds  and  flocks 
from  the  desert,  which  resort  to  these  elevated  plains) 
for  pasturage. 

SHILOH. 

The  distribution  thus  far  was  made  at  Gilgal, 
where  the  tabernacle  and  ark  of  the  covenant  had 
hitherto  continued.  But  they  were  now  removed  to 
Shiloh  by  divine  command.  Josh.  18  :  1,  as  a  more 
central  position,  and  more  convenient  for  the  convo- 
cations of  the  tribes. 

We  are  indebted  to  Dr.  Robinson  for  the  recovery: 
of  this  interesting  locality.  It  is  between  Jerusa- 
lem and  Shechem,  ten  or  twelve  miles  south  of  the 
latter  place,  and  twice  this  distance  north  of  the 
former,  at  a  short  distance  east  of  the  road  between 
these  cities. 

The  account  of  Dr.  Robinson's  discovery  may  best; 
[B.C.  1546-450=1096.] 


93 


THE   TEPJOD  OF   THE   TIIEOCrvACY. 


94 


be  given  in  liis  own  words  : — "  We  carae  at  7  o'clock 
to  the  ruins  of  Seilun,  surrounded  by  hills,  but 
looking  out  through  the  small  valley  which  we  had 
traversed  toward  the  plain  on  the  south.  Hardly 
jBve  minutes  before  reaching  the  proper  site  is  an  an- 
cient tower,  or  perhaps  a  small  chapel,  about  twenty- 
eight  feet  square  inside,  with  walls  four  feet  thick. 
Within  are  three  prostrate  columns  with  Corinthian 
capitals,  lying  separate.  The  stone  which  forms 
the  upper  part  of  the  doorway  is  ornamented  on  the 
outside  with  sculptured  work,  an  amphora  between 
two  chaplets.  Along  the  outer  wall  a  defence  or 
buttress  of  sloping  masonry  has  been  built  up,  obvi- 
ously at  a  later  period.  The  Arabs  call  this  ruin 
the  Mosque  of  Seilun.  As  we  came  up,  three 
startled  owls  flew  off  in  dismay." 

Through  the  narrow  valley  toward  the  east,  which 
breaks  through  a  ridge,  and  is  at  first  shut  in  by 
perpendicular  walls  of  rock,  and  then  follows  a  more 
open  tract,  our  traveller  was  conducted  to  the  Foun- 
tain of  Shiloh. 

"The  water  is  excellent;  and  issues  from  the 
rocks  first  into  a  sort  of  artificial  well,  eight  or  ten 
feet  deep,  and  thence  into  a  reservoir  lower  down. 
Many  flocks  and  herds  were  waiting  round  about. 
In  the  sides  of  the  narrow  valleys  are  many  exca- 
vated tombs,  now  much  broken  away;  near  the  foun- 
tain are  also  several  tombs,  and  one  in  an  isolated 
block." 

"  Here  then  was  Shiloh,  where  the  tabernacle  was 
set  up  after  the  country  had  been  subdued  before 
the  Israelites ;  and  where  the  last  and  general  divi- 
sion of  the  land  was  made  among  the  tribes.  Josh, 
xviii.  1-10.  The  ark  and  tabernacle  long  continued 
here — fi-om  the  days  of  Joshua,  during  the  minis- 
try of  all  the  Judges,  until  the  close  of  Eli's  life ; 
and  here  Samuel  was  dedicated  to  G-cd,  and  his 
childhood  spent  in  the  sanctuary.  1  Sam.  chap,  i.-iv. 

"  In  honour  of  the  presence  of  the  ark  there  was 
'  a  feast  of  the  Lord  in  Shiloh  yearly,'  during  which 
*  the  daughters  of  Shiloh  came  out  to  dance  in 
dances ;'  and  it  was  on  such  an  occasion  that  thoy 
were  seized  and  carried  ofF  by  the  remaining  Benja- 
Imites  as  wives.  Judg.  xxi.  19-23. 

"  The  scene  of  these  dances  may  not  improbably 
have  been  somewhere  around  the  fountain  above  de- 
iscribed.  From  Shiloh  the  ark  was  at  length  re- 
jmoved  to  the  army  of  Israel;  and  being  captured 
by  the  Philistines,  returned  no  more  to  its  former 
place.  1  Sam.  chap,  iv.— vi. 

"  Shiloh  henceforth,  though  sometimes  the  resi- 
dence of  prophets,  as  of  Ahijah,  celebrated  in  the 
history  of  Jeroboam,  1  Kings  xi.  29,  xii.  15,  xiv.  2 
seq.,  is  nevertheless  spoken  of  as  forsaken  and  ac- 
fA.  M.  2556+450=3000.] 


cursed  of  God.  Ps.  Ixxviii.  60  seq. ;  Jer.  vii.  12-14, 
xxvii.  6. 

"  It  is  mentioned  in  Scripture  during  the  exile, 
but  not  afterward ;  and  Jerome  speaks  of  it  in  his 
day  as  so  utterly  in  ruins,  that  the  foundations  of  an 
altar  could  scarcely  be  pointed  out.  Jer.  xli.  5." 

THE   SURVEY. 

For  some  time  after  the  erection  of  the  tabernacle 
at  Shiloh  the  tribes  appear  to  have  suspended  their 
efforts  for  the  conquest  of  the  country.  This  indo- 
lent inactivity  was  severely  rebuked  by  Joshua : 
"  How  long  are  ye  slack  to  go  to  possess  the  land 
which  the  Lord  G-od  of  your  fathers  giveth  you  ?" 

It  would  seem  that  an  unequal  distribution  had 
been  made  to  Judah  and  Ephraim,  and  a  survey  of 
the  whole  country  was  necessary  in  order  justly  to 
allot  to  the  remaining  tribes  their  portion.  Three 
from  each  of  the  seven  tribes  were  deputed  for  this 
service.  Seven  months  were  occupied  in  this  topo- 
graphical survey,  the  first  of  which  we  have  any 
knowledge. 

FINAL  DISTRIBUTION. 

On  the  basis  of  this  sui*vey  the  distribution  of  the 
land  was  readjusted,  and  the  territories  of  the  several 
tribes  assigned.  Josh,  xviii.,  xix. 

Territory  of  Benjaimin.  It  appears  that  tlie 
territory  of  Benjamin  was  taken  from  Judah  and 
Ephraim,  so  that  Benjamin  was  located  between  these 
two  tribes,  the  line  between  Benjamin  and  Judah 
running  from  the  outlet  of  the  Jordan  to  En-rogcl, 
and  westward  through  the  valley  of  Hinnom,  south 
of  Jerusalem,  to  the  tribe  of  Dan.  Between  Benja- 
min and  Ephraim  the  boundary  east  and  west  ran 
above  Bethel  and  Ai,  including  in  this  territory 
these  cities,  with  Jericho,  Jerusalem,  and  Gibeon 
with  her  dependencies.  The  territory  was  small, 
and  much  of  it  barren  and  incapable  of  cultivation. 
Jericho,  Jerusalem,  Ilamah,Gibeah,  Gibeon,  and  Be- 
thel were  the  most  notable  places  in  Benjamin. 
Josh,  xviii.  11-28. 

Territory  of  Simeon.  The  portion  of  this 
tribe  was  taken  from  the  south-west  of  Judah,  on 
the  plain  bordering  upon  the  Philistines.  It  con- 
sisted rather  of  certain  cities  and  their  dependencies 
than  of  any  continuous  territory.  Josh.  xix.  1-10. 
The  coast  of  the  Mediterranean  and  the  country  of 
the  Philistines  continued  to  be  reckoned  as  the  pos- 
session of  Judah.  Judg.  i.  18. 

Territory  of  Dan.     The  possessions  of  Dan, 
like    those  of  Simeon,  consisted  of  certain   cities 
within  the  original  territory  of  Judah,  north  of 
[B.C.  1546— 450=1096.] 


95 


TEXT  BOOK  AND  ATLAS  OF  BIBLICAL  GEOGRAPHY. 


Simeon  and  the  land  of  the  Philistines.  On  the 
coast  of  the  sea  the  territory  of  Dan  extended  above 
Joppa  some  distance,  and  included  a  portion  of 
the  plain  of  Sharon.  Dan  was,  therefore,  between 
Ephraim  and  Judah  on  the  west,  bordering  on  the 
Mediterranean,  as  was  Benjamin  on  the  east,  bor- 
dering on  the  Jordan.  Josh.  xix.  40-48. 

Territory  of  Ephraim.  This  tribe  extended 
from  the  Jordan  to  the  Mediterranean,  north  of 
Dan.  Shiloh,  Shechem,  Samaria,  and  the  valley  of 
Sharon  were  included  in  Ephraim.  Josh.  xvi.  1-3. 
The  territory  of  this  tribe  in  extent  and  importance 
was  second  only  to  that  of  Judah.  Josh.  xvi. 

Territory  of  Manasseh.  The  half  of  this 
tribe,  west  of  Jordan,  extended  north  of  Ephraim  to 
the  plain  of  Esdraelon  and  Mount  Carmel.  Josh.  xvii. 

Territory  op  Issachar.  This  tribe  was  situ- 
ated north  of  Ephraim,  and  extended  on  the  Jordan 
nearly  to  the  Sea  of  Grennesaret,  and  westward  to 
Manasseh.  It  extended  to  the  confines  of  Mount 
Tabor,  and  included  the  mountains  of  Hermon  and 
Gilboa,  together  with  the  principal  part  of  the  plain 
of  Esdraelon  and  Mount  Carmel — the  most  fertile 
and  delightful  section  of  all  Palestine.  Endor,  Jez- 
reel,  Taanach,  and  Megiddo  belonged  to  Issachar. 
Josh.  xix.  17-24.  Tabor,  in  the  22d  verse,  is  the 
same  as  Chisloth-tabor  in  the  12th,  a  Levitical  city 
in  Zebulon, 

The  Territory  of  Zebulon  was  north  of  Issa- 
char, west  of  the  Jordan  and  a  considerable  part  of  the 
Sea  of  Galilee,  and  east  of  the  southern  portion  of 
Asher.  Tiberias,  Magdala,  Capernaum,  Cana,  and 
Nazareth  are  localities  in  Zebulon  of  great  interest, 
which  will  come  into  notice  in  the  life  of  our  Sa- 
viour. Josh.  xix.  10-17. 

The  Territory  of  Naphtali  was  north  of  Ze- 
bulon, west  of  the  Sea  of  Tiberias,  the  Jordan,  and 
the  Waters  of  Mierom,  to  the  entering  in  of  Hamath, 
and  Hermon,  or  Lebanon,  and  east  of  Asher.  Ha- 
zor,  Ijon,  Abel-beth-maachah,  and  Kedesh  of  the  Old 
Testament,  with  Caesarea  Philippi,  the  two  Beth- 
saidas,  and  Chorazin  of  the  New,  belonged  to  Naph- 
tali.    Josh.  xix.  32-40. 

The  Territory  of  Asher  was  west  of  Naphtali, 
and  extended  from  the  Bay  of  Acre,  or  Accho,  just 
north  of  Carmel,  northward  along  the  coast  of  Tyre 
and  Zidon,  to  the  utmost  limits  of  the  territory  of  the 
tribes.  Josh.  xix.  24-32.  Rehob,  Josh.  xix.  28,  is 
distinct  from  Num.  xiii.  21,  which  was  in  Naphtali; 
in  Josh.  xix.  30  another  town  of  the  same  name  in 
Asher  is  specified. 

THE  LEVITICAL   CITIES. 

The  sons  of  Joseph,  Ephraim  and  Manasseh,  each 
[A.  M.  2.356+450=3006.] 


became  a  tribe.  The  twelve  were  complete  wiiln  at 
reckoning  the  tribe  of  Levi,  who  constituted  the 
priesthood.  This  tribe,  therefore,  received  no  spe- 
cific territory;  but,  to  the  several  families  of  the 
tribe  certain  cities,  with  their  suburbs,  were  assigned, 
to  the  number  of  forty-eight.  The  Kohathites,  de- 
scendants from  Aaron,  who  were  the  priests  intrusted 
with  the  care  of  the  temple  and  the  duties  of  the 
temple-service,  received  their  allotment  in  the  ori- 
ginal territory  of  the  tribe  of  Judah,  near  the  sacred 
city  and  the  temple  of  the  Lord. 

CITIES   of  REFUGE. 

Six  of  the  Levitical  cities,  three  on  cither  side  of 
the  Jordan,  were  appointed  as  cities  of  refuge  from 
the  avenger  of  blood.  These  were  situated  at  conve- 
nient distances  from  each  other,  on  a  line  running 
from  north  to  south,  through  the  central  portions  of 
the  territories  east  and  west  of  the  Jordan. 

Moses  had  made  provision  for  the  establishmcn 
of  six  cities,  as  places  of  refuge,  to  which  one  whi 
had  accidentally  caused  the  death  of  another  migh' 
flee,  as  an  asylum  from  the  avenger  of  blood.     1 
was  a  merciful  provision   to  protect  the  innocent" 
against  the  hasty  and  unjust  consequences  of  the  eS' 
tablished  rights  of  blood-revenge,  and  to  encourage 
mild,  forgiving  spirit.     The  laws  on  this  subject,  ai 
given  in  the  references,  sufficiently  illustrate  the  n 
ture  of  this  peculiar  right  of  revenge,  and  the  be 
nevolent  provision  of  these  cities  of  refuge.  Ex.  xxi 
13;  Num.  XXXV.  9-35;  Deut.  iv.  41-43,  xix.  1-13; 
Josh.  XX.  7-9. 

In  order  to  give  the  fugitive  all  possible  advan 
tage,  the  rabbins  relate  that  the  sanhedrim  were  re- 
quired to  make  the  roads  that  led  to  the  cities  of 
refuge  convenient,  by  enlarging  them,  and  removing 
every  obstruction  that  might  hurt  the  foot  of  the 
fugitive,  or  injure  his  speed.  No  hillock  was  left, 
no  river  was  allowed  over  which  there  was  not  a 
bridge ;  and  at  every  turn  there  were  posts  erected 
with  panels  pointing  in  the  right  direction,  and 
bearing  the  words.  Refuge,  Refuge,  to  guide  the  un- 
happy man  in  his  flight. 

On  the  west  side  of  the  Jordan  the  three  cities  of 
refuge  were  Hebron,  Shechem,  and  Kedesh  of  Naph- 
tali, already   described. 

On  the  east  of  Jordan  the  three  cities  were  Golan, 
Ramoth-Gilead,  and  Bezer.  Golan  was  situated  in 
Manasseh,  in  the  province  of  Gaulonitis,  on  the  high 
and  fertile  table-lands  east  and  south-east  from  the 
Sea  of  Tiberias,  and  bounded  on  the  south  by  Ba- 
shan.  The  site  of  the  city  has  not  been  identified. 
The  Jewish  rabbins  say  that  it  was  opposite  Kedesh, 
[B.C.  1516— 450=1096.] 


J 


97 


THE   PERIOD  OF  THE  THEOCRACY. 


S8 


as  Ramotli  Gilcad  is  to  Shechcm ;  that  Bezer  was  in 
the  wilderuess  east  of  the  Dead  Sea,  over  against 
Hebron,  and  that  the  cities  of  refuge,  on  either  side 
of  Jordan,  were  situated  like  vine-stocks  in  parallel 
rows,  opposite  to  each  other. 

DEATH   OF  JOSHUA.      B.  C.  1516. 

After  the  distribution  of  the  land  and  the  dis- 
missal of  the  tribes  beyond  Jordan,  Joshua  appears 
to  have  retired  to  his  own  inheritance  at  Timnath- 
serah,  in  the  mountains  of  Ephraim,  and  to  have 
passed  there  the  remainder  of  his  days  in  quietness. 
After  the  lapse  of  some  twenty  years,  and  just  be- 
fore his  death,  he  summoned  two  convocations  of  the 
people  J  one  at  Shiloh,  where  he  delivered  to  them 
his  parting  charge.  Josh,  xxiii. ;  and  another  at  She- 
chem,  where  the  blessing  and  the  curse  had  formerly 
been  announced  to  the  tribes  standing  on  Bbal  and 
Gerizim. 

On  this  occasion  he  caused  the  covenant  by  which 
the  Lord  had  become  their  sovereign,  Deut.  xxvii. ; 
Josh.  viii.  30-35,  xxiv.  28;  comp.  Gen.  xii.  6,  to  be 
solemnly  acknowledged  and  renewed;  and  caused 
a  record  of  it  to  be  made  in  the  Book  of  the  Law. 
He  also  erected  a  pillar,  as  a  standing  memorial  of 
it,  under  an  oak  near  the  place  of  this  solemn  trans- 
action. It  had  been  consecrated  by  the  prayers  of 
Abi-aham,  and  by  sacred  associations  had  become  a 
sanctuary  to  them. 

Soon  after  these  solemn  rites  and  charges  to  the 
people,  this  venerable  patriarch  and  leader  of  Israel 
died,  1516  B.  c,  aged  110,  and  was  buried  on  the 
border  of  his  inheritance,  in  Timnath-serah. 

Mr.  Smith,  the  American  missionary,  has  with 
great  probability  identified  the  burial-place  of  Joshua 
with  Tibneh,  on  the  ancient  Roman  road  from  Jeru- 
salem to  Caesarea,  about  thirty  miles  north-west 
from  the  former  place.  On  the  north  side  of  the 
hill  on  which  the  town  lies  are  ancient  sepulchres, 
resembling  the  tombs  of  the  kings  at  Jerusalem. 
Possibly  these  tombs,  if  not  as  ancient  as  that  of 
Joshua,  may  indicate  the  site  of  his  sepulchre  "  on 
the  north  side  of  the  hill  Gaash."  Josh.  xxiv.  30. 


EXTERMINATION    OF   THE   CANAANITES. 

la  answer  to  the  objections  that  have  been  fre- 
quently  urged  to  the  forcible  occupation  of  Canaan, 
and  the  extermination  of  the  inhabitants  by  the 
tsraelites,  the  reply  of  Jahn  and  others  is,  that  they 
acted  by  direct  authority  of  Jehovah,  the  King  of 
nations.  These  tribes  had  wearied  the  long-sufier- 
ing  of  God  by  their  sins.  Their  iniquity  was  now 
full ;  and  the  day  of  vengeance  had  fully  come. 
[A.  M.  2556+450=3006.] 


Their  extermination  was  necessary  for  the  accom- 
plishment of  the  Divine  purpose  in  making  the  de- 
scendants of  Abraham  the  depositaries  of  His  word, 
and  preserving  among  them  a  pure  religion. 

They  were  to  be  wholly  dispossessed  of  the  land ; 
but  they  were  at  liberty  to  emigi-ate  to  other  landp, 
and  many  of  them  are  said  to  have  colonized  on  the 
northern  coast  of  Africa..  Many  ages  after  these 
events  there  are  said  to  have  been  found  two  pillars 
in  a  town  in  Numidia,  on  which  were  inscribed,  in 
Phcenician  characters,  these  words :  "  We  are  of 
those  who  fled  from  the  arms  of  Joshua,  the  robber, 
the  son  of  Naue.'^ 


IDOLATRIES   OF   THE   ISRAELITES. 

The  children  of  Israel  soon  ceased  their  extermi- 
nating warfare  with  the  Canaanites,  and  contented 
themselves  with  making  them  vassals.  They  even 
proceeded  to  contract  marriages  with  them,  and  thus 
spread  a  snare  for  their  own  feet,  in  which  tlicy 
were  soon  entangled.  They  sank  into  idolatry,  and 
into  the  shocking  licentiousness  and  debaucheries 
with  which  the  idolatry  of  Canaan  was  characterized. 

Of  these  idolatries  we  have  a  remarkable  instance 
in  the  case  of  Micah  and  the  Danites.  Judg.  xvii.- 
xviii.  This  story,  though  placed  at  the  end  of  the 
book  as  a  kind  of  supplement,  belongs  to  a  very 
early  period  in  the  history  of  the  Judges.  A  party 
of  this  tribe  from  Zorah  and  Eshtaol,  on  the  plains 
of  Judah,  west  of  Jerusalem,  dissatisfied  with  their 
inheritance,  go  forth  to  establish  a  colony  in  the 
northern  frontiers  of  the  land.  On  their  way  through 
the  mountains  of  Ephraim,  they  steal  from  Micah, 
at  Kirjath-jearim,  his  idolatrous  images,  and  esta- 
blish his  idolatry  in  Laish,  the  city  of  their  con- 
quest, to  which  they  give  the  name  of  Dan, 

This  was  situated  a  few  miles  north  of  the  Waters 
of  Merom,  the  modern  El-IIuleh,  and  near  the  foun- 
tain Tell-el-Kady,  already  described  as  one  of  the 
head-waters  of  Jordan. 

The  idolatry  which  was  introduced  prepared  the 
place  to  become,  several  hundred  years  later,  the 
chief  seat  of  Jeroboam's  worship  of  the  golden  calf. 
1  Kings  xii.  29.  It  was  overrun  by  the  Syrians  in 
their  invasion,  1  Kings  xv.  20 ;  2  Chron.  xvi.  4,  and 
is  celebrated  as  the  northern  limit  of  Palestine,  in 
the  common  expression,  "  from  Dan  to  Beersheba." 

The  mustering  of  the  hosts  of  Israel  to  avenge  the 
horrible  atrocity  at  Gibcah,  was  at  Mizpeh,  Judg. 
XX.,  about  four  miles  north-west  from  Jerusalem. 
Gibeah  occupied  a  conical  hill,  at  an  equal  distance 
north-east  of  this  city,  six  miles  north  from  Jerusa- 
lem. These  data  are  sufficient  to  direct  us  to  the 
[B.C.  1546-   -450:=1096.] 


&9 


TEXT  BOOK  AND  ATLAS  OF  BIBLICAL  GEOGRAPHY. 


100 


acene  of  that  dreadful  caruage  by  wliich  the  tribe  of 
Beujamin  was  almost  exterminated. 

Eimmon,  to  which  the  remnant  fled,  is  a  high, 
chalky,  naked  peak,  about  fifteen  miles  north  by  east 
from  Jerusalem,  and  east  by  north  from  Bethel. 

THE   OrriCE   OF   THE  JUDGES. 

This  was  very  peculiar.  They  were  not  kings; 
for  Jehovah  was  the  invisible  king  of  the  Jews, 
whose  decrees  and  instructions  were  given  by  the 
Urim  and  Thummim.  Neither  were  the  judges 
heads  of  the  tribes,  but  persons  who,  by  their  vir- 
tues, exercised  a  presiding  influence,  more  or  less 
extensive,  over  the  people,  like  an  Indian  sachem  or 
an  Arab  sheikh.  They  were  not  exclusively  mili- 
tary men,  but  rulers,  headmen,  to  whom  the  com- 
mand of  armies  fell  as  supreme  executive  officers. 
The  office  was  held  for  life,  but  was  not  hereditary. 
They  wore  no  badges  of  office,  and  had  no  salary. 
Noble,  magnanimous  men,  they  felt  that  what  they 
did  for  their  country  was  above  all  reward.  They 
were  not  merely  conquerors,  but  reformers  to  cor- 
rect the  vices  and  the  idolatry  of  the  people,  and  the 
instruments  of  Divine  Providence  to  preserve  the 
Hebrew  commonwealth  and  save  the  true  religion 
from  utter  extinction. 

Dm-ing  the  period  of  the  Judges,  the  tribes  were 
for  111  years,  more  or  less,  extensively  under  the 
oppression  of  foreign  enemies  j  but  the  whole  coun- 
try was  seldom  subject  at  the  same  time  to  one  op- 
pressor. Their  own  tribunals  of  justice  were  never 
entirely  subverted,  nor  was  the  sacred  tabernacle 
either  entirely  deserted  or  polluted  by  pagan  rites. 
Their  condition  perfectly  corresponded  to  the  sanc- 
tions of  their  law,  and  they  experienced  its  blessings 
or  its  curses  in  strict  conformity  to  their  obedience 
or  disobedience. 

The  reformation  under  the  Judges  generally  was 
of  no  longer  duration  than  the  life  of  the  deliverer. 
As  soon  as  that  generation  was  extinct,  idolatry 
agitiu  crept  in  by  the  same  way,  and  soon  became 
predominant.  Then  followed  subjection  and  op- 
pression under  the  yoke  of  a  neighbouring  people, 
till  a  second  reformation  prepared  them  for  a  new 
deliverance. 

"As  the  Hebrews  in  the  course  of  time  became 
continually  more  obstinate  in  their  idolatry,  so  each 
subsequent  oppression  of  the  nation  was  always 
greater  and  more  severe  than  the  precedino-.  So 
difficult  was  it,  as  mankind  were  then  situated,  to 
preserve  on  earth  a  knowledge  of  the  true  God, 
though  so  repeatedly  and  so  expressly  revealed,  and 
lu  so  high  a  degree  made  evident  to  the  senses." 
[A.  M.  2556+450=3006.] 


The  conquests  mentioned  in  the  first  cliaptcv  of 
Judges  were  antecedent  to  the  death  of  Joshua. 
The  situation  of  Bezek  is  unknown.  Joscplir.3 
locates  it  north-east  from  Shcchem,  near  Beth-slicLiii, 
but  the  conquests  of  Judah  and  Simeon,  in  the 
same  connection,  were  in  the  extreme  south  of  Pa- 
lestine, with  the  exception  of  Jerusalem.  Judg.  i.  7. 
An  English  traveller  mentions  a  locality  bearing 
this  name,  two  miles  west  of  Bezur,  north-west  of 
Hebron. 

Zephath,  Judg.  i.  17,  already  noticed,  was  one  of 
the  "  uttermost  cities  of  Judah  toward  the  coast  of 
Edom  southward,"  where  the  repentant  Israelites 
were  repulsed,  with  severe  loss,  in  their  rash  at- 
tempt to  go  up  and  possess  the  land,  after  having 
been  sentenced  to  die  in  the  wilderness  for  their 
impatient  unbelief. 

The  towns  in  Manasseh,  Ephraim,  Zebulon,  Asher, 
and  Naphtali,  in  which  these  tribes  sufiered  the 
Canaanitcs  still  to  dwell,  have  cither  been  already 
mentioned,  or  are  unknown. 

The  situation  of  Bochim,  where  the  angel  re- 
buked the  people  for  their  remissness,  Judg.  ii.,  is 
wholly  conjectural.     It  was  probably  near  Gilgal. 

THE   SERVITUDES. 

The  first  servitude  of  the  Israelites,  b.  c.  1486, 
about  thirty  years  after  the  death  of  Joshua,  was  of 
eight  years'  continuance,  under  a  king  of  Mesopo- 
tamia, the  native  country  of  Abraham.  Othniel, 
their  deliverer,  and  son  of  Kenaz,  the  brother  of 
Caleb,  was  from  Debir,  Judg.  iii.  1-11,  in  the  south- 
western part  of  Judea. 

Their  next  conquerors,  B.  c.  1438,  eighteen  years, 
came  from  beyond  Jordan  and  the  country  east  of 
the  Dead  Sea.  They  seem  to  have  contented  them- 
selves with  the  conquest  of  "  the  City  of  Palm-trees," 
B.  c.  1438. 

Nothing  is  known  of  Seirath,  the  dwelling-place 
of  Ehud.  He  was  of  the  tribe  of  Benjamin.  Judg. 
iii.  11-30. 

The  third  servitude  occurred  B.  c.  1340,  twenty 
years,  after  a  pause  of  eighty  years  under  Ehud  and 
Shamgar.  Jabin  of  Hazor,  on  the  northern  fron- 
tiers of  the  land,  was  the  conqueror.  Joshua,  200 
years  before,  had  subdued  the  city  and  prince  of 
the  same  name,  whose  descendant  in  turn  became 
the  conqueror.  The  dwelling-place  of  Deborah,  as 
defined  in  Judg.iv.5,  was  a  few  miles  north-east,  and 
Kedesh  of  Naphtali,  already  described,  the  residence 
of  Barak,  was  eighty  miles  north  from  Jerusalem. 
Barak  mustered  his  forces  at  Tabor  and  fell  back  1o 
Kishcn,  in  the  south-west  of  Esdraelon,  where  Jabiu 
[D.  C.  1646—450=1096.] 


101 


THE  PERIOD  OF  THE  THEOCRACY. 


102 


gave  him  battle,  but  was  pursued  in  his  flight  back 
to  Harosheth  of  the  Gentiles,  near  Hazor,  north-east 
of  the  "Waters  of  Merom,  where  he  was  slain  by 
Jael :  the  result  was  a  peace  of  forty  years.  Judg. 
iv.,  r. 

Judg.  vi.,  vii.,  viii.  The  Midianites  and  Amalek- 
itcs,  with  other  tribes  from  the  desert  south  and  east 
of  Judah,  became  next  the  scourge  of  the  Israelites, 
who,  during  seven  years  of  the  fifth  servitude,  B.  c. 
1280,  poured  into  Palestine  in  great  numbers,  and 
with  their  numerous  herds  trampled  down  all  the 
fields,  gardens,  and  vineyards,  without  distinction, 
seized  the  cattle,  plundered  men  and  houses,  and 
rioted  in  the  country  as  the  Bedouin  Arabs  are  ac- 
customed to  do  at  the  present  day  when  not  re- 
strained by  force. 

Of  Ophrah,  the  birth-place  of  Gideon,  the  de- 
liverer, B.  C.  1273,  distinct  from  Josh,  xviii.  23 ; 
1  Sam.  xiii.l7,we  only  know  that  it  was  in  the  tribe 
of  Manasseh  in  Samaria,  The  battle  of  Gideon  was 
in  the  valley  of  Jezreel,  between  Mount  Gilboa  and 
Little  Hermon,  where  Saul  was  afterward  overthrown. 
The  well  of  Harod,  by  which  Gideon  was  encamped, 
was  probably  on  the  slope  of  Gilboa,  while  the  host 
of  the  Midianites  was  beneath  him  in  the  valley, 
"  like  grasshoppers  for  multitude,  and  their  camels 
as  the  sand  of  the  sea  for  multitude."  Judg.  vi.  1, 
12.  From  the  field  of  battle  the  routed  army  fled 
down  the  valley  of  Jezreel  to  Beth-shean,  where 
they  crossed  the  Jordan  and  directed  their  flight 
eastward  across  the  country  toward  Bozrah,  The 
ruins  of  Succoth  are  still  identified  near  the  river  on 
the  east  side,  below  Beth-shean.  Near  this  place 
the  castings  for  the  vessels  of  Solomon's  temple 
were  made.  1  Kings  vii.  46.  Penuel,  or  Peniel, 
where  Jacob  wrestled  with  the  angel  of  the  covenant. 
Gen.  xsxii.  24  seq.,  is  placed  by  Kiepert  on  the  river 
Jabbok,  east  of  Succoth.  Karkor  is  not  again 
mentioned  in  Sacred  Scripture.  The  rock  Oreb, 
Judg.  vii.  25,  Flitter  identifies  with  Kerak,  Kir  of 
Moab. 

Nobah,  near  which  place  Zebah  and  Zalmunna 
were  surprised  and  fled,  is  still  distinguished  by 
vast  Iloman  ruins  at  Kannat,  Kuath,  seventy  miles 
east  by  north  from  Beth-shean,  and  twenty  or  twenty- 
five  north  from  Bozrah  in  the  Hauran.  The  land 
now  had  rest  forty  years. 

The  usurpation  of  Abimelech  for  three  years 
follows  the  administration  of  Gideon.  Judg.  ix. 
Jlillo,  verse  6,  is  doubtless  a  fortress,  the  strong- 
hold mentioned  in  verses  46-49.  Arumah,  verse  41, 
must  have  been  near  Shechem,  possibly  the  same  as 
Piumnh.  2  Kings  xxiii.  36.  Thebez,  where  Abime- 
lech met  his  death,  is  recognised  in  Tubas,  thirteen 
[A.  M.  2556-}-4.50=3006.] 


miles  north-east  from  Shcchem,  on  the  way  to 
Beth-shean. 

Shamir,  the  residence  of  Tola,  the  sixth  judge, 
who,  after  Abimelech,  b.  C.  1230,  judged  Israel 
twenty-three  years,  is  assumed  by  Schwartz,  the 
Jewish  rabbi,  to  have  been  Sanar,  now  in  ruins, 
but  until  recently  a  strong  fortress  on  a  round,  rocky 
hill  of  considerable  elevation,  five  or  six  miles  north 
from  Sebaste,  the  ancient  Samaria.  The  Sacred 
Scriptures  only  affirm  that  Shamir  was  in  the  terri- 
tory of  Issachai*,  in  the  mountains  of  Ephraim. 
Judg.  X.  1,  2. 

Jair,  the  successor  of  Tola,  b.  c.  1207,  and  seventh 
judge,  was  from  the  half  tribe  of  Manasseh  beyond 
Jordan.  The  Havoth  Jair,  thirty  cities  of  Jair, 
were  in  the  northern  part  of  Gilead,  south  and  east 
of  the  Sea  of  Tiberias.  These  are  distinct  from  the 
sixty  cities  of  an  earlier  Jair.  Deut.  iii.  4, 14 ;  Josh, 
xiii.  30 ;  1  Kings  iv.  13 ;  Num.  xxxii.  41.  These 
were  in  Bashan,  farther  north  and  east.  Kamar, 
the  burial-place  of  Jair,  was,  according  to  Eusebius, 
in  the  plain  of  Esdraelon,  north  of  Megiddo. 

The  fifth  servitude,  B.  C.  1185,  eighteen  years, 
Judg.  X.  6,  was  efiectcd  by  a  coalition  of  the  Philis- 
tines and  Ammonites, 

The  Maonites  of  Judg.  x.  12,  are  from  Maon,  de- 
scribed by  Burckhardt,  a  few  miles  east  of  Edom,  on 
the  great  caravan  route  to  Mecca.  Comp.  1  Sam. 
xxiii.  24,  25, 

Jephthah,  the  next  deliverer,  and  eighth  judge, 
Judg.  xi.,  was  called  from  the  land  of  Tob,  1167 
B.  C,  which,  according  to  Schwartz,  was  one  of  the 
cities  of  the  Decapolis,  on  the  south-east  shore  of  the 
Sea  of  Tiberias.  The  northern  Aroer,  near  Rab- 
bath-Ammon,  was  the  scene  of  his  conflict  with  the 
Ammonites. 

Minnith  was  probably  the  modern  Mesejah,  four 
miles  north-east  from  Heshbon,  where  many  arches 
and  pillars,  vast  cisterns,  deep  wells,  and  countless 
ruins,  indicate  the  site  of  a  city  once  powerful,  in 
this  region,  then  populous  though  now  deserted. 
From  Aroer  the  Ammonites  were  driven  back  to 
IMinnith  in  their  retreat  toward  their  own  country. 
Mizpeh,  to  which  Jephthah  returned,  Judg.  xi.  34,  is 
understood  by  Bitter  to  have  been  south  of  Hermon 
and  east  of  the  Waters  of  Merom. 

Bethlehem,  six  miles  south-west  from  Jerusalem, 
the  dwelling-place  of  Ibzan,  1161  B.  C,  the  residence 
of  Boaz  and  Ruth,  and  the  scene  of  the  delightful 
pastoral  respecting  them,  became  in  subsequent  his- 
tory for  ever  memorable  as  the  birth-place  of  David, 
and  the  scene  of  the  incarnation  of  the  Saviour  of 
the  world.     Ibzan  was  the  ninth  judge,  seven  years. 

Ajalon  in  Zcbulon,  the  burial-place  of  Elon,  the 
[B.C.  1546— 450=1096.] 


103 


TEXT  BOOK  AND  ATLAS  OF  BIBLICAL  GEOGRAPHY. 


104 


tenth  judge,  B.  C.  1154,  distinct  from  that  over 
which  Joshua  commanded  the  moon  to  stand  still, 
is  now  unknown. 

Of  Pirathon,  in  the  land  of  Ephraim,  the  dwell- 
ing-place of  Abdon,  the  eleventh  judge,  1144  b.  c, 
nothing  is  known. 

Eli  at  this  time  is  high-priest,  B.  C.  1157,  forty 
years.  The  history  of  the  first  part  of  the  book  of 
Samuel  thus  overlies  that  of  the  latter  part  of  Judges. 

The  sixth  and  last  servitude,  B.  c.  1136,  was  of 
forty  years'  continuance,  under  the  Philistines. 

Samson,  1136  B.  C.  This  remarkable  personage, 
equally  distinguished  for  his  great  bodily  strength, 
his  moral  infirmities,  and  his  tragical  end,  was  born 
at  Zorah,  in  the  tribe  of  Dan.  It  is  still  recognised, 
situated  upon  a  high  hill,  on  the  western  line  of  the 
mountains  of  Judah,  twelve  or  fourteen  miles  west 
of  Jerusalem.  It  overlooks,  on  the  south,  the  fine 
deep  valley  of  Bethshemesh,  that  comes  out  of  the 
mountains,  and  commands  a  wide  prospect  of  the 
great  plain  beyond,  on  the  south  and  west.  Judg.  xiii. 

Timnath,  the  scene  of  the  next  chapter,  lay  in 
full  view  on  the  plain  below,  three  or  four  miles 
south  of  west  from  Zorah.  Judg.  xiv. 

Askelon  was  on  the  coast  of  the  Mediterranean, 
nearly  midway  between  G-aza  and  Ashdod,  and  thir- 
ty-seven miles  west-south-west  from  Jerusalem,  and 
twenty  south-west  from  Timnath.  It  was  the  birth- 
place of  Herod  the  Great,  who  adorned  it  with  foun- 
tains, baths,  and  colonnades.  It  is  particularly  con- 
spicuous in  the  history  of  the  Crusades,  at  which 
period  its  harbour  was  closed,  and  the  place  re- 
duced to  ruins. 

Rev.  Mr.  Smith,  who  visited  it  in  1827,  describes 
it  as  one  of  the  most  mournful  scenes  of  utter  deso- 
lation he  had  ever  beheld.  Thick,  massive  walls, 
flanked  with  towers  built  on  the  top  of  a  ridge  of 
rock  that  encircles  the  town  and  terminates  at  each 
end  in  the  sea,  attest  the  strength  and  former  gran- 
deur of  the  place. 

Etam,  the  stronghold  to  which  Samson  retired, 
Judg.  XV.  8,  is  supposed  by  some  to  have  been  in  the 
vicinity  of  a  town  of  the  same  name,  a  mile  or  two 
south  of  Bethlehem,  which  was  ornamented  by  Solo- 
mon, and  fortified  by  Rehoboam.  1  Chron.  iv.  3,  32 ; 
2  Chron.  xi.  6,  Others  suggest  that  it  may  have 
been  the  Frank  Mountain  east  of  Bethlehem. 

Lehi,  Judg.  xv.  9, 14,  19,  is  supposed  to  be  Eleu- 
theropolis,  between  Hebron  and  Askelon, 
[A.  M.  2556+450:^:3006.] 


We  next  find  Samson  fearlessly  lodging  in  Gaza, 
the  principal  city  of  the  Philistines,  and  bearing 
away  the  gates  of  the  city  by  an  eflbrt  of  more 
than  mortal  power }  and  then  again  in  the  valley  of 
Sorek,  a  victim  to  the  blandishments  of  Delilah. 
Judg.  xvi. 

This  valley,  according  to  Von  Raumer,  has  its 
outlet  at  Askelon,  where  it  discharges  a  small  stream 
of  water.  Somewhere  in  the  neighbourhood  of  this 
city  then,  in  just  judgment  for  his  folly,  he  is  shorn 
of  his  strength,  and  led  captive  and  blind  to  Gaza, 
to  grind  in  the  prison-house  of  his  enemies ;  where, 
bowing  himself  down  in  the  greatness  of  his  return- 
ing strength,  when  led  out  for  the  diversion  of  the 
people  assembled  at  a  great  festival  of  their  god 
Dagon,  he  tore  away  the  solid  foundations  of  their 
temple,  and  perished,  with  multitudes  of  his  insult- 
ing foes,  beneath  its  ruins. 

Gaza,  the  last  of  the  five  cities  of  the  five  lords 
of  the  Philistines,  on  the  high  road  to  Egypt,  has 
ever  been  an  important  post.  Anciently  it  was  de- 
fended by  a  wall  sixty  feet  in  height.  It  required 
all  the  energies  and  resources  of  Alexander  the 
Great  to  reduce  it,  which  he  accomplished  after  a 
siege  of  five  months. 

The  last  five  chapters  of  Joshua  are  an  appendix 
to  this  book,  and  relate  to  events  which  occurred 
early  after  the  death  of  Joshua.  They  have  accord- 
ingly been  considered  in  their  chronological  order. 

BOOK   OP  RUTH, 

This  delightful  pastoral  belongs  to  the  period  of 
the  Judges;  perhaps  to  the  times  of  Jcphthah.  The 
husband  of  Naomi,  during  a  famine,  removes  from 
Bethlehem  to  the  land  of  Moab,  lying  south-east  of 
the  Dead  Sea,  After  a  few  years,  Naomi  returns  in 
deep  poverty  and  afiliction  to  her  kindred  at  Bethle- 
hem, having  buried  in  that  foreign  country  her  hus- 
band and  her  two  sons. 

Ruth,  the  wife  of  one  of  the  sons,  returns  with  her 
aged  mother-in-law,  saying,  "Whither  thou  goest 
I  will  go;  and  where  thou  lodgest  I  will  lodge; 
thy  people  shall  be  my  people,  and  thy  God  my 
God."  Soon  after  their  return  to  Bethlehem,  Ruth 
is  married  to  Boaz,  a  rich  relative  of  her  deceased 
husband.  By  this  marriage  this  Moabitish  woman 
becomes  the  ancestor  of  David,  and  of  David's  greater 
Son,  our  Lord  and  Saviour, 

[B.  0,1546-450=1096.] 


105 


THE   INTERMEDIATE   PERIOD. 


Iu6 


CHAPTER  VI. 

THE   INTERMEDIATE   PERIOD;      FROM   SAMUEL   TO   DAVID  AS   KING,    40    YEARS. 

A.  M.  3006  +  40  =  3046.     b.  c.  1096  —  40  =  1056. 


The  history  of  Samuel  and  of  David,  the  last  of 
the  judges  and  the  first  of  the  kings,  is  inseparably 
connected.  During  the  rule  of  the  last  three  judges, 
Eli,  a  weak  and  inefficient  but  pious  old  man,  has 
been  high-priest  contemporary  with  Samson,  a  short 
time  previous  to  whose  death  Eli  died,  1117  B.  C. 
Samuel  is  supposed  by  chronologists  to  have  been 
twenty  years  of  age  at  the  death  of  Eli  and  the  re- 
turn of  the  ark  from  the  captivity  of  the  Philis- 
tines, which  occurred  six  months  after  the  death  of 
Eli,  and  about  the  time  of  Samson's  death. 

RAMATHAIM-ZOPHIM. 

Samuel,  the  renowned  prophet  and  judge  of  Israel, 
was  born  at  this  place,  in  the  mountains  of  Ephraim ; 
but  the  locality  itself  has  been  the  subject  of  more 
conjecture  and  discussion  perhaps  than  any  other  in 
the  history  of  the  judges  and  kings  of  Israel.  An- 
cient writers  identified  it  with  Arimathea,  Ramleh, 
near  Jaffa.  Dr.  Robinson,  with  whom  Ritter  also 
agrees,  makes  it  identical  with  Sobah,  a  high  conical 
hill,  commanding  a  wide  prospect,  four  or  five  miles 
west  from  Jerusalem.  Gesenius  locates  it  near  the 
Frank  Mountain,  six  miles  south  by  east  from  Jeru- 
salem ;  others  still  farther  south,  toward  Hebron ; 
others  again  in  the  mountains  of  Ephraim,  north  of 
Jerusalem;  and  Schwartz,  the  Jewish  rabbi,  confi- 
dently places  it  near  Sanur,  north-west  of  Sebaste, 
ancient  Samaria,  and  forty  miles  north-north-west 
from  Jerusalem.  Among  these  conflicting  opinions, 
the  views  of  Dr.  Robinson  seem  most  worthy  of  con- 
fidence, 

APHEK. 

The  position  of  Aphek,  where  the  ark  of  the  cove- 
nant was  taken  by  the  Philistines,  is  involved  in 
almost  equal  uncertainty.  Robinson  and  Gesenius 
make  it  identical  with  Aphek,  near  the  mountains 
of  Gilboa,  in  the  plain  of  Esdraelon,  where  Saul  was 
afterward  slain.  Winer  and  others  locate  it  at  a 
great  distance  from  this,  and  make  it  a  town  in 
Judah. 

8  [A.  M.  3006+40=3046.] 


ASHDOD. 

The  captive  ark  is  first  found  at  Ashdod,  1  Sam, 
V.  1-9,  a  city  of  the  Philistines,  midway  between 
Joppa  and  Gaza,  and  about  twenty  miles  from  either 
city,  having  Ekron  on  the  north,  ten  miles  distant, 
and  Askelon  at  an  equal  distance  on  the  south.  Its 
ruins,  consisting  of  broken  arches  and  fragments  of 
marble  columns,  are  found  on  a  grassy  hill  near  the 
Mediterranean.  A  few  inhabitants  still  linger  about 
its  ruins.  It  is  on  the  great  route  from  the  Eu- 
phrates to  the  Nile,  and  became  a  military  post  of 
great  importance  in  the  wars  between  the  Assyrians 
and  Egyptians.  It  was,  with  several  Philistine 
cities,  dismantled  by  Uzziah,  b.  c.  810.  It  was  cap- 
tured by  the  king  of  Assyria  in  the  days  of  Isaiah, 
Isa.  XX.  1,  B.  c.  718,  and  afterward  sustained  a  siege 
by  Psammetichus,  king  of  Egypt,  of  twenty-nine 
years,  which  is  the  longest  siege  on  record.  It  was 
frequently  the  subject  of  prophetic  denunciation, 
Jer.  XXV.  20 ;  Amos  i.  8,  iii.  9 ;  Zeph.  ii.  4 ;  Zech. 
ix.  6 ;  and  was  afterward  destroyed  by  the  Maccabees, 
B.  c.  163.  1  Mac.  V.  68,  x.  71-78,  xi.  4.  Philip  was 
carried  by  the  Spirit  here,  after  baptizing  the  Ethi- 
opian eunuch.  Acts  viii.  40.  It  subsisted  many 
years  afterward  as  a  miserable  village. 

From  Ashdod  we  trace  the  ark  to  Gath,  fifteen 
miles  south-east,  and  then  again  to  Ekron,  one  of 
the  royal  cities,  Josh.  xiii.  3,  ten  miles  north-north- 
east from  Ashdod.  This  was  on  the  borders  of  Ju- 
dah, and  a  part  of  their  territory.  Josh.  xv.  11,  46, 
47.  Admonished  by  the  calamities  of  Ashdod  and 
Gath,  Ekron,  fearing  to  retain  the  ark,  returns  it  to 
the  Israelites,  after  a  captivity  of  seven  months. 
1  Sam.  v.,  vi.  Baal-zebub,  the  god  of  flies,  was  the 
god  of  Ekron.  Prophecies  against  Ekron :  Jer.xxv. 
20 ;  Amos  i.  8 ;  Zeph.  ii.  4 ;  Zech.  ix.  7.  It  is  now 
a  small  village  built  of  unburnt  bricks  and  mud. 

Bethshemesh,  which  first  received  the  ark  from 
the  Philistines,  1  Sam.  vi.  9, 20,  is  near  ten  miles 
south-east  from  Ekron,  and  somewhat  more  than 
-this  south-west  from  Jerusalem.  The  judicial  death 
of  thousands  on  this  occasion,  its  supply  of  stores 
[B.  C.  1096— 40==1056.] 


t07 


TEXT  BOOK  AND  ATLAS  OF   BIBLICAL  GEOGRAPHY. 


lOS 


fi )r  Solomon's  table,  1  Kings  iv.  9,  the  capture  of 
Amaziali  Iby  Joash,  2  Kings  xiv.  11,  12,  2  Chron. 
XXV.  21,  and  its  conquest  by  the  Philistines  under 
Ahaz,  2  Chron.  xxviii.  18,  are  the  principal  incidents 
connected  with  the  history  of  Bethshemesh.  Many 
foundations  and  ancient  walls  of  hewn  stone,  over- 
spreading a  low  swell  of  ground  just  west  of  the 
modern  village,  mark  the  place  and  indicate  the 
fallen  greatness  of  this  ancient  town. 

KIBJATH-JEARIM. 

To  Dr.  Ptobinson  belongs  the  honour  of  recover- 
ing, among  many  other  towns,  "  the  long-lost  city, 
Kirjath-jearim,"  to  which  the  ark  was  conveyed 
from  Bethshemesh.  This  city  he  finds  at  Kuryet- 
el-'Enab,  six  or  seven  miles  north-west  from  Jerusa- 
lem, and  eight  or  ten  north-east  from  Bethshemesh. 
The  town  is  built  on  terraces  upon  the  side  of  a  hill. 
It  was  one  of  the  dependencies  of  Gribeon,  Josh.  ix. 
17,  xviii.  25,  26,  on  the  border  of  Benjamin.  Here 
the  emigrants  from  Dan  encamped.  Judg.  xviii.  12. 
It  was  also  the  birth-place  of  Urijah  the  prophet. 
Jer.  xxvi.  20.  But  this  locality  is  chiefly  interest- 
ing as  the  resting-place  of  the  ark,  which,  for  rea- 
sons which  do  not  appear,  returned  no  more  to  the 
tabernacle  at  Shiloh.  Here  chiefly  it  was  kept  for 
seventy  years,  until  removed  to  Jerusalem  by  David, 
10-49  B.  c.  2  Sam.  vi.  Forty-three  years  after  which 
remove  it  was  deposited  in  its  final  resting-place, 
the  holy  of  holies  in  Solomon's  temple.  Here, 
shrouded  in  the  awful  eflFulgence  of  the  Shekinah, 
the  glory  of  which  filled  the  most  holy  place  in 
token  of  the  Divine  presence,  it  continued  four  hun- 
dred and  fifty  years,  until  the  temple  was  destroyed. 
588  B.  c. 

MIZPEH. 

The  twenty  years  specified  in  1  Sam.  vii.  2,  marks 
a  season  of  dreadful  declension  in  Israel,  during 
which  time  there  was  neither  prophet  nor  judge  in 
the  land.  The  ark,  the  tabernacle,  the  solemn  as- 
semblies, and  the  worship  of  God,  together  with  the 
administration  of  justice,  were  neglected,  and  the 
people  wholly  given  over  to  the  idols  of  Baalim  and 
Ashtaroth. 

At  the  end  of  this  period  Samuel  reappears,  the 
people  return  unto  the  Lord,  and  in  a  great  convo- 
cation at  Mizpeh  acknowledge  and  inaugurate  Samuel 
as  judge  and  seer  in  Israel.  Mizpeh  is  identified  by 
Dr.  Robinson  as  a  lofty  height,  now  known  as  Neby 
Samuil,  about  two  miles  north-east  from  Kirjath- 
jearim,  and  near  twice  that  distance  north-west 
from  Jerusalem.  It  is  500  feet  above  the  level  of 
[A.  M.  3006+40:^3046.] 


the  adjacent  plains,  overlooking  all  the  mountains 
round  about  Jerusalem,  and  commanding  a  vast 
prospect  from  the  Mediterranean  and  the  great  plain 
of  the  coast  to  the  Dead  Sea,  and  the  mountains  of 
Moab  beyond.  Here,  on  this  watch-tower,  the  peo- 
ple often  assembled,  Judg.  xx.  1,  xxi.  1 ;  here  Sa- 
muel ofibred  sacrifice  and  judged  the  people,  1  Sam. 
vii.  5—16  ;  here  Saul  was  chosen  king  by  lot,  1  Sam, 
X.  17 ;  and  here  Gedaliah,  the  Chaldean  governor, 
resided  and  was  assassinated.  2  Kings  xxv.  22,  23 ; 
Jer.  xl.,  xli. 

This  Mizpeh  of  Samuel  is  to  be  carefully  dis- 
tinguished from  others  of  the  same  name.  There 
was  a  Mizpeh  in  Judah,  Josh.  xv.  38 ;  another  in 
Moab,  probably  the  same  as  Kir-Moab,  1  Sam.  xxii. 
3;  another  in  Gilead,  the  same  as  Ramoth-Mizpeh, 
Judg.  xi.  29  J  Josh.  xiii.  26 ;  and  yet  a  second  in 
Gilead,  north  of  the  foregoing,  where  Jacob  and 
Laban  had  their  final  interview.  Gen.  xxxi.  49 ; 
Judg.  X.  17 ;  Jer.  xl.  6,  8 ;  and  another  still,  near 
Mount  Hermon,  east  of  the  Water's  of  Merom.  Josh. 
xi.  3, 8. 

The  scene  of  the  overthrow  of  the  Philistines  by  the 
tempest  fi-om  heaven,  the  place  where  Samuel  erected 
his  Ebenezer,  Shen,  and  Bethcar,  found  in  the  same 
connection,  all  are  alike  unknown.  1  Sam. vii.  10-12. 

The  circuit  of  Saul,  1  Sam.  ix.,  which  brings  Saul 
first  into  connection  with  Samuel,  together  with  Sha- 
lisha,  Shalim,  Zuph,  and  Zelzah,  are  involved  in  the 
same  inexplicable  difficulties  as  the  site  of  Eama- 
thaim-Zophim. 

BEZEK. 

Bezek,  where,  with  incredible  expedition,  Saul 
mustered  the  hosts  of  Israel  for  the  relief  of  Jabesh- 
Gilead,  is  supposed  to  have  been  near  Scythopolis  or 
Bethshean,  on  the  west  of  the  Jordan,  and  over 
against  Jabesh-Gilead.  It  was  probably  the  resi- 
dence of  Adonibezek.  Judg.  i.  5.  This  success  was 
soon  followed  by  the  impiety  and  defeat  of  Saul,  at 
Gilgal.  1  Sam.  xi.  xiii. 

JABESH-GILEAD. 

Jabesh-Gilead  was  fifteen  or  twenty  miles  below 
the  outlet  of  the  Sea  of  Tiberias,  and  a  few  miles 
east  of  the  Jordan.  In  a  valley  bearing  this  name 
Dr.  Robinson  has  recently  discovered  the  site  of  this 
town.  It  has  already  been  mentioned.  Judg.  xxi. 
6-14.  In  grateful  remembrance  of  their  deliverance 
by  Saul,  the  men  of  this  city  went  by  night  to  Beth- 
shean and  brought  his  remains,  and  those  of  his  son, 
and  caused  them  to  be  respectfully  interred.  1  gam. 
xxxi.8-13;  2  Sam.  xxi.  12-14 ;  comp.  2  Sam.  ii.  4,  7. 
Filled  with  admiration  at  the  energy  displayed  in 
I"B.  C.  1096— 40=:1056.] 


109 


THE   INTERMEDIATE  PERIOD. 


110 


this  expedition  against  the  Ammonites  for  tlie  relief 
of  Jabcsh-Gilead,  all  Israel  assembled  at  Gilgal  and 
inaugurated  Saul,  previously  anointed  and  elected, 
as  kmcr.  1  Sam.  xi.  15.     B.  C.  1070  —  63. 


MICHMA8H. 

1  Sam.  xiii.  About  nine  miles  north  by  cast 
from  Jerusalem,  and  about  half  this  distance  south- 
east from  Bethaven,  Bethel,  verse  5,  lies  Michmash, 
now  in  ruins.  Some  two  miles  south,  on  the  way 
t.0  Jemsalem,  is  Gibeah  of  Benjamin,  also  in  ruins. 
Between  these  places,  from  east  to  west,  runs  a  deep 
valley,  the  Pass  of  Michmash,  verse  23 ;  Isa.  x.  29. 
At  Michmash  and  Gibeah,  on  either  side  of  this 
pass,  were  stationed  two  divisions  of  Saul's  lifeguard, 
verse  2.  Jonathan  commences  hostilities  at  Geba, 
{.  e.  Gibeah,  by  breaking  down  a  military  piUar  or 
Tiionument  of  the  Philistines  at  this  place,  not  by 
smiting  a  garrison  here.  Incensed  at  this  indignity, 
the  Philistines '  encamp  in  great  numbers  at  Mich- 
mash, while  Saul  withdraws  to  Gilgal,  twelve  or 
fifteen  miles  south-east,  verse  7.  After  his  sacri- 
legious sacrifice,  which  separates  him  from  the  throne 
of  Israel,  Saul  advances  with  his  terrified  forces  to 
Gibeah,  verses  8-15,  the  two  armies  being  separated 
only  by  the  Pass  of  Michmash.  Ophrah,  toward 
which  one  band  of  the  spoilers  go,  is  six  miles  north 
by  east  from  Michmash.  Sherar  must  be  the  dis- 
trict beyond.  Bethhoron  is  west  from  Michmash. 
Zeboim,  distinct  from  the  petty  kingdom  near  So- 
dom, in  the  vale  of  Siddim,  Gen.  x.  19,  xiv.  2,  8, 
appears  to  have  been  in  a  valley  east  of  Michmash. 
Comp.  Neh.  xi.  34. 

1  Sam.  xiv.  In  the  deep  valley  between  Gebah 
and  Michmash,  are  two  remarkable  hills,  one  on 
each  side  of  the  valley,  standing  out  from  the  pre- 
cipitous walls,  of  a  conical  or  sugar-loaf  form,  with 
steep  rocky  sides.  These  must  be  Bozez  and  Seneh, 
the  seat  of  Jonathan's  bold  adventure,  which  re- 
sulted in  the  flight  of  the  Philistines  toward  Ajalon, 
west  by  south  from  Michmash,  in  the  course  of 
which  retreat  many  thousands  of  them  were  slain, 
verses  1-46. 

Encouraged  by  his  signal  success  in  the  defeat  of 
the  Philistines,  Saul  now  begins  to  extend  his  con- 
quests over  enemies  more  remote.  He  wages  war 
with  Zobah,  a  Syrian  province  north  of  Damascus, 
extending  from  Hamoth  to  the  Euphrates,  whose 
king  was  again  subdued  by  David,  2  Sam.  viii.  3 ; 
X.  6 ;  and  yet  again  by  Solomon.  2  Chron.  viii.  3. 

Ammon  and  Moab,  east  of  the  Dead  Sea,  were 
also  drawn  into  conflict  with  Saul.     Next  he  directed 
his  forces   against   the   Amalekitcs,   in  the    desert 
[A.M.  8006+40=3040.] 


south  of  Palestine,  those  ancient,  marauding,  heredi- 
tary enemies  of  the  Hebrews,  who  had  been  pre- 
destined to  destruction.  Ex.  xviii.  14;  Deut.  xxv.  19. 
Instead  of  utterly  exterminating  these,  he  retains 
the  best  of  the  cattle  for  booty,  and  after  erecting  a 
vain  monument  of  his  victory  at  Carmel,  brings 
back  Agag,  their  king,  as  a  prisoner  to  Gilgal,  with 
the  best  of  the  sheep.  For  this  neglect  of  the 
Divine  command,  the  irrevocable  decree  of  exclu- 
sion from  the  kingdom  was  again  pronounced  against 
him  by  Samuel.  1  Sam.  xv.  23. 

BETHLEHEM. 

1  Sam.  xvi.  The  anointing  of  David  to  be  the 
future  king  of  Israel  brings  into  notice  Bethlehem, 
ever  memorable  as  the  birthplace  of  the  royal 
Psalmist,  but  infinitely  more  sacred  as  the  scene  of 
the  nativity  of  David's  Royal  Son,  the  Lord,  our  Sa- 
viour and  Redeemer. 

Bethlehem  is  six  miles  from  Jerusalem,  a  little 
west  of  south,  and  east  of  the  road  to  Hebron,  on  an 
oblong  ridge,  2538  Paris  feet  above  the  Mediterra- 
nean, and  about  60  feet  higher  than  Jerusalem.  It 
was  called  Bethlehem-Judah,  to  distinguish  it  from 
another  Bethlehem  in  Zebulon.  Josh.  xix.  15 ;  Judg. 
xii.  10.  It  is  also  called  Ephrata,  the  fruitful,  and 
its  inhabitants  Ephrathites.  Gen.  xlviii.  7 ;  Mic.  v. 
2.  It  was  the  scene  of  the  book  of  Ruth,  the  birth- 
place of  David,  and  of  his  celebrated  nephews,  Joab, 
Abishai,  and  Asahel,  and  was  fortified  by  Reho- 
boam.  2  Chron.  xi.  6. 

Bethlehem  has  been  visited  by  many  travellers, 
and  been  often  described.  We  have  selected  the  fol- 
lowing description  from  the  travels  of  Dr.  Olin : — 

"  The  first  appearance  of  Bethlehem  is  very  strik- 
ing, in  whatever  direction  it  is  approached.  It  is 
built  upon  a  ridge  of  considerable  elevation,  which 
has  a  rapid  descent  to  the  north  and  east.  The 
width  of  the  town  is  very  inconsiderable,  in  some 
places  hardly  exceeding  that  of  a  single  street. 
From  the  gate  at  the  western  extremity  to  the  con- 
vent which  occupies  the  eastern,  the  distance  may 
be  half  a  mile.  The  first  part  of  the  way,  the  street 
descends  rapidly;  farther  on,  and  especially  near 
the  convent,  it  becomes  tolerably  level. 

"The  houses  are  solidly,  though  roughly  built  of 
the  limestone  of  which  this  whole  region  is  composed; 
but  a  large  part  of  them  are  in  a  very  dilapidated 
state,  and  uninhabited.  A  number  are  without  a 
roof;  of  others,  the  walls  are  in  a  ruinous  condition. 
The  streets  are  narrow,  and,  though  paved,  are 
almost  impassable  for  a  horse. 

"  The  inhabitants  are  all  Christnns,  the  Moham- 
[B.  C.  1096— 40=1056  ] 


Ill 


TEXT  BOOK  AND  ATLAS  OF  BIBLICAL  GECGBAPIIY. 


112 


medans  having  been  expelled  and  their  houses  broken 
down  by  Ibrahim  Pacha,  during  the  insurrection  of 
1834.  I  could  not  ascertain  what  is  the  probable 
population,  though,  from  the  extent  of  the  town 
and  the  number  of  houses,  it  might  contain  from 
two  to  three  thousand  people;  yet  I  have  seen 
them  estimated  at  not  more  than  three  or  four 
hundred.  This  is  certainly  much  below  the  real 
number. 

"The  environs  of  Bethlehem  are  beautiful,  but 
they  cannot  be  said  to  be  well  cultivated.  There  is, 
indeed,  no  good  tillage  in  this  country,  though  the 
best  is  perhaps  about  this  ancient  town.  The  soil 
is  fertile,  but  it  is  encumbered  with  rocks,  and  the 
hills  and  valleys  are  covered  to  a  considerable  dis- 
tance with  figs,  olives,  pomegranates,  and  vine- 
yards." 

Since  Dr.  Olin's  visit  to  this  city  a  very  interesting 
and  flourishing  Christian  settlement  has  been  made 
near  Bethlehem,  for  agricultural  purposes,  in  con- 
nection with  Christian  missions.  The  object  of  this 
industrial  association  is  to  develop  the  capabilities 
of  the  soil,  to  give  practical  exemplification  of  the 
arts  of  husbandry,  and  of  the  culture  of  suitable 
crops,  vegetables,  and  fruits — adopted  as  a  means  of 
restoring  to  this  desolate  country  the  blessings  of 
civilized  life,  and  of  the  Christian  religion. 

"The  deep  valley  on  the  northern  side  of  the 
town,  which  is  overlooked  by  the  road  leading  to 
Jerusalem,  presents  a  scene  of  beauty  and  luxuriance 
unrivalled,  so  far  as  I  have  yet  seen,  in  Palestine. 
The  hill-sides  by  which  it  is  bounded  are  terraced 
with  great  labour  and  care,  and  covered  with  fine 
fruit  trees.  This  delicious  spot  may  perhaps  be 
taken  as  a  specimen  of  the  general  appearance  of  the 
hill-country  in  the  prosperous  days  of  the  Jewish 
state,  and  of  what  it  might  once  more  become  under 
the  fostering  care  of  a  good  government,  and  of  an 
industrious,  civilized  population." 

Below  the  heiglits  of  Bethlehem,  in  different  di- 
rections, are  small,  fruitful  valleys,  in  some  of  which 
Ruth  followed  the  reapers  of  her  kinsman  Boaz. 
To  the  shepherds  also,  as  they  watched  their  flocks 
by  night,  the  glory  of  the  Lord  shone  round  about 
them,  while  the  angel  of  God  brought  them  "  good 
tidings  of  great  joy,  which  shall  be  to  all  people," 
and  the  multitude  of  the  heavenly  host  confii-med 
the  joyful  tidings  by  that  chorus  of  the  skies,  "  Glory 
to  God  in  the  highest,  and  on  earth  peace,  good-will 
to  men."  Such  high  and  holy  associations  cluster 
around  the  city  of  David,  where  Christ  the  Lord  was 
born,  which  we  will  not  disturb  by  intermingling 
the  childish  stories  of  legendary  superstition. 
[A.M.  3006+40=3046.] 


CHAP.  XVII.      DAVID   AND    GOLIATH.      B.  C.  10G3. 

Shochoh,  the  scene  of  the  rencontre  of  David,  the 
youthful  warrior  of  Israel,  with  Goliath,  the  Philis- 
tine giant,  was  fifteen  miles  south-west  from  Bethle- 
hem, and  five  south  of  Bethshemesh,  and  a  short 
distance  south  of  the  scene  of  Samson's  exploits  with 
the  Philistines.l  Sam.xvii.  This  is  situated  on  an  emi- 
nence over  against  a  corresponding  one  on  the  north, 
where  travellers  locate  Azekah.  The  valley  of  Elah, 
of  the  terebinth-tree,  lay  between  them.  In  this 
same  valley  Dr.  Robinson  found  an  immense  tere- 
binth-tree, "  spreading  its  boughs  far  and  wide  like 
a  noble  oak — under  the  shade  of  such  a  tree  Abra- 
ham might  well  have  pitched  his  tent  at  Mamre." 

Chap,  xviii.-xx.  The  advancement  of  David  to 
be  armour-bearer  to  Saul,  and  then  a  minstrel  to 
soothe  him  with  music  in  his  fits  of  morbid  melan- 
choly and  jealousy;  the  repeated  expeditions  of 
David  against  the  Philistines ;  his  marriage  with  the 
king's  daughter,  and  the  affection  of  Jonathan  for 
him ;  his  visit  to  Samuel ;  his  residence  at  Naioth, 
the  school  of  the  prophets,  near  Ramah ;  and  his  de- 
parture from  the  court  of  Saul — all  these  eventful 
incidents  in  the  life  of  David  occupied  apparently 
the  space  of  only  a  few  months, 

■WANDERINGS   OF   DAVID. 

Chap,  xxi.,  xxii.  Nob,  where  David  ate  of  the 
shewbread,  and  where,  by  the  treachery  of  Doeg  the 
Edomite,  the  priests  of  the  Lord  were  slain,  must 
have  been  just  north  of  the  Mount  of  Olives,  as  is 
indicated  by  the  approach  of  the  Assyrian,  who,  on 
these  heights  beyond  the  valley  of  Jehoshaphat, 
stands  and  "  shakes  his  hand  against  the  mount  of 
the  daughter  of  Zion,  the  hill  of  Jerusalem."  Isa. 
x.  32. 

From  Nob  we  trace  the  fugitive  twenty  miles 
west-south-west  across  the  country  to  Gath,  in  the 
borders  of  the  Philistines,  where,  under  the  disguise 
of  madness,  he  continues  some  months  unknown. 

Chap.  xxi.  Thence  he  flees  to  Adullam,  supposed 
to  be  a  short  distance  south  from  Bethlehem,  near 
the  Pools  of  Solomon,  and  some  fifteen  miles  east  by 
north  from  Gath.  Thence  he  transfers  himself  and 
his  father's  family  to  Moab;  and  again,  by  the  ad- 
monition of  the  prophet  Gad,  returns  to  the  unknown 
forest  of  Hareth,  in  Judah.  Chap.  xxii.  5. 

Chap,  xxiii.    Next  he  engages  in  a  successful  ex- 
pedition  for   the  deliverance  of  Keilah   from  the 
Philistines.     This  was  a  walled  town,  now  lost,  a 
few  miles  south  and  east  from  Gath,  in  Judah. 
[B.C.  1096-40=1056.] 


113 


THE  INTERMEDIATE  PERIOD. 


114 


The  trcaclierous  ingratitude  of  the  men  of  Keikh 
compels  him  to  seek  his  safety  in  concealment,  which 
he  finds  in  the  wilderness  of  Ziph,  four  miles  south- 
east from  Hebron.  Hachilah  and  Jeshimon,  xxiii. 
19,  by  the  limitations  of  the  narrative,  must  be  re- 
ferred to  the  same  neighbourhood,  but  their  situa- 
tion is  unknown.  The  treachery  of  the  Ziphites  com- 
pels him  to  retire  still  farther  south  to  Maon,  the  ruins 
of  which  Dr.  Kobinson  found  on  a  conical  hill,  seven 
or  eight  miles  south-east  by  south  from  Hebron. 

Next,  after  the  return  of  Saul  from  the  pursuit  of 
him,  he  takes  his  position  in  the  strongholds  of  En- 
gedi,  on  the  western  cliffs  of  the  Dead  Sea,  fifteen 
miles  or  more  north-east  from  Maon,  and  midway  be- 
tween the  extremities  of  the  Dead  Sea.  This  was  for 
some  time  the  head-quarters  of  Lieut.  Lynch  in  his 
late  survey  of  this  sea.  The  clifis  at  this  place  over- 
hang the  sea  to  the  height  of  1500  feet,  the  summit 
of  which  commands  a  fine  view  of  the  vast,  deep 
chasm  of  the  sea,  shut  in  on  both  sides  by  lofty,  pre- 
cipitous mountains.  From  the  sides  of  these  cliffs 
flows  a  copious  fountain  of  sweet  water.  In  some 
cave  within  this  desert  David  cuts  off  the  skirt  of 
Saul's  robe.  Chap.  xxiv. 

From  this  position  he  soon  retires  to  the  wilder- 
ness of  Paran,  on  the  borders  of  the  great  desert, 
south  of  Judah  and  south-west  of  the  southern  ex- 
tremity of  the  Dead  Sea.  Next  follows  the  incident 
with  Nabal,  the  churl  of  Carmel,  between  Maon  and 
Ziph,  six  miles  south  by  east  from  Hebron.  Dr. 
Robinson  found  Carmel  occupying  a  beautiful  grass- 
plat,  in  a  secluded  valley  sm-rounded  by  hills.  A 
vast  reservoir,  an  ancient  castle,  and  many  founda- 
tions and  broken  walls,  with  the  ruins  of  a  church 
at  a  little  distance,  indicate  at  once  the  former  im- 
portance and  present  desolation  of  Carmel.  No  pen 
has  recorded  the  date  or  the  means  of  its  overthrow. 
Chap.  XXV. 

We  are  deeply  indebted  to  Dr.  Robinson  for  the 
recovery  of  these  localities,  the  scene  of  David's 
wanderings  and  trials,  while  frequently  betrayed  by 
treacherous  foes,  and  hunted,  like  a  partridge  on  the 
mountains,  by  the  frenzied  and  relentless  king  to 
whose  throne  Heaven  had  appointed  him.  The  reader 
will  readily  sympathize  with  the  traveller  in  the 
emotions  with  which  he  explored  and  brought  to 
light  these  long-lost  localities  of  Scripture  history. 

"  We  were  here  in  the  midst  of  scenes  memorable 
of  old  for  the  adventures  of  David,  during  his  wan- 
derings in  order  to  escape  from  the  jealousy  of 
Saul ;  and  we  did  not  fail  to  peruse  here,  and  with 
the  deepest  interest,  the  chapters  of  Scripture  which 
record  the  history  of  those  wanderings  and  adven- 
tures. 1  Sam.  xxiii.  13  seq. ;  xxiv.,  xxv.,  xxvi.  Ziph 
9  [A.M.  3006-j-40:=30i6.] 


and  Moan  gave  their  names  to  the  desert  on  the  east, 
as  did  also  Engedi ;  and  twice  did  the  inhabitants  of 
Ziph  attempt  to  betray  the  youthful  outlaw  to  the  ven- 
geance of  his  persecutor.  1  Sam.  xxiii.  19,  xxvi.  1. 

"  At  that  time  David  and  his  men  appear  to  have 
been  very  much  in  the  condition  of  similar  outlaws 
at  the  present  day ;  for  '  every  one  that  was  in  dis- 
tress, and  every  one  that  was  in  debt,  and  every  one 
that  was  discontented  gathered  themselves  unto  him ; 
and  he  became  a  captain  over  them ;  and  there  were 
with  him  about  four  hundred  men.'  1  Sam.  xxii.  2. 
They  lurked  in  these  deserts,  associating  with  the 
herdsmen  and  shepherds  of  Nabal  and  others,  and 
doing  them  good  offices,  probably  in  return  for  in- 
formation and  supplies  obtained  through  them.  1 
Sam.  xxv.  7, 14-16. 

"  Hence,  when  Nabal  held  his  annual  sheep-shear- 
ing in  Carmel,  David  felt  himself  entitled  to  share 
in  the  festival ;  and  sent  a  messenger  recounting  his 
own  services,  and  asking  for  a  present :  '  Wherefore 
let  the  young  men  find  favour  in  thine  eyes ;  for  we 
come  in  a  good  day :  give,  I  pray  thee,  whatsoever 
cometh  to  thine  hand,  unto  thy  servants  and  to  thy 
son  David.'  1  Sam.  xxv.  8,  9. 

"  In  all  these  particulars  we  were  deeply  struck 
with  the  truth  and  strength  of  the  biblical  descrip- 
tions of  manners  and  customs,  almost  identically  the 
same  as  they  exist  at  the  present  day.  On  such  a 
festive  occasion,  near  a  town  or  village,  even  in  our 
own  time,  an  Arab  sheikh  of  the  neighbouring  de- 
sert would  hardly  fail  to  put  in  a  word,  either  in 
person  or  by  message;  and  his  message,  both  in 
form  and  substance,  would  be  only  the  transcript  of 
that  of  David." 

Chap.  xxvi.  xxvii.  Having  again  spared  the  life 
of  Saul  at  Hachilah,  David  returns  across  the  coun- 
try to  Achish  of  Gath,  where,  a  year  and  a  half  or 
two  years  before,  he  had  played  the  madman ;  and 
settles  by  the  grant  of  Achish  in  Ziklag,  one  of  his 
dependencies  apparently  in  that  vicinity,  which  has 
not  been  recovered.  From  this  place  he  goes  on  an 
expedition  against  several  tribes  that  inhabited  the 
desert  south  of  the  Philistines,  xxvii.  8,  and  again 
against  other  tribes  on  the  south  of  Judah,  who 
seem  to  have  been  confederates  of  his  people  Israel, 
xxvii.  10-12. 

DEATH  OP   SAUL.   B.  C.  1056.      MOUNTAINS   OP 
GILBOA  AND   HERMON. 

Chap,  xxviii.-xxxi.  The  Philistines  again  renew 
hostilities  with  Israel  on  the  plain  of  Esdraelon,  at 
the  base  of  the  mountains  of  Grilboa.  These  rise 
out  of  the  eastern  portion  of  the  plain,  fifty  miles 
north  by  east  from  Jerusalem  They  attain  to  only 
[B.  C.  1C'D6— 40— 1056.] 


115 


TEXT  BOOK  AND  ATLAS  OF  BIBLICAL  GEOGEAPHY. 


116 


moderate  height,  and  extend  some  distance  south- 
east toward  the  Jordan.  Three  miles  north  of  them 
is  the  parallel  plain  of  Little  Hermon.  These  two 
heights  mark  the  position  of  the  two  armies :  Saul 
and  his  men  on  the  western  height  of  Gilboa,  the 
Philistines  on  those  of  Hermon.  Endor  is  beyond 
Ilermon,  on  the  northern  slope.  Saul,  in  distress, 
abandoned  of  God,  passes  by  night  across  the  valley 
and  over  Ilermon,  beyond  the  camp  of  the  Philis- 
tines, to  consult  the  sorceress  at  Endor.  xxviii.  7-25. 
Aphek,  another  station  of  the  Philistines,  is  said  by 
Jerome  and  Eusebius  to  have  been  near  to  Endor. 

Either  a  deep  well  below  Jezreel,  on  the  north  of 
Gilboa,  noticed  by  Wilson,  or  a  natural  fountain  far- 
ther east,  mentioned  by  Robinson,  was  doubtless  the 
fountain  by  which  the  Israelites  pitched  their  camp. 
The  scene  of  the  fatal  battle  where  "  the  men  of 
Israel  fled  from  before  the  Philistines,  and  fell  down 
slain  on  Mount  Gilboa,"  was  the  valley  between 
Hermon  and  Gilboa.  xxxi.  Here,  upon  the  "high 
places"  of  Gilboa,  where,  more  than  200  years  be- 
fore, Gideon  had  routed  the  host  pf  Midian,  Saul  and 
Jonathan,  the  beauty  of  Israel,  were  slain.  "  The 
battle  went  sore  against  Saul ;"  and,  "  wounded  by 
the  archers,"  so  that  he  could  not  escape,  he  fell  upon 
his  own  sword,  a  guilty  suicide,  rather  than  fall  into 
the  hands  of  the  enemy.  The  chronology  of  this  pe- 
riod is  confused,  but  according  to  our  chronologist  this 
unhappy  and  wicked  prince  could  not  have  reigned 
more  than  fourteen,  nor  less  than  seven  years. 


ZIKLAG. 

David  had  accompanied  the  Philistines  on  this 
expedition,  but,  before  the  battle,  had  returned  by 
reason  of  the  distrust  of  the  Philistines.  Chap.  xxix. 
In  his  absence,  a  marauding  party  of  Amalekites,  in 
revenge  for  his  victory  over  the  Geshurites,Gezerites, 
and  Amalekites,  1  Sam.  xxvii.  8-9,  have  come  up 
from  the  desert,  smitten  and  burnt  Ziklag,  and  car- 
ried away  captive  his  wives.  David  immediately 
pursues  after  them,  surprises  them  at  the  brook 
Besor,  below  Gaza,  and  nearly  exterminates  the 
tribe,  of  whom  little  more  is  heard  in  history. 

THE   ELDERS   OP  JUDAH.      1  SAM.  XXX.  26-31. 

To  the  elders  of  the  cities  in  the  south  of  Judah 
who  had  shown  kindness  to  him  as  an  outlaw,  David 
now  sends  presents  in  return  from  the  spoils  of  the 
Amalekites.  xxx.  27-31.  Instead  of  Bethel,  The- 
nius  reads  Bethzur,  the  name  of  an  ancient  fortress 
of  great  strength,  five  miles  north-north-west  from 
Hebron,  the  ruins  of  which  are  still  extensive,  in 
connection  with  a  fountain  and  an  ancient  tower. 
South  Ramoth  was  undoubtedly  south  of  Hebron, 
on  the  borders  of  the  desert  of  Jattir.  Aroer  and 
Eshtemoa  were  in  the  same  direction,  nearly  in  a 
line  south  from  Hebron.  Rachal,  Siphmoth,  Chora- 
shan,  and  Athach  are  quite  unknown.  Hormah,  of 
which  frequent  mention  has  been  made,  is  located  by 
geographers  in  the  neighbourhood  of  Kadesh-Barnea. 


CHAPTER  VII. 

THE   PERIOD   OF   THE   MONARCHY;  FROM  DAVID   TO   THE  BABYLONISH   CAPTIVITY,  450  YEARS. 

A.  M.  3046  +  450  =  3496.  b.  c.  1056  —  450  =  606. 


THE   CIVIL  WAR. 

After  the  death  of  Saul,  David  is  acknowledged 
as  king  of  Judah,  and  establishes  himself  at  Hebron. 
The  other  tribes  adhere  to  the  house  of  Saul,  and 
Ishbosheth  his  son  is  by  Abner  proclaimed  king  at 
Mahanaim,  beyond  Jordan.  Thus  a  civil  war  be- 
gins between  these  two  rival  claimants  for  the  throne, 
conducted  by  Abner,  the  cousin  of  Saul,  and  Joab, 
the  nephew  of  David,  men  of  renown  and  consum- 
mate military  talents. 

Abner  soon  transfers  his  forces  to  Gibeon,  near 

Gibeah,  the  seat  of  Saul's  kingdom^where  they  are 

met  by  Joab  at  the  head  of  David's  men.     Here  the 

challenge  of  Abner  to  Joab  brings  defeat  upon  him 

[A.  M.  8046+450=3490.] 


and  his  party.  2  Sam.  ii.  Ammah,  "  that  lieth  be- 
fore Giah,"  near  the  wilderness  of  Gibeon,  must  ha^•e 
been  near  this  city  itself,  2  Sam.  ii.  24,  but  nothing 
is  known  of  them.  The  same  is  true  of  the  district 
or  pass  of  Bithron,  through  which  Abner  retreats  to 
Mahanaim.  2  Sam.  ii.  29. 

Laish,  from  whence  David,  by  the  agency  of  Ab- 
ner, recovered  his  wife,  Michal,  the  daughter  of  Saul, 
has  already  fallen  under  our  notice  as  Dan,  in  the 
north  of  Palestine. 

Bahurim,  to  which  her  husband  followed  her 
weeping,  is  near  Jerusalem,  just  east  of  the  Mount 
of  Olives,  where  also  Shimei  cursed  David  in  his 
fiiglit  from  Absalom.  2  Sam.  iii.  16,  xvi.  5. 

Becroth,  the  native  place  of  Baanah  and  Rcchab, 
[B.  C.  1056—450=606.] 


117 


THE  PERIOD  OF  THE  MONARCHY. 


118 


the  assassins  of  Ishboshetli,  2  Sam.  iv.  2,  was  seven 
miles  north  of  Jerusalem,  and  one  of  the  depend- 
encies of  Gibeon.  Josh.  ix.  17,  xviii.  25.  At  the 
time  of  the  writing  of  the  book  of  Samuel  the  town 
was  no  more  inhabited,  the  inhabitants  having  fled 
to  the  neighbouring  city  of  Gittaim.  The  revolt  of 
Abner  and  the  assassination  of  Ishbosheth  result,  at 
the  end  of  two  years,  in  the  termination  of  the  civil 
war,  and  the  inauguration  of  David  as  king  over  all 
the  tribes. 

After  a  reign  of  seven  and  a  half  years  at  Hebron, 
David  takes  Jerusalem,  1049  B.  C,  from  the  Jebu- 
sites,  and  makes  it  the  seat  of  his  kingdom.  Millo 
appears  to  have  been  a  fortress  for  the  defence  of 
Zion  at  the  north-east,  toward  Mount  Jloriah. 

THE   PHILISTINES   IN  EEPHAIM. 

Thrice  these  wakeful  enemies  of  Israel  advance  to 
the  very  gat^s  of  the  city,  and  suffer  a  signal  defeat 
in  Kephaim,  a  broad  valley  lying  just  without  the 
city,  at  the  south-west,  and  running  off  in  a  narrow 
defile  through  the  mountains  to  the  land  of  the 
Philistines. 

Baal-perazim  appeal's  to  be  some  mount  in  the  line 
of  this  valley,  not  far  from  Jerusalem.  2  Sam.  v.  20 ; 
1  Chron.  xiv.  11 ',  Isa.  xxviii.  21. 

GEBA.      2  SAM.  V.  25. 

In  their  second  repulse  the  Philistines  withdrew  to 
Geba,  on  the  northern  line  of  Benjamin,  2  Kings 
xxiii.  8,  near  to  Gibeah,  but  distinct  from  it.  It 
was  rebuilt  by  Asa,  with  stones  from  Ramah,  from 
which  circumstance  it  would  seem  to  have  been  near 
this  place.  2  Kings  xv.  22 ;  2  Chron.  xvi.  6.  We 
have  thus  these  three  towns,  Geba,  Gibeah  of  Benja- 
min, and  Gibeah  of  Saul,  in  the  immediate  vicinity 
of  each  other.  From  Geba  the  Philistines  turn  in  a 
southwest  direction  across  the  country  to  Gazer,  on 
the  north  of  their  land. 


REMOVAL  OF   THE   ARK   OF  THE   COVENANT. 

B.  c.  1049. 

Chap.  vi.  Baalah,  from  which  the  ark  of  the 
covenant  was  removed  to  Jerusalem,  is  only  another 
name  of  Kirjath-jearim,  1  Chron.  xiii.  6,  where  it 
had  remained  sixty-eight  years. 

David's  victories. 

Chap,  viii.,  1  Chron.  xviii.     David  now  extends  his 
eoncLuests  over  the  surrounding' nations;  first  over 
[A.M.3016-|-450=8-i9G.] 


the  Philistines,  from  whom  he  takes  Metheg-Ammah, 
the  hridce-hit  of  the  metropolis, — L  e.  the  metropolis 
which  in  1  Chron.  xviii.  1  is  Gath, — then  Moab  and 
Edom,  east  and  south  of  the  Dead  Sea,  and  extends 
his  conquests  quite  to  the  eastern  arm  of  the  Red 
Sea.  Damascus,  Hamath,  and  Zobah,  on  the  north, 
as  far. as  the  Euphrates,  are  also  subdued  under  his 
arms. 

VALLEY  OF   SALT. 

David,  in  his  military  expedition  to  Northern  Syria, 
gi'eatly  enriched  himself  with  various  treasures,  which 
he  dedicated  to  the  Lord,  and  "gat  him  a  name 
when  he  returned  from  smiting  of  the  Syrians  in  the 
valley  of  salt,  being  eighteen  thousand  men."  2  Sam. 
viii.  13.  We  are  indebted  to  Mr.  Thompson  for  a 
lively  and  graphic  description  of  this  remarkable 
locality,  which  hitherto  has  been  but  little  known, 
and  seldom  visited  by  European  travellers. 

It  is  some  distance  above  Hamath,  and  twenty- 
four  miles  south-east  of  Aleppo.  The  incrustations 
which  are  gathered  here  are  carried  to  a  neighbour- 
ing village,  where  they  are  sorted,  dried,  winnowed, 
and  sold  to  all  parts  of  the  country. 

"  This  vale  of  salt  is  the  most  extraordinary  place 
that  I  have  yet  visited.  There  was  the  shore,  a 
short  distance  in  advance  of  us,  as  distinctly  marked 
as  that  of  the  ocean;  but  what  was  my  surprise  not 
to  find  one  drop  of  water — nothing  but  a  boundless 
extension  of  incrusted  salt ! 

"A  vast  expanse  of  glassy  salt,  glowing  in  the 
burning  sun  of  August — an  oppressive,  saddening, 
dismal  brightness.  I  have  rarely  felt  such  a  sad- 
ness at  heart  as  when  steeped,  drenched  in  this  flood 
of  glory.  The  very  atmosphere  trembled,  and  sim- 
mered, and  quivered,  as  if  it  were  molten  silver. 
The  excess  of  brightness  was  terrible,  and  the  total 
silence  and  utter  absence  of  any  manifestations  of 
life  were  oppressive.  It  is  a  vale  of  utter  death, 
polished  and  burnished  into  intolerable  and  horrid 
splendour.     It  is  four  days'  ride  in  circumference. 

"  In  winter  this  whole  region  is  actually  a  lake, 
with  its  margin  as  accurately  defined  as  any  other, 
but  by  August  the  water  has  all  evaporated,  and  a 
crust  of  white,  coarse-grained  salt  has  been  deposited 
over  the  entire  surface.  I  nowhere  saw  this  crust 
thicker  than  half  an  inch.  The  quantity,  however, 
depends  upon  the  amount  of  rain  during  the  winter, 
and  it  is  said,  sometimes,  and  in  certain  places,  to  be 
several  inches  in  thickness." 

On  the  south-eastern  margin  of  this  vale,  our  tra- 
veller was  informed  that  very  extensive  ruins  are 
found,  which  bear  the  name  of  Zobah  or  Zebah. 
Thi«  plac«  he  supposes  marks  the  site  of  Hadadezer's 
[B*C.  1056— 450=006.] 


119 


TEXT  BOOK  AND  ATLAS  OF  BIBLICAL  GEOGRAPHY. 


1£0' 


capital,  which  David  took  and  destroyed.  From 
this  region  to  the  Euphrates  it  is  "  without  inha- 
bitant." 

Lo-debar,  from  whence  David  called  to  his  court 
Mephibosheth,  the  only  surviving  son  of  Jonathan, 
was  in  Grilead,  beyond  Jordan,  not  far  from  Maha- 
naim.  2  Sam.  ix. ;  xvii.  27. 

SYRIAN   CONFEDERACY. 

Chap.  X.  But  little  is  knovrn  of  the  Syrian  states 
which  were  drawn  into  this  grand  confederacy  with 
Hanun  against  David.  Zobah  was  north  and  east 
of  Damascus;  Bethrehob  south-west,  around  the 
western  base  of  Mount  Hermon.  Maacah  and  Ish- 
tob  are  located  on  the  maps  south  of  Hermon  and 
east  of  the  Waters  of  Mcrom.  The  confederacy  em- 
braced the  provinces  north  and  north-east  of  Pales- 
tine to  the  Euphrates.  The  first  defeat  of  the  con- 
federate army  was  at  Medeba,  1  Chron.  xix.  7, 
already  described,  seven  miles  south  of  Heshbon. 
Helam,  the  scene  of  the  second  defeat  under  David 
in  person,  is  supposed  to  have  been  near  the  Eu- 
phrates, beyond  the  desert,  north-east  of  Damascus. 

Chap,  xi.,  xiii.,  xiv.  Eabbah  of  Ammon,  the 
scene  of  the  tragical  death  of  the  noble  and  unsus- 
pecting Uriah,  has  been  already  mentioned. 

Baal-hazor,  near  Ephraim,  where  Amnon  was  as- 
sassinated by  Absalom,  appears  to  have  been  fifteen 
or  twenty  miles  north-east  from  Jerusalem. 

Geshur,  to  which  Absalom  fled,  was  in  the  days 
of  Joshua  a  powerful  tribe,  extending  from  Bashan, 
east  of  the  sea  of  Galilee,  to  Mount  Hermon.  Josh, 
xii.  5.;  Deut.  iii.  14. 

The  kingdom  of  Talmai  is  assigned,  by  conjecture, 
to  the  country  of  the  Jordan,  between  Huleh  and 
Tiberias.  Tekoah,  the  residence  of  the  vase  woman 
at  whose  instigation  Absalom  was  recalled,  was  twelve 
miles  south  by  east  from  Jerusalem,  on  an  eminence 
commanding  an  extensive  prospect,  and  overlooking 
at  various  points  the  Dead  Sea  and  the  mountains 
of  Moab  beyond.  It  was  fortified  by  Rehoboam, 
and  distinguished  as  the  birthplace  of  the  prophet 
Amos.  It  also  gave  a  name  to  the  desert  region 
lying  east  of  it  toward  the  Dead  Sea.  The  ruins  of 
the  place  cover  an  extent  of  several  acres,  and  con- 
sist of  the  foundations  of  houses,  the  remains  of  an 
ancient  tower  or  castle,  and  a  Greek  church. 

THE  REBELLION   OF  ABSALOM,  AFTER  1027  B.  C. 

This  occurs  near  the  thirtieth  year  of  David's 
reign.     Giloh,  the  birthplace  of  the  talented  and 
[A.  M.  3046-f  450^=3496.] 


unprincipled  Ahithophel,  is  only  known  to  have 
been  in  the  hill-country  of  Judah.  Josh.  xv.  51. 

On  his  return,  Absalom  began  his  treasonable  de- 
signs against  the  king  his  father.  After  four  years, 
which  is  assumed  as  the  true  reading  of  2  Sam.  xv.  7, 
Absalom  openly  begins  his  rebellion  at  Hebron,  and 
soon  advances  to  Jerusalem.  David,  in  the  mean 
time,  passes  out  at  the  eastern  gate  of  the  city,  and 
crossing  the  brook  Kidron,  in  the  valley  below,  as- 
cends the  Mount  of  Olives  barefoot,  and  having  his 
head  covered,  and  weeping,  as  he  goes  on  his  flight 
toward  Jordan. 

Just  beyond  this  mount,  at  Bahurim,  he  meekly 
receives  the  revilings  of  Shimei ;  and,  pursuing  his 
journey,  crosses  the  Jordan,  apparently  at  some 
distance  beyond  Jericho,  and  makes  a  stand  against 
his  rebellious  son  at  Mahanaim,  in  Gilead,  where 
Ishbosheth  formerly  held  his  court.  2  Sam.  xv., 
xvi.,  xvii. 

En-rogel,  where  "Jonathan  and  Ahimaaz  stayed," 
xvii.  17,  the  seat  of  Adonijah's  conspiracy,  1  Kings 
i.  9,  was  in  the  valley  of  Jehoshaphat,  south  of  the 
city,  just  below  the  junction  of  Hinnom  with  this 
valley.  It  is  a  quadrilateral  well,  125  feet  in  depth, 
and  a  fountain  of  living  water. 

The  Wood  of  Ephraim,  where  Absalom  was  slain, 
B.  c.  1023,  2  Sam.  xviii.  6, 17,  was  beyond  Jordan, 
near  Mahanaim. 

Abel-beth-maachah,  to  which  Joab,  on  the  return 
of  David  to  Jerusalem,  pursued  the  fugitive  rebels 
under  Sheba,  the  son  of  Bichri,  was  in  the  exti'eme 
north  of  Palestine,  north-west  from  the  lake  Iluleh, 
and  north-west  of  Laish  or  Dan  and  Banias,  the 
Cassarea  Philippi  of  the  New  Testament.  It  was  a 
walled  town  of  importance.  Eighty  years  afterward 
it  was  taken  and  sacked  by  Benhadad,  king  of  Syria, 
1  Kings  XV.  20 ;  2  Chron.  xvi.  4 ;  and  200  years  later, 
by  Tiglath-Pileser,  2  Kings  xv.  29,  from  Assyria. 

2  Sam.  xxi.  Zelah  of  Benjamin,  where  Saul  and 
Jonathan  were  buried,  verse  14,  and  Gob,  the  scene 
of  battle  with  the  Philistines  and  their  giant  cap- 
tains, verses  18,  19,  are  altogether  unknown. 

These  victories  terminated  the  military  expedi- 
tions of  David ;  and  his  death  soon  followed,  B.  c. 
1016,  after  a  reign  of  forty  years.  Ardent  and  im- 
pulsive, his  passions  betrayed  him  into  great  errors 
and  grievous  sins,  which,  with  the  deepest  penitence, 
he  confessed  and  bewailed;  devoutly  religious,  he 
zealously  promoted  the  piety  of  the  people ;  brave, 
valiant,  and  magnanimous ;  prudent  in  war,  mighty 
in  battle,  he  was  the  "light  of  Israel,"  and  both  the 
admiration  and  the  terror  of  his  enemies.  He 
united  in  himself  an  extraordinary  combination  of 
[B.  C.  1056—450=606.] 


121 


THE  PERIOD  OF  THE  MONARCHY. 


222 


the  talents  of  the  statesman,  the  wanior,  and  the 
poet,  in  which  all  history,  whether  profane  or  sacred, 
offers  no  superior. 

ACCESSION  OF  SOLOMON  TO  THE  THRONE,  1017  B.  C. 

At  the  age  of  eighteen  or  twenty  this  youthful 
monarch  inherited  the  empire  of  his  father,  extend- 
ing from  the  Euphrates  to  the  Mediterranean,  or,  as  in 
1  Kings  iv.  24,  from  Tiphsah,  a  city  on  the  Euphrates, 
to  Azzah  or  Gaza,  and  from  the  mountains  of  Leba- 
non to  Egypt  and  the  Ailanitic  Gulf;  and  compris- 
ing a  population  of  more  than  5,000,000.  At  peace 
with  all  the  nations  of  the  earth,  he  opened  an  ex- 
tensive commerce  with  foreign  countries,  and  made 
his  metropolis  the  seat  of  the  refinements  and  arts 
of  civilized  life.  He  adorned  it  with  palaces,  and 
with  his  famous  temple,  the  most  gorgeous  that  was 
ever  consecrated  to  the  worship  of  God.  But  his 
various  appliances  of  luxury  and  effeminacy  ex- 
hausted the  resources  of  his  people;  his  foreign  al- 
liances also  introduced  idolatry,  degeneracy,  and  cor- 
ruption, which  sadly  tarnished  the  splendour  of  his 
reign,  so  that  in  old  age  he  became  as  ingloriously 
distinguished  for  his  effeminacy  and  folly  as  in  youth 
he  had  been  renowned  for  his  wisdom. 

JERUSALEM. 

This  holy  city,  so  renowned  in  the  history  of  the 
Jewish  nation  and  of  the  world,  so  celebrated  in 
sacred  song  as  beautiful  for  situation,  an  eternal 
excellency,  the  joy  of  many  generations,  so  mourn- 
fully interesting  for  its  sacred,  solemn  associations — 
this  venerable  city  is  in  the  midst  of  the  central 
chain  of  mountains  which  runs  north  and  south 
through  Palestine,  on  the  boundary-line  between  the 
tribes  of  Benjamin  and  Judah,  thirty-three  miles  from 
the  sea,  and  twenty-four  from  the  Jordan,  and  nearly 
the  same  distance  north  of  Hebron.  It  occupies  an 
irregular  promontory  in  the  midst  of  a  confused  sea 
of  rocks,  crags,  and  hills.  Here,  on  her  rocky 
heights,  she  sits  dreary,  silent,  and  solitary,  amid 
I  surrounding  desolation. 

The  promontory  of  the  city  begins  at  the  distance 
of  a  mile  or  more  north-west  of  the  city,  at  the  head 
of  the  valleys  of  Jehoshaphat  and  Gihon,  which 
gradually  fall  away  on  the  right  and  left ;  and,  sink- 
ing deeper  as  they  run  in  a  circuitous  route  around 
the  opposite  sides  of  the  platform  of  the  city,  unite 
their  deep  ravines  at  some  distance  south-east  of  the 
city,  and  many  feet  below  the  level  of  its  walls. 
iPerched  on  this  lofty  promontory  the  sacred  city 
idwells  on  high,  at  an  elevation  of  2300  feet  above 
9  [A.  M.  3046+450=3496.] 


the  level  of  the  sea;  surrounded  on  three  sides  by 
the  intrenchments  of  her  valleys  and  rocky  ram- 
parts, her  place  of  defence  is  the  munitions  of  rocks. 

The  valley  of  Jehoshaphat,  on  the  north,  runs 
nearly  east  for  some  distance,  then  turns  at  a  right 
angle  to  the  south,  and  opens  a  deep  defile  below 
the  eastern  walls  of  the  city,  between  it  and  the 
Mount  of  Olives.  The  valley  of  Gihon  pursues  a 
southerly  course  for  some  distance,  then  sweeps  in  a 
bold  angle  around  the  base  of  Mount  Zion,  and  falls 
by  a  rapid  descent  into  a  deep  narrow  watercourse, 
which  continues  in  an  easterly  direction  to  its  junc- 
tion with  the  valley  of  Jehoshaphat. 

The  platform  of  the  city  is  divided  into  four  quar- 
ters of  unequal  elevation,  two  of  which  are  familiar 
in  sacred  history  as  Mount  Moriah  and  Mount  Zion. 
Near  the  line  of  the  valley  of  Jehoshaphat,  before 
it  turns  to  the  south,  a  slight  depression  begins 
at  the  north  gate  of  the  city.  This  depression, 
the  head  of  the  valley  of  the  Tyropoeon,  as  it  runs 
south  through  the  city,  sinks  into  a  deep  valley,  and 
divides  the  city  into  two  sections,  of  which  the  east- 
ern is  terminated  by  Mount  Moriah,  on  which  stood 
the  temple.  The  western  division  is  terminated  by 
Mount  Zion,  where  was  David's  house  and  the  royal 
residence  of  his  successors.  These  two  heights  were 
united  by  a  bridge  crossing  the  Tyropoeon  by  a  lofty 
arch,  or  rather  by  a  series  of  arches  it  would  seem, 
for  the  Tyropoeon  is  here  380  feet  wide,  of  which 
one  of  the  bases  remains  to  this  day.  The  Tyro- 
poeon below  the  walls  on  the  south  corresponds  to 
the  valley  of  Hinnom,  which  name  is  also  applied  to 
the  lower  part  of  Gihon,  south  of  the  city. 

Another  valley  less  distinct,  traverses  the  city 
from  west-south-west  to  east-north-east  to  the  eastern 
gate  of  the  city,  forming  two  eminences  north  of 
Zion  and  Moriah,  which  bear  the  names  of  Acra  and 
Bezetha :  the  former,  on  the  west,  includes  what  tra- 
dition recognises  as  Mount  Calvary. 

Moriah,  the  temple  mount,  the  south-east  division 
of  the  city  above  the  valley  of  Kidron  or  Jehosha- 
phat, is  2300  feet  above  the  level  of  the  sea;  Mount 
Zion,  south-west  of  Moriah,  rises  100  feet  higher. 


CALVARY,   OR   GOLGOTHA. 

The  limits  of  this  work  will  not  allow  us  to  enter 
into  details  respecting  disputed  localities,  or  state  the 
reasons  adduced  in  defence  of  opposing  opinions. 
The  plan  of  the  ancient  city,  as  drawn  by  Kiepert, 
supposes  the  place  of  the  holy  sepulchre  to  have 
been  without  the  second  wall,  and  the  possible  if  not 
the  probable  site  of  the  crucifixion.  Dr.  Robinson 
contends  with  great  earnestness  and  ability,  that  it 
[B.  C.  1057—450=606.] 


123 


TEXT  BOOK  AND  ATLAS  OF  BIBLICAL'  GEOGRAPHY. 


lU 


must  have  been  within  that  wall,  and,  therefore, 
cannot  designate  the  place  of  the  crucifixion;  be- 
cause our  Lord  suflfered  without  the  city.  Heb.  xiii. 
12.  Many  receive  the  reasoning  of  Dr.  Robinson 
as  conclusive.  Others,  of  equal  learning  and  abili- 
ty, adopt  the  tradition  which  refers  the  scene  of  our 
Saviour's  sufi'ering  to  the  site  of  the  Holy  Sepulchre. 
The  discussion  is  sustained  with  great  ability  in  the 
works  of  Dr.  Robinson,  Williams,  Schultz,  Tobler, 
Von  Raumer,  &c,  A  late  writer  labours  to  show 
that  our  Lord  suffered  near  the  tombs  of  the  kings 
by  the  side  of  the  road  leading  to  Samaria. 

OPHEL. 

From  the  southern  base  of  the  wall  of  Mount 
Moriah,  between  the  valleys  of  Jehoshaphat  and 
Ilinnom,  a  high  tongue  of  land  slopes  down  to  the 
junction  of  these  valleys  below,  at  the  distance  of 
1550  feet,  where  is  the  fountain  of  Siloam.  On  the 
eastern  side  of  the  same  mount  there  is  a  descent  by 
a  steep  declivity  of  150  feet  to  the  valley  of  Jehosha- 
phat. Add  to  this  the  elevation  of  the  walls  and 
the  platform  of  the  temple,  the  pinnacle  where  Jesus 
stood  on  the  last  great  day  of  the  feast  is  200  feet 
or  more  above  the  valley. 

MOUNT  OF  OLIVES. 

Beyond  the  valley  of  Jehoshaphat,  east  of  Jeru- 
salem, the  Mount  of  Olives  rises  boldly  up  to  the 
height  of  2550  feet  above  the  level  of  the  sea,  over- 
looking every  part  of  the  city  at  the  height  of  150 
or  200  feet,  and  commanding  a  wide  prospect  over 
the  mountains  of  Ephraim  on  the  north,  the  hill- 
country  of  Judea  on  the  south,  the  valley  of  the 
Jordan,  the  Dead  Sea,  and  the  mountains  of  Moab 
beyond  on  the  east  and  south-east. 

UPPER  AND  LOWER  POOLS. 

Above  the  bend  in  the  valley  of  Gihon,  south-west 
of  Zion,  is  a  large  reservoir  or  pool,  formed  by  a  wall, 
running  like  a  mill-dam  across  the  valley.  This  pool 
is  592  feet  in  length,  275  in  width,  and  42  deep. 
Some  distance  above,  on  the  west  side  of  the  city, 
is  a  similar  pool  now  in  ruins,  the  dimensions  of 
which  are  about  half  as  great  as  the  former.  At 
one  of  these  pools,  Solomon  was   anointed   kino-. 

1  Kings  i.  32-39. 

The  present  pool  is  now  supplied  by  the  drainage  of 
the  ground  above  them,  but  it  is  supposed  that  both 
were  fed  by  a  living  fountain,  which  Hezckiah  closed 
and  conducted  by  a  hidden  channel  into  the  city. 

2  Chron.  xxxii.  30,  xxxiii.  14;  Sirach  xviii.  17.    Just 

[A.  M.  3046-f  450=3496.] 


without  the  western  wall  of  the  temple  mount  there 
is  a  well  which  Mr.  Wolcott  descended  to  the  depth 
of  eighty  feet,  which  seems  to  be  supplied  by  no 
natural  springs,  and  may,  according  to  the  common 
supposition,  be  connected  both  with  Gihon  and  Si- 
loam.  The  modern  city  is  dependent  chiefly  on  the 
winter  rains  for  water,  which  is  retained  in  cisterns 
beneath  every  house  for  use  through  the  summer 
months. 

ANCIENT   FOUNDATIONS. 

Jerusalem  retains  few  traces  of  her  ancient  gran- 
deur, except  near  the  base  of  the  western  wall  around 
the  area  of  the  temple.  This  wall  is  composed  of  im- 
mense stones  of  different  sizes,  from  twenty  to  thirty 
feet  in  length,  and  from  four  to  six  in  thickness, 
which  are  supposed  to  be  the  remains  of  the  ancient 
walls  of  Solomon.  De  Saulcy  describes  similar  in- 
dications of  the  original  structure  on  the  eastern  and 
southern  base  of  the  existing  walls  of  the  city. 
Within  the  walls,  and  beneath  the  platform  of  the 
temple,  are  still  to  be  found  immense  crypts  or  broad 
arched  avenues  under  ground,  which  evidently  led 
up  to  the  temple,  "  whither  the  tribes  went  up,  the 
tribes  of  the  Lord,  to  give  thanks  unto  the  name  of 
the  Lord."  Two  of  these  arched  ways,  each  nineteen 
feet  wide,  opened  a  magnificent  passage  to  the  tem- 
ple above.  These  are  now  carefully  walled  up,  but 
our  missionary,  Mr.  Wolcott,  had  the  rare  privilege 
of  finding  access  to  them  through  a  neglected  win- 
dow, and  to  traverse  in  solitude  these  ancient  aisles. 
''  The  arches  are  of  hewn  stone,  and  the  noblest  that 
I  have  seen  in  the  country.  As  I  walked  through 
the  broad  aisles,  in  a  stillness  broken  only  by  the 
sound  of  my  footsteps,  it  was  a  thrilling  thought 
that  I  was  treading  one  of  the  avenues  through 
which  the  tribes  had  passed  to  the  temple.  I  seemed 
to  see  the  throng  of  worshippers  and  hear  their  chant : 
'  I  was  glad  when  they  said  unto  me,  let  us  go  into 
the  house  of  the  Lord.  I  will  pay  my  vows  now  in 
the  presence  of  all  the  people,  in  the  court  of  the 
Lord's  house,  in  the  midst  of  thee,  0  Jerusalem ! 
Praise  ye  the  Lord !' " 

Of  the  walls,  ancient  and  modern,  of  the  ancient 
gates  of  the  city,  and  generally  of  the  topography  and 
history  of  this  city,  we  forbear  to  speak.  These 
would  themselves  require  a  volume  quite  exceeding 
the  limits  of  this  work. 

The  modern  city  has  three  principal  gates — the 
Yafa  or  Jaffa  gate  on  the  west,  the  Damascus  gate 
on  the  north,  and  the  eastern  gate.  The  modem 
city  is  divided  into  several  wards,  according  to  the 
several  religious  denominations  that  inhabit  them — 
the  Jewish  quarters  in  the  Tyropojon;  between 
[B.  C  1056—450=606.] 


125 


THE  PERIOD  OF  THE  MONARCHY. 


126 


Mounts  Zion  and  Moriali  the  Armenian.  These 
•wards  are  indicated  with  distinctness  in  the  plan  of 
the  city  which  forms  the  frontispiece  of  this  book, 
which,  with  the  plan  of  the  ancient  city,  should  be 
carefully  studied  in  this  connection. 

We  have  spoken  of  the  wide  and  wonderful  land- 
scape over  which  the  eye  ranges  from  the  summit 
of  the  Mount  of  Olives.  But  the  prospect,  however 
interesting,  is  forgotten  in  view  of  other  scenes  nearer 
and  more  overpowering. 

You  are  standing  where  stood  the  compassionate 
Saviour  as  he  beheld  the  devoted  city  and  wept  over 
it.  Below  you  is  the  valley  of  Jchoshaphat,  and 
there  "  G-ethsemane,"  so  suggestive  of  sad  and  sooth- 
ing meditation ;  there  the  Saviour  of  men  knelt  and 
prayed  and  wept;  and  there,  in  the  mysterious,  awful 
hour  of  his  abandonment  and  his  agony,  he  was  be- 
trayed into  wicked  hands  to  be  crucified  and  slain. 
Above  and  beyond  the  valley  of  Jehoshaphat  and 
Gethsemane,  there  lies  in  full  view  before  you  the 
sacred  city — Zion,  city  of  our  God.  There  stood  his 
temple;  there,  in  the  most  holy  place,  rested  the 
token  of  his  presence,  overshadowing  the  mercy-seat. 
There  is  Mount  Zion,  beautiful  for  situation.  "  On 
its  summit,  at  some  hundred  paces  from  Jerusalem," 
says  Lamartine,  "  stands  a  mosque,  and  a  group  of 
Turkish  edifices,  not  unlike  a  European  hamlet, 
crowned  with  its  church  and  steeple.  This  is  Zion ! 
the  palace,  the  tomb  of  David !  the  seat  of  his  inspi- 
ration and  of  his  joys,  of  his  life  and  his  repose  !  A 
spot  doubly  sacred  to  me,  who  have  so  often  felt  my 
heart  touched,  and  my  thoughts  rapt  by  the  sweet 
singer  of  Israel !  the  first  poet  of  sentiment !  the 
king  of  lyrics  !  Never  have  human  fibres  vibrated 
to  harmonies  so  deep,  so  penetrating,  so  solemn. 
Never  has  the  imagination  of  poet  been  set  so  high, 
never  has  its  expression  been  so  true.  Never  has 
the  soul  of  man  expanded  itself  before  man,  and  be- 
fore G-od,  in  tones  and  sentiments  so  tender,  so 
.'sympathetic,  and  so  heartfelt." 

There  sits  the  sacred  city,  like  a  bereaved  and 
desolate  widow,  mourning  over  her  absent  and  re- 
jected Lord,  beautiful  still,  though  desolate  and  in 
ruins. 

All  travellers  agree  in  their  representations  of  the 
overpowering  impression  produced  by  the  first  view 
of  the  Holy  City,  so  singular  in  situation,  so  striking 
in  scenery,  so  sacred  in  hallowed  associations. 

The  gloomy  silence  and  solitude  of  this  devoted 
city,  in  entire  harmony  with  the  stern  and  awful 
scenery  around,  are  forcibly  sketched  by  Lamar- 
tine. 

"  No  noise  arises  from  her  squares  and  streets,  no 
roads  lead  to  her  gates  from  the  east  or  from  the 
[A.  M.  3046+450=3496.] 


west,  from  the  north  or  from  the  south,  except  a 
few  paths,  winding  among  the  rocks,  on  which  you 
meet  only  half-naked  Arabs,  some  camel-drivers 
from  Damascus,  or  women  from  Bethlehem  or  Jeri- 
cho, carrying  on  their  heads  baskets  of  raisins  from 
Engedi,  or  a  cage  of  doves,  to  be  sold  on  the 
morrow  under  the  terebinthuses  beyond   the  city 


"  No  one  passed  in  or  out ;  no  mendicant  even  was 
seated  against  her  curbstones;  no  sentinel  showed 
himself  at  her  threshold ;  we  saw,  indeed,  no  living 
object,  heard  no  living  sound ;  we  found  the  same 
void,  the  same  silence  at  the  entrance  of  a  city  con- 
taining thirty  thousand  souls,  during  the  twelve 
hours  of  the  day,  as  we  should  have  expected  before 
the  entombed  gates  of  Pompeii  or  Herculaneum." 

The  Jews  have  a  custom  singularly  expressive  and 
touching,  and  equally  in  harmony  with  the  mourn- 
ful associations  which  cluster  around  the  holy  city. 
At  the  foot  of  the  western  enclosure  of  the  temple 
mount,  where  the  walls  tower  to  the  height  of  sixty 
feet,  are  evident  indications  that  the  large  stones  at 
the  base  are  the  identical  remains  of  the  ancient 
wall  of  Solomon's  temple.  This  portion  of  the  wall 
they  denominate  the  "  mourning  wall."  It  is  visited 
by  every  Israelite  on  each  feast  and  festival,  and  on 
every  Friday  afternoon.  Here,  in  confident  yet 
mournful  expectation  of  again  treading  these  courts 
of  the  Lord,  which  have  so  long  been  profaned  by 
the  foot  of  the  Mussulman  alone,  the  Jews  reve- 
rentially bow  their  heads  and  repeat  their  wailings 
together  in  a  most  plaintive  dirge.  Then,  lifting 
their  tearful  eyes  to  heaven,  they  exclaim,  with 
broken  sobs :  "  How  long  yet,  0  Lord !  O  Lord, 
how  long !" 

Reft  of  thy  sons,  amid  thy  foes  forlorn. 

Mourn,  widowed  queen  !  forgotten  Zion,  mourn ! 

Is  this  thy  place,  sad  city,  this  thy  throne, 

Where  the  wild  desert  rears  its  craggy  stone ; 

Where  suns  unblest  their  angry  lustre  fling, 

And  wayworn  pilgrims  seek  the  scanty  spring? 

Where  now  thy  pomp  which  kings  with  envy  viewed; 

Where  now  thy  might  which  all  those  kings  subdued? 

No  martial  mj'riads  muster  in  thy  gate; 

No  suppliant  nations  in  thy  temples  wait; 

No  prophet  bards  thy  glittering  courts  among 

Wake  the  full  lyre  and  swell  the  tide  of  song. 

But  lawless  Force  and  meagre  Want  are  there, 

And  the  quick-darting  ej'e  of  restless  Fear; 

While  cold  Oblivion,  mid  the  ruins  laid, 

Folds  his  dark  wing  beneath  the  ivy  shade.         Heber. 

TYRE. 

This  renowned  city,  in  the  age  of  Solomon,  had 
been  founded  as  long  as  our  Eastern  cities,  Boston  or 
New  York,  have  been.     It  had  become  the  great 
[B.  C.  1056-450=606.] 


127 


TEXT  BOOK  AND  ATLAS  OF  BIBLICAL  GEOGRAPHY. 


1£8 


commercial  city  of  antiquity,  alike  distinguished  for 
its  vast  commerce,  its  various  manufactures,  its  skill 
in  the  arts,  and  its  immense  wealth.  Her  mer- 
chantmen were  princes  in  wealth  and  power,  who 
had  heaped  up  silver  as  the  dust,  and  fine  gold  as 
the  mire  of  the  streets.  The  elder  Hiram  had  as- 
sisted David  to  build  his  palace  hy  sending  him 
cedar-trees,  carpenters,  and  masons.  The  temple  of 
Solomon  owed  its  curious  workmanship  and  magnifi- 
cence to  materials,  artisans,  and  exhaustless  wealth 
drawn  from  the  same  source.  1  Kings  v.,  vi.,  vii. 
The  superintendent  of  the  work  was  from  Tyre,  a 
genius  who  excelled  in  almost  all  the  arts.  2  Chron. 
ii. }  1  Kings  vii.  13  seq. 

About  a  century  after  Solomon,  Carthage  was 
built  by  a  colony  from  Tyre,  a  little  less  than  900 
years  before  Christ.  Cyprus,  Utica,  and  Cadiz  were 
also  colonized  from  the  same  source.  Strabo,  indeed, 
represents  her  as  having  planted  no  less  than  500 
cities  along  the  shores  of  the  Mediterranean  and  the 
coasts  of  the  Atlantic. 

The  city  itself  was  situated  near  the  northern  line 
of  Galilee,  100  miles  or  more  north-west  from  Jeru- 
salem, and  thirty  from  the  Sea  of  Galilee.  It  was 
built  along  the  coast,  and  on  a  small  island  a  short 
distance  from  the  shore.  Such  was  the  strength  of 
its  position,  and  such  its  resources,  that  it  sustained, 
720  B.  c,  a  siege  of  five  years  from  the  Assyrians, 
who  abandoned  the  effort  as  hopeless.  Near  200 
years  later,  it  sustained  a  siege  against  the  Babylo- 
nians for  thirteen  years;  and  still  later  by  200 
years,  it  maintained  a  defence  against  Alexander  for 
seven  months,  who  finally  reduced  the  city  by  cast- 
ing up  a  mound  against  it,  and  running  out  a  mole 
to  connect  it  with  the  mainland. 

Much  of  the  original  island  is  now,  according  to 
the  prediction  against  it,  "a  place  to  spread  nets 
upon."  The  western  shore  is  a  ledge  of  rugged 
rocks,  fifteen  or  twenty  feet  high,  against  which 
"  the  waves  of  the  Mediterranean  dash  in  ceaseless 
surges."  This  shore  is  strewed,  from  one  end  to 
the  other,  with  columns  of  red  and  gray  granite  of 
various  sizes,  the  only  remaining  monuments  of  the 
Bplendour  of  ancient  Tyre.  At  the  north-west  point 
of  the  island,  forty  or  fifty  such  columns  are  thrown 
together  in  one  heap,  beneath  the  waves. 

The  downfall  and  permanent  desolation  of  Tyre  is 
one  of  the  most  remarkable  exemplifications  of  the 
fulfilment  of  prophecy  which  the  annals  of  the  world 
exhibit.  Compare  in  this  connection,  Isa.  xxiii.  and 
Ezek.  xxvi.-xxviii. 

COMMERCE  AND   MERCHANDISE   OF   TYRE. 

The  merchandise  and  the  commerce  of  Tyre,  as 
[A.  M.  3016-1-450=3496.] 


described  by  Ezekiel,  chap,  xxvii.,  were  connecl^od 
with  almost  all  the  nations  of  the  earth;  from  which 
she  gathered  wealth  to  perfect  her  beauty,  and  men 
to  complete  her  armies  and  her  navies.  Under  the 
similitude  of  a  noble  ship,  the  prophet  sets  forth  the 
care  with  which  the  builders  perfected  her  beauty. 

Lebanon  and  Hermon  (^Senir)  were  laid  under  con- 
tributions for  fir-trees  and  cedars.  Bashan  (  Gilead) 
and  the  coasts  of  Cyprus  (the  isles  of  Chittwi)  fof 
other  materials.  Her  sails  were  of  fine  linen,  from 
Egypt,  and  her  purple  awnings,  from  the  Grecian 
islands,  (jhe  isles  of  EUsha.')  This  splendid  sym- 
bolical ship  of  state  was  provided  with  mariners 
from  Zidon,  Arvad,  and  Gebal. 

Arvad  is  an  island  near  the  coast  from  100  or  125 
miles  north  of  Tyre,  and  still  containing  two  thou- 
sand inhabitants.  It  was  a  place  of  great  strength 
and  greater  antiquity,  but  its  long  story  of  three  or 
four  thousand  years  is  irrecoverably  lost. 

"Who  can  tell  the  history  of  Arvad?  In  what 
volume  is  it  recorded  ?  Isaiah,  twenty-five  hundred 
years  ago,  asks,  '  "Where  is  the  king  of  Ilamath  and 
the  king  of  Arphad  V  And  Jeremiah,  a  hundred 
years  later,  responds,  '  Hamath  is  confounded,  and 
Arphad,  for  they  have  heard  evil  tidings ;  they  are 
faint-hearted,  there  is  sorrow  on  the  sea,  it  cannot 
be  quiet.' " 

Gebal  is  the  modem  Jebeil,  on  the  coast,  perhaps 
twenty-five  miles  north  of  Beirut.  "  The  most  re- 
markable thing  about  Jebeil  is  the  multitude  of 
granite  columns  which  are  built  into  the  walls  and 
castles,  choke  up  the  small  harbour,  and  lie  scat- 
tered over  the  fields.  Beautiful  sarcophagi  are  also 
frequently  dug  out  of  the  ruins." 

The  armies  of  Tyre  were  filled  with  soldiers  drawn 
from  the  remotest  countries — from  Persia  on  the 
east,  and  from  Phut  and  Lud,  distant  provinces  of 
Egypt,  on  the  south. 

The  Gammadims  are  not  a  people,  but  warriors, 
heroes,  and  renowned  men  upon  her  walls. 

Her  merchandise  was  with  Tarshish  in  the  far 
west,  and  Javan,  Tubal,  and  Meshech,  on  the  north- 
east, provinces  in  the  Caucasian  mountains,  between 
the  Caspian  and  Black  Seas.  Javan  in  this  place, 
according  to  Havernick,  is  some  province  near  Tubal 
and  Meshech,  which,  like  them,  was  engaged  with 
Tyre  in  the  slave-trade. 

Togarmah,  Armenia,  traded  in  these  things. 

Dedan  and  the  neighbouring  isles  also  brought 
thither  their  merchandise.  There  were  two  persons 
of  this  name,  both  of  whom  gave  names  to  different 
tribes.  The  first,  descended  from  Abraham;  in 
Northern  Arabia  near  Idumea  or  Edom.  Gen.  xxv. 
3  ;  Isa.  xxi.  13 ;  Jer.  xxv.  23,  xlix.  8;  Ezek.  xxv. 
[B.  C.  lC56-450==606.] 


r:9 


THE   TERIOD  OF   THE   MONARCHY. 


130 


13,  xxvli.  2(1  This  tribe  is  mentioned  below,  verse 
20.  But  Dedan,  in  the  passage  now  under  con- 
sideration, traded  in  the  productions  of  Southern 
Arabia.  Havernick  and  Knobel  locate  them  near 
the  Persian  Gulf,  and  suppose  the  islands  of  that  re- 
gion to  be  the  isles  in  question.  Ezek.  xxxviii.  13. 

Minnith,  Ezek.  xxvii.  17,  is  a  city  of  Ammon. 
Judg.  xi.  33.  Pannag  is  not  a  town,  but  some  de- 
licacy, which  was  an  article  of  trade. 

Helbon,  verse  18,  has  been  identified  with  a  val- 
ley twenty  or  twenty- five  miles  northwest  from 
Damascus,  north  of  the  Barada,  the  ancient  Abana, 
and  parallel  with  it.  The  "wine  of  Helbon"  is 
still  celebrated. 

Arabia  and  Kedar,  verse  21,  are  wandering  Bed- 
awins,  who  rove  in  caravans  over  these  regions,  en- 
gaged in  the  carrying  trade  of  the  desert. 

Sheba  and  Raamah,  verse  22,  are  Southern  Ara- 
bia— Arabia  Felix,  east  of  the  southern  part  of  the 
lied  Sea. 

Haran,  Canneh,  and  Eden,  verse  23,  are  in  Meso- 
potamia. Comp.  2  Kings  xix.  12.  The  second,  pro- 
bably Ctesiphon,  on  the  Euphrates,  opposite  Seleu- 
cia.  Eden,  Havernick  supposes,  may  have  been  the 
capital  of  the  province  of  Telassar,  lying  between 
the  Tigris  and  Euphrates,  just  above  their  junction. 
Isa.  xxxvii.  12.  These  cities,  according  to  this  com- 
mentator, were  the  merchants  of  Sheba,  that  rich 
and  remote  province  of  Arabia.  But  the  mercantile 
relations  of  Tyre  were  even  more  extensive,  for 
Chilmad  and  Asshur,  that  is,  all  Assyria,  is  en- 
gaged in  trade  with  her. 

CEDARS   OP  LEBANON. 

Lebanon,  that  "  goodly  mountain,"  and  the  cedars 
thereof,  the  pride  of  its  forests,  are  so  often  mentioned 
in  the  history  of  Solomon  as  to  deserve  a  passing 
notice.  We  give  from  Dr.  Wilson  a  description  of 
these  cedars,  and  a  sketch  of  the  scenery  from  one 
of  the  highest  summits  above  them.  Their  position 
is  in  the  parallel  of  latitude  34°  15',  thirty  miles 
above  Beirut, 

"  As  first  seen  by  us,  from  Jebel-Makmel,  they  ap- 
peared merely  as  a  speck  of  green  beyond  the  snowy 
wreaths  which  intervened  between  us  and  them. 

"The  perpendicular  fall  of  the  mountain  to  them 
is  twenty-four  hundred  feet,  for  they  are  six  thou- 
sand feet  above  the  level  of  the  sea ;  but  the  road 
winds  so  cautiously  down  the  sides  of  the  mountain 
that  loaded  horses  and  mules  can  get  to  them  with- 
out much  difficulty.  We  made  all  possible  haste  to 
them;  and  we  remained  a  couple  of  hours  beneath 
their  hallowed  shelter.  They  stand  on  what  may  be 
[A.  M.  3046+460=^3496.] 


called  the  shoulder  of  Lebanon,  on  ground  of  a  vary- 
ing level.     They  cover  about  three  acres. 

"  The  venerable  patriarch  trees,  which  have  stood 
the  blasts  of  thousands  of  winters,  amount  only  to 
twelve,  and  these  not  standing  close  together  in  the 
same  clump;  but  those  of  a  secondary  and  still 
younger  growth,  as  nearly  as  can  be  reckoned,  to 
three  hundred  and  twenty-five.  A  person  can  walk 
easily  round  the  whole  grove  in  twenty  minutes. 

"  The  most  curious  instance  of  vegetable  growth 
which  we  noticed  in  it  was  that  of  two  trees  near  its 
western  side,  stretching  out  their  horizontal  branches. 
and,  after  embracing,  actually  uniting  and  sending 
up  a  common  stem.  We  measured  all  the  larger 
trees,  one  of  which,  at  least,  we  found  to  be  forty 
feet  in  circumference. 

"  The  wood  is  remarkably  compact  and  solid,  and 
of  a  fine  grain,  and  capable  of  being  cut  and  carved 
into  ornamental  pieces,  and  highly  and  delightfully 
scented." 

These  trees  diminish  in  every  succeeding  age. 
Travellers  formerly  counted  thirty  or  forty ;  more 
recently  seventeen ;  more  recently  still  only  a  dozen. 
There  are  now  but  seven  of  the  parent  stock,  which 
may  have  stood  fast  since  the  ages  of  Scripture 
history. 

COMMISSARIES    OF   SOLOMON. 

These  are  not  mentioned  in  geographical  order,  but 
in  the  order  perhaps  in  which  they  furnished  supplies 
for  his  household.     The  rotation  of  these  was — 

1st.     From  Mount  Ephraim.  1  Kings  iv.  8. 

2.  Verse  9.  From  the  tribe  of  Dan  on  the 
western  slope  of  the  mountains,  and  the  plain  along 
the  borders  of  the  Philistines  as  far  as  Gaza,  in  the 
vicinity  of  which  Dr.  Robinson  locates  Bethhanan. 
Elon  is  a  distant  town  near  Timnath  and  Ekron. 
Josh.  xix.  43.  Shaalbim  was  near  Ajalon,  Josh, 
xix.  42 ;  Judg.  i.  35,  in  Dan.     Makas  is  unknown. 

3d.  Verse  10.  Socho,  twelve  miles  south  from 
Hebron  and  Hepher,  Josh.  xvii.  17,  in  the  uttermost 
cities  of  the  children  of  Judah  toward  the  coast  of 
Edom  southward,  Josh.  xv.  14,  represents  the  south- 
east part  of  Judah. 

4th.  Verse  11.  Dor,  on  the  coast  above  Joppa, 
ten  miles  above  Caesai-ea,  and  fifteen  below  Mount 
Carmel,  represents  the  plain  of  Sharon. 

5th.  Verse  12.  The  entire  plain  of  Esdraelon, 
Abel-Meholah,  is  referred  to  the  fertile  banks  of  the 
Jordan,  near  Bethshean.  Zartanah  was  in  the  same 
region.  1  Kings  vii.  46 ;  2  Chron.  iv.  17.  Jokneam, 
Thenius  supposes  to  have  been  situated  south-west 
from  Abel-Meholah,  in  the  mountains  over  against 
the  mouth  of  the  river  Jabbok. 

[B.  C.  1056—460=606.] 


131 


TEXT  BOOK  AND   ATLAS  OF   BIBLICAL  GEOGRAPHY. 


13: 


Gtli.  Yerse  13.  Ramotli-Gilead  and  Argob  both 
direct  us  to  tlie  river  Jabbok,  beyond  Jordan,  on  the 
parallel  of  Shechem. 

7th.  Verse  14.  Mahanaim  represents  the  dis- 
trict immediately  north  of  Argob. 

8th.  Verse  15.  Directs  us  to  the  country  around 
the  Waters  of  Merom. 

9th.  Verse  16.  Asher  represents  the  northern 
part  of  Galilee. 

10th.  Verse  17.  Issachar  represents  the  coun- 
try west  of  the  Jordan,  about  Bethshean,  and  oppo- 
site the  river  Jabbok. 

11th.    Verse  18.    Benjamin,  already  known  to  us. 

12th.  Verse  19.  The  country  east  and  south- 
east of  the  Sea  of  Galilee. 


TADMOR,  PALMYRA. 

In  addition  to  his  military  defences  in  Palestine, 
Solomon  built  this  remarkable  city  in  the  desert  be- 
tween the  Euphrates  and  Damascus.  1  Kings  ix.  18. 
The  object  of  this  erection  was  to  protect  and  control 
the  immense  caravan  trade  of  the  East  across  the 
desert.  The  ruins  of  this  city  cover  an  area  of  ten 
miles  in  circumference,  and  consist  of  vast  heaps  of 
indiscriminate  rubbish,  long  ranges  of  colonnades, 
and  thousands  of  prostrate  pillars,  with  foundations 
of  edifices  and  temples,  which  indicate  a  magnificence 
rivalling  the  grandeur  of  the  most  renowned  cities  of 
Greece  and  Rome.  Most  of  these  ruins  belong  in- 
deed to  an  age  subsequent  to  that  of  Solomon.  But 
how  vast  must  have  been  the  flow  of  wealth  and 
trade  from  east  to  west,  that  could  have  reared  and 
sustained  for  centuries  such  a  city  in  the  solitude  of 
a  desert  far  from  any  other  human  habitation ! 

EZION   GEBER   AND   ELATH. 

The  establishment  of  these  maritime  cities  at  the 
head  of  the  Akabah  to  control  the  commerce  of  the 
East,  and  the  new  diversion  thus  given  to  the  trade 
and  commerce  of  the  nation,  was  another  of  the 
great  national  enterprises  which  characterized  the 
reign  of  Solomon.  The  site  of  these  cities  can 
hardly  be  identified,  but  they  must  have  been  near 
together,  at  the  head  of  the  eastern  gulf  of  the  Red 
Sea.  The  distant  voyages  of  his  merchantmen  from 
these  ports  to  Ophir  and  unknown  cities  of  the  East, 
and  immense  importations  of  gold  and  other  precious 
things  so  enriched  the  empire  that  silver  became  in 
Jerusalem  as  stones,  and  King  Solomon  exceeded  all 
the  kings  of  the  earth  for  riches  and  for  wisdom. 

But  even  Solomon,  with  all  his  wisdom,  still  had 
neither  wisdom  nor  grace  sufficient  for  such  pros- 
[A.  M.  3046+450=3496.] 


perily.  The  luxury,  effeminacy,  and  idolatry  which 
tarnished  the  splendour  of  his  reign,  are  themselves 
the  most  expressive  commentary  that  can  be  givew 
upon  his  own  melancholy  reflections  in  the  review 
of  his  voluptuous  life.  "  I  looked  upon  all  the 
works  that  my  hands  had  wrought,  and  on  the  la- 
bour that  I  had  laboured  to  do;  and,  behold,  all 
was  vanity  and  vexation  of  spirit,  and  there  was  no 
profit  under  the  sun !"  He  ended  his  splendid 
career  B.  c.,978,  in  an  inglorious  old  age,  and  died 
but  little  lamented  by  his  subjects,  having  by  exces- 
sive exactions  exhausted  the  resources  and  energies 
of  the  nation. 


KINGS   OF   JUDAH   AND   ISRAEL,  978-721  B.  C. 

Upon  the  death  of  Solomon,  Rehoboam,  the  only 
son  of  this  king  of  whom  we  have  any  knowledge, 
inherited,  at  the  age  of  forty-one,  that  portion  of  his 
father's  kingdom,  the  tribes  of  Judah  and  Benjamin, 
which  had  from  the  beginning  adhered  to  the  house 
of  David  and  to  the  religion  of  their  fathers.  The 
indiscretion  of  this  weak  and  wicked  prince  drove  the 
remaining  tribes  into  open  revolt  under  Jeroboam, 
1  Kings  xii.  1-20,  an  ambitious  and  idolatrous  usurp- 
er, whose  treasonable  intentions  before  the  death  of 
Solomon  had  been  clearly  manifested,  and  who  had 
been  prophetically  announced  as  the  future  king  of 
these  tribes,  in  token  of  the  divine  displeasure  because 
of  the  idolatries  of  Solomon.  1  Kings  xi.  26-40. 

The  territory  of  the  two  tribes  under  Rehoboam 
comprised  about  one-fourth  of  the  kingdom  of  Solo- 
mon. But  the  tribe  of  Levi,  refusing  to  participate 
in  the  idolatry  of  Israel  which  Jeroboam  introduced 
from  Israel,  went  over  to  the  kingdom  of  Judah. 
This  was  also  the  most  populous  part  of  the  country; 
so  that  the  two  kingdoms  numericalJy  were  more 
equally  divided. 

Jeroboam  made  Shechem  the  metropolis  of  his 
empire ;  and  more  effectually  to  alienate  his  people 
from  Jerusalem,  and  the  religious  solemnities  of  this 
city,  where  their  fathers  worshipped,  he  instituted 
the  worship  of  the  golden  calves  at  Bethel  and  at 
Dan,  in  the  two  extremities  of  his  kingdom.  1  Kings 
xii.  26-33. 

Both  kingdoms  were  more  or  less  addicted  to 
idolatry,  and  in  consequence  were  finally  given  over 
to  captivity  and  destruction  from  a  foreign  foe;  but 
Israel  was  particularly  distinguished  for  their  rebel- 
lion against  Jehovah.  Their  subsequent  history  re- 
presents a  contest  between  Jehovah,  who  ought  to 
be  ackowledged  as  their  common  Lord,  and  these 
two  rebellious  kingdoms.  Israel  was  more  wedded 
to  her  idols,  and  after  all  mild  punishments  proved 
[B.  C.  1056—450=606.] 


133 


THE  PERIOD  OF  THE  MONARCHY. 


184 


fruitless,  was,  at  the  end  of  257  years,  delivered  over 
to  captivity  and  to  utter  extermination,  as  liad  been 
predicted  by  Moses  and  by  later  prophets.  Deut. 
xxviii.  36 ;  1  Kings  xiv.  15 ;  Hos.  ix. ;  Amos  v. 

We  shall  find  Providence  favourable  or  adverse 
to  the  kingdom  of  Judah,  also,  according  as  the  peo- 
ple obeyed  or  transgressed  the  law;  only  here  the 
royal  family  remained  unchanged,  in  accordance  with 
the  promise  given  to  David.  We  shall  here  meet, 
indeed,  with  many  idolatrous  and  rebellious  kings, 
but  they  are  always  succeeded  by  those  of  better 
views,  who  put  a  stop  to  idolatry,  re-established 
theocracy  in  the  hearts  of  their  subjects,  and  by  the 
aid  of  prophets,  priests,  and  Levites,  and  of  the  ser- 
vices of  the  temple,  restored  the  knowledge  and 
worship  of  Grod.  Judah,  therefore,  though  much 
smaller  than  Israel,  continued  her  national  existence 
one  hundred  and  thirty-four  years  longer;  but  at 
last,  as  no  durable  reformation  was  produced,  she 
experienced  the  same  fate  as  her  sister  kingdom,  in 
fulfilment  of  the  predictions  of  Moses  and  several 
other  prophets.  Deut.  xxviii.  36. 

TIRZAH. 

Tirzah,  the  residence  of  Jeroboam  and  of  his  suc- 
cessors for  several  years,  is  recognised  by  Dr.  Robin- 
son in  an  Arab  village  north  of  Mount  Ebal,  at  a 
short  distance,  surrounded  by  immense  olive  gi'oves. 
It  was  proverbial  for  the  beauty  of  its  situation, 
Sol.  Song  vi.  4,  before  it  became  a  royal  residence. 

Jeroboam  was  from  Zared  or  Zaretan,  below  Beth- 
shean,  where  Solomon  had  a  brass  foundry.  1  Kings 
vii.  46.  Up  to  this  city  the  waters  of  the  Jordan 
set  back  when  they  stood  and  rose  up  as  a  heap  for 
the  passage  of  the  Israelites.  Josh.  iii.  16. 

The  reign  of  Jeroboam  continued  two-and-twenty 
years ;  during  which  he  built  the  unknown  city  of 
Penuel.  Twice  he  received  a  solemn  denunciation 
from  the  Lord  for  his  crimes,  accompanied  by  the 
sentence  of  the  utter  extermination  of  his  family. 
He  died  at  the  age  of  sixty-three  years,  B.  c.  957, 
after  having  acquired  an  infamous  notoriety  in  all 
time,  as  Jeroboam  the  son  of  Nebat,  who  made 
Israel  to  sin.  1  Kings  xii.,  xiii.,  xiv. 

rehoboam's  defenced  cities. 

Forbidden  to  fight  against  Israel,  Rehoboam  took 
care  to  fortify  various  towns  about  Judah  against 
invasion.  2  Chron.  xi.  5-13.  Etam,  mentioned  in 
connection  with  Bethlehem  and  Tekoah,  is  supposed 
to  be  Urtas,  near  the  Pools  of  Solomon,  some  two 
miles  south-west  from  Bethlehem,  where  a  flourish- 
[A.  M.  3046+450=3496.] 


ing  Christian  settlement  has  recently  been  made,  to 
test  the  capabilities  of  the  soil  and  introduce  the 
arts  of  agriculture. 

Bethzur  and  Shocho,  the  scene  of  the  rencontre 
between  David  and  Goliath,  have  already  been  no- 
ticed. Adullam  is  supposed  to  have  been  near  Sho- 
cho. It  is  to  be  carefully  distinguished  from  the 
cave  of  the  same  name.  Comp.  Gen.  xxxviii.  1 ;  Josh. 
XV.  35,  xii.  15 ;  Neh.  xi.  30. 

Gath,  the  Philistine  city,  and  Ziph,  below  He- 
bron, the  resort  of  David  in  his  exile,  have  come 
into  frequent  notice  in  his  history.  Mareshah  is 
located  by  conjecture  a  short  distance  south  of  Eleu- 
thoropolis.  Adoraim  is  still  an  important  village, 
four  or  five  ^iles  south-west  from  Hebron,  bearing 
the  name  of  Dura. 

Lachish  is  supposed  to  have  been  seven  miles 
from  Eleuthoropolis,  and  about  the  same  distance 
west  from  Adoraim.  Two  hundred  and  fifty  years 
afterward  it  was  besieged  by  Rabshakeh. 

The  position  of  Azekah  is  determined  by  its 
proximity  to  Shocho,  in  the  history  of  the  combat 
of  David  with  Goliath.  1  Sam.  xvii.  1. 

Zorah  is  known  to  us  as  the  birthplace  of  Samson, 
on  the  borders  of  the  plain  west  of  Jerusalem ;  and 
Ajalon  is  that  valley  in  which  the  "sun  and  moon 
were  stayed  in  their  course."  Josh.  x.  12.  Zorah 
lies  upon  a  high  hill  overlooking  the  plain  of  Beth- 
shemesh.  At  the  base  of  the  hill  is  a  noble  foun- 
tain, from  which  the  inhabitants  obtain  their  sup- 
ply of  water.  Dr.  Robinson,  as  he  passed  it  in  his 
second  journey,  observed  twelve  women  toiling  up  to 
the  village  with  jars  of  water  on  their  heads,  as  3000 
years  before  the  mother  of  Samson  may  have  done. 

The  invasion  of  Shishak,  king  of  Egypt,  occurred 
in  the  fifth  year  of  the  reign  of  Rehoboam,  when 
the  temple  and  his  own  palace  were  despoiled  of 
their  treasures.  1  Kings  xiv.  25 ;  2  Chron.  xii. 

These  military  defences,  however,  soon  proved  of 
little  avail  against  Shishak,  king  of  Egypt,  who  ad- 
vanced by  them  all  in  the  fifth  year  of  Rehoboam's 
reign,  B.  C.  973,  and  even  took  the  city  of  Jerusa- 
lem without  a  battle.  2  Chron.  xii.  1-13. 

Abijah  became  the  successor  of  Rehoboam,  960 
B.  C.  Zemaraim,  2  Chron.  xiii.  4,  where  he  addressed 
his  army  before  his  victory  over  Jeroboam,  and  Je- 
shanah,  the  scene  of  his  miraculous  victories,  are 
wholly  lost  in  the  oblivion  of  ages.  2  Chron.  xiii.  19. 

Asa,  king  of  Judah,  forty-one  years  from  958  to 
917  B.  C,  successfully  encountered  an  invading  army 
of  Ethiopians  at  Mareshah,  one  of  the  fortified  cities 
of  Rehoboam,  near  Gath,  and  pursued  them  to  Gerar, 
on  the  borders  of  the  desert,  2  Chron.  xiv.  9-15 ;  but 
whether  these  had  come  from  Sheba,  in  Southern 
[B.  C.  1056—450=606.] 


135 


TEXT  BOOK  AND  ATLAS  OF  BIBLICAL  GEOGRAPHY. 


136 


Arabia,  or  were  now  the  masters  of  Egypt,  does  not 
appear. 

To  divert  Baaslia,  the  successor  of  Jeroboam, 
B.  C.  956,  from  warlike  measures  against  him  at 
Ramah,  he  instigated  the  Syrians  from  Damascus  to 
invade  Israel,  who  took  Dan,  now  the  seat  of  the 
idolatry  of  Israel ;  thence  they  extended  their  con- 
quest down  to  Cinneroth  or  Gennesareth,  a  city  long 
lost,  situated  apparently  on  a  small  fertile  plain  of  the 
same  name  on  the  west  side  of  the  Sea  of  Gralilee, 
midway  between  the  two  extremes.  From  this  city 
and  plain  the  lake  itself  took  the  name  of  Gen- 
nesaret. 

IJON  AND  ABEL-BETHMAACHAH. 

Ijon,  now  Merj-Agun,  meadow  of  fountains,  is 
described  by  Mr.  Thompson  as  "a  small  but  ele- 
vated and  very  beautiful  plain,  sub-circular  or  oval, 
and  so  well  watered  as  to  appear  quite  green,  even 
in  September."  It  is  situated  six  miles  above  Dan, 
and  west  of  the  road  leading  up  to  Balbec,  between 
the  two  ranges  of  Lebanon.  Ijon  was  taken  by 
Tiglath-Pileser  about  200  years  later*  1  Kings  xvi. 
29.  Abel-Bethmaacha,  or  Abel  Maim,  is  also  iden- 
tified under  the  name  of  Abil,  in  the  immediate 
vicinity.  They  are  so  situated  that  their  history  is 
essentially  the  same.  This  town  has  fallen  under 
our  notice  in  connection  with  the  rebellion  of  Absa- 
lom. Here  Sheba  posted  himself  after  the  return 
of  David,  and  was  slain. 

THE   CITY  OP   SAMARIA. 

During  the  reign  of  Asa,  from  958  to  917  B.  C, 
several  wicked  kings  ruled  over  Israel,  memorable 
chiefly  for  their  sins.  1  Kings  xvi.  6-29.  Omri, 
however,  the  last  of  these  kings,  built  the  renowned 
city  of  Samaria,  926  B.  c,  and  made  it,  instead  of 
Tirzah,  the  capital  of  the  kingdom  of  Israel. 

This  city  now  becomes  distinguished  in  the  history 
of  the  kings  of  Israel,  and  of  the  prophets  Elijah 
and  Elisha,  connected  with  the  various  famines  of 
the  land,  the  unexpected  plenty  of  Samaria,  and  the 
several  deliverances  of  the  city  from  the  Syrians. 

It  continued  for  two  hundred  years  the  seat  of 
idolatry  and  the  subject  of  prophetic  denunciations, 
until  the  carrying  away  of  the  ten  tribes  into  cap- 
tivity by  Shalmaneser.  Five  hundred  years  after- 
ward it  was  taken  by  John  Hyrcanus,  and  razed  to 
the  ground,  according  to  the  words  of  the  prophet. 
Mic.  i.  5,  6. 

Where  then  was  Samaria  ?  The  access  to  it  is 
through  Shechem,  along  the  verdant  valley  which 
breaks  through  the  mountains  westward,  between 
[A.  M.  3046+400=8496.] 


Ebal  and  Gerizim.  After  turning  a  little  to  the 
north-west,  this  valley,  at  the  distance  of  three  or 
four  miles,  spreads  out  into  a  broad  circular  basin, 
five  or  six  miles  in  diameter,  and  bounded  on  every 
side  by  mountains.  From  the  plain  of  this  beautiful 
amphitheatre  of  mountains,  near  the  western  side, 
rises  a  very  high  hill  by  almost  perpendicular  sides, 
on  which  stood  Samaria,  commanding  a  position  of 
impregnable  strength  and  of  surpassing  loveliness. 
The  distance  from  Shechem  and  Jacob's  Well  may 
be  six  or  seven  miles. 

Not  a  vestige  of  ancient  Samaria  now  remains. 
But  it  was  rebuilt  and  adorned  with  regal  munifi- 
cence by  Herod.  Of  these  structures  many  inte- 
resting ruins  now  remain.  Here  Philip  preached  the 
gospel;  and,  in  connection  with  Peter  and  John, 
gathered  a  church.  Acts  viii.  5-25. 

ELIJAH   THE   TISHBITE,  B.  C.  915-896. 

This  extraordinary  prophet  is  abruptly  introduced 
to  our  notice  in  the  reign  of  Ahab,  the  wicked  king  of 
Israel.  1  Kings  xvii.  In  the  midst  of  a  most  corrupt 
generation,  he  appears  suddenly,  of  stern  and  awful 
sanctity,  like  a  messenger  from  heaven  to  rebuke  the 
sins  of  the  court  and  the  nation,  as  if  let  down  from 
that  fiery  chariot  by  which,  when  his  mission  was 
ended,  he  was  conveyed  up  to  heaven  without  tasting 
death.  He  is  styled  indeed  the  Tishlite,  but  whether 
a  native  of  Gilead  or  Galilee  is  quite  uncertain.  He 
announces  to  Ahab  a  drought  of  three  years  without 
rain  or  dew,  and  immediately  withdraws  and  hides 
himself  by  the  brook  Cherith,  the  Wady  Kelt,  above 
Jericho,  where  he  is  miraculously  fed,  apparently 
for  a  year  or  more,  until  the  brook  dries  up.  Then 
he  retires  to  Zarephath,  the  Sarepta  of  the  New  Testa- 
ment, Luke  iv.  26,  on  the  coast  of  Tyre  and  Zidon, 
where  he  is  miraculously  sustained  through  the  dis- 
tressing famine  that  still  continues. 

Sarepta  is  on  the  coast,  seven  miles  below  Zidon 
and  thirteen  above  Tyre.  Some  ruins  by  the  beach, 
and  higher  up  on  the  slope  of  a  hill,  a  mile  distant, 
indicate  the  site  of  this  ancient  toAyn. 

ELIJAH   ON   MOUNT   CARMEL,  B.  C.  906, 

Next  in  order  are  the  exciting  scenes  of  Elijah  with 
Ahab  and  the  prophets  of  Baal  on  Mount  Carmel.  1 
Kings  xviii.  1-21.  This  is  a  noble  bluff,  which  juts 
boldly  out  into  the  sea  forty  miles  below  Tyre,  and 
about  half  of  that  distance  west  of  Nazareth,  from  the 
hills  of  which  it  is  distinctly  seen.  It  forms  the  most 
conspicuous  headland  upon  all  this  coast  of  the  Medi- 
terranean. From  an  elevation  of  1500  feet  in  height 
[B.  0.1056—450=606.] 


1S7 


THE  PERIOD  OF  THE  MONARCHY. 


13S 


it  breaks  almost  perpendicularly  down  to  the  water's 
edge,  leaving  only  a  narrow  pathway  around  its  base 
to  the  coast  below.  The  chain  to  which  it  belongs 
runs  off  in  a  south-east  direction  across  the  country, 
forming  the  southern  limit  of  the  plain  of  Esdraelon 
and  the  boundary  between  Samaria  and  Galilee. 
Lifting  high  its  head,  covered  with  the  richest  ver- 
dure, it  greets  the  distant  mariner  with  a  cheerful 
welcome  to  the  Holy  Land,  which  it  guards  and 
adorns  so  well.  Radiant  with  beauty  wherever  seen, 
the  "  excellency  of  Carmel"  is  still  to  every  traveller 
as  much  his  admiration  and  his  praise  as  of  old  it 
was  to  the  inspired  bard. 

The  Kishon,  where  the  prophets  of  Baal  were 
slain,  is  a  fordable  stream,  fifty  or  sixty  feet  wide. 
It  drains  the  waters  of  Esdraelon,  and  empties  into 
the  sea  at  the  northern  slope  of  Carmel. 

The  scene  of  the  solitai-y  prophet  of  the  Lord 
standing  around  the  altar  for  a  burnt-offering  on  this 
mountain,  and  challenging  all  the  prophets  of  Baal, 
eight  hundred  and  fifty -six  in  number,  to  decide  who 
is  God  by  calling  down  fire  from  heaven  to  consume 
the  victim ;  the  frantic  and  vain  cries  of  the  false  pro- 
phets ;  the  brief  prayer  of  the  prophet  of  the  Lord, 
and  the  immediate  and  impressive  answer;  the  ex- 
termination of  the  prophets  of  Baal ;  the  prayer  of 
Elijah  for  the  relief  of  the  dreadful  drought  and  fa- 
mine, and  the  immediate  answer  of  abundance  of 
rain;  all  conspire  to  form  a  spectacle  of  sublimity 
seldom  equalled  in  the  stern  and  awful  manifesta- 
tions of  Divine  Power.  1  Kings  xviii.  21-46. 

FLIGHT   OP   THE  PROPHET 

Elijah,  this  man  of  God  who,  when  sought  out  by 
Ahab  and  devoted  to  death,  stood  fearlessly  before 
the  enraged  monarch,  and  slew  his  prophets,  now  flies 
at  the  threat  of  Jezebel  the  queen  down  the  whole 
length  of  the  country,  100  miles  or  more,  to  the 
desert  of  Beersheba.  Here,  after  recruiting  his 
wasted  energies,  he  continues  his  flight  150  miles 
farther  across  the  great  and  terrible  wilderness,  quite 
to  Sinai  and  Horeb.  Here  the  Lord  rebukes  and 
reassures  the  desponding  prophet,  and  sends  him  on 
a  long  journey,  350  or  400  miles  to  Damascus,  be- 
yond Palestine,  to  anoint  Hazael  king  over  that 
country.  On  his  way  he  finds  Elisha  at  Abel- 
Mcholah,  in  the  valley  of  the  Jordan,  eight  or  ten 
miles  below  Scythopolis  or  Bethshean,  and  anoints 
him  to  be  a  prophet  of  the  Lord.  1  Kings  xix.  16, 19. 

INVASION   OP   BENHADAD,  B.  C.  902. 

The  place  of  Benhadad's  first  defeat,  1  Kings  xx. 
IJ        [A.M.  3046+450=3496.] 


1-21,  is  not  specified.  The  second,  in  the  year  fol- 
lowing, was  at  Aphek,  in  the  plain  of  Jezreel,  near 
Gilboa,  where  the  Philistines,  154  years  before,  had 
encamped  against  Saul  and  Jonathan.  Here  now 
the  children  of  Israel  pitched  against  Benhadad 
"  like  two  little  flocks  of  kids,  but  the  Syrians  filled 
the  country,"  who,  to  the  number  of  127,000,  seven 
days  afterward,  filled  the  country  with  their  dead 
bodies.  1  Kings  xx.  21-43. 

NABOTH  AT   JEZREEL,  B.  C.  897. 

Jezreel,  where  Ahab  had  a  summer  palace,  the 
scene  of  the  tragical  death  of  Naboth,  1  Kings  xxi. 
1-17,  was  situated  on  the  heights  which  form  the 
western  extremity  of  the  mountains  of  Gilboa,  twenty 
miles  north  by  west  from  Samaria.  It  is  represented 
to  be  a  magnificent  site  for  a  city,  commanding  a 
wide  and  noble  view  of  the  mountains  of  Samaria  on 
the  south  of  Carmel,  and  the  great  plain  of  Esdraelon 
on  the  west,  and  the  mountains  of  Galilee  on  the 
north,  while  to  the  east  are  seen  Bashan  and  Gilead, 
beyond  Jordan. 

The  disastrous  alliance  of  Jehoshaphat  with  Ahab, 
the  prophetic  denunciation  against  the  Syrians,  their 
defeat  at  Ramoth-Gilead,  and  the  death  of  Ahab, 
are  fully  detailed  in  the  Sacred  History.  With 
Ramoth-Gilead  we  have  become  acquainted,  page  63. 
Fourteen  years  after  this,  Joram,  like  his  father 
Ahab,  was  wounded  in  an  attempt  to  recover  this 
place.  2  Kings  viii.  28.  And  here  Jehu  was  pro- 
claimed and  anointed  king,  from  whence  he  went  to 
Jezreel  and  executed  the  exterminating  decree  of 
heaven  against  the  house  of  Ahab.  1  Kings  xxii. 
17-25;  2  Kings  ix.  13.  Thus  in  the  retributive 
justice  of  God,  the  dogs,  according  to  the  denuncia- 
tion of  the  prophet,  licked  the  blood  of  Ahab,  in 
punishment  for  the  dogs  having  licked  the  blood  of 
Naboth,  not  in  the  spot  where  tliey  licked  up  the  hlood 
of  Naboth,  as  it  is  expressed  in  1  Kings  xxi.  19. 
This  was  at  Jezreel,  but  the  blood  of  Ahab  was 
washed  out  and  licked  up  at  the  pool  of  Samaria, 
1  Kings  xxii.  38,  twenty  miles  distant.  The  inter- 
view with  Elijah  at  Carmel  was  in  the  ninth  year  of 
Ahab's  reign.  The  denunciation  of  the  prophet  on 
the  death  of  Ahab  was  nine  years  later. 

During  the  reign  of  Ahab,  Homer  flourished 
among  the  Greeks. 

jehoshaphat's  deliverance,  b.  c.  897. 

The  kingdom  of  Jehoshaphat  was  invaded  by  a 
formidable  army  of  the  tribes  east  of  the  Dead  Sea. 
1  Kings  xxii.  41-49 ;  2  Chron.  xx.     The  cliff  of  Ziz 
[B.C.  1056— 450=606.] 


139 


TEXT  BOOK    AND  ATLAS  OF  BIBLICAL  GEOGRAPHY. 


140 


is  understood  to  be  the  difficult  and  perilous  pass  of 
Engedi.  The  ascent  of  some  1500  feet  is  made  by 
zigzags  along  projecting  shelves  of  rocks,  smooth 
and  slippery  as  glass,  often  at  the  steepest  angle 
practicable  for  horses.  Seen  from  below,  it  seems 
utterly  impassable.  And  yet  ancient  armies  have 
often  passed  and  repassed  these  frightful  cliffs ;  and 
loaded  camels  frequently  pass  them  in  safety. 

The  miraculous  deliverance  of  the  pious  king  from 
these  invaders,  by  their  mutual  slaughter,  occurred 
in  the  wilderness  of  Tekoa,  here  called  Israel. 

The  valley  of  Berachah,  (benediction,^  through 
which  the  army  returned  with  joy,  and  offering 
blessings  to  the  Lord,  is  a  beautiful  valley  leading 
up  westward  from  Tekoa.  It  lies  west  of  the  Frank 
Mountain,  and  south  of  Bethlehem  and  Etham.  On 
the  east  side  of  this  valley  are  extensive  ruins,  cover- 
ing three  or  four  acres,  consisting  of  several  cisterns 
and  some  large  substructures. 

Jehoshaphat  concluded  his  virtuous  reign  of  twen- 
ty-five years,  893  b.  C.  The  translation  of  Elijah 
occurred  three  or  four  years  previous  to  the  death  of 
Jehoshaphat,  B.  c.  897. 

The  kingdom  of  Judah  had  now  continued  eighty- 
five  years,  during  which  time  it  had  made  rapid  ad- 
vances. From  this  period  it  continually  degene- 
rated, and  finally  lost  all  its  power.  This  disastrous 
degeneracy  began  with  the  marriage  of  Jehoram,  son 
of  Jehoshaphat,  with  Athaliah,  the  ^^^g^^er  of 
Ahab  and  Jezebel. 


ELISHA   THE   PROPHET,  B.  C.  896-838. 

The  mantle  of  Elijah  has  already  fallen  upon 
Elisha,  whose  life  is  filled  up  with  incidents  as  ex- 
traordinary almost  as  that  of  his  predecessor,  and 
more  crowded  with  the  displays  of  his  miraculous 
power,  a  brief  summary  of  which  is  here  subjoined. 

Elisha,  son  of  Shaphat  of  Abel-Meholah,  was  called 
to  hold  the  office  of  prophet  during  the  reign  of  Je- 
horam, B.  c.  896.  Elijah  was  taken  up  to  heaven 
in  a  chariot  of  fire  the  same  year,  and  Elisha  was 
now  the  prophet  of  Israel.  2  Kings  ii.  11.  Elisha 
wrought  many  miracles : 

1.  He  smote  the  Jordan  with  Elijah's  mantle  and 
divided  the  waters.  2  Kings  ii.  14. 

2.  He  healed  the  waters  of  Jericho  by  throwing 
salt  into  them.  2  Kings  ii.  21. 

3.  He  caused  bears  to  destroy  the  mocking  chil- 
dren at  Bethel.  2  Kings  ii.  24. 

4.  He  supplied  the  armies  of  Judah,  Israel,  and 
Edom  with  water,  when  perishing  with  thirst.  2 
Kings  iii.  8-20. 

5.  He  multiplied  the  widow's  oil.  iv.  1-7. 

[A.  M.  30464-450—3496.] 


6.  He  promised  a  son  to  the  Shunammite.  iv.  16. 

7.  He  healed  the  leprosy  of  Naaman.  v.  1-15. 

8.  He  transferred  the  leprosy  to  his  servant  Ge- 
hazi.  V.  27. 

9.  He  made  an  iron  axe-head  to  swim.  vi.  6. 

10.  He  disclosed  the  secret  counsels  of  Benhadad, 
the  Syrian  king,  to  Jehoram,  the  king  of  Israel, 
vi.  8-12. 

11.  He  smote  the  Syrian  army  with  blindness 
vi.  18. 

12.  He  promised  abundant  provisions  during  the 
siege  of  Samaria,  vii.  1,  2. 

13.  He  healed  the  pottage  at  Grilgal.  iv.  41. 

14.  He  fed  one  hundred  men  with  twenty  loaves, 
iv.  42. 

15.  He  restored  the  Shunammite's  son.  iv.  18-37. 

16.  He  foretold  a  seven  years'  famine,  viii.  1. 

17.  He  foretold  the  death  of  Benhadad,  viii.  10; 
and 

18.  The  accession  of  Hazael.  viii.  13. 

19.  He  sent  to  anoint  Jehu  king.  ix.  1-3. 

20.  On  his  deathbed  he  promised  to  Joash  three 
victories  over  the  Syrians,  xiii.  19. 

After  Elisha's  burial  a  corpse  was  hastily  thrown 
into  his  sepulchre,  and  immediately  life  was  re- 
stored, xiii.  21. 

Elisha  filled  the  office  of  prophet  in  Israel  for 
fifty-eight  years. 

In  his  frequent  travels  from  Gilgal  to  Carmel  he 
is  hospitably  entertained  by  the  wife  of  the  rich 
Shunammite,  to  whom  he  gives  promise,  B.  c.  895, 
of  a  son,  whom  he  afterward  raises  from  the  dead. 
2  Kings  iv.,  b.  c.  891.  Shunem  (in  Cant.  vi.  13,  Shu- 
lam)  was  built  upon  the  western  extremity  of  Her- 
mon,  near  four  miles  north  of  Jezreel,  and,  like  this 
city,  commanded  a  noble  view  of  Carmel  and  the  in- 
tervening plain  of  Esdraelon,  and  overlooked  the 
deep  broad  valley  of  Jezreel,  between  Hermon  and 
Gilboa.  Here  the  Philistines  were  encamped  before 
the  battle  with  Saul  and  Jonathan.  1  Sam.xxvii.4. 
This  was  also  the  native  place  of  the  fair  Abishag, 
the  last  of  the  wives  of  David.  1  Kings  i.  3. 

Ibleam  and  Gur,  mentioned  in  the  flight  of  Aha- 
ziah  from  Jezreel  to  Megiddo,  are  lost  irrecoverably. 
Megiddo  is  five  or  six  miles  west  of  Jezreel.  These 
towns  seem  to  have  been  intervening  stations. 

DAMASCUS. 

In  the  histories  of  Elisha,  Hazael,  and  Naaman, 
the  mention  of  this  city  occurs  so  frequently  that 
this  seems  the  appropriate  place  to  notice  the  an- 
cient and  renowned  city  of  Damascus,  which  from 
the  time  of  Abraham  to  the  conversion  of  Paul  by 
[B.  C.  1056— 450=606.] 


141 


THE  PERIOD  OF  THE  MONARCHY. 


142 


reason  of  the  vibion  of  God  that  fell  upon  him  just 
without  its  gates,  Acts  ix.  6 ;  xxii.  10,  falls  under  fre- 
quent notice  in  the  historical  incidents  of  the  Scrip- 
tures. Lying  out  upon  the  desert,  east  of  the  moun- 
tains of  Lebanon,  in  the  great  line  of  trade  and  of 
travel  between  the  Euphrates  and  the  Mediterranean, 
an  intermediate  station  between  the  east  and  the 
west,  caravans  innumerable  have  continued  for  4000 
years  to  unlade  at  her  gates,  as  they  do  yet,  the 
wealth  of  the  East;  and  armies  without  number 
have  encamped  without  on  her  plains,  or  swept  in 
fury  over  her,  pursuing  and  pursued,  in  the  flush 
of  conquest  or  frenzy  of  defeat.  The  armies  of 
Nineveh  and  Babylon,  of  Egypt  and  of  Israel,  of 
Greece  and  Rome,  who  in  long  succession  marshalled 
by  turns  their  hosts  at  Damascus,  have  passed  away 
with  the  empires  to  which  they  belonged.  But  this 
venerable  city  still  stands  out  upon  the  desert  like 
an  ancient  pillar,  lone  and  lofty,  amid  the  waste 
of  ages. 

The  city,  surrounded  by  a  vast  sand-plain,  lying 
at  an  elevation  of  2237  feet  above  the  level  of  the  sea, 
is  the  centre  of  a  charming  oasis  formed  by  those 
ancient  rivers  of  Damascus,  Abana  and  Pharpar, 
and  their  kindred  streams,  which  flow  off  from  Leba- 
non and  lose  themselves  in  the  eastern  desert.  The 
city  herself  is  embowered  and  merged  in  a  sea  of  the 
richest  verdure,  a  terrestrial  paradise,  like  an  island 
of  the  blest  in  the  desert  ocean,  the  admiration 
of  every  beholder.  It  is  said  of  Mohammed,  that 
when  he  beheld  it  he  exclaimed,  "  Man  can  have 
but  one  paradise :  I  will  not  enter  this  below,  lest  I 
should  have  none  above." 

The  city  has  still  a  long  street  called  Straight,  as  in 
the  days  of  Saul,  Acts  ix.  11,  and  the  rivers  of  Damas- 
cus, Abana  and  Pharpar,  are  still  celebrated  as  in 
the  days  of  Naaman  the  Syrian.  2  Kings  v.  12. 
Abana  springs  from  the  side  of  Anti-Lebanon,  a  few 
miles  north-west  of  the  city,  and  rushes  down  a 
thousand  feet  to  the  plains  below,  where,  after  water- 
ing the  city,  it  is  soon  lost  in  the  lakes  of  the  desert 
beyond.  A  modern  traveller  describes  in  the  fol- 
lowing terms  the  beautiful  little  lake  on  Mount  Her- 
mon,  which  constitutes  the  source  of  the  Abana,  as 
a  "  large  and  oval  basin,  deeply  depressed,  with  its 
banks  lined  with  sedgy  weeds  and  droves  of  moun- 
tain goats,  and  its  clear  crystal  surface  covered  with 
paddling  ducks  and  screeching  waterfowl.  I  stood 
long  upon  its  banks,  gazing  into  its  clear  deep  bosom, 
before  I  was  aware  it  was  the  source  of  the  Abana — 
Naaman's  beautiful  stream.  And  beautiful  indeed 
it  is,  to  other  eyes  than  Naaman's,  as  meandering 
through  that  vast  plain  for  miles,  and  then  losing 
itself  through  a  fearful  mountain  gorge,  it  goes  rush- 
[A.  M.  3046+450=3496.] 


ing  and  tearing  on,  till  at  last  reaching  the  pretty 
oasis  of  Damascus,  it  hangs  like  a  diamond  necklace 
around  the  queenly  city." 

The  Pharpar  rises  from  the  slope  of  Lebanon 
south-west  by  south  from  Damascus.  One  of  its 
sources  is  a  singular  syphon  fountain,  which  at  cer- 
tain periods  of  the  year  throws  ©ut  great  quantities 
of  water  of  a  blood-red  colour,  together  with  great 
quantities  of  fish.  This  river,  after  flowing  past  the 
southern  portion  of  the  city,  is  lost  like  the  other  in 
the  desert.  It  is  described  as  a  fine  rapid  stream, 
one  of  those  rivers  which  "have  ever  been  the  pride 
of  Damascus." 

The  chronological  table  gives  the  dates  of  the 
parallel  reigns  of  the  kings  of  Judah  and  Israel, 
with  a  reference  to  the  leading  incidents  of  their 
history,  which  is  given  in  detail  in  the  second  books 
of  Kings  and  Chronicles.  Without  attempting  to 
construct  a  history  of  the  two  kingdoms,  we  must 
limit  ourselves  to  a  brief  notice  of  such  localities  and 
countries  as  occur  in  the  progress  of  the  history, 
which  have  been  already  mentioned. 

VALLEY   OF   SALT 

Amaziah,  825  B.  c,  gains  a  victory  over  Edom  in 
the  Valley  of  Salt.  2  Kings  xiv.  7 ;  2  Chron.  xxv.  11. 
One  extraordinary  valley  of  salt  in  the  north  of 
Syria  has  been  already  mentioned.  This  we  find  in 
the  site  of  the  cities  of  the  plain,  at  the  southern  ex- 
tremity of  the  Dead  Sea.  At  the  south-western 
angle  of  this  sea  is  an  immense  mountain  of  crys- 
tallized rock  salt,  often  presenting  precipices  forty  or 
fifty  feet  high,  and  several  hundred  feet  in  length, 
of  pure  crystallized  fossil  salt.  The  mountain  ex- 
tends into  the  interior  five  or  six  miles. 

Lieut.  Lynch  found  here  a  pillar  of  salt  standing 
out  in  advance  of  the  mountain,  and  near  the  water's 
edge,  resting  on  a  rounded  pedestal  forty  or  sixty 
feet  above  the  level  of  the  sea,  itself  also  forty  feet 
in  height.  Possibly  this  may  have  given  rise  to  the 
traditionary  legend  which  relates  that  the  pillar  of 
salt  into  which  Lot's  wife  was  changed  continues  to 
this  day.  Josephus  says  of  it,  "  I  have  seen  it,  and 
it  remains  to  this  day."  Antiq.  i.  c.  12.  Clement 
of  Rome,  of  the  same  age,  also  aflSrms  that  it  con- 
tinued at  that  time,  a  memorial  of  the  divine  dis- 
pleasure. Epist.  ad.  Cor.  c.  ii. 

SELAH,  JOKTHEEL,  OR  PETRA. 

In  the  same  expedition,  Amaziah  also  took  this  re- 
markable city,  2  Kings  xiv.  7,  the  most  extraordinary 
and  mysterious  of  which  we  have  any  knowledge. 
[B.C.  10.56—450=606.] 


113 


TEXT  BOOK  AND  ATLAS  OP  BIBLICAL  GEOGRAPHY. 


144 


It  is  in  tiie  mountains  of  Edom,  at  the  base  of 
Mount  Hor,  on  the  east  side,  in  a  vast,  deep,  and 
gloomy  pit  in  the  earth,  a  mile  in  length  and  half  a 
mile  in  width,  with  perpedicular  walls  of  rock  from 
400  to  600  or  700  feet  in  height  on  every  side.  On 
the  east  of  the  city,  a  narrow  cleft  in  the  walls  opens 
out  a  passage  by  a  gradual  ascent  to  the  summit  of 
the  heights  above,  sometimes  not  more  than  ten  or 
twelve  feet  in  width,  between  the  rough  and  frown- 
ing walls  on  each  side,  which  seem  ready  to  collapse 
and  crush  the  traveller,  or  imbed  him  in  their  bosom. 
This  frightful  pass  is  the  principal  line  of  communi- 
cation with  the  city.  On  the  north  and  the  south, 
the  breastwork  of  rocks  opens  a  single  pass  through 
which  a  camel  can  with  great  difficulty  find  his  way 
into  the  city. 

One  small  stream  runs  down  the  eastern  pass,  by 
which  the  city  was  supplied  with  water.  Grooves 
are  everywhere  cut  around  the  sides  of  the  walls,  to 
collect  every  drop  of  the  precious  treasure  which 
trickles  down  their  sides,  and  to  convey  it  off  to  cis- 
terns and  reservoirs  for  the  use  of  the  inhabitants. 
jMany  of  these  reservoirs,  cut  in  the  solid  rock,  still 
remain  in  a  good  state  of  preservation. 

The  area  at  the  bottom,  in  whole  or  in  part,  was 
occupied  with  the  buildings  and  streets  and  public 
promenades  of  this  ancient  metropolis,  of  which  only 
one  solitary  palace  remains.  It  is  square,  and  about 
thirty-five  paces  along  each  side. 

The  front  toward  the  north  was  ornamented  with 
a  row  of  columns,  four  of  which  are  standing.  An 
open  piazza,  back  of  the  colonnade,  extends  the  whole 
length  of  the  building.  A  noble  arch,  thirty-five  or 
forty  feet  high,  leads  to  one  of  the  apartments. 
The  building  is  called  by  the  Arabs,  "Pharaoh's 
house." 

But  the  most  wonderful  remains  of  this  ancient 
city  are  the  excavations  in  the  perpendicular  facings 
of  the  rocks  which  enclose  it.  The  city  seems  ac- 
tually to  have  been  carried  on  all  sides  for  several 
hundred  feet  up  these  perpendicular  walls  of  solid 
rock,  out  of  which  innumerable  apartments,  of  every 
conceivable  form  and  size,  have  been  chiselled  for 
the  service  of  men. 

It  is  generally  conceded  that  these  excavations 
were  not  merely  depositories  for  the  dead,  but  were 
used  also  for  private  dwellings,  for  theatres  and 
temples. 

They  occupy  not  only  the  front  but  the  sides  of 
various  ravines  and  recesses,  which  are  sunk  into 
the  face  of  the  enclosure  in  every  direction.  In  a 
direct  line  these  excavations  would  extend  five  or  six 
miles,  and  are  sometimes  carried  up  to  the  summit 
cf  tbe  rocks.  The  ascent  to  them  was  by  flights  of 
[A.  M.  3046+450=3496.] 


stairs  cut  cut  of  the  rook,  and  running  obliquely  up 
the  perpendicular  face  of  it. 

Many  of  these  apartments  are  adorned  in  front 
with  curious  ornamental  work,  facades,  columns,  and 
statues  all  hewn  out  of  the  rock,  and  still  adhering 
as  a  part  of  it.  Both  nature  and  art  combine  U 
lend  a  strange  charm,  like  a  scene  of  enchantment, 
to  these  wonderful  ruins. 

"Nothing  contributes  so  much  to  the  almost  ma- 
gical effect  of  some  of  these  monuments  as  the  rich 
and  various  colours  of  the  rock  out  of  which,  or, 
more  properly,  in  which  they  are  formed. 

"  Many  of  them  are  adorned  with  such  a  profu- 
sion of  the  most  lovely  and  brilliant  colours  as,  I 
believe,  it  is  quite  impossible  to  describe.  Red, 
purple,  yellow,  azure  or  sky-blue,  black,  and  white, 
are  seen  in  the  same  mass  distinctly  in  successive 
layers,  or  blended  so  as  to  form  every  shade  and 
hue  of  which  they  are  capable — as  brilliant  and  as 
soft  as  they  ever  appear  in  flowers  or  in  the  plumage 
of  birds,  or  in  the  sky  when  illuminated  by  the  most 
glorious  sunset.  The  red  perpetually  shades  into 
pale,  or  deep  rose  or  flesh-colour.  The  purple  is 
sometimes  very  dark,  and  again  approaches  the  hue 
of  the  lilac  or  violet. 

"  The  white,  which  is  often  as  pure  as  snow,  is 
occasionally  just  dashed  with  blue  or  red.  The 
blue  is  usually  the  pale  azure  of  the  clear  sky  or  of 
the  ocean,  but  sometimes  has  the  deep  and  peculiar 
shade  of  the  clouds  in  summer  when  agitated  by  a 
tempest." 

The  opening  on  the  east  is  adorned  by  two  splendid 
fayades;  farther  up,  in  one  of  its  gloomy  recesses 
among  the  tombs,  is  a  vast  theatre,  capable  of  seat- 
ing five  thousand  spectators ;  and  farther  still  is  the 
most  attractive  of  these  ruins,  the  treasury  of  Pha- 
raoh. It  is  an  immense  temple  cut  out  of  the  facing 
of  the  rock,  with  a  front  highly  ornamented,  exhibit- 
ing an  exquisite  piece  of  architecture.  The  pinnacle 
of  the  temple,  at  the  height  of  a  hundred  feet,  is 
surmounted  by  a  beautiful  urn. 

On  the  mountain  west  of  the  town  there  is  also  a 
vast  temple ;  the  front  of  it  is  forty-eight  paces  in 
length,  and  adorned  with  eight  immense  colum^us. 
The  temple  stands  upon  one  of  the  highest,  wildest 
crags  of  the  mountain,  the  sides  of  which  have  been 
hewn  down  and  carried  away.  So  that  the  temple 
stands  a  single  piece  of  carved  work,  chiselled  out  of 
the  mountain — a  stupendous  work  of  an  unknown 
people,  at  an  age  equally  unknown. 

This  mysterious  and  devoted  city  and  country  was 
frequently  the  subject  of  prophetic  denunciations, 
which  are  strikingly  fulfilled  in  the  gloomy  desola- 
tions of  Petra.  Isa.  xxxiv. ;  Jer.  xlix. ;  Ezek.  xxxv. 
[B.  C.  1056-450=^606.] 


145 


THE  PERIOD  OF  THE  MONARCHY. 


14G 


It  was  a  city  of  great  strength  and  of  vast  trade, 
several  centuries  before  the  Christian  era.  It  was 
flourishing,  and  the  seat  of  a  bishopric,  in  the  third 
century.  But  all  knowledge  of  it  had  for  centuries 
been  totally  lost  until  within  the  last  forty  years ; 
since  which  time  it  has  been  fully  explored  and  de- 
scribed by  many  travellers. 

Soon  after  his  victory  over  Edom,  and  the  capture 
of  Selah,  Amaziah  challenged  Jehoash,  king  of  Is- 
rael, to  battle,  in  consequence  of  the  murders  and 
robberies  committed  by  the  troops  whom  he  had  dis- 
missed; and  was  himself  overcome  and  taken  pri- 
soner at  Bethshemesh. 

Amaziah  was  restored  to  his  throne,  but  Jerusa- 
lem was,  at  the  same  time,  taken;  its  walls  were 
broken  down  in  part,  and  the  treasures  of  the  tem- 
ple, and  of  the  king's  house,  carried  away  to  Sama- 
ria. 2  Kings  xiv.  8-14.  Several  years  after  this  he 
was  assassinated  at  Lachish. 

AZARIAH,  KING   OF   JUDAH.      B.  C.  809. 

Under  Azariah,  called  also  Uzziah,  Judah  had  a 
season  of  prosperity,  during  his  long  reign  of  half  a 
century.  2  Chron.  xxvi.  7. 

Nothing  is  known  of  Gur-Baal  and  the  Mehunims, 
over  whom  Uzziah,  B.  C.  about  800;  gained  a  victory. 
Jabneh,  now  Yebna,  was  in  the  northern  part  of 
Philistia,  nearly  west  of  Ekron,  midway  between  it 
and  the  sea. 

2  Kings  xvi.  9.  Kir,  where  Tiglath-Pileser  colo- 
nized the  inhabitants  of  Damascus,  738  B.  c,  was  on 
the  river  Kir,  which  enters  into  the  Caspian  Sea,  in 
the  north-eastern  division  of  his  kingdom,  the  most 
remote  from  Damascus,  and  yet  the  native  country 
of  the  Syrians.  Amos  ix.  7.  Jahn  remarks  that  "  a 
people  of  foreign  aspect,  called  Usbecks,  dwell  there 
at  this  time,  who  may  be  the  descendants  of  these 
captives." 

CAPTURE  OF  SAMARIA  AND  END  OF  THE  KINGDOM 
OP  ISRAEL.   B.  C.  721. 

Shalmaneser,  king  of  Assyria,  721  B.  c,  and  257 
years  after  the  revolt  of  the  ten  tribes,  took  Samaria, 
after  a  siege  of  three  years,  and  destroyed  it,  2  Kings 
xvii.,  and  the  kingdom  of  Israel.  The  captives  of  Is- 
rael he  transferred  to  Halah  and  Habor.  The  latter 
is  a  river  of  Mesopotamia,  the  Chebar  of  Ezekiel,  and 
the  Chaboras  of  profane  history.  It  is  a  tributary  of 
the  Euphrates,  with  which  it  unites  some  300  miles 
above  Babylon,  and  100  below  Tiphsah  or  Thapsa- 
cus,  and  300  west  from  Bagdad.  Near  its  junction 
with  the  Euphrates,  and  on  the  opposite  shores  of 
[A.  M.  3046+450=3496.] 


the  river  was  Carchemish,  and  perhaps  Calno,  the 
pride  and  boast  of  Assyrian  conquest.  Isa.  x.  9. 
This  river  has  two  principal  branches,  which  unite 
about  fifty  miles  above  Carchemish :  one  is  the  Ha- 
bor, the  other  bears  still  the  name  of  Al  Halih  and 
Halah ;  and  the  country  on  its  banks  is  called  by 
Ptolemy  Gauzanitis.  "  When,  therefore,  in  the 
very  places  where  it  is  most  probable  that  the  Is- 
raelites were  deposited,  we  find  every  name  recorded 
in  Scripture  so  little  changed  in  the  lapse  of  centu- 
ries, it  is  reasonable  to  believe  that  we  have  ascer- 
tained the  locality  in  which  the  captives  from  Sa- 
maria were  placed." 

FOREIGN   COLONISTS  IN  SAMARIA. 

Cutha,  one  of  the  provinces  from  which  colonists 
were  sent  to  settle  in  Samaria,  has  been  discovered 
by  Major  Rawlinson,  as  he  believes,  in  latitude  32° 
41',  longitude  44°  42',  some  150  or  200  miles  below 
Carchemish  and  Calno. 

Arpad,  2  Kings  xviii.  34,  must  have  been  an  im- 
portant city  of  Syria,  the  capital  of  an  unknown  pro- 
vince near  Hamath.  Dr.  Robinson  makes  it  identi- 
cal with  Arvad  on  the  coast,  to  which  Winer  objects. 

Sepharvaim  is  located  below  Babylon,  near  the 
junction  of  the  Tigris  and  Euphrates.  Irah,  yet 
unknown,  is  to  be  sought  for  in  this  region  of  Meso- 
potamia. 2  Kings  xviii.  34,  xix.  13 ;  Isa.  xxxvii.  13. 

Henah  appears  to  have  been  a  city  of  Mesopota- 
mia, but  no  more  is  known  of  it,  or  of  Ivah  or  Avah. 
2  Kings  xviii.  34,  xix.  13,  xvii.  24;  Isa.  xxxvii.  13. 

Calnah,  the  same  as  Calne  and  Calno,  is  located 
by  some  writers  on  the  Euphrates,  300  miles  above 
Babel,  at  the  junction  of  the  river  Chaboras,  and  on 
the  soixth  bank  of  this  river,  opposite  the  more 
modern  city  of  Charchemish  on  the  north  bank. 

But  other  authorities  in  great  numbers  find  Cal- 
nah to  be  identical  with  the  Ctesiphon  of  profane 
history,  on  the  banks  of  the  Tigris,  twenty  miles 
below  Bagdad,  and  more  than  200  below  Nineveh, 
sixty  north  from  Babel. 

A  few  miles  west  of  the  sources  of  Habor,  and 
north-east  from  its  junction  with  the  Euphrates, 
stands  the  ruined  but  well-known  town  of  Haran  or 
Hara,  the  Charnae  of  ancient  geographers,  possibly 
the  residence  of  Abraham  before  his  final  remove  to 
the  land  of  promise;  so  that  some  of  his  descendants 
in  their  captivity  may  have  been  transferred  to  that 
very  city  which  their  great  ancestor  left  1300  years 
before,  to  establish  his  posterity,  the  chosen  people 
of  Grod,  in  that  good  land  from  which  they,  by  rea- 
son of  their  sins,  had  been  expelled  by  the  enemy, 
into  whose  hands  they  had  been  delivered  by  the 
[B.  C.  1056—450=606.] 


147 


TEXT  BOOK  AND  ATLAS  OF  BIBLICAL  GEOGRAPHY. 


U8 


God  of  Abraham  their  father.  From  these  localities 
it  would  seem  that  the  captives  of  Israel  were  trans- 
ferred to  the  central  parts  of  Mesopotamia,  and  in 
the  very  heart  of  the  empire  of  Assyria,  even  to 
Nineveh  itself 


APPROACH  OP   THE  ASSYRIANS   TO   JERUSALEM. 
B.  C.  713. 

The  prophet  Isaiah  has  sketched  with  unrivalled 
spirit  and  power  the  approach  of  this  proud  invader 
toward  Jerusalem.  He  is  seen  advancing  from  the 
north-east;  and  his  progress  may  be  easily  traced 
upon  the  map  as  described  by  the  prophet.  The 
language  of  the  prophet  is  that  of  an  eyewitness, 
describing  at  the  moment  what  he  actually  sees. 
The  enemy  is  first  seen  in  the  frontiers  of  Judah  at 
Aiath,  the  same  as  Ai,  after  the  fall  of  Jericho,  the 
first  place  conquered  by  the  Israelites  in  taking  pos- 
session of  the  land. 

They  move  on  through  Migron,  now  unknown. 
At  Michmash,  still  nearer  on  the  slope  of  the  steep 
valley,  between  this  place  and  Geba,  which  was  the 
scene  of  Jonathan's  heroic  exploit  in  surprising  the 
camp  of  the  Philistines,  1  Sam.  xiv.,  he  has  laid  up 
his  carriages,  stores,  and  baggage,  because  of  this 
difficult  pass.  In  Geba,  beyond  the  pass,  he  has 
taken  up  his  lodging  for  the  night.  The  neighbour- 
ing towns  are  filled  with  consternation.  Ramah,  in 
the  distance  on  the  west,  though  not  in  the  line  of 
march,  is  afraid.  Gibeah  of  Saul,  nearer  to  the  city, 
has  fled.  Other  towns  in  the  neighbourhood  raise 
their  cry  of  distress  and  alarm.  Gallim,  near  by, 
but  no  longer  known,  is  about  to  raise  her  cry  of 
distress  until  it  shall  be  heard  at  Laish,  Dan,  in  the 
remotest  part  of  the  land.  Ah,  poor  Anathoth ! 
Over  this  the  prophet  raises  his  exclamation.  This 
Levitical  city,  the  native  place  of  Jeremiah,  lie'  :n 
Benjamin,  directly  in  the  line  of  the  enemy's  march, 
on  a  broad  hill,  four  miles  from  Jerusalem.  The 
inhabitants  of  Jladmena  and  Gebim,  no  longer 
known,  nowhere  else  mentioned,  flee.  The  next  re- 
move brings  the  enemy  in  full  view  of  the  city.  At 
Nob,  on  Mount  Olivet,  just  north  of  its  summit,  he 
stands  and  shakes  his  hand  in  defiance  against  the 
mount  of  the  daughter  of  Zion,  the  hill  of  Jerusalem. 

NINEVEH  AT  THE   OVERTHROW   OP   THE   KINGDOM 
OF  ISRAEL,  B.  C.  721. 

This  ancient  city,  now  the  capital  of  Assyria,  has 

been  noticed  in  another  place,  page  24.     But  the 

extraordinary  discoveries  which   have   been  made, 

and  are  still  in  progress  there,  are  of  such  interest 

[A.  M.  3046+450=3496.] 


and  importance  as  to  require  a  distinct  notice.  Nine- 
veh had  fallen  into  profound  oblivion  as  early  even 
as  the  beginning  of  authentic  history.  Xenophon, 
400  B.  c,  and  Herodotus,  the  father  of  history,  fifty 
years  earlier,  know  nothing  of  Nineveh.  And  yet 
this  venerable  city,  after  having  lain  in  its  unknown 
grave  2500  years,  has  been  disclosed,  within  a  few 
years,  to  the  searching  eye  of  the  antiquary,  with  its 
palaces,  its  temples,  and  its  idols.  Even  its  myste- 
rious arrow-headed  characters,  which  have  been 
shrouded  in  inscrutable  mystery,  and  in  which  were 
carved  the  chronicles  of  that  city,  have  revealed 
at  last  their  hidden  meaning,  and  read  out  to  the 
world  the  strange  and  stirring  story  of  this  long- 
lost  city. 

These  discoveries  at  Nineveh  clearly  indicate  that 
the  Assyrians  had  made  advances  in  civilization  and 
the  fine  arts,  as  well  as  in  wealth  and  power,  far  be- 
yond  the  culture  which  has  usually  been  ascribed  to 
this  remote  age.  Their  sculptures  exhibit  singular 
grandeur  and  boldness  of  conception.  The  body  and 
limbs  of  their  statues  are  admirably  portrayed,  with 
the  muscles  and  bones  strongly  developed.  Their 
bas-reliefs  are  executed  with  wonderful  spirit  and  ex- 
pi-ession.  Their  paintings  are  skilfully  executed 
and  highly  coloured.  M.  Botta  and  Mr.  Layard, 
on  opening  these  chambers  of  imagery  in  the  palaces 
of  Nineveh,  found  the  warriors  and  their  attire  por- 
trayed in  glaring  colours,  exactly  as  Ezekicl  had  seen 
and  described  them  2500  years  before,  clothed  most 
gorgeously,  horsemen  riding  upon  horses.  There 
were  men  portrayed  upon  the  wall — the  images  of 
the  Chaldeans  painted  in  vei'milion,  "girdled  with 
girdles  upon  their  loins,  exceeding  in  dyed  attire 
upon  their  heads,  all  of  them  princes  to  look  to." 
Ezek.  xxiii.  15. 

Entire  halls  of  vast  dimensions  are  found,  with 
their  walls  overspread  with  these  rich  and  gorgeous 
paintings  and  splendid  bas-reliefs.  Ivory  is  also 
found  in  great  abundance,  and  very  curiously 
wrought.  Glass  vases,  of  very  delicate  structure, 
wore  manufactured  in  Nineveh  long  before  the  period 
to  which  the  discovery  of  glass  is  assigned.  The 
pulley,  too,  and  arch  were  found,  at  a  period  long 
anterior  to  that  to  which  they  have  been  heretofore 
ascribed.  It  is  evident  that  the  art  of  embroidery 
was  carried  to  great  perfection.  Assyria,  as  we 
learn  from  Ezckiel,  had  commerce  with  Tyre,  and 
thence  obtained  blue  cloths,  and  broidered  work, 
and  chests  of  rich  apparel.  All  these  sculptures  in- 
dicate that  the  garments  worn,  especially  those  of 
the  king,  were  richly  embroidered.  The  ruins  indi- 
cate great  wealth  and  power,  together  with  a  high 
degree  of  perfection  in  the  fine  arts.  Even  their 
[B.  C.  1056—450=606.] 


149 


THE   PERIOD  OF  THE  MONARCHY. 


150 


musical  instruments  are  inlaid  with  mother-of-pearl, 
rivalling  in  beauty  similar  specimens  of  modern  art 
and  skill.  A  vast  quantity  of  small  articles  in  cor- 
nelian, agate,  and  marble,  beautifully  polished,  have 
also  been  discovered. 

Enormous  v^^inged  lions,  and  bulls  with  human 
heads,  guarding  the  portals  of  the  palaces,  have  been 
excavated,  overspread  with  their  mysterious  signs. 
The  walls  of  the  palace  themselves  are  covered  with 
pictorial  representations,  carved  with  surprising  skill 
and  form,  setting  forth  the  exploits  of  the  kings  who 
reared  these  halls ;  and  obelisks  and  slabs  in  great 
numbers  are  found,  filled  with  the  history  of  these 
kings,  recorded  in  the  strange  cuneiform  characters 
of  their  extraordinary  language. 

All  the  figures  indicate  great  physical  develop- 
ment, animal  propensities  very  strongly  marked,  a 
calm,  settled  ferocity,  a  perfect  nonchalance  amid 
the  most  terrible  scenes ;  no  change  of  feature  takes 
place,  whether  the  individual  is  inflicting  or  expe- 
riencing horrid  suffering.  "  Their  bows  also  dash 
the  young  men  to  pieces ;  they  have  no  pity  on  the 
fruit  of  the  womb  ]  their  eye  doth  not  spare  children." 

"  The  pictures  are  very  remarkable  as  indicating 
the  entire  absence  of  the  higher  mental  and  moral 
qualities,  and  the  exuberance  of  the  brutal  part  of 
man's  nature.  At  the  same  time,  there  is  not  want- 
ing a  certain  consciousness  of  dignity  and  of  inherent 
power.  There  is  a  tranquil  energy  and  fixed  deter- 
mination, which  will  not  allow  the  beholder  to  feel 
any  contempt  for  these  stern  warriors." 

These  paintings  are  a  faithful  delineation  of  the 
character  of  the  Assyrians,  as  sketched  by  the  pen 
of  inspiration:  "They  are  terrible  and  dreadful; 
their  judgment  and  their  dignity  shall  proceed  of 
themselves."  "And  they  shall  scoff"  at  the  kings, 
and  the  princes  shall  be  a  scorn  unto  them;  they 
shall  deride  every  stronghold,  for  they  shall  heap  up 
dust  (a  mound)  and  take  it."  Hab.  i.  10. 

These  records  and  representations  assume  peculiar 
importance  from  the  confirmation  which  they  give 
to  the  prophecies  and  records  of  the  Scriptures. 
From  the  revelations  of  these  ancient  chronicles  we 
learn  that  the  king  who  built  the  palace  of  Khorsa- 
bad  was  Shalmaneser  himself,  who  carried  Israel 
away  captive ;  and  that  the  builder  of  the  palace  of 
Koyounjik  was  the  Sennacherib  of  Scripture,  the  in- 
vader of  Judah,  whose  army  was  slain  by  the  breath 
of  the  Almighty  whom  he  defied. 

For  the  results  of  these  most  interesting  disco- 
veries we  are  chiefly  indebted  to  Major  Rawlinson, 
who  gives  in  the  following  words  a  summary  of  his 
researches  : — "  I  have  succeeded-  in  detcrminately 
identifying  the  Assyrian  kings  of  the  lower  dy- 
[A.  M.  3010+150=^3496.] 


nasty,  whose  palaces  have  been  recently  excavated 
in  the  vicinity  of  Mosul ;  and  I  have  obtained  from 
the  annals  of  those  kings  contemporary  notices  of 
events  which  agree  in  the  most  remarkable  way  with 
the  statements  preserved  in  sacred  and  profane 
history. 

"The  king  who  built  the  palace  of  Khorsabad, 
excavated  by  the  French,  is  named  Sargina,  (the 
Sargon  of  Isaiah ;)  but  he  also  bears,  in  some  of 
the  inscriptions,  the  epithet  of  Shalmaneser,  by 
which  title  he  was  better  known  to  the  Jews.  In 
the  first  year  of  his  reign,  he  came  up  against  the 
city  of  Samaria  (called  Samarina)  and  the  tribes  of 
the  country  of  Beth-Homri,  (Omri  being  the  name 
of  the  founder  of  Samaria.  1  Kings  xvi.  16,  &c.) 
He  carried  off"  into  captivity,  in  Assyria,  27,280 
families,  and  settled  in  their  places  colonists  brought 
from  Babylonia,  appointing  prefects  to  administer 
the  country,  and  imposing  the  same  tribute  which 
had  been  paid  to  former  kings.  The  only  tablet  at 
Khorsabad  which  exhibits  this  conquest  in  any  de- 
tail, (Plate  Ixx.,)  is  unfortunately  mxxch  mutilated. 
Should  Monsieur  de  Salcy,  however,  whom  the 
French  are  now  sending  to  Assyria,  find  a  duplicate 
of  Shalmaneser's  annals  in  good  preservation,  I 
think  it  probable  that  the  name  of  the  king  of 
Israel  may  yet  be  recovered. 

"  In  the  second  year  of  Shalmaneser's  reign,  he 
subjugated  the  kings  of  Libnah(?)  and  Khazita, 
(the  Cadytis  of  Herodotus,)  who  were  dependent 
upon  Egypt ;  and,  in  the  seventh  year  of  his  reign, 
he  received  tribute  direct  from  the  king  of  that 
country,  who  is  named  Pirhu,  probably  for  Pha- 
raoh, the  title  by  which  the  kings  of  Egypt  were  ever 
known  to  the  Jews  and  other  Semitic  nations.  This 
punishment  of  the  Egjrptians  by  Sargon  or  Shalma- 
neser, is  alluded  to  in  the  20th  chapter  of  Isaiah. 

"  Among  the  other  exploits  of  Shalmaneser  found 
in  his  annals,  are  the  conquest  of  Ashdod,  also 
alluded  to  in  Isaiah  xx.  1,  and  his  reduction  of  the 
neighbouring  city  of  Jamnai,  called  Jabneh  or  Jam- 
neh  in  the  Bible ;  Jamnaan  in  Judith,  and  Udpysia 
by  the  Greeks. 

"  I  now  go  on  to  the  annals  of  Sennacherib.  This 
is  the  king  who  built  the  great  palace  of  Koyounjik, 
which  Mr,  Layard  has  been  recently  excavating.  He 
was  the  son  of  Sargina  or  Shalmaneser,  and  his 
name,  expressed  entirely  by  monograms,  may  have 
been  pronounced  Sennachi-riba.  The  events,  at  any 
rate,  of  his  reign,  place  beyond  the  reach  of  dispute 
his  historic  identity. 

"  The  inhabitants  of  Palestine  had  risen  against 
their  King  Padiya,  and  the  officers  who  had  been 
placed  in  authority  over  them,  on  the  part  of  the 
[B.  C.  1056—450=606.] 


151 


TEXT  BOOK  AND  ATLAS  OF  BIBLICAL  GEOGBAPIIY. 


152 


Assyrian  monarch,  and  had  driven  them  out  of  the 
province,  obliging  them  to  take  refuge  with  Heze- 
kiah,  king  of  Jerusalem,  the  capital  city  of  Judea. 
The  rebels  then  sent  for  assistance  to  the  kings  of 
Egypt,  and  a  large  army  of  horse  and  foot  marched 
to  their  assistance,  under  the  command  of  the  king 
of  Pelusium.(?)  Sennacherib  at  once  proceeded  to 
meet  this  army,  and  fighting  an  action  with  them  in 
the  vicinity  of  the  city  of  Allaku,  (?)  completely  de- 
feated them.  He  made  many  prisoners  also,  whom 
he  executed,  or  otherwise  disposed  of.  Padiya  then 
returned  from  Jerusalem,  and  was  reinstated  in  his 
government.  In  the  mean  time,  however,  a  quarrel 
arose  between  Sennacherib  and  Hezekiah  on  the 
subject  of  tribute.  Sennacherib  ravaged  the  open 
(jountry,  taking  "all  the  fenced  cities  of  Judah," 
and  at  last  threatened  Jerusalem.  Hezekiah  then 
made  his  submission,  and  tendered  to  the  king  of 
Assyria,  as  tribute,  30  talents  of  gold,  300  talents  of 
silver,  the  ornaments  of  the  temple,  slaves,  boys 
and  girls,  and  men-servants  and  maid-servants,  for 
the  use  of  the  palace.  All  these  things  Sennache- 
rib received.  After  which  he  detached  a  portion  of 
Hezekiah's  villages,  and  placed  them  in  dependence 
on  the  cities  which  had  been  faithful  to  him,  such 
as  Hebron,  Ascalon,  and  Cadytis.  He  then  retired 
to  Assyria, 

"Now  this  is  evidently  the  campaign  which  is 
alluded  to  in  Scripture.  2  Kings  xviii.  13-17.  The 
agreement,  at  any  rate,  between  the  record  of  the 
sacred  historian  and  the  contemporary  chronicle  of 
Sennacherib,  which  I  have  here  copied,  extends  even 
to  the  number  of  the  talents  of  gold  and  silver 
which  were  given  as  tribute. 

"  One  of  the  most  interesting  matters  connected 
with  this  discovery  of  the  identity  of  the  Assyrian 
kings,  is  the  prospect,  amounting  almost  to  a  cer- 
tainty, that  we  must  have  in  the  bas-reliefs  of  Khor- 
sabad  and  Kouyunjik  representations  from  the  chisels 
of  contemporary  artists,  not  only  of  Samaria,  but 
that  of  Jerusalem,  which  contained  the  temple  of 
Solomon.  I  have  already  identified  the  Samaritans 
among  the  group  of  captives  portrayed  upon  the 
marbles  of  Khorsabad,  and,  when  I  shall  have  accu- 
rately learned  the  locality  of  the  difierent  bas-reliefs 
that  have  been  brought  from  Kouyunjik,  I  do  not 
doubt  but  that  I  shall  be  able  to  point  out  the  bands 
of  Jewish  maidens  who  were  delivered  to  Sennache- 
rib, and  perhaps  to  distinguish  the  portraiture  of  the 
humbled  Hezekiah." 

Mr.  Layard  has  actually  found,  at  Kouyunjik,  the 

archives  of  the  empire — "  the  records,"  "  the  house 

of  the  rolls,"  to  which  reference  is  several  times  had 

in  the  book  of  Ezra,  iv.  15 ;  vi.  1,  &c.     These  are 

[A.  M.  3046+450=3496.] 


found  to  be  tablets  of  terra-cotta,  in  great  numbers 
the  writings  of  which  are  as  perfect  as  when  the 
tablets  were  first  stamped. 

Among  the  ruins,  Layard  has  also  found  the  name 
of  Jonah  inscribed.  But  his  crowning  discovery  is 
an  obelisk  at  Nimroud,  which  records,  in  hiero- 
glyphics and  arrow-headed  characters,  the  great 
events  of  Jewish  history  connected  with  the  Assy- 
rian conquest.  It  dates  from  the  age  of  the  pro- 
phets Hosea,  Joel,  and  Amos,  and  distinctly  chroni- 
cles the  names  of  Jehu,  Jezebel,  and  Hazael.  Much 
more  to  the  same  effect  is  anticipated  when  the  re- 
cords of  this  obelisk  shall  be  more  fully  deciphered. 
The  latest  account  of  these  researches  is  subjoined 
from  Major  Rawlinson. 

"  I  am  now  satisfied  that  the  black  obelisk  dates 
from  about  860  B.  c.  The  tribute  depicted  in  the 
second  compartment  upon  the  obelisk  comes  from 
Israel ;  it  is  the  tribute  of  Jehu.  The  names  are 
Yahua,  the  Khumriya.  Jehu  is  usually  called  in 
the  Bible  the  son  of  Nimshi,  (although  Jehosha- 
phat  was  his  actual  father,  2  Kings  ix.  2  j)  but  the 
Assyrians,  taking  him  for  the  legitimate  successor 
to  the  throne,  named  as  his  father,  (or  rather  ances- 
tor,) 'Omri,  the  founder  of  the  kingdom  of  Sama- 
ria, 'Omri's  name  being  written  on  the  obelisk  as  it 
is  in  the  inscription  of  Shalmaneser,  where,  as  you 
already  know,  the  kingdom  of  Israel  is  always  called 
the  country  of  Beth  'Omri.  If  this  identification 
of  name  were  the  only  argument  in  favour  of  Jehu, 
I  should  not  so  much  depend  on  it ;  but  the  king 
of  Syria  is  also  named  on  the  obelisk,  Khazail,  (which 
is  exactly  the  Hazael  of  Scripture,  2  Chron.  xxii.  6, 
who  was  the  contemporary  of  Jehu ;)  and  in  the  in- 
scriptions of  the  obelisk-king's  father,  whom  I  have 
hitherto  called  Sardanapalus,  but  whose  real  name 
must  be  rea<i  Assur-akh-baal.  There  is  also  a  notice 
of  Ithbaal,  king  of  Sidon,  who  was  the  father  of 
Jezebel,  the  wife  of  Ahab,  and  a  contemporary  of 
Jehu.  These  three  identifications  constitute  a  syn- 
chronism on  which  I  consider  we  may  rely,  espe- 
cially as  all  the  collateral  evidence  comes  out  satis- 
factorily. The  tributes  noted  on  the  obelisk  are  all 
from  the  remote  nations  of  the  west;  and  what  more 
natural  than  that  the  tribute  of  Israel  should  thus 
be  put  next  to  the  tribute  of  Egypt  ?  There  was 
no  Assyrian  campaign  at  this  time  against  either 
Egypt  or  Israel;  but  the  kings  sent  offerings,  in 
order  to  keep  on  good  terms  with  their  eastern 
neighbour.  I  have  not  yet  had  time  to  go  through 
the  very  elaborate  history  of  'Assur-akh-baal,'  con- 
temporary with  the  prophet  Elijah ;  but  I  expect 
to  find  several  other  synchronisms  which  will  set 
the  chronological  question  at  rest  for  ever." 
[B.  C.  1056—450=006.] 


153 


THE   PERIOD  OF   THE   MOXARCIIY. 


154 


In  his  last  letter,  Colonel  Rawlinson  states  that  he 
has  at  length  received  the  long-expected  cylinder 
from  Kilah  Shergat,  a  splendid  document,  consisting 
of  eight  hundred  lines  of  writing,  which  contains 
the  bulletins  of  Tiglath  Pileser  I.,  and  is  at  least 
two  hundred  years  older  than  any  other  document 
yet  discovered.  Neither  Calah  nor  Nineveh  are 
mentioned  on  the  cylinder,  as  in  those  early  days 
the  capital  was  Kilah  Shergat,  which  is  everywhere 
on  the  cylinder  called  Assur.  Having  fairly  entered 
upon  a  period  anterior  to  the  glories  of  Nineveh  and 
Calah,  Colonel  Rawlinson  says  he  does  not  despair  of 
ascending  up  to  the  institution  of  the  monarchy. 
The  writing  of  this  inscription  of  Tiglath  Pileser  is 
better,  the  language  more  polished,  and  the  gram- 
matical distinctions  more  nicely  marked  than  in 
later  legends.  The  capital  city,  Assur,  is,  of  course, 
the  Allasar  of  Genesis,  of  which  Arioch  was  king, 
and  the  Tel-Assar  of  the  Targums,  which  is  used 
for  the  Mosaic  Resen.  He  considers  the  site  of 
Nineveh  to  be  determinately  fixed  at  Nebbi  Yunus, 
Calah  at  Nimrud,  and  Resen  at  Kilah  Shergat. 

The  learned  writer  turned  lastly  to  his  real  trea- 
sure-house of  discovery,  the  debris  in  fact  of  the 
royal  library,  of  which  Layard's  collection  formed 
the  upper  and  better  preserved  part.  Here  he  has 
found  fragments  of  alphabets,  syllabaria,  and  ex- 
planations of  ideographic  signs ;  also,  a  table  of 
notation,  with  the  phonetic  readings  of  the  signs, 
showing  that  the  Assyrians  counted  by  sixties,  in 
exact  agreement  with  the  sos,  sar,  and  ner  of  Bero- 
SU3.  The  numbers  are  completely  Semitic.  There 
are  also  elaborate  geographical  dissertations,  explain- 
ing their  ideographs  for  countries  and  cities,  desig- 
nating their  products,  and  describing  their  positions; 
the  principal  Asiatic  rivers  and  mountains  are  also 
given.  There  are  treatises  on  weights  and  measures, 
divisions  of  time,  points  of  the  compass,  &c,  &c. 
There  is  an  almajiac  for  twelve  years,  apparently 
forming  a  cycle  like  that  of  the  Mongols ;  each  year 
bears  a  name,  generally  that  of  a  god,  and  all  the 
old  annals  are  numbered  after  this  cycle. 

Again,  there  are  lists  of  stones,  metals,  and  trees, 
or  elementary  tracts  on  geology,  metallurgy,  and 
botany,  and  astronomical  and  astrological  formulae 
without  end  j  there  are  also  what  appear  to  be  veri- 
table grammars  and  dictionaries.  The  whole  col- 
lection is  in  fragments ;  but  it  gives  a  most  curious 
insight  into  the  state  of  Assyrian  science  while 
G-reece  was  still  sunk  in  barbarism. 

Among  the  most  important  discoveries  are  the 
tables  of  dynasties.  Each  king  has  a  separate  com- 
partment, and  his  name  is  followed  by  the  names  of 

[A.  M.  3046-1-450=3496.1 
11 


from  six  to  thirty  others,  who  constitute  his  housf^- 
hold  or  cabinet.  If  a  complete  tablet  can  be  found, 
the  historical  succession  will  be  established.  At 
present,  only  fragments  have  come  into  the  pos- 
session of  Colonel  Rawlinson ;  but  he  does  not  despair 
of  completing  the  series.  More  recent  discoveries 
have  indeed  almost  completed  it.  Many  records  are 
found  of  Nebuchadnezzar  and  of  Belshazzar.  The 
kings  of  the  old  Chaldean  dynasty  are  traced  back 
to  1976  years  B.  C,  the  period  of  Abraham.  This 
continued  458  years  until  B.  C.  1518,  the  conquest 
of  Canaan.  The  Assyrian  kings,  from  1273  to  625 
B.  C,  and  almost  all  of  the  Babylonian  dynasty,  are 
now  distinctly  identified,  covering  the  period  of 
Scripture  history  from  Gideon  to  the  return  from 
the  Babylonish  captivity, 

FROM   THE   CAPTIVITY  OF  ISRAEL  TO   THAT   OF 
JUDAH,  115  YEARS,  FROM  721  TO  606  B.  C 

The  progress  of  degeneracy  and  of  decay  in  Judah 
in  this  interval  was  only  partially  stayed  by  the  vir- 
tuous reigns  of  Hezekiah  and  Josiah.  But  the 
idolatries  of  Judah  were  fast  filling  up  the  measure 
of  her  iniquity,  and  115  years  after  the  captivity  of 
Israel  she  also  was  delivered  up  to  the  spoiler,  accord- 
ing to  the  predictions  of  the  prophets.  The  mo- 
narchy ends  and  the  Babylonish  captivity  begins 
B.  c.  606. 

PROPHETS   OF  JUDAH  AND   ISRAEL  BEFORE   THE 
CAPTIVITY. 

The  oldest  of  the  prophetic  books  of  the  Old 
Testament  is  that  of  Jonah,  who  was  probably  con- 
temporary with  Azariah  and  Uzziah  in  Judah,  and 
Jeroboam  II.  in  Israel,  about  800  years  B.  C,  con- 
temporary with  Homer,  and  Lycurgus  the  Spartan 
lawgiver;  he  lived  100  years  before  Rome  was 
founded.  Joel  soon  succeeded  him  in  Judah,  and 
Hosea  and  Amos  in  Israel.  In  Judah  the  prophetic 
office  was  next  occupied  for  more  than  half  a  century 
by  Isaiah  and  Micah,  B.  c.  758  —  668  =  60  years, 
contemporary  for  some  time  with  Hosea  and  Amos  in 
Israel.  The  two  former  survived  the  overthrow  of 
the  kingdom  of  Israel,  B.  c.  721.  Nahum  and  Ze- 
phaniah  prophesied  in  the  reign  of  Hezekiah  and 
Josiah,  a  few  years  previous  to  the  Babylonish  cap- 
tivity. Jeremiah  survived  the  overthrow  of  the 
kingdom  of  Judah  and  the  sacking  of  the  holy  city : 
after  wailing  forth  his  lamentations  over  the  ruins 
and  solitude  of  the  city,  caused  by  the  sins  of  tlie 
people,  he  retired  into  Egypt,  with  a  remnant  of  his 
afliiicted  people. 

[B.  C.  1056—450=606.] 


155 


TEXT  BOOK  AND  ATLAS  OF  BIBLICAL  GEOGRAPHY. 


156 


CHAPTER  VIII. 

THE  PERIOD  OF  THE  CAPTIVITT  AND  THE  RESTORATION;  FROM  THE  CONQUEST  OF  JUDEA  TO  THE 
CONCLUSION  OF  THE  CANON  OF  THE  OLD  TESTAMENT,  206  TEARS. 

A.  M.  3496  +  70  + 136=  3702.     b.  c.  606  —  70  — 136  =  400. 


THE  BABYLONIAN  EMPIRE. 

Nineveh,  that  exceeding  great  city,  that  bloody 
city,  full  of  lies  and  robbery,  had  in  process  of  time 
been  overthrown  with  the  ancient  Assyrian  empire. 
The  Lord  had  stretched  out  his  hand  against  the 
north  and  destroyed  Assyria,  and  made  Nineveh  a 
desolation  and  dry  like  a  wilderness.  Even  at  this 
early  period  this  rejoicing  city  had  become,  as  she 
still  is,  "  a  desolation,  a  place  for  beasts  to  lie  down 
in."  Babylon  had  arisen  in  the  greatness  of  her 
power  to  fulfil  her  unconscious  mission  in  completing 
the  captivity  of  the  Lord's  rebellious  people. 

In  the  reign  of  Jehoiakim,  king  of  Judah,  Jeru- 
salem was  taken  by  Nebuchadnezzar,  king  of  Baby- 
lon, who  removed  a  part  of  the  golden  vessels  of  the 
sanctuary  to  Babylon,  carrying  with  him  a  part  of 
the  inhabitants.  Daniel  and  his  three  friends  were 
included  among  these  captives.  From  this  date, 
606  B.  c,  begins  the  Babylonish  captivity, 

A  few  years  later  the  revolt  of  Jehoiachin  recalled 
the  Chaldeans  to  the  siege  of  Jerusalem  again,  b.  c. 
595,  when  many  more  were  led  into  captivity,  among 
whom  was  the  prophet  Ezekiel. 

Eighteen  years  from  the  commencement  of  the 
captivity,  B.  c.  588,  the  Chaldeans  once  more  re- 
turned to  chastise  the  more  determined  revolt  of 
Zedekiah,  who  sustained  a  close  siege  of  a. year  and 
half  against  the  army  of  Nebuchadnezzar,  when  a 
distressing  famine  compelled  the  city  to  surrender. 
The  Babylonians  now  broke  down  the  walls  and 
burned  with  fire  the  city  itself,  with  the  palace  of 
the  kings,  and  the  temple,  that  holy  and  beautiful 
house  of  the  Jews,  and  laid  waste  all  their  pleasant 
things.  This  catastrophe  occurred  almost  400  years 
from  the  revolt,  and  183  years  after  the  overthrow 
of  the  king  of  Israel.  A  fourth  transportation,  four 
years  later,  completed  the  destruction  of  Jersalem 
and  the  desolation  of  Judah. 


RIBLAH. 

Riblah,  where  the  eyes  of  Zedekiah  were  put  out, 
after  his  cliildrcn  had  been  slain  in  his  sight,  2  Kings 
[  \.  M.  G43G+T0-f  iaG:r.r3702.] 


XXV.  7,  and  where  two  years  before  Jehoahaz  had 
been  dethroned  and  put  in  bonds  by  the  king  of 
Egypt,  is  still  known  by  the  same  name,  on  the 
Orontes,  near  Hamath,  between  Lebanon  and  Anti- 
Lebanon,  at  a  short  distance  above  Balbec.  Near 
this  is  a  remarkable  monument,  of  which  Mr.  Thomp- 
son, our  missionary,  has  given  a  description,  as  fol- 
lows : — 

"  It  is  built  of  large  hewn  stones,  is  twenty-five 
feet  square  at  the  base,  rises  seventy  or  eighty  feet, 
and  is  terminated  by  a  pyramid.  The  four  sides  are 
covered  with  figures  of  various  animals,  intermingled 
with  bows,  arrows,  spears,  and  other  implements  of 
the  chase,  in  alto  relievo,  beautifully  executed,  and 
as  large  as  life. 

"  This  monument  is  in  full  view  of  Riblah,  which 
lies  on  the  river  below.  Can  it  have  been  the  work 
of  Nebuchadnezzar,  when  he  was  encamped  here, 
and  designed  to  commemorate  his  conquests  ?  Or 
is  it  a  great  hunting  trophy,  erected  by  some  one  of 
the  chase-loving  Seleucidae  ?  I  can  meet  with  no 
description  of  this  wonderful  monument  in  any  book 
of  travels.  The  style  of  architecture  will  not  con- 
tradict the  first  supposition." 

BABYLON. 

Babylon,  the  seat  of  the  Chaldean  empire,  and  the 
instrument  under  Providence  of  completing  the  cap- 
tivity of  Judah  and  Israel  because  of  their  sins,  re- 
nowned in  sacred  and  profane  history,  and  a  per- 
petual memorial  of  Heaven's  displeasure,  and  of  the 
sure  word  of  prophecy,  requires  again  in  this  place 
a  distinct  notice.  It  is  situated  on  the  Euphrates, 
200  miles  above  the  junction  of  the  Tigris,  and  300 
above  the  Persian  Gulf,  and  the  same  distance 
south  by  west  from  Nineveh.  It  stood  on  a  perfect 
plain,  and  was  an  exact  square,  of  not  less  than 
fifteen  miles  on  each  side,  or  sixty  in  circumference. 
The  Euphrates  ran  through  the  midst  of  it.  The 
walls  were  more  than  eighty-seven  feet  thick,  and 
three  hundred  high;  they  were  surrounded  by  a 
deep  ditch,  and  pierced  by  a  hundred  gates,  all  of 
solid  brass.  These  streets,  intersecting  at  right 
[B.  C.  COO— 70— 136=:4C0.] 


i57 


THE  PERIOD  OF  THE  CAPTIVITY  AND  RETURN. 


158 


angles,  divided  the  city  into  six  hundred  and  seven- 
ty-six equal  squares.  The  parts  of  the  city  were 
united  by  a  bridge  over  the  Euphrates. 

The  most  wondrous  structures  were  the  temple  of 
Bclus  and  the  palace  of  Nebuchadnezzar.  The  outer 
walls  of  the  latter  embraced  six  miles.  The  ruins 
of  Babylon  are  very  extensive — grand,  gloomy,  and 
desolate  beyond  description.  Like  Nineveh,  it  sunk 
gradually  into  decay  and  utter  desolation,  and  for 
two  thousand  years  has  remained  an  appalling  me- 
morial of  divine  vengeance  and  the  truth  of  those 
prophecies  which  foretold  its  fall. 

Who  at  the  time,  when  Jeremiah  and  other  pro- 
phets wrote,  would  have  predicted  the  fall  of  Baby- 
lon the  Great,  the  glory  of  kingdoms,  the  beauty  of 
the  Chaldees'  excellency,  the  queen  of  nations? 
But  its  destruction  is  complete  and  entire.  It  has 
become  "  heaps,  a  dwelling-place  for  dragons,  an  as- 
tonishment and  a  hissing."  It  has  been  "swept 
away  with  the  besom  of  destruction."  It  was  cap- 
tured by  Cyrus,  539  b.  C,  in  the  forty-ninth  year 
after  the  destruction  of  Jerusalem,  and  the  sixty- 
ninth  of  the  captivity. 

SHUSHAN   OR   SUSA. 

Daniel,  after  the  overthrow  of  Babylon,  was  re- 
ceived into  favour  by  the  conqueror,  king  of  the 
3Iedian  and  Persian  empire,  and  made  prime  minis- 
ter of  his  court  at  Shushan,  his  palace.  Here,  in 
the  province  of  Elam,  by  the  river  Ulai,  he  saw  his 
prophetic  visions,  and  endured  the  trial  of  his  faith, 
praying  toward  Jerusalem  three  times  a  day  in  his 
room  in  the  palace,  contrary  to  the  king's  decree, 
and  was  delivered  by  the  God  of  his  fathers  from 
the  lions'  mouth.  Esther,  a  captive  Jewish  maid, 
was  made  queen  by  Ahasuerus  in  the  palace  of  Shu- 
shan. And  Nehemiah,  later  still,  a  Jewish  captive, 
was  the  cupbearer  and  confidential  adviser  of  the 
king  in  the  same  royal  residence.  It  is  therefore 
a  question  of  great  interest,  where  was  this  splendid 
and  voluptuous  court  of  the  kings  of  Persia  ? 

Major  Rawlinson  identifies  it  with  a  position  of 
great  strength  in  the  midst  of  wild,  romantic  scenery, 
in  the  mountains  of  Mungasht,  in  Persia,  on  the 
river  Kuran,  or  Karoon,  inore  than  300  miles  east 
of  Babylon,  150  north  of  the  Persian  Gulf,  and  200 
south  by  east  from  Ecbatana.  Forming  a  semicircle 
from  the  river,  and  thus  enclosing  the  city,  is  a 
range  of  steep  and  abrupt  mountains,  through  which 
there  is  no  passage  either  along  the  deep,  precipitous 
banks  of  the  river,  or  at  any  other  point.  A  once 
noble  bridge,  four  buttresses  of  which  still  remain 
to  attest  the  stupendous  nature  of  this  structure, 
[A.  M.  349G+704-136=:3702.] 


which  spanned  the  chasm  of  the  river,  connects  this 
impregnable  position  with  a  large  mass  of  ruins  upon 
the  left  bank  of  the  river,  which  again  are  defended 
by  a  circuitous  range  of  mountains,  extending  at 
both  points  to  the  precipitous  banks  of  the  Kuran, 
and  traversed  by  two  solitary  passes.  Within  the 
enclosure  of  the  mountains  is  the  tomb  of  Daniel, 
built  of  massive  stones,  and  held  in  great  veneration; 
and  a  large  reservoir  filled  with  great  numbers  of 
sacred  fish,  which  are  regarded  with  the  most  super- 
stitious attachment.  In  the  same  neighbourhood  is 
also  an  immense  tablet  of  long  cuneiform  inscrip- 
tions, all  of  which  are  supposed  to  be  certain  indica- 
tions of  a  city  or  palace  of  great  antiquity.  Patter 
agrees  with  Major  Rawlinson  in  the  opinion  that 
this  was  the  site  of  Shusan. 

Susa  of  the  Greelcs,  which  has  generally  been  re- 
garded as  Shusan  of  the  Persian  kings,  was  on  a 
plain  near  the  Choaspes,  seventy-five  miles  west  of 
these  ruins.  Here  also  are  vast  mounds  of  extraor- 
dinary height,  and  many  cuneiform  inscriptions,  to- 
gether with  another  celebrated  tomb  of  Daniel. 

"The  site  of  this  once  noble  metropolis  of  the  an- 
cient princes  of  Elam,  says  Sir  Robert  Ker  Porter, 
is  now  a  mere  wilderness,  given  up  to  beasts  of 
prey;  no  human  being  disputing  their  right,  except- 
ing the  poor  dervise  who  keeps  watch  over  the 
tomb  of  the  prophet.  The  friend  to  whom  I  am  in- 
debted for  the  outlines  I  subjoin,  passed  the  night 
under  the  same  protection,  listening  to  the  screams 
of  hyenas  and  the  roaring  of  lions,  wandering  around 
its  solitary  walls." 

Major  Rawlinson  describes  these  ruins  and  the 
surrounding  country  as  celebrated  for  their  beautiful 
herbage.  "  It  was  difiicult  to  ride  along  the  Shdpiin 
for  the  luxuriant  grass  that  clothed  its  banks,  and  all 
around  the  plain  was  covered  with  a  carpet  of  the  rich- 
est verdure.  The  climate,  too,  at  this  season,  March 
12th,  was  singularly  cool  and  pleasant,  and  I  never 
remember  to  have  passed  a  more  delightful  evening 
than  that, — in  my  little  tent  upon  the  summit  of  the 
great  mound  of  Sds  alone,  contemplating  the  wrecks 
of  time  that  were  strewed  around  me,  and  indulging 
in  the  dreams  of  bygone  ages." 

The  inscriptions  above  mentioned  can  now  be  read, 
and  future  researches  will  doubtless  dispel  the  dark- 
ness that  still  rests  upon  this  portion  of  Scripture 
history.  Within  a  few  months  the  English  commis- 
sioners who  are  engaged  in  the  survey  of  the  country, 
appear  to  have  clearly  identified  the  palace  of  Ahasu- 
erus, but  whether  at  either  of  the  places  above  de- 
scribed does  not  appear  from  the  brief  and  imperfect 
reports  yet  received. 

In  the  prosecution  of  their  work  the  commissioners 
[B.  C.  606—70—136=^400.] 


159 


TEXT  BOOK  AND  ATLAS  OF   BIBLICAL  GEOGRAPHY. 


160 


have  come  upon  the  remains  of  the  ancient  palace 
of  Shushan,  mentioned  in  the  sacred  books  of  Esther 
and  Daniel,  together  with  the  tomb  of  Daniel  the 
prophet.  The  locality  answers  to  the  received  tradi- 
tion of  its  position,  and  the  internal  evidence,  arising 
from  its  correspondence  with  the  description  of  the 
palace  recorded  in  the  sacred  history,  amounts  almost 
to  demonstration.  The  reader  can  turn  to  Esther 
i.  6 ;  there  he  will  read  of  a  "  pavement  of  red,  and 
blue,  and  white,  and  black  marble  in  that  palace." 
That  pavement  still  exists,  and,  as  described  by 
Colonel  Williams,  corresponds  to  the  description 
given  thus  in  the  sacred  history.  And  in  the  mar- 
ble columns,  dilapidated  ruins,  the  sculpture  and  the 
remaining  marks  of  greatness  and  glory  that  are 
scattered  around,  the  commissioners  read  the  exact 
truth  of  the  record  made  by  the  sacred  penman. 

Not  far  from  the  palace  stands  a  tomb;  on  it  is 
sculptured  the  figure  of  a  man  bound  banc!  and  foot, 
with  a  huge  lion  in  the  act  of  springing  upon  him 
to  devour  him.  No  history  could  relate  more  gra- 
phically the  story  of  Daniel  in  the  lions'  den.  The 
commissioners  have  with  them  an  able  corps  of  en- 
gineers and  scientific  men,  and  most  interesting  dis- 
coveries may  be  expected.  The  Persian  arrow-heads 
are  found  upon  the  palace  and  the  tomb.  Glass 
bottles,  elegant  as  those  placed  upon  the  toilet- 
tables  of  the  ladies  of  our  day,  have  been  discovered, 
with  other  indications  of  art  and  refinement,  which 
bear  out  the  statements  of  the  Bible.  Thus,  twenty- 
five  hundred  years  after  the  historians  of  Esther  and 
Daniel  made  their  records,  their  histories  are  veri- 
fied by  the  peaceful  movements  of  the  nations  of 
our  day. 

JUDAH  DURING  THE   CAPTIVITY. 

The  people  were  carried  away  into  captivity,  as  we 
have  seen,  and  the  country  drained  of  its  inhabitants 
by  successive  removals,  the  first  under  Jehoiakim, 
606  B.  C.  The  second,  seven  years  later,  599  B.  c, 
at  the  end  of  Jehoiakim's  reign ;  the  third  at  the 
sacking  of  Jerusalem  and  burning  of  the  temple,  in 
the  eleventh  year  of  the  reign  of  Zedekiah,  588  B.  c. 
Soon  after  this,  upon  the  murder  of  Gedaliah,  2 
Kings  XXV.  25,  26,  many  fled  into  Egypt,  to  escape 
the  vengeance  of  the  Chaldees.  Four  years  after 
this  the  few  that  remained  were  taken  away  by  Ne- 
buchadnezzar, and  the  land  was  entirely  bereaved 
of  its  inhabitants. 

In  the  mean  time  other  colonists  were  not  intro- 
duced, as  they  had  been  in  Samaria,  when  Israel  went 
into  captivity.  2  Kings  xxv.  22-26 ;  Jer,  xl.-xliii., 
lii.  30.  The  Idumeans  settled  in  some  parts  of  the 
country,  and  wandering  tribes  roamed  over  it;  but 
[A.M.  3496-f  70-J  13G=3702.] 


the  land,  for  the  most  part,  *  enjoyed  her  sabbaths, 
lying  desolate  without  her  inhabitants,  while  they,  in 
their  enemy's  land,  accepted  the  punishment  of  their 
iniquity.'  Levit.  xxvi.  35,  46. 

In  the  land  of  their  captivity  they  were  natu- 
ralized as  citizens,  and  appear  to  have  been  left  to 
the  undisturbed  enjoyment  of  their  religion.  Some 
of  their  nation,  as  Daniel,  Ezra,  Esther,  Mordecai, 
and  Nehemiah,  were  high  in  honour  and  in  office  in 
the  court  of  the  king.  Ezekiel  and  other  prophets 
lived  and  laboured  with  the  captives  to  preserve  their 
adherence  to  the  faith  of  their  fathers.  But  the 
tribes  of  Israel  lost  there  their  nationality,  and  never 
returned.  Even  of  Judah  but  an  inconsiderable 
portion  sought  again  their  promised  land. 

PROPHETS   DURING   THE   CAPTIVITY. 

These  were  Habakkuk,  Daniel,  Obadiah,  and  Eze- 
kiel. The  latter  prophet,  for  more  than  half  a  cen- 
tury a  captive  among  his  captive  people,  and  Daniel, 
for  a  much  longer  period  at  the  court  of  their  mo- 
narch, fulfilled  their  mission  in  communicating  the 
messages  of  God  to  the  oppressor  and  the  oppressed. 

RISE   OF  THE   MEDIAN  AND  PERSIAN   EMPIRE. 

Like  Nineveh,  Babylon,  also  the  glory  of  king- 
doms, the  beauty  of  the  Chaldees'  excellence,  after 
fulfilling  her  unconscious  mission  as  the  scourge  of 
God's  rebellious  people,  was  razed  to  the  earth  by  an 
invading  army  of  the  Medes  under  Cyrus,  and  soon 
fell  back  into  annihilation,  an  abode,  according  to 
the  word  of  the  Lord,  for  the  owl  and  the  bittern, 
for  the  wild  beast  of  the  desert,  and  for  any  doleful 
creature.  Isa.  xxxiv.  11. 

EZRA. — RETURN  OF  THE  FIRST  CARAVAN,  B.  C.  536. 

This  interesting  portion  of  Jewish  history  is  con- 
cisely and  clearly  stated  by  Jahn  in  an  historical 
survey  of  the  book  of  Ezra  : — 

"Cyrus,  in  the  first  year  of  his  reign  (536  B.  C, 
seventy  of  the  captivity,  fifty-two  after  the  destruc- 
tion of  Jerusalem  and  the  temple,)  proclaimed 
throughout  his  empire,  by  a  herald  and  by  a  written 
order,  that  all  the  people  of  the  God  of  heaven, 
without  exception,  had  liberty  to  return  to  Judea, 
and  rebuild  the  temple  at  Jerusalem.  This  general 
permission,  therefore,  extended  to  the  Israelites  in 
Assyria,  Halah,  Gozan,  and  Media,  as  well  as  to 
the  Jews  at  Chebar  and  Babylon. 

"  As  Cyrus  announced  in  his  edict  that  Jehovah, 
the  God  of  heaven,  had  given  him  all  the  kingdoms 
[B.  C.  GOG— 70— 136=400.] 


il61 


THE   PERIOD  OF  THE   CAPTIVITY   AND  RETURN. 


162 


\  of  tlie  earth  and  charged  him  to  build  a  temple  at 
1  Jerusalem,  this  proclamation  was  not  merely  a  per- 
imission,  but  rather  an  invitation  to  all  the  Hebrews 
to  return  and  rebuild  the  temple.  He  accordingly  de- 
livered to  the  returning  exiles  five  thousand  four 
hundred  sacred  vessels  of  gold  and  silver,  which  Ne- 
•  buchadnezzar  had  carried  from  Jerusalem  to  Baby- 
lon, prescribed  the  size  of  the  temple,  and  directed 
that  the  expense  of  its  erection  should  be  defrayed 
from  the  royal  treasury ;  all  which  particulars 
jWere  verified  by  a  written  edict  found  fifteen  years 
after  in  the  archives  at  Ecbatana.  Ezra  i.  1-11,  vi. 
^2-5. 

"  Thus  were  the  mountains  laid  low  and  the  val- 
leys filled  up  for  the  return  of  the  Hebrews  to  Pa- 
lestine ;  that  is,  all  obstacles  were  removed.  Zerub- 
babel,  grandson  of  the  king  Jehoiachin,  and  Jeshua, 
a  grandson  of  the  high-priest  Jozadak,  and  ten  of 
;the  principal  eiders,  prepared  themselves  for  the 
journey.  To  these  were  joined  forty-two  thousand 
three  hundred  and  sixty  people,  whose  servants 
amounted  to  seven  thousand  three  hundred  and  thir- 
ty-seven, so  that  the  whole  number  was  nearly  fifty 
thousand.  Ezra  ii.  2,  64 ;  comp.  Nch.  vii.  7. 

"  Those  who  were  to  return,  assembled  at  an  ap- 
pointed place,  according  to  the  usual  mode  of  collect- 
ing a  caravan,  and  furnished  themselves  with  pro- 
visions and  other  things  necessary  for  the  journey. 
Their  camels,  horses,  and  beasts  of  burden  amounted 
to  eight  thousand  one  hundred  and  thirty-six.  Ze- 
rubbabel  the  director  of  the  caravan,  received  the 
sacred  utensils  which  had  been  restored,  and  the 
donations  toward  the  building  of  the  temple  made 
by  those  who  remained  behind. 

"  Encumbered  as  they  were  with  baggage  and 
small  children,  they  were  obliged  to  travel  slowly, 
and  their  journey  took  up  four  months.  Ezra  i.  8-11, 
ii.  63-67,  vi.  7,  vii.  9.  Accprdingly,  the  caravan 
could  not  have  arrived  in  Judea  before  the  close  of 
the  first  year  of  Cyrus.  Thus  the  Jews  returned 
•precisely  at  the  termination  of  the  seventieth  year 
of  the  captivity,  the  fifty-second  year  after  the  de- 
istruction  of  the  temple."     B.  C.  588. 

Most  of  the  towns  which  were  resettled  after  the 
Icaptivity,  as  specified  in  the  second  chapter  of  Ezra, 
are  now  unknown;  others  have  been  already  men- 
tioned. 

The  Hebrew  colony  seems  never  to  have  been  in  a 
very  flourishing  condition.  Justice  was  imperfectly 
administered,  and  the  rebuilding  of  the  city  of  Jeru- 
salem and  of  the  temple  progressed  but  slowly.  For 
fifteen  years  the  work  of  the  temple  was  interdicted 
by  the  king  at  the  instigation  of  the  Samaritans,  the 
[A.  M.  3496+70+136=3702.] 


adversaries  of  Judah  and  Benjamin.  But  at  the 
end  of  twenty  years  it  was  finally  completed  and 
dedicated,  516  years  B.  c.  But  in  the  midst  of  the 
festivities  and  rejoicings  of  the  occasion,  the  old  men, 
who  remembered  the  splendour  of  the  former  temple, 
wept  at  the  contrast  which  this  presented.  It  ex- 
ceeded the  former  in  dimensions,  but  it  lacked  the 
regal  magnificence  which  was  lavished  upon  that 
structure.  And  the  ark  of  the  covenant,  the  sacred 
oil,  the  Ui*im  and  Thummim,  the  sacred  fire  and 
the  more  sacred  Shekinah, — dread  yet  endearing 
token  of  Jehovah's  presence — all  were  wanting.  This 
temple,  after  standing  almost  500  years,  gave  place 
to  that  of  Herod,  which  was  begun  twenty  years 
before  the  Christian  era. 

SECOND   CARAVAN,  B.  C.  458. 

Fifty-eight  years  from  the  dedication,  and  seventy- 
eight  after  the  return  of  the  first  caravan,  Ezra 
arrived  at  Jerusalem  with  ample  powers,  as  viceroy 
of  his  sovereign,  and  adequate  treasures  to  admi- 
nister the  government  and  promote  the  advancement 
of  the  colony.  The  number,  however,  of  the  captives 
that  consented  to  accompany  him  to  the  land  of  their 
fathers  was  small,  amounting  only  to  seven  thousand, 
among  whom  was  but  a  single  Levite,  who  had  ori- 
ginally volunteered  to  return.  A  few,  however,  had 
been  constrained  to  accompany  the  caravan.  But  two 
prophets  of  the  Lord,  Haggai  and  Zechariah,  wore 
raised  up  to  encourage  and  assist  Ezra  and  Zerubbabel 
in  their  efforts  to  restore  and  reform  the  people. 

Thirty-four  years  later,  B.  c.  424,  Ezra  was  suc- 
ceeded by  Nehemiah  as  viceroy  of  the  king  and  ruler 
of  the  province.  At  the  end  of  twelve  years,  B.  c.  422. 
he  returned  to  his  former  ofiiee  in  the  palace  of  the  king 
at  Shushan.  Twenty-four  years  later,  B.  c.  398,  Ne- 
hemiah again  returned  to  Jerusalem,  and,  with  his 
accustomed  energy  and  decision,  undertook  the  re- 
form of  vicious  customs  and  irregularities,  into  which 
the  people,  in  his  absence,  had  fallen,  through  their 
adherence  to  usages  and  habits  of  other  nations. 
The  reform  which  Nehemiah  effected  was  thorough 
and  complete. 

In  this  work  of  recovering  the  people  from  their 
deplorable  degeneracy,  Nehemiah  was  aided  by  the 
prophet  Malachi,  the  last  of  those  inspired  reprovers 
of  the  sins  of  men,  until  the  coming  of  John  the 
Baptist,  that  forerunner  of  the  Lord,  of  stern  and 
awful  sanctity,  sent  to  prepare  the  way  for  his 
coming  by  the  preaching  of  repentance.  There 
were,  therefore,  three  prophets  after  the  captivity 
commissioned  of  God  to  complete  the  roll  of  pro 
[B.  C.  606— 70— 136:=;400.] 


|UFI7BRSITf1 


163 


TEXT  BOOK  AND  ATEAS  OF  BIBLICAL  GEOGRAPHY. 


164 


phecy,  and  to  conclude  the  communications  of  God 
to  man,  until  a  nobler  order  of  events  should  begin 
to  unfold  the  wonderful  scheme  of  grace  and  salva- 
tion of  which  the  harp  of  prophecy  had  so  often  and 
so  sweetly  sung.  A  brief  notice  of  the  three  pro- 
phets after  the  return  is  subjoined  as  an  appropriate 
part  of  the  history  of  this  period. 

HAGGAI,  ZECHARIAH,  AND   MALACHI. 

The  birthplace  and  tribe  of  Haggai  are  unknown; 
but  the  times  of  his  predictions  are  distinctly  marked 
by  himself  when  the  Jews,  discouraged  by  the  im- 
pediments thrown  in  their  way  by  the  Samaritans, 
had  ceased  to  prosecute  the  rebuilding  of  the  temple. 
Haggai  was  then  raised  up  to  exhort  the  Jews  to 
complete  the  building.  Ezra  v.  1.  Hag.l.  Zech.l.  He 
predicted  that  the  glory  of  the  second  temple  should 
exceed  that  of  the  first,  which  was  fulfilled  when 
(Ihrist  entered  it;  and  he  foretold  the  setting  up  of 
the  Messiah's  kingdom  under  the  name  of  Zerub- 
b:ibel. 

Zechariah  was  the  son  of  Berachiah,  and  grandson 

of  Iddo,  but  his  tribe  and  birthplace  are  unknown. 

Jjike   Haggai,  he  returned  from  the  captivity  with 

^''erubbabel.     His  prophecies  are  in  two  parts.     In 

the  first  he  enjoins  the  restoration  of  the  temple,  and 

intersperses  predictions  relative  to  the  advent  of  the 

Messiah.     In  the  second  he  foretells  more  distant 

circumstances : — the   destruction   of  Jerusalem   by 

the  Romans ;  the  future  condition  of  the  Jews ;  their 

compunction  at  having  pierced  the  Messiah;  their 

admission  by  baptism  to  the  privileges  of  the  gospel 

covenant,  and  the  final  re-establishment  of  Christ's 

kingdom. 

[A.  M.  3496+70+136=3702.] 


Malachi  was  the  last  of  the  prophets,  and  com 
pleted  the  canon  of  the  Old  Testament;  his  exact 
time  and  birthplace  are  unknown.  He  was  com- 
missioned to  reprove  the  priests  and  people  for  the 
irreligious  practices  into  which  they  had  fallen  dur- 
ing and  after  the  governorship  of  Nehemiah,  their 
disrespect  to  God  in  their  sacrifices,  and  their  unlaw- 
ful intermarriages  with  idolatresses.  He  prophesied 
the  rejection  of  the  Jews,  the  calling  of  the  Gentiles, 
the  coming  of  Christ,  and  the  ministry  of  his  fore- 
runner, John  the  Baptist : — "Behold,  I  will  send  my 
messenger,  and  he  shall  prepare  the  way  before  me; 
and  the  Lord  whom  ye  seek,  shall  suddenly  come 
to  his  temple,  even  the  messenger  of  the  covenant  whom 
ye  delight  in:  behold  he  shall  come,  saith  the  Lord 

of  hosts Behold,  I  will  send  you  Elijah 

the  prophet  before  the  coming  of  the  great  and 
dreadful  day  of  the  Lord."  Mai.  iii.,  iv. ;  Matt.  xi. 
14,  xvii.  11 ;  Mark  ix.  11 ;  Luke  i.  17. 

The  history  of  this  reform  closes  the  record  of  the 
ancient  canon  ;  after  which  there  is  a  chasm  of  four 
hundred  years  in  the  sacred  history,  until  the  com- 
ing of  Christ  and  commencement  of  the  Christian 
era.  This  interval  we  pass  in  silence,  and  turn  at 
once  to  the  historical  geography  of  the  New  Testa- 
ment, and  especially  to  the  incidents  connected  with 
the  life  and  ministry  of  our  Lord  and  Saviour  Jesus 
Christ. 

The  principal  historical  events  of  Jewish  history 
in  this  interval,  however,  are  entered  in  the  continu- 
ation of  the  Chronological  Table  with  the  synchro- 
nisms of  profane  history,  by  which  the  historical 
records  of  the  Old  Testament  are  connected  with 
that  of  the  New. 

[B.  C.  606—70—136=400.] 


END  OF  PART  1 


PART  II. 


THE  NEW  TESTAMENT. 


CHAPTER  I. 


THE  LIFE  OF  CHRIST. 


PERIOD  ABOUT  THIRTY-FIVE  YEARS,  FROM  B.  C.  7  TO  A.  D.  29  ;  OR,  ACCORDING  TO  THE  CUSTOMARY 

CHRONOLOGY,  FROM  B.  C.  2  TO  A.  D.  33. 


That  portion  of  sacred  history  and  geography 
upon  which  we  now  enter,  is  appropriately  introduced 
by  a  reference  to  the  family  of  Herod  and  the  pro- 
vinces which  they  respectively  governed. 


HEROD   THE   GREAT. 

During  the  interval  between  the  historical  events 
of  the  Old  Testament  and  those  of  the  New,  the 
land  of  Palestine  was  several  times  overrun  by  dif- 
ferent invaders.  At  the  advent  of  our  Saviour,  it 
was  under  the  power  of  the  Roman  empire,  under 
which  Herod  the  Great  ruled  over  the  whole  coun- 
try with  the  absolute  authority  almost  of  an  inde- 
pendent sovereign.  By  his  address  in  gaining  the 
favour  of  the  ruling  factions  of  Rome  after  the 
death  of  Julius  Caesar,  and  through  the  influence 
of  Mark  Antony,  Herod  had  been  publicly  pro- 
claimed, by  the  Roman  senate,  king  of  the  Jews ; 
and,  three  years  later,  Augustus,  on  ascending  the 
imperial  throne  at  Rome,  confirmed  to  Herod  these 
royal  prerogatives.  This  mixed  government,  to 
which  Palestine  and  the  adjacent  provinces  were 
subject,  was  essentially  similar  to  that  of  the  British 
East  Indies  at  the  present  times.  The  petty  princes 
of  those  countries  rule  according  to  their  own  laws 
and  the  customs  of  their  tribes;  but,  as  vassals  of 
the  English  government,  subject  to  the  limitations 
and  restrictions  of  this  foreign  power. 

SONS   OP   HEROD. 

Herod,  at  his  death,  which  occurred  soon 'after 
our  Lord's  advent,  and  while  Joseph  and  Mary 
were  lingering  in  Egypt  with  the  infant  Saviour, 

(165) 


divided,  by  will,  his  empire  betweeen  his  three  sons 
in  separate  and  unequal  divisions.  To  Archelaus 
he  gave  Samaria,  Judea,  and  the  province  south  and 
east  of  Judea,  at  that  time  known  as  Idumea ;  to 
Herod  Antipas,  Galilee  and  the  southern  portion 
of  the  Persea,  in  the  region  beyond  Jordan.  That 
portion  of  the  Pergea  which  Antipas  inherited  in- 
cluded the  ancient  territories  of  the  children  of 
Ammon  and  Moab,  corresponding  nearly  to  the 
portion  of  the  tribes  of  Reuben  and  Gad. 

To  Herod  Philip  was  allotted  the  northern  part 
of  the  Peraea,  including  all  east  of  Jordan,  which 
belonged  to  the  half  tribe  of  Manasseh,  from  the 
land  of  Bashan,  below  the  sea  of  Galilee,  to  the 
northern  boundary  of  the  country  toward  Mount 
Hermon  and  Damascus. 

This  territory  comprised  the  provinces  of  Gaulo- 
nitis,  Iturea,  and  Trachonitis.  The  first  extended 
from  the  east  side  of  the  sea  of  Galilee  northward, 
nearly,  or  quite,  to  Csesarea  Philippi.  East  of 
Gaulonitis  was  Iturea,  which  extended  farther  north 
toward  Damascus,  but  not  so  far  south  as  the  former 
province. 

Trachonitis,  lying  still  farther  toward  the  east, 
was  more  extensive  than  either  of  the  preceding 
provinces.  It  extended  from  the  plains  south  of 
Damascus  to  Bozrah  on  the  south,  and  comprised 
the  mountain-chain  El  Hedscha,  which  lies  on  the 
western  border  of  the  great  eastern  desert,  together 
with  the  modern  Hauran,  the  Auranitis  of  older 
writers.  This  tetrarchy  of  Philip  is  a  high  table- 
land, having  a  level  of  2000  or  2500  feet  above 
that  of  the  sea.  The  climate  is  mild  and  salubri- 
ous, and  the  soil,  in  many  parts,  fertile.  The  coun- 
try, once  populous,  is  now  a  waste,  overspread  with 

(166) 


1^7 


TEXT  BOOK  AND  ATLAS  OF  BIBLICAL  GEOGRAPHY. 


168 


ruins,  and  in  the  summer  season  overrun  with  count- 
less herds  of  goats  and  camels,  which  come  up  from 
the  great  desert  of  Arabia  for  pasturage. 

Archelaus  was  soon  dethroned  and  banished  to 
Gaul,  and  superseded  in  his  government  by  a  Ro- 
man governor  sent  out  from  Rome.  In  this  capa- 
city, Pontius  Pilate  was  acting  at  the  time  of  our 
Lord's  ministry  and  crucifixion.  The  residence  of 
the  Roman  governor  was  at  Csesarea;  but,  on  the 
great  festivals  of  the  Jews,  he  usually  went  up  to 
Jerusalem  for  the  preservation  of  order.  For  this 
reason,  Pilate  was  at  Jerusalem  at  the  time  of  our 
Lord's  trial  and  crucifixion.  Herod  Antipas  was 
present  on  the  same  occasion,  as  a  Jew,  in  attend- 
ance upon  the  festival.  His  usual  residence  was 
at  Tiberias  in  Galilee,  on  Lake  Genesareth ;  but  he 
often  resided  in  his  territories  east  of  the  Jordan, 
where  he  was  brought  into  acquaintance  with  John 
the  Baptist.  lie  appears  in  history  as  a  weak, 
timid,  crafty  voluptuary,  with  neither  the  talents 
nor  the  stern,  relentless  cruelty  of  his  father,  nor 
the  atrocious  barbarity  of  his  brother  Archelaus. 

THE   GALILEANS. 

Galilee,  after  the  captivity,  had  been  settled  by  a 
mixed  race  of  foreigners  and  Jews.  Two  great 
caravan  routes  passed  through  this  country;  one, 
from  the  Euphrates  through  Damascus  to  Egypt, 
and  one  from  the  same  regions  to  the  coast  of  the 
Mediterranean.  It  was  also  near  the  great  centres 
of  trade  and  commerce  on  the  Mediterranean,  at 
Tyre  and  Zidon,  still  cities  of  considerable  trade, 
and  at  the  more  modern  city  of  Ptolemais,  Acre. 

The  northern  part  of  Galilee,  comprising  the 
hill-country  north  of  the  plain  of  Esdraelon,  was, 
in  the  days  of  Christ,  termed  heathen  Galilee,  or 
Galilee  of  the  Gentiles,  Matt.  iv.  15,  because 
among  the  Jewish  population  there  were  intermin- 
gled many  foreigners,  Phoenicians,  Syrians,  Greeks, 
and  Arabs. 

From  this  intercourse  and  admixture  with  fo- 
reigners, the  Galileans  had  acquired  a  strong  pro- 
vincial character  and  dialect,  which  made  them  par- 
ticularly obnoxious  to  the  Jews.  Their  language 
had  become  corrupted  by  foreign  idioms  so  as  to  be- 
tray them,  as  was  charged  upon  Peter.  Matt.  xxvi. 
73 ;  Mark  xiv.  70.  For  the  same  general  reasons  the 
Galileans  were  less  bigoted  than  the  Jews  of  Judea, 
and  more  tolerant  toward  Christ  as  an  apparent  in- 
novator in  their  religion.  He  accordingly  passed 
the  greater  part  of  his  public  ministry  as  well  as  of 
his  private  life  in  Galilee,  and  chose  his  disciples 


from  this  country,  where  his  miracles  and  instruc- 
tions excited  less  hostility  than  at  Jerusalem. 

Josephus  expatiates  at  length  on  the  extreme  fer- 
tility of  Galilee,  and  all  travellers  confirm  his  repre- 
sentations. In  proof  of  its  populousness,  it  is  re- 
lated by  Josephus  that  there  were  in  this  country, 
scarcely  thirty  miles  square,  200  towns  and  villages, 
each  containing  15,000  inhabitants.  He  himself, 
in  a  short  time,  raised  100,000  volunteers  for  the 
war  against  the  Romans.  "  Surrounded,"  he  adds, 
"  by  so  many  foreigners,  the  Galileans  were  never 
backward  in  warlike  enterprise,  or  in  supplying  men 
for  the  defence  of  the  country.  They  were  nume- 
rous, and  accustomed  to  war  from  their  infancy." 

THE   SAMARITANS. 

The  prejudice  and  enmity  of  the  Jews  toward  the 
Samaritans  was  even  more  inveterate  and  bitter  than 
toward  the  Galileans.  They  were  remnants  and  re- 
presentatives of  the  revolted  tribes.  They  had  been 
the  most  violent  antagonists  of  the  Jews  in  the  re- 
building of  the  temple.  They  had  erected  another 
temple  on  Mount  Gerizim.  They  rejected  the  sacred 
books  of  the  Jews,  with  the  exception  of  the  books 
of  Moses.  Their  religion  was  an  abomination  to  a 
Jew,  a  profane  mixture  of  Judaism  and  paganism. 
For  these  reasons  the  Jews  had  no  dealings  with 
the  Samaritans.  The  term  Samaritan  became  to  a 
Jew  suggestive  only  of  reproach,  insomuch  that 
when  they  would  express  their  deepest  disgust  and 
abhorrence  of  Christ,  they  said,  "  Thou  art  a  Sama- 
ritan, and  hast  a  devil."  For  the  same  reason  the 
Jews  avoided  travelling  through  Samaria,  and  when 
compelled  to  pass  through  the  country,  carried  their 
own  provisions,  and  refused  the  entertainments  of 
the  people. 

Samaria  was  at  this  time  the  smallest  of  the  four 
provinces  above  mentioned,  and  comprised  only  the 
principal  part  of  the  territory  of  the  tribes  of  Ephraim 
and  Manasseh. 

JUDEA. 

This  division  included  on  the  north  the  tribe  of 
Benjamin,  and  extended  south  to  the  boundaries  of 
ancient  Palestine.  It  was  the  largest  of  the  three 
divisions  already  mentioned;  and  was  at  this  time,  as 
it  had  ever  been,  the  appropriate  land  of  the  Jews, 
from  whom  it  took  this  name  after  the  captivity. 

The  country  is  hilly  and  broken,  and  less  fertile 
than  Galilee;  but  a  portion  of  its  plains,  particu- 
larly on  the  west,  was  very  productive.  Jerusalem, 
the  capital  of  the  whole  country,  was  in  this  pro- 


169 


THE  LIFE  OF  CHRIST. 


170 


vince.  It  was  the  great  object  of  interest  and  union 
to  all  the  Jews,  and  opened  various  sources  of  gain 
to  a  numerous  population. 

It  was  the  place  of  solemn  assembly  to  the  whole 
nation  at  their  great  yearly  festivals.  It  was  the 
seat  of  their  religion.  Here  was  the  temple,  with 
all  its  mysterious  rites.  Here,  therefore,  the  Jew 
appeared  in  all  his  national  characteristics,  enter- 
taining a  proud  consciousness  of  his  importance  as 
the  seed  of  Abraham  and  favourite  of  heaven, 
blindly  attached  to  the  rites  of  his  religion,  and 
almost  equally  regardless  of  the  purity  of  its  princi- 
ples J  looking  down  with  proud  contempt  upon  every 
foreigner,  regarding  with  unmitigated  abhorrence  the 
power  of  the  Romans,  and  firmly  expecting  a  king 
who  should  establish  himself  on  the  throne  of  uni- 
versal dominion. 

To  the  Jews,  their  subjection  to  the  Roman  power 
was  peculiarly  irksome  and  oppressive.  The  power 
of  the  sanhedrim  had  bfen  nearly  destroyed  by 
Herod  the  Great  j  the  power  of  life  and  death  was 
now  taken  away,  and  the  Jews,  though  left  in  the 
enjoyment  of  their  religion  and  their  own  forms  of 
government  to  a  considerable  degree,  felt  severely 
the  power  of  Roman  bondage. 

Severe  exactions  were  made  upon  them  of  tri- 
bute, which  was  paid  directly  to  their  masters,  the 
Romans ;  by  whom  also  government  was  exercised 
and  justice  administered.  The  procurator,  resident 
at  Caesarea,  quartered  his  troops  upon  the  town  at 
his  pleasure.  A  cohort  was  stationed  at  Jerusalem, 
in  the  tower  of  Antonia,  so  as  to  command  the  tem- 
ple and  quell  any  popular  tumult. 

Such  was  the  nature  of  the  government  at  the 
time  of  the  public  ministry  and  death  of  our  Lord. 
This  government  was  administered  by  Pontius  Pilate, 
the  Roman  procurator,  a  weak,  cruel,  and  avaricious 
man,  who,  notwithstanding  his  cruelty  and  his  vices, 
bore  ample  testimony  to  the  innocence  of  the  ac- 
cused whom  the  Jews  brought  before  him  for  con- 
demnation, and  reluctantly  gave  his  consent  to  the 
execution  of  that  just  man.  Vainly  seeking  some 
"  sweet  aspersion"  to  wash  away  the  stain  of  that  in- 
nocent blood  on  his  soul,  "  He  took  water  and  washed 
his  hands,  saying,  I  am  innocent  of  the  blood  of 
this  just  man  :  see  ye  to  it." 

THE   HARMONY. 

The  public  ministry  of  our  Lord  is  usually  esti- 
mated to  have  continued  three  and  a  half  years.     Q^ 
this  ministry  the  four  evangelists  have  given  each  a 
separate  history,  neither  of  whom  has  followed  an 
12 


exact  chronological  order,  nor  given  in  detail  the  in- 
cidents and  instructions  of  his  public  life.  Each  is 
in  a  measure  supplemental  to  the  others.  What 
one  omits,  another  records  at  length,  and  a  third 
passes  with  an  incidental  allusion,  while  each  groups 
and  combines  according  to  his  particular  object  in 
writing,  and  his  own  mental  habits  of  thought  and 
diction. 

It  becomes,  therefore,  a  delicate  and  difficult  task 
to  reconstruct  these  four  Gospels  by  arranging  the 
several  parts  of  each  in  true  chronological  order,  and 
set  the  different  accounts  of  the  same  events  and 
teachings  in  parallel  columns,  so  that  they  may  fill 
out,  supply,  and  elucidate  each  other,  and  give  to 
the  reader  a  full  and  complete  survey  of  all  that  the 
Gospels  record  respecting  each  and  every  portion  of 
our  Lord's  history.  This  is  the  design  of  a  Har- 
mony. The  learned,  who  have  applied  themselves 
to  this  task  of  harmonizing  the  gospel,  differ  essen- 
tially in  their  results.  But,  without  entering  into  a 
discussion  of  the  merits  of  different  Harmonies,  we 
shall  adopt  and  follow  substantially  that  of  Dr.  Ro- 
binson, both  as  the  latest  and  the  most  approved  and 
satisfactory.  He  has  conferred  an  inestimable  bless- 
ing upon  the  public  by  presenting  it  with  a  harmony 
of  the  Gospels  according  to  our  English  version, 
which  ought  to  be  in  the  hands  of  every  intelligent 
reader  of  the  Gospels. 

Dr.  Robinson's  views  of  the  different  evangelists, 
according  to  which  he  has  constructed  his  harmony, 
are  given  in  the  following  paragraph : — 

"  The  narrative  of  John,  except  during  the  week 
of  the  Saviour's  passion,  contains  very  little  that  is 
found  in  either  of  the  other  writers.  That  of  Luke, 
although  in  the  first  part  and  at  the  close  it  has 
much  in  common  with  Matthew  and  Mark,  com- 
prises, nevertheless,  in  its  middle  portions,  a  large 
amount  of  matter  peculiar  to  Luke  alone.  Matthew 
and  Mark  have  in  general  more  resemblance  to  each 
other;  though  Matthew,  being  more  full,  presents 
much  that  is  not  found  in  Mark  or  Luke;  while 
Mark,  though  briefer,  has  some  things  that  are  not 
contained  in  any  of  the  rest." 

CHRONOLOGICAL  DATA. 

According  to  approved  chronologists,  the  date  of 
the  Christian  era  is  five  or  six  years  subsequent  to 
the  nativity  of  Christ,  so  that  this  great  event  trans- 
pired earlier  than  the  common  designation  of  this 
date,  to  express  which  we  resort  to  an  anomalous  and 
apparent  contradiction,  assigning  the  birth  of  Christ 
to  the  year  B.  c.  6.     In  accordance  with  this  cor- 


171 


TEXT  BOOK  AND  ATLAS  OF  BIBLICAL  GEOGRAPHY. 


172 


rected  chronology,  the  dates  will  be  given  in  the 
subsequent  notices  of  the  Life  of  Christ.  The  cru- 
cifixion, according  to  this  system,  occurred  A.  D.  29, 
instead  of  A.  D.  33. 

The  Gospels  are  generally  conceded  to  have  been 


written  about  thirty  years  after  our  Lord's  ascen 
sion.  Matthew  A.  D.  56,  Luke  58,  Mark  58-61,  and 
John  61.  This  Gospel  again  is  supposed  to  have 
been  written  many  years  later,  in  Patmos,  or  at  some 
time  during  the  period  from  A.  D.  60  to  100. 


SYNOPSIS  OF  THE  HARMONY. 
PART  L— EVENTS  CONNECTED  WITH  THE  BIRTH  AND  CHILDHOOD  OF  OUR  LORD. 


TIME :   ABOUT  THIRTEEN  AND  A  HALF  YEARS. 

§  1.  Preface  to  Luke's  Gospel.  Luke  i.  1-4. 
§  2.  Angel  appears  to  Zacharias. — Jerusalem.  Luke  L  5-25. 
B.  c.  7. 

Zacharias  was  one  of  the  ordinary  priests.  These, 
when  instituted  by  David,  were  divided  into  twenty- 
four  classes,  or  courses.  1  Chron.  xxiv.  3-19 ; 
2  Chron.  viii.  14.  These  classes  served  each  one 
week,  and  were  relieved  every  Sabbath,  when  they 
returned  to  their  several  cities.  The  course  of  Abia, 
to  which  Zacharias  belonged,  was  the  eighth.  He 
resided  at  Juttah,  in  the  south  of  Judea,  five  miles 
below  Hebron. 

The  duties  of  the  priests  were,  to  have  charge  of 
the  sanctuary  and  of  the  altar,  to  prepare  the  sacri- 
fices, and  to  ofier  the  lamb  of  the  morning  and  even- 
ing sacrifice,  together  with  the  several  burnt-ofierings 
of  the  festivals  and  of  special  occasions,  the  sin- 
offerings,  the  trespass-offerings,  the  meat-offerings, 
&c.,  of  the  people,  as  they  were  brought  to  the  altar 
for  purification,  for  atonement,  or  for  the  fulfilment 
of  a  vow,  or  other  religious  purposes. 

§  3.  An  angel  appears  to  Mary — Nazareth — 6  months  later. 

Luke  i.  26-38.     b.  c.  7. 
§  4.  Mary  visits  Elisabeth. — Jcjttah.  Luke  i.  39-56. 

Judah  (Luke  i.  39)  is  supposed  to  be  Juttah,  a 
city  of  the  mountains  of  Judah,  five  miles  south  of 
Hebron. 

This  visit  of  Mary  to  Elisabeth,  therefore,  re- 
quired her  to  make  a  journey  of  near  a  hundred 
miles,  almost  the  whole  length  of  the  land,  from 
north  to  south.  Juttah  has  been  identified  by 
Dr.  Robinson  as  a  large  Mohammedan  village  on 
a  low  eminence,  surrounded  by  trees,  five  miles  south 
from  Hebron,  and  half  of  this  distance  north-west 
from  Carmel.  Some  old  foundations  and  walls  are 
still  found  there.  Mary  prolonged  her  visit  with 
Elisabeth  three  months,  until  near  the  birth  of 
John. 

2  5.  Birth  of  John  the  Baptist. — Juttah.   Luke  i.  57-80. 

B.  c.  6. 
2  6.  An  angel  appears  to  Joseph. — Nazareth.  Matt.  1.  18- 

2b.    B.  c.  6. 


2  7.  Birth  of  Jesus  at  Bethlehem,  fire  miles  south  of  Jerusa- 
lem. Luke  ii.  1-7.    B.  c.  6. 

g  8.  An  angel  appears  to  the  shepherds  near  Bethlehem. 
Luke  ii.  8-20.     b.  c.  6. 

g  9.  The  circumcision  of  Jesus,  and  his  presentation  in  the 
temple. — Bethlehem,  Jerusalem.  Luke  ii.  21-38.    b.  c.  6. 

§  10.  The  Magi. — Jerusalem,  Bethlehem.  Matt.  ii.  1-12. 
B.  c.  6. 

But  who  were  these  Magi  ?  whence  came  they  ? 
and  what  was  the  star  by  which  they  were  guided  ? 
They  were  Chaldean  Magi*from  the  region  of  Baby- 
lon and  the  Euphrates.  They  were  the  learned 
men  of  their  country,  and  sustained  there,  in  some 
degree,  the  same  relation  as  the  chief  priests  and 
scribes  among  the  Jews. 

The  conviction  had  long  been  spread  throughout 
the  East  as  well  as  in  Palestine,  that,  about  the 
time  of  our  era,  a  great  and  victorious  prince,  or 
Messiah,  would  appear  among  the  Jews.  His  coming 
was  supposed,  from  Numbers  xxiv.  17,  to  have  some 
connection  with  the  appearance  of  a  star.  Some 
such  phenomenon  evidently  excited  the  attention  of 
these  wise  men,  and  influenced  them  to  enter  upon 
this  long  pilgrimage,  in  search  of  the  expected  king 
of  the  Jews. 


THE   STAR  IN   THE   EAST. 

It  is  the  common  and,  perhaps,  the  true  impres- 
sion that  some  supernatural  or  meteoric  appearance 
guided  the  wise  men,  like  the  pillar  of  a  cloud  to 
the  Israelites.  But  the  notion  has  been  entertained 
that  the  star  may  have  been  none  other  than  a  re- 
markable conjunction  of  the  planets  Jupiter  and 
Saturn.  If  this  be  true,  it  will  relieve  the  passage 
of  many  difficulties ;  and  confirm,  by  another  astro- 
nomical fact,  the  correction  of  our  chronology, 
which  has  already  been,  mentioned.  The  explana- 
tion, as  given  below,  has  engaged  the  attention  of 
many  of  the  greatest  minds,  and  is  at  least  worthy 
of  a  respectful  consideration. 

Kepler,  the  prince  of  modern  astronomers,  under 
the  influence  of  a  conjunction  of  the  planets  Jupiter, 
Saturn,  and  Mars,  which  took  place  in  1664,  was 
led  to  think  that  he  had  discovered  means  for  deter- 


1T3 


THE  LIFE  OF  CHRIST. 


174 


mining  the  true  year  of  our  Saviour's  birth.  He 
made  his  calculations,  and  found  that  Jupiter  and 
Saturn  were  in  conjunction  in  the  constellation  of 
the  Fishes,  (a  fish  is  the  astronomical  symbol  of 
Judea,)  in  the  latter  half  of  the  year  of  Rome  747, 
and  were  joined  by  Mars  in  748.  Here  then  he 
fixed  the  first  figure  in  the  date  of  our  era,  and  here 
he  found  the  appearance  in  the  heavens  which  in- 
duced the  Magi  to  undertake  their  journey,  and 
conducted  them  successfully  on  their  way.  Others 
have  taken  up  this  view,  freed  it  from  astrological 
impurities,  and  shown  its  trustworthiness  and  appli- 
cability in  the  case  under  consideration.  It  appears 
that  Jupiter  and  Saturn  came  together  for  the  first 
time  on  May  20th,  in  the  twentieth  degree  of  the 
constellation  of  the  Fishes.  They  then  stood  before 
sunrise  in  the  eastern  part  of  the  heavens,  and  so 
were  seen  by  the  Magi.  Jupiter  then  passed  by 
Saturn  toward  the  north.  About  the  middle  of 
September  they  were,  near  midnight,  both  in  oppo- 
sition to  the  sun,  Saturn  in  the  thirteenth,  Jupiter 
in  the  fifteenth  degree,  being  distant  from  each 
other  about  a  degree  and  a  half.  They  then  drew 
nearer.  On  October  27th,  there  was  a  second  con- 
junction in  the  16  th  degree,  and  on  November  12  th 
there  took  place  a  third  conjunction  in  the  fifteenth 
degree  of  the  same  constellation.  In  the  last  two 
conjunctions,  the  interval  between  the  planets 
amounted  to  no  more  than  a  degree,  so  that,  to  the  un- 
assisted eye,  the  rays  of  the  one  planet  were  absorbed 
in  those  of  the  other,  and  the  two  bodies  would  ap- 
pear as  one.  The  two  planets  went  past  each  other 
three  times,  came  very  near  together,  and  showed 
themselves  all  night  long  for  months  in  conjunction 
with  each  other,  as  if  they  would  never  separate 
again.  Their  first  union  in  the  East  awoke  the  at- 
tention of  the  Magi,  told  them  the  expected  time 
had  come,  and  bade  them  set  ofi"  without  delay 
toward  Judea,  (the  fish-land.)  When  they  reached 
Jerusalem,  the  two  planets  were  once  more  blended 
together.  Then,  in  the  evening,  they  stood  in  the 
southern  part  of  the  sky,  pointing  with  their  united 
rays  to  Bethlehem,  where  prophecy  declared  the 
Messiah  was  to  be  born.  The  Magi  followed  the 
finger  of  heavenly  light,  and  were  brought  to  the 
child  Jesus.  The  conclusion,  in  regard  to  the  time 
of  the  advent  is,  that  our  Lord  was  born  in  the  lat- 
ter part  of  the  year  of  Rome  747,  or  six  years 
before  the  common  era. 

These  results  of  astronomical  calculation  do  not 
call  in  question  the  exact  and  literal  truthfulness  of 
the  gospel  narrative  of  the  star  in  the  east ;  but 
they  ofier  an  interesting  and  beautiful  illustration 
of  the  confirmation  which  science  gives  to  Scripture. 


In  this  view,  it  is  certainly  an  interesting  fact,  and 
worthy  of  being  rendered  familiar  to  the  popular 
mind. 

2  11.  The  flight  into  Egypt,  B.  c.  5.  Herod's  cruelty,  b.  c.  5. 
— Bethlehem.  The  return,  b.  c.  4.  Josephus  relates  that 
an  eclipse  of  the  moon  occurred  a  few  days  before  the 
death  of  Herod  the  Great.  This  has  been  found,  by  calcula- 
tion, to  have  been  between  March  12th  and  13th,  B.  c.  4. 
The  return,  then,  may  have  been  in  the  summer  or  au- 
tumn following. — Nazaeeth.  Matt.  ii.  13-23;  Luke  IL 
39-40. 

NAZARETH. 

Nazareth,  for  almost  thirty  years  the  residence  of 
our  Lord  and  Saviour  in  the  days  of  his  humilia- 
tion, requires  in  this  place  a  distinct  description. 
This  has  been  given  by  many  travellers.  The  fol- 
lowing is  from  the  graphic  pen  of  Dr.  Durbin,  the 
distinguished  American  traveller  : — 

"  Nazareth  is  nearly  due  north  from  Jerusalem, 
distant  about  sixty-five  miles,  and  embosomed  in  the 
mountains  of  Lower  Galilee.  I  shall  not  trouble 
the  reader  with  the  many  interesting  places  which 
lie  between  Jerusalem  and  Nazareth,  such  as  Bethel, 
Shiloh,  Shechem,  and  Samaria;  but  hasten  to  the 
southern  edge  of  the  Great  Plain  of  Esdraelon,  from 
which  one  catches  the  first  glance  of  the  gray  hills, 
in  the  midst  of  which  lies  the  early  home  of  Jesus. 
On  our  journey  thither,  we  had  wandered  so  long 
amid  the  venerable  remains  of  Samaria,  that  night 
had  shut  in  upon  us  as  we  approached  the  town  of 
Jennin,  at  the  northern  base  of  the  mountains  of 
Samaria,  and  which  is  directly  opposite  to  Nazareth, 
the  Great  Plain  lying  between  them. 

"  Upon  rising  in  the  morning,  and  advancing  to  the 
high  plateau  of  masonry  on  which  our  khan  was 
built,  a  most  beautiful  scene  opened  wide  and  far. 
The  Great  Plain  of  Esdraelon  stretched  from  the 
Jordan  on  the  east,  thirty  miles  westward  to  the 
Mediterranean;  and  from  the  mountains  of  Sama- 
ria on  the  south,  where  I  stood,  fifteen  miles  north- 
ward, to  the  mountains  of  Lower  Galilee.  In  full 
view  in  this  plain  were  many  objects  of  deep  in- 
terest, such  as  Gilboa,  Hermon,  Tabor,  the  Foun- 
tain of  Jezreel,  and  the  battle-field  of  nations  from 
time  imtnemorial ;  but  in  sight,  directly  across  the 
plain,  were  the  gray,  wavy  hills  of  Nazareth.  In 
five  hours  we  were  at  their  base,  and  began  to  climb 
their  steep,  rocky  sides.  As  we  ascended,  we  fell 
into  a  rugged  dell,  and,  following  it,  quickly  came 
out  upon  a  ridge,  below  which,  to  the  north,  lay 
deeply  embosomed  in  the  hills  a  small,  narrow  val- 
ley. I  knew  that  in  this  sequestered  glen  lay  Naza- 
reth where  my  Saviour  '  was  brought  up.'     It  is  in 


175 


TEXT  BOOK  AND  ATLAS  OF  BIBLICAL  GEOGRAPHY. 


17G 


vain  to  attempt  to  indicate  to  the  reader  the  varied 
and  tumultuous  emotions  which  agitate  the  Chris- 
tian from  the  New  World  as  he  approaches  Naza- 
reth. As  we  advanced,  my  eyes  wandered  rapidly 
over  every  nook  and  corner  of  the  vale,  as  it  opened 
upon  us,  to  catch  the  first  glimpse  of  the  town. 
Suddenly  a  delicate  and  well-defined  line  cut  the  air; 
and  almost  at  the  same  moment,  at  a  lower  eleva- 
tion, a  small,  dark,  transverse  figure  was  seen  on  the 
right.  They  were  the  crescent  and  the  cross,  im- 
pending over  Nazareth.  The  spell  upon  the  travel- 
ler, as  he  approaches  Nazareth,  is  more  rapt  than 
that  which  comes  upon  him  as  he  approaches  Jeru- 
salem. In  the  last  case,  it  is  broken  by  the  first 
glance  at  the  embattled  walls  of  the  city,  so  unlike 
his  early  imaginings  of  the  holy  place;  but,  ad- 
vancing upon  Nazareth,  the  quiet,  retired  little  vale 
is  so  peaceful,  and  the  silence  amid  the  surrounding 
hills  so  profound,  that  the  visions  which  the  place 
calls  up  abide  in  the  imagination  ;  and  the  vale  of 
Nazareth  seems  a  mountain  sanctuary  from  which 
came  forth  the  grace  of  life  to  a  dying  world.  We 
found  clean  lodgings  in  a  building  belonging  to  the 
convent,  just  without  its  gates. 

"  The  village  of  Nazareth  is  unknown  in  the  annals 
of  mankind,  except  in  so  far  as  it  is  connected  with 
the  mystery  of  our  redemption  by  Jesus.  It  is  not 
mentioned  in  the  Old  Testament,  nor  in  the  New, 
except  in  connection  with  the  life  of  our  Saviour. 

"  I  have  already  said  that  the  town  is  in  a  little 
vale,  about  800  feet  above  the  sea,  and  deeply  em- 
bosomed in  the  hills  of  Lower  Gralilee.  This  vale 
is  not  more  than  700  yards  in  length,  and  300  in 
width.  On  the  east  and  south,  the  hills  are  lower 
and  more  broken  up.  To  the  north,  they  rise  higher 
and  are  more  commanding.  On  the  west,  a  precipi- 
tous mountain  ridge  swells  up  some  500  feet  above 
the  town,  which  is  built  at  the  foot  of  its  eastern 
declivity,  and  overlooks  the  rich  and  luxuriant  vale 
still  below  it.  The  houses,  as  all  in  Palestine,  are, 
owing  to  the  scarcity  of  wood,  built  of  stone,  gene- 
rally two  stories  high,  and  the  walls  very  thick,  that 
they  may  stand  the  frequent  shocks  of  the  earth- 
quake, and  be  cooler  during  the  scorching  heats  of 
summer.  Nearly  every  house  is  finished  with  a  flat 
roof,  made  of  water-proof  cement,  and  surrounded 
with  a  low  wall  of  masonry.  The  roof  rests  upon 
an  arch  turned  over  the  room  below.  None  of  the 
dwelling-houses  are  large  or  imposing.  The  only 
prominent  buildings  in  the  town  are  the  mosque  and 
the  convent.  This  belongs  to  the  Franciscans  of 
the  Latin  Church,  and  is  rather  a  cluster  of  massive 
buildings,  enclosed  by  a  strong  wall  and  gate,  and 
having  gardens  attached  to  it.     The  mosque  is  seen 


in  the  centre  of  the  engraving,  and  the  conventual 
buildings  to  the  left. 

"As  living  fountains  in  the  East  are  wellnigh  as 
immutable  as  mountains,  it  is  very  natural  to  sup- 
pose, that,  when  Mary  was  a  maiden  among  the 
maids  of  Nazareth,  she  often  went,  as  the  maids  of 
Nazareth  do  now,  to  the  fountain  for  water.  And 
who  shall  say  that  she  was  distinguishable  from  the 
crowd  of  her  maidenly  companions,  except  by  the 
purity  of  her  manners  and  the  modesty  of  her  de- 
meanour? This  beautiful  vision  of  the  youthful 
days  of  Mary  was  occupying  and  illuminating  my 
heart,  as  I  approached  the  only  spot  in  Nazareth 
that  I  could  feel  had  certainly  been  trodden  by  the 
Virgin's  feet.  Alas  !  like  most  other  antecedent 
visions  in  the  Holy  Land,  it  suddenly  vanished  when 
the  fountain  appeared.  It  was  surrounded  by  a 
crowd  of  the  maids  of  modem  Nazareth,  each  some- 
what clamorous  in  contending  for  her  turn  to  fill  her 
waterpot.  One  poor  damsel  was  lamenting  over 
her  earthen  jar,  which  had  been  broken  in  the  con- 
test. As  I  drew  near,  the  crowd  parted  to  let  me 
examine  the  fountain.  I  found  it  to  be  a  large  mar- 
ble trough,  probably  once  a  sarcophagus,  covered 
with  a  rude  stone  arch,  from  under  which  one  end 
projected  a  little.  From  the  trough  a  feeble  jet  of 
good  water  issued,  and  was  received  into  the  water- 
pots. 

"  From  the  Fountain  of  the  Virgin  I  ascended 
the  lofty  ridge  on  the  west  of  the  town,  and  seated 
myself  in  the  shade  of  a  large  white  Mohammedan 
tomb  that  crowns  its  summit.  This  was  one  of  the 
most  pleasing  hours  of  my  life.  It  was  late  in  the 
afternoon;  the  sky  was  cloudless,  and  a  profound 
silence  reigned  throughout  the  field  of  vision,  which 
was  wellnigh  boundless  in  every  direction.  To  the 
south-west,  the  long  dark  ridge  of  Mount  Carmel 
seemed  banked  up  against  the  sky,  and  beyond  it 
the  evening  sun  hung  over  the  sea  as  if  in  the  act 
of  falling  into  it ;  to  the  west,  the  Mediterranean  lay 
as  a  mirror  of  molten  silver;  on  the  south,  the  Plain 
of  Esdraelon  spread  its  green  carpet,  beyond  which 
were  the  mountains  of  Samaria;  toward  the  east, 
rose  in  succession  the  irregular  swells  of  Gilboa,  the 
summit  of  Little  Hermon,  and  the  bold  round  top  of 
Tabor,  which  seemed  to  me,  in  spite  of  criticism,  the 
most  appropriate  mountain  in  all  Palestine  for  the 
transfiguration  of  our  Saviour.  For  it  stands  apart 
from  the  rest  of  the  world,  uplifted  into  the  pure 
resplendent  heavens,  and  looks  down  upon  the  scenes 
of  his  youth,  the  sea  of  his  miracles,  and  the  familiar 
walks  of  his  disciples.  Farther  eastward,  beyond 
the  sea  of  Genesareth,  were  seen  the  dim  outlines 
of  the  hills  of  Bashan.      On  the  north,  Kana  el 


177 


THE   LIFE  OF  CHRIST. 


178 


Jelil,  or  Cana  of  Galilee,  was  visible,  where  Jesus 
wrought  his  first  miracle  at  the  wedding  of  a  neigh- 
bour, to  which  himself  and  his  mother  had  been 
invited.  Still  farther  to  the  north  swelled  up  the 
mountains  of  Safet,  and  beyond  them  towered  the 
snowy  Hermon,  the  monarch  of  this  sacred  moun- 
tain-world. Immediately  below  me  on  the  east,  lay 
Nazareth  impending  over  its  little  paradisiacal  vale. 
Amid  this  interesting  panorama  I  was  sitting  at  night- 
fall, impressed  with  the  assurance  that  Jesus  had  often 
wandered  over  this  hill,  gazed  on  this  scene,  and 
perhaps  sat  on  this  very  spot  which  I  now  occupied." 

The  sacred  associations  and  solemn  musings, 
awakened  by  the  scene  before  us,  are  happily  ex- 
pressed by  Dr.  Robinson  : — 

"  Seating  myself  in  the  shade  of  the  Wely,  I  re- 
mained for  some  hours  upon  this  spot,  lost  in  the 
contemplation  of  the  wide  prospect  and  of  the  events 
connected  with  the  scenes  around.  In  the  village 
below,  the  Saviour  of  the  world  had  passed  his  child- 
hood ;  and,  although  we  have  few  particulars  of  his 
life  during  those  early  years,  yet  there  are  certain 
features  of  nature  which  meet  our  eyes  now  just  as 
they  once  met  his. 


"  He  must  often  have  visited  the  fountain  near 
which  we  had  pitched  our  tent ;  his  feet  must  fre- 
quently have  wandered  over  the  adjacent  hills ;  and 
his  eyes  doubtless  have  gazed  upon  the  splendid 
prospect  from  this  very  spot.  Here  the  Prince  of 
Peace  looked  down  upon  the  great  plain,  where  the 
din  of  battles  so  oft  had  rolled,  and  the  garments 
of  the  warrior  been  dyed  in  blood  ;  and  he  looked 
out,  too,  upon  that  sea,  over  which  the  swift  ships 
were  to  bear  the  tidings  of  his  salvation  to  nations 
and  to  continents  then  unknown.  How  has  the 
moral  aspect  of  things  been  changed  !  Battles  and 
bloodshed  have,  indeed,  not  ceased  to  desolate  this 
unhappy  country,  and  gross  darkness  now  covers  the 
people;  but  from  this  region  a  light  went  forth 
which  has  enlightened  the  world  and  unvailed  new 
climes ;  and  now  the  rays  of  that  light  begin  to  be 
reflected  back  from  distant  isles  and  continents,  to 
illuminate  anew  the  darkened  land  where  it  sprang 
up." 

g  12.  At  twelve  years  of  age,  Jesus  goes  to  the  Passover.— 
Jerusalem.  Luke  ii.  41-52.    April,  a.  d.  8. 
.  §  13.  The  genealogies.  Matt.  i.  1-17 ;  Luke  ILL  23-38. 


PART  IL— ANNOUNCEMENT  AND  INTRODUCTION  OF  OUR  LORD'S  PUBLIC  MINISTRY.    A.  D.  25. 


TIME  :     ABOUT   ONE   YEAR. 

g  14.  The  ministry  of  John  the  Baptist. — The  Desert  of 
THE  Jordan.  Mat. iii.  1-12;  Mark  i.  1-8;  Luke  iii.  1-18. 

Abilene,  the  tetrarchy  of  Lysanias,  was  a  small 
but  beautiful  and  fertile  province  on  the  eastern  de- 
clivities of  the  mountains  of  Anti-Lebanon,  north- 
west and  west  of  Damascus.  It  was  bounded  on  the 
west  by  the  province  of  Philip,  to  whom  a  part  of 
Abilene  had  been  given,  with  Iturea  and  Trachonitis. 


THE  WILDERNESS. 

The  desolate  region  which  lies  between  the  Mount 
of  Olives,  east  of  Jerusalem  and  the  plains  of  Jor- 
dan, and  extends  far  north  and  south  of  this  line 
along  the  Jordan  and  the  Dead  Sea,  is  generally  as- 
sumed to  have  been  the  wilderness  where  the  Bap- 
tist, forerunner  of  our  Lord,  began  his  ministry. 
To  this  also  our  Lord  retired  after  his  baptism, 
where  he  continued  for  forty  days  and  forty  nights, 
in  fasting  and  prayer,  preparatory  to  the  great  work 
of  his  ministry.  This  mountainous  tract,  the  desert 
of  Judah,  is  bare,  bleak,  and  dreary,  presenting 
everywhere  yellow  rocks  and  gray  sand;  no  trees 
are  seen ;  a  few  shrubs  grow  here  and  there  on  the 
slopes,  and  the  intervening  dells  are  covered  with 


arid  grass  and  some  green  bushes  of  cistus.  This 
region  of  country  is  often  mentioned  in  Scripture, 
and  termed  "  the  Wilderness  of  Judah,"  which  ex- 
tended along  the  western  shore  of  the  Dead  Sea,  the 
plain  of  Jordan,  and  the  mountains  of  Judah  toward 
Jerusalem  and  Jericho.  During  the  rebellion  of 
Absalom,  David,  on  his  flight  from  Jerusalem,  crossed 
the  Kidron  and  withdrew  to  the  banks  of  the  Jor- 
dan, and  said,  "I  will  tarry  in  the  plain  of  the 
wilderness;"  but  not  being  secure  there,  he  passed 
over  Jordan  to  gather  his  army  in  Gilead.  From 
the  description  of  Josephus  it  appears  that  this  re- 
gion, between  Jericho  and  the  Asphaltic  lake,  was 
then  as  stony  and  barren  as  it  is  now. 

The  country  was  not  entirely  destitute  of  the 
means  of  subsistence.  The  food  of  John,  and  doubt- 
less of  our  Saviour  also,  was  such  as  the  desert 
afibrds,  locusts  and  wild  honey  from  the  rocks.  Jo- 
sephus informs  us  that  he  himself  subsisted  in  the 
same  manner  for  three  years  in  this  wilderness,  with 
his  teacher,  Banas,  "and  had  no  other  food  than 
what  grew  of  its  own  accord." 

1 15.  Baptism  of  Jesus.— The   Jordan.    Matt.  iii.  13-17; 
Mark  i.  9-11 ;  Luke  iii.  21-23.     Autumn  of  A.  D.  25. 

Jesus  is  here  supposed  to  have  gone  down  the  east 
side  of  the  Jordan,  as  indicated  in  the  map  of  his 
travels,  Map  YI.,  to  have  been  baptized  near  the 


179 


TEXT  BOOK  AND  ATLAS  OF  BIBLICAL  GEOGRAPHY. 


180 


fords  of  Jericho,  and  to  have  passed  over  into  the 
wilderness  west  of  the  Jordan,  whence  he  returned 
up  the  valley  of  this  river  to  Nazareth. 

§16.  The  temptation. — Desert  op  Judea.   Matt,  i v.  1-11  ; 
Mark  i.  12, 13 ;  Luke  iv.  1-13. 

The  mountain  which  tradition  assigns  as  the  place 
of  the  temptation,  is  the  lofty  summit  of  Quaran- 
tania,  about  three  miles  north  of  the  road  leading  to 
Jericho.  It  is  fifteen  hundred  or  two  thousand  feet 
high,  and  "  distinguished  for  its  sere  and  desolate  as- 
pect, even  in  this  gloomy  region  of  savage  and  dreary 
sights.  Its  highest  summit  is  crowned  with  a  chapel, 
still  occasionally  resorted  to  by  the  more  devout 
pilgrims,  while  the  eastern  face,  which  overhangs  the 
plain,  and  commands  a  noble  view  of  the  Arabian 
mountains,  is  much  occupied  with  grottos  and  cells, 
the  favourite  abodes  of  pious  anchorites." 

g  17.  Preface  to  John's  Gospel.  John  i.  1-18. 
§  18.  Testimony  of  John  the  Baptist  to  Jesus. — Bethabaka 
BEYOND  JoRDAX.  John  i.  19-34.     March  ?  a.  d.  26. 

Bethabara  is  supposed  by  Lticke  to  be  Beth-bara, 
on  the  Jordan,  to  which  Gideon  summoned  the  Is- 
raelites to  take  the  waters  before  the  Midianites. 
Judg.  vii.  24.  Bitter  supposes  it  to  have  been  by 
the  fords  of  Jordan,  over  against  Jericho.  The 
name  itself  means  the  House  of  Fords.  Its  true 
site  was  early  lost,  and  probably  will  never  be  re- 
covered.    Jerome  relates  that  many  believers  in  his 


day,  desirous  of  baptism,  resorted  there,  and  were 
baptized  in  the  living  stream. 

g  19.  Jesus  gains  disciples. — The  Jordan.    Galilee  ?  John 

i.  35-51. 
§20,  The  marriage  at  Cana  of  Galilee.  John  ii.  1-12.   March, 

A.  D.  26. 

Dr.  Bobinson  supposes  the  third  day  to  refer  back 
to  John  i.  44.  The  two  preceding  days  were  sufficient 
for  the  journey  to  Cana,  a  distance  perhaps  of  fifty 
miles.  Cana  of  Gralilee,  as  has  been  shown  by  Dr. 
Bobinson,  is  not  the  Cana  of  most  travellers,  seen 
at  the  distance,  five  miles  north-east  of  Nazareth, 
but  Kana  el  Jelil,  about  seven  miles  north  of  Naza- 
reth, also  in  full  view  from  the  heights  above  this 
place.  Cana  is  remarkable  as  the  place  where  Jesus 
wrought  the  first  two  miracles  by  which  to  attest  the 
truth  of  his  divine  mission.  He  visited  the  place  a 
short  time  after  the  marriage  at  Cana,  on  his  return 
from  Jerusalem  after  the  first  passover,  when  he 
healed  the  nobleman's  son,  then  lying  sick  at  Caper- 
naum, at  the  distance  of  fifteen  miles.  Nathaniel, 
the  guileless  Israelite,  was  also  a  native  of  this  place, 
John  xxi.  2,  afterward  known  as  an  apostle  of  the 
name  of  Bartholomew.  Cana  is  now  a  ruined,  neg- 
lected place,  but  little  known.  "  "War,  bloody,  re- 
lentless war,  has  swept  over  the  little  Cana  of 
Galilee;  fire  and  sword  have  laid  waste  and  de- 
stroyed the  peaceful  village  in  which  Christ  met 
the  rejoicing  wedding-party." 


PART  III.— OUR  LORD'S  FIRST  PASSOVER,  AND  THE  SUBSEQUENT  TRANSACTIONS  UNTIL  THE  SECOND. 

MARCH,  A.  D.  26. 


time:     one   TEAR. 

g  21.  At  the  Passover,  Jesus  drives  the  traders  out  of  the 
temple. — Jerusalem.  John  ii.  13-25. 

ROUTES   BETWEEN  JERUSALEM  AND   GALILEE. 

The  approach  to  Jerusalem  from  Galilee  was  by 
three  difierent  routes — the  western,  middle,  and 
eastern. 

1st.  The  western  was  either  around  the  headland 
of  Carmel  and  along  the  coast  by  Csesarea  to  Joppa 
and  Jerusalem,  or  across  the  pass  of  Mount  Carmel 
near  Megiddo,  and  along  the  eastern  border  of  the 
plain  of  Sharon,  by  Antipatris,  to  Lydda,  and  thence 
to  Jerusalem. 

2d.  The  middle  and  most  direct  route  was,  as  it 
still  is,  across  the  plain  of  Esdraelon,  and  on  the 
line  of  the  mountains  of  Samaria  by  Shechem,  the 
Sychar  of  the  New  Testament,  to  the  city  of  Jeru- 
salem. 

3d.  The  eastern  route  was  down  the  valley  of  the 
Jordan  to  Jericho,  and  thence  up  to  Jerusalem. 


The  valley  of  the  Jordan  is  more  easily  traversed  on 
the  eastern  side  than  on  the  western.  The  course 
of  the  Jordan  may  be  conveniently  traversed  near 
the  outlet  of  the  Sea  of  Galilee,  or  the  line  of  travel 
may  be  through  the  plain  of  Esdraelon  and  down 
the  valley  between  Hermon  and  Gilboa,  to  Beth- 
shean,  or  Scythopolis,  and  across  the  fords  of  the 
Jordan  at  that  place.  Then  the  traveller  may  fol- 
low the  plain  of  the  Jordan,  or  go  up  from  the  river 
to  the  table-land  eastward,  and  follow  the  line  of  the 
terraces  to  some  point  nearly  opposite  Jericho,  before 
descending  to  the  Jordan.  In  the  map  of  the  travels 
of  our  Lord,  the  particular  route  is  for  the  most  part 
conjectural  and  arbitrary,  nothing  being  said,  except 
in  one  or  two  instances,  to  indicate  the  route  pur- 
sued by  our  Saviour  in  going  up  to  Jerusalem  or 
returning  to  Galilee. 

§  22.  Our  Lord's  discourse  with  Nicodemus. — Jerusalem. 

John  iii.  1-21. 
§  23.  Jesus  remains  in  Judoa  and  baptizes.     Further  testi- 
mony of  John  the  Baptist.  John  iii.  22-36.     Summer  of 
A.  D.  26. 


181 


THE  LIFE  OF  CHRIST. 


182 


It  does  not  appear  where  in  Judea  Jesus  passed 
the  interval  between  the  passover  and  his  return  to 
Galilee ;  but  from  the  mention  of  his  haptizing,  near 
where  John  also  was  before  his  imprisonment,  he  is 
supposed,  as  indicated  in  the  map,  to  have  restricted 
his  ministry  to  the  region  of  Jerusalem  and  of  Jeri- 
cho, where  the  fountains  of  Elisha  and  Beth-Hoglah 
and  the  Jordan  might  afford  stations  for  his  ministry 
and  for  baptizing. 

g  24.  Jesus  departs  into  Galilee  after  John's  imprisonment. 
Matt.  iv.  12,  xiv.  3-5 ;  Mark  i.  14,  vi.  17-20 ;  Luke  iv.  14, 
iii.  19,  20  J  John  iv.  1-3.     Autumn  of  A.  D.  26. 


IMPRISONMENT   OF  JOHN  THE  BAPTIST. 

The  imprisonment  of  John  occurred  in  the  second 
year  of  his  ministry,  which  may  have  continued  one 
year  and  six  months.  On  the  supposition  that  the 
birth  of  Jesus  was  in  October,  and  that  both  John 
and  Jesus  entered  on  their  public  ministry  at  thirty 
years  of  age,  then  the  ministry  of  Jesus  began  six 
months  before  the  first  passover.  Eight  months  after 
the  passover  he  is  on  his  way  to  Galilee  in  conse- 
quence of  John's  imprisonment.  More  than  a  year 
has  already  elapsed  since  the  commencement  of  his 
public  ministry,  but  the  ministry  of  John  began 
some  months  before  that  of  Jesus.  It  must,  there- 
fore, have  continued  at  least  a  year  and  a  half. 

MACHiERUS  AND   THE   HOT   SPRINGS   OP  CAL- 
LIRROHOE. 

Machserus,  the  castle  and  palace  of  Herod,  where 
John  was  beheaded,  was  situated  on  the  east  of  the 
Dead  Sea,  above  the  hot  springs  of  Callirrohoe,  eight 
or  nine  miles  from  the  sea,  about  fifteen  south-east 
of  the  outlet  of  the  Jordan.  Seetzin,  about  fifty 
years  since,  discovered  its  ruins,  still  imposing  and 
extensive,  on  the  summit  of  an  oblong  and  lofty 
rock,  with  precipitous  sides,  and  surrounded  by  a 
deep  chasm,  so  as  to  be  altogether  inaccessible,  ex- 
cept at  one  point,  by  a  very  high  bridge.  Josephus 
describes  it  as  "  so  contrived  by  nature  that  it  could 
not  be  easily  ascended,  for  it  is,  as  it  were,  ditched 
about  with  such  valleys  on  all  sides,  and  to  such  a 
depth,  that  the  eye  cannot  reach  their  bottoms,  and 
such  as  are  not  easily  to  be  passed  over,  and  even 
such  as  it  is  impossible  to  fill  up  with  earth ;  for 
that  valley  which  cuts  it  off  on  the  west  extends  to 
threescore  furlongs,  and  does  not  end  till  it  comes 
to  the  lake  Asphaltis." 

Lieut.  Lynch  found  the  walls  of  this  chasm  near 
the  hot  springs  standing  122  feet  apart,  "  lofty  and 
perpendicular,  of  red  and  yellow  sandstone,  majestic 


and  imposing."  Through  this  chasm  a  stream  of 
hot  water,  twelve  feet  wide  and  ten  inches  deep, 
rushes  with  great  velocity.  This  hot  stream  of 
water  is  supplied  from  many  springs  which  gush  out 
their  heated  waters  along  the  line  of  the  chasm  for 
three  or  four  miles.  These  and  the  volcanic  rocks 
which  abound  in  this  region  are  so  many  additional 
indications  of  the  volcanic  nature  of  this  whole  re- 
gion of  country.  These  waters  were  much  fre- 
quented in  the  time  of  John's  ministry  for  baptism 
and  for  health.  They  are  even  mentioned  in  the 
book  of  Genesis,  xxxvi.  24,  as  discovered  by  Anah, 
son  of  one  of  the  dukes  of  Edom,  the  sons  of  Esau. 
In  our  translation  the  word  meaning  hot  springs  is 
absurdly  rendered  mules.  The  interpretation  of  the 
text  is,  that  he  "  found  the  hot  springs  of  the  wil- 
derness as  he  fed  the  asses  of  Zibeon  his  father." 

The  return  of  Jesus  to  Galilee  was  in  this  in- 
stance by  the  middle  route,  as  is  indicated  by  his 
conversation  with  the  Samaritan  woman.  It  was 
November  or  December  in  the  second  year  of  his 
public  ministry. 

§  25.  Discourse  with  the  Samaritan  woman.  Many  of  the 
Samaritans  believe  on  him. — Shechem,  Sychar,  or  Ne- 
APOLis.  John  iv.  4-42.     December  a.  d.  26. 

At  the  distance  of  some  thirty  miles  from  Jeru- 
salem the  traveller  beholds  from  an  eminence  a  long 
narrow  valley,  extending  northward  ten  or  twelve 
miles  before  him,  and  bounded  on  the  west  by  a 
ridge  of  mountains  700  or  800  feet  in  height,  and 
on  the  east  by  an  irregular  line  of  hills  at  the  dis- 
tance of  two  or  three  miles.  Our  Lord's  journey 
lay  along  this  valley,  at  the  base  of  these  western 
mountains.  Near  the  middle  of  these  mountains 
they  are  rent  to  their  base  by  a  defile  which  cuts 
through  them  from  the  West,  forming  two  frowning 
bluffs,  Gerizim  and  Ebal,  600  feet  high,  at  the  dis- 
tance of  a  quarter  of  a  mile  from  each  other.  A 
short  distance  south  of  the  line  of  the  defile,  at  the 
foot  of  Gerizim,  the  southern  bluff,  was  Jacob's 
Well,  where,  in  the  middle  of  the  second  day's  jour- 
ney, Jesus  seated  himself  for  rest,  while  his  disciples 
passed  up  the  valley  between  the  opposite  heights  to 
the  city  of  Shechem,  Sychar,  for  the  purchase  of 
provisions.  While  waiting  here  for  the  return  of 
his  disciples,  Jesus  was  drawn  into  that  most  inte- 
resting and  instructive  conversation  with  the  woman 
of  Samaria,  who  had  come  out  to  draw  water  from 
the  well.  The  well  itself  is  a  perpendicular  shaft, 
sunk  in  the  solid  rock  to  the  depth  of  seventy-five 
feet,  the  digging  of  which  is  ascribed  to  the  patriarch 
Jacob. 

It  is  extremely  interesting  to  reflect  that  from 
these  Samaritans,  who  now  for  the  first  time  received 


183 


TEXT  BOOK  AND  ATLAS  OF  BIBLICAL  GEOGRAPHY. 


184 


the  gospel  from  the  Son  of  Man  himself,  was  gathered, 
by  Philip  the  Evangelist,  the  first  Christian  church 
out  of  Jerusalem,  and  that  they  enjoyed  the  earliest 
ministrations  of  the  apostles  Peter  and  John,  who, 
in  the  dispersion  upon  the  death  of  Stephen,  preached 
in  many  of  their  villages. 

g  26.  Jesus  teaches  publicly  in  Galilee.  John  iv.  43-45;  Matt. 
iv.  17;  Marki.  14, 15;  Luke  iv.  14, 1 5.     January?  a.  d.  27. 

2  27.  Jesus  is  again  at  Cana,  where  he  heals  the  son  of  a  no- 
bleman lying  ill  at  Capernaum. — Cana  of  Galilee.  John 
iv.  46-64.     January,  A.  n.  27. 

Sarepta,  to  which  allusion  is  made  in  this  discourse 
of  our  Lord,  was  midway  between  Tyre  and  Zidon, 
on  the  celebrated  plain  of  Phcenicia.  Remains  of  an 
ancient  town  are  found  near  the  shore.  The  modern 
town  is  on  a  high  hill,  a  short  distance  to  the  east. 

Capernaum  was  on  the  north-west  shore  of  Gen- 
nesaret,  twenty  miles  north-east  from  Cana.  The 
nobleman  appears  to  have  been  some  member  of  the 
family  of  the  king.  The  fame  of  Jesus  had  reached 
the  court  of  Herod,  though  Jesus  had,  at  this  time, 
wrought  but  one  miracle  in  Galilee. 

g  28.  Jesus  at  Nazareth  ;  he  is  there  rejected;  and  fixes  his 
abode  at  Capernaum.  Luke  iv.  16-31 ;  Matt.  13-16.  Janu- 
ary, A.  D.  27. 

The  hills  south-west  of  Nazareth  break  off  into  a 
perpendicular  precipice  of  forty  or  fifty  feet;  and 
here,  doubtless,  is  the  brow  of  the  hill  to  which  his 
own  citizens  led  him,  that  they  might  cast  him  down. 
Tradition  assigns  for  this  incident  another  place, 
which  it  is  needless  to  describe. 

Capernaum  becomes  now  the  residence  of  Jesus. 
^'  Thou,  Capernaum,  which  art  exalted  unto  heaven, 
shall  be  brought  down  to  hell;  for  if  the  mighty 
works  which  have  been  done  in  thee  had  been  done 
in  Sodom,  it  would  have  remained  until  this  day." 
So  completely  has  this  word  been  fulfilled  upon  this 
doomed  city,  that  the  very  site  of  it  is  unknown. 

North  of  Tiberias,  and  about  midway  of  the  coast, 
the  hills  retire  in  a  kind  of  arch,  and  form  a  small 
triangular  plain,  four  miles  in  length,  and  two  in 
breadth,  at  the  widest  part,  of  great  beauty  and  fer- 
tility. This  is  the  ancient  land  of  Gennesaret,  Mark 
vi.  53,  in  which  Dr.  Robinson  supposes  the  lost  city 
to  have  been  located. 

This  plain  Josephus  describes  as  one  of  surpassing 
loveliness  and  fertility,  and  modem  travellers  concur 
in  attesting  the  truth  of  the  representation  : — 

"  The  country  named  Gcnnesar  extends  along  the 
lake,  wonderful  both  for  its  nature  and  beauty.  On 
account  of  its  fertility  it  refuses  no  tree,  and  the  cul- 
tivators plant  in  it  all  kinds  of  trees ;  and  the  tem- 
perature of  the  atmosphere  suits  the  several  sorts. 
For  walnuts,  which  require  the  greatest  colds,  flourish 


there  in  vast  quantities,  and  also  palm-trees,  which 
require  heat;  while  fig-trees  and  olives,  which  re- 
quire a  milder  atmosphere,  grow  near  them.  One 
may  say  that  it  is  the  ambition  of  nature  which 
forces  together  the  things  that  are  naturally  enemies 
to  one  another ;  and  that  there  is  a  happy  contention 
of  the  seasons  of  the  year,  as  if  each  of  them  laid 
claim  to  this  district  as  its  own;  for  it  not  only 
nourishes  different  sorts  of  fruits,  beyond  men's  ex- 
pectation, but  long  preserves  them. 

"  It  supplies  men  with  the  principal  fruits,  with 
grapes  and  figs  during  ten  months  of  the  year,  with- 
out intermission,  and  with  the  rest  of  the  fruits 
throughout  the  whole  year  as  they  ripen  in  course. 
And  besides  the  good  temperature  of  the  atmosphere, 
it  is  also  watered  from  a  most  fertile  fountain,  called 
Capharnaum  by  the  natives.  Some  have  thought 
this  fountain  to  be  a  vein  of  the  Nile,  because  it 
produces  the  Coracine  fish,  like  the  lake  near  Alex- 
andria. The  length  of  this  country  extends  along 
the  banks  of  this  lake,  bearing  the  same  name,  for 
thirty  stadia,  and  in  breadth  it  is  twenty.  This, 
indeed,  is  the  nature  of  that  place." 

Upon  the  coast  near  the  northern  limit  of  this 
plain  of  Gennesar,  by  a  large  fountain,  are  found 
some  remains  of  an  ancient  city,  which  Dr.  Robin- 
son supposes  to  have  been  Capernaum.  An  Ameri- 
can traveller  has  assured  the  writer  that  he  departed 
from  the  usual  routes  of  tourists  in  passing  this 
plain — that  he  neither  kept  along  the  shore  nor  fol- 
lowed the  windings  of  the  western  hills  that  encir- 
cle the  plain,  but  struck  diagonally  across  it,  and 
found  in  the  centre  of  the  plains  piles  of  rubbish 
and  other  indications  of  an  ancient  town.  These 
localities  may  possibly  indicate  the  sites  of  Chorazin 
and  Bethsaida. 

Capernaum,  in  the  opinion  of  Ritter  and  Dr.  Wil- 
son, may  have  been  at  a  place  now  known  by  the 
name  of  Tell  Hum,  about  four  miles  farther  north, 
on  the  north-west  margin  of  the  lake,  where  are 
found  extensive  ruins.  Several  plausible  reasons  are 
assigned  for  assuming  this  to  be  the  site  of  Caper- 
naum, the  chosen  residence  of  our  Lord.  But  no- 
thing more  can  be  afiirmed  with  confidence  of  Caper- 
naum, Chorazin,  or  Bethsaida,  than  they  were  on 
the  western  shore  of  the  Sea  of  Tiberias. 

§  29.  The  call  of  Simon  Peter  and  Andrew,  and  of  James 
and  John,  with  the  miraculous  draught  of  fishes. — Near 
CArERNATJM.  Luko  V.  1-11 ;  Mattiv.  18-22;  Mark  i.  16-20. 
January,  A.  D.  27. 

§  30.  Healing  of  a  demoniac  in  the  synagogue. — CAPERNArM. 
Mark  i.  21-28  ;  Luke  iv.  31-37.     January,  A.  n.  27. 

§  31.  The  healing  of  Peter's  wife's  mother,  and  many  others. 
Capeknaum.  Matt.  viii.  14-17  ;  Marki.  29-34;  Luke  iv. 
38-41.     January,  A.  d.  27. 


185 


THE  LIFE   OF  CHRIST. 


186 


g  32.  Jesus  with  his  disciples  goes  from  Capernaum  through- 
out Galilee.  Mark  i.  35-39;  Luke  iv,  42-44 ;  Matt.  iv.  23- 
25.     February  and  March,  A.  d.  27. 

Nothing  is  given  to  define  the  course  or  extent  of 
this  first  missionary  circuit  of  our  Lord  further  than 
that  he  went  about  all  Gralilee,  "  teaching  in  their 
synagogues  and  preaching  the  gospel  of  the  king- 
dom."    The  course  marked  on  the  map,  VI.,  is  alto- 


gether conjectural,  but   is  made  to  comprehend  a 
considerable  portion  of  Galilee. 

§  33.  The  healing  of  a  leper. — Galilee.   Matt.  viii.  2-4  ; 

Mark  i,  40-45 ;  Luke  v.  12-16.    February  or  March,  a.  d.  27. 
g  34.  The  healing  of  a  paralytic. — Capernaum.    Mark  ii^ 

1-12 ;  Luke  V.  17-26  ;  Matt.  ix.  2-8.     March,  a.  d.  27. 
§  35.  The  call  of  Matthew.— Capernaum.  Matt.  ix.  9 ;  Mark 

ii.  13,  14 ;  Luke  v.  27,  28.     April,  A.  D.  27. 


PART  IV.— OUR  LORD'S  SECOND  PASSOVER,  AND  THE  SUBSEQUENT  TRANSACTIONS  UNTIL  THE  THIRD. 

A.  D.  27-28. 


time:    one  YEAR. 

§  36.  The  pool  of  Bethesda  ;  the  healing  of  the  infirm  man ; 
and  our  Lord's  subsequent  discourse. — Jerusalem.  John 
V.  1-47.    April,  A.  D.  27. 

In  this  third  journey  to  Jerusalem,  Christ  is  sup- 
posed to  have  crossed  the  Jordan  below  the  Sea  of 
Galilee,  and  to  have  pursued  his  journey  along  the 
line  of  table-land  east  of  the  river.     See  Map  VI. 

North  of  the  temple  area,  and  near  the  eastern 
gate  of  the  city,  is  an  immense  cistern,  360  feet  in 
length,  130  in  breadth,  and  75  in  depth,  which, 
according  to  tradition,  is  the  Pool  of  Bethesda. 
But  the  fountain  on  the  eastern  base  of  the  hill 
Ophil,  below  the  south-east  angle  of  the  walls  of  the 
city,  and  known  as  the  Fountain  of  the  Virgin  or 
King's  Pool,  may  with  greater  probability  be  assumed 
to  be  the  pool  in  question.  This  is  an  intermittent 
fountain,  rising  and  falling  at  irregular  intervals, 
which  may  have  been  indicated  by  the  troubling  of 
the  waters.  The  water  itself  is  slightly  saline,  but 
constantly  used  for  domestic  purposes,  and  devoid 
of  any  medicinal  virtue,  as  it  was  at  the  period  of 
our  Lord's  ministry.  The  healing  of  the  first  that 
was  let  down  after  the  troubling  of  the  water  was 
evidently  supernatural.  The  possibility  that  one 
might  be  healed  collected  a  multitude  of  the  impo- 
tent about  the  pool;  but  the  certainty  that  all  who- 
soever will  may  be  healed  of  the  deadly  malady  that 
kills  beyond  the  grave  brings  few  to  the  fountain  of 
the  gospel  for  life  and  full  salvation  ! 

§  37.  The  disciples  pluck  ears  of  grain  on  the  Sabbath. — On 

the  way  to  Galilee.  Matt.  xii.  1-8 ;  Mark  ii.  23-28 ;  Luke 

vi.  1-5.    April,  A.  D.  27. 
§  38.  The  healing  of  the  withered  hand  on  the  Sabbath. — 

Galilee.  Matt.  xii.  9-14 ;  Mark  iii.  1-6 ;  Luke  vi.  6-11. 
§  39.  Jesus  arrives  at  the  Sea  of  Tiberias,  and  is  followed  by 

multitudes. — Lake  of  Galilee.  Matt.  xii.  15-21 ;  Mark  iii. 

7-12.     May,  A.  d.  27. 
g  40.  Jesus   withdraws   to   the   mountain,  and   chooses   the 

Twelve ;  the  multitudes  follow  him. — Near  Capernaum. 

Mark  iii.  13-19 ;   Luke  vi.  12-19 ;   Matt.  x.  2-4.     May, 

A.  D.  27. 

Jesus  appears  to  have  returned  toward  Galilee 

immediately  after  the  passover.     Nothing  is  said  to 
13 


intimate  by  what  route  he  went  to  Jeioisalem  or  re- 
turned. In  map  VI.  he  is  assumed  to  have  gone  up 
to  Jerusalem  by  the  eastern  route,  through  the  Pe- 
rea,  at  some  distance  from  the  Jordan,  on  the  line 
of  the  table-land  above,  and  to  have  returned  by  the 
middle  route  through  Samaria. 

g  41.  The  Sermon  on  the  Mount. — Near  Capernaum.  Matt 
V.  1 ;  viii.  1 ;  Luke  vi.  20-49.     May  ?    A.  D.  27. 

§  42.  The  healing  of  the  centurion's  servant. — Capernauk. 
Matt.  viii.  5-13  ;  Luke  vii.  1-10.     May?   a.  d.  27. 

g  43.  The  raising  of  the  widow's  son. — Nain.  Luke  vii.  11-17. 
May?   A.  D.  27. 

Nain,  the  scene  of  this  touching  incident,  is  now 
a  small  settlement  at  the  foot  of  Little  Hermon, 
between  this  mountain  and  Esdraelon,  about  three 
miles  south  by  west  from  Tabor,  and  in  full  view 
from  the  hills  of  Nazareth.  From  Capernaum  the 
distance  must  be  twenty  or  twenty-five  miles. 

g  44.  John  the  Baptist,  in  prison,  sends  disciples  to  Jesus. — 
Galilee  :  Capernaum.  Matt.  xi.  2-19 ;  Luke  vii.  18-35. 
June  ?   A.  D.  27. 

John,  having  heard  in  his  prison  of  the  works  of 
Christ,  sent  two  of  his  disciples  into  Galilee,  a  dis- 
tance of  seventy  miles,  to  inquire  whether  he  was 
the  expected  Messiah.  Some  time  after  this,  John 
was  beheaded  at  the  instigation  of  the  infamous  He- 
rodias,  after  having  lain  in  prison  not  far  from  a  year 
and  six  months. 

§  45.  Reflections  of  Jesus  on  appealing  to  his  mighty  works. 
Capernaum  ?  Matt.  xi.  20-30.    June  ?  A.  D.  27. 

§  46.  While  sitting  at  meat  with  a  Pharisee,  Jesus  is  anointed 
by  a  woman  who  had  been  a  sinner. — Capernaum  ?  Luko 
vii.  36-50.     June  ?   A.  D.  27. 

§  47.  Jesus,  with  the  Twelve,  makes  a  second  circuit  in  Gali- 
lee. Luke  viii.  1-3.     June  to  Sept.  A.  D.  27. 

The  course  of  our  Lord  in  this  second  circuit  in 
Galilee,  as  in  the  first,  is  wholly  conjectural;  as 
such  it  is  traced  on  the  map,  through  the  northern 
part  of  Galilee. 

^  48.  The  healing  of  a  demoniac.  The  Scribes  and  Phari- 
sees blaspheme. — Galilee.  Mark  iii.  19-30;  Matt.  xii. 
22-37;  Luke  xi.  14,  15,  17-23.     Oct.?   A.  D.  27. 

2  49.  The  Scribes  and  Pharisees  seek  a  sign.  Our  Lord's 
reflections. — Galilee.  Matt.  xii.  38-45;  Luke  xi.  16» 
24-36.     Oct.  ?  A.  D.  27. 


187 


TEXT  BOOK  AND  ATLAS  OF  BIBLICAL  GEOGRAPHY. 


188 


g  50.  The  true  disciples  of  Christ  his  nearest  relatives. — 
Galilee.  Matt.  xii.  46-50 ;  Mark  iii.  31-35  j  Luke  viii. 
19-21.     Oct.?   A.  D.  2r. 

§  51.  At  a  Pharisee's  table,  Jesus  denounces  woes  against 
the  Pharisees  and  others. — Galilee.  Luke  xi.  37-54. 
Oct  ?   A.  D.  27. 

g  52.  Jesus  discourses  to  his  disciples  and  the  multitude. — 
Galilee.  Luke  xii.  1-59.     Oct.  ?   A.  d.  27. 

§  53.  The  slaughter  of  certain  Galileans.  Parable  of  the 
barren  fig-tree. — Galilee.  Luke  xiii.  1-9.     Oct.  ?  A.  d.  27. 

§  54.  Parable  of  the  Sower. — Lake  op  Galilee  :  near  Ca- 
pernaum ?  Matt.  xiii.  1-23 ;  Mark  iv.  1-25 ;  Luke  viii. 
4-18.     Oct.?   A.  D.  27. 

2  55.  Parable  of  the  tares.  Other  parables. — Near  Caper- 
naum ?  Matt.  xiii. 24-53 ;  Maik  iv.  26-34.     Oct.?   a.d.  27. 

§  56.  Jesus  directs  to  cross  the  lake.  Incidents.  The  tempest 
stilled. — Lake  op  Galilee.  Matt.  viii.  18-27;  Mark  iv. 
35-41 ;  Luke  viii.  22-25  ;  ix.  57-62.     Oct.  ?   A.  D.  27. 

SEA   OF  GALILEE,  OR  TIBERIAS. 

The  Sea  of  Tiberias,  the  scene  of  so  many  inci- 
dents connected  with  our  Lord's  ministry,  is  a  wide 
expanse  of  the  Jordan,  in  a  deep  valley  encircled  by 
mountains,  which  rise  on  the  east  from  the  water's 
edge  by  steep  acclivities,  until  they  reach  the  height 
of  a  thousand  or  twelve  hundred  feet.  On  the 
west,  and  especially  in  the  north-west,  the  hills  are 
lower  and  more  broken.  Occasionally  they  recede  a 
little  from  the  shore,  and  form  small  plains  of  ex- 
treme fertility.  The  lake  is  about  twelve  miles  long 
and  five  broad;  the  waters  are  pure  and  limpid, 
and  abound  with  fish,  as  in  the  time  of  our  Sa- 
viour. 

From  its  position  between  high  hills,  it  is  exposed 
to  sudden  gusts  of  wind,  as  in  the  case  before  us. 
There  was,  at  the  last  accounts,  but  a  single  boat 
upon  the  lake. 

The  rocks  are  limestone ;  and  the  whole  region 
volcanic.  Near  Tiberias,  on  the  south-west  shore 
of  the  lake,  are  several  hot  springs,  and  on  the  op- 
posite side  several  others,  at  a  short  distance  from 
the  shore.  The  opinion  has  been  advanced,  that  the 
lake  itself  occupies  the  crater  of  an  extinct  volcano. 
According  to  the  measurement  of  Lieut.  Symonds, 
the  surface  of  the  lake  is  328-98  feet  below  the  level 
of  the  Mediterranean. 

Tiberias,  John  vi.  23,  already  mentioned,  is  the 
only  town  on  the  lake.  This  city,  renowned  in  his- 
tory, and  built  by  Herod,  is  now  mostly  in  ruins, 
and  inhabited  by  some  two  thousand  Greek  Chris- 
tians and  Jews.  -Dr.  Olin  describes  it  as  the  most 
wretched  of  all  the  towns  he  ever  beheld. 

The  heat  of  the  summer  at  Tiberias,  as  at  Jeri- 
cho, is  almost  insupportable,  and  the  climate  sickly. 
The  inhabitants  of  the  coast  find  profitable  occupa- 
tion in  raising  early  vegetables,  grapes,  and  melons, 
for  the  market  at  Damascus.      These  productions 


mature  in  this  valley  much  earlier  than  on  the  high 
lands  of  G-alilee  or  Gilead. 

The  scenery  of  the  lake  has  not  the  stern  and 
awful  features  of  the  Dead  Sea,  but  is  more  rich  in 
hallowed  associations,  and  more  attractive  in  the 
softened  beauties  of  the  landscape.  The  view  of  it 
from  the  western  height  breaks  upon  the  approach- 
ing traveller  with  singular  power. 

"  We  were  upon  the  brow  of  what  must  appear 
to  a  spectator  at  its  base  a  lofty  mountain,  which 
bounds  the  deep  basin  of  the  Sea  of  Galilee,  and 
forms  the  last  step  in  the  descent  from  the  very  ele- 
vated plain  over  which  we  had  journeyed  during  the 
long  day. 

"  The  sun  had  just  set  behind  us  in  a  blaze  of  red 
light,  which  filled  the  western  sky  for  many  degrees 
above  the  horizon,  and  was  slightly  reflected  from 
the  smooth,  glassy  surface  of  the  beautiful  lake, 
whose  opposite  shore  was  visible  for  many  miles  on 
the  right  and  left,  rising  abruptly  out  of  the  water 
into  an  immense  and  continuous  bulwark,  several 
hundred  feet  in  height,  grand  and  massive,  but  soft- 
ened by  graceful  undulations,  and  covered  with  a 
carpet  of  luxuriant  vegetation,  from  the  summit 
quite  down  to  the  water's  edge.  ^ 

"  Beyond  the  lake  stretched  out  a  vast,  and,  to 
our  eyes,  a  boundless  region,  filled  up  with  a  count- 
less number  of  beautiful  rounded  hills,  all  clad  in 
verdure,  which,  at  this  moment,  was  invested  with  a 
peculiar  richness  of  colouring.  In  the  remote  dis- 
tance, though  full  in  our  view,  the  snowy  top  of 
Mount  Hermon  was  still  glittering  and  basking  in 
the  beams  of  the  sun,  while  a  chaste,  cool  drapery 
of  white,  fleecy  clouds  hung  around  its  base. 

"  The  green,  graceful  form  of  Mount  Tabor  rose 
behind  us ;  while,  over  the  broad  and  well-cultivated 
plain,  the  numerous  fields  of  wheat,  now  of  a  dark, 
luxuriant  green,  contrasted  very  strongly  and 
strangely  with  intervening  tracts  of  red,  freshly- 
ploughed  ground.  Independent  of  sacred  associa- 
tions, this  was  altogether  a  scene  of  rare  and  unique 
beauty — nay,  of  splendid  magnificence." 

The  picturesque  beauties  of  this  charming  scenery 
frequently  attracted  the  admiring  gaze  of  this  tra- 
veller as  he  reluctantly  retired  on  his  way  to  Safet : — 

"  The  sea  is  almost  continually  in  sight,  and  the 
difiierent  elevations  and  ever-shifting  points  of  view 
from  which  it  was  seen,  gave  to  this  lovely  expanse 
of  water  reposing  in  its  deep  bed,  lustrous  and  glit- 
tering in  the  sunbeams  like  molten  silver,  an  endless 
variety  of  interesting  forms  and  aspects. 

"  I  thought  some  of  these  views  the  most  exqui- 
sitely beautiful  of  any  I  had  enjoyed  of  this  deeply 
interesting  region ;  but,  perhaps,  it  was  because  they 


189 


THE   LIFE  OF  CHRIST. 


190 


were  parting  views  of  a  region  so  honoured  and  hal- 
lowed by  the  presence  and  ministry  of  the  adorable 
Saviour.  My  eye  rested  upon  the  '  Sea  of  Galilee/ 
the  <  coast  of  Magdala/  and  the  '  land  of  Gennesa- 
ret :'  upon  the  site  of  Chorazin,  Bethsaida,  and  Ca- 
pernaum, '  the  cities  where  most  of  his  mighty  works 
were  done.'  It  '  passed  over  to  the  other  side/  and 
traced,  in  various  directions  across  the  shining  lake, 
the  probable  track  of  '  the  little  ships'  in  which  he 
'  went  about  doing  good,'  and  that  along  which  he 
came  to  his  disciples,  '  walking  on  the  sea,'  and 
where  '  He  rebuked  the  winds  and  the  sea,  and  there 
was  a  great  calm.'  Surely  no  region  on  earth  but 
Jerusalem  and  its  environs  alone  is  richer  in  affect- 
ing associations ;  and  I  felt  now  as  I  did  upon 
bidding  adieu  to  the  holy  city — saddened  and  quite 
overpowered  with  the  thought  that  I  should  com- 
mune with  these  endeared  scenes  no  more." 

§  57.  The  two  demoniacs  of  Gadara. — S.  E.  coast  of  the 
Lake  of  Galilee.  Matt.  viii.  28-34  j  ix.  1  ^  Mark  v.  1-21  ; 
Luke  viii.  26-40.     Nov.  ?  A.  d.  27. 

The  ruins  of  Gadara  are  recognised  on  a  hill  some 
five  miles  south  of  the  lake,  and  nearly  the  same 
distance  east  of  Jordan.  The  remains  are  extensive, 
and  greatly  decayed.  Not  a  building  is  standing , 
and  only  the  portals  of  the  eastern  gate  remain  en- 
tire. Some  traces  of  streets  are  still  discernible  by 
the  lines  of  rubbish,  and  two  large  theatres. 

The  acclivities  of  the  hill  on  every  side  are  very 
steep ;  and  are  occupied  by  many  tombs  cut  in  the 
limestone  rocks.  Some  of  these  tombs  are  large 
and  highly  wrought.  These  tombs  are  still  inha- 
bited as  they  were  by  these  outcast  and  frantic  de- 
moniacs in  the  time  of  our  Saviour. 

"  The  accounts  given  of  the  habitation  of  the  de- 
moniac from  whom  the  legion  of  devils  was  cast  out, 
have  struck  us  very  forcibly,  while  we  ourselves 
were  wandering  among  rugged  mountains,  and  sur- 
rounded by  tombs  still  used  as  dwellings  by  indivi- 
duals and  whole-  families. 

"  A  finer  subject  for  the  masterly  expression  of 
the  passions  of  madness  in  all  their  violence,  con- 
trasted with  the  serenity  of  virtue  and  benevolence 
in  Him  who  went  about  doing  good,  could  hardly  be 
chosen  for  the  pencil  of  the  artist.  A  faithful  de- 
lineation of  the  wild  and  rugged  majesty  of  the 
mountain  scenery  here  on  the  one  hand,  contrasted 
with  the  still  calm  of  the  waters  of  the  lake  on 
the  other,  would  give  an  additional  charm  to  the 
picture." 

One  of  the  ancient  tombs,  at  the  time  of  the  visit 
of  Mr.  Buckingham,  from  whom  the  above  extract 
is  taken,  was  occupied  as  a  carpenter's  shop.     A 


perfect  sarcophagus  remained  within,  which  was  used 
by  the  family  as  a  provision-chest. 

§  58.  Levi's  feast— Capernaum.  Matt.  ix.  10-17 ;  Mark  ii. 

'  15-22 ;  Luke  v.  29-39.     Nov.  ?  a.  d.  27. 

g  59.     The  raising  of  Jairus's  daughter.     The  woman  with 

a  bloody  flux. — Capernaum.    Matt.  ix.  18-26  j    Mark  v. 

22-43 ;  Luke  viii.  41-56.     Nov.  ?  A.  D.  27. 
§  60.  Two  blind  men  healed,  and  a  dumb  spirit  cast  out. — 

Capernaum  ?  Matt.  ix.  27-34.     Nov.  ?  A.  d.  27. 
g  61.  Jesus  again  at  Nazareth,  and  again  rejected.  Matt.  xiii. 

54-58 ;  Mark  vi.  1-6.     Jan.  ?   a.  d.  28. 
g  62.  A  third  circuit  in  Galilee.     The  Twelve  instructed  and' 

sent  forth. — Galilee.  Matt.  ix.  35-38  ;  x.  1,  5-42 ;  xi.  1 ; 

Mark  vi.  6-13  ;  Luke  ix.  1-6.     March  ?   a.  D.  28. 

As  in  the  preceding  instances,  so  in  the  present, 
we  are  left  to  our  own  conjectures  respecting  this 
circuit  of  our  Lord.  It  is  traced  on  the  map  by 
conjecture  through  Nazareth  and  the  southern  part 
of  Galilee,  around  Mount  Hermon,  and  by  Tiberias 
along  the  sea-coast. 

I  63.  Herod  holds  Jesus  to  be  John  the  Baptist,  whom  ho 
had  just  before  beheaded. — Galilee  ?    Perea.  Matt.  xiv.  . 
1,  2,  6-12;  Mark  vi.  14-16,  21-29;  Luke  ix.  7-9.  March? 
A.  D.  28. 

§  64.  The  Twelve  return,  and  Jesus  retires  with  them  across 
the  Lake.  Five  thousand  are  fed. — Capernaum.  N.  E. 
COAST  OF  the  Lake  of  Ga  lilee.  Mark  vi.  30-44 ;  Luke 
ix.    10-17;    Matt.   xiv.   13-21;    John  vi.  1-14.     March, 

A.  D.  28. 

Near  the  northern  extremity  of  the  Lake,  there 
were  two  towns  of  the  name  of  Bethsaida :  one  in 
the  neighbourhood  of  Capernaum  and  Chorazin,  on 
the  west  side  of  the  lake ;  the  other,  on  the  eastern 
shore.  The  former,  the  city  of  Andrew  and  Peter, 
involved  in  the  doom  of  Chorazin  and  Capernaum,  is 
irrecoverably  lost ;  the  latter,  mentioned  Luke  ix. 
10,  near  which  Jesus  fed  the  five  thousand,  was  en- 
larged by  Philip  the  tetrarch.  The  ruins  of  it  are 
just  beyond  a  small  plain  of  surpassing  fertility,  at 
the  distance  of  a  little  more  than  an  hour  beyond 
the  Jordan,  where  it  enters  into  the  lake.  They  oc- 
cupy a  knoll,  or  hill,  which  is  a  spur  from  the  moun- 
tain on  the  east,  running  down  into  the  plain  toward 
the  Jordan.  In  the  desert  near  this  place,  Jesus 
fed  the  five  thousand,  and  then  ordered  his  disciples 
to  cross  over  unto  the  other  Bethsaida  on  the  western 
shore,  while  he  went  up  into  the  eastern  mountain 
for  the  purpose  of  secret  prayer.  In  their  passage 
across  the  lake,  near  the  dawn  of  the  morning,  the 
disciples  were  struck  by  one  of  those  violent  gusts 
of  wind  which  often  sweep  with  great  fury  over  the 
lake.  In  the  midst  of  their  consternation  and  peril, 
Jesus  came  to  the  relief  of  his  disciples,  walking 
upon  the  sea,  and,  as  he  enters  into  the  ship,  the 
wind  ceases.  The  ship  came  to  land  near  the  plain 
of  Gennesaret,  below   Capernaum,  where  were  ga- 


191 


TEXT  BOOK  AND  ATLAS  OF  BIBLICAL  GEOGRAPHY. 


192 


thered  many  of  the  five  thousand,  who,  in  the  mean 
time,  had  crossed  the  sea  to  see  and  hear  more  of 
Jesus. 

g  65.  Jesus  walks  upon  the  water. — Lake  of  Galilee,  Ge- 
NESARETH.  Matt.  xiv.  22-36;  Mark  vi.  45-56;  John  vi. 
15-21.     March?   A.  d.  28. 

66.  Our  Lord's  discourse  to  the  multitude  in  the  synagogue 
of  Capernaum.     Many  disciples  turn  back.     Peter's  pro- 
fession of  faith. — Capernaum.  John  vi.  22-71 ;  vii.  1. 
Tiberias,  from  which  many  of  the  boats  which 
had  passed  up  and  over  the  lake  to  the  eastern  Beth- 
saida  before  the  feeding  of  the  multitude,  and  then 
had  recrossed  the  lake  to  G-enesareth,  is  a  town  on  the 
south-west  shore  below  Genesareth.     The  city  lies 
directly  upon  the  shore,  on  a  narrow  strip  of  undu- 


lating land,  beyond  which  the  mountains  rise  very 
steeply.  It  was  built  by  Herod  Antipas,  by  whose 
order  John  was  beheaded,  and  is  supposed  to  have 
been  one  of  his  residences.  The  celebrated  hot 
springs  are  a  mile  or  more  below  the  modern  town, 
where  are  found  various  fragments  of  columns  of  red 
and  gray  granite  and  marble,  together  with  other 
indications  which  mark  the  site  of  the  ancient  town. 
The  water  flows  from  the  earth  too  hot  to  be  borne 
by  the  hand,  and  excessively  salt  and  bitter,  and 
emits  a  strong  smell  of  sulphur.  Tiberias  is  un- 
healthy, and  the  inhabitants  poor  and  sickly—"  a 
picture  of  disgusting  filth  and  frightful  wretched- 


PART  v.— FROM   OUR  LORD'S  THIRD  PASSOVER  UNTIL  HIS   FINAL  DEPARTURE   FROM  GALILEE  AT 

THE  FESTIVAL  OF  TABERNACLES. 


TIME  :    SIX   MONTHS. 

g  67.  Our  Lord  justifies  his  disciples  for  eating  with  un- 

washen  hands.    Pharisaic  traditions. — Capernaum.  Matt. 

XV.  1-20;  Mark  vii.  1-23.     April,  a.  d.  28. 
2  68.  Fourth  circuit  of  our  Lord.    The  daughter  of  a  Syro- 

Phoenician  woman  is  healed.    Region  of  Tyre  and  Zidon. 

April?   A.  D.  28. 

Tyre  has  been  already  noticed.  Zidon  was  one 
of  the  oldest  cities  in  Palestine,  having  been  founded 
by  the  eldest  son  of  Canaan,  the  eldest  son  of  Ham. 
Gen.  X.  15.  It  is  situated  on  an  elevated  promon- 
tory, which  projects  a  considerable  distance  into  the 
sea.  The  environs  of  the  city  are  overspread  with 
a  luxuriant  vegetation,  and  covered  with  beautiful 
orchards  and  gardens.  Zidon,  like  its  younger  and 
more  powerful  rival,  once  commanded  an  extensive 
trade  with  the  principal  cities  and  nations  of  the  old 
world.  The  Zidonians  were  noted  for  their  com- 
merce, their  skill  in  architecture,  philosophy,  astro- 
nomy, and  navigation.  Their  idolatry  and  wicked- 
ness drew  down  upon  them  the  frequent  denuncia- 
tions of  the  prophets.  Ezek.  xxviii.  21-24  j  Joel 
iii.  4-8.  But  the  retributive  vengeance  of  heaven 
fell  upon  them  less  severely  than  on  their  neigh- 
bours of  Tyre.  Zidon  is  still  a  considerable  town 
of  five  thousand  inhabitants ;  and  the  harbour, 
though  now  much  choked  with  sand,  still  enables 
them  to  maintain  some  trade  and  commerce  with 
the  cities  of  the  coast. 

Our  Lord's  motive  in  retiring  to  the  coast  of  Tyre 
and  Zidon,  seems  to  have  been  to  escape  from  the 
power  of  Herod  and  the  malice  of  Herodias.  Like 
his  great  forerunner,  whom  they  had  slain,  he  had 
become  known  as  a  preacher  of  righteousness  of 
stem  and  awful  sanctity.     Herod,  smitten  with  re- 


morse, sees  in  this  mysterious  personage  John  the 
Baptist,  whom  he  beheaded,  risen  from  the  dead, 
and  showing  forth  mighty  works  that  might  awaken 
his  remorseless  rage  as  well  as  his  secret  dread.  In 
this  region,  Jesus  was  entirely  beyond  the  jurisdic- 
tion of  this  Herod,  in  the  tetrarchy  of  Herod  Philip, 
the  lawful  husband  of  Herodias,  who  is  universally 
described  as  a  mild,  well-meaning,  and  righteous 
prince. 

THE  DECAP0LI8. 

The  Decapolis,  to  which  Jesus  must  have  passed 
by  a  circuitous  route  around  and  through  different 
parts  of  Galilee,  was  a  confederation  of  ten  cities 
south  of  the  Sea  of  Galilee,  and  chiefly  east  of  the 
Jordan.  The  inhabitants  were,  for  the  most  part, 
not  Jews,  but  pagans.  The  cities,  though  not  ad- 
jacent, but  separated,  some  of  them  at  a  considera- 
ble distance  from  each  other,  had  certain  common 
rights  and  privileges,  as  well  as  mutual  affinities ; 
and,  being  under  the  jurisdiction  neither  of  Herod 
nor  of  Philip,  but  of  the  Roman  power,  they  ofiered 
additional  security  to  Jesus  against  the  power  of  the 
Herods  and  the  persecution  of  the  Jews.  Gadara, 
Scythopolis,  Pella,  Gerasa,  Abila,  Capitolias,  Ca- 
natha,  and  Philadelphia  are  included  in  the  cities 
of  the  Decapolis;  but  they  are  not  all  known. 
Jesus  appears  to  have  lingered  in  some  of  those 
which  were  near  to  the  sea  of  Galilee,  where  he 
healed  many  and  fed  the  four  thousand. 

From  Capernaum  to  Tyre  is  a  journey  of  thirty- 
five  or  forty  miles.  The  whole  tour  through  the 
coasts  of  Tyre  and  Zidon  would  require  a  circuit 
perhaps  of  a  hundred  miles. 


193 


THE  LIFE  OF  CHRIST. 


194 


2  69.  A  deaf  and  dumb   man   healed ;    also  many   others. 

Four    thousand    are    fed. — The    Decapolis.    Matt  xv. 

29-38 ;  Mark  vii.  31-37 ;  viii.  1-9.     May  ?  A.  d.  28. 
§  70.  The  Pharisees  and  Sadducees  again  require   a   sign. 

[See  §  49.]— Near  Magdala.    Matt.  xv.  39;  xvi.  1-4; 

Mark  viii.  10-12.     May  ?  A.  d.  28. 

Magdala,  the  native  place  of  Mary  Magdalene, 
was  on  the  coast,  about  four  miles  above  Tiberias, 
and  at  the  southern  extremity  of  the  fertile  plain  of 
Genesareth.  Near  which  was  Dalmanutha,  Mark 
viii.  10.  Its  modern  name  is  Mejdal.  Dr.  Olin 
describes  it  as  a  miserable-looking  village  of  thirty 
or  forty  huts  : — 

"  We  stopped  to  make  some  inquiries  of  the  pale, 
sickly-looking  inhabitants,  who  resembled  the  peo- 
ple of  Jericho  in  their  aspect  and  bearing.  This 
region  has,  in  some  respects,  a  striking  resemblance 
to  that  near  the  mouth  of  the  Jordan.  The  thorn 
of  Jericho,  which  I  have  so  fully  described,  re- 
appears upon  this  plain.  A  few  scattering  palm- 
trees  adorn  the  dreary  precincts  of  Tiberias,  while 
the  stagnant  atmosphere  and  oppressive  heat  pre- 
vailing in  this  deep  valley  are  probably  the  chief 
causes  here,  as  well  as  at  Jericho,  of  the  sickliness 
of  the  climate. 

"  This  poor  village,  however,  possesses  a  special 
historical  interest.  The  people  of  whom  we  inquired 
its  name,  called  it  Mejdal;  and  it  is  evident  from 
the  name,  as  well  as  from  its  position  here,  that  this 
is  the  Magdala  of  the  New  Testament,  and  the  Mig- 
dal  of  the  Old.  (Josh.  xix.  38 ;  Matt.  xv.  39.)  At 
the  northern  extremity  of  this  village  is  a  large 
quadrangular  edifice,  now  in  a  ruinous  state.  It 
may  have  been  a  khan." 

2  71.  At  Magdala,  Jesus  again  takes  ship  and  crosses  over  to 
the  north-east  coast  of  the  lake.  Matt.  xvi.  4-12 ;  Mark 
viii.  13-21.     May  ?  A.  D.  28. 

g  72.  Here,  at  Bethsaida,  he  heals  a  blind  man.  Mark  viii. 
22-26.     May?  a.  d.  28. 

§  73.  From  thence  he  journeys  north  to  the  region  of  CiEsa- 
rea  Philippi.  On  their  way,  Peter  again  professes  his 
faith  in  Christ.  [See  §  66.]  Matt.  xvi.  13-20  ;  Mark  viii. 
27-30;  Luke  ix.  18-21.    May?  a.  d.  28. 

The  course  to  Caesarea  Philippi  is  along  the  east- 
em  bank  of  the  Jordan,  some  ten  miles,  then  up 
the  east  shore  of  the  Lake  Huleh,  (the  Waters  of 
Merom,)  five  miles  or  more,  and  thence  along  the 
great  marsh,  ten  or  twelve  miles  farther  north. 
Caesarea  Philippi  is  at  the  head  of  one  of  the  princi- 
pal branches  of  the  Jordan.  We  cannot  better  in- 
troduce this  place  to  the  notice  of  the  reader  than  in 
the  graphic  description  of  the  Rev.  Mr.  Thompson. 
The  modern  name  of  the  city  is  Banias,  known  as 
Paneas  or  Panias. 

''The  city  is  securely  imbosomed  among  moun- 
tains, which  stand  around  it  on   the  north-west. 


north,  east,  and  south.  The  platform,  or  terrace, 
upon  which  it  is  built,  may  be  elevated  about  one 
hundred  feet  above  the  extensive  plain  of  which  we 
have  already  spoken.  That  part  of  the  city  which 
was  within  the  ancient  walls,  lay  directly  south  of 
the  fountain.  The  stream  formed  a  deep  channel 
along  the  northern  and  western  walls  j  and  a  part 
of  the  water  was  formerly  carried  into  the  ditch, 
which  protected  the  eastern  wall,  and  fell  into  the 
deep  ravine  of  the  mountain  torrent,  Wady  el  Kid, 
on  the  margin  of  which  the  southern  wall  was  con- 
structed. 

"  Thus  the  city  was  surrounded  by  water,  and  de- 
fended on  all  sides  by  natural  ravines,  except  on  the 
east,  which  was  secured  by  a  wide  and  deep  fosse. 
The  walls  were  very  thick  and  solid,  and  were 
strengthened  by  eight  castles  or  towers ;  and  before 
the  introduction  of  artillery,  Banias  must  have  been 
almost  impregnable.  The  shape  of  the  city  is  an 
irregular  quadrangle,  longest  from  east  to  west,  and 
widest  at  the  eastern  end.  The  whole  area  is  small, 
not  being  much  more  than  a  mile  in  circumference. 

"  The  suburbs  appear  to  have  been  far  more  ex- 
tensive than  the  city  itself.  The  plain  toward  the 
north-west,  west,  and  south-west,  is  covered  with 
columns,  capitals,  and  foundations,  bearing  indu- 
bitable testimony  to  the  ancient  size  and  magnifi- 
cence of  Banias." 

Eusebius  relates  that  the  woman  who  was  cured 
of  an  issue  of  blood  was  a  native  of  this  place. 
Her  supposed  house  was  still  pointed  out  in  the 
fourth  century,  when  he  visited  the  city.  He  adds, 
that  he  himself  saw  there  the  statues  of  this  woman 
and  of  Jesus  Christ. 

Jesus  appears  to  have  retired  to  this  remote  part 
of  his  native  land  to  escape  from  the  pursuit  of  the 
Pharisees.  Here  he  held  those  most  interesting 
conversations  with  his  disciples  respecting  his  death 
and  resurrection,  and  the  spiritual  state  which  he 
exemplified  to  them  in  his.  transfiguration. 

g  74.  In  this  region  our  Lord  foretells  his  own  death  and 
resurrection,  and  the  trials  of  his  followers.  Matt.  xvi. 
21-28;  Mark  viii.  31-38;  ix.  1 ;  Luke  ix.  22-27.  May? 
A.  D.  28. 

§  75.  Next  follows  the  transfiguration  of  our  Lord,  and  his 
subsequent  discourse  with  his  disciples.  Matt.  xvii.  1-13  j 
Mark  ix.  2-13 ;  Luke  ix.  28-36.     May  ?  A.  D.  28. 

HERMON   AND   THE   TRANSFIGURATION. 

This  "high  mountain,"  the  scene  of  the  Transfigu- 
ration, is  supposed  to  have  been  some  lofty  eminence 
of  Mount  Hermon,  above  Banias.  The  mountain, 
towering  into  the  regions  of  perpetual  snow  and  ice, 
has  been  seldom  visited.     The  following  description 


195 


TEXT  BOOK  AND  ATLAS  OF  BIBLICAL  GEOGRAPHY. 


196 


of  the  scenery  from  its  summit  is  from  the  pen  of 
a  recent  traveller  : — 

"  The  snow  lay  in  depths  of  five  and  seven  feet 
at  one  side.  Under  such  a  snow-bank,  ten  thousand 
feet  above  the  busy  stir  of  human  life,  with  the 
blue  dome  of  heaven  right  above,  and  rocks  and 
caves  and  growling  bears  around,  we  pitched  our 
tent  and  lit  our  fires  for  the  night.  The  sun  was 
just  trembling  o'er  the  dark  blue  sea  as  we  gained 
the  summit.  That  sunset  I  shall  carry  with  me  to 
my  dying  hour.  The  fleecy  clouds  which  had 
gathered  around  the  western  slope  of  the  mountain, 
and  extended  themselves  almost  to  the  distant  hori- 
zon, presented  one  sea  of  rolling  gold,  then,  with 
the  sinking  orb,  for  a  while  assuming  the  most  deli- 
cate pink,  finally  resumed  their  snowy  whiteness 
and  sank  to  rest  on  a  long  level  with  the  dusky 
earth.  'We  could  see  the  conical  shadow  of  the 
mountain  in  the  east,  first  creeping  slowly  over  the 
plain,  and  shedding  the  darkness  of  night  wherever 
it  touched,  and  then  finally  mounted  high  up  against 
the  bright  eastern  sky,  and  standing  there  in  fearful 
horridness,  like  the  funeral  shade  of  some  giant 
Anakim.  On  the  north  we  had  Lebanon  and  Anti- 
Lebanon,  with  long  rows  of  awful  ravines  and  fear- 
ful jagged  rocks — cjtyeSj^  caverns,  and  precipices 
innumerable — mountain  capping  mountain — ^a  tu- 
multuous flood  of  gray  billowy  hills  extending  as 
far  as  the  eye  could  reach.  How  pleasant  the  con- 
trast toward  the  south !  There  we  could  see  the 
Hauran  and  the  Huleh,  covered  with  verdure  and 
blending  with  the  sky  beyond.  We  could  see 
smiling  villages  and  noble  farms,  and  vineyards  and 
fig-orchards,  and  groves  of  walnut  and  shadowy  oak. 

"  I  know  but  of  two  travellers  who  have  ascended 
Hermon,  and  neither  of  them  mention  the  extraor- 
dinary ruins  to  be  there  found.  A  part  of  these 
ruins  can  be  referred  to  none  other  than  the  oldest 
Syrian  times,  when  the  worshippers  of  Baal  inha- 
bited the  land,  and  temples  and  noble  altars  for  sun- 
worship  graced  every  hilltop,  and  sent  up  their 
sacrificial  smoke  to  the  very  dome  of  heaven.  The 
mountain  is  capped  by  a  central  limestone  peak, 
once  deeply  hollowed  by  the  hand  of  man,  but  now 
in  great  part  filled  by  the  ruin  and  rubble  which 


lies  scattered  far  and  wide  around.  Around  this 
central  peak  was  an  immense  circular  wall,  whose 
mighty  foundations  can  yet  be  traced,  and  the  giant 
wreck  of  whose  material  is  scattered  far  down  the 
southern  slope  of  the  hill.  Its  stones  are  of  enor- 
mous size;  two  of  them  measuring  within  a  small 
fraction  of  nine  feet.  From  their  number,  this 
enclosure  must  have  been  of  immense  height ;  and, 
from  their  magnitude  and  finely  cut  surfaces,  have 
formed  an  ethereal  temple  worthy  of  the  splendid 
idolatry  to  which  it  was  consecrated." 

But  a  scene,  infinitely  surpassing  all  the  glories 
of  Lebanon,  was  displayed  on  the  heights  beneath 
its  hoary  head,  when,  in  the  Transfiguration,  the  in- 
carnate Son  of  God  put  on  the  glories  of  the  hea- 
venly state  to  reveal  to  his  disciples  what  in  the 
flesh  they  could  know  of  that  world  of  glory,  and 
to  aid  them  to  form  some  feeble  conception  of  those 
things  prepared  in  heaven  for  them,  which  eye  hath 
not  seen,  nor  ear  heard,  nor  the  heart  of  man  con- 
ceived. 

§  76.  The  next  day,  on  descending  from  the  mount,  Jesus 
heals  a  dumb  demoniac.  Matt.  xvii.  14-21;  Mark  ix. 
14-29  ;    Luke  ix.  37-43. 

§  77.  Jesus  now  returns  into  Galilee,  and  again  foretells  his 
death  and  resurrection.  Matt.  xvii.  22,  23;  Mark  ix. 
30-32 ;  Luke  ix.  43-45.     June  ?  A.  d.  28. 

2  78.  At  Capernaum  he  miraculously  provides  tribute-mo- 
ney.    Matt.  xvii.  24-27.     June?  A.  d.  28. 

2  79.  Here  the  disciples  contend  who  shall  be  greatest  in  tha 
kingdom  of  heaven ;  and  are  exhorted  to  humility,  for- 
bearance, and  brotherly  love.  Matt,  xviii.  1-35 ;  Mark  ix. 
33-50  ;  Luke  ix.  46-50.     Juno,  A.  d.  2S. 

2  80.  The  Seventy  are  instructed  and  sent  out;  probably 
down  the  valley  of  the  Jordan,  and  through  the  populous 
regions  of  the  country  beyond  Jordan,  where  our  Lord 
soon  followed  them,  and  preached.  This  was  the  conclu- 
sion of  his  public  ministry,  before  going  up  to  Jerusa- 
lem for  the  last  time.  Luke  x.  1-16. — Capernaum,  Sept. 
A.D.  28. 

g  81.  Jesus  now  takes  his  final  departure  from  Galilee,  and 
goes  up  to  Jerusalem.  On  his  way  he  is  inhospitably 
rejected  by  the  Samaritans.  John  vii.  2-10;  Luke  ix. 
61-56. — Samaria,  Sept.  a.  d.  28. 

g  82.  Heals  ten  lepers  in  the  country  of  Samaria.  Luke  xvii. 
11-19.     Sept.  ?  A.  D.  28. 

This  journey  to  Jerusalem  is  traced  on  the  map, 
through  Samaria  by  the  middle  route. 


PART  VL— THE  FESTIVAL  OF  THE  TABERNACLES,  AND   THE   SUBSEQUENT  EVENTS  UNTIL  OUR  LORD'S 
ARRIVAL  AT  BETHANY,  SIX  DAYS  BEFORE  THE  FOURTH  PASSOVER. 


TIME  :   SIX  MONTHS,  LESS  SIX  DAYS, 
g  83.  John  vii.  11-53  ;  viii.  1.  A.D.  28. 

The  feast  of  Tabernacles  was  held  in  October, 
six  months  after  the   Passover.      Jesus   had  now 


been  absent  a  year  and  a  half  from  Jerusalem. 
This  feast  commemorated  the  wandering  of  the 
Israelites  in  the  wilderness.  The  Jews  therefore 
dwelt  in  booths,  as  they  did  in  the  desert.  It  was 
also  a  festival  of  thanksgiving  for  the  vintage  and 


19' 


THE  LIFE  OF  CHRIST. 


198 


the  gathering  in  of  the  fruits  of  the  season.  As 
mch  it  was  celebrated  as  a  joyful  occasion,  on  which 
the  Hebrews  bore  about  branches  of  palms,  willows, 
myrtles,  and  olives,  and  offered  additional  and  ap- 
propriate sacrifices.  Num.  xxix.  12-39. 

§  84.  Dismisses   the  woman   taken  in  adultery.   John  viii. 

2-11. — Jerusalem.     September,  A.  d.  28. 
§  85.  Teaches  and  reproves  the  unbelieving  Jews,  and  escapes 

out  of  their  hands.  John  viii.  12-59.— Jerusalem. 
§  86.  Soon  after  leaving  the  city  occurred  his  conversation 

with  a  certain  lawyer,  in  connection  with  which  he  gave 

the  parable  of  the  good  Samaritan.  Luke  x.  25-37. — Near 

Jerusalem.     October?  a.  d.  28. 
§  87.  On  his  way  he  is  entertained  in  Bethany,  at  the  house 

of  Martha  and  Mary.  Luke  x.  38-42.     November  ?  a.  d.  28. 

Bethany  is  now  a  poor  village  of  about  twenty 
families,  on  the  south-eastern  declivity  of  the  Mount 
of  Olives,  in  a  little  valley,  and  about  one  mile  and 
a  half  south-east  from  Jerusalem. 


§  88.  The  disciples  are  again  taught  how  to  pray.  Luke  xi. 
1-13. 

§  89.  The  Seventy  return. — Jerusalem  ?  Luke  x.  17-24. 

^  90.  A  man  born  blind  is  healed  on  the  Sabbath.  Our 
Lord's  subsequent  discourses. — Jerusalem.  John  ix.  1-^1  j 
X.  1-21. 

§  91.  In  the  month  of  December,  Jesus  again  returns  to  Je- 
rusalem to  the  feast  of  the  Dedication,  where  his  instruc- 
tions give  offence  to  the  Jews,  and  he  again  retires  from 
the  city  to  Bethabara  beyond  Jordan.  John  x.  22-42. 

The  feast  of  the  Dedication,  otherwise  styled  the 
Purification,  was  celebrated  eight  days,  with  many 
sacrifices,  in  memory  of  the  purification  after  the 
temple  had  been  profaned  and  defiled  by  Antiochus 
Epiphanes,  B.  c.  167,  who  dedicated  the  temple  to 
Jupiter  Olympus,  and  on  the  altar  of  Jehovah  erected 
an  altar  to  this  heathen  god,  "  the  abomination  that 
maketh  desolate"  spoken  of  by  Daniel  xi.  31,  xii.  11. 
The  feast  was  celebrated  eight  days,  with  many  sa- 
crifices, beginning  with  the  25th  of  December. 

§  92.  After  remaining  here  probably  a  few  weeks,  he  is  re- 
called to  Bethany  by  the  sickness  of  Lazarus.  John  xi.  1-46. 
January  ?  A.  D.  29. 

g  93.  From  Bethany,  in  consequence  of  the  designs  of  the 
sanhedrim  against  him,  our  Lord  withdraws  to  a  city  called 
Ephraim,  near  the  wilderness.  John  xi.  47-54.  January 
and  February  ?  A.  D.  29. 

Caiaphas,  by  advising  that  Jesus  should  be  put  to 
death,  uttered  an  important  prophetic  sentiment  of 
frequent  occurrence  in  the  prophets,  that  Jesus  should 
die  for  the  people,  and  in  this  sense  unconsciously 
"prophesied  that  Jesus  should  die  for  that  nation, 
and  not  for  that  nation  only,  but  also  that  he  should 
gather  together  in  one  the  children  of  God  that 
•were  scattered  abroad." 

We  are  indebted  to  Dr.  Robinson  for  the  probable 
recovery  of  Ephraim,  which  he  identifies  with  the 


ancient  Ephron  and  Ophrah  of  Benjamin.  Josh, 
xviii.  23  ;  1  Sam.  xiii.  17 ;  2  Chron.  xiii.  19.  It  is 
on  a  high  hill,  twelve  or  fourteen  miles  north  of 
Jerusalem,  and  a  short  distance  north  of  the  rock 
Rimmon,  to  which  the  remnant  of  the  slaughtered 
tribe  of  Benjamin  fled  for  defence,  Judg.  xx.  47,  and 
some  five  miles  north-east  of  Bethel. 

On  the  highest  point  of  the  hill  is  an  ancient 
tower,  which  affords  a  wide  prospect  of  the  wilder- 
ness along  the  valley  of  the  Jordan,  of  the  Dead 
Sea,  and  of  the  mountains  beyond. 

The  village  is  on  the  slope  of  a  hill,  and  contains 
a  population  of  about  three  hundred  Christians  of 
the  Greek  church. 

"  Even  *to  this  day  the  hardy  and  industrious 
mountaineers  have  much  intercourse  with  the  val-  . 
ley,  and  till  the  rich  fields  and  reap  the  harvests  of 
Jericho.  It  was  therefore  quite  natural  and  easy 
for  our  Lord  from  this  point  to  cross  the  valley  and 
the  Jordan,  and  then  turn  his  course  toward  Jericho 
and  Jerusalem  ;  while  at  the  same  time  he  exercised 
his  ministry  among  the  cities  and  villages  along  the 
valley  and  in  the  eastern  region." — Eng.  Harmony, 
p.  187. 

§  94.  Our  Lord  is  accordingly  next  on  the  coast  of  Judea,  by 
the  farther  side  of  Jordan,  where  he  heals  an  infirm  wo- 
man on  the  Sabbath.  Matt.  xix.  1,  2  ;  Mark  x.  1 ;  Luke 
xiii.  10-21.  Valley  of  the  Jordan  ?— Perea.  February, 
A.  D.  29. 

§  95.  Passes  through  the  villages  teaching  and  journeying 
toward  Jerusalem.  Luke  xiii.  22-35.— Perea,  February, 
A.  D.  29. 

§  96.  In  his  course  he  dines  with  a  chief  Pharisee  on  the 
Sabbath.  Luke  xiv.  1-24.— Perea.     March,  A.  d.  29. 

§  97.  Instructs  the  multitude  what  is  required  of  true  dis- 
ciples. Luke  xiv.  25-35. — Perea.     March,  A.  d.  29. 

§  98.  The  parables  of  the  Lost  Sheep  and  of  the  Prodigal 
Son  follow  in  this  place.  Luke  xv.1-32. — Perea.  March, 
A.  D.  29. 

§  99.  Parable  of  the  Unjust  Steward. — Perea.  Luke  xvi. 
1-13.     March,  A.  D.  29. 

g  100.  The  Pharisees  reproved.  Parable  of  the  Rich  Man 
and  Lazarus. — Perea.  Luke  xvi.  14^31.  March,  a.  d.  2P. 
'  g  101.  Jesus  inculcates  forbearance,  faith,  humility. — Perea. 
Luke  xvii.  1-10.     March,  A.  d.  29. 

§  102.  Christ's  coming  will  be  sudden. — Perea.  Luke  xvii. 
20-37.     March,  A.  d.  29. 

§  103.  The  Importunate  Widow.  The  Pharisee  and  Publi- 
can. Luke  xviii.  1-14. — Perea.     March,  A.  d.  29. 

§104.  Precepts  respecting  divorce. — Perea.  Matt.  xix.  3-12; 
Mark  x.  2-12.     March  ?  a.  d.  29. 

I  105.  Little  children  received  and  blessed. — Perea.  Matt 
xix.  13-15  ;  Mark  x.  13-16 ;  Luke  xviii.  15-17.  March, 
A.  D.  29. 

§  106.  The  rich  young  man.  Parable  of  the  labourers  in  the 
vineyard.— Perea.  Matt.  xix.  16-30,  xx.  1-16;  Mark  x. 
17-31 ;  Luke  xviii.  18-30.     March,  A.  d.  29. 

§  107.  A  third  time  Jesus  now  foretells  his  death  and  resur- 
rection.—Perea.  [See  §§  74,  77.]  Matt.  xx.  17-19;  Mark 
X.  32-34 ;  Luke  xviii.  31-34.     March,  a.  d.  29. 


199 


TEXT  BOOK  AND  ATLAS  OF  BIBLICAL  GEOGRAPHY. 


200 


I  108.  The  ambitious  requsst  of  James  and  John. — Perea, 
Matt.  XX.  20-28 ;  Mark  x.  35-45.     March,  A.  d.  29. 

J  109.  Our  next  notice  of  Jesus  is  at  Jericho,  whither  he  has 
gone  on  his  last  return  to  Jerusalem.  Near  Jericho  he 
heals  two  blind  men.  Matt.  xx.  29-34;  Mark  x.  46-52; 
Luke  xviii.  35-43,  xix.  1.     March,  A.  D.  29. 


g  110.  Is  hospitably  entertained  by  Zacchous,  on  which  occa- 
sion he  delivers  the  parable  of  the  Pounds.  Luke  xix.  2-28. 
Jericho.     March,  a.  d.  29. 

§  111.  From  Jericho  he  passes  to  Bethany,  on  the  first  of  th« 
week  before  the  Passover — the  10th  day  of  the  month 
Nisan,  April.  John  xi.  55-57,  xii.  1,  9-11.    Bethany. 


PART  VIL— OUR  LORD'S  PUBLIC  ENTRY  INTO  JERUSALEM,  AND  THE  SUBSEQUENT  TRANSACTIONS 

BEFORE  THE  FOURTH  PASSOVER. 


ax 

li 
ll 

12. 

7. 

Sat. 

13. 

1. 

SUND. 

14. 

2. 

MOND 

time:     four   DAYS. 

112,  The  next  day  after  his  arrival  at  Bethany,  Monday 
the  11th  of  Nisan — March  14th — he  makes  his  public  entry 
into  Jerusalem,  and  returns  at  night  to  Bethany.  John  xii. 
12-19;  Matt.  xxi.  1-11,  14-17;  Mark  xi.  1-11;  Luke  xix. 
29-44.     Second  day  of  the  week. — Bethany,  Jerusalem. 

The  following  schedule  of  the  days  of  the  entire 
week  of  our  Lord's  passion  is  inserted  from  Dr.  Ro- 
binson's English  Harmony.  The  days  of  the  month 
are  made  to  conform  to  the  notation  of  Strong's 
Harmony. 


SCHEDULE  OP  DAYS. 

reckoned  from  sunset.     The  Jewish  Sabbath. 
Jesus  remains  at  Jericho. 
from  sunset.    Jesus  arrives  at  Bethany  from 
Jericho,  John  xii.  1. 

from  sunset.  Jesus  makes  his  public  entry  into 
Jerusalem,  §  112;  and  returns  at  night  to  Be- 
thany, Mark  xi.  11. 

from  sunset.  Jesus  goes  to  Jerusalem ;  on  his 
way  the  incident  of  the  barren  fig-tree.  He 
cleanses  the  temple,  §113;  and  again  returns 
to  Bethany,  Mark  xi.  19. 

from  sunset.  Jesus  returns  to  the  city ;  on  the 
way  the  disciples  see  the  fig-tree  withered, 
Mark  xi.  20.  Our  Lord  discourses  in  the  tem- 
ple, §§  115-126 ;  takes  leave  of  it;  and,  when  on 
the  Mount  of  Olives,  on  his  way  to  Bethany, 
foretells  his  coming  to  destroy  the  city,  and 
proceeds  to  speak  also  of  his  final  coming  to 
judgment,  §g  127-130. 

frotn  sunset.  The  rulers  conspire  against  Christ. 
On  the  eve  of  this  day,  (t.  e.  the  evening  follow- 
ing Wednesday,)  our  Lord  had  partaken  of  the 
supper  at  Bethany ;  where  Mary  anointed  him, 
and  where  Judas  laid  his  plan  of  treachery, 
which  he  made  known  to  the  chief  priests  in 
the  course  of  this  day. 

Jesus  sends  two  disciples  to  the  city  to  make 
ready  the  Passover.  He  himself  repairs  thither 
in  the  afternoon,  in  order  to  eat  the  paschal 
supper  at  evening. 

from  simset.  At  evening,  in  the  very  beginning 
of  the  fifteenth  of  Nisan,  Jesus  partakes  of  the 
paschal  supper;  institutes  the  Lord's  supper; 
is  betrayed  and  apprehended ;  §g  133-143.  He 
is  brought  first  before  Caiaphas,  and  then  in 
the  morning  before  Pilate ;  is  condemned,  cru- 
cified, and  before  sunset  laid  in  the  sepulchre ; 
§§  144-158. 


15.    3.  TuESD, 


16.    4.  Wedn. 


17.    5.  Thurs, 


18.    6.  Frid. 


19.  7.  Sat.      The  Jewish  Sabbath.     Our  Lord  rests  in  the 

sepulchre. 

20.  1.  SuND.    Jesus  rises  from  the  dead  at  early  dawn;  see 

g  159  and  Note. 

§  113.  Tuesday,  the  15th  of  March,  Jesus  goes  to  Jerusalem, 
On  his  way  seeks  fruit  in  vain  of  the  barren  fig-tree. 
Cleanses  the  temple,  and  again  returns  to  Bethany.  Matt, 
xxi.  12,  13, 18, 19 ;  Mark  xi.  12-19 ;  Luke  xix.  45-48,  xxL 
37-38.    Third  day  of  the  week. — Bethany,  Jerusalem. 

g  114.  Wednesday,  16th  of  March.  Jesus  again  returns  to 
Jerusalem.  On  the  way  the  fig-tree  is  observed  to  be  al- 
ready withered.  Matt.  xxi.  20-22 ;  Mark  xi.  20-26.  Fourth 
day  of  the  week. — Mount  of  Olives,  between  Bethany 
and  Jerusalem. 

§  115.  In  the  city  the  chief  priests  and  scribes  question  his 
authority.  After  this  ho  utters  the  parable  of  the  Two 
Sons.  Matt.  xxi.  23-32 ;  Mark  xi.  27-33 ;  Luke  xx.  1-8. 
Jerusalem, 

g  116.  The  parable  of  the  Wicked  Husbandman.  Matt.  xxi. 
33^6;  Mark  xii.  1-12 ;  Luke  xx.  9-19. 

§  117.  The  parable  of  the  Marriage  of  the  King's  Son.  Matt, 
xxii.  1-14. 

§  118.  The  Pharisees  propose  to  him  the  insidious  question 
respecting  tribute.  Matt*  xxii.  15-22;  Mark  xii.  13-17; 
Lukf  XX.  20-26. 

§  119.  The  Sadducees  also  propose  an  insidious  question  re- 
specting the  resurrection.  Matt.  xxii.  23-33;  Mark  xii. 
18-27;  Luke  XX.  27-40. 

2  120.  A  lawyer  questions  him  respecting  the  great  com- 
mandment. Matt.  xxii.  34-40 ;  Mark  xii.  28-34. 

§  121.  Jesus  questions  the  Pharisees  respecting  Christ,  Matt 
xxii.  41-46 ;  Mark  xii.  35-37 ;  Luke  xx.  41-44. 

§  122.  Warns  his  disciples  against  the  Scribes  and  Pharisees. 
Mark  xii.  38,  39 ;  Luke  xx.  45,  46 ;  Matt,  xxiii.  1-12. 

2  123.  Pronounces  woes  against  the  Scribes  and  Pharisees, 
and  utters  his  lamentations  over  Jerusalem.  Matt,  xxiii. 
13-39  ;  Mark  xii.  40;  Luke  xx.  47. 

§  124.  The  widow's  mite.  Mark  xii.  41-44 ;  Luke  xxi.  1-4. 

g  125.  Certain  Greeks  desire  to  see  Jesus;  a  voice  from 
heaven  proclaims  him  the  son  of  God.  John  xii.  20-36. 

§  126.  Reflections  of  John  upon  the  unbelief  of  the  Jews, 
who  introduces  Jesus  as  speaking.  John  xii.  37-50. 

The  incidents  and  instructions  from  §  114  to  §  131 
inclusive,  are  assigned  to  the  fourth  day  of  the  week, 
at  Jerusalem.  Our  Lord  now  takes  his  final  leave  of 
the  temple,  and  at  the  same  time  foretells  its  future 
destruction.  On  the  Mount  of  Olives,  while  on  the 
way  to  Bethany,  four  of  his  disciples,  expecting  in 
the  Messiah  an  exalted  temporal  prince,  who  should 
restore  and  extend  the  kingdom  of  the  Jews,  inquire 
of  Jesus  when  these  things  should  be  ?  and  what  the 
sign  of  his  coming,  and  of  the  end  of  the  world  ? 


201 


THE  LIFE  OF  CHRIST. 


202 


This  inquiry  leads  him  to  speak  at  length  of  his 
coming,  of  the  destruction  of  Jerusalem,  and  of  the 
final  judgment.  This  discourse,  in  our  Harmony,  is 
divided  into  the  following  sections  and  heads.  Our 
Lord  and  his  disciples  still  remain  on  the  Mount  of 
Olives,  having  the  whole  city  in  full  view  before 
them,  and  it  is  still  the  fourth  day  of  the  week. 

§  127.  Destruction  of  the  temple,  and  persecution  of  the  dis- 
ciples. Matt.  xxiv.  3-14 ;  Mark  xiii.  1-13 ;  Luke  xxi.  5-19. 

2  128.  Sign  of  his  coming  to  destroy  Jerusalem  and  put  an 
end  to  the  Jewish  state  and  dispensation.  Matt.  xxiv. 
15-42;  Mark  xiii.  14-37  j  Luke  xxi.  20-36. 


I  129.  Final  coming  at  the  day  of  judgment.  Duty  of  watch- 
fulness. Parables  of  the  Ten  Virgins  and  of  the  Five 
Talents.  Matt  xxiv.  43-51,  xxv.  1-30. 

§130.  Scenes  of  the  judgment  day.  Matt.  xxv.  31-46. 

§  131.  When  at  supper  at  Bethany,  on  the  evening  of  this 
eventful  day,  Judas,  filled  with  sudden  resentment  at  the 
rebuke  of  Jesus,  goes  out  to  concert  with  the  chief  priests 
to  betray  him.  Matt.  xxvi.  1-16 ;  Mark  xiv.  1-11 ;  Luko 
xxii.  1-6 ;  John  xii.  2-8.  Fifth  day  of  the  week. — Jeru- 
salem, Bethany. 

§  132.  Thursday,  14th.  While  at  Bethany,  Jesus  sends  two 
of  his  disciples  into  the  city  to  make  preparations  for  the 
Passover.  Matt  xxvi.  17-19 ;  Mark  xiv.  12-16 ;  Luke  xxii. 
7-13. 


PART  VIIL— THE  THIRD  PASSOVER;    OUR  LORD'S  PASSION,  AND  THE  ACCOMPANYING  EVENTS  UNTIL 

THE  END   OF  THE  JEWISH  SABBATH. 


TIME  :    TWO   DAYS. 

g  133.  Thursday  evening.  Jesus  returns  to  Jerusalem  to 
keep  the  Passover  with  his  disciples,  when  the  disciples 
fall  into  an  ambitious  strife  for  pre-eminence.  Matt  xxvi. 
20  ;  Mark  xiv.  17 ;  Luko  xxii.  14-18,  24-30. 

The  incidents  from  §  133  to  §  145  inclusive  trans- 
pire on  this  evening  and  night,  introducing  the  sixth 
day  of  the  week,  March  17,  A.  D.  29. 

g  134.  Jesus  washes  the  disciples'  feet  John  xiii.  1-20. 

2  135.  Jesus  points  out  the  traitor,  and  Judas  withdraws. 

Matt  Kxvi.  21-25 ;  Mark  xiv.  18-21 ;  Luke  xxii.  21-23 ;  John 

xiii.  21-25. 
§  136.  Jesus  foretells  the  fall  of  Peter,  and  the  dispersion  of 

the   Twelve.     John   xiii.  36-38;    Matt  xxvi.  31-35;   Mark 

xiv.  27-31 ;  Luke  xxii.  31-38. 
§  137.  Institutes  the  Lord's  supper  at  the  close  of  the  Pass- 
over, Matt  xx>i.  26-29 ;  Mark  xiv.  22-25 ;  Luke  xxii.  19-20 ; 

1  Cor.  xi.  23-25. 

g  138.  Comforts  his  disciples,  and  promises  the  Holy  Spirit. 
John  xiv.  1-31. 

2  139.  Declares  himself  the  true  vine,  and  assures  his  disci- 
ples that  they  shall  be  hated  by  the  world.  John  xv.  1-27. 

§  140.  Forewarns  them  of  persecution,  and  promises  again 
the  Holy  Spirit.     Prayer  in  the  name  of  Christ.  John  xvi. 
1-33. 
-  §  141.  Christ  offers  his  final  prayer  with  his  disciples.  John 
xvii.  1-26. 

g  142.  After  the  supper,  Jesus  retires  at  a  late  hour  of  the 
night  from  the  city  toward  the  Mount  of  Olives,  and  be- 
yond the  brook  Cedron  or  Kidron,  just  at  the  foot  of  the 
mount;  he  enters  into  the  garden  of  Gethsemane,  where 
he  sinks  to  earth  in  a  mysterious  agony.  Matt  xxvi.  30, 
36-40;  Mark  xiv.  26,  32-42;  Luke  xxii.  39-46;  John 
xviii.  1. 

At  the  gate  of  St.  Stephen,  on  the  east  side  of  the 
city,  the  path  is  turned  out  of  its  line  by  the  terraces 
on  which  formerly  stood  the  temple  of  Solomon,  and 
where  now  stands  the  mosque  of  Omar ;  and  a  broad 
steep  bank  descends  suddenly  to  the  left,  toward  the 
bridge  which  crosses  the  Kidron^  and  leads  to  Geth- 
semane and  the  Garden  of  Olives,  which  lies  at  the 
depth  of  150  feet  or  more  below  the  city,  and  the 
14 


distance  of  less  than  a  quarter  of  a  mile  from  the 
gate  of  St.  Stephen.  It  is,  according  to  the  descrip- 
tion of  Lieut.  Lynch,  enclosed  by  a  high  stone  wall. 
It  is  145  feet  distant  from  the  bridge  over  the  Ki- 
dron. It  is  nearly  square,  and  150  or  160  feet  in 
length  on  either  side. 

"  When  we  saw  it/'  he  adds,  about  the  middle  of 
May,  "the  trees  were  in  full  blossom;  the  clover 
upon  the  ground  was  in  bloom ;  and,  altogether,  the 
garden,  in  its  aspects  and  associations,  was  better 
calculated  than  any  place  I  know  to  soothe  a  trou- 
bled spirit.  Eight  venerable  trees,  isolated  from 
the  smaller  and  less  imposing  ones  which  skirt  the 
pass  of  the  Mount  of  Olives,  form  a  consecrated 
grove.  High  above,  on  either  hand,  towers  a  very 
lofty  mountain,  with  the  deep,  yawning  chasm  of 
Jehoshaphat  between  them.  Crowning  one  of  them 
is  Jerusalem,  a  living  city ;  on  the  slope  of  the  other 
is  the  great  Jewish  cemetery,  a  city  of  the  dead. 

"  Each  tree  in  this  grove,  cankered,  and  gnarled, 
and  furrowed  by  age,  yet  beautiful  and  impressive 
in  its  decay,  is  a  living  monument  of  the  affecting 
scenes  that  have  taken  place  beneath  and  around  it. 
The  olive  perpetuates  itself,  and  from  the  root  of  the 
dying  parent-stem  the  young  tree  springs  into  exist- 
ence. These  are  accounted  one  thousand  years  old. 
Under  those  of  the  preceding  growth,  therefore,  the 
Saviour  was  wont  to  rest;  and  otie  of  the  present 
may  mark  the  very  spot  where  he  knelt,  and  prayed, 
and  wept.  No  cavilling  doubt  can  find  entrance 
here.  The  geographical  boundaries  are  too  distinct 
and  clear  for  an  instant's  hesitation.  Here,  the 
Christian,  forgetful  of  the  present,  and  absorbed  in 
the  past,  can  resign  himself  to  sad  yet  soothing 
meditation.  The  few  purple  and  crimson  flowers 
growing  about  the  roots  of  the  trees,  will  give  ample 
food  for  contemplation — for  they  emblem  the  suffer- 
ing and  the  ensanguined  death  of  the  Redeemer." 


203 


TEXT  BOOK  AND  ATLAS  OF  BIBLICAL  GEOGRAPHY. 


f^ 


204 


It  was  a  gloomy  and  befitting  place  for  the  sad 
and  awful  scene  of  the  agony,  still  vailed  in  darkness, 
and  full  of  unfathomable  mystery.  It  lay  low  in 
the  valley  of  Jehoshaphat,  where  not  the  sound  of 
a  footfall  or  note  fi-om  the  city  above  could  have 
broken  the  profound  stillness  of  the  nigh't,  to  disturb 
the  devotions  of  the  Son  of  Man  in  this  hour  of  his 
mysterious,  awful  agony.  This  hour  of  his  aban- 
donment by  Grod  and  man,  when  prostrate  upon  the 
earth  beneath  the  burden  of  our  sins,  was  a  fit  occa- 
sion for  the  treachery  of  Judas. 

§  143.  A  tumultuous  rabble,  led  by  Judas  the  traitor,  rush  in 
to  arrest  Jesus,  who  calmly  advances  to  meet  them,  and  is 
betrayed  with  a  kiss.  John  xviii.  2-12  ;  Matt.  xxvi.  47-56; 
Mark  xiv.  43-52 ;  Luke  xxii.  47-53.  Late  on  Thursday 
night,  or  early  on  Friday  morning. 

^  144.  Jesus  is  led  immediately  to  the  house  of  Hananiah,  or 
Annas,  the  father-in-law  of  Caiaphas,  who  examines  him 
while  the  sanhedrim  assemble.  He  is  now  in  the  inner 
court  or  quadrangle,  around  which  the  house  is  built 
There  is  a  fire  in  the  open  court  of  the  quadrangle,  near 
which  Peter  is  standing  when  he  first  denies  his  Lord. 
He  retreats  to  the  passage,  or  gateway  leading  to  the 
street,  where  he  again  denies  his  Lord ;  and,  an  hour  after, 
denies  him  the  third  time;  still  within  the  court,  and  pro- 
bably near  the  place  of  the  first  denial.  In  the  mean  time, 
Annas  sends  him  bound  to  Caiaphas,  who  in  his  zeal  has 
come  in  advance  of  the  council  into  the  court-house.  Matt. 
xxvi.  57,  58,  69-75  ;  Mark  xiv.  53,  54,  66-72  ;  Luke  xxii. 
64-62  ;  John  xviii.  13-18,  25-27. 

g  145.  Previous  to  the  last  denial  of  Peter,  the  sanhedrim 
have  assembled,  while  it  is  yet  night,  or  early  dawn  on 
morning  of  Friday  the  15th,  and  the  trial  proceeds ;  during 
which  our  Lord  declares  himself  the  Christ,  and  is  con- 
demned and  mocked.  John  xviii.  19-24  ;  Luke  xxii.  63-71; 
Matt.  xxvi.  59-68 ;  Mark  xiv.  55-65. 

2  146.  The  sanhedrim  lead  Jesus  away  to  Pilate.  Morning 
of  Friday,  very  early,  March  18,  a.  d.  29.  Matt  xxvii.  1,  2, 
11-14 ;  Mark  xv.  1-5  j  Luke  xxiii.  1-5 ;  John  xviiL  28t-38. 

The  Prsetorium,  or  judgment-hall  of  Pilate,  where 
he  condemned  and  the  soldiers  mocked  the  Saviour 
of  the  world,  appears  to  have  been  the  old  palace 
of  Herod,  connected  with  the  tower  of  Hippicus,  the 
remains  of  which  are  represented  in  the  plan  of  the 
city  fronting  the  title-page,  near  the  western  gate 
of  the  city.  This  locality  is  very  clearly  identified 
as  a  fixed  point  in  the  survey  of  the  city. 

I  147.  Pilate  sends  Jesus  to  Herod.  Luke  xxiii.  6-12. 

§  148.  Pilate  seeks  to  release  Jesus.     The  Jews  demand  Ba- 

rabbas.  Luke  xxiii.  13-25 ;  Matt  xxvii.  15-26 ;  Mark  xv. 

6-15 ;  John  xviii.  39, 40, 
g  149.  Pilate  delivers  up  Jesus  to  death,   who  is  scourged 

and  mocked.   Matt  xxvii.  26-30 ;   Mark  xv.  15-29  ;  John 

xix.  1-3. 

1  150.  He  again  seeks  to  release  Jesus.  John  xix.  4-16. 

2  151.  As  soon  as  Judas  sees  that  his  Master  is  delivered  to 
death,  he  is  seized  with  remorse,  and  hangs  himself.  He 
had  hoped,  perhaps,  to  enjoy  the  reward  of  his  treachery 
without  incurring  the  guilt  of  his  Master's  blood.  Matt. 
xxvii.  3-10. 

Aceldama,  or  the  field  of  blood,  called  also  Pot- 


ter's Field,  was  the  field  purchased  by  the  Jews 
with  the  thirty  pieces  of  silver  for  which  Judas  be- 
trayed his  Lord,  and  which  in  his  remorse  he  re- 
turned. Matt,  xxvii.  3-8 ;  Acts  i.  18,  19.  As  the 
price  of  blood,  it  could  not  be  paid  into  the  sacred 
treasury  j  it  was,  accordingly,  applied  for  the  pur- 
chase of  a  burial-place  for  strangers  who  might  die 
in  the  city.  This  field  is  pointed  out  on  the  south 
of  Hinnom,  toward  the  hill  of  evil  counsel.  High 
up  on  the  heights  above  the  valley,  upon  a  level  flat 
or  terrace,  having  precipitous  clifis  in  the  rear  and  a 
precipice  in  front,  is  an  immense  charnel-house, 
which,  for  many  centuries,  has  been  used  as  a  de- 
pository for  the  remains  of  the  dead.  There  can  be 
but  little  doubt  that  this  memorial  of  the  crime  and 
infamy  of  Judas  truly  commemorates  the  betrayal 
of  Jesus,  while  the  site  of  his  sepulchre  has  long 
been  a  subject  of  dispute,  and  will  probably  never 
be  known. 

^  152.  Jesus  is  led  away,  about  nine  o'clock  in  the  morning, 
to  be  crucified.  On  his  way  to  Calvary,  Jesus  bears  the, 
cross  to  which  he  is  to  be  nailed ;  but,  exhausted  by  the 
sufierings  to  which  he  has  been  subjected,  he  sinks  be- 
neath the  burden,  and  a  stranger  from  Cyrene,  a  city  on 
the  coast  of  Africa,  opposite  Crete,  is  compelled  to  bear 
the  cross.  Matt,  xxvii.  31-34 ;  Mark  xv.  20-23 ;  John  xix. 
16,  17  ;  Luke  xxiii.  26-33. 

§  153.  The  Crucifixion  ;  from  nine  o'clock  A.  M.  to  throe  P.  H 
Matt,  xxvii.  35-38 ;  Mark  xv.  24-28 ;  Luke  xxiii.  33,  34, 
38 ;  John  xix.  18-34.     March  18,  A.  d.  29. 

Calvary,  the  place  of  crucifixion,  will  probably 
never  be  identified.  All  the  research  which  has 
been  employed  on  this  locality  has  done  little  else 
than  substitute  some  plausible  conjecture  for  the 
uncertain  traditions  of  the  church.  A  late  writer 
suggests,  with  much  plausibility,  that  the  place  of 
crucifixion  may  have  been  at  the  head  of  the  valley 
of  Jehoshaphat,  by  the  side  of  the  road  leading  north 
to  Samaria  and  Galilee.  The  multitude  ^assm^  by 
being  those  who  were  going  to  the  city  or  returning 
from  it.  "Mount  Calvary"  has  become  common  in 
every  language,  but  without  any  authority  from  the 
Bible,  unless  the  idea  of  a  hill  or  mount  is  darkly 
intimated  by  the  term  Golgotha,  a  skull. 

2  154.  Jesus  on  the  cross  is  mocked  by  the  Jews.  He  com- 
mends his  mother  to  John.  Matt,  xxvii.  39-44 ;  Mark  xv. 
29-32. 

g  155.  Darkness  prevails  over  the  land  from  twelve  o'clock 
to  three  p.  m.,  when  our  Saviour  expires.  Matt,  xxvii. 
45-50;  Mark  xv.  33-37;  Luke  xxiii.  44-46;  John  xix. 
28-30. 

g  156.  At  this  great  event  the  vail  of  the  temple  is  rent,  the 
earth  quakes,  many  graves  are  opened,  and  the  Roman 
centurion,  in  attendance  to  witness  these  scenes,  exclaims, 
"Truly,  this  was  the  Son  of  God."  Matt  xxvii.  61-56; 
Mark  xv.  38-41 ;  Luke  xxiii.  45,  47-49. 

g  157.  It  was  a  custom  of  the  Jews  that  the  bodies  of  such 
as  were  publicly  executed  should  be  taken  down  before 


'::,* 


205 


THE  LIFE  OF 'CHRIST. 


208 


sunset.  The  body  of  Jesus  is  accordingly  delivered  by 
request  to  Joseph  of  Arimathea,  who  takes  caro  to  have  it 
embalmed  and  laid  in  a  new  sepulchre  near  by.  Mary 
Magdalene,  and  other  women,  who  had  stood  by  the  cross 
during  the  sufferings  of  their  Lord,  are  also  attendants  at 
his  burial.  John  xix.  31-42 ;  Matt,  xxvii.  57-61 ;  Mark 
XV.  42-47 ;  Luke  xxiii.  50-56.  A  little  before  sunset,  Fri- 
day, March  18,  A.  D.  29. 


Arimathea  has  generally  been  supposed  to  be  the 
modern  town  of  Ramleh,  near  Lydda.  This  suppo- 
sition is  refuted  by  Dr.  Robinson,  but  defended  by 
Von  Raumer. 

g  158.  The  next  day,  Saturday,  19th,  the  Sabbath  of  the 
Jews,  a  watch  is  set,  and  other  precautions  taken,  to  pre- 
vent imposition.  Matt,  xxvii.  62-66. 


PART  IX.— OUR  LORD'S  RESURRECTION",  HIS  SUBSEQUENT  APPEARANCES,  AND  HIS  ASCENSION. 


time:    FORTY  DAYS. 

This  difficult  portion  of  the  gospel  history  has 
been  carefully  harmonized  by  our  author.  The 
order  of  events  will  be  best  presented  in  his  own 
words : — 

"  The  resurrection  took  place  at  or  before  early 
dawn  on  the  first  day  of  the  week,  when  there  was 
an  earthquake,  and  an  angel  descended  and  rolled 
away  the  stone  from  the  sepulchre  and  sat  upon  it, 
so  that  the  keepers  became  as  dead  men  from  terror. 
At  early  dawn,  the  same  morning,  the  women  who 
had  attended  on  Jesus,  viz.  Mary  Magdalene,  Mary 
the  mother  of  James,  Joanna,  Salome,  and  others, 
went  out  with  spices  to  the  sepulchre,  in  order  fur- 
ther to  embalm  the  Lord's  body.  They  inquire 
among  themselves  who  should  remove  for  them  the 
stone  which  closed  the  sepulchre.  On  their  arrival 
they  find  the  stone  already  rolled  away.  The  Lord 
had  risen.  The  women,  knowing  nothing  of  all  that 
had  taken  place,  were  amazed  j  they  enter  the  tomb, 
and  find  not  the  body  of  the  Lord,  and  are  greatly 
perplexed.  At  this  time,  Mary  Magdalene,  im- 
pressed with  the  idea  that  the  body  had  been  stolen 
away,  leaves  the  sepulchre  and  the  other  women, 
and  runs  to  the  city  to  tell  Peter  and  John. 

"  The  other  women  remain  still  in  the  tomb  j  and 
immediately  two  angels  appear,  who  announce  unto 
them  that  Jesus  is  risen  from  the  dead,  and  give 
them  a  charge  in  his  name  for  the  apostles.  They 
go  out  quickly  from  the  sepulchre,  and  proceed  in 
haste  to  the  city  to  make  this  known  to  the  disciples. 
On  the  way,  Jesus  meets  them,  permits  them  to  em- 
brace his  feet,  and  renews  the  same  charge  to  the 
apostles.  The  women  relate  these  things  to  the 
disciples,  but  their  words  seem  to  them  as  idle  tales, 
and  they  believe  them  not. 

"  Meantime,  Peter  and  John  had  run  to  the  se- 
pulchre, and  entering  it,  had  found  it  empty.  But 
the  orderly  arrangement  of  the  grave-clothes,  and 
of  the  napkin,  convinced  John  that  the  body  had  not 
been  removed,  either  by  violence  or  by  friends ;  and 
the  germ  of  a  belief  sprang  up  in  his  mind  that  the 
liord  had  risen.     The  two  returned  to  the  city. 


Mary  Magdalene,  who  had  again  followed  them  to 
the  sepulchre,  remained  standing  and  weeping  before 
it;  and  looking  in,  she  saw  two  angels  sitting. 
Turning  around,  she  sees  Jesus;  who  gives  to  her 
also  a  solemn  charge  for  his  disciples. 

"  The  further  sequence  of  events,  consisting  chiefly 
of  our  Lord's  appearances,  presents  comparatively 
few  difficulties.  The  various  manifestations  which 
the  Saviour  made  of  himself  to  his  disciples  and 
others,  as  recorded  by  the  evangelists  and  Paul, 
may  accordingly  be  arranged  and  enumerated  as 
follows : — 

1.  To  the  women  returning  from  the  sepulchre. 
Reported  only  by  Matthew.     See  §  162. 

2.  To  Mary  Magdalene,  at  the  sepulchre.  By 
John  and  Mark.  §  164. 

8.  To  Peter,  perhaps  early  in  the  afternoon. 
By  Luke  and  Paul.  §  166. 

4.  To  the  two  disciples  going  to  Emmaus,  to- 
ward evening.     By  Luke  and  Mark.  §  166. 

5.  To  the  apostles  (except  Thomas)  assembled 
at  evening.  By  Mark,  Luke,  John,  and 
Paul.  §167. 

N.  B.  These  five  appearances  all  took  place 
at  or  near  Jerusalem,  upon  the  first  day 
of  the  week,  the  same  day  on  which  the 
Lord  arose. 

6.  To  the  apostles,  Thomas  being  present,  eight 
days  afterward  at  Jerusalem.  Only  by  John. 
§168. 

7.  To  seven  of  the  apostles  on  the  shore  of  the 
Lake  of  Tiberias.     Only  by  John.  §  169. 

8.  To  the  eleven  apostles  and  to  five  hundred 

other  brethren,  on  a  mountain  in  Galilee. 
By  Matthew  and  Paul.  §  170. 

9.  To  James,  probably  at  Jerusalem.  Only  by 
Paul.  §171. 

10.     To  the  eleven  at  Jerusalem,  immediately  be- 
fore the  ascension.     By  Luke,  in  Acts,  and 
by  Paul.  §171. 
Then  follows  the  ascension.  §  172." 
With  these  preliminary  explanations,  the  order  of 
events  in  the  following  sections  will  be  readily  per- 
ceived. ' 


207 


TEXT  BOOK   AND  ATLAS  OF   BIBLICAL  GEOGRAPHY. 


208 


§  159.  The  resurrection,  on  the  first  day  of  the  week,  the 

Christian  Sabbath,  March  26.  Mark  xvi.  1 ;  Matt,  xxviii. 

2-4. 
§  160.  Visit  of  the  women  to  the  sepulchre.     Mary  Magda- 
lene returns.   Matt,  xxviii.  1 ;  Mark  xvi.  2-4  ;  Luke  xxiv. 

1-3 ;  John  xx.  1,  2. 
§  161.  Vision  of  the  angels  in  the  sepulchre.  Mark  xvi.  5-7 ; 

Luke  xxiv.  4-8  ;  Matt,  xxviii.  5-7. 
§  162.  The  women  return  to  the  city.     Jesus  meets  them. 

Matt,  xxviii.  8-10 ;  Mark  xvi.  8 ;  Luke  xxiv.  9, 11. 
g  163.  Peter  and  John  run  to  the  sepulchre.   John  xx.  3-10 ; 

Luke  xxiv.  12. 
•     §  164.  Our  Lord  is  seen  by  Mary  Magdalene  at  the  sepulchre. 

John  XX.  11-18  ;  Mark  xvi.  9-11. 
§  165.  Report  of  the  watch.  Matt,  xxviii.  11-15. 
g  166.  Our  Lord  is  seen  of  Peter.     Then  by  two  disciples  on 

the  way  to  Emmaus.  1  Cor.  xv.  5 ;  Luke  xxiv.  13-35 ;  Mark 

xvi.  12, 13. 

The  position  of  Emmaus  was  early  lost,  and  has 
never  been  with  certainty  recovered.  It  is  generally 
recognised  in  a  small  village  just  north  of  the  road 
to  Joppa,  twelve  or  fourteen  miles  from  Jerusalem. 
It  is  on  the  western  declivity  of  the  mountains,  look- 
ing westward  over  the  great  plain.  Its  principal 
characteristics  are  a  fine  fountain  and  an  ancient 
church. 

g  167.  On  the  evening  of  the  Christian  Sabbath,  Jesus,  while 
at  supper  in  Jerusalem,  presents  himself  to  the  disciples, 
with  the  exception  of  Thomas.  Mark  xvi.  14^18;  Luke 
xxiv.  36-49 ;  John  xx.  19-23. 

§  168.  One  week  from  this  time,  March  27,  A.  d.  29,  Jesus 
again  presents  himself  to  the  apostles  in  Jerusalem,  while 
Thomas  also  is  present.  John  xx.  24-29. 

§  169.  The  aposUes  now  return  to  Galilee,  where  Jesus  had 
before  assured  them  that  he  would  meet  them  after  his  re- 
surrection. Matt.  xxvi.  32;  Mark  xvi.  7.  Here  he  first 
discovers  himself  to  seven  of  them,  at  the  Sea  of  Tiberias, 
Wednesday,  March  30,  A.  D.  27.  Matt,  xxviii.  16;  John 
xxi.  1-24. 

2  170.  Jesus  meets  the  apostles  and  above  five  hundred 
brethren  on  a  mountain  in  GalUee.  Matt,  xxviii.  16-20; 
1  Cor.  XV.  6.     March  or  April,  A.  D.  29. 

The  final  interview  of  our  Lord  with  his  disciples 
at  the  appointed  place,  a  mountain  in  Galilee,  to  us 
unknown,  is  appropriately  introduced  to  our  notice 
by  the  following  remarks  of  the  author  of  the  Har- 
mony : — 

"The  set  time  had  now  come;  and  the  eleven 
disciples  went  away  into  the  mountain,  '  where  Jesus 
had  appointed  them.'  It  would  seem  probable  that 
this  time  and  place  had  been  appointed  by  our  Lord 
for  a  solemn  and  more  public  interview,  not  only 
with  the  eleven,  whom  he  had  already  met  more  than 
once,  but  with  all  his  disciples  in  Gralilee  ;  and  that 
therefore  it  was  on  this  same  occasion,  when,  accord- 
ing to  Paul,  '  he  was  seen  of  above  five  hundred 
brethren  at  once.' 

"  I,  therefore,  with  many  leading  commentators,  do 


not  hesitate  to  regard  the  interviews  thus  described 
by  Matthew  (xxviii.  16-20)  and  Paul  (1  Cor.  xv. 
5-8)  as  identical.  It  was  a  great  and  solemn  occa- 
sion. Our  Lord  had  directed  that  the  eleven  and 
all  his  disciples  in  Galilee  should  thus  be  convened 
upon  the  mountain.  It  was  the  closing  scene  of  his 
ministry  in  Galilee.  Here  his  life  had  been  spent. 
Here  most  of  his  mighty  works  had  been  done,  and 
his  discourses  held.  Here  his  followers  were  as  yet 
most  numerous.  He  therefore  here  takes  leave  on 
earth  of  those  among  whom  he  had  lived  and  la- 
boured longest ;  and  repeats  to  all  his  disciples  in 
public  the  solemn  charge  which  he  had  already  given 
in  private  to  the  apostles :  'Go  ye  therefore  and 
teach  all  nations ; — and  lo,  I  am  with  you  always, 
even  unto  the  end  of  the  world.'  It  was  doubtless 
the  Lord's  last  interview  with  his  disciples  in  that 
region;  his  last  great  act  in  Galilee."* 

Paul  says  that  our  Lord  was  "  seen  of  all  the 
apostles;"  apparently  the  same  as  that  of  which  Luke 
speaks  just  before  the  ascension,  and  an  appointed 
meeting.  It  was  our  Lord's  last  interview  with  his 
apostles. 

§  171.  After  this  public  interview  with  his  disciples  and  fol- 
lowers, Jesus  again  appears  to  James  at  Jerusalem,  and 
then  to  all  the  apostles.  The  language  seems  indeed  to 
imply  that  there  were  repeated  interviews  and  communi- 
cations of  which  we  have  no  specific  record.  1  Cor.  xv.  7; 
Acts  i.  3-8. 

g  172.  Ascension  of  Christ. — Bethany.  Luke  xxiv.  50-53; 
Mark  xvi.  19,  20 ;  Acts  i.  9-12. 

In  connection  with  this  discourse,  or  soon  after  it, 
our  Lord,  with  the  apostles,  goes  out  to  Bethany,  on 
the  eastern  slope  of  the  Mount  of  Olives,  where  he 
lifts  up  his  hands  and  blesses  them ;  and,  while  he 
blesses  them,  he  is  parted  from  them,  and  carried 
up  into  heaven,  and  a  cloud  receives  him  out  of 
their  sight.  Who  can  conceive  the  emotions  of  the 
apostles  as  they  gaze  in  mute  astonishment  at  this 
amazing  scene !  In  vain  they  look  steadfastly  up 
toward  heaven.  The  heaven  of  heavens  has  received 
their  Lord  and  Master  unto  the  right  hand  of  God. 
But  two  of  the  heavenly  host  appear,  saying,  "  Ye 
men  of  Galilee,  why  stand  ye  gazing  up  into  heaven  ? 
This  same  Jesus  which  is  taken  up  from  you  into 
heaven,  shall  so  come  in  like  manner  as  ye  have 
seen  him  go  into  heaven."  "  And  they  returned  to 
Jerusalem  with  great  joy,  and  were  continually  in 
the  temple,  praising  and  blessing  God.     Amen." 

§  173.  Conclusion  of  John's  Gospel. 

And  many  other  signs  truly  did  Jesus  in  the  pre- 
sence of  his  disciples,  which  are  not  written  in  this 

»  Eng.  Harmony,  pp.  214,  215. 


209 


THE  LABOURS  OF  ST.  PAUL. 


210 


book.  But  these  are  written,  that  ye  might  believe 
that  Jesus  is  the  Christ,  the  Son  of  God ;  and  that 
believing  ye  might  have  life  through  his  name." 
"  And  there  are  also  many  other  things  which  Jesus 


did,  the  which,  if  they  should  be  written  every  one, 
I  suppose  that  even  the  world  itself  could  not  con- 
tain the  books  that  should  be  written.  Amen." 
John  XX.  30,  31,  xxi.  25. 


CHAPTER  II. 


THE  LABOURS  OF  ST.  PAUL. 


PERIOD,   THIRTY-FIVE   YEARS,   FROM   A.  D.    33    TO   68. 


The  narrative  of  the  evangelists  ends  with  the 
ascension  of  our  Lord,  but  Luke,  one  of  the  four, 
who  was  divinely  moved  "to  set  in  order"  the 
memoirs  of  the  ministry  of  the  Son  of  Man,  con- 
tinued, under  the  same  divine  direction,  in  the  Acts 
of  the  Apostles,  the  history  of  the  origin,  increase, 
and  extension  of  the  Christian  church,  particularly 
through  the  instrumentality  of  the  apostles  Peter 
and  Paul.  The  historical  geography  of  this  book 
will  chiefly  engage  our  attention  in  connection  with 
the  life  and  missionary  labours  of  the  apostle  Paul. 

The  book  of  the  Acts  was  probably  written  at 
Rome,  A.  D.  63  or  64,  soon  after  the  martyrdom  of 
the  apostle  Paul  in  that  city. 

The  historical  order  of  events  in  the  Acts  will 
be  found  inserted  in  the  Chronological  Table,  to 
which  the  reader  is  referred. 

PENTECOST. 

This  feast  received  its  name  from  its  occurring  on 
the  fiftieth  day,  or  seven  entire  weeks,  from  the 
second  day  of  the  Passover.  From  this  cycle  of 
weeks,  a  week  of  weeks,  the  festival  was  called  the 
feast  of  weeJcs.  Ex.  xxxiv.  22 ;  Lev.  xxiii.  15, 16 ; 
Deut.  xvi.  10.  It  was  a  festival  of  thanksgiving  for 
the  harvest,  and  occurred  on  the  last  of  May  and 
first  of  June,  at  which  time,  in  that  country,  the 
harvest  is  completed.  Two  loaves,  accordingly, 
made  of  new  meal  and  a  tenth  part  of  an  ephah  of 
grain,  were  offered  as  the  first-fruits  of  the  new 
harvest.  Lev.  xxiii.  17 ;  Num.  xxviii.  26 ;  together 
with  many  holocausts,  and  a  burnt-offering  for  sin. 
In  process  of  time  it  was  also  made  to  commemorate 
the  giving  of  the  law  on  Sinai,  for  which  there  is  no 
authority  in  the  Old  Testament.  The  feast  was  a 
joyful  occasion,  when  many  Jews  and  strangers 
from  foreign  countries  came  up  to  Jerusalem. 

On  the  day  of  Pentecost,  fifty  days  after  the 
resurrection  of  our  Lord,  and  ten  after  his  ascen- 
sion, while  the  disciples   and  Christians  were   all 


assembled  together  in  Jerusalem,  the  effusion  of  the 
Holy  Spirit  was  suddenly  sent  forth  upon  them  in  a 
most  miraculous  manner,  like  "  a  rushing,  mightj 
wind,  and  filled  the  house  where  they  were  sitting." 
One  of  the  effects  of  this  descent  of  the  Holy  Spirit 
was  that  the  disciples  were  suddenly  endowed  with 
ability  to  speak  in  foreign  and  unknown  tongues, 
one  in  one  language  and  another  in  another,  accord- 
ing as  each  had  occasion  in  addressing  the  mixed 
multitude  who  pressed  around  them  to  see  and  to 
hear  the  wonders  respecting  them  which  were  noised 
abroad  in  the  city. 

The  enumeration  of  the  foreigners  in  whose  lan- 
guage the  disciples  spoke  begins  in  the  farthest  east, 
and  proceeds  west  and  south.  Acts  ii.  9-11.  The 
Parthians,  at  this  period  of  history,  represented  the 
country  east  and  south  of  the  Caspian  Sea. 

The  Modes  were  chiefly  south  of  that  sea,  and  east 
of  the  Tigris.  The  country  of  the  Elamites,  the 
ancient  Susiana,  north  of  the  Persian  Grulf  and  east 
of  the  Euphrates  and  the  Tigris ;  but  Winer  sup- 
poses that  at  this  time  settlements  of  Elamites  had 
been  made  north  of  Media,  around  the  south-west 
part  of  the  Caspian  Sea,  where  the  captive  Jews, 
who  returned  to  their  country,  had  learned  the  lan- 
guage of  the  Elamites. 

The  dwellers  in  Mesopotamia  and  Judea  are  men-  , 
tioned,  not  so  much  as  speaking  strange  languages, 
as  to  intimate  in  how  many  different  languages  the 
apostles  spoke. 

Cappadocia  and  Pontus  were  north-eastern  pro- 
vinces of  Asia  Minor,  lying  south  of  the  eastern 
extremity  of  the  Black  Sea. 

The  enumeration  now  passes  to  the  south-western 
portion  of  Asia  Minor,  which  at  this  time  bore  the 
name  of  Asia,  and  finally  gave  its  name  to  the 
whole  continent,  of  which  it  was  then  only  a  remote 
and  inconsiderable  portion.  Phrygia  and  Pamphy- 
lia  represent  the  central  provinces  of  Asia  Minor, 
between  Pontus  and  Cappadocia  on  the  east,  and 
Asia  on  the  west. 


211 


TEXT  BOOK   AND  ATLAS  OF  BIBLICAL  GEOGRAPHY. 


llZ 


Cyrene  was  a  populous  city,  some  500  miles  west 
of  Alexandria,  in  the  modern  country  of  Barca.  It 
was  mucli  frequented  by  the  Jews.  So  numerous, 
indeed,  were  the  Cyrenian  Jews  at  Jerusalem,  that 
they  had  there  a  synagogue  of  their  own.  Acts  vi.  9. 
Simon,  who  was  compelled  to  bear  our  Saviour's 
cross,  was  himself  from  this  remote  city,  as  was  also 
Lucius,  the  prophet  and  teacher  at  Antioch.  Acts 
xiii.  1. 

To  this  enumeration  of  foreign  tongues  we  have 
to  add  those  of  the  Romans,  Cretes,  and  Arabians. 
INIany  of  those  who  were  addressed  in  these  lan- 
guages were  Jews  from  these  countries,  present  on 
the  occasion  of  their  national  festival.  The  Jews 
generally  adopted  the  language  of  the  countries 
where  they  resided.  The  proselytes  were  originally 
heathens  who  had  embraced  Judaism. 

By  reason  of  the  persecution  connected  with  the 
martyrdom  of  Stephen,  Philip  goes  to  Samaria, 
where  he  establishes  the  first  Christian  church  out 
of  Jerusalem;  then  he  is  in  the  south  of  Judea, 
where  he  baptizes  the  eunuch  from  Abyssinia ;  then 
he  is  found  at  Azotus,  Ashdod,  already  described; 
from  thence  he  passed  up  the  coast,  through  Joppa, 
to  Csesarea,  formerly  known  as  Strato's  Tower,  the 
residence,  perhaps  the  native  place  of  Philip.  Acts 
viii. 

C^ESAREA. 

This  city,  of  which  frequent  mention  is  made  in 
the  Acts  of  the  Apostles,  was  near  thirty-five  miles 
north  from  Joppa,  twenty-five  south  from  Mount 
Carmel,  and  fifty-five  north-west  from  Jerusalem. 
It  was  built  by  Herod  the  Great,  at  immense  ex- 
pense. To  form  a  harbour,  he  constructed  an  exten- 
sive mole,  or  breakwater,  sufficient  to  protect  a  fleet 
against  the  storms  which  rage  on  this  inhospitable 
coast.  It  was  built  of  large  blocks  of  stone,  brought 
from  a  great  distance,  and  sunk  to  the  depth  of  a 
hundred  and  twenty  feet.  To  this  stupendous  work 
he  added  a  temple,  a  theatre  and  amphitheatre,  to- 
gether with  many  splendid  buildings,  and  made  it 
his  own  residence  and  the  capital  of  Judea.  After 
him  it  became  the  residence  of  the  Roman  governors. 

Its  present  state,  and  the  historical  recollections 
associated  with  it,  in  connection  with  the  history  of 
the  apostle  Paul,  are  clearly  exhibited  by  Dr.  Wil- 
son : — 

"  The  ruins  are  very  extensive,  lying  along  the 
shore  to  the  north,  where  there  are  some  remains  of 
aqueducts.  The  wall  of  a  fort,  surrounded  by  a 
moat,  still  remains  in  tolerably  good  order.  This 
Irby  and  Mangles  suppose  to  be  of  Saracenic  archi- 
tecture.    The  ruins  within  it  consist  of  foundations, 


arches,  pillars,  and  great  quantities  of  building  ma- 
terial ;  but  there  is  nothing  distinctive  about  them. 
Various  columns  and  masses  of  stone  are  seen  lying 
in  the  sea  close  to  the  shore. 

"  The  only  considerable  pile  of  building  standing 
is  at  the  southern  part  of  the  fort,  where  travellers 
enter  the  gate  to  get  a  supply  of  water  for  them- 
selves and  cattle.  At  this  place  we  observed  only  a 
solitary  human  being  :  and  there  are  now  not  more 
than  one  or  two  families  of  herdsmen  occasionally 
to  be  found  at  the  Roman  capital  of  Judea.  Were 
either  the  Grrecian  Strato,  who  first  marked  the 
place  by  his  tower,  or  Herod  the  Great,  who  built 
the  city  in  a  style  of  the  greatest  magnificence,  and 
formed  the  breakwater  necessary  for  constituting  it 
a  port,  to  raise  his  head,  he  would  be  astonished  at 
the  doings  of  the  ruthless  hand  of  man,  and  the  still 
more  potent  hand  of  Time,  the  great  destroyer. 

"  It  is  mentioned  in  the  New  Testament  in  con- 
nection with  circumstances  and  events  of  great  in- 
terest. Philip  preached  in  all  the  cities  intermedi- 
ate between  Ashdod  and  Csesarea,  (a  distance  of 
more  than  fifty  miles.)  Acts  viii.  40.  The  apostle 
Paul  was  brought  down  to  it  from  Jerusalem,  on  his 
way  to  Tarsus,  when  the  brethren  were  inducing 
him  to  escape  from  the  violence  of  the  Grecians  who 
had  been  irritated  by  his  reasonings.  Acts  ix.  30. 
It  was  the  residence  of  Cornelius  the  centurion,  the 
first  Gentile  convert.  Acts  x.  1,  &c. ;  xi.  11.  It 
witnessed  the  judgment  of  God  inflicted  on  Herod 
Agrippa,  when — probably  in  the  magnificent  amphi- 
theatre erected  by  his  grandfather — he  was  smitten 
by  the  angel  of  God,  when  glittering  in  the  gorgeous 
display  of  his  royal  apparel,  and  rejoicing  in  the 
idolatrous  plaudits  of  the  maddened  multitude.  Acts 
xii.  19-23. 

"  Paul  concluded  at  it  his  voyage  from  Ephesus, 
and  there  saluted  the  church.  Acts  xviii.  22.  This 
apostle  made  it  a  landing-place  on  a  similar  occasion, 
when  he  took  up  his  abode  for  a  time  with  Philip 
the  Evangelist.  Acts  xxi.  8, 16.  He  was  sent  to  it 
by  Claudius  Lysias  to  appear  before  Felix,  in  whose 
presence  he  uttered  the  noble  speech  which  made 
that  governor  tremble.  Acts  xxiii.  24 ;  xxiv.  Here 
he  was  imprisoned  for  two  long  years,  till  he  was 
called  forth  to  plead  his  cause  before  Festus  and 
Agrippa.  Acts  xxv.  26.  From  Cajsarea  he  sailed 
to  imperial  Rome,  to  finish,  at  that  centre  of  in- 
fluence and  of  power,  his  wondrous  testimony  to  the 
cause  of  Christ.  Acts  xxvii.  1." 

Here  Vespasian  was  declared  emperor.  It  was 
for  some  time  the  scene  of  Origen's  labours,  and  the 
birthplace  of  Eusebius,  the  first  ecclesiastical  histo- 
rian and  the  first  biblical  geographer. 


213 


THE   LABOURS  OF  ST.  PAUL. 


214 


JOPPA  AND  THE  PLAIN  OF  SHARON. 
32^3. 


ACTS  IX. 


Joppa  is  the  port  of  Jerusalem,  about  thirty  miles 
west  by  north  from  the  city.  From  the  beach  rises 
boldly  upward  a  steep  and  rounded  headland,  to 
which  the  city  clings,  supported  and  braced  by  suc- 
cessive terraces.  The  flat  roofs  and  hemispherical 
domes  of  its  clustering  edifices  rise  by  successive 
steps  one  above  another,  and  crown  the  heights  of 
this  venerable  city.  No  public  inn  extends  to  the 
traveller  on  his  arrival  the  hospitalities  of  a  stranger's 
home.  He  seeks  in  vain  for  lodgings  or  entertain- 
ment within  its  walls.  He  pitches  his  tent  without 
the  walls  by  the  eastern  gate,  above  the  city,  and 
provides  as  best  he  can  his  own  provisions,  from  the 
gardens  about  the  suburbs  of  the  city,  which  abound 
with  every  variety  of  tropical  fruits. 

Tradition  dates  the  origin  of  Joppa  back  even  to 
the  years  before  the  Flood  !  It  affirms  that  the  city 
survived  the  ruins  of  that  great  catastrophe,  and  that 
its  halls,  deserted  by  the  monsters  of  the  deep,  on 
the  retiring  of  the  waters  after  the  deluge,  were 
peopled  again  by  Japheth,  the  son  of  Noah,  and  his 
posterity.  Certain  it  is,  that  its  origin  dates  back 
far  beyond  the  remotest  period  of  recorded  history. 

What  countless  generations  of  men,  in  this  long 
lapse  of  years,  have  in  this  venerable  city  pressed 
successively  through  life,  and  passed  away  into  eter- 
nity !  Like  the  waves  of  the  ocean  that  roll  at  the 
base  of  the  city,  its  fleeting  generations,  age  suc- 
ceeding age,  have  arisen  and  rolled  a  moment  on  the 
restless  tide  of  life,  alternately  gilded  by  the  sun- 
shine and  darkened  by  the  storm,  then  sunk  and 
mingled  with  their  original  element. 

More  than  fifteen  hundred  years  before  the  Chris- 
tian era,  in  the  days  of  Joshua,  Joppa  was  a  Philis- 
tine city  of  importance,  included  in  the  borders  of 
Dan.  Josh.  xix.  46.  It  was  the  only  port  of  the 
Israelites  where  the  rafts  of  cedar  from  Lebanon,  for 
the  building  both  of  the  first  and  of  the  second  tem- 
ple, were  landed.  1  Kings  v.  9 ;  2  Chron.  ii.  16 ; 
Ezra  iii.  7.  Jonah,  from  the  neighbourhood  of 
Nazareth,  repaired  to  this  port  to  take  ship,  that  he 
might  "  flee  from  the  presence  of  the  Lord,"  unto 
Tarshish.  Jonah  i.  3.  Peter,  at  the  request  of  the 
disciples  at  Joppa,  came  to  this  place  from  Lydda, 
fourteen  miles  south-east  from  this  city,  on  the  occa- 
sion of  the  death  of  Dorcas,  a  benevolent  woman, 
"  full  of  good  works  and  alms-deeds  which  she  did," 
To  the  sorrowful  circle  who  had  assembled  to  weep 
and  talk  of  the  charities  of  their  deceased  friend,  the 
miraculous   power   of  God  was   displayed   in   her 


restoration  to  health,  upon  the  prayer  of  Peter. 
Acts  ix.  36-43. 

Encouraged  by  the  favourable  impressions  made 
by  this  miracle,  and  the  conversion  of  many  in 
Joppa,  Peter  abode  here  for  some  time,  with  one 
Simon  a  tanner,  at  the  base  of  the  city,  upon  tha 
sea-shore.  At  this  time  there  was  stationed  at 
Caesarea,  a  military  and  naval  post,  thirty-five  or 
forty  miles  north  of  Joppa,  a  devput  Roman  officer, 
who,  warned  of  God  by  a  holy  angel,  sent  for  Peter 
to  come  and  preach  unto  him  and  his  household  the 
way  of  salvation  by  faith  in  Christ.  The  messenger 
sent  on  this  errand  by  Cornelius,  arrived  while  Pe- 
ter, at  three  o'clock  in  the  afternoon,  had  gone  up 
on  the  house-top  for  evening  prayer,  according  to 
the  custom  of  the  Jews.  Here  he  fell  into  a 
trance;  and,  by  a  remarkable  sign,  let  down  from 
heaven  in  a  vision,  he  was  taught  of  God  that  cere- 
monial uncleanness  under  the  Jewish  law  is  totally 
and  for  ever  abrogated,  and  that  the  grace  of  God  is 
equally  free  to  all,  whether  Jew  or  Greek,  Barbarian 
or  Scythian,  bond  or  free. 

While  musing  on  this  wonderful  revelation  he 
receives  the  invitation  of  Cornelius,  the  devout  Gen- 
tile soldier;  and,  yielding  up  those  Jewish  prejudices 
which  had  withheld  him,  in  common  with  all  the 
apostles,  from  ever  ofiering  the  gospel  to  any  but  the 
Jewish  nation,  he  immediately  consents  to  go  and 
preach  the  gospel  to  this  Gentile  family,  though  still 
hardly  imagining  that  the  gospel  can  be  intended 
for  any  but  the  seed  of  Abraham.     Acts  x. 

The  men  of  Joppa  profess  at  this  day  to  point  out 
the  very  house-top  by  the  sea-side,  which  was  the 
scene  of  this  gracious  manifestation,  to  open  unto  us 
Gentiles  a  way  for  the  reception  of  the  gospel  of  the 
grace  of  God.  Be  this  as  it  may,  the  house  and  the 
whole  scene  is  in  full  view  from  the  heights  which 
overlook  the  town ;  and  while  we  gaze,  in  imagina- 
tion, upon  the  scene,  we  seem  ourselves  to  see  heaven 
opened,  and  a  vessel  descending,  as  it  were  a  great 
sheet  knit  at  the  four  corners,  and  thrice  let  down 
to  the  earth,  to  overcome  the  prejudices  of  the  apos- 
tle, and  teach  him  to  preach  the  gospel  of  the  grajce 
of  God  with  equal  freedom  to  all,  of  every  people 
under  the  whole  heavens.  We  behold  him,  with  all 
his  characteristic  ardour,  in  fulfilment  of  this  new 
mission,  pressing  on  his  journey  northward,  along 
the  coast  through  the  plain  of  Sharon,  radiant  in 
beauty  still,  with  all  its  ancient  fragrance  and  ferti- 
lity. Turning  from  this  enchanting  scene  to  the 
south  beyond  the  olive  groves,  orchards,  vineyards, 
and  gardens  which  lie  at  our  feet  round  about  the 
towU)  far  as  the  eye  can  reach,  it  ranges  over  a  plain, 
broad,  beautiful,  and  fertile  as  Sharon  itself;  lining 


215 


TEXT  BOOK  AND  ATLAS  OF  BIBLICAL  GEOGRAPHY. 


216 


the  coast  of  the  Mediterranean,  and  comprising  the 
ancient  land  of  the  Philistines.  On  the  eastern 
borders  of  the  landscape  rise  the  rugged,  frowning 
mountains  of  Judea  and  Benjamin,  as  if  gazing  in 
cold  disdain  upon  the  bland  and  gentle  graces  that 
play  over  the  landscape  at  their  base.  But  beyond 
their  frowning  heights,  in  the  south-east,  we  just  dis- 
cover in  the  distance  a  solitary  signal  from  Jerusa- 
lem itself,  Zion  cjty  of  our  Grod,  holding  out  to  us  a 
charming  and  enchanting  invitation  to  the  repose 
and  quiet  which  she  seems  to  enjoy,  intrenched 
within  the  mountains  round  about  her,  as  the  Lord 
encampeth  round  about  them  that  fear  him.  Mount 
Moriah,  Mount  Zion,  Gethsemane,  Calvary,  Olivet, 
Jerusalem ! — names  ever  dear  to  the  Christian.  How 
sorrowful,  and  yet  how  delightful,  to  walk  about 
Zion,  and  tell  the  towers  thereof,  now  prostrated ; 
and,  in  view  of  the  amazing  scenes  that  have  been 
enacted  there,  to  contemplate  with  tender  melan- 
choly and  mitigated  awe  the  goodness  and  the  grace, 
the  judgment  and  the  severity  of  our  Grod. 

THE  COAST  OF  PH(ENICIA. 

Phenice,  to  which  some  of  the  brethren  travelled 
in  their  dispersion  on  the  persecution  of  Stephen, 
Acts  xi.  19,  known  also  as  Phoenicia,  comprised  a 
portion  of  the  coast  of  the  Mediterranean,  extending 
from  the  neighbourhood  of  Mount  Carmel  north- 
ward 100  miles  or  more  along  the  base  and  western 
slope  of  Mount  Lebanon,  and  into  the  interior  a 
few  miles  to  the  summit  of  Lebanon.  The  coast  of 
Tyre  and  Zidon  occupies  the  central  and  most  popu- 
lous portion  of  Phoenicia.  The  mountains,  towering 
to  the  regions  of  perpetual  snow  and  ice,  with  the 
graceful  sweep  of  their  waving  summits,  sloping 
sides  and  mountain  dells  covered  with  the  deepest 
Tcrdure,  adapted  to  every  climate  from  Alpine  frosts 
to  tropical  suns,  and  the  ocean  sleeping  at  its  base, 
or  lashed  into  fury  by  the  tempest,  form  a  succession 
of  goodly  prospects,  so  grand,  so  beautiful,  so  end- 
lessly diversified,  as  to  charm  the  dullest  eye  and 
kindle  into  poetic  fervour  the  coldest  heart.  Num- 
berless mountain  streams  flow  down  to  fertilize  the 
narrow  plain  of  the  coast,  and  open  harbours  for  a 
boundless  commerce. 

Phoenicia  was  settled  soon  after  the  deluge,  and 
became  the  earliest  and  most  renowned  commercial 
region  of  antiquity.  When  the  Israelites  con- 
quered the  country  this  coast  was  occupied  by  pow- 
erful maritime  towns,  which,  though  given  to  the 
Jews  for  an  inheritance,  maintained  their  inde- 
pendence through  all  the  vicissitudes  and  aggres- 
sions of  the  Jewish  nation. 


SAUL   THE   PERSECUTOR. 

This  extraordinary  character,  whose  life  was  more 
influential  upon  the  destinies  of  our  race  than  any 
man  that  ever  lived,  first  appears  on  the  page  of  his- 
tory at  Jerusalem,  about  three  or  four  years  after 
our  Lord's  ascension,  as  a  young  man,  a  native  of 
Tarsus,  no  mean  city  of  Cilicia,  born  about  the  time 
of  our  Saviour's  advent.  A  Pharisee  of  the  straitest 
sect,  a  Hebrew  of  the  Hebrews,  of  the  tribe  of  Ben- 
jamin, educated  in  the  school  of  Gamaliel,  the  most 
renowned  instructor  and  expounder  of  the  Jewish 
religion  in  Jerusalem,  he  becomes  an  enthusiastic 
zealot  in  the  traditions  of  his  fathers.  Toward  the 
Christians,  as  a  new  religious  sect,  apostates  from  the 
faith,  regardless  of  the  law  and  the  sacred  institu- 
tions of  Moses,  he  entertains  the  most  implacable 
hatred.  As  the  new  religion  spreads  and  gathers 
daily  fresh  accessions,  his  zeal  for  his  religion  rises 
to  the  most  ungovernable  fury  against  the  new  sect. 
Verily  thinking  to  do  God  service,  he  persecutes 
them  even  unto  death,  making  havoc  of  the  church, 
entering  into  every  house,  and  delivering  both 
men  and  women  to  prison  and  to  death,  to  compel 
them  to  blaspheme  the  name  of  Jesus.  He  is 
present  at  the  martyrdom  of  Stephen,  profoundly 
impressed  by  his  speech,  his  vision,  and  his  prayer 
for  his  persecutors,  but  only  moved  the  more  earn- 
estly to  consent  to  his  death.  Finding  the  adhe- 
rents of  this  new  religion  springing  up  everywhere 
in  the  cities  and  villages  of  the  country,  he  becomes 
exceedingly  mad  against  them,  persecuting  them 
even  unto  foreign  cities.  Breathing  out  threaten- 
ings  and  slaughter  against  the  disciples  of  the  Lord, 
he  goes  to  Damascus  armed  with  authority  and  com- 
mission to  bring  any,  whether  men  or  women,  bound 
to  Jerusalem  to  be  punished. 

PAUL   THE   APOSTLE.      A.  D.  39  OR  40. 

Behold  how  changed !  This  persecuting  zealot 
and  inquisitor  enters  Damascus  humbled,  subdued, 
and  penitent.  Smitten  with  blindness  by  a  vision 
at  midday,  just  without  the  gates  of  the  city,  by  that 
same  Jesus  whom  he  persecuted,  he  is  led,  helpless, 
trembling,  astonished,  to  the  house  of  Judas,  in  the 
street  that  is  called  Straight.  So  terrible  is  his  con- 
flict, so  deep  and  piercing  his  remorse,  that  for 
three  days  he  neither  eats  nor  drinks.  But  he  finds 
relief  in  prayer.  "  Behold  he  prayeth  !"  This  sig- 
nificant exclamation  announces  and  confirms  the 
conversion  of  Saul.  A  vision  is  now  in  mercy 
vouchsafed  to  him  of  a  devout  man  of  the  persecuted 
sect  coming  to  him  by  divine  appointment,  that  he 


217 


THE  LABOURS  OF   ST.  PAUL. 


218 


might  receive  his  sight  and  be  baptized  in  the  name 
of  Jesus,  to  become  the  apostle  of  the  Gentiles,  "  to 
open  their  eyes,  to  turn  them  from  darkness  unto 
light,  and  from  the  power  of  Satan  unto  God,  that 
they  may  receive  forgiveness  of  sins  and  an  in- 
heritance among  them  which  are  sanctified." 

With  all  his  characteristic  ardour,  Paul,  in  obedi- 
ence to  the  heavenly  vision,  straightway  preaches 
in  the  synagogues  that  Jesus  was  the  Son  of  God, 
testifying  to  all  that  they  should  repent  and  turn  to 
God,  and  do  works  meet  for  repentance. 

After  a  few  days  he  goes  out  into  unknown  re- 
gions of  Arabia,  in  fulfilment  of  his  apostolic  mis- 
sion. Then,  returning  to  Damascus,  narrowly  es- 
capes assassination,  and  goes  up  to  Jerusalem,  and 
essays  to  join  himself  now  to  those  whom  he  had 
persecuted.  Gal.  i.  17  j  Acts  ix.  25. 

Finding  himself  the  object  of  jealousy  and  dis- 
trust by  those  who  had  only  known  him  as  their 
persecutor  and  the  murderer  of  Stephen,  he  retires 
to  Tarsus,  his  native  city,  in  Cilicia.  No  record 
remains  of  his  labours  among  his  kinsmen  and  his 
countrymen  in  Cilicia.  It  can  hardly  be  doubted 
that  b  3  had  tliere  some  fruits  of  his  ministry ;  some 
or  sll  of  his  Dwn  family  we  may  even  imagine  to 
ha'f  e  become  kindred  in  Christ.  Certain  it  is  that 
eight  or  ten  years  afterward  he  went  on  his  second 
missionary  t^  ar  "  through  Syria  and  Cilicia,  confirm- 
ing the  chu  rches."  Acts  xv.  41.  Perhaps  that  sis- 
ter, the  c(  mpanion  of  his  childhood,  whose  son, 
twenty  yes  rs  later,  saved  his  life  at  Jerusalem,  now 
joined  he"  jelf  to  him  in  the  fellowship  of  Christian 
love ;  cei  <ainly  her  son's  affection  for  his  uncle 
seems  to  imply  a  closer  union  than  that  resulting 
from  rcJr,  iionship  alone. 

Aboi!  t  the  same  time,  Peter  at  Joppa  had  been 

taught  by  a  vision  from  heaven  that  the  grace  of 

God  was  alike  free  to  Gentile  as  to  Jew,  and  began 

his  mission  to  the  Gentiles  in  the  family  of  Corne- 

!  lius,  while  certain  Hellenistic  Jews   from  Cyprus 

I  and  Cyrene  had  begun  to  preach,  with  great  success, 

I  to  the  Greeks  at  Antioch,  the  Lord  Jesus.      The 

'  time  had  fully  come  when  other  sheep,  not  of  the 

I  fold  of  Israel,  were  to  be  brought  into  that  of  the 

I  Good  Shepherd.     Barnabas,  also  a  native  of  Cyprus, 

i  an    early   convert,    the   first    to  introduce    to    the 

[  brethren  at  Jerusalem  Saul  the  persecutor  as  Paul 

[  the  apostle  of  the  Gentiles,  this  Barnabas  had  gone 

I  up  to  Antioch ;  where,  under  his  ministry,  much 

i  people  had  been  added  to  the  Lord.     Feeling  the 

greatness  of  the  work  and  his  need  of  assistance, 

"he  departed  to  Tarsus  to  seek  Saul."     From  this 

time,  about  A.  D.  44,  Antioch  becomes,  for  "  a  whole 

15 


year,"  the  scene  of  Paul's  ministry,  and  for  many 
years  the  centre  of  his  missionary  operations. 


ANTIOCH. 

This  city,  where  the  disciples  were  first  called 
Christians,  Acts  xi.  26,  became  from  this  early 
period  the  centre  of  Paul's  missionary  operations, 
and  the  chief  seat  of  Christianity.  Antioch  was 
situated  on  the  Orontes,  300  miles  north  of  Jerusa- 
lem, and  about  20  from  the  north-east  angle  of 
the  Mediterranean.  After  Rome  and  Alexandria,  it 
was  the  largest  city  of  the  Roman  empire,  and  in 
luxury,  licentiousness,  and  every  vice  of  idolatry,  it 
was  not  surpassed  even  by  the  voluptuous  metropo- 
lis itself.  It  contained  150,000  or  200,000  inha- 
bitants, divided  into  four  wards,  each  enclosed  by  a 
separate  wall,  and  all  within  the  enclosure  of  a  com- 
mon wall. 

Its  suburb,  Daphne,  celebrated  for  its  grove  and 
its  fountains,  its  asylum  and  temple,  was  a  vast 
forest  "  of  laurels  and  cypresses,  which  reached  as 
far  as  a  circumference  of  ten  miles,  and  formed,  in 
the  most  sultry  summers,  an  impenetrable  shade. 
A  thousand  streams  of  the  purest  water,  issuing 
from  every  hill,  preserved  the  verdure  of  the  earth 
and  the  temperature  of  the  air." 

Antioch  was  celebrated  for  its  refinements  in  the 
arts,  and  the  cultivation  of  literature  and  philoso- 
phy. Cicero  describes  it  as  distinguished  for  its 
learned  men,  and  the  cultivation  of  the  fine  arts.* 
It  was  the  birthplace  of  Chrysostom,  and  the  scene 
of  his  labours  until  his  transfer  to  Constantinople. 
To  this  luxurious,  dissolute,  and  idolatrous  city, 
Paul,  by  request  of  Barnabas,  directed  his  attention, 
and  made  it  for  many  years  the  centre  of  his  mis- 
sionary labours. 

Few  cities  have  survived  greater  vicissitudes  of 
war,  pestilence,  and  earthquakes,  than  Antioch.  No 
less  than  two  hundred  and  fifty  thousand  are  said 
to  have  been  destroyed  in  the  sixth  century  by  an 
earthquake  j  the  city  being  at  the  time  thronged  by 
multitudes  who  had  gathered  there  to  a  festival. 

On  the  south-west  side  of  the  town  is  a  preci- 
pitous mountain  ridge,  on  which  a  considerable  por- 
tion of  the  old  Roman  wall  of  Antioch  is  still  stand- 
ing, from  thirty  to  fifty  feet  in  height,  and  fifteen  in 
thickness.  At  short  intervals,  four  hundred  high 
square  towers  are  built  up  in  it,  each  containing  a 
staircase  and  two  or  three  chambers,  probably  for 


*  Loco  nobili  et  celebri  quondam  urbe  ct  copiosn,  atque  eru- 
ditissimis  hominibus  liberalissimisquo  studiis  affluente. 


219 


TEXT  BOOK  AND  ATLAS  OF  BIBLICAL   GEOGRAPHY. 


220 


the  use  of  the  soldiers  on  duty.  At  the  east  end  of 
the  western  hill  are  the  remains  of  a  fortress,  with 
its  turrets,  vaults,  and  cisterns.  Its  present  popu- 
lation may  be  fifteen  or  twenty  thousand. 

FIRST  MISSIONARY  TOUR    OF    ST.    PAUL,    BETWEEN 
A.  D.   45   AND   50. 

Seleucia  (Acts  xiii.  4)  was  the  port  of  Antioch, 
as  was  Joppa  of  Jerusalem,  and  Oatia  of  Rome.  It 
was  five  miles  north  of  the  mouth  of  the  Orontes, 
sixteen  and  a  half  from  Antioch  by  land,  and  forty- 
one  by  water,  by  reason  of  the  windings  of  the  river. 
A  rocky  eminence,  the  termination  of  a  range  of 
hills  called  the  Pieria,  forms  a  picturesque  site  for 
the  town,  overlooking  the  harbour,  and  the  mercan- 
tile suburbs  on  the  level  ground  toward  the  west. 
Seleucia  had,  properly  speaking,  two  harbours. 
"  The  iiiner  basin,  or  dock,  is  now  a  morass ;  but 
its  dimensions  can  be  measured,  and  the  walls  that 
surrounded  it  can  be  distinctly  traced.  The  position 
of  the  ancient  floodgates,  and  the  passage  through 
which  the  vessels  were  moved  from  the  inner  to  the 
outer  harbour,  can  be  accurately  marked.  The  very 
piers  of  the  outer  harbour  are  still  to  be  seen  under 
the  water.  The  stones  are  of  great  size — some  of 
them  twenty  feet  long,  five  feet  deep,  and  six  feet 
wide;  and  are  fastened  to  each  other  with  iron 
cramps.  The  masonry  of  ancient  Seleucia  is  still  so 
good,  that  not  long  since  a  Turkish  pacha  conceived 
the  idea  of  clearing  out  and  repairing  the  harbour. 
Those  piers  were  still  unbroken — this  great  seaport 
of  the  Seleucidae  and  the  Ptolemies  was  as  magnifi- 
cent as  ever,  under  the  sway  of  the  Romans — when 
Paul  and  Barnabas  passed  through  it  on  their  pre- 
sent mission." 

Here,  at  Seleucia,  "  in  the  midst  of  unsympa- 
thizing  sailors,  the  two  missionary  apostles,  with 
their  younger  companion,  stepped  on  board  the  ves- 
sel which  was  to  convey  them  to  Salamis.  As  they 
cleared  the  port,  the  whole  sweep  of  the  bay  of  An- 
tioch opened  on  their  left, — the  low  ground  by  the 
mouth  of  the  Orontes, — the  wild  and  woody  country 
beyond  it, — and  then  the  peak  of  Mount  Cassius, 
rising  symmetrically  from  the  very  edge  of  the  sea 
to  a  height  of  five  thousand  feet.  On  the  right,  in 
the  south-west  horizon,  if  the  day  was  clear,  they 
saw  the  island  of  Cyprus  from  the  first.  The  cur- 
rent sets  northerly  and  north-east  between  the 
island  and  the  Syrian  coast.  But,  with  a  fair  wind, 
a  few  hours  would  enable  them  to  run  down  from 
Seleucia  to  Salamis ;  and  the  land  would  rapidly 
rise  in  forms  well  known  and  familiar  to  Barnabas 
and  Mark." 


The  companions  of  Paul  in  this  tour  were  John 
Mark  the  Evangelist,  and  Barnabas,  who-  was  a 
native  of  Cyprus.  This  circumstance  may  have 
determined  these  itinerant  missionaries  first  to  visit 
Cyprus. 

CYPRUS. 

The  island  itself  lies  at  the  distance  of  less  than 
a  hundred  miles  from  the  coast  of  Syria,  and  more 
than  fifty  from  that  of  Cilicia.  Its  length  is  one 
hundred  and  forty  miles,  and  its  extreme  width  about 
fifty.  A  chain  of  mountains  extends  through  the 
northern  part  of  the  island.  On  the  south  side  of  the 
island  are  extensive  plains  of  great  fertility.  The 
mountains  yield  abundant  supplies  of  forest  tim- 
ber, and  are  rich  in  mineral  productions. 

SALAMIS. 

These  missionaries  landed  at  Salamis  on  the  east- 
em  shore  of  the  island,  on  a  bight  of  the  coast  to 
the  north  of  the  river  Pediaeus.  A  large  city  by 
the  sea-shore,  a  widespread  plain  with  cornfields  and 
orchards,  and  the  blue  mountains  in  the  distance, 
"  clad  in  the  colours  of  the  air,"  composed  the  view 
on  which  the  eyes  of  Saul  and  Barnabas  rested  when 
they  came  to  anchor  in  the  bay  of  Salamis. 

PAPHOS. 

Paphos,  where  these  missionaries  are  next  found, 
was  at  the  western  extremity  of  the  island.  To 
reach  this  they  must  have  traversed,  through  the 
length  of  the  island,  one  hundred  miles  or  more, 
preaching  the  strange  doctrines  of  the  gospel  of 
Christ.  This  city,  now  a  miserable  place,  had  a 
good  harbour,  and  was  the  residence  of  the  Roman 
proconsul  Sergius  Paulus,  a  convert  to  Christianity, 
gained  by  the  preaching  of  Paul.  Acts  xiii.  6-11. 

PERGA. 

The  sail  from  Paphos  to  Perga  was  less  than  one 
hundred  and  fifty  miles  across  the  sea  or  bay  of 
Pamphylia.  Perga  was  the  chief  city  of  Pamphylia, 
situated  on  the  Cestrus,  about  seven  miles  from  its 
mouth.  The  vessel  which  brought  Paul  and  Barna- 
bas probably  came  up  the  river,  though  now  ob- 
structed by  sand-bars,  and  anchored  near  the  famous 
temple  of  Diana.  "  The  first  object  that  strikes  the 
traveller  on  arriving  here  is  the  extreme  beauty  of 
the  situation  of  the  ancient  town,  lying  between 
and  upon  the  sides  of  two  hills,  with  an  extensive 
valley    in    front,   watci'ed    by   the    river    Cestrus 


^21 


THE  LABOURS  OF  ST.  PAUL. 


222 


and  backed  by  the  mountains  of  the  Taurus.  An 
arch,  a  kind  of  castle,  and  the  ruins  of  a  temple, 
bespeak  the  vicinity  of  the  town  about  half  a  mile 
before  arriving  at  its  walls.  A  few  arches  and 
ruins  of  many  scattered  tombs  lead  to  an  immense 
and  beautiful  theatre,  the  seats  of  which  for  the 
most  part  remain,  rising  very  steeply  one  above  the 
other,  whence  the  height  is  more  than  in  the  usual 
proportion  j  the  width  is  about  three  hundred  and 
thirty  feet.  Near  the  theatre  is  a  stadium  or  course 
for  races,  which  is  quite  perfect,  with  seats  along 
each  side,  and  also  forming  a  circular  end.  There 
is  also  a  broken  aqueduct,  and  tombs  are  scattered 
on  both  sides  of  the  site  of  the  town," 

At  this  place,  Mark,  intimidated,  it  may  be,  by 
the  discouragements  and  perils  of  the  enterprise, 
leaves  his  companions  and  retires  to  Jerusalem. 
The  motive  certainly  was  one  which  Paul  did  not 
approve.  Acts  xv.  38,  though  he  afterward  recog- 
nised him  as  a  companion.  Col.  iv.  10,  and  com- 
mended him  as  "profitable  to  him  for  the  ministry." 
2  Tim.  iv.  11.  This  desertion,  therefore,  though  it 
led  to  the  unhappy  separation  between  Paul  and 
Barnabas,  must  not  be  considered  as  an  abandon- 
ment of  the  cause  of  Christ  on  the  part  of  Mark, 
who  was  permitted  to  minister  to  the  apostle  in  his 
days,  and  was  honoured  as  the  evangelist  and  biogra- 
pher of  Jesus  Christ, 

THE   PASS  OP  PISIDIA.      PERILS   OF   ROBBERS,  AND 
PERILS    OF   RIVERS. 

The  interior  of  Asia  Minor  is  a  lofty  table-land 
lying  from  three  to  six  thousand  feet  above  the  level 
of  the  sea.  From  these  plains  mountains,  in  va- 
rious directions,  raise  their  snowy  peaks  to  the  re- 
gions of  perpetual  frost.  These  highlands  are,  in 
summer,  the  retreat  of  the  inhabitants  of  the  coast 
from  the  intolerable  heat  of  the  lowlands,  to  which 
they  repair  for  the  season  in  caravans  and  families, 
men,  women,  and  children,  with  their  flocks,  herds, 
camels,  and  asses.  The  ascent  to  these  bleak  up- 
lands is  often  through  narrow  passes,  with  frowning 
cliffs,  yawning  gulfs,  hidden  recesses  and  secret 
caverns,  fit  haunts  for  marauding  mountaineers  and 
robbers  that  subsist  by  plunder. 

In  his  ascent  up  those  rugged  and  dangerous 
passes,  Paul  is  supposed  to  have  encountered  those 
''  perils  of  waters,  (or  rivers,)  and  perils  of  robbers" 
of  which  he  speaks  in  2  Cor.  xi.  26.  The  lawless 
and  marauding  habits  of  the  population  of  those 
mountains  which  separate  the  table-lands  in  the  in- 
terior of  Asia  Minor  from  the  plains  on  the  south 
coast,  were  notorious  in  all  periods  of  ancient  his- 


tory. No  population,  through  the  midst  of  which  St. 
Paul  ever  travelled,  abounded  more  in  those  "  perils 
of  robbcTs"  of  which  he  himself  speaks,  than  the 
wild  and  lawless  clans  of  the  Pisidian  highlanders. 

To  travellers  in  the  East,  there  is  a  reality  in  the 
perils  of  rivers  which  we  can  hardly  understand. 
The  rivers  of  Asia  Minor  are  liable  to  violent  and 
sudden  changes ;  and  no  district  in  this  country  is 
more  singularly  characterized  by  its  "  water-floods" 
than  the  mountainous  tract  of  Pisidia,  where  rivers 
burst  out  at  the  bases  of  huge  cliffs,  or  dash  down 
wildly  through  narrow  ravines.  Strabo  describes 
these  mountains  as  full  of  precipices,  ravines,  and 
torrents,  which  could  be  passed  only  by  bridges. 

The  following  scene  in  this  region  is  sketched  by 
by  Sir  C.  Fellows  :— 

"An  almost  uninterrupted  train  of  cattle  and 
people  passed  by.  The  snowy  tops  of  the  moun- 
tains were  seen  through  the  lofty  and  dark -green 
fir-trees,  terminating  in  abrupt  cliffs.  From  clefts 
in  these  gushed  out  cascades,  and  the  waters  were 
carried  away  by  the  wind  in  spray  over  the  green 
woods.  In  a  zigzag  course  up  the  woodland  lay  the 
track  leading  to  the  cool  places.  In  advance  of  the 
pastoral  groups  were  the  straggling  goats,  browsing 
on  the  fresh  blossoms  of  the  wild  almond  as  they 
passed.  In  more  steady  courses,  followed  the  small 
black  cattle;  then  came  the  flocks  of  sheep  and  the 
camels,  bearing  piled  loads  of  ploughs,  tent-poles, 
and  kettles;  and  amid  this  rustic  load  was  always 
seen  the  rich  Turkey  carpet  and  damask  cushions, 
the  pride  even  of  the  tented  Turk." 

ANTIOCH    OF  PISIDIA. 

"  The  situation  of  Antioch,"  says  a  modern  tra- 
veller, "  on  an  isolated  rock,  rising  in  the  centre  of 
the  mouth  of  the  valley  of  the  Mosynus,  and  ccm- 
manding  a  view  of  that  of  the  Meander,  is  wortliy 
of  the  ancient  Greeks;  but  the  ruins,  now  covering 
and  undermining  its  summit,  are  quite  inferior.  The 
site  of  the  town  is  covered  with  huge  blocks  of  mar- 
ble. The  first  ruin  which  I  saw  was  an  oblong 
building  consisting  of  an  inner  and  outer  wall.  The 
outer  wall  was  built  of  rough  blocks  of  limestone, 
four  feet  thick.  The  length  is  about  one  hundred 
and  eighty  feet ;  the  breadth  sixty.  It  was  a  tem- 
ple or  church — ^perhaps  each  in  succession.  About 
two  hundred  yards  to  the  north-east  are  the  remains 
of  another  massive  building.  One  of  the  most 
striking  objects  is  a  ruined  aqueduct.  "  Twenty- 
one  arches  are  perfect,  and  are  the  most  splendid 
ever  beheld.  The  stones  are  without  cement,  and 
of  massy  dimensions."     The  arches  stretch  along  a 


223 


TEXT   BOOK   AND   ATLAS  OF   BIBLICAL   GEOGRAPHY. 


224 


mile  or  more.  For  a  considerable  distance,  the 
aqueduct  is  so  entire  that  it  forms  a  convenient  walk, 
stretching  away  toward  the  neighbouring  mountain. 

ICONIUM. 

This  city,  ninety  miles  south-east  from  Antioch, 
was  situated  in  a  vast  plain  in  the  interior  of  Asia 
Minor,  surrounded  by  lofty  mountains,  some  of 
which  on  the  north  rise  to  the  region  of  perpetual 
snow.  The  eyes  of  Paul  and  Barnabas,  for  several 
hours  before  reaching  the  city,  and  also  after  they 
left  it  for  Lystra,  must  have  ranged  over  these 
snowy  summits  and  a  vast  expanse  of  plains  to  the 
south  and  east.  Leake,  who  approached  the  city 
from  the  same  direction,  says,  "  On  the  descent 
from  a  ridge  branching  eastward  from  these  moun- 
tains, we  came  in  sight  of  the  vast  plain  around 
Konieh,  and  of  the  lake  which  occupies  the  middle 
of  it ;  and  we  saw  the  city,  with  its  mosques  and 
ancient  walls,  still  at  the  distance  of  twelve  or  four- 
teen miles  from  us."  "  Konieh,"  says  another  tra- 
veller, "  extends  to  the  east  and  south  over  the  plain 
far  beyond  the  walls,  which  are  about  two  miles  in 
circumference.  Mountains  covered  with  snow  rise 
on  every  side,  excepting  toward  the  east,  where  a 
plain,  as  flat  as  the  desert  of  Arabia,  extends  far 
beyond  the  reach  of  the  eye." 

It  is  famous  as  the  cradle  of  the  rising  power  of 
the  Turks.  It  has  been  repeatedly  destroyed  and 
rebuilt,  and  its  architectural  character  wholly  al- 
tered. Little,  if  any  thing,  remains  of  the  G-reek 
or  Roman  Iconium,  except  the  ancient  inscriptions 
and  the  fragments  of  sculptures  which  are  built  into 
the  Turkish  walls.  At  a  late  period  of  the  empire, 
it  became  a  colonia.  Its  population,  in  the  time  of 
Paul,  was  probably  the  same  as  that  of  other  im- 
portant towns  in  Asia  Minor,  a  large  number  of 
frivolous  Greeks,  some  remains  of  an  older  popula- 
tion, a  few  Roman  civil  and  military  officials,  and 
a  colony  of  Jews,  working  at  their  trades  in  the 
week,  and  meeting  in  the  synagogue  on  the  Sab- 
bath. Mr.  Hamilton  says  that  the  city  is  one 
scene  of  destruction  and  decay,  with  heaps  of  ruins 
and  dilapidated  mosques.  The  remains  of  at  least 
twenty  mosques  were  passed.  The  ruined  walls 
alone  mark  the  former  extent  of  the  city.  A  part 
of  it  is  converted  into  a  burial  ground. 

LYCAONIA,  LYSTEA,  DERBE. 

From  Iconium,  Paul  and  Barnabas  pass  eastward 
into  Lycaonia,  a  bare  and  dreary  region,  unwatercd 
by  streams,  though  in   parts   subject  to  occasional 


inundations.  Lystra,  where,  in  consequence  of  the 
healing  of  the  impotent  man,  they  might  have  been 
worshipped  as  Jupiter  and  Mercury,  and  were  after- 
ward stoned,  is  placed  on  the  maps  at  the  distance 
of  some  twenty  miles  south  from  Iconium,  and 
Derbe,  more  than  twice  this  distance  east  of  Lystra. 

Timothy  was  a  native  of  Lystra,  Acts  xvi.  1 ; 
2  Tim.  iii.  11 ;  and  Gains,  the  friend  and  fellow- 
traveller  of  Paul,  was  a  native  of  Derbe.  Acts  xx. 
4.  These  were  probably  the  fruits  of  his  ministry 
at  this  time  in  these  places. 

]Mr.  Brewer,  the  American  missionary  and  travel- 
ler, describes  his  approach  to  Klissera,  which  he 
assumes  to  be  the  ancient  Lystra,  as  follows  : — 

"  Full  of  the  impression  that  we  were  now  near 
the  hlrtliplace  of  Tivioihy,  we  bent  our  course  more 
westerly,  through  a  narrow,  but  fex'tile  and  most 
lovely  ravine.  The  pebbly  brook,  which  gave  fer- 
tility to  the  vale,  was  overhung  by  trees  of  a  larger 
growth,  walnut,  poplar,  and  so  on,  than  we  had  been 
accustomed  to  see  on  our  journey.  Vineyards,  gar- 
dens, and  small  orchards  of  fruit-trees,  were  planted 
in  convenient  nooks  by  the  way.  A  rich  fragrance 
was  exhaled  from  the  wildflowers  that  besprinkled 
the  ground,  and  only  the  murmuring  of  the  brook, 
and  the  music  of  here  and  there  a  feathered  song- 
ster, interrupted  the  stillness  which  prevailed. 
Along  these  quiet  paths,  I  said  within  myself,  oft 
trod  that  beloved  youthful  disciple,  Timothy  !  Be- 
neath such  shades  he  repeated,  perhaps,  the  songa 
of  Israel,  before  he  had  learned  from  the  apostle 
Paul  of  the  name  of  Jesus.  Perhaps  he  was  inured 
to  hardship  by  labour  in  these  very  fields;  or,  more 
probably,  he  may  have  passed  to  and  from  Iconium 
with  burdens  of  wood  and  returns  of  merchandise, 
as  those  who  dwell  here  now  do.  Precious  saint ! 
thy  memory  breathes  a  richer  perfume  than  the 
flowers  of  thy  native  vales.  Through  the  long  tract 
of  ages,  thy  early  knowledge  of  the  Holy  Scrip- 
tures, thy  rigid  temperance,  thy  early  wisdom,  thy 
youthful  piety,  thy  useful  labours,  thy  name  of  good 
report,  thy  apostolic  ministry,  have  come  down  with 
refreshing  and  stimulating  influence  to  the  youth  of 
our  distant  and  of  all  coming  times.  And,  ye  ex- 
cellent and  revered  '  mother  Eunice,  and  grand- 
mother Lois,'  so  honourably  mentioned  by  an  apos- 
tle, your  example  shall  live  while  the  sun  and  moon 
endure,  as  an  encouragement  to  timely  and  faithful 
parental  instruction  ! 

"  We  took  notice,  as  we  hurried  forward,  on  the 
opposite  side  of  the  ravine  from  which  we  now 
turned  off  to  the  right,  of  a  ridge  of  limestone 
rising  to  the  height  of  twenty  or  thirty  feet,  stretch- 
ing along  for  several  miles,  and  bearing  a  striking 


'J.'2b 


THE  LABOURS  OF  ST.  TAUL. 


226 


resemblance  to  an  artificial  wall.  Several  small 
hills,  rising  one  above  another  from  the  ridge  which 
^ve  ascended,  were,  in  like  manner,  surrounded  with 
circular  ridges.  This  was  especially  the  case  with 
that  on  which  the  town  was  situated,  and  which  rose 
before  us  in  conical  form,  and  with  the  appearance 
of  a  rounded  beehive,  studded  with  dwellings  and 
( averus  clustered  about  its  sides.  The  lines  of 
seeming  walls,  both  within  and  without  the  town,  as 
also  some  of  the  others,  were  hollowed  out  with  a 
thousand  excavations — sepulchres,  doubtless,  for  the 
(lad  of  other  generations.  Toward  some  of  the 
largest  of  these  caverns,  near  what  appeared  to  be 
the  gate  of  the  city,  we  saw  labourers,  and  shep- 
herds with  their  flocks,  hastening  for  shelter.  We 
followed,  with  the  full  impression  that  the  entrance 
was  altogether  artificial.  It  was,  however,  only  a 
natural  passage,  but  the  rules  and  resources  of  art 
could  not  have  fortified  the  town  here  more  strongly. 
Only  the  gate  was  wanting  to  make  it  complete." 

Our  missionary  tourist  finds  the  remains  of  Derbe 
in  a  place  denominated  the  One  Thousand  and  One 
Churches,  at  the  base  of  an  isolated  sugar-loaf  moun- 
tain, which  rises  out  of  the  plain  to  a  great  height, 
and  is  known  as  the  Black  Mountain.  At  the  east- 
ern base  of  this  mountain  he  found  the  remains  of 
many  churches,  and  various  indications  of  a  city  once 
populous  and  addicted  to  the  Christian  religion. 
"  The  walls  of  a  score  or  two  of  churches  are  stand- 
ing, more  or  less  entire,  and  the  foundations  of  a 
multitude  of  others  were  in  ruins.  These,  and  a 
sort  of  castellated  house  in  the  upper  part  of  the 
town,  are  thickly  covered  with  crosses." 

Paul  and  Barnabas  now  retraced  their  journey, 
through  Lystra,  Iconium,  and  Antioch,  to  Perga, 
confirming  the  souls  of  the  disciples,  exhorting  them 
to  continue  in  their  faith,  and  ordaining  them  elders 
in  every  church.  At  Perga,  instead  of  sailing  down 
the  Ccstrus,  which  they  ascended  on  their  first  visit 
to  the  city,  they  proceeded  westward  across  the  plain 
to  Attalia,  a  seaport  fifteen  or  twenty  miles  distant, 
in  the  Pamphylian  Grulf.  Attalia,  now  Satala,  is 
still,  and  from  its  foundation  has  been,  a  city  of  con- 
siderable importance.  "  The  style  of  its  relics  is  in- 
variably Roman,  agreeing  with  the  date  of  its  founda- 
tion. Behind  it  is  the  plain  through  which  the 
river  Catarrhactes  flows.  In  front  of  it,  and  along 
the  shore  on  each  side,  are  long  lines  of  cliffs,  over 
which  the  river  finds  its  way  in  waterfalls  to  the  sea, 
and  which  hide  the  plain  from  those  who  look 
toward  the  land  from  the  bay.  Beaufort  describes 
the  city  as  beautifully  situated  jound  a  small  har- 
bour, the  streets  appearing  to  rise  behind  each  other, 
like  the  seats  of  a  theatre,  with  a  double  wall,  and  a 


series  of  square  towers  on  the  level  summit  of  the 
hill." 

The  town  is  composed  of  three  parts,  extending 
from  the  shore  to  the  heifrhts  above.  It  is  sur- 
rounded  by  a  fertile  district ;  but  the  heat  is  so  in- 
supportable in  summer  that  most  of  the  inhabitants 
remove  during  that  season  to  the  neighbouring 
mountains.  At  this  place,  the  apostle,  after  having 
travelled  by  land  and  sea  twelve  or  fourteen  hundred 
miles,  embarked  for  Antioch  in  Syria,  at  which  place 
he  arrived  after  an  absence,  perhaps,  of  two  years. 
A.  D.  46,  47. 

SECOND   MISSIONARY  TOUR.      A.  D.  51. 

After  remaining  about  two  years  at  Antioch,  dur- 
ing which  time  he  went  a  third  time  to  Jerusalem 
with  Barnabas  and  others,  with  reference  to  the  dis- 
sension about  circumcision.  Acts  xv.,  Paul  entered 
on  a  second  missionary  tour,  more  extensive  and 
eventful  than  the  first.  His  companion  in  this  tour 
was  Silas,  Barnabas  having  left  him  in  consequence 
of  their  unhappy  quarrel.  Acts  xv.  36-40.  Pass- 
ing through  Syria  and  Cilicia,  around  the  north-east 
angle  of  the  Mediterranean  Sea,  he  came  again  to 
the  cities  of  Derbe,  Lystra,  and  Iconium,  by  a  journey 
of  some  two  hundred  and  fifty  miles. 

On  his  way  through  Cilicia,  he  doubtless  visited 
his  own  native  city.  Tarsus,  the  capital  of  the  pro- 
vince, where,  as  he  passed  through  the  streets  with 
which  he  had  been  familiar  from  childhood,  amid 
temples,  altars,  and  statues,  tokens  of  idolatry,  he 
may  have  recognised  some  families  who  had  "  turned 
from  dumb  idols  to  serve  the  living  and  true  God," 
among  whom  we  may  contemplate  some  of  his 
own  kindred,  now  united  to  him  in  bonds  more  dear 
than  those  connected  with  the  sacred  names  of  bro- 
ther, sister,  or  mother.  Some  of  his  own  kinsmen 
he  certainly  had  the  happiness  to  recognise  as  bre- 
thren in  Christ.  Rom.  xvi.  21. 

THE   PYL.^S,    GATES   OF   CILICIA. 

In  passing  up  from  the  plains  of  Cilicia  to  the 
lofty  uplands  of  Lycaonia,  Paul  had  occasion  to 
ascend  through  the  extraordinary  pass  so  famous 
in  history  as  the  Cicilian  Gates.  Colonel  Chesney 
describes  the  pass  as  a  rent  or  fissure  in  the  chain 
of  Mount  Taurus,  extending  from  north  to  south, 
through  a  distance  of  eighty  miles.  This  vast  ra- 
vine contracts  in  some  places  to  a  width  of  ten  or 
twelve  paces,  atFording  room  only  for  a  single  chariot. 
On  either  side  are  limestone  cliffs,  many  hundred  feet 
in  height.     Through  this  gorge,  Cyrus  passed  in  hii* 


227 


TEXT  BOOK  AND  xVTLAS  OF   BIBLICAL  GEOGRAPHY. 


228 


famous  expedition  against  his  brother,  which  Xeno- 
phon  so  minutely  describes  in  his  Anabasis.  Alex- 
ander descended  through  these  gates  to  the  con- 
quest of  the  East;  and  armies  and  men  innu- 
merable have  passed  through  them  both,  in  the  flush 
of  conquest,  and  in  the  fear  and  flight  attendant  upon 
defeat. 

At  Lystra,  Paul  receives  as  his  faithful  compa- 
nion and  fellow-labourer,  Timothy,  now  a  young 
man,  who  by  his  mother  and  grandmother,  Lois  and 
Eunice,  had  been  trained  for  the  service  to  which,  in 
the  grace  of  God,  he  is  called. 

From  Lystra,  or  Antioch,  our  missionary  tourists 
turn  northward  into  Galatia,  where  churches  are 
gathered,  to  whom  Paul  subsequently  addressed  his 
epistle,  and  where  he  seems  to  have  been  detained 
some  time  by  sickness.  Gal.  iv.  13. 

THE    GALATIANS. 

About  two  hundred  and  seventy  years  before  the 
Christian  era,  a  colony  from  Gaul  had  wandered  east- 
ward from  their  native  country,  crossed  the  Hellespont, 
and  settled  in  this  central  province  of  Asia  Minor, 
among  whose  descendants  Paul  gathered  these  Chris- 
tian converts. 

From  Galatia,  Paul  proceeded  south-west  through 
Phrygia,  but  was  "  forbidden  of  the  Holy  Ghost  to 
preach  the  Word  in  Asia."  Acts  xvi.  6. 

ASIA. 

The  history  and  signification  of  this  term  requires 
a  passing  notice.  In  Homer,  it  is  the  name  of  a 
meadow  by  the  streams  of  the  river  Cayster.*  In 
Herodotus,  it  is  applied  as  a  general  term  for  the  East, 
and  divided  into  Asia  within,  and  Asia  beyond  the 
Halys.  In  the  New  Testament  it  is  a  province  west 
and  south  of  Phrygia,  comprising  the  more  limited 
and  ancient  provinces  of  Lydia.  The  seven  churches 
of  the  Apocalypse  were  within  this  province.  Rev. 
i.  4.  To  the  people  of  this  province,  among  others, 
Peter  also  addressed  his  epistle.  1  Pet.  i.  1.  From 
this  limited  application,  Asia  spread,  like  the  Africa 
of  the  Romans,  to  designate  one  of  the  four  quarters 
of  the  world. 

Diverted  from  his  purpose  of  preaching  in  Asia, 
Paul  next  essayed  to  go  north  into  Bithynia,  lying 
on  the  south  of  the  Black  Sea ;  but,  restrained  by 
the  same  divine  agency,  he  pursued  his  course,  west 
by  north,  by  Mysia  to  Troas.  Acts  xvi.  6-8. 

*  'Affto)  tv  Xciji'Sivi  Kiiwrpiox)  djipi  fitcica,     II.  ii.  461. 


TROAS, 

Troas  was  situated  on  the  Hellespont,  at  some  dis- 
tance south  of  ancient  Troy,  on  an  eminence  oppo- 
site the  island  of  Tenedos.  The  present  appearance 
of  the  ruins  is  thus  described  : — 

''  The  ancient  port  of  Troas  is  very  interesting, 
and  has  been  highly  ornamented.  Hundreds  of 
columns,  on  a  somewhat  small  scale,  lie  scattered  in 
all  directions,  and  bristle  among  the  waves  to  a  con- 
siderable distance  out  at  sea.  The  most  striking 
ruins  are  about  a  mile  from  the  sea,  probably  near 
the  centre  of  the  city ;  they  are  on  an  exceedingly 
grand  scale.  The  ground,  in  every  direction  within 
the  walls,  is  strown  with  carvings,  mouldings,  and 
pedestals  in  marble,  some  of  which  have  inscriptions, 
generally  Greek." 

Homer  and  Virgil  have  celebrated,  in  immortal 
song,  the  battle  of  gods  and  men  on  the  plains  of 
Troy.  Xerxes  swept  over  them  with  his  countless 
myriads  for  the  conquest  of  Greece.  Alexander 
girded  on  his  sword  at  the  tomb  of  Achilles,  and 
rushed  on  to  the  conquest  of  the  East.  And  now  our 
Christian  warrior,  burning  with  a  loftier,  purer  en- 
thusiasm, goes  forth  in  a  holier  warfare  to  fight  for  a 
nobler  crown,  from  the  same  place. 

At  this  point  Paul's  party  was  also  joined  by  Luke 
the  evangelist  and  journalist,  to  whom  we  are  in- 
debted for  his  record  of  the  missions  of  the  apostle 
in  the  Book  of  the  Acts. 

Warned  by  a  vision,  the  apostle  sets  sail  from 
Troas  for  Macedonia,  one  hundred  and  twenty-five 
miles  on  the  opposite  side  of  the  -^gean  Sea.  Sixty 
miles  from  Troas,  he  first  touched  at  Samothrace, 
a  small  island  in  the  northern  part  of  the  ^gean 
Sea,  distinguished  by  a  high  mountain,  described  in 
the  Missionary  Herald  for  1836,  p.  246.  There  is 
now  but  a  single  village  upon  the  island. 

PHILIPPI, 

From  Samothrace,  an  inconsiderable  port  on  the 
Strymonic  Gulf  in  Macedonia,  by  a  north-westerly 
course,  he  sailed  to  Neapolis,  and  passed  down  the 
coast,  twelve  miles  west  to  Philippi.  This  city  oc- 
cupies a  fertile  plain  between  two  ridges  of  moun- 
tains. The  Acropolis  is  upon  a  mount  standing  out 
into  the  plain  from  the  north-east.  The  city  seems 
to  have  extended  from  the  base  of  it  for  some  dis- 
tance to  the  south  and  south-west.  The  remains  of 
the  fortress  upon  the  top  consist  of  three  ruined 
towers,  and  considerable  portions  of  walls  of  stone, 
brick,  and   very   hard   mortar.     The   plain   below 


229 


THE  LABOURS  OF  ST.  PAUL. 


230 


exhibits  nothing  but  rains — heaps  of  stone  and 
rubbish,  overgrown  with  thorns  and  briers;  and 
nothing  is  seen  of  the  innumerable  busts  and 
statues,  and  thousands  of  columns,  and  vast 
masses  of  classic  ruins,  of  which  earlier  travellers 
speak. 

Euins  of  private  dwellings  are  still  visible ;  also 
something  of  a  semicircular  shape,  probably  a  forum 
or  market-place — perhaps  the  one  where  Paul  and 
Silas  received  their  undeserved  stripes. 

There  is  particularly  worthy  of  notice  an  ancient 
palace,  the  architecture  of  which  is  grand,  and  the 
materials  costly.  The  pilasters,  chapiters,  &c.  are 
of  the  finest  white  marble ;  and  the  walls  were  for- 
merly encased  in  the  same  stone.  The  marble  blocks 
are  gradually  knocked  down  by  the  Turks  and 
wrought  into  their  silly  grave-stones.  Many  of  the 
ruins  of  the  town  are  said  to  be  covered  at  present 
with  stagnant  water. 

On  the  plains  of  Philippi  was  fought  the  last  bat- 
tle of  the  republicans  of  Rome,  under  Brutus  and 
Cassius,  against  Augustus  and  Antony,  B.  c.  42, 
where  Cassius  died  by  his  own  hand,  and  Brutus 
bade  adieu  to  his  friends,  saying,  "  Certainly  we  must 
fly,  not  with  the  feet,  but  with  the  hands."  Many, 
despairing  of  pardon,  fled  thus  from  the  swords  of 
the  conqueror. 

In  this  city  of  ancient  Thrace,  Paul  encountered 
various  vicissitudes  of  his  missionary  life.  The 
conversion  of  Lydia,  the  silencing  of  the  sorceress, 
the  uproar  in  the  city,  the  scourging  of  Paul  and 
Silas,  their  imprisonment,  the  miraculous  opening 
of  the  prison  doors,  and  the  conversion  and  baptism 
of  the  jailer,  Acts  xvi.  9-40,  are  detailed  by  the  his- 
torian. But  the  result  was  the  establishment  of  a 
church,  remarkable,  above  all  others  founded  by  the 
apostle,  for  purity  of  doctrine  and  fidelity  to  Christ. 
To  this  church  St.  Paul,  ten  years  later,  wrote  an 
epistle  remarkable  as  the  only  one  of  all  his  epis- 
tles which  contains  no  censure  or  complaint  against 
the  church  addressed. 

From  Philippi  to  Thessalonica,  the  apostle  passed 
down  the  coast  south-west  through  Amphipolis  and 
Apollonia.  The  former  was,  at  this  time,  a  large 
and  flourishing  city  on  the  banks  of  a  navigable 
river  about  eight  miles  above  its  influx  into  the  sea, 
and  thirty  from  Philippi.  Extensive  forests  and 
valuable  gold-mines  in  its  vicinity  give  importance 
to  its  commerce.  Apollonia  was  of  less  notoriety. 
It  was  about  thirty  miles  from  Thessalonica  on  the 
one  hand  and  Amphipolis  on  the  other.  After  tarry- 
ing apparently  only  for  a  night  at  each  of  these 
places,  the  apostle  took  up  his  abode  for  three  or 
four  weeks  at  Thessalonica. 


THESSALONICA. 

Thessalonica  was  one  of  the  most  populous  towns 
of  Macedonia,  and  still  retains  much  of  its  ancient 
importance,  having  a  population  of  sixty  or  seventy 
thousand  inhabitants.  It  is  situated  near  three  hun- 
dred and  fifty  miles  west  from  Constantinople,  one 
hundred  south-west  from  Philippi,  and  about  two 
hundred  north  by  west  from  Athens.  It  is  inha- 
bited by  many  Jews,  among  whom  the  American 
Board  have  established  a  missionary  station.  The 
principal  antiquities  are  the  remains  of  a  hippodrome, 
a  rotunda,  and  triumphal  arches  to  Augustus  and 
Constantino.  But,  to  the  Christian,  this  city  has  a 
living  interest  from  the  precious  epistles  which  the 
apostle  addressed  to  the  church  which  he  there  esta- 
blished. From  this  city  he  was  compelled  to  flee,  to 
escape  from  a  fanatical  and  riotous  mob,  instigated 
by  the  unbelieving  Jews,  and  to  leave  the  care  of 
these  young  converts  to  Timothj',  as  those  at  Phi- 
lippi had  been  committed  to  Luke. 

Driven  thence  by  the  unbelieving  Jews,  Paul  next 
retired  to  Bercea,  fifty -five  miles  farther  westward,  and 
along  the  coast  toward  Greece,  where  the  more  inge- 
nuous Beroeans  gave  a  candid  attention  to  his  doc- 
trine, "  searching  the  Scriptures  daily  whether  these 
things  were  so."  "  Of  these  many  believed,  and 
honourable  women  who  were  Greeks,  and  of  men 
not  a  few." 

Bei'oea  was  situated  near  the  borders  of  Macedonia 
and  Greece,  at  the  base  of  an  offshoot  from  the 
chain  of  Mount  Olympus,  on  the  banks  of  the  Hali- 
acmon,  at  a  little  distance  from  the  shore. 

Still  pursued  by  the  persecuting  Jews  of  Thessa- 
lonica, Paul,  leaving  the  care  of  the  Beroean  con- 
verts to  Silas  and  Timothy,  was  conducted  by  the 
brethren  to  Athens,  the  metropolis  of  Greece.  The 
journey  by  land  would  have  been  more  than  two 
hundred  miles;  by  sea,  the  passage  might  have  been 
not  more  than  two  or  three  days'  sail  with  a  fair 
wind.  He  is  supposed  to  have  gone  by  sea  to 
Athens. 

ST.  PAUL   AT   ATHENS. 

Here,  from  the  proselytes  and  Jews  in  their  syna- 
gogues, from  the  inquisitive  Athenians  and  idlers  in 
the  streets  and  market-places,  as  well  as  from  philo- 
sophers of  the  Epicureans  and  Stoics,  Paul  gained  a 
ready  audience,  "preaching  unto  them  Jesus  and 
the  resurrection."  Demosthenes  himself  charges 
his  countrymen  with  the  same  inquisitive,  gossiping 
disposition  of  which  the  historian  speaks.  Acts  xvii. 
21,  alleging  that  they  do  nothing  but  sit  in  the  mar- 


2<31 


TEXT  BOOK  AND  ATLAS  OF  BIBLICAL  GEOGRAPHY. 


232 


ket  and  inquire  "  What  news  ?"  The  strange  doc- 
trines set  forth  by  Paul  soon  awakened  such  curi- 
osity and  contradiction,  that  the  multitude  conducted 
him  to  the  place  of  holding  the  renowned  council 
of  the  Areopagus  on  Mars'  Hill,  where  he  might  be 
more  distinctly  heard  by  the  multitude. 

ST.  PAUL   ON   MARS   HILL. 

To  form  a  just  impression  of  the  scene,  we  must 
place  ourselves,  in  imagination,  in  the  agora,  public 
square,  improperly  rendered  "  ma)-ket-place,"  of  the 
city,  and  survey  the  scene  around  us.  The  square 
itself  is  a  large  area  crowded  with  temples,  altars, 
and  statues,  with  columns  and  porticoes  adorned  with 
statuary  and  painting,  the  common  resort  of  states- 
men, philosophers,  orators,  poets,  and  men  of  business, 
as  well  as  of  crowds  of  the  inquisitive,  pleasure- 
loving  idlers  of  Athens.  Before  and  above  us  on 
the  north  is  Mars  Hill,  a  high,  craggy  eminence, 
which  is  ascended  by  a  broad  flight  of  steps  cut  in 
the  solid  rock.  On  the  left  is  the  Pnyx,  a  sloping 
hill,  partially  levelled  into  an  open  area  for  political 
assemblies,  the  platform  of  Athenian  orators  in  their 
public  addresses  to  the  men  of  Athens.  On  the 
right  is  the  Acropolis,  towering  high  above  the  scene 
of  which  it  is  the  glory  and  the  crown. 

Here,  standing  in  the  midst  of  Mars  Hill,  the 
whole  city  lies  in  full  view  below ;  and  beyond  the 
walls  are  the  plains  of  Attica,  bounded  by  the  graceful 
sweep  of  the  mountains  of  Pentelicus  and  Hymet- 
tus.  The  sea  of  Attica  is  seen  in  the  distance,  and 
the  ports  of  the  city  reposing  on  the  margin  of  the 
distant  bay.  The  Acropolis  rises  high  above  him, 
crowned  with  the  lofty  Parthenon,  adorned  with  the 
magnificent  propylaea,  and  crowded  with  temples 
and  statues,  the  choicest  models  of  Athenian  taste 
and  skill.  Here,  treading  almost  in  the  very  foot- 
prints of  the  great  Athenian  orators,  while  the  hea- 
vens above  are  almost  reverberating  still  with  the  thun- 
ders of  Demosthenes'  eloquence,  the  great  apostle, 
fired  with  all  these  classic  associations,  and  guided  by 
an  inspiration  which  Demosthenes  never  knew,  de- 
livers before  the  sages  and  philosophers  of  Greece 
that  masterly  discourse,  unrivalled  in  Christian  ora- 
tory, which  sets  forth  the  doctrine  of  the  great  God 
our  Saviour,  in  place  of  the  unknown  God,  whom 
they  ignorantly  worshipped. 

It  is  a  singular  and  instructive  fact,  that  the  mi- 
nistry of  the  apostle  appears  to  have  been  attended 
with  little  profit  at  this  seat  of  Grecian  refinement 
and  learning  ;  nor  does  he  appear  ever  again  to  have 
visited  Athens.  The  rich,  voluptuous,  and  mer- 
cantile population  of  Corinth  ofiered  him  far  more 


encouragement  than  the  orators,  sages,  and  philoso- 
phers of  her  proud  rival. 

Such  was  Paul's  anxiety  for  his  new  converts  in 
Macedonia,  that  he  had  consented  to  remain  alone 
at  Athens,  that  Silas  might  minister  to  the  Be- 
roeans,  and  Timothy  to  the  Thessalonians.  After 
remaining  at  Athens  about  two  weeks,  perhaps,  the 
apostle  proceeded  alone  to  Corinth,  about  fifty  miles, 
where  he  continued  from  one  and  a  half  to  two 
years. 

CORINTH. 

This  metropolis,  rivalling  Athens  in  wealth  and 
commerce,  in  luxury  and  licentiousness,  and  scarcely 
inferior  in  the  fine  arts,  was  situated  on  the  isthmus 
of  the  Peloponnesus,  fifty  miles  west  of  Athens, 
guarded  and  defended  by  a  lofty  acropolis,  which  rises 
two  thousand  feet  above  the  platform  of  the  city. 
The  region  is  now  unhealthy,  and  only  a  few  mise- 
rable hovels  still  occupy  the  site  of  this  far-famed 
city  of  Corinth.  A  few  excavations,  the  tombs  of 
the  ancient  dead,  and  seven  Doric  columns,  sad  se- 
pulchral monuments  of  departed  greatness,  are  all 
that  remains  of  this  devoted  city,  which,  for  al- 
most two  years,  A.  D.  52,  53,  became  the  scene  of 
the  apostle's  labours.  Abiding  with  Aquila  and 
his  wife  Priscilla,  because  "  he  was  of  the  same 
craft,  for,  by  their  occupation,  they  were  tent- 
makers,"  he  reasoned  both  with  Jew  and  Greek. 
Though  to  the  one  a  stumbling-block,  to  the  other 
foolishness,  he  faithfully  and  fearlessly  preached 
Christ,  and  him  crucified,  in  the  face  of  great  opposi- 
tion and  blasphemy.  But  even  in  that  corrupt  city, 
the  most  hopeless,  it  would  seem,  that  could  have 
been  selected,  the  Lord  had  "  much  people,"  and 
many  of  the  Corinthians,  both  Jews  and  Greeks, 
believed  and  were  baptized.  During  his  residence 
at  Corinth,  the  apostle  wrote  the  Epistle  to  the 
Thessalonians,  and  planted  other  churches  in  Achaia. 
2  Cor.  i.  1. 

Cenchrea,  on  the  eastern  side  of  the  isthmus,  at 
the  head  of  the  Savonic  Gulf,  a  bay  in  the  ^gean 
Sea,  was  about  ten  miles  distant  from  Corinth. 
From  this  place  Paul  set  sail  for  Caesarea,  on  his 
way  to  Jerusalem.  He  landed  for  a  short  time  at 
Ephesus,  in  company  with  Aquila  and  Priscilla;  but 
hastened  on  his  way  to  keep  the  Passover,  or  Pente- 
cost, at  Jerusalem,  leaving  to  the  church  at  Ephesus 
the  promises  of  a  speedy  return.  After  a  short 
visit,  for  the  fourth  time,  to  Jerusalem  since  his 
conversion,  Paul  returned  to  Antioch,  apparently  in 
the  spring  or  summer  of  A.  D.  54.  Afteran  absence  of 
about  three  years,  during  which  time  he  must  have 


233 


THE  LABOURS  OF  ST.  PAUL. 


234 


travelled  by  sea  and  land  not  less  tlian  two  thousand 
five  hundred  or  three  thousand  miles,  and  encoun- 
tered innumerable  perils,  hardships,  and  trials,  in 
planting  many  churches. 

At  this  centre  of  Gentile  Christianity,  the  har- 
mony and  fellowship  of  the  brethren  was  sadly 
marred  by  the  prejudice  of  Judaizing  teachers  from 
Jerusalem,  who  had  the  address  to  lead  away  Peter, 
the  first  apostle  of  the  Gentiles,  together  with  Bar- 
nabas, the  companion  of  Paul  in  his  first  missionary 
tour  to  these  very  Gentile  nations.  Comp.  Gal.  ii. 
11  sq. ;  Acts  xv.  35.  These  dissensions  gave  rise 
to  a  party  of  false  brethren  in  all  the  churches,  who 
failed  not  to  oppose  and  persecute  the  apostle  in  all 
his  subsequent  labours. 

THIRD    MISSIONARY   TOUR.      A.  D.  54-58. 

After  a.  short  time  wasted  at  Antioch  in  these 
unhappy  altercations,  Paul  resumes  his  missionary 
labours  with  Timothy,  having  left  Silas  apparently 
at  Jerusalem.  Pursuing  the  general  course  of  his 
last  tour  through  Cilicia,  Lycaonia,  Galatia,  and 
Phrygia,  doubtless  visiting  these  churches,  he  came 
to  Ephesus.  This  route  would  lead  him  again  to  his 
own  early  home  in.  Cilicia,  and  Timothy  to  the 
scenes  of  his  childhood  in  Lycaonia. 

EPHESUS. 

This  city  now  became,  for  near  three  years,  from 
A.  D.  54  to  57,  the  scene  of  the  apostle's  labours 
and  the  centre  of  his  missionary  operations,  during 
which  time  he  wrote  his  Epistle  to  the  Galatians 
and  the  first  to  the  Corinthians,  and  probably  that 
to  Titus  and  the  first  to  Timothy.  Aquila,  Pris- 
cilla,  Apollos,  Tychicus,  Timothy,  and  others,  were 
also  Christian  teachers  of  these  privileged  Christians 
at  Ephesus.  After  the  martyrdom  of  Paul,  Ephesus 
engaged  for  some  time  the  pastoral  care  of  John, 
the  venerable  and  sole  survivor  of  the  disciples  of 
Christ,  who,  in  his  exile  in  Patmos,  addressed  to 
this  church  the  warning  of  the  Spirit,  in  connection 
with  others  of  the  seven  churches  of  Asia.  At 
Ephesus  he  is  also  supposed  to  have  written  both 
bis  Gospel  and  his  Epistles. 

The  city  was  situated  in  Ionia,  on  the  western 
coast  of  Asia  ]MiQor,  upon  the  south  bank  of  the 
Cayster,  sixty  miles  north  from  the  isle  of  Patmos. 
It  was  a  very  ancient  centre  of  commerce  and  city 
of  great  wealth,  wholly  given  up  to  idolatry.  The 
great  goddess  Diana  was  its  tutelary  divinity.  Her 
temple,  four  hundred  and  twenty-five  feet  in  length 
and  two  hunlred  and  twenty  in  width,  was  adorned 
16 


with  a  colonnade  of  one  hundred  and  twenty-seven 
columns  of  Parian  marble,  sixty  feet  in  height.  The 
several  columns  of  this  colonnade  were  each  the 
gift  of  as  many  monarchs.  This  was  burned  the 
same  night  that  Alexander  the  Great  was  born,  Oct. 
13-14,  B.  c.  356,  by  Herostratus,  who  could  think  of 
no  means  so  efi"ectual  to  give  him  an  immortal  fame 
among  men.  By  this  sacrilegious  act  he  gained  for 
all  time  the  distinction  of  an  immortal  infamy.  The 
temple  was  rebuilt  with  equal  magnificence,  and  be- 
came one  of  the  seven  wonders  of  the  world.  The 
worship  of  Diana  was  connected  with  magic  arts 
and  oriental  superstitions  respecting  the  efiicacy  of 
charms  and  amulets.  These  Paul  confronted  by 
miracles  closely  allied  to  these  amulets,  healing  dis- 
eases by  handkerchiefs  laid  upon  them,  so  that  the 
name  of  the  Lord  Jesus  was  magnified. 

The  city  was  built  upon  heights  overlooking  the 
harbour  and  the  surrounding  plains,  to  which  it  gra- 
dually extended.  The  harbour  itself  is  now  a  pesti- 
lential morass,  and  the  city  is  in  utter  ruins,  but  some 
traces  of  its  ancient  magnificence  remain.  The  theatre 
where  the  maddened  multitude  assembled  on  the 
occasion  of  the  uproar  caused  by  Demetrius  the 
craftsman.  Acts  xix.  21-41,  still  remains  in  ruins 
sufficiently  distinct  to  indicate  its  ancient  magnifi- 
cence and  vast  extent.  It  was  built  on  the  slope  of 
a  lofty  hill,  and  could  afford  convenient  seats  for  thirty 
thousand  persons.  What  a  scene  of  confused  and 
fanatical  uproar,  "  when  the  whole  multitude,  with 
one  accord,  rushed  into  the  theatre,  and  all  about  the 
space  of  two  hours  cried  out,  Great  is  Diana  of 
the  Ephesians  I" 

During  his  residence  at  Ephesus,  Paul  appears  to 
have  made  a  visit  to  the  church  at  Corinth  to  cor- 
rect the  licentiousness  into  which  the  converts  there 
had  fallen  in  conformity  with  the  custom  of  the  city. 
This  journey  is  not  recorded,  and  probably  occupied 
but  a  short  time.  Having  now  preached  not  at  Ephe- 
sus alone,  but  almost  throughout  all  Asia,  he  next 
visited  the  churches  of  Macedonia,  A.  D.  57  or  58. 

Proceeding  northward  along  the  coast,  apparently 
by  sea,  to  Troas,  one  hundred  and  fifty  miles,  Paul 
tarried,  week  after  week,  in  anxious  expectation  of 
the  return  of  Titus,  whom  he  had  sent  to  Corinth 
with  the  epistle  to  that  church.  Sailing  from  Troas, 
he  landed  at  Neapolis ;  and  probably  proceeded  to 
Philippi  to  refresh  his  troubled  spirits,  in  commu- 
nion with  this  affectionate,  faithful  church.  Here 
he  had  the  happiness  to  welcome  Titus  on  his  return 
from  Corinth,  and  to  learn  that  his  letter  to  this  de- 
generate church  had  been  well  received  and  attended 
with  the  desired  effect. 

From  Macedonia  he  wrote  his  second  Epistle  to 


235 


TEXT  BOOK  AND   ATLAS  OF  BIBLICAL  GEOGRAPHY. 


236 


the  Corinthians,  and  soon  after  proceeded  from  ]Ma- 
cedonia  to  visit  them  the  third  time.  2  Cor.  xii.  13 ; 
xiii.  1. 

After  visiting  the  churches  of  Philippi,  Thessalo- 
nica,  and  Beroea,  he  appears  to  have  penetrated  into 
the  interior  as  far  as  Illyricum  on  the  west  of  Mace- 
donia. Rom.  XV.  19.  From  Illyricum,  he  proceeded 
to  Corinth,  where  he  tarried  some  three  months,  dur- 
ing which  time  he  wrote  his  Epistle  to  the  Galatians, 
to  recover  them,  if  possible,  from  the  apathy  and 
apostasy  into  which  they  had  suddenly  and  surpris- 
ingly fallen. 

While  at  Corinth,  where  he  tarried  three  months, 
the  apostle  also  wrote  to  the  church  at  Rome  by  the 
hands  of  Phebe,  a  deaconess  of  the  church  at  Cen- 
chrea,  a  widow  of  consideration  and  wealth,  about  to 
sail  to  Rome  on  private  business. 

From  Corinth,  he  purposed  to  sail,  on  his  return, 
to  Jerusalem ;  but,  in  consequence  of  a  conspiracy 
of  the  Jews  against  his  life,  he  returned  up  the 
coast,  through  Beroea  and  Thessalonica,  to  Philippi, 
from  whence  he  set  sail  for  Troas. 

RETURNING  VOYAGE,  A.  D.  58.      SPRING. 

After  administering  the  Lord's  supper  at  Troas, 
which  he  now  visited  for  the  third  time,  and  restor- 
ing to  life  a  young  man  who  had  been  killed  by  fall- 
ing from  an  upper  story  in  his  sleep  during  the 
preaching  of  Paul,  Acts  xx.  7-12,  the  apostle  pro- 
ceeded on  foot  to  Assos,  opposite  the  island  of  Les- 
bos, about  twenty  miles  south  from  Troas,  where 
he  was  joined  by  his  party,  who  came  by  sea  to  this 
port,  now  a  miserable  village  built  high  upon  the 
rocks.  He  sent  the  ship  around  Cape  Lectum  to 
Assos — "  for  thus  had  he  arranged,  intending  him- 
self to  go  afoot."  He  hastened,  therefore,  through 
the  southern  gate,  past  the  hot  springs,  and  through 
the  oak  woods — then  in  full  foliage — which  cover 
all  that  shore  with  greenness  and  shade,  and  across 
the  wild  watercourses  on  the  western  side  of  Ida. 
Such  is  the  scenery  which  now  surrounds  the  travel- 
ler on  his  way  from  Troas  to  Assos.  The  great  dif- 
ference then  was,  that  there  was  a  good  Roman 
road,  which  made  St.  Paul's  solitary  journey  both 
more  safe  and  more  rapid  than  it  could  have  been 
now.  We  have  seldom  had  occasion  to  think  of  the 
apostle  in  the  hours  of  his  solitude.  But  such  hours 
must  have  been  sought  and  cherished  by  one  whose 
whole  strength  was  drawn  from  communion  with 
God,  and  especially  at  a  time  when,  as  on  this  pre- 
sent journey,  he  was  deeply  conscious  of  his  weak- 
ness, and  filled  with  foreboding  fears.  There  may 
have  been   other  reasons   why  he  travelled  from 


Troas  to  Assos  on  foot ;  but  the  desire  for  solitude 
was  doubtless  one  reason  among  others.  The  dis- 
comfort of  a  crowded  ship  is  unfavourable  for  devo- 
tion ;  and  prayer  and  meditation  are  necessary  for 
maintaining  the  religious  life  even  of  an  apostle. 
That  Saviour,  to  whose  service  he  was  devoted,  had 
often  prayed  in  solitude  on  the  mountain,  and  crossed 
the  brook  Kidron  to  kneel  under  the  olives  of  Geth- 
semane.  And  strength  and  peace  were  surely  sought 
and  obtained  by  the  apostle  from  the  Redeemer,  as 
he  pursued  his  lonely  road,  on  Monday  morning,  in 
the  verdure  and  fragrance  of  spring,  among  the 
oak  woods  and  the  streams  of  Mount  Ida. 

Mitylene,  where  the  ship's  company  appear  to 
have  landed  for  the  night,  was  on  the  east  side  of 
Lesbos,  about  thirty  miles  from  Assos. 

From  Mitylene  they  sailed  a  distance  of  forty  or 
fifty  miles  by  Chios,  the  modern  Scio,  ever  memora- 
ble for  the  atrocious  butchery  of  the  inhabitants  by 
the  Turks  in  1822,  and  thence,  an  equal  distance, 
unto  Samos,  an  island  lying  near  the  coast  of  Ionia, 
below  Ephesus. 

Trogyllium  was  on  a  promontory  of  the  mainland 
across  the  narrow  strait  at  this  place,  about  one  mile 
wide,  that  separates  it  from  Samos.  Trogyllium  was 
on  the  ridge  of  Mycale,  the  scene  of  the  victory 
of  the  Greeks  over  the  Persians.  Miletus  was  still 
farther  south,  twenty-eight  miles  from  Ephesus. 

Fearing  to  trust  himself  at  Ephesus,  lest  he 
should  be  detained  too  long  by  the  afiectionate  im- 
portunity of  his  friends,  and  unwilling  to  leave 
them  without  an  affectionate  salutation,  he  made  an 
appointment  with  the  elders  of  Ephesus  to  meet 
him  at  Miletus,  a  very  ancient  city,  seventeen  iniles 
below  Trogyllium,  at  that  time  old  and  decaying,  now 
in  ruins.  The  broad  bay,  where  her  shipping  once 
lay,  is  now  a  pestilential  morass.  Here,  with  the 
most  affectionate  counsels  and  prayers,  he  bade  them 
adieu,  fully  impressed  with  the  conviction  that  they 
would  see  his  face  no  more. 

From  Miletus,  a  straight  course  of  forty  miles 
south,  brought  the  apostle  along  the  coast  of  Caria 
to  Coos,  the  seat  of  the  famous  medical  school  of  Est- 
culapius.  At  the  distance  of  fifty  miles  south-east, 
he  made  the  celebrated  harbour  of  Rhodes,  famous 
for  the  colossal  statue  of  bronze  which  had  stood 
astride  the  entrance,  and  between  whose  feet  vessels 
were  wont  to  come  into  port  under  full  sail.  At 
this  time,  it  was  prostrate,  having  been  overthrown 
by  an  earthquake.  The  city  has  been  renowned, 
from  remotest  to  latest  history,  for  her  commerce 
and  her  ship-building. 

"  No  view  on  the  Levant  is  more  celebrated  than 
that  from  Rhodes  toward  the  opposite  shore  of  Asia 


237 


THE  LABOURS  OF  ST.  PAUL. 


238 


Minor.  The  last  ranges  of  Mount  Taurua  come 
down  in  magnificent  forms  to  the  sea ;  and  a  long 
line  of  snowy  summits  is  seen  along  the  Lycian 
•  coast,  while  the  blue  sea  between  is  an  unruffled  ex- 
panse of  water  under  a  blue  and  brilliant  sky."* 
Across  the  glad  waters  of  this  dark-blue  sea,  the 
apostle's  course  now  lay  north-east  to  Patara — the 
port  of  the  ancient  city  of  Xanthus,  on  the  coast 
of  Lycia,  once  celebrated  for  its  walls,  its  theatre, 
and  an  oracle  of  Apollo  that  almost  rivalled  that  of 
Delphos.  Vast  and  imposing  ruins  of  the  theatre 
still  remain,  and  above  it  a  singular  pit  with  a  square 
column,  which  is  supposed  to  have  been  the  secret 
shrine  of  the  oracle,  whence  proceeded  those  enig- 
matical, lying  responses,  which  were  received  as  the 
voice  of  the  god.  The  harbour  is  now  an  inland 
marsh,  generating  poisonous  malaria,  and  the  shore 
a  "  desert  of  moving  sand." 

At  Patara  the  party,  for  reasons  that  do  not  ap- 
pear, took  another  ship  and  sailed  the  same  day  for 
Tyre,  400  miles  distant,  on  the  coast  of  Phoenicia,  in 
Syria.  Here  Paul  tarried  seven  days,  during  which 
time  he  "broke  bread"  with  the  disciples,  who 
affectionately  urged  him  to  desist  from  going  up  to 
Jerusalem,  but  finding  him  unalterably  fixed  in  his 
purpose,  the  brethren,  with  their  wives  and  children, 
attended  him  out  of  the  city  to  the  place  of  embar- 
cation,  where  they  kneeled  down  upon  the  shore  and 
prayed;  and  then,  taking  a  final  and  affectionate 
leave  of  them,  Paul  and  his  party  set  sail  down 
the  coast  for  Ptolemais,  the  ancient  Accho,  Akre,  or 
Acre,  and  the  disciples  returned  in  sadness  to  the  city. 

Acre  is  almost  thirty  miles  below  Tyre,  and  eight 
north  of  Mount  Carmel.  This  town,  the  key  of 
Syria,  is  more  strongly  fortified  than  any  other  in 
the  country.  The  appearance  of  its  defences  is  still 
formidable,  notwithstanding  all  the  vicissitudes  of 
war  which  it  has  survived.  It  stands  on  an  angular 
promontory  jutting  into  the  sea.  The  walls  are  in 
many  places  double ;  and  those  on  the  land  side  are 
protected  by  strong  out-works  of  mounds  with  fac- 
ings of  stone. 

Age  after  age  Acre  has  flourished  and  fallen  into 
decay,  with  the  alternations  of  peace  and  war.  It 
was  the  stronghold  of  the  crusaders;  and  was  be- 
sieged by  Bonaparte.  In  1832  it  sustained  a  siege 
of  six  months  against  Ibrahim  Pacha,  during  which 
thirty-five  thousand  shells  were  thrown  into  it. 
Again,  in  1840,  it  was  bombarded  by  the  English 
fleet,  and  was  reduced  by  the  explosion  of  the  pow- 
der magazine,  by  which  two  thousand  soldiers  were 
hurried  into  eternity  without  a  moment's  warning. 

»  Conybeare  and  Howson's  Life  of  St.  Paul. 


The  manufacture  of  glass  is  erroneously  said  to  have 
been  discovered  here. 

After  tarrying  here  one  day  with  Christian 
brethren,  Paul  proceeded  by  land  down  the  coast  by 
Mount  Carmel,  thirty  or  thirty-five  miles,  to  Cajsa- 
rea,  where  he  and  his  party  were  entertained  in  the 
bouse  of  Philip  the  evangelist,  one  of  the  seven 
deacons,  who,  twenty-two  years  before,  had  ex- 
pounded the  Scriptures  to  the  Ethiopian  eunuch; 
and  whose  family  now  consisted  of  four  daughters, 
"  who  did  prophesy."  This  was  Paul's  third  visit 
to  Caesarea.  Compare  Acts  ix.  30,  xviii.  22.  Here, 
prophetically  admonished  of  the  bonds  and  imprison- 
ment that  awaited  him  at  Jerusalem,  his  com- 
panions and  the  disciples  of  Caisarea  earnestly  be- 
sought him,  with  many  tears,  not  to  go  up  to  Jeru- 
salem ;  to  Avhich  he  firmly  replied,  "  What  mean  ye 
to  weep  and  break  my  heart  ?  for  I  am  ready  not  to 
be  bound  only,  but  also  to  die  at  Jerusalem  for  the 
name  of  the  Lord  Jesus."  Perceiving  that  none  of 
these  things  would  move  him,  his  Christian  friends 
desisted  from  further  entreaty,  saying,  with  submis- 
sive sadness,  "  The  will  of  the  Lord  be  done  !" 

Thus  ended  at  Jerusalem  the  apostle's  third  mis- 
sionary tour,  in  the  spring  of  A.  D.  58,  in  which  he 
had  been  occupied  four  years,  almost  three  of  which 
he  had  spent  at  Ephesus. 

With  this  tour  he  ended  his  ministry  in  the  East. 
How  extensive  the  travels,  how  vast  the  results  of 
the  missionary  labours  of  this  great  apostle  in  the 
East !  Within  a  few  years  he  had  traversed  the 
countries  of  Arabia,  Palestine,  Syria,  and  most  of 
the  provinces  of  Asia  Minor,  Macedonia,  Achaia, 
and  Corinth,  together  with  the  island  of  Cyprus, 
preaching  everywhere  the  gospel  of  the  grace  of 
God,  testifying  both  to  Jew  and  Gentile,  repentance 
and  faith  in  Christ,  and  establishing  churches,  over 
all  of  which  he  had  watched  with  more  than  pa- 
rental tenderness. 

The  next  day  after  his  arrival  at  Jerusalem,  Paul, 
with  his  companions,  visited  James  the  brother  of 
our  Lord,  at  whose  house  the  presbyters  of  the 
church  were  assembled.  They  listened  with  great 
interest  to  his  account  of  the  effects  of  the  gospel 
among  the  Gentiles.  But  James  called  his  atten- 
tion to  the  fact,  that  a  great  number  of  Jews  who 
believed  on  Jesus  as  the  Messiah,  and  were  yet 
zealous  and  strict  observers  of  the  Mosaic  law,  were 
prejudiced  against  him ;  for  those  Judaizers,  who 
everywhere  sought  to  injure  Paul's  ministry,  had 
circulated  in  Jerusalem  the  charge  against  him, 
that,  not  content  with  releasing  the  believing  Gen- 
tiles from  the  observance  of  the  Mosaic  law,  he  had 
required  of  the  Jews  who  lived  among  them  not 


239 


TEXT  BOOK  AXD  ATLAS  OF  BIBLICAL  GEOGRAPHY. 


240 


to  circumcise  their  children,  and  not  to  observe  the 
law. 

This  charge,  so  brought  forward,  was  certainly 
false  ;  for  Paul  combated  the  outward  observance  of 
Judaism  only  so  far  as  the  justification  and  sanctifi- 
cation  of  men  were  made  to  depend  upon  it. 

As  by  this  accusation  the  conduct  of  Paul  would 
be  presented  in  a  false  light,  and  since  he  was  far 
from  being  such  an  enemy  to  Judaism  as  his  adver- 
saries wished  him  to  appear,  he  declared  himself  to 
be  ready,  according  to  the  proposal  of  the  assembly, 
to  refute  that  charge  by  an  overt  act,  by  taking  part 
in  the  Jewish  rites  in  a  manner  which  was  highly 
esteemed  by  pious  Jews,  He  joined  himself  to 
four  members  of  the  church,  who  had  undertaken  a 
Nazarite's  vow  for  seven  days.  He  submitted  to 
the  same  restraints,  and  intimated  to  the  priests  that 
he  would  be  answerable  for  the  expense  of  the  offer- 
ings that  were  to  be  presented  on  the  accomplish- 
ment of  the  purification.  But  though  he  might 
have  satisfied  by  this  means  the  minds  of  the  better 
disposed  among  the  Jewish  Christians,  the  inveterate 
zealots  among  the  Jews  were  not  at  all  conciliated. 
On  the  contrary,  they  were  only  more  incensed,  that 
the  man  who,  as  they  said,  had  everywhere  taught 
the  Grentiles  to  blaspheme  the  people  of  God,  the 
Law,  and  the  Temple,  had  ventured  to  take  a  part 
in  the  Jewish  ritual.  They  had  seen  a  Gentile 
Christian,  Trophimus,  in  company  with  him,  and 
hence  the  fanatics  concluded  that  he  had  taken  a 
Gentile  with  him  into  the  temple  and  defiled  it.  A 
violent  tumult  instantly  arose,  and  Paul  was  rescued 
from  the  enraged  multitude  only  by  means  of  the 
Roman  tribune,  who  hastened  to  the  spot  with  a 
band  of  soldiers  from  the  Arx  Antonm,  the  quar- 
ters of  the  Roman  garrison,  adjacent  to  the  temple 
on  the  north.  The  remaining  incidents  of  this  visit 
are  detailed  in  Acts  xxiii. 

ANTIPATRIS. 

Antipatris,  to  which  he  was  conducted  by  a  strong 
escort  on  his  way  to  Csesarea,  was  a  town  built  by 
Herod  the  Great  on  the  plain  of  Sharon,  some  dis- 
tance from  the  coast,  eighteen  miles  north  from 
Lydda,  twenty-six  south  by  east  from  Csesarea,  and 
about  thirty-eight  north  by  west  from  Jerusalem. 
It  is  now  a  Muslim,  village,  built  entirely  of  mud, 
on  a  slight  circular  eminence,  without  any  old  ruins, 
or  the  least  relic  of  antiquity. 

The  ruins  of  an  ancient  Roman  road  still  conduct 
the  curious  traveller  securely  along  the  route  over 
which  the  apostle  was  subsequently  conducted  by  a 
Roman  escort  from  Jerusalem  to  Antipatris.     This 


road  was  undoubtedly,  at  that  time,  the  principal 
line  of  travel  and  transportation  between  the  city 
and  the  coast  of  the  Mediterranean. 

The  forebodings  of  the  apostle's  friends,  and  his  • 
anticipation  of  bonds  and  imprisonment,  were  soon 
realized.    His  arrest  and  miraculous  deliverance  from 
the  mob  and  conspirators   are   detailed  from  Acts 
xxi.  18  to  chap  xxiv. 

After  lingering  two  years  in  confinement  at  Cassa- 
rea,  he  was  permitted  to  proceed  on  his  way  to 
Rome,  to  prosecute  his  appeal  before  the  governor. 

VOYAGE   TO   ROME.      A.  D.  GO    OR    61. 

In  going  to  Rome,  the  usual  way  was  to  embark 
for  some  port  in  Asia  Minor,  and  there  take  passage 
for  Italy,  because  it  was  not  easy  to  find  a  ship  that 
might  sail  from  Caesarea  direct  for  Rome ;  the 
centurion  accordingly,  who  had  St.  Paul  in  charge, 
in  the  autumn  of  60  or  61  sailed  in  a  ship  then  in 
port  from  Adramyttium,  a  seaport  of  Mysia,  on  the 
eastern  shore  of  the  ^gean  Sea,  opposite  to  Lesbos, 
at  that  time  a  flourishing  city.  Directing  their 
course  northward  along  the  coast,  they  passed  by 
Tyre  and  touched  at  Sidon,  seventy-eight  miles 
from  Cassarea;  from  Sidon  the  ship  still  stood  to 
the  north,  because  the  strong  westerly  winds  that 
prevail  at  this  season  prevented  a  more  direct  course 
to  the  westward.  Sailing  under  Cyprus  on  the  left, 
and  having  the  sea  of  Cilicia  and  Pamphylia  on  the 
right,  she  would  be  favoured  by  land-breezes  from 
the  coast  of  Asia  Minor,  as  well  as  by  a  current 
that  sets  strongly  to  the  westward  along  this  coast. 
By  these  means  she  had  a  prosperous  run  to  Myra, 
in  Lycia ;  this  was  an  ancient  port,  of  considerable 
importance,  two  or  three  miles  from  the  coast,  com- 
manded by  an  acropolis,  which  was  ascended  by  a 
flight  of  steps  cut  out  of  the  solid  rock. 

Here  the  centurion  and  his  prisoner  embarked  on 
board  a  ship  of  Alexandria  for  Italy,  but  the  same 
baflJing  winds  from  the  west  now  greatly  impeded 
their  progress,  so  that  they  were  "  many  days"  be- 
fore they  came  over  against  the  port  of  Cnidus,  on 
the  south-west  extremity  of  Asia  Minor,  in  the  pro- 
vince of  Caria,  at  the  distance  of  not  more  than 
150  miles  from  Myra.  But  the  wind  not  suffering 
them  to  enter  this  port,  it  only  remained  for  them 
to  change  their  course  and  sail  south  toward  the 
island  of  Crete. 

Passing  by  Salmone,  the  eastern  promontory  of 
this  island,  they  were  enabled  to  coast  along  the 
south  shore  of  Crete  to  Fair  Havens,  a  roadstead 
which  afforded  them  anchorage,  near  the  unknown 
port  of  Lasea.     From  this  point  they  were  exposed 


241 


THE  LABOURS  OF  ST.  PAUL. 


242 


to  the  north-west  wiuJs,  by  reason  of  a  bold  turn  of 
the  coast  to  the  north.  The  winter  was  now  near  at 
hand,  and  the  season  of  safe  navigation  passed.  The 
prevailing  winds  and  the  thick  and  stormy  weather 
made  the  navigation  of  these  seas,  in  winter,  without 
chart  or  compass,  extremely  hazardous.  Paul's 
earnest  advice,  therefore,  was  to  winter  there,  but 
''  because  the  harbour  was  not  commodious  to  winter 
in,"  his  advice  was  overruled;  and,  improving  a 
gentle  south  wind  that  blew,  they  set  sail,  hoping 
to  make  Phenice,  a  harbour  on  the  coast,  farther 
west,  not  well  identified,  which,  according  to  the 
historian,  opened,  ^^  looked"  to  the  south-west  and 
north-west.  It  is  supposed  to  have  been  not  more 
than  forty  miles  from  Fair  Havens. 

They  had,  however,  but  just  set  sail  before  they 
were  struck  by  a  violent  north-east  wind,  enroclydon, 
which  drove  them  to  seek  shelter  under  the  south 
shore  of  Clauda,  now  the  island  of  Gozzo,  about 
twenty  miles  south-west  by  west  from  Fair  Havens, 
where,  Math  great  difiiculty,  they  were  enabled  to 
take  in  and  to  secure  their  hoat,  Acts  xxvii.  16,  a 
precaution  which  they  had  omitted  at  the  outset  be- 
cause the  weather  was  then  mild,  and  they  expected 
to  be  at  sea  but  a  few  hours.  Here  they  under- 
girded  the  ship;  and,  fearing  lest  they  should  be 
driven  into  the  quicksands  of  the  coast  of  Africa, 
they  headed  into  the  wind  and  lay  to,  in  seamen's 
phrase,  carrying  as  much  sail  as  might  be  needful 
to  steady  the  ship,  and  let  her  drift  at  the  mercy  of 
the  elements.  Verse  15.  Being  exceedingly  tossed 
with  the  tempest,  the  next  day  they  lightened  the 
ship,  and  the  third  day  they  were  obliged  to  relieve 
it  still  more  by  throwing  overboard  the  furniture  of 
the  ship,  such  as  beds,  chests,  tables,  and  the  like. 

The  terrible  tempest  lying  on  them  many  days, 
as  they  wei-e  driven  up  and  down  in  an  unknown 
sea,  while  neither  sun  nor  stars  appeared,  just  as  the 
whole  company  are  abandoning  themselves  to  utter 
despair  in  view  of  inevitable  death,  Paul,  on  the 
fourteenth  day,  stands  up  in  the  midst  of  them  and 
encourages  them  to  take  some  sustenance,  assuring 
them  that  he  had  been  warned  by  an  angel  of  God 
that  they  must  be  shipwrecked  on  some  island,  but 
that  God,  in  answer  to  his  prayers,  had  given  him 
all  them  that  sailed  with  him.  About  midnight  the 
same  day  they  found  themselves  drifting  near  to  some 
coast ;  then,  casting  anchor,  and  throwing  overboard 
their  lading  to  ease  the  ship  and  save  her  from 
driving  upon  the  breakers,  they  anxiously  waited 
for  the  morning,  when  they  succeeded  in  running 
the  ship  aground,  where  she  went  to  pieces,  and  the 
whole  ship's  company,  276  souls,  "■  some  by  swim- 


ming, some  on  boards  and  broken  pieces  of  the  ship, 
escape  safe  to  land." 

The  place  of  the  shipwreck  proved  to  be  a  bay  on 
the  north-east  side  of  Melite,  Malta,  now  known  as 
St.  Paul's  Bay,  an  inlet  about  two  miles  deep  and 
one  mile  broad.  The  distance  from  Clauda  is  476 
miles,  which,  according  to  the  computation  of  nauti- 
cal men,  is  just  about  the  distance  which  a  ship 
would  drift  in  the  time  specified ;  and  her  course, 
west  by  north,  is  just  that  which  she  would  make, 
the  wind  E.  N.  E. 

The  island  of  Malta  lies  in  the  Mediterranean, 
about  sixty  miles  south  from  Cape  Passaro,  in  Sicily. 
It-is  sixty  miles  in  circumference,  twenty  in  length, 
and  twelve  in  breadth.  Near  it,  on  the  west,  is  a 
smaller  island,  called  Gozzo,  about  thirty  miles  in 
circumference.  Malta  has  no  mountains  or  high 
hills,  and  makes  no  figure  from  the  sea.  It  is  natu- 
rally a  barren  rock,  but  has  been  made  in  parts 
abundantly  fertile  by  the  industry  and  toil  of  man. 

After  lingering  here  three  months  during  the  win- 
ter, A.  D.  60-61,  and  working  many  miracles,  they 
sailed  to  Syracuse,  a  large,  wealthy,  and  beautiful  city 
on  the  east  coast  of  Sicily,  about  eighty  miles  from 
Malta.  It  is  said  to  have  contained  a  million  of  inha- 
bitants, and  still  has  a  population  of  two  hundred  and 
forty  thousand.  The  cathedral  of  the  city,  it  is  said, 
was  a  temple  of  Minerva,  twenty-five  hundred  years 
ago. 

Ehegium,  where  they  next  landed,  is  in  the  ex- 
treme south  of  Italy,  opposite  Messina,  on  the  north- 
east point  of  Sicily.  Between  these  places  is  the 
strait  of  the  fabulous  Scylla  and  Charybdis.  A 
favourable  south  wind  the  next  day  carried  them 
through  this  famous  strait  to  Puteoli,  on  the  Bay 
of  Naples,  eight  miles  north-west  from  the  city  of 
Naples,  and  one  hundred  and  eighty  north  from 
Fihegium.  Puteoli,  now  Pozzuoli,  a  miserable,  de- 
caying town,  was  at  this  time  the  principal  port 
south  of  Rome.  It  received  nearly  all  the  trade  of 
Alexandria,  and  a  great  part  of  that  of  Spain. 
Dating  from  a  remote  antiquity — probably  from  the 
third  century  of  Rome — it  rose  under  the  Roman 
republic  and  empire  to  a  luxury  and  magnificence 
second  only  to  that  of  the  imperial  city.  Its  mild 
climate,  its  picturesque  situation,  its  abundant 
fruits,  its  mineral  and  salt  baths,  its  marine  pro- 
ducts, rendered  it  the  favourite  resort  of  the  wealthy 
citizens  of  Rome,  and  it  probably  vied  with  Hercu- 
laneum  and  Pompeii  in  the  magnificence  of  luxury 
and  the  elegance  of  vice.  Here  the  great  men  of 
Rome  had  their  villas;  here  Cicero  and  Virgil  had 
their  schools;    here   Caligula  and   Nero  had  their 


243 


TEXT  BOOK  AND  ATLAS  OF   BIBLICAL  GEOGRAPHY. 


244 


palaces ;  and  of  all  these  the  ruins,  in  piles  of  brick, 
welded  together  with  imperishable  cement,  may  yet 
be  traced  along  the  shore  where  Paul  landed  after 
his  shipwreck  at  Malta.  The  very  spot  can  be  iden- 
tified, for  at  that  time  there  existed  a  long  mole,  or 
pier,  which  broke  the  force  of  the  waves  and  afforded 
vessels  a  safe  landing.  Here  the  ship  in  which 
Paul  came  must  have  made  fast,  and  the  ruins  of 
this  pier  may  yet  be  seen.  The  mole  on  which  the 
apostle  landed  at  Puteoli  still  stretches  its  ruins  into 
the  blue  waters  of  the  bay.  The  remains  of  the 
Italian  villas,  whose  marble  porticos  he  then  beheld 
glittering  in  the  sunset — his  first  specimen  of  Italian 
luxury — still  are  seen  along  the  shore.  The  Lu- 
crine  lake,  filled  with  oyster-beds  for  the  luxurious 
tables  of  Rome,  the  baths  of  Baiae,  the  Stygian  lake 
Avernus,  and  Sibylline  Cumae,  famous  in  classic 
song,  were  also  near. 

From  Puteoli  to  Rome,  150  miles,  the  journey  of 
the  apostle  was  along  the  Appian  Way,  on  the  great 
line  of  communication  with  the  metropolis,  through 
classic  ground,  consecrated  by  the  genius  of  Virgil, 
of  Horace,  and  of  Cicero.  At  Formiae  he  passed  the 
favourite  retreat  of  the  great  orator  from  the  turmoil 
of  the  political  world,  where  he  fell  by  the  hand  of 
assassins. 

At  Appii  Foriim,  forty  miles  from  Rome,  at 
the  head  of  the  canal  which  drained  the  Pontine 
marshes,  the  apostle  was  met  by  a  delegation  of 
Christians  from  Rome ;  and  at  the  Three  Taverns, 
ten  miles  farther,  he  was  welcomed  by  a  second 
group  of  brethren,  who  had  come  out  to  accompany 
him  to  the  city.  The  affectionate  salutations  of 
these  Christian  friends  greatly  refreshed  the  wearied 
spirits  of  the  prisoner,  so  that  "  when  Paul  saw  the 
hrethren  he  thanked  God  and  took  courage." 

Appii  Forum,  the  terminus  of  the  canal  across 
the  Pontine  marshes,  was  a  low,  sickly  place,  a 
station  for  the  mules  and  muleteers  who  were  em- 
ployed on  the  canal.  Horace  has  given  a  vivid 
description  of  this  vile  place,  filled  with  these  canal- 
men,  and  villanous  knaves.*  The  scene  of  this  holy 
man,  the  aged  apostle,  a  despised  captive  in  the  midst 
of  this  motley  and  vulgar  crowd,  worn  down  with 
hardships  and  fatigue,  dejected  and  disgusted  with 
their  coarse  vice  and  vile  speech,  suddenly  saluted 
by  Christian  friends,  and  rising  into  a  transport  of 
joy,  giving  thanks  to  God  and  taking  fresh  courage — 
this  scene,  fit  for  a  painter's  pencil  dipped  in  the 
colours  of  heaven,  presents  one  of  the  most  touching 
passages  in  the  eventful  life  of  the  great  apostle. 

The  report  of  Festus  and  Agrippa,  confirmed  as  it 

*  Differtum  nautis,  cauponibus  atque  malignis. — Sat.  i.  5.  4. 


must  have  been  by  the  centurion  who  had  con- 
ducted Paul  to  Rome,  appears  to  have  made  a 
favourable  impression  respecting  him.  He  was  ac- 
cordingly treated  with  more  indulgence  than  tlio 
other  prisoners.  He  was  allowed  to  have  a  private 
dwelling,  to  enjoy  the  free  intercourse  of  his  friends, 
and  to  correspond  with  those  that  were  absent. 
Only  a  single  soldier  attended  him  as  guard,  to 
whom,  according  to  the  military  custom  of  holding 
one  under  arrest,  he  was  fastened  by  a  chain  on  the 
arm. 

Three  days  after  his  arrival  he  began  his  benevo- 
lent labours,  with  the  Jews  first ;  and  continued,  for 
two  full  years,  while  detained  as  a  prisoner,  to 
receive  all  who  came  to  him,  "  preaching  the  king- 
dom of  God,  and  teaching  those  things  which  con- 
cern the  Lord  Jesus  Christ,  with  all  confidence,  no 
man  forbidding  him."  Acts  xxviii.  17,  31. 

During  his  confinement  at  Rome,  from  A.  D.  61 
to  63,  the  apostle  continued  his  labours  for  the  con- 
version of  men  and  in  the  care  of  the  churches. 
In  these  labours  he  was  assisted  by  Luke,  his  fel- 
low-traveller and  biographer;  by  Timothy,  his  be- 
loved son  in  the  faith ;  and  by  Tychicus,  his  former 
companion. 

It  is  particularly  interesting  to  notice  that  Mark, 
from  whom  he  had  unhappily  separated  twelve 
years  before,  is  here  also  the  faithful  assistant  and 
fellow-labourer  of  Paul. 

The  fruits  of  Paul's  ministry  were  gathered  from 
every  condition — from  the  humblest  to  the  highest^ — 
from  Caesar's  household  to  bondman  and  slave.  One 
of  his  most  interesting  converts  was  a  fugitive  slave, 
who,  escaping  from  Philemon,  Paul's  fellow-labourer 
in  the  church  of  the  Colossians,  had  wandered  away 
to  this  common  receptacle  of  vagabonds  and  adven- 
turers. The  return  of  this  Christian  slave  to  his 
master  gave  occasion  for  the  Epistle  to  Philemon, 
to  commend  him  to  his  master's  kindness.  At  the 
same  time  he  also  wrote  his  Epistles  to  the  Colos- 
sians and  to  the  Ephesians. 

During  Paul's  captivity  at  Rome,  the  church  at 
Philippi  sent  Epaphroditus  with  contributions,  as 
a  token  of  their  fond  affection  and  noble  liberality, 
which  he  had  occasion  frequently  and  gratefully 
to  acknowledge.  The  return  of  this  "brother  and 
companion  in  labour,"  A.  D.  62,  was  the  occasion  of 
his  writing  his  Epistle  to  the  Philippians. 

Here  Luke's  history  of  the  labours  of  Paul  ab- 
ruptly terminates,  but  he  is  believed,  after  his  trial 
and  acquittal,  to  have  again  passed  through  Mace- 
donia to  Philippi  and  Ephesus;  to  have  ministered 
again  for  some  time  to  this  church,  to  have  visited 
the  churches  in  Asia,  Smyrna,  Sardis,  Hierapolis, 


245 


THE  LABOURS  OF  ST.  PAUL. 


246 


Colosse,  and  Laodicea,  Philem.  xxii. ;  Philip,  ii.  24; 
then  to  have  fulfilled  his  cherished  desire  of  preach- 
ing the  gospel  in  Spain,  where  he  spent  two  years, 
from  A.  D.  64  to  66,  and  once  more  to  have  returned, 
on  a  hasty  visit,  to  the  churches  of  Asia  Minor. 
After  leaving  Timothy  at  Ephesus,  he  again  went 
over  to  Macedonia,  from  whence  he  set  sail  for 
Crete,  where  he  left  Titus  to  complete  his  lack  of 
service  with  these  churches. 

From  Macedonia,  before  going  to  Crete,  he  wrote 
his  First  Epistle  to  Timothy,  A.  D.  67,  to  encourage 
and  aid  him  in  his  struggle  with  the  heretical  teach- 
ers at  Ephesus. 

From  Crete  he  seems  yet  again  to  have  visited 
Ephesus,  and  from  that  place  to  have  written  his 
Epistle  to  Titus,  in  the  autumn  of  A.  D.  67,  and 
from  thence  to  have  gone  down  to  Miletus,  2  Tim. 
iv.  20,  whence  he  sailed  for  Corinth,  purposing  to 
spend  the  winter  of  A.  D.  67-8  at  Nicopolis,  in  Epi- 
rus.  Tit.  iii.  12.  In  this  summary  we  have  adopted 
the  conclusions  of  Conybeare  and  Howson,  without 
assuming  to  decide  upon  the  correctness  of  their 
reasoning. 

NICOPOLIS. 

This  "  City  of  Victory"  was  built  by  Augustus, 
to  commemorate  his  victory  at  the  battle  of  Actium 
100  years  before  Paul's  visit  It  stood  upon  the 
site  occupied  by  his  land  forces  before  that  battle. 
"  A  long  lofty  wall  spans  a  desolate  plain ;  to  the 
north  of  it  rises,  on  a  distant  hill,  the  shattered  scena 
of  a  theatre ;  and,  to  the  west,  the  extended  though 
broken  line  of  an  aqueduct  connects  the  distant 
mountains,  from  which  it  tends,  with  the  main  sub- 
ject of  the  picture — the  city  itself,  on  a  low  and 
swampy  plain." 

Here,  on  this  field  of  battle  and  of  victory,  our 
Christian  warrior,  more  "august"  than  imperial 
Cassar,  who  proudly  bore  this  name,  ended  his  war- 
fare and  returned  to  Rome,  not  in  triumph,  to 
secure  a  corruptible  crown,  but  in  bonds,  to  await  an 
incorruptible.  He  had  fought  the  good  fight,  and 
his  triumph  was  complete. 

When  arrested  at  Nicopolis  by  the  Roman  autho- 
rities, he  was  forsaken  by  Demas  "  for  love  of  this 
present  world,"  and  by  Crescens,  the  one  retiring  to 
Thessalonica,  the  other  to  Galatia;  and  Titus,  we 
may  charitably  hope  for  better  reasons,  withdrew 
up  the  coast  to  Dalmatia. 

Luke  remained  faithful,  and  accompanied  his 
master  through  the  perils  of  wintry  seas  to  encoun- 
ter fiercer  terrors  at  Rome  as  "a  malefactor." 
2  Tim.  ii.  9.     Paul  was  sought  out,  with  difficulty 


and  danger,  and  refreshed  by  Onesiphorus  and  a  few 
faithful  friends,  among  whom  was  Claudia,  the 
daughter  of  a  British  king.  2  Tim.  i.  16;  iv.  21. 

A  terrible  persecution  was  now  raging  under  Nero, 
that  brutal  monster  that  disgraced  the  throne  of 
Caesar ;  and  Paul,  in  calm  and  certain  expectation 
of  his  death,  writes  from  his  cell  his  final  letter  to 
Timothy,  in  the  vain  hope  that  he  might  come  to 
him  before  his  martyrdom. 

A  hasty  form  of  trial  soon  ended  in  the  sentence 
of  death  by  decapitation,  and  the  aged  apostle,  de- 
siring to  depart  and  be  with  Christ,  was  led  forth, 
from  the  southern  gate,  to  execution,  upon  the  road 
to  Ostia,  the  port  of  Rome,  to  suffer  like  his  Lord, 
"  without  the  city." 

How  eventful  his  life !  in  labours  most  abun- 
dant, in  prisons  frequent,  in  deaths  oft;  four  times 
scourged  with  forty  stripes  save  one,  thrice  beaten 
with  rods,  once  stoned,  thrice  shipwrecked,  a  day 
and  a  night  in  the  deep,  in  journeyings  oft ;  in  peril3 
of  waters,  in  perils  of  robbers,  in  perils  by  his  own 
countrymen,  in  perils  by  the  heathen,  in  perils  in 
the  city,  in  perils  in  the  countiy,  in  perils  in  the 
wilderness,  in  perils  in  the  sea,  in  perils  among  false 
brethren;  in  weariness  and  painfulness,  in  watch- 
ings  often,  in  hunger  and  thirst,  in  fastings  often, 
in  cold  and  nakedness, — besides  the  care  of  all  the 
churches  that  pressed  daily  upon  him.  No  wonder 
the  aged  apostle,  after  such  a  pilgrimage,  worn 
down  with  such  hardships,  such  ceaseless  toil,  such 
exhausting  cares,  pants  for  the  repose  of  heaven. 
According  to  his  desire,  so  it  is  granted  to  him. 
Heaven  is  already  let  down  into  his  soul.  Its  tri- 
umph is  begun.  The  crown  of  glory  which  is  just 
settling  on  his  head,  sheds  its  divine  radiance  on 
the  victor's  brow  and  fii-es  his  eye,  while  he  ex- 
claims, "I  am  now  ready  to  be  offered,  and  the 
time  of  my  departure  is  at  hand.  I  have  fought  a 
good  fight,  I  have  finished  my  course,  I  have  kept 
the  faith.  Henceforth  there  is  laid  up  for  me  a 
crown  of  righteousness,  which  the  Lord,  the  right- 
eous Judge,  shall  give  unto  me." 

The  friends  of  Paul,  like  the  disciples  of  John, 
"  took  up  his  corpse  and  laid  it  in  a  tomb,"  one  of 
those  subterranean  labyrinths,  at  once  the  sepulchres 
of  the  dead  and  the  sanctuaries  of  the  living ;  which 
in  these  troublous  times  sheltered  so  many  of  the 
saints  of  God,  and  enshrined  their  sacred  dust. 
Eusebius  informs  us  that  the  name  of  Paul  remained 
in  one  of  these  cemeteries  even  to  his  day.  A  lofty 
sepulchral  pyramid,  by  the  Ostian  road,  is  still 
standing,  unshattered  by  the  waste  of  so  many  ages^ 
as  it  stood  then  calmly  overlooking  the  scene  of  his 
martyrdom,  as  if  reared  to  be,  in  all  time,  a  lone 


247 


TEXT   BOOK   AND  ATLAS  OF   BIBLICAL  GEOGRAPHY. 


2iS 


monument  of  this  atrocious  crime.  The  ground  is 
now  used  as  the  burial-place  of  English  Protestants. 
Thf'  clods  that  drank  the  blood  of  the  sainted  mar- 
tyr may  now  enwrap  the  body  of  some  Christian 


stranger,  whose  ransomed  spirit,  in  deep  communion 
with  that  of  the  great  apostle,  now  tastes  the  full 
bliss  of  heaven,  where  the  wicked  cease  from  troub- 
ling and  the  weary  are  at  rest. 


CHAPTER  III. 


PATMOS  AND  THE   SEVEN  CHURCHES. 


The  "isle  that  is  called  Patmos,"  where  John 
was  in  exile  for  the  word  of  God  and  for  the  testi- 
mony of  Jesus  Christ,  is  a  small  island  in  the  JEgean 
Sea,  eighteen  or  twenty  miles  south-south-west  from 
Samos,  and  forty  or  fifty  west  by  south  from  Miletus. 
It  is  a  rocky,  barren  island,  exceedingly  irregular, 
deeply  indented  by  bays  and  gulfs,  which  afford 
several  good  harbours,  of  which  one  on  the  north 
side  is  chiefly  frequented  by  shipping  and  occupied 
by  a  few  shops  and  houses.  The  principal  town  is 
built  on  the  summit  and  the  steep  sloping  sides  of 
a  high  hill  which  overlooks  the  harbour,  the  ascent 
of  which  is  by  steep,  narrow,  and  difficult  streets. 

The  hermitage  and  grotto  of  St.  John  is  halfway 
down  the  hill  on  a  jutting  rock,  where,  according  to 
tradition,  John,  "  in  the  spirit,  on  the  Lord's  day," 
saw  the  visions  of  God  which  completed  the  mighty 
roll  of  prophecy,  that  for  a  thousand  years  had  been 
unfolding,  and  closed  and  sealed  up  the  communica- 
tions of  God  to  man. 

The  monastery  of  St.  John,  a  strong  old  castle  of 
the  eleventh  century,  crowns  the  top  of  the  moun- 
tain on  which  the  town  is  built.  The  terrace  of  the 
castle  presents  a  fine  view  of  the  island,  with  its 
rugged  hills,  its  silent,  sequestered  glens,  rocky  pro- 
montories, and  deep  retiring  bays,  piercing  on  every 
side  its  rock-bound  shores.  The  entire  population 
of  this  island  is  3000  or  4000. 

The  following  extract  is  from  the  diary  of  the 
Rev.  Mr.  Brewer,  American  missionary  to  the  Le- 
vant, who  visited  Patmos  in  1831 : — 

"  We  had  earnestly  desired  to  be  in  the  '  isle 

called  Patmos on  the  Lord's  day.'     With  all 

our  efforts,  however,  to  expedite  the  voyage,  and 
offers  of  a  reward  to  our  indolent  Greek  boatmen,  it 
was  not  until  near  midnight  that  our  little  bark 
slowly  made  her  way  from  the  east  around  its  rocky 
promontories  and  a  projecting  shoal.  The  hour  and 
circumstances  all  were  favourable  for  deepening  the 
impressions  one  would  wish  to  cherish  on  visiting 
so  hallowed  a  spot.  As  we  drew  near  the  shore  the 
extreme  stillness  of  the  scene  was  broken  in  upon 


by  such  multitudes  of  sea-fowl  which  the  gentle 
movements  of  our  vessel  disturbed,  that  we  were 
ready  to  conclude  none  but  a  solitary  hermit  at 
most  could  be  a  tenant  of  the  place.  But  when  we 
came  to  anchor  in  the  principal  haven,  we  could  dis- 
cern, by  the  light  of  the  moon,  a  considerable  num- 
ber of  the  magazines  and  hahlialia,  or  storage  and 
grocery  shops,  that  abound  in  the  towns,  and  espe- 
cially at  the  scalas,  or  landing-places  in  the  Levant. 
Farther  distant  also  were  dwelling-houses,  and  the 
neatly  whitewashed  chapels,  which  impart  so  pic- 
turesque an  appearance  to  many  of  the  Greek  islands. 

"When  the  morning  dawned,  the  monastery  of 
St.  John  was  to  be  seen  rising,  like  a  castle,  on  the 
summit  of  one  of  the  highest  hills,  from  the  midst 
of  a  walled  town  of  400  or  500  houses.  Halfway 
up  the  mountain  were  several  buildings  in  a  ruinous 
state,  around  and  covering  what  the  tradition  of  the 
island  affirms  to  be  the  very  spot  where  the  favoured 
disciple  'was  in  the  spirit,'  and  in  the  visions  of 
earth  beheld  the  glories  of  heaven.  Without  either 
crediting  or  totally  rejecting  the  truth  of  such  tradi- 
tionary testimony,  it  was  sufficient  for  us  that  we 
were  doubtless  in  the  same  harbour  which  he  en- 
tered, and  were  looking  out  upon  the  same  general 
scene  on  which  his  eyes  rested,  when  gazing  in  the 
direction  of  his  persecuted  flock,  now  left  without  a 
shepherd. 

"  Venerable  old  man  !  what  a  sweet  and  holy  in- 
terest is  attached  to  his  history.  His  youthful  days 
had  been  spent  on  the  banks  of  the  Jordan,  and 
around  the  secluded  lake  of  Gennesaret.  There,  in 
the  humble  employment  of  a  fisherman,  he  continued 
with  James,  his  brother,  until  at  the  Saviour's  call 
they  arose,  left  all,  and  followed  him  to  'become 
fishers  of  men.' " 


THE    SEVEN   CHURCHES. 

On  the  map  No.  VII.  may  be  noticed  three  large 
islands,  Lesbos,  Chios,  and  Samos,  lying  off  the 
western  coast  of  Asia  Minor,  over  against  the  pro- 


249 


PATMOS  AND  THE   SEVEN  CIIUrtCIIES. 


250 


viaces  of  Lydia  and  Caria,  at  the  distance  of  about 
forty  miles  from  each  other.  Opposite  these  islands 
are  seen  four  rivers  emptying  into  the  sea.  First  in 
order  from  south  to  north  is  the  Meander,  then  the 
Cayster,  the  Hermus,  the  Caicus.  Of  these  the 
Meander  and  the  Hermus  are  the  most  considerable, 
being  about  200  miles  in  length.  Miletus,  already 
mentioned,  was  at  the  mouth  of  the  Meander. 
Laodicea  is  in  the  interior,  on  a  branch  of  the 
Meander,  less  than  100  miles  from  Miletus.  Hiera- 
polis  is  ten  or  fifteen  miles  north-east  from  Loadicea, 
and  Colosse  fifteen  or  twenty  east  by  south  from  it. 
Ephesus  is  on  the  Cayster,  near  forty  miles  north  of 
Miletus,  and  Smyrna  forty  miles  farther  north,  near 
the  Hermus.  Sardis  is  fifty  miles  from  Smyrna,  in 
the  interior  on  the  Hermus,  and  Philadelphia  thirty 
miles  farther  east,  on  a  southern  branch  of  the  Her- 
mus, and  Thyatira  about  the  same  distance  north 
from  Sardis  on  another  branch  of  the  Hermus. 
Pargamos  again  is  sixty  miles  north-north-east  from 
Smyrna. 

EPHESUS. 

Ephesus,  the  first  of  the  apocalyptic  churches,  has 
been  already  noticed.  Her  ruin  is  now  complete, 
and  in  her  overthrow  we  recognise  the  fall  of  the 
first  angel,  the  extinction  of  the  first  candlestick 
of  the  Revelations.  Rev.  ii.  1-5. 


SMYRNA. 

Smyrna,  the  second  of  these  churches,  forty  miles 
north  of  Ephesus,  is  on  a  bay  or  gulf  that  sets 
inland  thirty-five  or  forty  miles,  which  forms  a  fine 
harbour  and  safe  anchorage  for  the  port  of  Smyrna. 
By  reason  of  these  commercial  advantages,  Smyrna 
is  still  one  of  the  principal  cities  of  Western  Asia. 
It  has  a  population  of  120,000  or  150,000  inhabit- 
ants, Greeks,  Jews,  Armenians,  and  Franks,  who 
sustain  an  extensive  and  lucrative  foreign  commerce. 
The  city  is  protected  by  the  acropolis  of  Mount 
Pagus,  which  rises  by  a  bold  ascent  to  an  imposing 
height,  directly  north  of  the  city,  and  is  surmounted 
by  a  frowning  castle,  now  considerably  dilapidated. 
The  harbour  is  much  frequented  by  foreign  shipping, 
British,  French,  Austrian,  Russian,  American,  both 
merchantmen  and  ships  of  war,  which  are  greatly 
annoyed  by  a  violent  sea-breeze  that  rolls  in  a  heavy 
surf  through  the  day. 

Smyrna  maintains  an  active  trade  with  the  in- 
terior by  means  of  caravans  of  camels,  which  are 
often  encamped  in  great  numbers  in  the  suburbs  of 
the  city.  Rev.  Mr.  Brewer  gives  the  following  de- 
scription of  such  an  encampment : — 
17 


"  To  a  stranger  from  the  Western  World  it  is  a 
great  source  of  entertainment  to  watch  these  patient 
and  friendly  animals,  as  they  obey  their  master's 
peculiar  call  to  kneel  down  for  the  discharge  of  their 
double  burden  of  merchandise,  fruit,  coals,  or  the 
like.  When  about  to  rest  for  the  night,  they  are 
grouped  together  in  a  circle  with  all  their  heads 
facing  outward.  In  one  of  the  open  squares  near  the 
barracks  may  be  sometimes  seen,  at  evening,  five 
hundred  or  more.  These,  with  the  drivers'  tents 
pitched  by  their  side,  the  kindling  of  fires,  and  pre- 
paration of  their  evening  meal,  form  a  truly  Oriental 
scene." 

The  extract  subjoined,  from  another  hand,  is  a 
pleasing  exemplification  of  the  benevolent  attention 
with  which  the  Turks  provide  for  the  supply  of  man, 
beast,  and  bird  with  water : — 

"  As  there  is  no  object  of  so  much  consumption 
in  life,  so  precious  to  a  Turk  as  water,  so  there  is 
none  he  takes  so  much  care  to  provide,  not  only  for 
himself,  but  for  all  other  animals.  Before  his  door 
he  always  places  a  vessel  filled  with  water  for  the 
dogs  of  the  streets ;  he  excavates  stones  into  shallow 
cups  to  catch  rain  for  the  little  birds,  and  wherever 
a  stream  runs,  or  a  rill  trickles,  he  builds  a  fountain 
for  his  fellow-creatures,  to  arrest  and  catch  the  fra- 
grant current,  that  not  a  drop  of  the  fluid  should  be 
wasted.  These  small  fountains  are  numerous,  and 
inscribed  with  some  sentence  from  the  Koran,  incul- 
cating practical  charity  and  benevolence.  The  be- 
neficent man  at  whose  expense  this  is  done  never 
allows  his  own  name  to  make  part  of  the  inscription. 
A  Turk  has  no  ostentation  in  his  charity ;  his  fa- 
vourite proverb  is,  '  Do  good,  and  throw  it  into  the 
sea,  and  if  the  fish  do  not  see  it,  ALLAH  WILL.'" 

Smyrna  was  the  scene  of  the  apostolic  labours  of 
the  venerable  Polycarp,  the  disciple  of  St.  John; 
and  here  he  sealed  his  ministry  with  his  blood. 

"  As  he  was  brought  to  the  tribuaal,  there  was  a 
great  disturbance  on  hearing  that  Polycarp  was 
taken.  When  he  came  near,  the  proconsul  asked 
him  whether  he  was  Polycarp,  and  urged  him  to 
deny  the  faith,  saying,  'Reverence  thy  old  age,' 
with  many  other  exhortations  of  like  nature,  as  their 
custom  is,  saying,  '  Swear  by  the  fortune  of  Caesar :' 
'  Repent,  and  say,  Away  with  the  atheists.'  Then 
Polycarp,  looking  with  severe  countenance  upon  the 
whole  company  of  ungodly  Gentiles  who  were  in  the 
lists,  stretching  forth  his  hand  to  them,  and  groan- 
ing, and  looking  up  to  heaven,  said,  '  Away  with 
the  atheists!'  But  the  proconsul  continuing  to 
urge  him,  and  saying,  'Swear,  and  I  will  release 
thee,  reproach  Christ,'  Polycarp  answered,  ^Four- 
score and  six  years  have  I  served  him,  and  he  hath 


251 


TEXT  BOOK  AND  ATLAS  OF  BIBLICAL  GEOGRAPHY. 


252 


never  wronged  me  at  aU  ;  how,  then,  can  I  hlaspheme 
my  King  and  my  Saviour?'  And  when  the  pro- 
consul, nevertheless,  still  insisted  and  said,  '  Swear 
by  the  genius  of  Caesar,'  he  answered,  '  If  thou  art 
so  confident  as  to  expect  that  I  should  swear  by 
what  thou  callest  the  genius  of  Caesar,  hear  me 
freely  professing  unto  thee,  I  am  a  Christian!' 

"  The  proconsul  then  said,  '  I  have  the  wild  beasts 
ready ;  to  those  I  will  cast  thee,  unless  thou  repent.' 
He  answered,  '  Call  for  them  then,  for  we  Christians 
are  fixed  in  our  minds  not  to  change  from  good  to 
evil.'  The  proconsul  added,  '  Seeing  thou  despisest 
the  wild  beasts,  I  will  cause  thee  to  be  devoured  by 
fire,  unless  thou  shalt  repent.'  Polycarp  answered, 
'  Thou  threatenest  me  with  fire  which  burns  for  an 
hour,  and  in  a  little  time  is  extinguished ;  for  thou 
knowest  not  the  fire  of  the  future  judgment,  and  of 
that  eternal  punishment  which  is  reserved  for  the 
ungodly.' 

"  When  the  pile  was  ready,  Polycarp,  laying  aside 
his  upper  garments,  and  loosing  his  girdle,  endea- 
voured also  to  loose  his  sandals,  which  aforetime 
he  was  not  wont  to  do,  forasmuch  as  always  every 
one  of  the  faithful  that  was  about  him  contended 
who  should  soonest  do  it  for  him.  Immediately, 
they  put  upon  him  the  instruments  which  were  pre- 
pared for  the  pile ;  but  when  they  would  have  nailed 
him  to  the  stake,  he  said,  '  Leave  me  thus,  for  He 
who  hath  given  me  strength  to  endure  the  fire,  will 
also  enable  me,  without  your  securing  me  by  nails, 
to  remain  unmovable  in  the  pile.'  " 

The  place  of  the  martyrdom  of  Polycarp  is  be- 
lieved to  have  been  the  theatre,  of  which  some  ruins 
remain,  above  the  town,  under  the  steepest  part  of 
Castle  Hill. 

A  church  of  seven  members  has  been  organized 
within  the  present  year  by  the  American  missionaries 
at  Smyrna. 

PERGAMOS. 

Pergamos  is  sixty-four  miles  north  of  Smyrna. 
It  is  situated  about  thirty  miles  from  the  sea,  on  the 
north  bank  of  the  Caieus,  at  the  base  and  on  the 
declivity  of  three  high  and  steep  mountains,  which 
flank  the  city  on  three  sides.  The  middle  summit  is 
the  highest,  and  is  crowned  by  an  ancient  and  deso- 
late castle.  The  town  has  a  population  of  ten  or 
twelve  thousand. 

"  The  ascent  to  the  castle  is  quite  circuitous,  over 
a  broad,  ancient,  paved  road.  Halfway  up  the  hill 
is  an  outwork,  consisting  of  a  wall  of  considerable 
length,  with  frequent  towers.  A  little  above  this  is 
a  platform  intended  for  a  battery,  and  built  entirely 
of  marble  fragments  cemented  in  mortar.     The  castle 


embraces  the  entire  summit  of  the  hill,  and  includes 
a  space  of  about  eight  acres.  Facing  the  south-east 
is  a  wall  of  hewn  stone,  a  hundred  feet  deep,  built 
into  the  rock,  which  helps  to  form  a  spacious  area, 
where,  anciently,  stood  a  temple  visible  everywhere 
from  the  plain  of  the  Caieus,  and  even  from  the  sea 
beyond.  On  the  north  and  west  sides,  the  descent 
is  almost  perpendicular  into  a  deep,  narrow  valley. 
Through  this  runs  a  rivulet,  with  a  great  aqueduct 
of  lofty  arches  at  one  extremity,  and  at  the  other  a 
massive  pile,  filling  the  whole  valley,  and  forming 
with  it  a  naumachia,  or  place  for  the  exhibition  of 
sea-fights.  When  the  stream  occupied  only  its  na- 
tural bed,  and  the  interior  was  dry,  it  was  probably 
used  for  chariot  races  and  gymnastic  exercises.  Still 
lower  down  is  a  work  apparently  of  Koman  origin, 
being  a  hollow  cylinder  of  brick,  at  lest  thirty  feet 
in  diameter,  for  the  passage  of  the  rivulet,  and,  as 
some  think,  answering  at  one  period  the  purpose  of 
common  sewers,  certainly  much  resembling  those  of 
Rome. 

"  At  the  eastern  extremity  of  the  hill  are  remains 
of  a  theatre,  whose  entrances  still  are  standing.  Its 
area,  however,  is  filled  with  houses  and  small  gar- 
dens against  the  sloping  sides,  where  the  semicircular 
seats  rose  one  above  another." 

About  two  centuries  and  a  half  before  the  Chris- 
tian era,  Pergamos  became  the  residence  of  the  cele- 
brated kings  of  the  family  of  Attalus,  and  a  seat  of 
literature  and  the  arts.  King  Eumenes,  the  second 
of  the  name,  greatly  beautified  the  town,  and  in- 
creased the  library  of  Pergamos  so  considerably  that 
the  number  of  volumes  amounted  to  two  hundred 
thousand.  As  the  papyrus  shrub  had  not  yet  be- 
gun to  be  exported  from  Egypt,  sheep  and  goats' 
skins,  cleaned  and  prepared  for  the  purpose,  were 
used  as  manuscripts;  and,  as  the  art  of  preparing 
them  was  brought  to  perfection  at  Pergamos,  they, 
from  that  circumstance,  obtained  the  name  of  Per- 
ganiena  or  parchment.  Parchment,  however,  seems 
to  have  been  in  use  at  an  earlier  period  with  the 
Persians  and  lonians;  but  it  may  have  been  im- 
proved and  brought  into  more  general  use  at  Per- 
gamos. The  library  remained  in  Pergamos  after 
the  kingdom  of  the  Attali  had  lost  its  independence, 
until  Antony  removed  it  to  Egypt,  and  presented  it 
to  Queen  Cleopatra. 

When  or  by  whom  the  church  at  Pergamos  was 
founded  is  not  known.  The  city  seems  to  have  been 
exceedingly  corrupt — the  very  seat  of  Satan,  accord- 
ing to  the  Apocalyptic  epistle.  The  fate  of  the 
church  at  Pergamos  is  now  unknown.  The  city  has 
still  a  population  of  about  15,000,  chiefly  Turks. 
No  missionary  efforts  have  been  encouraged  here  for 


253 


PATMOS  AND  THE   SEVEN  CHURCHES. 


254 


the  restoration  of  the  gospel  of  Christ.  No  Antipas 
remains  a  faithful  witness  for  Christ.  The  church 
of  St.  John  is  in  ruins;  and  the  fanes  of  Jupiter,  of 
Diana,  of  Esculapius,  and  of  Venus,  are  prostrate 
in  the  dust.  The  minarets  of  nine  or  ten  mosques 
show  that  the  god  of  Mohammed  almost  alone 
dwelleth  here,  where  Satan's  seat  is. 

THYATIRA. 

This  city,  the  fourth  of  the  seven  churches,  is  be- 
tween fifty  and  sixty  miles  north-east  from  Smyrna, 
and  forty  or  fifty  south-east  from  Pergamos,  in  the 
midst  of  an  extensive  plain,  eighteen  miles  in  breadth, 
around  the  head-waters  of  the  northern  branch  of  the 
Hermus,  and  contains  a  population  of  6000  or  7000 
inhabitants.  In  a  distant  view  it  appears  embosomed 
in  cypruses,  poplar,  and  other  trees,  through  which 
domes  and  minarets  of  mosques  and  dwelling-houses 
appear.  An  amphitheatre  of  hills  rises  at  the  dis- 
tance of  a  few  miles  behind,  from  which  abundant 
streams  of  water  descend  to  fertilize  the  gardens  and 
impart  a  delightful  coolness  during  the  summer 
months.  The  inhabitants  are  still  celebrated,  as  in 
former  times,  for  their  skill  in  the  art  of  dyeing. 
They  sustain  an  active  trade  with  Smyrna  in  wool 
and  scarlet  cloth.  Lydia,  a  seller  of  purple,  con- 
verted by  the  apostle  Paul  at  Philippi,  Acts  xvi.  14, 
15,  40,  was  a  native  of  this  place. 

The  Christian  traveller  who  visits  this  place  in 
search  of  the  ancient  city,  is  requited  only  with  dis- 
appointment and  vain  regrets.  He  finds  nothing 
that  he  can  identify  with  the  Apocalyptic  church. 
The  "works,  and  charity,  and  service,  and  faith, 
and  patience,"  of  this  faithful  church  have  no  longer 
any  memorial  on  earth  but  the  commendation  con- 
tained in  the  epistle  to  the  angel  of  the  church  in 
Thyatira. 

Some  efforts  have  been  made  by  the  American 
missionaries  to  plant  anew  the  gospel  in  Thyatira, 
who  say,  "  We  trust  it  has  taken  root  in  Thyatira, 
and  if  it  can  be  properly  watered,  we  hope  for  good 
fruit." 

SARDIS. 

The  ruins  of  this  celebrated  city  are  found  on 
the  left  bank  of  the  Hermus,  and  at  the  foot  of 
Mount  Tmolus,  about  thirty  miles  south-east  from 
Thyatira,  and  a  little  more  than  fifty  south-east  from 
Smyrna.  The  valley  of  the  Hermus  and  its  tribu- 
tary, the  Pactolus,  around  the  lofty  Tmolus,  pre- 
sents a  site  of  incomparable  beauty  for  a  city,  be- 
neath which  Sardis  lies  entombed,  the  splendid  and 
opulent  capital  of  the  kings  of  Lydia,  of  Croesus,  the 


last  of  her  kings,  and  the  richest  of  monarchs. 
Cyrus,  B.  c.  548,  with  an  army  of  196,000,  con- 
quered this  voluptuous  prince  with  an  army  of 
420,000,  and  gathered  the  richest  spoils  that  victory 
ever  won  from  a  vanquished  foe.  The  treasure 
which  Croesus  delivered  up  to  Cyrus  has  been  com- 
puted at  the  enormous  sum  of  631,820,000  dollars. 

"  I  know  thy  works,  that  thou  hast  a  name  that 
thou  livest  and  art  dead."  As  was  thus  said  of  the 
degenerate  church  of  Sardis,  so  of  the  city  itself. 
A  few  miserable  huts  occupy  its  place.  The  black 
tents  of  the  wandering  Turcomans  are  scattered 
through  the  valley ;  the  whistle  of  the  camel-driver 
now  resounds  in  the  palace  of  Croesus,  and  the  song 
of  the  lonely  thrush  is  heard  from  the  walls  of  the 
old  Christian  church.  Schubert  found  there  only 
two  Christian  millers,  in  1836,  who  spoke  nothing 
but  Turkish.  A  countless  number  of  sepulchral 
hillocks  beyond  the  Hermus,  where  sleep  the  dead 
of  three  thousand  years,  heighten  the  desolateness 
of  the  spot  which  the  multitudes  lying  there  once 
made  busy  by  their  living  presence  and  pursuits. 
The  summit  of  the  Tmolus  is  bare,  rocky,  and 
snow-clad;  a  little  lower  its  heights  are  covered 
with  wood,  and  at  the  base  there  are  high  ridges  of 
earth,  and  rocks  with  deep  ravines.  On  one  of  these 
eminences,  the  sides  of  which  are  almost  perpen- 
dicular, stood  the  ancient  castle  of  the  governors  of 
Lydia.  A  concealed,  narrow,  and  steep  passage 
conducts  to  the  walls,  near  to  which  probably  is  the 
place  where  the  Persians  appeared  before  the  town. 

"  Little  now  remains  of  the  walls  of  the  Acropolis. 
Earthquakes,  the  elements,  and  time,  are  fast  de- 
stroying its  crown  of  glory.  Its  western  side,  a 
frightful  pass  of  many  hundred  feet,  exhibits  pro- 
bably a  very  different  appearance  from  what  it  did 
when  besieged  by  the  Persians.  Cyrus,  we  are  told, 
had  offered  a  reward  to  the  person  who  should  first 
mount  the  wall.  One  of  his  soldiers  had  seen  a 
Lydian  descend  for  his  helmet,  which  had  rolled 
down  back  of  the  citadel.  He  tried  to  ascend  there, 
where  not  even  a  sentinel  was  placed,  and  succeed- 
ing, the  Persians  became  masters  of  the  place." 

The  following  graphic  description  of  the  scenery 
of  the  place  by  moonlight  is  given  by  a  recent  tra- 
veller : — 

"Beside  me  were  the  cliffs  of  the  Acropolis, 
which,  centuries  before,  the  hardy  Median  scaled, 
while  leading  on  the  conquering  Persians,  whose 
tents  had  covered  the  very  spot  on  which  I  was  re- 
clining. Before  me  were  the  vestiges  of  what  had 
been  the  palace  of  the  gorgeous  Croesus ;  within  its 
walls  were  once  congregated  the  wisest  of  mankind, 
Thales,  Cleobulus,  and  Solon.     It  was  here  that  the 


255 


TEXT  BOOK  AND  ATLAS   OF  BIBLICAL  GEOGRAPHY. 


256 


wretched  father  mourned  alone  the  mangled  corpse 
of  his  beloved  Atys;  it  was  here  that  the  same 
humiliated  monarch  wept  at  the  feet  of  the  Persian 
boy,  who  wrung  from  him  his  kingdom.  Far  in  the 
distance  were  the  gigantic  tumuli  of  the  Lydian 
monarchs,  Candaules,  Halyatt^s,  and  Gryges ;  and 
around  them  were  spread  those  very  plains,  once 
trodden  by  the  countless  hosts  of  Xerxes  when  hur- 
rying on  to  find  a  sepulchre  at  Marathon. 

''There  were  more  varied  and  more  vivid  remem- 
brances associated  with  the  sight  of  Sardis  than 
could  possibly  be  attached  to  any  other  spot  of  earth, 
but  all  were  mingled  with  a  feeling  of  disgust  at  the 
littleness  of  human  glory ;  all — all  had  passed  away. 
There  were  before  me  the  fanes  of  a  dead  religion, 
the  tombs  of  forgotten  monarchs,  and  the  palm-tree 
that  waved  in  the  banquet-hall  of  kings  ;  while  the 
feeling  of  desolation  was  doubly  heightened  by  the 
calm  sweet  sky  above  me,  which,  in  its  unfading 
brightness,  shone  as  purely  now  as  when  it  beamed 
upon  the  golden  dreams  of  Croesus." 

PHILADELPHIA. 

Philadelphia  was  about  thirty  miles  south-east 
from  Sardis,  and  eighty  from  Smyrna.  From  Ephe- 
sus  the  distance  is  about  seventy  miles.  It  still 
exists  as  a  Turkish  town,  covering  a  considerable 
extent  of  ground,  running  up  the  slopes  of  an  irregu- 
lar hill  with  four  flat  summits,  and  containing  a  popu- 
lation of  12,000  or  14,000  inhabitants. 

"  The  country,  as  viewed  from  these  hills,  is  ex- 
tremely magnificent — ^gardens  and  vineyards  lying 
at  the  back  and  sides  of  the  town,  and  before  it  one 
of  the  most  extensive  and  beautiful  plains  of  Asia. 
The  town  itself,  although  spacious,  is  miserably 
built  and  kept,  the  dwellings  being  remarkably  mean, 
and  the  streets  exceedingly  filthy.  Across  the  sum- 
mits of  the  hill  behind  the  town,  and  the  small  val- 
leys between  them,  runs  the  town-wall,  strengthened 
by  circular  and  square  towers,  and  forming  also  an 
extensive  and  long  quadrangle  in  the  plain  below. 

"  There  are  few  ruins ;  but  in  one  part  there  arc 
still  found  four  strong  marble  pillars,  which  sup- 
ported the  dome  of  a  church.  The  dome  itself  has 
fallen  down,  but  its  remains  may  be  observed,  and 
it  is  seen  that  the  arch  was  of  brick.  On  the  sides 
of  the  pillars  are  inscriptions,  and  some  architectural 
ornaments  in  the  form  of  the  figures  of  saints.  One 
solitary  pillar  of  high  antiquity  has  been  often  no- 
ticed, as  reminding  beholders  of  the  remarkable 
words  in  the  Ajpocalyptic  message  to  the  Phila- 
delphia church :  '  Him  that  overcometh  will  I  make 


a  pillar  in  the  temple  of  my  God ;  and  he  shall  go 
no  more  out.' " 

LAODICEA. 

Laodicea  lay  south  by  east  from  Philadelphia,  and 
about  100  miles  south-east  from  Smyrna,  and  100 
east  from  Ephesus,  on  the  Meander,  in  the  south-west 
part  of  Phrygia,  and  near  Colosse  and  Hierapolis. 
The  ruins  of  the  ancient  town  are  situated  on  the 
flat  summit  of  the  lowest  elevation  of  the  mountain, 
which  terminates  steeply  toward  the  valley  of  the 
Lycus.  Many  sepulchral  monuments  and  imposing 
ruins  attest  the  ancient  grandeur  of  the  place.  It 
is  celebrated  for  a  hot  spring  with  remarkable  petri- 
fying qualities.  Here  was  a  Christian  church  under 
the  care  of  Epaphras,  Col.  iv.  12,  13,  and  here,  ac- 
cording to  Eusebius,  the  apostle  Philip  was  cruci- 
fied. At  a  later  period  famous  councils  were  held 
here,  whose  decrees  still  remain,  but  no  pen  has 
recorded  the  history  of  this  last  of  the  Apocalyptic 
churches.  It  was  once  a  large  city,  as  the  ruins 
yet  extant  sufficiently  attest.  Some  of  the  remains 
of  the  city  are  a  vast  aqueduct,  two  immense  theatres, 
one  of  which  might  have  contained  20,000  or  30,000 
spectators,  an  odeon  and  a  circus,  which  were  con- 
structed under  the  patronage  successively  of  Titus, 
Yespasian,  and  Trajan.  "  It  is  in  a  hollow,  of  an 
oblong  form,  with  an  area  of  more  than  three  hun- 
dred and  forty  paces  in  length,  and  has  twenty  or 
more  ranges  of  seats  remaining  entire.  Its  entrance 
was  from  the  east,  but  at  the  west  end  is  a  vaulted 
passage  of  one  hundred  and  forty  feet  long,  designed 
for  horses  and  chariots. 

"  This  coupling  together  the  names  of  Vespasian, 
Titus,  and  Trajan,  on  such  an  edifice,  leads  a  recent 
Christian  traveller  to  remark,  '  "What  painful  recol- 
lections are  connected  with  this  period !  Twelve 
years  were  employed  in  building  this  place  of  savage 
exhibitions,  and  in  the  first  of  these  years,  the  tem- 
ple of  Jerusalem,  which  had  been  forty-eight  years 
in  building,  was  razed  to  its  foundations,  and  of  the 
Holy  City  not  one  stone  was  left  upon  another  which 
was  not  thrown  down.  That  abomination  of  desola- 
tion was  accomplished  by  him  to  whom  this  amphi- 
theatre was  dedicated,  and  may  have  been  in  honour 
of  his  triumph  over  the  once  favoured  people  of  God. 
Perhaps  in  this  very  amphitheatre  the  followers  of  a 
crucified  Redeemer  were  a  few  years  afterward  ex- 
posed to  the  fury  of  wild  beasts,  by  the  order  of 
the  same  Trajan.' " 

"  The  whole  rising  ground  on  which  the  city  stood 
is  one  vast  tumulus  of  ruins,  abandoned  entirely  to 
the  owl  and  the  fox.     This  city  was  so  situated  as 


257 


PATMOS  AND  THE   SEVEN  CHURCHES. 


258 


to  become  the  battle-ground  of  contending  parties  in 
Asia  Minor,  first  under  the  Romans,  and  then  under 
the  Turks.  It  has  doubtless  suffered  also  from  earth- 
quakes.    For  centuries,  we  know  not  how  many,  it 

has  been  a  perfect  mass  of  ruins The  name 

of  Christianity  is  forgotten,  and  the  only  sounds  that 
disturb  the  silence  of  its  desertion,  are  the  tones  of 
the  Muezzin,  whose  voice  from  the  distant  village 
proclaims  the  ascendency  of  Mohammed.  Laodicea 
is  even  more  solitary  than  Ephesus ;  for  the  latter 
has  the  prospect  of  the  rolling  sea,  or  of  a  whitening 
sail,  to  enliven  its  decay ;  while  the  former  sits  in 
widowed  loneliness;  its  walls  are  grass-grown,  its 
temples  desolate,  its  very  name  has  perished.  We 
preferred  hastening  on  to  a  further  delay  in  that 
melancholy  spot,  where  every  thing  whispered  deso- 
lation, and  where  the  very  wind  that  swept  impetu- 
ously through  the  valley,  sounded  like  the  fiendish 
laugh  of  Time  exulting  over  the  destruction  of  man 
and  his  proudest  monuments." 

COLOSSE  AND   HIERAPOLIS. 

These  two  cities,  having  been  in  the  immediate 
vicinity  of  Laodicea,  and  associated  together  by  the 
apostle  Paul,  Col.  ii.  1;  iv.  13,  15,  16,  may  be  no- 
ticed in  this  connection.  Colosse  is  about  fifteen 
miles  east  from  Laodicea,  on  the  Lycus,  not  far 
from  its  confluence  with  the  Meander.  The  huge 
range  of  Mount  Cadmus  rises  immediately  behind 
the  village,  close  to  which  there  is,  in  the  mountain, 
an  immense  chasm,  nearly  perpendicular,  which 
affords  an  outlet  for  a  wild  mountain  torrent.  The 
ruins  of  an  old  castle  stand  on  the  summit  of  the 
rock  which  forms  the  left  side  of  this  chasm.  There 
are  some  traces  of  ruins  and  fragments  of  stone  in 
the  neighbourhood,  but  barely  sufficient  to  attest  the 
existence  of  an  ancient  site.  The  severed  heights  of 
Mount  Cadmus  rise  on  the  left  hand,  lofty  and  per- 
pendicular, crowned  with  forests ;  in  some  parts 
clothed  with  pines,  in  others  bare  of  soil,  with  im- 
mense caverns  and  chasms.  The  mountain  torrent 
which  breaks  through  the  chasm  of  the  Cadmus 
finds  its  way  in  a  few  miles  to  the  Lycus.  There 
are  also  several  other  wide  and  deep  watercourses, 
worn  by  the  floods  of  Cadmus,  which  must  at  times 
be  terrific,  though  their  beds  are  dry  in  summer. 
The  Lycus,  near  Colosse,  sinks  into  the  ground, 
from  which  it  emerges  again  at  the  distance  of  more 
than  a  mile.  Soon  after  the  date  of  Paul's  Epistle 
to  the  Colossians,  this  city,  with  Laodicea  and  Hiera- 
polis,  were  destroyed  by  an  earthquake,  but  they 
were  again  rebuilt. 

Ten  or  fifteen  miles  from  Laodicea,  and  about 


fifteen  from  Colosse,  stood  Hierapolis,  the  Sacred 
Cit^,  of  which  mention  is  but  once  made  in  the  New 
Testament.  Col.  iv.  12, 13.  Its  name,  its  position, 
and  its  importance,  ail  are  derived  from  its  hot 
mineral  springs.  These  waters  hold  in  solution  an 
immense  quantity  of  the  carbonate  of  lime,  which 
the  waters  deposit  in  the  form  of  incrustations  on 
every  thing  with  which  they  come  in  contact,  which 
give  to  the  place  an  appearance  singularly  unique 
and  characteristic. 

"  The  springs  extend  over  a  considerable  surface, 
and  are  of  different  degrees  of  warmth.  We  found, 
on  trying  the  principal,  that  in  some  places  they 
were  quite  as  hot  as  one  could  comfortably  bear. 
The  quantity  of  water  which  flows  from  them  all  is 
sufficient  to  form  a  considerable  stream.  What  are 
all  their  chemical  properties,  and  for  what  particular 
diseases  they  are  most  beneficial,  is  not  well  known. 

"Next  to  the  white  cliffs  and  mineral  waters 
of  Hierapolis,  one  of  the  most  striking  objects  is 
the  field  of  Sarcophagi,  covering,  perhaps,  the  space 
of  half  a  mile.  These  are  to  be  seen  both  with 
and  without  their  lids.  Some,  too,  are  sculptured, 
and  others  have  inscriptions.  A  few  occur  in  the 
form  of  a  small  building  with  pillars.  Many  of 
them,  no  doubt,  were  constructed  for  those  who  came 
from  abroad,  to  see  if,  perchance,  the  flickering  lamp 
of  life  might  for  a  little  longer  '  hold  out  to  burn.' 
Along  with  these  houses  of  the  dead,  it  is  pleasant 
also  to  find  the  remains  of  two  or  three  Christian 
churches,  and  to  feel  assured  that  from  the  myriads 
once  here  entombed,  a  few  at  least  shall  awake  to 
everlasting  life. 

"  But  the  principal  ruins  are  the  theatre  and  the 
gymnasium.  The  former,  on  the  eastern  side  of  the 
hill,  is  in  an  admirable  state  of  preservation;  its 
marble  seats,  thirteen  vaulted  entrances,  and  the 
proscenium  being  perfect.  Its  diameter  is  about 
three  hundred  and  fifty  feet.  Fragments  of  sculp- 
ture, in  Roman  rather  than  Grecian  style,  lie  round 
about.  The  seats  are  three  feet  broad,  and  a  foot 
and  a  half  high,  and  had  hollow  vessels  of  copper 
underneath  to  reverberate  the  sound,  so  that  40,000 
persons  might  hear  the  performers.  Chandler  found 
in  one  part  of  the  theatre,  a  hundred  years  since,  a 
short  inscription,  in  which  Apollo,  the  leader,  is 
prayed  to  be  propitious;  and  in  another  compartment, 
an  encomium  in  verse,  as  follows  :  *  Hail,  golden 
city,  Hierapolis ;  the  spot  to  be  preferred  before  any 
in  wide  Asia,  revered  for  the  rills  of  the  nymphs ; 
adorned  with  splendour.' 

"  Time  would  fail,  nor  would  it  interest  to  detail 
the  numerous  ruins  which  cover  an  extent  of  four  or 
five  miles.     Removed  from  the  coa&t,  they  could  jiot 


(l7iri7SRSlTiri 


Yv   >*, 


259 


TEXT  BOOK  AND  ATLAS  OF  BIBLICAL  GEOGRAPHY. 


260 


be  plundered  by  sea;  and  wlien  tlie  healing  effects 
of  the  waters  no  longer  derived  any  aid  from  pagan 
superstition,  there  were  no  local  causes  to  raise  up  a 
modern  town  which  should  make  a  demand  on  its 
materials  for  building." 

Gibbon  has  sketched,  with  his  characteristic  force, 
the  condition  of  the  seven  churches.  "  Of  Ephesus 
the  desolation  is  complete ;  and  the  temple  of  Diana, 
or  the  church  of  Mary,  will  equally  elude  the  search 
of  the  curious  traveller. 

'^The  circus,  and  the  three  stately  theatres  of 
Laodicea,  are  now  peopled  with  wolves  and  foxes. 
Sardis  is  reduced  to  a  miserable  village.     The  God 


of  Mohammed  is  invoked  in  the  mosques  of  Thyatira 
and  Pergamos ;  and  the  populousness  of  Smyrna  ia 
supported  by  the  foreign  trade  of  Franks  and  Ar- 
menians. 

"  Philadelphia  alone  has  been  preserved  by  pro- 
phecy or  courage.  At  a  distance  from  the  sea,  for- 
gotten by  the  emperors,  encompassed  on  all  sides  by 
the  Turks,  her  valiant  citizens  defended  their  religion 
and  freedom  above  fourscore  years,  and,  at  length, 
capitulated  with  the  proudest  of  the  Ottomans. 
Among  the  Greek  colonies  and  churches  of  Asia, 
Philadelphia  is  still  erect — a  column  in  a  scene  of 
ruins." 


CONCLUSION. 


The  preparation  of  this  compend  was  undertaken 
in  the  hope  of  commending  to  the  reader  the  study 
of  the  history  and  geography  of  the  Bible  as  one 
of  its  most  instructive  and  endearing  literary  attrac- 
tions. By  these  means  especially  may  the  young  be 
won  to  a  more  interested  and  profitable  perusal  of 
the  Word  of  God,  and  by  his  grace  may  learn  what 
power  divine  it  has  to  enrich  the  mind,  to  refine  the 
taste,  to  rejoice  the  heart,  and  to  convert  the  soul. 
To  each  earnest  student  of  the  Bible,  who,  like  the 
merchantman  seeking  for  goodly  pearls,  searches  for 
them  on  this  exhaustless  strand,  it  offers  the  sure 
promise  of  true  riches,  while  it  makes  him  a  wiser, 
holier,  happier  man.  Nor  can  the  author  of  this 
humble  effort  to  illustrate  one  of  the  attractions  of 


the  Bible,  express  a  purer  wish  for  himself  and  the 
reader  of  this  work  than  that  each  may  be  drawn  to 
a  closer  study  of  the  Book  of  God. 

Anoint  mine  eyes, 

0  holy  Dove  I 
That  I  may  prize 

This  book  of  love. 

Unstop  mine  ear. 

Made  deaf  by  sin. 
That  I  may  hear 

Thy  voice  within. 

Break  my  hard  heart, 

Jesus,  my  Lord : 
In  th'  inmost  part 

Hide  thy  sweet  word. 


CHRONOLOGICAL  TABLE. 


The  following  Table  embodies  the  results  of  the  investigations  of  Mr.  Browne  in  his  Ordo  Saeclorum. 
From  the  Babylonish  Captivity  the  Table  is  continued  from  Winer's  Realwbrterbuch,  and  other  sources. 

I.     THE   ANTEDILUVIAN  PERIOD ;   FROM  THE  CREATION  TO  THE  FLQOD.    1656  YEARS. 


B.  C. 

4102-1. 


The  first  year  of  the  Mundane  Era,  and  of  the 
life  of  Adam.  Whether  the  years  of  Adam 
are  reckoned  from  his  creation,  or  from  the 
expulsion  from  Paradise,  is  loft  undecided. 

Cain  and  Abel. 

Birth  of  Scth. 

Birth  of  Enos.  "  Then  began  men  to  call  upon 
the  name  of  the  Lord." 

Birth  of  Cainan. 

Birth  of  Mahalalcel. 

Birth  of  Jared. 

Birth  of  Enoch. 

Birth  of  Methuselah. 

Birth  of  Lamech. 

Death  of  Adam,  930  years. 

Translation  of  Enoch,  365  years. 

Death  of  Seth,  912  years.  [Bisection  of  the 
period  from  Adam  to  the  Promise.] 

Birth  of  Noah. 

Death  of  Enos,  905  years. 

Death  of  Cainan,  910  years. 

Death  of  Mahalaleel,  895  years. 

Death  of  Jared,  962  years. 

The  ark  begins  to  be  prepared,  (120  years.) 

Noah's  eldest  son  is  born,  (500  years.) 

Shorn  is  born. 

Lamech  dies,  777  years. 

Methuselah  dies,  in  his  969th  year. 

The  Flood,  in  the  600th  year  of  Noah,  99th 
of  Shem. 


The  death  of  Abel  must  be  supposed  to  have  not  long  pre- 
ceded the  birth  of  Seth,  since  Eve  regarded  Seth  as  the  substi- 
tute "  for  Abel,  whom  Cain  slew."  In  that  case  there  will  be 
no  difficulty  in  explaining  Cain's  exclamation,  "  every  one  who 
findcth  me  shall  slay  me."  In  120  years  after  the  Creation, 
the  earth  may  have  had  a  considerable  population. 


13L 

3972-1. 

236. 

3867-6. 

326. 

3777-6. 

396. 

3707-6. 

461. 

3642-1. 

623. 

3480-79 

688. 

3415-4. 

875. 

3228-7. 

931. 

3172-1. 

988. 

3115-4. 

1043. 

3060-59 

1057. 

3046-5. 

1141. 

2962-1. 

1236. 

2867-6. 

1291. 

2812-1. 

1423. 

2680-79 

1536. 

2567-6. 

1557. 

2546-5. 

1558. 

2545-4. 

1652. 

2451-0. 

1656. 

2447. 

In  the  year  of  the  Flood  we  have  the  following  dates  and 
numbers : — 

Gen.  vii.  3-10.    A  pause  of  7  days. 
12, 17.     Rain  40  days. 

24.     The  waters  prevailed  150  days:  "at  the 
end  of  the  150  days  the  waters  were 
abated."  viii.  3. 
"We  must,  therefore,  arrange  the  times  in  this  way : — 
40  days,  to  the  10th  of  the  2d  month,  (a.  m.  1656,  b.  c.  2447.) 
7  days  suspense  to  the  17th  day.    The  Flood  begins.    Noah 
enters  the  ark. 

40  days  rain. 
110  days  the  waters  prevail. 

150  days,  ending  at  the  16th  of  the  7th  month.  (17  Nisan, 
A.  M.  1656,  B.  c.  2446.) 

The  year  being  lun.ar,  the  interval  is  in  fact  but  148  days,  or 
it  was  on  the  149th  day  current  that  the  ark  rested;  but  this 
discrepancy  is  of  no  moment. 

viii.  5.  The  waters  decreased  till  the  10th  month,  1st  day; 
100  days  from  the  ark's  resting. 

Ver.  6.  At  the  end  of  40  days,  (10th  day  of  11th  month,  t.  e. 
of  the  month  afterward  called  Ah,  the  5th  month,)  Noah  opened 
the  window  and  sent  forth  the  raven  and  dove. 

Ver.  10.  Seven  days  later  the  dove  was  sent  forth  the  second 
time ;  and  at  the  end  of  another  week,  the  third  and  last  time 
—24th  of  11th  month. 

Ver.  13.  On  the  first  day  of  the  new  year  (a  week  after  the 
departure  of  the  dove)  the  face  of  the  ground  was  dry. 

Ver.  14.  On  the  27th  of  the  second  month  Noah  issues  from 
the  ark,  after  a  sojourn  of  a  lunar  year  and  10  days,  or  a  com- 
plete solar  year. 

"Shem  was  100  years  old  and  begat  Arphaxad  two  years 
after  the  Flood."  xi.  10.  If  these  two  years  are  measured  from 
the  beginning  of  the  Flood,  so  that  the  birth  of  Arphaxad  lies 
in  the  year  1658,  one  year  after  the  egress  from  the  ark,  the 
Table  then  proceeds  as  follows : — 


II.     THE  PERIOD  OF  THE  DISPERSION ;    FROM  THE   FLOOD  TO  THE  PROMISE.    430  YEARS. 


A.  M.  B.  C. 

1657.     2446-5.     Noah  issues  from  the  ark,  27th  of  2d  month. 

(October  or  November.) 
1G53.     2445-4.     Birth  of  Arphaxad. 
1693.     2410-09.  Birth  of  Salah. 
1723.     2380-79.  Birth  of  Eber. 
261 


1757.     2346-5.     Birth  of  Poleg.    The  earth  divided  in  his  days, 

(239  years.) 
1787.     2316-5.     Birth  of  Eeu, 
1819.     2284-3.     Birth  of 
1849.     2254-3.     Birth  *     / 


263 


TEXT  BOOK  AND  ATLAS  OF  BIBLICAL  GEOGRAPHY. 


264 


A.  M. 

B.  C. 

1878. 

2225-4. 

1948. 

2155-4. 

1996. 

2107-6. 

1997. 

2106-5. 

2006. 

2097-6. 

2008. 

2095-4. 

2026. 

2077-6. 

2049. 

2054-3. 

2083. 

2020-19 

Birth  of  Terah, 

(Terah's  eldest  son  is  born.) 

Death  of  Peleg,  (239  years.) 

Death  of  Nahor,  (148  years.) 

Death  of  Noah,  (950  years.) 

Birth  of  Abraham. 

Death  of  Ecu,  (239  years.) 

Death  of  Serug,  (230  years.) 

Death  of  Terah  :  Abraham  departs  to  Canaan. 


A.  H. 

2084. 
2085. 
2086. 


B.  C. 

2019-8. 
2018-7. 
2017-6. 


Abraham  in  Canaan — after  in  Egypt. 
Separation  of  Lot. 

The  war  at  Sodom,     Lot  rescued.     The  Pro- 
mise,  15  Niaan,  2016  B.  c. 


The  annexed  Table  exhibits  at  one  view  the  contents  of  the 
genealogies  in  Gen.  v.  xi.,  so  as  to  show  at  the  same  time  the 
relative  ages  of  the  patriarchs  and  the  contemporary  durations 
of  their  lives. 


CHRONOLOGICAL   TABLE. 


\^ 


B.  C. 

4102 

;»72 

:W67 

3777 

3707 

3642 

34S0 

3415  3228 

.3172  3115  3060 

3046 

2962 

2867 

2812 

2680 

2.545 

m 

l(;447'2446 

A.  M. 

1 

1.31 

23C 

326 

396 

461 

461 
331 
226 
1.36 

623 

~023 
493 

38S 
298 

688 

688 
558 
453 
363 

875 

875 
745 
640 
550 

931    988  1043 
(ph.  930y.) 

1057 

1141 

1236 

1291 

1423 

1558 

(?^;!656;iC57 

1 

131 
1 

230 

IOC 

1 

326 

196 

91 

1 

396 
266 
161 
71 

Seth 

8011  858 
696    753 
6061   663 

(ofc.912v.'( 

(o?>.906y.) 

808 
718 

822 
7.32 

Cainan 

816|(ofc.910v.) 

Mahalaloel 

1 

66 

228 

293 

480 

536    593 

648 

662 

746    841 

(o6.895y.) 

Jared 

1 

163 

228 

416 

47  ll  528 

573 

587 

671 

760 

821 

(o6.962y.) 

Enoch 

1 

06 

253 

309  (/r.  365y.) 

Methuselah 

1 

188 

244 

301 

356 

370 

454 

549 

604 

736 

871 

905 

(o6.969th) 

Lamech 

1 

57 

114 

169 

183 

267    362 

417 

649 

684 

(ph.llly.) 

Noah 

1 

85    180 

235 

367 

502 

696 

600 

601 

Shem 

1 

96 

99 

100 

B.C. 

iUr, 

241(1 

2.'»0 

2346 

2,316 

22S4 

2254 

2225 

2155 

2107 

2106 

2097 

2095 

2077  2054 

2020 

2007 

1995 

1977 

1945 

19.35 

1920 

1916 

A.M. 

iCci-- 

lC9o 

1723 

1757 

1787 

~731 
230 
130 

1819 

7  a 

262 
16V 

1849 

793 
292 
192 

1878 

822 
321 
221 

1948 

1906 

1997 
941 

2000 

(oU) 
449 
349 

2008 

50y^ 
45i 
351 

2026  2049 

2083 

526 

4?6 

2096 
639 

2108 
551 

2126 
669 

2108 

2168 

2183 

21^7 

ft '2 
101 

1 

a?? 

13(i 

C67 

166 

66 

701 
200 

ion 

892 
391 
291 

940 

469 

369 

492 
392 

439 
,3,39 

440 

■340 

fo6.600T.1 

Arphaxad 

(06.438  v.l 

Pnlah 

1 

31 

65 

95 

127 

157 

186 

256 

304 

305 

314 

.316 

,3.34 

3,57 

.391 

404 

410 

(o?).433v.) 

1 

35 
1 

65 
31 

1 

97 

6i; 

33 

127 
93 
63 

156 
122 
92 

226 
192 
162 

274    275 

284 
'  220 

286 
222 

304 

(ob.1 

327 
39y.) 

361 

374 

386 

404    436 

446   4C1  (oi».464y) 

Peleg " 

Reu 

(ob.2 
210 

09^ 

Serup 

1 

31 

60 

130 

178 

179 

188 

190 

208 

(o6.230y.) 

Xiihor 

1 

30 j  100 

148 

(06. 148v.) 

Terah 

1 

71 

119 

120 

129 

131 

149 

172  (06.2 

l.'iT.') 

Abraham 

•^\ 

1 

19 

42     76 

89 

101 

119 

151 

161 

(o6.175y.) 

Isaac 

1 

19 

51 

61 

761     SO 

Jafob 

1 

16      20 

This  tabular  view  is  interesting  and  instructive  in  several 
particulars.  It  shows  that  Noah  might  have  received  the  ac- 
count of  creation  through  six  equal  channels  with  equal  direct- 
ness, thus — from  Adam  through  Enos  only,  or  from  Cainan  or 
Mahalaleel,  or  Jared  or  Methuselah,  or  Lamech,  his  own  father. 
LamQch  was  56  years  contemporary  with  Adam,  and  100  years 
with  Shem  ;  and  Shom  again  was  contemporary  for  several  years 
both  with  Abraham  and  Isaac.  The  communication  from  Adam 
to  Abraham  and  Isaac  is  only  through  Lamech  and  Shem. 

All  the  generations  from  Adam  to  the  Flood  were  eleven. 
Of  all  these,  AdaTh  was  contemporary  with  nine,  Seth  with  nine, 
Enos  ten,  Cainan  ten,  Mahalaleel  ten,  Jared  ten,  Enoch  nine, 
Methuselah  eleven,  Lamech  eleven,  Noah  eight,  Shem  and  bro- 
thers four.  Thus  there  were  never  less  than  nine  contem- 
porary generations  from  Adam  to  the  Flood,  which  would  give, 
in  one  lineal  descent,  eighty-one  different  channels  through 
which  the  account  might  bo  transmitted. 

Who  ever  imagined,  without  making  the  comparison,  that 
Shem  lived  to  witness  all  the  glorious  things  transacted  between 
God  and  Abraham  !  Who  would  have  supposed  that  Abraham 
and  Isaac  lived  with  those  who  for  one  hundred  years  of  their 
early  life  witnessed  and  assisted  in  the  building  of  the  ark ; 
who  were  borne  triumphantly  in  it  through  the  swelling  flood, 
saw  the  opening  heavens,  felt  the  heaving  earth  when  its  deep 
foundations  were  broken  up,  and  heard  the  groan  of  a  peri.sh- 
ing  world  !     Yet  such  was  the  fact.     Noah  was  contemporary 


with  every  generation  after  him  down  to  Abraham,  and  Shem 
down  to  Jacob. 

Three  narrations  bring  the  account  to  the  time  when  minute 
and  particular  history  commences ;  and  when  the  art  of  inscrib- 
ing upon  papyrus,  and  probably  upon  parchment,  was  under- 
stood. The  participators  in  the  awful  scenes  of  the  flood  lived 
to  see  the  Pharaohs,  the  pyramids  and  obelisks  of  Egypt,  and 
probably  to  have  those  scenes  stereotyped  on  monuments  and 
in  hieroglyphics  which  have  come  down  to  us.  So  that  wo 
have  the  account,  in  a  manner,  second-handed  from  Shem. 


2093. 
2018. 


2017. 


2016. 


Abraham  born. 

Abraham,  75  years  old,  departs  from  Haran,  to 
which  place  he  had  previously  gone  from  Ur  of  the 
Chaldees,  Gen.  xi.  31-xii.  5;  comes  to  Sichem, 
thence  to  a  place  between  Bethel  and  Ai ;  thence 
advances  southward,  and,  in  consequence  of  a 
famine,  descends  into  Egypt,  where  he  makes 
no  long  stay,  xii.  Keturns  to  Bethel.  Lot  se- 
parates from  Abraham,  xiii.  At  this  time  the 
cities  of  the  plain  were  revolted  from  Chedor- 
laomer,  to  whom  they  had  been  subject  12  years, 
xiv.  1.  Chedorlaomer's  invasion,  and  battle  with 
the  kings  of  these  cities.  Abraham  rescues  Lot. 
Melchizcdek  blesses  him,  xiv. :  The  word  OP 
THE  Lord  comes  to  Abuaiiam  :  the  Promise,  xv. 


III.     THE  PERIOD  OF  THE  PATRIARCHS,  FROM  THE  PROMISE  TO  THE  EXODE.    430  YEARS 

B.  C.  2007.     Abraham  86  years. 


Tshmael  is  born,  xvi. 

'tit  renewed  ;  cir- 
v:-ii.  of  the  Three 
■A     Sodom,    xix. 


B.  c.  1993. 


Abraham  journeys  southward :  second  denial  of 
Sarah,  xx.,  (in  Gerar.) 
Isaac  is  born,  (in  Beer-sheba,)  xxi.     Long  sojourn 
in  the  land  of  the  Philistines,  ver.  34.     Abraham 


265 


CimONOLOGICAL  TABLE. 


266 


B.  c.  1956. 


1954. 


1934. 


1918. 
1894. 
1870. 
1856. 


1849. 


1842. 


1836. 


offers  up  Isaac,  xxii.  The  time  is  not  specified : 
the  next  event  is  the  death  of  Sarah,  127  years, 
(Abraham  137  years,)  xxiii. 

Isaac  marries  Rebekah,  xxv.  20.  Abraham  mar- 
ries Keturah. 

Esau  and  Jacob  born,  xxv.  Isaac  removes  to  Ge- 
rar  in  consequence  of  a  famine  :  denies  his  wife, 
xxvi. 

Abraham  dies,  175  years,  xxv.  7. 

Esau,  40  years,  marries,  xxvi.  34. 

Ishmael  dies,  137  years,  xxv.  17. 

Isaac,  137  years,  blesses  Jacob  and  Esau,  77  years. 
Jacob  flees  to  Padan-Aram,  xxvii.  xxviii.  Esau 
goes  to  Ishmael  [to  his  family]  and  marries  his 
daughter,  xxviii.  6. 

Jacob,  having  served  7  years,  marries  Leah  and 
Rachel,  xxix.  20-30.  Leah  bears  Reuben,  Si- 
meon, Levi,  and  Judah.  Bilhah  bears  Dan  and 
Naphtali,  to  Rachel.  Zilpah  bears  Gad  and 
Asher,  to  Leah.  Leah  bears  Issachar,  Zebulon, 
and  Dinah. 

Rachel  bears  Joseph,  xxx.  25.  Jacob  serves  6 
years  for  his  cattle ;  20  years  in  all,  xxxi.  41. 

The  departure  from  Padan-Aram,  xxxi.  Jacob  97 
years,  wrestles  with  the  angel,  xxxii.  Interview 
with  Esau,  xxxiii.  Comes  to  Succoth,  and  there 
builds  a  house,  ver.  17.  Hence  to  Shalem,  a  city 
of  Shechem,  "  When  he  came  from  Padan-Aram, 
and  pitched  his  tent  before  the  citj',  and  he 
bought  a  parcel  of  a  field  where  he  had  spread 
his  tent,  of  the  children  of  Ilamor  .  .  .  and  he 
erected  there  an  altar."    xxxiii.  17-20. 


B.  c.  1836. 
1825. 


^6ou<1815. 


1814. 


1813. 
1812. 


Ab.  1807. 


1805. 
1804. 
1803. 


1786. 
1732. 
1666. 
1626. 


Between  this  year  and  1825,  Jacob  is  settled  at 
Hebron. 

Joseph's  dreams,  xxxvii.  He  is  sold  into  Egypt. 
Judah  separates  from  his  brethren,  and  marries 
Shuah,  xxxviii.  Birth  of  Er,  Onan,  and  Shelah, 
1825-1822.  Jacob  removes  from  Hebron  to 
Shechem :  the  slaughter  of  the  Shechemites  by 
Simeon  and  Levi,  xxxiv.  Jacob  departs  from 
Shechem,  and  is  commanded  to  remove  to  Bethel, 
XXXV.  1. 

Departure  from  Bethel  to  Ephrath :  Rachel  dies  in 
giving  birth  to  Benjamin,  ver.  16-20.  Jacob  re- 
moves to  Edar ;  thence  to  Hebron. 

Joseph  has  been  some  time  in  prison,  xxxix. ; 
interprets  the  dreams  of  the  butler  and 
baker,  xl.,  (two  years  before  Pharaoh's  dream, 
xli.  1.) 

Isaac  dies,  180  years  xxxv.  28. 

Pharaoh's  dream;  Joseph  advanced ;  seven  years 
of  plenty  begin,  xli. 

"Judah  took  a  wife  for  Er  his  first-born,"  xxxviii. 
6.  Death  of  Er  and  Onan.  Joseph's  two  sons 
born. 

Seven  years  of  famine  begin. 

First  descent  of  the  Patriarchs  into  Egypt,  xlii. 

Second  visit;  Joseph  discovers  himself;  Jacob 
and  his  household  descend  into  Egypt,  xlii.- 
xlv. 

Jacob  dies,  147  years,  xlvii.  28. 

Joseph  dies,  110  years,  1.  26. 

Moses  born. 

Moses,  40  years,  flees  to  Midian,  Acts  vii.  30. 


IV.    THE  PERIOD  OF  THE  WANDERING,  FROM  THE  EXODE  TO  THE  PASSAGE 

OVER  JORDAN.     40  YEARS. 

V.    THE  PERIOD  OF  THE  THEOCRACY,  FROM  JOSHUA  TO  SAMUEL.     450  YEARS. 


1545. 


to 
1540. 


B.  C.  1546.  10  Nisan,  13-14  April,  passage  of  the  Jordan; 
circumcision  at  Gilgal,  passover  14  Nisan,  17-18 
April,  siege  of  Jericho,  7  days ;  war  with  Ai ; 
convocation  on  Mount  Ebal,  perhaps  at  Pente- 
cost. Peace  with  Gibeon;  confederacy  of  the 
five  kings  of  the  south;  their  defeat;  after 
which,  in  one  campaign,  Makkedah,  Libnah, 
Lachish,  Eglon,  Hebron,  Debir,  are  taken  and 
destroyed  :  thus  the  south  is  conquered. 
Jabin  of  Hazor  and  the  other  kings  of  the  north 
are  defeated  in  a  battle  at  Merom.  The  north  is 
conquered.  This  war  lasted  a  long  time. 
In  1540,  after  the  return  to  Gilgal,  the  separate 
wars  begin,  viz.  those  in  which  the  tribes  were 
to  take  possession  and  exterminate  the  remain- 
der of  the  Canaanites,  especially  the  Anakim. 
"  They  consulted  the  Lord,  saying,  Who  shall 
go  up  for  us  first  against  the  Canaanites,  to  fight 
against  them  ?  And  the  Lord  said,  Judah  shall 
go  up  first."  Judg.  i.  1,  2.  Caleb  claims  Hebron, 
Josh.  xiv.  13.  The  battle  in  Bezek,  Judg.  i. 
4—7.  Jerusalem  is  taken  and  burnt,  ver.  8 ;  thence 
the  army,  commanded  by  Caleb,  goes  to  the 
highlands ;  Hebron  and  Dobir  are  taken,  ib.  9  ff. 
Josh.  XV.  14  ff. — Meanwhile  Joshua  is  extermi- 
nating the  Anakim  and  other  Canaanites  from 
the  highlands  of  Israel,  Josh.  xi.  23  S,  Thus 
18 


the  subjugation  of  the  land  is  complete,  with 
the  exception  of  the  parts  noted,  xiii.  2-6. 
B.  c.  1539.  The  convoc.ition  at  Shiloh  ;  the  Tabernacle  erected; 
the  land  divided  among  the  seven  tribes,  the 
boundaries  of  Judah  and  Joseph  having  been 
first  defined,  xviii.  xix.  The  cities  of  refuge 
and  of  the  Levites  are  assigned;  the  ti-ans-Jor- 
danic  tribes  dismissed,  xx.-xxii. 
Ab.  1516.  Joshua,  110  years  old,  holds  a  convocation  of  the 
whole  nation,  [at  Shiloh,  xxiii.]  in  which  he 
delivers  his  parting  charge  ;  the  convocation  as- 
sembles again  at  Shechem,  and  renews  the  cove- 
nant.    Joshua  dies. 

The  Angel  of  the  Lord  rebukes  the  people  at 

Bochim,  Judg.  ii.  1-5. 
The  people  served  the  Lord  all  the  days  of  the 
elders  who  outlived  Joshua,  who  had  seen  all  the 
great  works  of  the  Lord  that  he  did  for  Israi-I, 
ii.  7.  "All  that  generation  died,  and  there  arose 
another  generation  after  them,  which  knew  not 
the  Lord,  nor  yet  the  works  which  he  had  done 
for  Israel,"  ib.  10.  "The  children  of  Israel  did 
evil,"  &c.  iii.  7. 
The  first  servitude  ;  Chushan  Rishathaim  of 
Mesopotamia,  8  years,  ib.  8. 

1478.     The  first  judge;  Othniel,  son  of  Kenaz,  ver.  9, 
The  land  had  rest  40  years,  ver.  11. 


A  period 

of 

about 

30  years. 


1486. 


267 


TEXT  BOOK  AND  ATLAS  OF  BIBLICAL  GEOGRAPHY. 


268 


B.  c.  1438.    The  second  servitude  ;  Eglon  of  Moab,  18  years, 

ver.  14. 
1420.    The  second  judge  j  Ehud,Ter.  16.  Rest,  80  years  ; 

during  which  time,  after  the  death  of  Ehud,  the 

THIRD  judge  was  Shamgar. 
1340.    The  third  servitude,  Jabin  of  Canaan,  20  years, 

iv.  3. 
1320.    The  fourth  judge,  Barak,  40  years,  v.  21. 
1280.    The  fourth  servitude,  the  Midianites,  7  years, 

vi.  1. 
1273.    The  fifth  judge,  Gideon,  40  years,  viii.  28. 
1233.     Abimelech  reigns  3  years,  ix.  22. 
1230.     The  sixth  judge.  Tola,  23  years,  x.  1. 
1207.     The  seventh  judge,  Jair,  22  years,  ver.  3. 
^     1185.    The  fifth  servitude,  Philistines  and  Ammonites, 

18  years,  ver.  7. 
1167.    The  eighth  judge,  Jephthah,  6  years,  xiL  7. 
1161.    The  ninth  judge,  Ibzan,  7  years,  ver.  9. 
[1157.     Eli,  high-priest,  40  years.] 
1154.    The  tenth  judge,  Elon,  10  years,  ver.  11. 
1144.    The  eleventh  judge,  Abdon,  8  years,  ver.  14. 


B.  c.  1136.  The  sixth  servitude,  Philistines,  40  years, 
xii.  1. 
The  twelfth  judge,  Samson,  20  years,  xv.  20. 
The  birth  of  Samson  was  announced  during  a 
time  of  Philistine  oppression,  xiii.  5 ;  that  is, 
while  the  Philistines  were  oppressing  the  south 
and  west,  and  the  Ammonites  the  east,  x.  7.  At 
the  beginning  of  the  sixth  servitude,  he  might 
be  between  20  and  30  years  old. 
1117.  Autumn.  The  ark  is  taken,  Eli  dies.  Somewhat 
earlier,  Samson  is  taken ;  the  ark  is  in  captivity 
7  months :  restored  in  the  days  of  wheat-har- 
vest, 1  Sam.  vi.  1,  13 ;  (hence  the  time  of  cap- 
ture is  defined.)  The  return  of  the  ark  must 
have  preceded  Samson's  death  and  the  great 
overthrow  of  the  lords  of  the  Philistines.  Per- 
haps the  great  sacrifice  to  Dagon,  in  Gaza,  be- 
sides its  connection  with  the  rejoicing  on  account 
of  the  capture  of  Samson,  Judg.  xvi.  23,  may 
have  been  intended  as  a  celebration  of  the  deli- 
verance from  the  plagues,  1  Sam.  v.  vi. 


VL     THE  INTERMEDIATE  PERIOD,  FROM  SAMUEL  TO  DAVID  AS  KING.    40  YEARS. 


B.  C.  1096.  Probably  at  Passover,  (or  Pentecost,) 

the  day  of  the  deliverance  at  Miz- 
peh.  Samuel  begins  to  judge  Is- 
rael. 

Ishbosheth  born ;  Jonathan,  older. 

David  born  in  one  of  these  years. 

In  one  of  these  years,  Saul,  previously 
anointed  and  elected,  then  rejected, 
is,  after  his  victory  over  the  Ammo- 
nites, (xi.,)  solemnly  re-elected.  The 
time  was  about  Pentecost,  xii.  17. 

War  against  the  Philistines,  xiii.-xv. 

Saul  sent  against  Amalek :  is  proved, 
and,  being  found  wanting,  is  rejected. 

David  is  anointed  by  Samuel  at  Bethle- 
hem; is  sent  for  to  be  minstrel  to 
Saul,  xvi. 

(After  David's  return  home)  the  Philis- 

Before  1066-1059        tines  come  out  to  war  at  Shochoh; 

David  slays  Goliath,  xvii. 

David  at  Saul's  court,  hated  by  Saul :  he 

comes  to  Samuel,  xviii.  xix.,  finally 
quits  the  court  of  Saul,  and  goes  to 


1091- 

1086-1079. 

1070-1063. 


3d  of  Saul. 
4th ? 


B.  c.  1058,  Winter. 
29. 

1057. 

1056,  Spring. 


the  priest  Abimelech  at  Nob;  the 
same  day  to  Achish  at  Gath,  xx.  xxi. : 
thence  to  the  cave  at  AduUam,  where 
he  gathers  a  company,  ixii.  1,  2; 
pursued  by  Saul,  who  slays  Abime- 
lech and  the  priests ;  Abiathar  escapes 
to  David;  David  defeats  the  Philis- 
tines at  Keilah,  (about  harvest:) 
flees  to  Ziph :  thence  to  Engedi, 
xxiii. :  spares  Saul's  life,  who  takes 
an  oath  of  him  and  departs,  xxiv. 

Samuel  dies.  David  with  Nabal,  at  the 
time  of  sheep-shearing.  Saul,  again 
pursuing  David,  is  a  second  time 
spared  by  him,  and  departs,  xxvi. 
David  flees  to  Achish  at  Gath,  (16 
months  before  the  death  of  Saul.) 

David  at  Ziklag  all  this  year. 

The  Philistines  make  war.  Saul  at  En- 
dor;  is  defeated  on  the  following  day, 
and  slays  himself.  David  reigns  over 
Judah  in  Hebron,  7  years  6  mouths, 
2  Sam.  ii.  11. 


VIII.    THE  PERIOD  OF  THE  MONARCHY,  FROM  DAVID  TO  THE  BABYLONISH  CAPTIVITY. 

450  YEARS. 


B  c.  1051.  Abner  makes  Ishbosheth,  Saul's  son, 

king  over  Israel ;  he  reigns  two  years, 

ih.  10,  then  is  assassinated,  iv.  6. 

1049,  Autumn.        David  anointed  king  of  all  the  tribes, 

in  Hebron ;  takes  Jerusalem ;  smites 

the   Philistines,  v.  j   brings  the  ark 

from  Kirjath-jearim,  vi.  1  Chron.  xiii. 

David's  victories,  viii. 

The  time  of  Absalom's  rebellion  must  lie  at  least  9  years 

after  the  birth  of  Solomon.    After  Amnon's  sin,  Absalom  waited 

two  years  before  he  took  vengeance,  xiii.  23  ;  three  years  after 

this  he  spent  in  voluntary  exile,  ih.  38,  and,  after  his  return, 

four  years  passed  while  he  was  stealing  away  the  hearts  of  the 

people.    Hence  the  time  of  the  rebellion  lies  after  1036-9  = 


1027  B.C.;   i.  e.   in  one  of  the  last  ten  years  of  David'* 
reign. 

After  the  rebellion,  the  history  notes  a  period  of  about  four 
years ;  three  years  of  the  famine,  xxi. ;  9  months  and  20  days 
of  the  numbering  of  the  people,  xxiv.  8. 

B.  c.  1036-1032.  In  one  of  these  years  Solomon  is  born. 

After  1027.  Absalom's  rebellion. 

The  famine,  three  years. 
The  numbering  of  the  people. 
David's   preparation   for   the   Temple, 
1  Chron.  xxii. 
1018-7.  Adonijah's     rebellion.       Solomon     18 

anointed  and  proclaimed  king. 
1016  Autumn.        David  dies. 


269 


CHRONOLOGICAL  TABLE. 


,  1013,  1  Nisan, 
2  Zif,  (20  April.) 


1006,  1  Nisan. 
Tabernacles. 
14th  Oct. 


B.C. 

978 
977 
976 
973 
961 
960 
959 
958 
957 
956 

955 
944 


934 
933 


4th  year  of  Solomon  begins. 

Solomon  began  to  build  "  in  the  month 

Zif,  which  is  the  2d  month,"  2  Kings 

Ti.   1,   "in  the  2d  day  of  the  2d 

month,"  2  Chron.  iii.  2. 
11th  year  of  Solomon  begins. 
"At  the  feast  in  the  month  Ethanim, 

■which  is  the  7th  month/'  the  Temple 


270 

is  dedicated ;  the  feast  lasted  14  days 
in  all ;  t.  e.  the  feast  of  Tabernacles 
was  followed  by  the  feast  of  Dedica- 
tion, 7  days  more,  2  Kings  viii.  2,  65, 
66 ;  hence  the  Temple  was  finished, 
t.  e.  completed  and  dedicated  on  the 
1st  of  the  month  Bui,  which  is  the 
8th  month,  vi.  38. 


JB.R. 

1 
2 
5 

17 
18 
19 
20 
21 
22 

23 
34 


44 
45 


Jndah. 

Last  year  of  Solomon. 


Israel. 

1  Jeroboam. 


1  Rehoboam 

2 

5 

17 

1  Abijam 
2 


1  Asa 

2 

3 

4 

15 


25 

26 


2-3 

5-6 

17-18  

18-19  

19_20  

20-21  

21-1  Nadab. 
1-2  N.  1  Baasha. 

1-2  Baasha. 
12-13  


22-23  

23-24  B.  =  1  Elah. 


932 

46 

27 

1-2  Elah  =  1  Zimri. 
'=10mri,Tibni 

931 

47 

28 

1-2  Omri  and  Tibni. 

923 

60 

31 

4-5 ,  1  Omri  sole. 

927 

61 

32 

6-6  Omri  (1-2)              < 

926 

62 

33 

6-7 2-3 

921 

67 

38 

1 

1-12 (7-8) 

1  Ahab 

920 

68 

39 

1-2 

918 

60 

41 

3-4 

917 

61 

1  Jehoshaphat 

4r-5  

916 

62 

2 

6-6 

915 

63 

3 

6-7 

The  years  b.  c.  and  x.  r.  bear  date  from  1  Nisan.  The  first  of  Jero- 
boam bears  date  from  some  point  in  the  year  preceding  the  1  Nisan 
of  1  Rehoboam. 

Shishak  king  of  Egypt  invades  Jem8alem,l  Kings  xiv.l  5.  2  Chron.  xii.  2. 

War  with  Jeroboam  all  the  reign  of  Rehoboam. 

Abijam  carries  on  the  war  with  Jeroboam,  1  Kings  xv.  7.     His  mi.^ 
raculous  victory  is  related  2  Chron.  xiii.     The  power  of  Jeroboam  is 
prostrated. 

Baasha  slew  Nadab  and  exterminated  the  house  of  Jeroboam  in  3  Asa, 

1  Kings  XV.  28. 
War  between  Asa  and  Baasha. 
Zerah,  the  Ethiopian,  invades  Judah,  and  is  miraculously  discomfited. 

The  great  reformation  in  Asa's  15th  year  (3d  month)  followed  by 

ten  years  of  rest  and  prosperity. 

Baasha  in  the  26th  of  Asa  [and  last  year  of  his  own  reign]  recom- 
mences open  hostilities  by  fortifying  Ramah.  Asa,  by  a  league 
with  Ben-hadad,  diverts  him  from  his  purpose.  The  Syrians  invade 
Israel  and  make  conquests.  Baasha  dies,  after  a  reign  of  24  yeaxs, 
[ctirrent,']  and  is  succeeded  by  Elah,  in  26  Asa,  who  reigns  2  years, 
[current,]  1  Kings  xvi.  8,  and  in  27  Asa  is  slain  by  Zimei,  who  ex- 
terminates all  the  house  of  Baasha,  but  reigns  only  7  days,  xvi.  15. 
Omri  and  Tibni,  rival  kings,  xvi.  21,  till  31  Asa,  when  Tibni  dies, 
and  Omri  reigns  over  all  Israel. 

Omri  reigned  6  years  in  Tirzah,  1  Kings  xvi.  23,  (932-926.)  Then 
founded  Samaria,  ib. 

Reigned  12  years  [current]  in  all,  ib.    Ahab  aucc.  38  Asa,  «.  29. 

Asa  diseased  in  his  feet,  2  Chron.  xvi.  12,  and  died  after  a  reign  of  41 

years,  1  Kings  xv.  9. 
Jehoshaphat  succ.  4  Ahab,  xxii.  42. 


899        79 
893        80 


19 
20 


22  A.-1  Ahaziah. 
1-2  Ahaziah. 


Jehoshaphat  sends  Levites  to  teach  Judah  the  Law,  1  Chron.  xvii. 
7-9,  moved,  perhaps,  by  the  apostasy  of  Israel  to  Baalism,  which 
may  have  begun  at  this  time,  1  Kings  xvi.  31-33.  Elijah  the 
Tishbite,  1  Kings  xvii.  S.  At  the  end  of  3  years,  the  national 
worship  is  restored. 
902        76      16 19-20 Ben-hadad  besieges  Samaria,  and  is  defeated.    Ahab  spares  him, 

1  Kings  XX.  (3  years  before  Ahab's  last  year,  xxii.  1.)  Naboth 
the  Jezreelite,  xxi. 

Ahab  slain  at  Ramoth-Gilead,  xxii.,  after  a  reign  of  22  years,  [com- 
plete,] xvi.  29.  Ahaziah  succeeds  and  reigns  2  years,  [complete.] 
Jehoshaphat  reproved  by  Jehu,  son  of  Hanani,  again  reforms  Judah, 

2  Chron.  xix.  Confederacy  of  Moab,  Ammon,  and  other  tribes 
against  Jehoshaphat.     Miraculous  overthrow,  2  Chron.  xx.     Elijah : 

897        81      21  Jehoshaphat      2  A.-l  Joram,  son  of  Ahab.     fire  from  heaven,  2  Kings  i.     Joram,  son  of  Ahab,  succ.     Ascension 

of  Elijah,  2  Kings  ii.  Moab  rebels,  and  is  defeated,  ib.  iii.,  by  the 
conjoint  forces  of  Israel,  Judah,  and  Edom.  The  king  of  Moab 
raises  the  siege  by  sacrificing  the  son  of  the  king  of  Edom,  ib. 
(Comp.  Amos  ii.  1.) 

1-2 Elisha's  miracles,  2  Kings  iv.  v.     Ben-hadad  besieges  Samaria  ;  the 

4-5 famine,  the  plenty,  vi.  vii.     Seven  years  of  famine  begins,  viii. 

1  Joram,  son  of  J.       6-6 Joram,  son  of  Jehoshaphat,  succ,  son-in-law  of  Ahab,  an  idolater.    In 

Israel,  seven  years  of  famine  continue,  2  Kings  viii.  After  which, 
Elisha  is  at  Damascus,  ib.  Hazael  murders  Benhadad.  In  Judah, 
Joram,  son  of  Jehoshaphat,  slays  all  his  brethren,  2  Chron.  xxi.  4. 
Edom  and  Libnah  revolt,  2  Kings  viii.  20.     He  receives  a  writing 


896 

82 

22 

893 

85 

25 

892 

86 

1 

271 


TEXT  BOOK  AND  ATLAS  OF  BIBLICxVL  GEOGRAPHY. 


272 


B.  C.        JE.  R. 


885   93    8  J.  =  1  Ahaziah  12  J.  -1  Jehu. 


884   94   Usurpation,  6  years.  1-2  Jehu. 


878   100    1  Joash 
867   121   22  


856   122   23 


760 
759 
758 
767 
742 
741 


218 
219 
220 
221 
236 
237 


7-8 

28  J.-l  Jehoahaz. 


1-2  Jehoahaz. 


840   138   39  Joash  17  Je.-l  Joash. 

839   139   40 1-2  Joash, 

838   140   (41  J.)  1  Amaziah   2-3 


825  153  14 15 

824  154  15 16  J.-l  Jeroboam. 

810  168  29 14-15  Jeroboam. 

809  169        1  Azariah=Uzziah  15-16 


783      195      27 


772      206      38 
771      207      39  ■ 


60  Uzziah 

61 

62 

1  Jotham 

16 


740       238 
739      239 


1  Ahaz 


41  Interregnum,  or 
Anarchy,  eleven 
years  to 772  B.C. 

Zechariah. 

Shallum,  1  Menahem. 


10  M.-l  Pekahiah. 

1-2  Pekahiah. 
2  P.-l  Pekah. 

1-2  Pekah, 

16-17  

17-18  


18-19 
19-20 


from  Elijah  the  prophet,  2  Chron.  xxi.  Philistines  and  Ethiopian 
Arabs  take  Jerusalem,  and  take  caiitive  Joram's  wives  and  sons, 
except  Jehoahaz  =  Ahaziah. 

Joram  of  Judah  dies  of  a  horrible  disease,  ib, 

Jehu  rebels  agsiinst  Joram,  son  of  Ahab,  and  kills  him.  Ahaziah,  be- 
ing on  a  visit  to  Joram,  at  Jezreel,  is  slain  by  Jehu.  On  the  death 
of  Ahaziah,  Athaliah  destroyed  all  the  seed  royal,  except  Joash, 
who  was  secreted  by  his  aunt  Jehosheba.  Athalia's  usurpation 
lasted  6  years.     Hazael  oppresses  Israel,  x.  32. 

Joash  began  to  reign  7  Jehu,  2  Kings  xii.  1. 

Jehu  reigned  28  years,  2  Kings  x.  36.  Succeeded  by  Jehoahaz  in 
the  23d  of  Joash,  2  Kings  xiii.  1. 

Joash  repairs  the  Temple,  xii.  4-16.  Hazael  and  his  son  still  oppress 
Israel,  2  Kings  xiii.  Syrians  take  Gath,  and  are  diverted  from 
Jerusalem  by  a  present  of  the  Temple-treasures,  xii.  17.  Joash 
does  well  all  the  days  of  Jehoiada,  xii.  2 ;  but,  after  the  death  of 
Jehoiada,  he  falls  into  apostasy,  2  Chron.  xxiv.  15, 

Joash  (of  Israel)  succ.  in  39  Joash,  2  Kings  xiii.  10.  Martyrdom  of 
Zechariah,  son  of  Jehoida,  2  Chron.  xxiv.  20. 

Syrians  take  and  spoil  Jerusalem,  ib.  23,  at  the  end  of  the  year,  (j.  e., 
after  the  death  of  Zechariah.)  Joash,  left  diseased  on  his  bed,  is 
slain  by  conspirators,  ib.  25,  2  Kings  xii.  19,  21.  Amaziah  succ. 
2  Joash,  xiv.  1.  Israel,  brought  to  extremity  by  Syrian  oppression 
in  the  reign  of  Jehoahaz,  begins  to  recover.  Elisha,  dying,  promises 
Joash  three  victories  over  Syria.  The  miraculous  resuscitation  at 
Elisha's  grave,  2  Kings  xiii.  Amaziah  hires  mercenaries  from  Israel 
for  a  war  upon  Edom,  but  dismisses  them  on  a  reproof  from  a  pro- 
phet ,*  the  Iraelites  are  incensed,  2  Chron.  xxv.  Amaziah  is  success- 
ful against  Edom,  He  challenges  Joash,  is  conquered,  and  Jerusa- 
lem is  spoiled,  ib.  and  2  Kings  xiv. 

Joash  d.  Jeroboam  succ.     15  Joash,  2  Kings  xiii.  23. 

Amaziah  outlives  Joash  15  years,  2  Kings  xiv.  17,  reigned  29  years,  ver.  1. 

UzziAH. 

The  revival  of  prosperity  in  Israel  and  Judah.  Jeroboam  recovers 
the  whole  territory  of  the  ten  tribes,  according  to  the  prediction  of 
Jonah,  2  Kings  xiv.  25,  and  Uzziah  the  whole  territory  of  Judah, 
2  Chron.  xxvi.  1-15,  \Joel  prophesies  in  Judah,  Hosea  and  Amos  in 
Israel.] 


Zechariah  b.  38  Uzziah,  reigned  6  months,  the  last  of  the  house  of 
Jehu,  slain  by  Shallum,  2  Kings  xv.  8,  who  began  39  Uzziah,  reigned 
1  month,  and  was  slain  by  Menahem,  ib.  13-17.  Pul,  king  of  Assyria, 
invades  Israel,  ib.  19.  In  Judah,  Uzziah,  invading  the  priest's  oflSce, 
is  smitten  with  leprosy,  2  Chron.  xxvii.  16.  Isaiah  begins  to  prophesy 
in  the  last  year  of  Uzziah. 

Pekahiah  began  50  Uzziah,  reigned  2  years,  slain  by  Pekah.  ;2  Kings 
XV.  23-26. 

Pekah  b.  52  Uzziah,  reigned  20  years,  ib.  27. 

JoTHAM  b.  2  Pekah,  ib.  32.  {Micah  prophesies  concerning  Samaria 
and  Jerusalem.] 

Ahaz  b.  17  Pekah,  2  Kings  xvi.  1.  Rezin  king  of  Syria  and  Pekah  of 
Israel  form  a  confederacy  against  him,  and  invade  Judah  with  intent 
to  besiege  Jerusalem ;  it  did  not  come,  however,  to  a  siege,  2  Kings 
xvi,  5.     Isa.  vii.  1-9. 

After  this  joint-campaign,  Rezin  recovered  Elath  to  Syria  and  ex- 
pelled the  Jews,  2  Kings  xvi.  6,  and  in  that  or  a  subsequent  expe- 
dition "smote  Ahaz  and  carried  a  great  multitude  of  captives  to 
Damascus,"  2  Chron.  xxviii.  5.  Pekah  likewise  "  smote  him  with  a 
great  slaughter,  for  he  slew  in  Judah  120,000  in  one  day,  which 
were  all  valiant  men."  ....  "And  the  children  of  Israel  carried 
away  captive  200,000  women,  sons  and  daughters :"  upon  the  re- 
monstrance of  the  prophet  Oded,  the  captives  were  honourably 
restored,  ib.  6-15.  Edom  and  the  Philistines  invade  Judah  at  the 
same  time,  ib.  17-19, 


273 


CHRONOLOGICAL  TABLE. 


274 


B.C. 

^.  R. 

Judali. 

738 

240 

4 

(=20  Jotham, 
2  Kings  XV.  30.) 

730 

248 

12  Ahaz 

727 

251 

15 

726 

252 

1  Hezekiah 

725 

253 

2 

20 


723      255        4  Hezekiah 
721      257        6  


-1  Hoshea. 


3-4 


4-5 

6-6  Pekah. 


7-8  Hoshea. 


Ahaz  sends  to  Assyria  (T.  Pileser)  for  help,  ib.  16,  2  Kings  xvi.  7. 
T.  Pileser  invades  Syria  and  takes  Damascus,  ib.  9,  also  Israel,  and 
takes  Gilead,  Galilee,  all  Naphtali,  &c.  ib.  xv.  29;  then  Pekah  is  con- 
spired against  and  slain  by  Hoshea,  ib.  30. 

Hoshea  "  did  evil ....  hut  not  as  the  kings  of  Israel  which  were 
before  him."  Shalmaneser  invades  him  and  makes  him  tributary, 
2  Kings  xvii.  1,  2. 

Hezekiah  b.  3  Hoshea. 

Hezekiah,  having  cleansed  the  Temple  and  restored  religion  in  the 
first  month,  commands  a  solemn  Passover  to  be  holden  in  the  second 
month,  to  which  he  invites  Israel  as  well  as  Judah,  2  Chron.  xxix.  xxx. 
"  Divers  of  Ashor,  Manasseh,  and  Zebulun,  humbled  themselves  and 
came  to  Jerusalem."  About  this  time  Hoshea  revolted,  and  allied 
himself  with  So  (=  Sevechus)  king  of  Egypt:  "  Shalmaneser  shut  him 
up  and  bound  him  in  prison,"  2  Kings  xvii.  4,  then  invaded  all  Israel, 
and  besieged  Samaria,  4  Hezekiah  =  7  Hoshea,  ib.  5,  xviii.  10,  took 
it  in  6  Hezekiah  =  9  Hoshea,  ib.  10,  and  carried  away  Israel  to  As- 
syria.    JEtid  of  the  kingdom  of  Israel, 


SUMMARY  OP  THE  PRECEDING  STATEMENTS. 


Jndah :  from  1  Nisan, 

Eehoboam 

17 

Abijam 

2  =  3  current. 

Asa 

41 

Jehoshaphat 

25 

Joram 

7  =  8  current 

Ahaziah 

1 

Athaliah 

6 

Joash 

40 

Amaziah 

29 

Uzziah 

52 

Jotham 

16 

Ahaz 

15  =  16  current 

Hezekiah 

6 

Israel :  from  an  earUer  epoch. 


Sum 


257 


Jeroboam 

Nadab 

Baasha 

Elah 

Zimri,  &c. 

Omri 

Ahab 

Ahaziah 

Joram 

Jehu 

Jehoahaz 

Joash 

Jeroboam 

[Interregnum] 

Zechariah,  Ac. 

Menahem 

Pekahiah 

Pekah 

[Interregnum] 

Hoshea 


Sum 


B.  C.    2E..  R. 

720     258      7  Hezekiah. 
to 
713 


265     14 


Hezekiah  successful  against  the  Phi- 
listines. Rebels  against  Assyria. 
Sennacherib  invades  Judah,  and, 
at  first,  is  pacified  by  a  tribute. 
Besieges  Lachish  ;  sends  Rabsha- 
keh  to  incite  the  Jews  of  Jenisa- 
lem  to  revolt,  2  Kings  xviii. ;  Isa. 
xxvi.  Besieges  Libnah;  Tirha- 
kah  comes  against  him ;  he  sends 
a  letter  to  Hezekiah,  whom  Isaiah 
comforts.  That  night,  Sennache- 
rib's host  is  miraculously  over- 
thrown, ib. 

712     266     15 Hezekiah's    illness   and   miraculous 

recovery;  15  years  added  to  his 
life  ;  Merodach  Baladan's  em- 
bassy, Isaiah  reproves  Hezekiah 
and  foretells  the  Babylonian  judg- 
ment, 2  Kings  XX. ;  Isa.  xxxviii.- 
ix. ;   2  Chron.  xxxii. 

697     281       1  Manasseh.    Manassfh  reigns  55  years ;  goes  an 


642    336      1  Anion. 


640     338       1  Josiah. 


636    342      5 


628     350     13  

623     355     18  Josiah. 


21  =  22  current. 

1  =    2 

23  =  24 

1  =    2 

1 

11  =  12 

22 

2 

12 
23 
17 
16 
41 
11 

1 
10 

2 
20 

8 

9 

257 


awful  length  in  apostasy,  2  Kings 
xxi.  1-18;  2  Chron.  xxxiii.  1-10. 
The  captains  of  Assyria  tike  Ma- 
nasseh prisoner  to  Babylon  ;  re- 
turning thence,  he  repents  and 
reforms,  2  Chron.  ib.  11-17. 

Amon  reigned  2  years  ;  restored  idol- 
atry; slain  by  conspiracy,  2  Kings 
xxi.  19;  2  Chron.  xxxiii.  21. 

JosiAH  began  to  reign  at  8  years 
old,  2  Kings  xxii.  1 ;  2  Chron. 
xxxiv.  1. 

At  12  years  old,  he  began  to  purge 
Judah  and  Jerusalem  from  the 
high  places  and  idols,  2  Chrou. 
xxxiv.  3  fi". 

[^Jeremiah  begins  to  prophesy.] 

After  purging  the  land,  ib.  8,  in  his 
18  years,  ib.,  and  2  Kings  xxii.  3, 
he  begins  to  repair  the  Temple ; 
the  book  of  the  Law  is  discovered; 


275 


TEXT  BOOK  AND  ATLAS  OF   BIBLICAL  GEOGEAPIIY. 


276 


610     368    31  Josiah. 


1  Jehoahaz. 


the  great  Reformation  and  solemn 
Passover,  2  Kings  xxii.  10  ff. ; 
zxiii.  21  ff.  J  2  Chron.  xxxiv.  xxxv. 
1-18. 
Josiah,  as  an  ally  of  the  king  of 
Assyria,  joins  battle  with  Pharaoh- 
Necho  and  is  slain  in  the  plain 
of  Megiddo,  2  Kings  xxiii.  29; 
2  Chron.  xxxv.  20,  (at  Hadadrim- 
mon,  Zech.  xii.  11.)  Jehoahaz 
(Shallum,  Jer.  xxii.  10,  11)  suc- 
ceeding, reigns  only  3    months, 


B.C.    M.S. 

609    369 


1  Jehoiaklm. 


606    372      i  Jehoiakim. 


2  Kings  xxiii.  31.  Necho  "put 
him  in  bonds  at  Riblah  in  the  land 
of  Hamath,  that  he  should  not  bo 
king  in  Jerusalem,"  2  Kings  xxiii. 
33.  Jehoahaz  was  taken  into 
Egypt,  (2  Kings  and  2  Chron.  and 
Jer.  u.  s.,)  and  Pharaoh  gave  the 
throne  to  Eliakim,  changing  his 
name  to  Jehoiakim. 
Nebuchadnezzar  conquers  Judea. 
Beginning  of  the  seventy  years' 
captivity. 


VIII.    THE  PERIOD  OF  THE  CAPTIVITY  AND  OF  THE  RESTORATION,  FROM  THE  CONQUEST 
OF  JUDEA  TO  THE  CONCLUSION  OF  THE  CANON  OF  THE  OLD  TESTAMENT.     206  YEARS. 


B.C. 


606 


695 


690 


688 


684 
636 


634 


EVENTS  IN  SACRED  mSTOET. 


Jerusalem  taken  by  the 
Chaldeans ;  the  temple 
plundered  ;  Jehoiachin 
and  many  Jews  carried 
captive,  (among  them 
Ezekiel.) 

Zodekiak  king. 

Ezekiel  appears  as  a  pro- 
phet in  Babylonia. 

Daniel  in  the  Chaldean 
court. 

The  inclination  of  Zedekiah 
to  seek  aid  from  Egypt, 
occasions  an  invasion  by 
the  Chaldeans.  Jerusa- 
lem besieged.  Labours  of 
the  prophet  Jeremiah. 

Jerusalem  taken  and  de- 
stroyed. Zedekiah  put  to 
death.  The  greater  part 
of  the  Jews  carried  to  Ba- 
bylon. 

Gedaliah  appointed  govern- 
or of  Judea  by  the  Baby- 
lonians, is  murdered  after 
two  months.  Many  Jews 
flee  into  Egypt.  Jere- 
miah accompanies  them. 

Last  deportation  of  the  Jews 
to  Babylon. 

The  exiled  Jews  receive  per- 
mission from  Cyrus  to  re- 
turn to  Palestine.  The 
first  company,  Jews  and 
Levites,  return.  Zerub- 
babel.     Jeshua. 

Building  of  the  temple  be- 
gins. 

The  Samaritans,  excluded 
from  taking  part  in  build- 
ing the  temple,  malign  at 
thePersian  court  the  Jews. 


STNCHRONISMS. 


Psammuthis   II.  reigns  in 
Egypt. 


Vaphres  or  Hophra  (after 

590)  reigns  in  Egypt. 
Solon  in  Athens. 


In  586  or  585,  Nebuchad- 
nezzar begins  the  siege 
of  Tyre.  The  ruler  in 
Tyro  is  Ethbaal. 


Cyrus  ascends   the   Medo- 

Babylonian  throne. 
Pisistratus.     Pythagoras. 
Croesus  in  Lydia. 

534.  Tarquinius  Superbus 
becomes  king  at  Rome. 

529.  Cyrus.*  Cambyses, 
king  of  Persia. 

525.  Egypt  and  the  neigh- 
bouring countries  con- 
quered by  the  Persians. 


B.C. 


634 


520 


616 


EVENTS  IN  SACKED  HISTORY. 


458 


445 


400 


The  building  of  the  temple 
is  interdicted  by  a  royal 
decree. 


The  building  of  the  temple 
proceeds.  The  prophets 
Ilaggai  and  Zechariab. 

The  temple  completed  and 
dedicated. 


485,     Esther,  Mordecai. 


A  second  company  of  Jews, 
under  Ezra,  arrive  in  Pa- 
lestine. 

Nehemiah,  royal  viceroy  in 
Palestine.  Confirms  and 
arranges  the  civil  and  re- 
ligious affairs. 

Nehemiah  comes  the  second 
time  to  Palestine  (not  be- 
fore 414?)  and  reforms 
abuses. 

The  prophet  Malachi. 

A  Jewish  priest,  who  had 
married  "a  strange  wo- 
man," banished. 

End  of  the  canon  of  the 
Old  Testament. 


STNCHRONISMS. 


522.  Smerdis,  a  Magian,  as  ■ 

cends  the  Persian  throne. 

Cambyses.* 
521.     Smerdis  is  murdered. 

Darius  Hystaspes,  chosen 

king. 


510.    Tarquinius  Superbus 
banished.     Borne   a  re- 
public. 
Xerxes,  king  of  Persia. 
492  seq.     Wars  of  the  Per- 
sians and  EuropeanGreeks. 

480.     Xerxes  and  Leonidas 

at  Thermopylae. 
Themistocles. 
465.  Xerxes  murdered.  Ar- 

tabanus.  Artaxerxes  Lon- 

gimanus. 
460  seq.    Age  of  Pericles  at 

Athens. 

451.     Laws  of  XIL  Tables 

in  Rome. 
Sybaris,  in    Italy,  peopled 

by  a  Greek  colony. 
Herodotus. 


424-3.  Xerxes  II.,  Sogdi- 
anus,  and  Darius  Notlms, 
successively  kings  of  Per- 
sia, 

Alcibiades.     Socrates. 

Xenophon.     Plato. 

404.  End  of  Peloponne^ian 
war. 


IX.    THE   PERIOD  OF  JEWISH  HISTORY  FROM  THE   CONCLUSION  OF  THE  CANON  OF  THE 
OLD  TESTAMENT  TO  THE  CHRISTIAN  ERA.    400  YEARS. 


B.C. 

EVENTS  IN  JEWISH  mSTOIlT. 

BTNCHRONISMS. 

400 

404  to  336.  The  kings  in 
Persia  are  Artaxerxes 
II.,  Mnemon,  Artaxerxes 
Ochus,  and  Arses. 

360.  Philip,  king  of  Mace- 
don.  Aristotle.  Demos- 
thenes. 

336.    Alexander,   king    of 

Macedon. 

*  The  mark  thus  (*)  indicates  the^eatb  of  the  person  with 
whose  name  it  is  connected. 


B.C. 


332 


EVENTS  IN  JEWISH  HISTORY. 


About  this  time  Samaritan 
temple  on  Gerizim  built, 
.according  the  Joscphus. 


BYNCHRONISMS. 


335.  D.arius  Codomannns, 
king  of  Persia. 

333.  Alexander  marchet 
against  the  Persians.  Bat- 
tle near  Issus,  Darius  de- 
feated. 

332,  Alexander  besiege* 
and  takes  Tyre,  and  en- 
ters Jerusalem.  Alexan- 
dria in  Egypt  founded. 


U77 


CHRONOLOGICAL  TABLE. 


278 


EVENTS  TS  JEWISH  HIBTORT. 


STNCHROinHMS. 


Onias,  high-priest    of   the 
Jews. 


Ptolemy  I.  Lagns,  viceroy  of 
Egypt,  occupies  Jerusa- 
lem and  Palestine.  Many 
Jews  voluntarily  go  to 
Egypt.  Jews  also  migrate 
to  Lybia  and  Cyrene. 

Antigonus  seizes  on  Phoe- 
nicia and  Palestine,  but 
thereby  brings  on  a  war 
with  Ptolemy. 


Ptolemy  Lagus,  now  king, 
retakes  Palestine.  Simon 
the  Just,  high-priest. 


Jews  remove  into  Sjrria,  and 
obtain  the  rights  of  citi- 
zenship, especially  at  An- 
tioch. 


Translation  of   the  LXX. 

Eleazar  high-priest. 
Wars  between  Egypt  and 
Syria     afflict     Palestine 
also.      Antigonus   Socho 
the  writer. 


Onias  II.,  surnamed  the 
Just,  high-priest,  (Josh. 
Ant  12,  4  1.) 


.S31.  Persians  again  de- 
feated by  Alexander,  near 
Guagamela. 

330.  Alexander  enters  Per- 
sia Proper.  End  of  the 
Persian  monarchy.  Da- 
rius killed  in  flight. 

323.  Alexander.*  The  con- 
flicts of  his  generals  be- 
gin with  each  other.  Lao- 
medon  viceroy  of  Syria. 

The  democratic  element  in 
Rome  seeks  to  place  itself 
on  an  equality  with  the 
aristocratic. 

318  seq.  War  between  Eu- 
menes  and  Antigonus,  for 
the  supremacy  in  Asia. 

315.  Eumenes  killed.  An- 
tigonus retains  the  supre- 
macy, and  expels  Scleu- 
cus,  viceroy  (after  321)  of 
Babylonia. 

312.  Seleucus  again  takes 
Babylonia  and  Media. 
Beginning  of  the  era  of 
the  Seleucidae. 

306.  Antigonus  assumes  the 
title  of  king.  The  other 
viceroys  follow  his  ex- 
ample. 

302.  Antigonus  attacked  by 
Seleucus,  Ptolemy  Lagus, 
Lysimachus,  and  Cassan- 
der. 

301.    Battle  near  Ipsus. 

Antigonus  loses  the  battle 
and  his  life,  in  the  12th 
year  of  his  rule  over  Asia. 
Syria  falls  to  Seleucus, 
(Nicator,)  and  Phoenicia 
and  Coele-Syria  to  Ptole- 
my. 

300.  Antioch  founded;  soon 
also  many  other  cities  in 
the  provinces  of  Syria. 

284.  Ptolemy  Lagus.*  Pto- 
lemy II.  Philadelphus 
king. 

284  seq.  .^tolian  league 
in  Greece ;  alongside  of 
which,  soon  after,  is  the 
Achsean  league. 

281.  Seleucus  murdered. 
Antiochus  I.  Sotcr,  king. 

281  seq.  War  of  the  Romans 
with  Pyrrhus ;  the  former 
for  the  first  time  carry 
their  arms  to  countries 
beyond  the  sea. 

264-41.  First  Punic  war. 
Romans  create  a  naval 
force. 


262.  Antiochus  II.  Deus. 
Arsaces,  viceroy  in  Par- 
thia,  revolts  and  founds  a 
Parthian  kingdom,  256. 
Berosus,  the  Babylonian 
historian.  Manotho,  au- 
thor of  the  Egyptian  Dy- 
nasties, about  260. 

247.  Ptolemy  IIL  Euer- 
getes,  king  of  Egypt. 

245.  Seleucus  Callinichus' 
unfortunate  war  with  the 
Parlhians. 

240  seq.  Beginnings  of  Ro- 
man literature. 

226.     Seleucus  Ceraunus. 

221.     Antiochus  the  Great. 

221.  Ptolerav  IV.  Pb;lopa- 
tor  kiug  of  E^ypt. 


B.C. 


218 

2ir 


202 


199 


198 


193 


176 


175 


172 


167 


166 


EVSKTS  m  JEWISH  HISTORT. 


Antiochus  the  Great,  in  war 
with  Egypt,  seizes  the 
greater  part  of  Palestine. 

Palestine  again  underEgyp- 
tian  rule.  Third  Book  of 
Maccabees. 

Simon  IL  high-priest. 


Antiochus  again  takes  Pa- 
lestine, and  transplants 
many  Jews  from  Babylo- 
nia to  Asia  Minor. 

Egyptians    again    conquer 

Palestine. 

Antiochus  takes  Palestine 
once  more,  but  promises 
to  return  it  to  Ptolemy 
Epiphanes,  as  a  marriage 
dowry  to  his  daughter, 
whom  Ptolemy  marries. 

In  consequence  of  this  mar- 
riage, Palestine  reverts 
to  Egypt. 


Palestine  subjected  to  Syria. 
Son  of  Simon  II.  high- 
priest.  Heliodorus  at- 
tempts to  plunder  the 
temple. 

Jason,  brother  of  Onias, 
purchases  for  himself  the 
high-priest's  office,  and 
becomes  head  of  the 
"  Greek"  party  among  the 
Jews. 

The  high-priest's  office 
transferred  to  Menolans, 
(Onias,)  who,  later,  plun- 
ders the  treasures  in  tfi^ 
temple. 

Antiochus  Epiphanes,  in- 
formed of  the  rebellious 
conduct  of  the  Jews, 
plunders  the  temple,  and 
causes  great  slaughter 
among  the  Jews. 


A  Syrian  army  under  Apol- 
lonius  seize  Jerusalem 
and  inflict  great  cruelties 
on  the  Jews.  Worship 
of  Jehovah  abolished.  A 
statue  of  Jupiter  Olympus 
set  up  in  the  temple.  In- 
surrection of  a  part  of  the 
Jews  under  Mattathias. 

Mattathias.*  His  son  Ju- 
das a  successful  leader  of 
the  Jewish  patri<its.  Suc- 
cesses ngnir.st  the  Sy- 
rians. 


STWCHHONISMS. 


218.  Ptolemy  Philopator  is 
attacked  by  Antiochus. 

Second  Punic  war  begins. 

217.  Egyptians  utterly  de- 
feat Antiochus,  near  Ra- 
phia. 

217, 16.  Hannibal  victori- 
ous in  Italy. 

216.  Romans  defeated  near 
Canna). 

214.  Syracuse  besieged  by 
the  Romans.  Archimedes. 

204.  Ptolemy  V.Epiphanes. 
Antiochus  allies  himself 
with  Philip  of  MacedoD 
against  Egypt. 

Romans  enter  Africa  under 
P.  Corn.  Scipio. 

202.  Phoenicia,  Coele-Syria, 
and  Palestine,  occupied 
by  the  Syrians. 

Hannibal  defeated  near 
Zama. 

201.    End  of  the  Second 

Punic  war. 
198.     Antiochus  defeats  the 

Syrians  near  Paneas. 


192.  Antiochus  wars  with 
the  Romans,  but, 

190,  is  defeated  by  them 
near  Magnesia,  and  is, 

189,  compelled  to  consent 
to  a  disgraceful  peace. 

The  .^tolian  League  dis- 
armed by  the  Romans. 

187.  Antiochus  the  Great 
killed.  Seleucus  IV.  Phi- 
lopator king. 

180.  Ptolemy  Philometor 
still  a  child.  The  Jews  in 
great  honour  in  Egypt, 
Jos.  Ap.  2.  5. 


175.  Seleucus  murdered. 
Antiochus  IV.  Epiphanes 
king,  possesses  Coele-Sy- 
ria and  Phoenicia. 


171.  Antiochus  IV.  begins  a 
campaign  against  Egypt. 

170.  Ptolemy  Philometor 
taken  prisoner  by  the  Sy- 
rians. Ptolemy  Physcon 
assumes  the  government. 

169.   Roman  poet  Ennius.* 

168.  Ptol.  Phil,  liberated, 
reigns  in  connection  witli 
Ptol.  Physcon. 

Perseus,  king  of  Macedon, 
submits  to  the  Romans  ; 
Macedonia  a  republic,  but 
acknowledged  by  the  Ro- 
mans as  free. 

Romans  interdict  Antiochus 
from  all  hostile  acts  to- 
ward Egypt. 


166  seq.    Terence  in  Rome. 


279 


TEXT  BOOK  AND  ATLAS  OF  BIBLICAL  GEOGRAPHY. 


280 


EVENTS  IN  JETTISn   HISTORT . 


Jerusalem  taken  by  the 
Jews.  Temple  purified. 
First  offering  on  the  25th 
of  Chisleu. 

Judas  head  of  the  country, 
and  even  undertakes  ope- 
rations against  the  neigh- 
bouring tribes. 

The  Jews  besiege  the  for- 
tress in  Jerusalem.  A 
Sj'rian  army  enters  the 
land.  Antiochus  makes 
peace  with  Judas. 

Alcimus,  head  of  the  Greek 
party,  is  confirmed  as 
high-priest  by  Demetrius, 
and  is  introduced  by  a  Sy- 
rian army.  Judas  is  de- 
feated by  the  Sj'rians  and 
slain.  Jonathan  takes  his 
place  as  leader. 

Alcimus  suddenly  dies. 
Jews  live  some  years  in 
peace  with  the  Syrians, 

Jonathan,  going  over  to 
Alexander's  party,  is 
named  high-priest  by 
him. 


Jonathan,  as  an  ally  of 
Alexander,  takes  the  field 
ajcainst  Demetrius. 


Jonathan  goes  over  to  De- 
metrius, and  is  confirmed 
as  high-priest  by  him ; 
but  the  Syrians  still  hold 
the  fortress  at  Jerusalem. 
Jonathan  sends  troops  to 
Demetrius  against  the 
Antiochian  party  who  had 
revolted,  but  soon  de- 
clares for  Antiochus. 


Jonathan  taken  prisoner  by 
Tryphon.  Simon,  leader 
of  the  Maccabees  ,•  Jona- 
than soon  after  murdered. 

Simon  joins  Demetrius,  and 
proclaims  the  people  free 
from  tribute.  First  year 
of  Jewish  freedom.  Peace 
and  returning  prosperity 
to  the  Jews. 

Fortress  at  Jerusalem  falls 
into  Simon's  hands. 

Simon  becomes  hereditary 
prince  of  the  Jews. 

Simon  allies  himself  with 
Antiochus  Sidetes,  but  is 
soon  attacked  by  him.  A 
Syrian  army  under  Cen- 
dobseus,  defeated  by  the 
Jews. 


SYNCHRONISMS. 


163  seq.  Ptolemy  Physcon 
e.xpels  Ptolemy  Philome- 
tor,  but  is  himself  ba- 
nished by  the  Romans  to 
Lybia  and  Cyrenaica. 
Philometor  alone,  again 
king  of  Egypt. 

163.  Antiochus  Epiph. dies; 
is  succeeded  by  Antiochus 
V.  Eupator. 

162.  Eupator  compelled  to 
meet  an  irruption  into  Sy- 
ria by  Philip,  his  former 
guardian. 

Onias,  a  Jewish  priest,  ob- 
tains permission  for  the 
Jews  to  build  a  temple  at 
Leontopolis.  A  Jewish 
central  divine  worship  is 
there  established,  accord- 
ing to  Eusebius,  b.  c.  161. 

Dcm.  Soter  causes  the  death 
of  Eupator,  and  ascends 
the  Syrian  throne. 

152.  A  rival  king,  Alexan- 
der, (Balas,)  appears  in 
Syria. 

151.  Alexander  conquers 
Demetrius,  and  becomes 
king. 

150.  Ptolemy  Philom.  gives 
his  daughter  as  queen  to 
Alexander  of  Syria. 

149.  Third  Punic  war  be- 
gins. 

148.  Macedonia  becomes  a 
Roman  province. 

147.  Demetrius  II.  Nicator, 
son  of  Demet.  just  men- 
tioned, seeks  the  Syrian 
crown,  and  makes  war  on 
Alexander. 

146.  Carthage  taken  and 
destroyed  by  the  Romans. 
Corinth  destroyed  by  L. 
Mummius,and  Achaia  be- 
comes a  Roman  province. 

Polybius,  the  historian. 

Ptolemy  Philometor  invades 
Syria,  ostensibly  to  aid 
Alexander,  but  declares 
immediately  for  Deme- 
trius. Alexander  flees  to 
Arabia,  and  is  there  mur- 
dered. 

145.  Ptol.  Physcon,  king  of 
Egypt  to  116. 

145.  Antiochus  VI.  is  set 
up  by  Tryphon  as  rival 
king  to  Demetrius,  and  in 

144  gets  possession  of  the 
throne. 

143.  Tryphon  causes  An- 
tiochus to  be  murdered, 
and  himself  ascends  the 
throne. 

Demetrius  and  Tryphon 
reign  in  Syria,  having 
made  a  division  of  the 
country. 

140.  Demetrius  is  taken 
prisoner  in  a  war  with  the 
Parthians. 


138.  Antiochus  VIT.  Si- 
detes contends  for  the  Sy- 
rian throne.  Tryphon  is 
killed  in  flight. 


135 

129 

127 

110 
109 
106 


102 


97 


63 


55 


EVEKTS  IN  JEWISH  HISTORY. 


Simon,  with  the  knowledge 
of  Antiochus,  killed.  John 
Ilyrcanus  becomes  high- 
priest  and  leader  of  the 
Jews.  Jos.  Ant.  13.  8  seq. 

Hyrcanus  attacks  the  Idu- 
means. 

He  sends  ambassadors  to 
Rome  to  renew  his  alli- 
ance with  the  Roman 
power. 

He  takes  Samaria  after  a 
year's  siege. 

Ilyrcanus  dies  after  a  reign 
of  26  years. 

Under  his  government  the 
three  principal  Jewish 
sects,  the  Pharisees,  the 
Sadducees,  and  the  Es- 
senes,  are  supposed  to 
have  first  appeared,  but 
their  exact  epochas  are 
not  known. 

Alexander  Jannasus,  king 
of  the  Jews,  makes  an  alli- 
ance with  Cleopatra,  and 
takes  some  places  in  Pa- 
lestine. 

The  Jews  revolt  against 
him,  but  he  subdues  them. 
He  wages  several  wars 
abroad  with  success.  His 
subjects  war  against  him 
during  6  years,  and  in- 
vite to  their  assistance 
Demetrius  Encenes,  king 
of  Syria. 

Alexander  Jannseus  takes 
the  cities  of  Dion,  Gerasa, 
Gaulon,  Seleucia,  &c. 

Alexander  Jannajus  dies, 
aged  49  years. 

Alexandra,  his  queen,  suc- 
ceeds him. 

Alexandra  dies.  Hyrcanus, 
her  eldest  son,  and  bro- 
ther of  Aristobulus,  is 
acknowledged  king. 

Reigns  peaceably  2  years. 

Battle  between  Hj-rcanus 
and  Aristobulus. 

Pompey  comes  to  Damas- 
cus, and  orders  Aristobu- 
lus and  Hyrcanus  to  ap- 
pear before  him.  Hears 
the  cause  of  the  two  bro- 
thers, and  decides  in  fa- 
vour of  Hyrcanus,  who 
is  made  high-priest  and 
ethnarch,  but  is  deprived 
of  the  regal  dignity. 

Aristobulus  withdraws  into 
Jerusalem,  and  maintains 
the  city  against  Pompey, 
who  besieges  it.  The  city 
and  temple  taken.  Aris- 
tobulus taken  prisoner ; 
Judea  reduced  to  its  an- 
cient limits,  and  obliged 
to  pay  tribute  to  the  Ro- 
mans. 


Pompey  takes  Jerusalem. 
Judea  becomes  a  Roman 
province.  The  Jewish 
nation  loses  its  inde- 
pendence and  the  faniilj' 
of  Asmoneans  (the  illus- 
trious, a  title  borne  by 
the  Maccabees)  its  royal 
dignity. 


STXCimONISMS. 


131.  Antiochus  Sidetes 
goes  to  war  against  the 
Persians. 


106.  Judas,  otherwise  called 
Aristobulus  or  Philel- 
len,  succeeds  John  Hyr- 
canus, and  associates  his 
brother  Antigonus  with 
him  in  the  government. 

91.  The  social  war  begins 
and  continues  3  years, 
until  finished  by  Sylla. 

89.  The  Mithridatic  war 
begins  and  continues  26 
years. 


88.   The  civil  wars  of  Ma- 

rius  and  Sylla  begin  and 

continue  6  years. 
86.  Sylla  conquers  Athens, 

and   sends    its    valuable 

libraries  to  Rome. 


82.  The  death  of  Sylla. 


66.  Mithridates  conquered 
by  Pompey  in  a  night 
battle.  Crete  is  subdued 
by  Metellus  after  a  war 
of  2  years. 

65.  The  reign  of  the  Se- 
leucidoo  ends  in  Syria  on 
the  conquest  of  the  coun- 
try by  Pompey. 


63.  Catiline's  conspiracy 
detected  by  Cicero. 

The  first  triumvirate,  in  the 
persons  of  Julius  Caesar, 
Pompey,  and  Crassus. 
About  this  time  flourished 
Terentius  Varro,  Cicero, 
Catullus,  Sallust,  Ac. 

End  of  the  kingdom  of 
Syria. 

Augustus,  afterward  empe- 
ror, is  born. 

58.  Cicero  banished  from 
Rome,  and  recalled  next 
year. 

55.  Cfesar  passes  the  Rhine, 
defeats  the  Germans,  and 
invades  Britain.  Ptole- 
my Auletes,  king  of 
Egypt,  by  money  induces 
Gabinius  to  come  into 
Egypt  to  restore  him  to  j 
his   throne.     AVhiie    Ga- 


CHRONOLOGICAL  TABLE. 


282 


EVENTS  IN  JEWISH   HISTOKT. 


Antipater  governor  of  Ju- 
dea 


Antipater,  by  order  of  Hyr- 
canus,  joins  Mithridates, 
who  was  going  into 
Egypt  with  succours  for 
Caesar,  and  assists  him  in 
reducing  the  Egyptians. 

Cassar,  having  finished  the 
war  in  Egypt,  comes  into 
Asia;  confirms  Hyrcanus 
in  the  high-priesthood. 

Antigonus,  son  of  Aristobu- 
lus,  remonstrates  to  Cae- 
Bar ;  but  Caesar  is  preju- 
diced against  him  by  An- 
tipater. Antipater  takes 
advantage  of  the  indo- 
lence of  Hyrcanus ;  makes 
his  eldest  son,  Phazael, 
governor  of  Jerusalem  ; 
and  Herod,  another  of  his 
sons,  governor  of  Galilee. 

Herod  is  summoned  to  Je- 
rusalem to  give  an  ac- 
count of  his  conduct,  but, 
finding  himself  in  danger 
of  being  condemned,  re- 
tires to  his  government. 


Hyrcanus  sends  ambassa- 
dors to  Julius  Caesar  to 
renew  alliance,  which  is 
received  in  a  manner  ad- 
vantageous to  the  Jews. 


Herod  and  Phazael,  te- 
trarchs  of  Judea.  Anti- 
gonus, son  of  Aristobu- 
lus,  gathers  an  army ;  en- 
ters Judea ;  prevails  with 
the  Parthians  to  place 
him  on  the  throne  of 
Judea. 

Herod,  fleeing  to  Rome,  is 
constituted  king  of  Judea. 


SYNCHROinSMS. 


binius  is  in  Egypt,  Alex- 
ander, son  of  Aristobulus, 
wastes  Judea.  Gabinius 
defeats  him  at  the  foot  of 
Mount  Tabor. 

54.  Crassus  succeeds  Gabi- 
nius in  the  government 
of  Syria.  Crassus,  passes 
into  Syria  and  finding 
the  province  quiet,  makes 
war  against  the  Par- 
thians. 

53.  He  comes  to  Jerusalem 
and  takes  great  riches 
out  of  the  Temple.  He 
marches  against  the  Par- 
thians— is  defeated  and 
killed  by  Orodes. 

52.  Cassius  brings  the  re- 
mains of  the  Roman 
army  over  the  Euphrates, 
takes  Tirhakah,  and 
brings  from  thence  over 
30,000  Jewish  captives. 

50.  Civil  war  between  Caj- 
sar  and  Pompey. 

49.  Julius  Caesar,  making 
himself  master  of  Rome, 
sets  Aristobulus  at  liber- 
ty and  sends  him  with 
two  legions  into  Syria. 
Those  of  Pompey's  party 
poison  Aristobulus. 

Scipio  slays  young  Alexan- 
der, son  of  Aristobulus. 

The  battle  of  Pharsalia. 

48.  Alexandria  taken  by 
Caesar. 

47.  The  war  of  Africa. 
Cato  kills  himself.  This 
year  is  called  the  year 
of  Confusion,  because  the 
calendar  was  corrected  by 
Sosigenes,  and  the  year 
made  to  consist  of  15 
months,  or  445  days. 

44.  Caesar  killed  in  the  se- 
nate-house at  Rome. 

43.  The  battle  of  Mutina. 
The  second  triumvirate, 
in  Octavius,  Antony,  and 
Lepidus.  Cicero  put  to 
death. 

42.  The  batUe  of  Philippi. 


B.C. 


34 

31 

30 

28 

22 

20 
19 
14 

13 

11 
10 


EVENTS  IN  JEWISH   HISTORT. 


He  takes  Joppa,  and  then 
goes  to  Massada. 

Takes  Jerusalem  after  a 
year's  siege.  Antigonus 
surrenders  himself  to  So- 
sius,  and  is  beheaded  at 
Antioch  by  the  order  of 
Antony.  End  of  the 
reign  of  the  Asmoneans. 

Ananel  made  high-priest. 

By  the  influence  of  Alex- 
andra his  mother,  Aristo- 
bulus is  made  high-priest. 

Aristobulus  is  drowned  in  a 
year  by  order  of  Herod. 

Ananel  is  again  high-priest. 

Hyrcanus  is  put  to  death  by 
Herod. 

Herod  goes  to  Rome  to 
make  his  court  to  Augus- 
tus; obtains  the  confirma- 
tion of  the  kingdom  of 
Judea. 

Herod  puts  to  death  his 
wife  Mariamne,  daughter 
of  Alexandra, 


Herod  undertakes  several 
buildings,  contrary  to  the 
religion  of  the  Jews. 
Builds  Caesarea  of  Pales- 
tine. 

Augustus  gives  Trachonitis 
to  Herod. 

Herod  undertakes  to  rebuild 
the  Temple  of  Jerusalem. 

He  comes  to  meet  Agrippa, 
and  engages  him  to  visit 
Jerusalem. 

Divisions  in  Herod's  family. 
Salome,  Pheroras,  and 
Antipater  at  variance 
with  Alexander  and  Aris- 
tobulus. 

Herod  goes  to  Rome  and 
accuses  Alexander  and 
Aristobulus  at  Augustus. 

Csesarea,  the  city  built  by 
Herod  in  honour  to  Au- 
gustus, is  dedicated. 

Herod  takes  treasure  from 
the  tomb  of  David. 

An  angel  appears  to  Zacha- 
rias.  The  conception  of 
John  the  Baptist. 

Annunciation  of  the  incar- 
nation of  the  Son  of  God 
to  the  Virgin  Mary. 

Birth  of  John  the  Baptist 
six  months  before  the 
birth  of  Christ. 


STNCnUONISMS. 


39.  Pacorus,  general  of  Par- 
thia,  defeated  by  Venti- 
dius,  14  years  after  the 
disgrace  of  Crassus,  and 
on  the  same  day. 

36.  Pompey  the  younger 
defeated  in  Sicily  by  Oc- 
tavius. 

32.  Octavius  and  Antony 
prepare  for  war. 

31.  The  battle  of  Actium, 
2d  September.  The  era 
of  the  Roman  emperors 
properly  begins  here. 

First  year  of  the  sole  so- 
vereignty of  Augustus  in 
the  Roman  empire. 

30.  Alexandria  taken,  and 
Egypt  reduced  to  a  Ro- 
man province. 

27.  Octavianus  becomes 
emperor  of  Rome,  with 
the  title  of  Csesar  Augus- 
tus. 

25.  The  Egyptians  adopt 
the  Julian  year.  About 
this  time  flourished  Vir- 
gil, Maecenas,  Horace, 
Livy,  TibuUus,  Ovid,  <fec. 

22.  The  conspiracy  of  Mu- 
rasna  against  Augustus. 

21.  Augustus  visits  Greece 
and  Asia. 

The  year  of  Virgil's  death. 


19.  The  year  of  Horace's 
death.  Sent.  Saturninus 
proconsul  in  Syria. 

17.  The  secular  games  cele- 
brated at  Rome. 


8.  Augustus  corrects  the 
calendar  by  ordering  the 
12  ensuing  years  to  bo 
without  intercalation. — ■ 
About  this  time  flou- 
rished Damascenus,  Hy- 
ginus,  Flaccus  the  gram- 
marian, Dyonysius  of 
Haliearnassus,  and  Dio- 
nysius  tho  geographer. 

6.  Tiberius  retires  to 
Rhodes  for  7  years. 


X.  THE  FIRST  PERIOD  OF  THE  CHRISTIAN  CHURCH,  TO  THE  END  OF  THE  SACRED  CANON. 


A.D.        EVENTS  IN  CHRISTIAN  mSTORT. 


The  nativity  of  our  Lord 
and  Saviour  Jesus  Christ, 
the  4th  year  before  A,  D., 
and  the  4102d  year  after 
the  Creation. 

An  angel  appears  to  the 
shepherds.  Circumcision 
of  Jesus,  and  his  presenta- 
tion at  the  temple. 

Adoration  of  the  Magi; 
flight  into  Egypt.  He- 
rod's massacre  of  the 
infant  children;  the  re- 
turn. 

19 


SYNCHRONISMS. 


2.   Antipater  put  to  death 

by  order  of  Herod. 
Herod    dies    6    days   after 

Antipater. 
Archelaus   appointed   king 

of  Judea  by  the  will  of 

Herod. 


3.  Archelaus  goes  to  Rome 
to  procure  of  Augustus 
the  confirmation  of  He- 
rod's will  in  his  favour. 


A.D. 


12 


EVENTS  IN  CHRISTIAN  HISTORY. 


Jesus  goes  to  the  Passover. 


SYNCHRONISMS. 


He  takes  the  high-priest- 
hood from  Joazar  and 
gives  it  to  Eleazar. 

6.  Ovid  banished  to  Tomos. 

Archelaus  is  banished  to 
Vienna,  in  Gaul. 

10.  The  enrolment  or  tax- 
ation made  by  Cyrenius 
in  Syria.  This  was  his 
second  enrolment. 

12.  Marcus  Ainbivius,  go- 
vernor of  Judea.  Augus- 
tus dies  at  Nola,  and  is 
succeeded  by  Tiberius. 


283 


TEXT  BOOK  AND  ATLAS  OF  BIBLICAL  GEOGRAPHY. 


284 


A.  D.        «VE»TS  W  CHRISTUN   HISTORY. 


8TNCHR0SI8M8. 


Baptism  of  Jesns;  tempta- 
tion ;  preface  to  John's 
Gospel ;  testimony  of 
John  the  Baptist  to  Je- 
sus. Jesus  gains  disci- 
ples ;  marriage  at  Cana 
of  Galilee. 

At  the  Passover  in  Judea ; 
baptizing;  further  testi- 
mony of  John  the  Bap- 
tist. Jesus  departs  into 
Galilee  after  John's  im- 
prisonment; teaches  pub- 
licly in  Galilee ;  again  at 
Cana,  he  heals  the  son  of 
a  nobleman  lying  ill  at 
Captmaum  at  Nazareth ; 
is  there  rejected,  and  fixes 
his  abode  at  Capernaum  ; 
call  of  Simon  Peter,  and 
Andrew,  and  James  and 
John ;  with  his  disciples 
goes  from  Capernaum 
throughout  Galilee ;  call 
of  Matthew. 

Poolof  Bethcsda;  healing  of 
the  infirm  man;  our  Lord's 
subsequent  discourse ; 
Jesus  arrives  at  the  sea 
of  Tiberias  ;  is  followed 
by  multitudes  ;  with- 
draws to  the  mountain ; 
chooses  the  Twelve ;  mul- 
titudes follow  him ;  ser- 
mon on  the  mount;  John 
the  Baptist  in  prison 
sends  disciples  to  Jesus ; 
with  the  Twelve  makes 
second  circuit  of  Galilee ; 
directs  to  cross  the  lake ; 
incidents;  tempest  still- 
ed ;  demoniacs  of  Gada- 
ra;  again  at  Nazareth; 
again  rejected;  third  cir- 
cuit in  Galilee  ;  the 
Twelve  instructed  and 
sent  forth ;  Herod  holds 
Jesus  to  be  John  the 
Baptist,  whom  he  had  just 
before  beheaded  ;  the 
Twelve  return ;  Jesus  re- 
tires with  him  across  the 
lake ;  five  thousand  are 
fed  ;  walks  upon  the  wa- 
ter; four  thousand  fed. 

Oar  Lord  foretells  his 
own  death,  resurrection, 
and  trials  of  his  follow- 
ers ;  transfiguration ;  our 
Lord's  subsequent  dis- 
course with  the  three  dis- 
ciples ;  again  foretells  his 
death  and  resurrection  ; 
disciples  contend  who 
should  be  greatest;  Je- 
sus exhorts  to  humility ; 
seventy  instructed  and 
sent  out;  Jesus  goes  up 
to  festival  of  Taberna- 
cles ;  final  departure  from 
Galilee ;  Jesus  at  festival 
of  Tabernacles  ;  public 
teaching;  further  public 
teaching  of  our  Lord ; 
disciples  taught  how  to 
pray ;  the  seventy  return  ; 
Jesus    in    Jerusalem    at 


30.  Herod  Antipas  marries 
Herodias,  his  brother 
Philip's  wife,  he  being 
yet  alive. 

John  the  Baptist  declares 
vehemently  against  this 
marriage ;  he  is  put  in 
prison,  and,  after  a  few 
months,  beheaded  in  the 
castle  Machserus. 

The  reign  of  Augustus  con- 
tinued 57  years,  and  ter- 
minated A.  D.  14.  This 
was  the  culminating  pe- 
riod of  Koman  greatness 
and  grandeur.  Tiberius 
succeeded  him,  and  reign- 
ed 22  years  and  6  months. 
His  reign  includes  the 
public  ministry  and  cru- 
cifixion of  our  Lord  Je- 
sus Christ 


Countries  subject  to  Rome, 

In  Europe.  Italy,  Gaul, 
Spain,  Britain,  Rhoetia, 
Vindelicia,  Noricum, 

Pannonia,  Illyria,Greece, 
Macedonia,  Thrace,  Moe- 
sia,  and  Dacia. 

Ix  Asia.  Asia  Minor,  Sy- 
ria, Phoenicia,  Palestine, 
the  northern  and  eastern 
coast  of  the  Black  Sea, 
Armenia,  Mesopotamia, 
and  Assyria. 

In  Africa.  Egypt  and  the 
whole  northern  coast;  its 
distant  territories  were 
Scandia,  India,  Ethiopia, 
and  Galatia — Rome  it- 
self being  the  common 
centre  of  the  whole. 

irmy— 400,000  men.  Thir- 
ty legions  of  12,500  men  : 
eleven  on  the  Danube, 
five  on  the  Rhine,  three 
in  Britain,  one  in  Spain, 
eight  on  the  Euphrates, 
one  in  Egypt,  and  one  in 
Africa.  20,000  praetorian 
guards  in  Italy. 

TV^ary— 50,000  men.  Two 
fleets  at  Ravenna  and 
Naples  :  stations  at  Fre- 
jus,  in  the  Black  Sea, 
in  the  British  Channel, 
Rhine,  and  Danube. 

Government — A  monarchy 
with  republican  forms. 
The  dignities  of  consul, 
tribune,  imperator,  and 
pontifex  maximus  are 
united  in  his  person. 
The  senate  continues  the 
great  council  of  state, 
besides  which  there  is  a 
privy  council  of  the  Cae- 


The  population  of  the  Ro- 
man republic  at  the  ac- 
cession of  Augustus  is 
120,000,000  ;      half     of 


A.D. 


33 


EVENTS  IN  CEnilSTIAN  HISTORY. 


festival  of  Dedication ; 
retires  beyond  Jordan ; 
raising  of  Lazarus ;  coun- 
sel of  Caiaphas  against 
Jesus ;  retires  from  Jeru- 
salem ;  beyond  Jordan  is 
followed  by  multitudes; 
our  Lord  teaches,  jonr- 
neying  toward  Jerusa- 
lem ;  is  warned  against 
Herod ;  blesses  little  chil- 
dren ;  rich  young  man ; 
a  third  time  foretells  his 
death  and  resurrection ; 
James  and  John  prefer 
their  ambitious  request; 
visit  to  Zaccheus  ;  ar- 
rives at  Bethany  6  days 
before  the  Passover;  pub- 
lic entry  into  Jerusalem ; 
cleansing  of  the  temple; 
lamentation  over  Jerusa- 
lem ;  foretells  destruction 
of  temple  and  persecu- 
tion of  disciples;  signs 
of  Christ's  coming  to  de- 
stroy Jerusalem  and  put 
an  end  to  the  Jewish 
state  and  dispensation  ; 
transition  to  Christ's  final 
coming  at  the  day  of 
judgment ;  scenes  of 
the  judgment ;  rulers 
conspire ;  supper  at  Be- 
thany ;  treachery  of  Ju- 
das ;  Passover  meal ;  Je- 
sus washes  feet  of  disci- 
ples ;  Lord's  supper ;  Ho- 
ly Spirit  promised ;  ago- 
ny in  Gethsemane;  Je- 
sus betrayed  and  made 
prisoner  before  Caiaphas; 
Jesus  before  Caiaphas  and 
the  Sanhedrim ;  the  San- 
hedrim le.ad  Jesus  to 
Pilate  ;  Jesus  before  He- 
rod ;  Pilate  seeks  to  re- 
lease him  ;  the  Jews  de- 
mand Barabbas ;  Pilate 
delivers  up  Jesus  to 
death  ;  crucifixion  ;  the 
Jews  mock  at  Jesus  on 
the  cross ;  he  commends 
his  mother  to  John ; 
darkness  prevails ;  Christ 
expires  on  the  cross  ;  vail 
of  the  temple  rent  and 
graves  opened ;  burial ; 
watch  at  the  sepulchre  ; 
morning  of  the  resurrec- 
tion ;  visit  of  the  women 
to  the  sepulchre ;  vision 
of  angels ;  our  Lord  is 
seen  by  Mary  Magdalene 
at  the  sepulchre ;  report 
of  the  watch  ;  our  Lord 
is  seen  of  Peter;  then 
by  two  disciples  on  way 
to  Emmaus ;  Jesus  ap- 
pears in  midst  of  disci- 
ples ;  apostles  go  into 
Galilee ;  Jesus  shows 
himself  to  seven  of  them 
at  the  sea  of  Tiberias ; 
meets  apostles  and  above 
five  hundred  brethren  on 
a  mountain  in  Galilee ; 
is  seen  by  James,  then 
by  all  the  apostles ;  the 
Ascension. 

The  Dispensation  of  the 
Spirit  begins. 

Baptism  and  the  Lord's 
supper  administered  ac- 


STNCHRONISMS. 


these      are       slaves 

40,000,000  are  tributa- 
ries and  freed-men;  only 
20,000,000  enjoy  the  full 
rights  of  citizens. 


Jewish  Sects. 

Pharisees — The  most  nume- 
rous, instituted  b.  o.  135. 
Tenets:  1.  The  existence 
of    angels    and    spirits ; 

2.  Pre-existence  and 
transmigration  of  souls ; 

3.  Eternal  happiness  of 
the  Jews — sanctimonious 
formalists,  hypocrites  and 
fiery  zealots. 


Sadducees — Originated  a- 
bout  250  years  b.  c,  near 
the  time  of  the  transla- 
tion of  the  Septuagint. 
Tenets :  infidels ;  1.  Nei- 
ther angels  nor  spirits, 
and  no  resurrection ; 
2.  No  over-ruling  Provi- 
dence; 3.  Traditions  of 
no  authority;  but  the 
letter  of  the  law  must  be 
strictly  observed.  Rela- 
tively very  few  in  num- 
ber, but  very  influential. 


Scribes  and  lawyers,  the 
same.  Learned  men, 
transcribers  and  ex- 
pounders of  the  law.  • 


Herodians — A  political  fac- 
tion attached  to  the  inte- 
rests of  the  family  of  Ue- 
rod  the  Great,  in  their 
adherence  to  Rome  and 
the  observance  of  hea- 
then customs. 


Samaritans — A  mixed  race, 
descendants  of  colonists 
sent  to  occupy  the  land 
after  the  overthrow  of 
the  kingdom  of  Israel, 
B.  c.  721,  and  of  Jews. 
Blended  the  idolatries  of 
the  nations  to  which  they 
belonged  with  the  reli- 
gion of  the  Jews ;  built 
a  temple  on  Gerizim;  gra- 
dually adopted  the  wor- 
ship of  Jehovah  and  the 
five  books  of  Moses  as 
their  sacred  books,  but 
ever  maintained  an  im- 
placable hatred  of  the 
Jews. 


CimOXOLOGICAL  TABLE. 


286 


EVESTB  IN  CrrelSTIAN   HISTORT. 


cording  to  the  appuint- 
ment  of  Christ 

Assemblies  for  divine  wor- 
ship under  the  superin- 
tendence of  the  apostles, 
after  the  model  of  the 
synagogue  ;  breaking  of 
bread ;  prayer;  psalmody: 
preaching. 

Gospel  preached  to  the 
Jews  in  Judea,  Samaria, 
and  Antioch ;  the  seven 
Hellenistic  deacons  ap- 
pointed in  addition  to 
Jewish,  who  had  proba- 
bly been  appointed  from 
the  beginning.  The  mar- 
tyrdom of  Stephen  ;  con- 
sequent dispersion  of  the 
disciples ;  gospel  preach- 
ed in  Phoenicia,  Antioch, 
Cyprus,  and  Cyrene. 

First  apostolical  journey  of 
St.  Peter. 

St.  Paul's  conversion,  (sup- 
posing the  erri  rpia  of  Gal. 
i.  8,)  judaically  reckoned. 

At  Damascus. 

Paul's  flight  from  Damas- 
cus to  Jerusalem,  and 
thence  to  Tarsus. 

During  these  years,  St. 
Paul  preaches  in  Syria 
and  Cilicia,  making  Tar- 
sus his  head-quarters,  and 
probably  undergoes  most 
of  the  sufferings  men- 
tioned at  2  Cor.  xi.  24-26, 
viz.  two  of  the  Roman 
and  the  five  Jewish  scour- 
gings  and  three  ship- 
wrecks. 


Church  of  Antioch  founded 
by  Barnabas  and  other 
apostles,  who  fled  from 
persecution  at  Jerusalem. 

Paul  is  brought  from  Tar- 
sus to  Antioch,  Acts  xi. 
25,  and  stays  there  a  year 
before  the  famine. 

Paul,  with  B.arnabas,  at  At- 
tioch.  .Tames,  the  brother 
of  ,Tohn,  beheaded,  at  the 
command  of  Agrippa. 
Potor  cast  into  prison. 

Paul  visits  Jerusalem  with 
Barnabas  to  relieve  the 
famine. 

At  Antioch. 

At  Antioch. 

His  "  First  Missionary  Jour- 
ney" from  Antioch  to  Cy- 
prus, Antioch  in  Pisidia, 
leonium,  Lystra,  Derbe, 
and  back  through  the 
same  places  to  Antioch. 


St.  Paul  and  Barnabas  at- 
tend the  "  council  of  Je- 
rusalem." 

Paul's  "  Second  Missionary 
Journey"  from  Antioch  to 
Cilicia,  Lycaonia,  and 
Galatia. 

Troas,  Philippi,    Thessalo- 


STSCHROVISMS. 


37.  Pilate  ordered  into 
Italy. 

Tiberius  dies ;  Caius  Cali- 
gula succeeds. 

Caligula  gives  Agrippa  the 
tetrarchy  of  his  uncle 
Philip. 

39.  Herod  the  tetrarch 
goes  to  Rome  in  hopes 
of  obtaining  some  favour 
from  the  emperor ;  but 
Caligula,  being  prepos- 
sessed by  Agrippa.,  ba- 
nishes him  to  Lyons. 

40.  Caligula  orders  Petro- 
nius  to  place  his  statue  in 
the  temple  of  Jerusalem. 
The  Jews  obtain  some 
delay  from  Potronius. 

Agrippa  endeavours  to  di- 
vert the  emperor  from 
this  design,  and  at  length 
obtains,  .as  a  great  favour, 
that  this  statue  should 
not  be  set  up. 

Philo,  the  Jew,  goes  with  a 
deputation  from  the  Jews 
at  Alexandria  to  Caligu- 
la ;  obtains  an  audience 
of  the  emperor  at  the  ha- 
zard of  his  life. 

41.  The  Jews  quit  Babylon 
and  retire  to  Seleucia. 

Caius  Caligula  dies ;  Clau- 
dius succeeds  him.  — 
Agrippa  persuades  him  to 
accept  the  empire  oifered 
him  by  the  army.  Clau- 
dius adds  Judea  and  Sa- 
maria to  Agrippa's  do- 
minions. Agrippa  re- 
turns into  Judea,  takes 
the  high-priesthood  from 
Theophilus,  son  of  Ana- 
nus,  and  gives  it  to  Si- 
mon Cantharus.  Soon 
after  he  takes  this  dig- 
nity from  Cantharus  and 
bestows  it  upon  Matthias. 

43.  Agrippa  deprives  the 
high-priest  Matthias  of 
the  priesthood  and  gives 
it  to  Elioneus,  son  of  Ci- 
theus. 

44.  Agrippa  II.  (Acts  xxv.) 
made  king  of  Chaleis. 

45.  Cuspius  Fadus  sent  into 
Judea  as  governor. 

46.  Cuspius  Fadus  recalled. 
The  government  of  Ju- 
dea given  to  Tiberius 
Alexander. 

48.  Herod,  king  of  Chaleis, 
takes  the  pontificate  from 
Joseph,  son  of  Camides  ; 
gives  it  to  Ananias,  son 
of  Nebedeus. 

Herod,    king    of    Chaleis, 

dies. 
Ventidius  Cumanus    made 

governor  of  Judea  in  place 

of  Tiberius  Alexander. 
Cumanus  made  procurator 

of  Judea  about  this  time. 

49.  Troubles  in  Judea  un- 
der the  government  of 
Cumanus. 

50.  Caractacus  captured  by 
the  Romans  in  Britain. 

51.  The  Jews  expelled. 
Rome  in  the  reign  of 
Claudius. 

Felix  sent  governor  into 
Judea  instead  of  Cuma- 
nus. 


KVBNTS  IN  OHniRTIAN   IlISTOItY. 


58 


59 


61 


62 


64 


67 


nia,  Bersea,  Athens,  an<l 
Corinth.  Writes  1  Thes- 
salonians. 

At  Corinth.  Writes  2  Thes- 
salonians. 

(Spring.)  He  leaves  Co- 
rinth, and  reaches  (Sum- 
mer) Jerusalem  at  Pente- 
cost, and  thence  goes  to 
Antioch. 

(Autumn.)  His  "  Third 
Missionary  Journey."  He 
goes  to  Ephesus. 

At  Ephesus. 

At  Ephesus. 

Gospel  of  Matthew. 

Gospel  of  Luke  between 
56  and  58. 

(Spring.)      St.  Paul  writes 

1  Corinthians. 
(Summer.)     Leaves   Ephe- 
sus for  Macedonia,  (Au- 
tumn,)   where   he  writes 

2  Corinthians,  and  thence 
(Winter)  to  Corinth, 
where  he  writes  Gala- 
tians. 

(Spring.)  He  writes  Ro- 
mans, and  leaves  Corinth, 
going  by  Philippi  and 
Miletus  (Summer)  to  Je- 
rusalem, (Pentecost,) 
where  he  is  arrested  and 
sent  to  Caesarea. 

At  Cwsarea. 

(Autumn.)  Sent  to  Rome 
by  Festus,  about  August. 

(Winter.)  Shipwrecked  at 
Malta. 

(Spring.)  He  arrives  at 
Rome. 

Epistle  of  James  about  61. 

First  Epistle  of  Peter  before 
62. 

Embassy  from  Jerusalem  to 
Rome  to  petition  about 
the  wall. 

At  Rome. 

(Spring.)  St  Paul  writes 
Philemon,Colossians,  and 
Ephesians. 

(Autumn.)  Writes  Philip- 
pians. 

(Spring.)  He  is  acquitted 
and  goes  to  Macedonia 
(Philip,  ii.  24)  and  Asia 
Minor.    Philem.  xxii. 

He  goes  to  .Spain. 

Acts  of  the  Apostles  pro- 
bably written  at  Rome, 
A.  D.  63  or  64. 

Gessius  Flovus  made  procu- 
rator of  Judea. 

Epistle  of  Jude  before  65. 

Paul  in  Spain. 

Second  Epistle  of  Peter. 

(Summer.)  St.  Paul  goes 
from  Spain  to  Asia  Minor. 
1  Tim.  i.  3. 

The  Jewish  war  begins. 

Epistle  to  Hebrews. 

(Summer.)  Paul  writes 
1  Timothy  from  Mace- 
donia. 


STNCmiONISMS. 


54.  Claudius,  the  emperor, 
dies,  being  poisoned  by 
Agrippa.  Nero  succeeds 
him. 

58.  Ishmael,  son  of  Tabei, 
made  high-priest  instead 
of  Ananias. 

60.  Porcius  Festus  made 
governor  of  Judea  in  the 
room  of  Felix. 

61.  The  Jews  build  a  wall 
which  hinders  Agripra 
from  looking  within  iho 
temple. 

Ishmael,  the  bigh-prie>-t, 
deposed.  Joseph,  sur- 
named  Cabei,  is  put  in 
his  place. 

63.  Albinus,  successor  of 
Felix,  arrives  in  Judea. 

64.  Agrippa  takes  the  high- 
priesthood  from  Jesus, 
son  of  Gamaliel,  and 
gives  it  to  Matthias,  son 
of  Theophilus.  Nero  sets 
fire  to  the  city  of  Ron:e  : 
throws  the  blame  on  tlie 
Christians,  several  v{ 
whom  are  put  to  death. 

66.  Cestius  Gallus,  gover- 
nor of  Syri.a,  comes  to 
Jerusalem ;  enumerates 
the  Jews  at  the  Passover. 

Disturbances  at  Caesarea 
and  at  Jerusalem. 

Florus  puts  several  Jews  to 
death. 

The  Jews  rise  and  kill  the 
Roman  garrison  at  Jeru- 
salem. A  massacre  of 
the  Jews  of  Csesarea  ai;d 
Palestine.  All  the  .J';'\vs 
of  Scythopolis  slain  in 
one  night. 

Cestius,  governor  of  Syria, 
comes  into  Judea.  ile 
besieges  the  temple  of 
Jerusalem;  retires;  is  de- 
feated by  the  Jews. 

The  Christians  of  Jerusa- 
lem, seeing  a  war  about 
to  break  out,  retire  to 
Pella,  in  the  kingdom  of 
Agrippa  beyond  Jordan. 

Vespasian  appointed  )y 
Nero  for  the  Jewish  war. 

Josephus  made  governor 
of  Galilee. 

Vespasian  sends  his  son  Ti- 
tus to  Alexandria ;  comes 
himself  to  Antioch  .ind 
forms  a  numerous  army. 

67.  Vespasian  enters  Judct; 
subdues  Galilee. 

Josephus  besieged  in  Jota- 
pata. 

Jotapata  taken ;  Josephus 
surrenders  to  Vespa- 
■  sian. 

Tiberias  and  Tarichca, 
which  had  revolted 
against  Agrippa,  reduced 
to  obedience  by  Vespa- 
sian. 

Divisions  in  Jerusalem. 

The  Zealots  seize  the  tem- 
ple and  commit  violences 
in  Jerusalem. 

They  depose  Theophilus 
from  being  high-priest, 
and  put  Phannias  in  his 
place. 

The  Zealots  send  for  the 
Idumseans  to  succour  Je- 
rusalem. 


287 


TEXT  BOOK  AND  ATLAS  OF  BIBLICAL  GEOGRAPHY. 


288 


A.  D. 


70 


EVENTS  IN  CHRISTIAN  BISTORT. 


(Autumn.)  Writes  Titus 
from  Ephesus. 

(Winter.)     At  Nicopolis. 

(Spring.)  In  prison  at 
Rome.  Writes  2  Timo- 
thy. 

(Summer.)  Executed. — 
(May  or  June.) 

St.  Peter  put  to  death  at 
Rome,  according  to  tlie 
common  but  doubtful  tra- 
dition of  the  Romish 
church.  There  is  no  re- 
liable evidence  that  he 
died  at  Rome. 

First,  Second,  and  Third 
Epistles  of  John. 

Assemblies  for  worship  up- 
on the  model  of  the  sy- 
nagogue ;  breaking  of 
bread ;  prayer,  psalmody, 
preaching;  a  common 
fund  for  the  relief  of  the 
poor,  but  not  a  strict 
community  of  goods ; 
feasts  of  charity  in  con- 
nection with  the  Lord's 
supper. 

Destruction  of  Jerusalem. 
In  the  siege  and  over- 
throw 2,000,000  of  per- 
sons are  said  to  have 
perished.  The  Chris- 
tians had  previously  re- 
tired to  Pella,  beyond  the 
Jordan. 


After    A.  D.    45 

preached  to  Gentiles,  but 
converts  from  them  con- 
sidered distinct  until  the 
destruction  of  Jerusalem. 

Officers  of  the  church,  apos- 
tles and  their  assistants  j 


ST^•CHB0!^SMS. 


The  Idumaeans  retire  from 
Jerusalem. 

68.  Nero,  the  emperor, 
dies;  Galba  succeeds  him. 

Vespasian  takes  all  the 
places  of  strength  in  Ju- 
dea  about  Jerusalem. 

Simon,  son  of  Gioras,  ra- 
vages Judea  and  the  south 
of  Idumaea. 

69.  Galba  dies;  Otho  de- 
clared emperor. 

Otho  dies;  Vitellius  pro- 
claimed emperor. 

Vespasian  declared  empe- 
ror by  his  army ;  is  ac- 
knowledged all  over  the 
East. 

Josephus  set  at  liberty. 

John  of  Giscala  heads  the 
Zealots. 

Eleazar,  son  of  Simon, 
forms  a  third  party ; 
makes  himself  master  of 
the  inner  temple,  or  court 
of  the  priests. 

70.  Titus  marches  against 
Jerusalem  to  besiege  it. 

Comes  down  before  Jerusa- 
lem some  days  before  the 
Passover. 

The  factions  unite  at  first 
against  the  Romans,  but 
afterward  divide  again. 

July  17,  the  perpetual  sacri- 
fices cease  in  the  temple. 

The  Romans  become  mas- 
ters of  the  court  of  the 
Gentiles,  and  set  fire  to 
the  galleries. 

A  Roman  soldier  sets  the 
the  temple  on  fire,  not- 
withstanding Titus  com- 
mands the  contrary. 

The  last  enclosure  of  the 
city  taken. 

John  of  Giscala  and  Simon, 


81 


100 


EVENTS  IN  CHRISTIAN   HISTORY. 


evangelists ;  prophets ; 
presbyters,  elders  or 
bishops,  ministers  of  in- 
dividual churches;  dea- 
cons who  were  teachers 
and  almoners  of  the 
church  ;  deaconesses  ; 
widows  ;  all  churches  in- 
dependent of  each  other. 
The  members  elected 
their  own  officers,  admi- 
nistered their  discipline, 
and  consulted  upon  all 
matters  of  importance. 
The  distinction  between 
presbyters  and  bishops, 
was,  as  yet,  unknown. 


Church  founded  in  Edessa 
on  the  Euphrates  about 
this  time. 

Persecution  under  Domi- 
tian,  commonly  called 
the  second  persecution. 


Revelation   of  St.  John. 
Gospel  by  St  John.  (?) 


Death  of   St.  John  about 

this  time. 
Conclusion    of   the   Canon 

of  the  New  Testament. 
Clement  of  Rome  died  about 

this  time. 


STNCHEONISMS. 


son  of  Gioras,  conceal 
themselves  in  the  com- 
mon sewers. 

74.  Titus  demolishes  the 
temple  to  its  very  founda- 
tion. 

He  also  demolishes  the  city, 
reserving  the  towers  of 
Hippicos,  Phazael,  and 
Mariamne. 

Titus  returns  to  Rome  with 
his  father  Vespasian  ; 
they  triumph  over  Judea. 

79.  Death  of  Vespasian  and 
succession  of  Titus.  Her- 
culaneum  and  Pompeii 
destroyed  by  an  eruption 
of  Vesuvius,  November  1. 

81.  Death  of  Titus,  and  suc- 
cession of  Domitian. 


Age  of  Martial,  Valerius 
Flaccus,  Epictetus,  Quin- 
tilian,  Agricola,  <fec. 

86.  Capitoline  games  insti- 
tuted by  Domitian,  and 
celebrated  every  4th  year. 

88.  Secular  games  cele- 
brated ;  war  with  Dacia 
begins,  and  continues  15 
years. 

96.  Domitian  put  to  death 
by  Stephanus,  and  suc- 
ceeded by  Nerva. 
The  age  of  Juvenal  and 
Tacitus. 

98.  Nerva  dies,  and  is  suc- 
ceeded by  Trajan. 

100.  About  this  time,  Pliny, 
proconsul  of  Bithynia, 
sends  to  Trajan  his  famous 
account  of  the  Christians. 
Age  of  Floras,  Suetonius, 
Pliny  the  younger,  Dion, 
and  Plutarch. 


END   OF  CHRONOLOGICAL  TABLE. 


INDEX. 


Abana  River,  op  Damascus 141 

Abarim,  Mountains  of.    Num.  xxi.  11,  xxvii.  12; 

xxxiii.  44,  47 ;   Deut  xxxii.  49 ;  Jer.  xxii. 

20 62,  82 

Abdon,  a  Levitical  city  belonging  to  the  tribe  of 

Asher Josh.  xxi.  30;  IChron.  vi.  74. 

Abel  in  Syria. 

Abel-beth-Maachah,  (Naphtali.)    Sam.  xx.  14;  1 

Kings  XV.  20 120,  135 

Abel-Keramim Judg.  xi.  33. 

Abel-Maim,  (Naphtali.) 2  Chron.  xvi.  4. 

Abel-Meholah.     Judg.  vii.  22;    1  Kings  iv.  12, 

xix.  16 130 

Abel-Mizraim,  near  Jericho Gen.  1.  11. 

Abel-Sittim Num.  xxxiii.  49. 

Abez,  (Issachar.) Josh.  xix.  20. 

Abilene Luke  iii,  1.  177 

Abimael,   Arabian   tribe.    Gen.  x.  28;    1  Chron. 

i.  22 

Abishai 110 

Abraham 25,  27,  28 

Abrona Num.  xxxiii.  34. 

Absalom,  rebellion  of. 119 

Accad 24 

Accho,  (Ptolemais,)  (Asher.) Judg.  i.  31.  70,  237 

Aceldama Acts  i.  19.  203 

Achaia.     Kom.  xv.  26,   xvi.  5;    2  Cor.  i.  1;   2 

Thess.  i.  7 232 

Achlab Judg.  i.  31. 

Aehmetha-Ecbatana Ezra  vi.  2. 

Aohor,  valley  of.    Josh.  vii.  26,  xxiv.  15,  7 ;  Isa. 

Ixv.  10;   Hos.ii.  16 84 

Achsaph,  (Asher.) Josh.  xi.  1,  xii.  20,  xix.  25.     89 

Achzib,  1)  city  in  Asher. ..Josh.  xix.  29;  Judg.  i.  31. 

—  2)  City  in  Judah Josh.  xv.  44;  Micah  i. 4. 

Acra 122 

Acre 70,  167,  237 

Adada,  (Judah.) Josh  xv.  22. 

Adam,  city  near  the  Jordan Josh.  iii.  16.  8.3, 133 

Adama,  city  in  the  valley  of  Siddim.    Gen.  x.  19, 

xiv.  2;  Hos.  xi.  8 

—  City  in  Naphtali Josh.  xix.  36. 

Adami,  (Naphtali.) Josh.  xix.  33. 

Adar  =  Hazar-Adar,   (Judah.)    Num.  xxxiv.  4 ; 

Josh.  XV.  3. 

Adarin 

Aden,  Gulf  of. 

Adithaim,  (Judah.) Josh  xv.  36. 

Admah,  i.e.  Adamah Deut.  xxix.  23.     31 

Admedera 

Adoraim,  (Judah.) 2  Chron.  xi.  9.  134 

Adraha 

Adramyttium 

Adriatic  Sea Acts  xxvii.  27. 

AduUam,  Cave  of,  1)    1  Sam.  xxiit  1 ;  2  Sam.  xxiii. 

13;    1  Chron.  xi.  15. 

—  2)   City  in  Judah.    Josh.  xii.  15,  xvi.  35 ;  2 

Chron.  xi.  7;  Josh.  xi.  30;  Micah  1.15. 

89,  112,  134 

Adummim Josh.  xv.  7,  xviii.  17. 

JKuon John  iii.  23. 

jP.ra 

Agagites Esther  iii.  1. 

Agar-Sinai Gal.  iv.  25. 

Agrigentum 

Ahalibamah,   Arabian   tribe.     Gen.  xxxvi.  41 ;  1 

Chron.  i.  62. 

Ahara  River Ezra  viii.  15,  xxi.  31. 

.  liithophel 120 

Ai,  1)  City  in  Benjamin.  Gen.  xi.  8,  xiii.  3;  Josh.vii. 

2,  viii.  1,  xii.  9;  Ezra  ii.  28 ;  Neh.  vii.  32.  84, 147 
289 


HAPS. 

IV.  Ea 

[V.Eb 


[Dc 
rV.  Ea 
[V.Dc 
IV.  Db 


rv.Dd 


V.Eb 
II.  Co 


II.  Db 

III.  Ec 
[IV.  Cc 


[V.Cc 
IV.  Cb 

[VI.Bc 
IV.Eb 


V.  Cg 


V. 

Fa 

II 

Dd 

V. 

Cg- 

V. 

Eb 

V. 

Bf 

V. 

Ed 

VII.  Db 

VII.  Ba 

rv.Fg 

V.  De 
V.Ec 


VII.  Ab 


Ai,  2)  in  Ammon Jer.  xlix.  3. 

Ain,  1)  Levitical  city  in  Simeon.  Josh.  xv.  32,  xix. 

7,  xxi.  16;  IChron.  iv.  32 

—  2)  City  in  northern  Palestine.  Num.  xxxiv.  11. 
Aja  =  Ajiath  =  Ai.    1  Chron.  vii.  28 ;    Neh.  xi. 

31 ;    Isa.  X.  28. 
Ajalon,  1)    Levitical   city  in   Dan.    Josh.  x.  12; 
Judg.  i.  35  ;    1  Sam.  xiv.  31 ;    1  Chron.  vi. 
69,  viii.  13;  2  Chron.  xi.  10,  xxviii.  18 85 

—  2)  City  in  Zebulon Judg.  xii.  12.  102 

Ajiath,  Aja.     See  Ai,  No.  1 127 

Akad,  in  Mesopotamia Gen.  x.  10. 

Akabah,  Gulf  of.     See  Elanitic  Gulf. 67 

Akra 

Akrabbi 

Akrabbim,    Maaleh-Akrabbim,    (Judah.)     Num. 

xxxiv.  4;  Josh.  xv.  3;   Judg.  i.  36 69 

Alemeth,  Levitical  city  in  Benjamin  perhaps,  =  A1- 

mon 1  Chron.  vi.  60. 

Alamelech,  (Asher.) Josh.  xix.  26. 

Alexandria Acts  xxvii.  6. 

Alexandroseena) 

Aliah,  Alevah,  a  tribe  in  Edom.    Gen.  xxxvi.  40; 

1  Chron.  i.  51. 

Allotment  of  Territory 92 

Almodad,  Arabian  tribe  in  Yemen Gen.  x.  26. 

Almon,  a  Levitical  city  belonging  to  the  tribe  of 

Benjamin Josh.  xxi.  18  ;  1  Chron.  vi.45. 

Almon-Diblathaim  =  Beth-Diblathaim  =  Dibla- 

thaim Num.  xxxiii.  46. 

Aloth 1  Kings  iv.  16. 

Alush  Num.  xxxiii.  13.     50 

Amalek,  Amalekites.    Gen.  xiv.  17;    Ex.  xvii.  8; 

Num.  xiii.  30,  xxiv.  20  ;    Judg.  iii.  13  ;    iv. 

3,  33,  xii.  15;    1  Sam.  xiv.  48,  xv.  3,  xxvii. 

18,  XXX.  1 ;   2  Sam.  i.  1,  viii.  12  ;   2  Chron. 

iv.  43;  Ps.  Ixxxiii.  8 20,  50,  101,  109 

Amam,  (Judah.) Josh.  xv.  26. 

Amana,  Abana 2  Kings  v.  12. 

Amasia 

Amastris 

Amathus 

Amead,  (Asher.) Josh.  xix.  26. 

Amida 

Amisus 

Ammah 2  Sam.  ii.  24.  116 

Ammaus,  (Nicopolis.) 

Ammon,  Ammonites.  Gen.  xix.  38  ;  Num.  xxi.  24 ; 

Deut.  ii.  19  ;  Judg.  iii.  13  ;  1  Sam.  xi.  1,  14, 

xvi.  47 ;  2  Sam.  x.  1,  xxiii.  37 ;  1  Kings  xi. 

1;  2  Kings  xxiv.  2  ;  2  Chron.  xx.  1,  xxvi.  8  ; 

Ezra  ix.  1 ;  Neh.  iv.  3,  xiii.  23  ;  Ps.  Ixxxiii. 

8;   Isa.  xi.  19 ;   Jer.  ix.  26,  xxv.  21,  xxvii. 

8,  xl.  11;    xlix.  1;    Ezek.  xxv.  2;    Dan.  xi. 
41;  Amos  i.  13;  Zeph.  ii.  9 61,63,68,109 

Amorites.  Gen.  iv.  22,  xiv.  7,  xv.  21 ;  Ex.  iii.  8, 
xxxiii.  2;  Num.  xiii.  30,  xxi.  1.3,  21 ;  Deut. 
i.  19,  iv.  47  ;  xx.  17  ;  Josh.  ii.  10,  iii.  10,  ix. 
1,  X.  5,  xi.  3,  xiii.  11,  xxiv.  11,  18 ;  Judg.  i. 
34,  iii.  5,  vi.  10,  X.  8;  ISam.  vii.  14;  1 
Kings  iv.  19,  ix.  20 ;  2  Kings  xxi.  11 ;  Ezra 
ix.  1 ;    Neh.  ix.  8  ;    Ps.  cxxxvi.  19  ;    Ezek. 

xvi.  3;  Amosii.  9 19,61,80 

Amphipolis Acts  xvii.  1.  229 

Anah,  (.Judah.) Josh.  xi.  21,  xv.  60.     91 

Anaharath,  (Issachar.) Josh.  xix.  19. 

Anakims,  Giants.  Deut.  ii.  10;  Josh.  xi.  22,  xiv.  16. 

Anamim,  Egyptian  people Gen.  x.  13.     18 

Ananiah,  (Benjamin.) Neh.  vii.  27,  xi.  32. 

Anathoth,  Levitical  city  in  Benjamin.  Josh.  v.  3, 
xxi.  18 ;    2  Sam.  xxiii.  27  ;    1  Kings  ii.  26 ; 

290 


rv.  cf 


[VLBe 
V.  Cf. 
[IV.  Ef. 


in.  Dg 

L 

rv.  cd 

[V.Ce 


VIL  De 
V.  Ce    - 


ILDd 


IIL  Cg 


[in.  Ce 
IL  Cc. 
[IV.ABf 

VIL  Fa 
VIL  Ea 
VIL  Ec 
[V.Do 
VIL  Gb 
VII.  Fa 


IIL  Fd 

IV.  Ee 

V.  Ef 


[IIL  Ed 
IL  Cb 
IV.  Cf 
[V.Cg 

ILCb 


291 


TEXT  BOOK   AND  ATLAS  OF  BIBLICAL  GEOGRAPHY. 


292 


229 
243 


57 


1  Chron.  vi.  60,  xi.  28,  xii.  3  ;    Ezra  ii.  23 ; 

Noh.  vii.  27;  Isa.  x.  20;   Jer.  i.  1 147 

Ancient  Foundations 124 

Ancient  Jerusalem 

Anem,  a  Levitical  city  belonging  to  the  tribe  of 

Issachar,  ==  En-Gannim.    1  Chron.  vi.  73. 
Aner,  Levitical  city,  (Manasseh.)  1  Chron.  vi.  70. 

Anim,  (Judah.) Josh.  xv.  50.     91 

Antediluvians,  Chronology  of 12 

Anti-Lebanon,  Mountains 

Antioch,  1)  in  Syria.  Acta  vi.  6,  xi.  19,  26,  xiii.  1, 

xiv.  26,  XV.  22,  xviii.  22;  Gal.  ii.  11 218 

—  2)  in  Pisidia Acts  xiii.  14,  xiv.  19,  21.  222 

Antipatris Acts  xxiii.  31.  239 

Apamea 

Apamene 

Apharsatbchites,  a  people  in  Persia,  perhaps.  Ezra 

iv.  9,  vi.  6. 
Aphek,  city  in  Issachar.  Josh.  xii.  18;  1  Sam.  iv. 

1,  xxix.  1 89,  105 

—  =  Aphik,    (Asher.)    Josh.  xiii.  4,   xix.  30 ; 

Judg.  i.  31. 

—  in  Perea I  Kings  xx.  26;  2  Kings  xiii.  17. 

Aphekah,  (Jndah.) Josh,  xv,  53. 

Apherima,  perhaps  =  Ilapharaim. 

Aphni  ==  Opbni Josh,  xviii.  24. 

Apollonia Acts  xvii.  1 

Appii  Forum Acts  xxviii.  15 

Apulia 

Ar 

Ar  in  Moab  =  Rabbath-Moab.  Num.  xxi.  15,  28; 

Isa.  XV.  1  ;    Deut.  ii.  9 

Arab,  in  mountains  of  Judah.  Josh.  xv.  52 ;  2  Sam. 

xxiii.  35 

Arabah,  1)  the  plain  of  Jordan.    Deut.  i.  1,  ii.  8; 

Josh.  xii.  1 ;  2  Sam.  iv.  7  ;  2  Kings  xxv.  4 ; 

Isa.  xxxiii.  9  ;  Jer.  1.  12 53, 

—  2)  ==  Beth-Arabah,  (Benjamin.)    Josh,  xviii. 

18  ;  2  Sam.  xxiii.  31 ;  1  Chron.  xi.  32. 
Arabia.     See  Sheba  No.  1.  1  Kings  x.  1 ;  2  Chron. 

ix.  1,  xvii.  11,  xxi.  16,  xxvi.  7;    Job  i.  15; 

Ps.  Ixxii.  15  ;  Neh.  ii.  19  ;  Isa.  xiii.  20,  xxi. 

13;    Jer.  iii.  2;    xxv.  24  ;    Ezek.  xxvii.  21, 

xxxviii.   13 ;     Joel   iii.  13 ;     Acts   ii.  11  ; 

GaL  i.  17 129 

Arabia,  Desert  of. 45 

Arad,  (Judah.)  Num.  xxi.  1;  Josh.  xii.  14;  Judg. 

i.  16 59 

Aradus 

Araloth,  near  Gilgal Josh.  v.  3, 

Aram.     See  Syria 20 

Aram-Beth-Rehob.  2  Sam.  x.  6, 8 ;  1  Chron.  xix.  6, 

A.ram-Damapcus.     See  Syria. 

Aram-Maachah.     See  Maachah. 

Aram-Maharaim.     See  Mesopotamia. 

Aram-Padan,  Mesopotamia.     See  Padan. 

Aram-Zoba.     See  Zoba. 

Ararat,  Land  and  Mountain.  Gen.  viii.  4;  2  Kings 

xix.  37;  Isa.  xxxvii.  38 ;  Jer.Ii.  27 13,14 

Araxes  River 10 

Arbathites,  inhabitants  of  Araba  No.  2.    2  Sam. 

xxiii.  31 ;  1  Chron.  xi.  32. 

Arbel,  Arbela  =  Both-Arbil 

Arbites,  inhabitants  of  Arabia 2  Sam.  xxiii.  35. 

Archelais 

Archi,  inhabitants  of  an  unknown  part  of  Pales- 
tine.i....  Josh.  xvi.  2;  2Sam.  XV.  32;  xvi.  16. 

Archipelago 

Areopagus Acts  vii.  19.  231 

Areopolis 65 

Arethusa 

Arga 

Argob,  region  in  Bashan.  Deut.  iii.4;  1  Kings  iv.l.  131 

Argos 

Arimathea.    Matt,  xxvii.  57;  Mark  xv.  42;  Luke 

xxiii.  51 ;  John  xix.  38. 
A  rkites,  Assyrian  people  near  Lebanon.  Gen.  x.  17.     19 

Armenia,  i.  e.  the  Land  of  Ararat 128 

Armenians 

Ar-Moab 65 

Arnon,  country  and  brook  in  Moab.    Num.  xxi. 

13,  24;    Deut.  ii.  24,  iii.  8,  xii.  16,  iv.  28; 

Josh.  xii.  1,    xiii.  9  ;    Judg.  xi.  13,  22 ;    2 

Kings  X.  33 ;  Isa.  xvi.  2 ;  Jer.  xlviii.  20.  61,  65 
Aroer,  1)  town  in  Judah.  1  Sam.  xxx.  28 ;  1  Chron. 

xi.  44 116 


V.  Cf 
L 


[V.  Eab 

IV.  Da 

[V.  Ff 
VIL  Eb 

V.  Be 
VIL  Eb 
V.  Ff 


[V.  Dd 
IIL  Ec 
[IV.  Dc 


V.  Cc. 

V.  Cf 
VIL  Ca 
VIL  Aa 
VIL  Ba 
V.  Dfi 


V.  Cg 


[II.  Dc 
IIL  Efa 


IV.  Fg 
VIL  Fc 
[V.  Ef 
IL  Cb 
[IV.  Ea 


ILDb 
ILDb 

[IV.  Dc 
VL  Cc 

[V.Ed 
V.  Ce 


VIL  Db 
[V.  Dg 
VIL  Fc 
V.  Fg 
IV.  Dd 
IIL  Fc 
ILBb 


IIL  Fa 
VIL  Fb 
IL  Db 
IIL  Ed 
[IV.  Df 

[IIL  Ed 
IV.  Df 

[V.  Cg 
IV.  Cf 


Aroer,  2)  in  Gad.  Num.  xxxii.  34;  Josh.  xiii.  25  ; 

2  Sam.  xxiv.  5;  Isa.  xvii.  2 67,  116 

—  3)  on  the  Arnon.    Deut.  ii.  36,  iii.  12,  iv.  48 ; 

Josh.  xii.  2,  xiii.  16 ;    Judg.  xi.  26,  33 ;    2 

Kings  X.  33;  Jer.  xlviii.  19 67 

Arphaxad,  descendants  of  Shem.    Gen.  x.  22,  24 ; 

xi.  10 19 

Arphad,  in  Syria.  2  Kings  xviii.  34,  xix,  13;  Isa. 

X.  9,  xxxvi.  18,  xxxvii.  13;  Jer.  xlix.  23.  19,146 

Arra 

Aruboth,  (Judah.) 1  Kings  iv.  10. 

Arumah  ==  Ruma Judg.  ix.  41.  101 

Arvad,  Aradus Gen.  x.  18  ;  Ezek.  xxvii.  8.  19,  128 

Asahel 110 

Asan,  Kor  Asan,  Levitical  city  in  Simeon.    Josh. 

XV.  42,  xix.  3  ;  2  Sam.  xxx.  30 ;    1  Chron, 

iv.  32 ;  vi.  57. 
Ascalon.     See  Askelon.  Josh.  xiii.  3  ;  Judg.  i.  18, 

xiv.  19  ;  1  Sam.  vi.  17;  Jer.  xxv.  20,  xlvii. 

5;  Amos  i.  8;  Zeph.  ii.  4,  7 103 

Ashdod,  Azotus.    Josh.  xi.  22,  xiii.  3,  xv.  47 ;  1 

Sam.  v.  1,  vi.  17  ;   2  Chron.  xxvi.  6  ;   Neh. 

iv.  7,    xiii.  33  ;    Isa.  xx.  1 ;    Jer.  xxv.  20  ; 

Amos  i.  8,  39;    Zeph.  ii.  4,  v.  68,  ix.  15; 

X.  78;  Acts  viii.  40 106 

Asher Gen.  xxx.  13;  Josh.  xix. 24-31.  95,131 

—  City  in  Manasseh Josh.  xvii.  7, 

Ashtaroth,  Asbtaroth-Karnaim,  Levitical  city  in 

Manasseh.    Gen.  xiv.  5  ;  Deut.  i.  4;   Josh. 

ix.  10,  xii.  4;    1  Chron.  vi.  71,  xi.  44;  Isa. 

xiii.  12 30 

Ashur 19 

Ashurites,  Arabian  tribe.    Gen.  xxv.  3 ;   2  Sam. 

ii.9. 
Asia  Minor,  province  of.    Acts  ii.  9,  vi.  9 ;  2  Cor. 

i.  18;  1  Peter  i.l 227 

Askelon.     See  Ascalon 103 

Askenaz,  (Japheth.) Gen.  x.  3  ;   Jer.  Ii.  27.     15 

Asmaveth Ezra  ii.  24;    Neh.  xii.  29. 

Asna,  name  of  two  cities  in  Judah.    Josh,  xv. 

33,  43, 

Asnoth-Thabor,  (Naphtali.) Josh,  xix,  34, 

Asser 

Asson Acts  xxvii,  13, 

Assos 236 

Assyria.  Gen.  ii.  14;  Num.  xxiv.  24;  2  Kings  xix, 

19,  29,  xvi.  7,  xvii.  3,  23,  xviii.  13,  xxii.  29  ; 

1  Chron.  v.  6 ;   2  Chron.  xviii.  16,  xxxii.  1, 

xxxiii.  11 ;  Ezraiv.  ii.;  Ps.  Ixxxiii.  9;  Isa. 

vii.  18  ;  xi.  11,  xix.  23,  xx.  3,  xxiii.  13,  xxxi. 

8,  xxxvi.  1,  Iii.  4;   Jer.  ii.  36;   Eziak.  xxiii. 

12;    Hos.  v.  13,  vii.  11,  ix.  3,  x.  6 24,  147 

Asuja,  pool  near  Jerusalem Neh.  iii.  16. 

Athach,  (Judah.) 1  Sam.  xxx.  30.  116 

Atad Gen.  1,  10.    42 

Ateka 44,45 

Atharim Num.  xxi.  1, 

Atharoth,  (Gad.) Num.  xxxii.  3,  34, 

—  =  Atharoth-Adar,  (Ephraim.)  Josh,  xvi,  5, 7, 

xviii,  13, 

Atharoth-Beth-Joab,  (Judah.) 1  Chron.  ii.  54, 

Atharoth-Zophim,  (Gad.) Num.  xxxii,  35, 

Athens 230 

Athribis 

Attalia Acts  xiv.  25.  225 

Attica 231 

Ava 2  Kings  xvii.  24. 

Aven,  1)  =0n Ezek,  xxx,  17. 

—  2)  See  Beth-Aven,  No.  1. 

—  3)  Field  of  Aven Amos  i.  1. 

Avim,  1)  the  inhabitants  of  Ava.  2  Kings  xvii.  31. 

—  2)  Philistian  tribe 

—  3)  City  in  Benjamin Josh,  xviii.  23. 

Avith,  station  in  Edom.  Gen.  xxxvi.  35 ;  1  Chron. 

i.  46. 

Azal,  in  or  near  Jerusalem Zach.  xiv.  5. 

Azekah,  (Judah.)  Josh.  x.  10,  xv.  35;  1  Sam.  xvii. 

1 ;  2  Chron.  xi.  9;  Neh.  xi.  30;  Jer.  xxxiv.  7,  134 
Azem,    Ezem,    (Simeon.)    Josh.   xv.  29,  xix,  3; 

1  Chron.  iv.  29. 

Azmon,  (Judah.) Num.  xxxiy.  4;  Josh.  xv.  4. 

Azotus.     See  Ashdod. 

Azzah.     See  Gaza 1  Chron.  vii.  28.  121 

Baal,  1)  city  =  Baalath-Beer-Bamath,  (Simeon.) 

1  Chron.  iv.  33. 

—  2)  High  places  of Nam,  xxii,  41. 


IV.  De 


IV.  Df 

IL  Db 
[V.  Pa 

IV.  Fb 

V.  Ff 


IL  Cb 


[IV.  Ao 
IIL  Dd 


[FV.  Be 
IIL  Dd 
IV.  Cb 


[V.Ed 
IIL  Fc 
ILDb 


VII.  Fb 
V.  Bf 
ILBb 


IV.  Cd 
VIL  Db 


ILDb 


[IL  Ab 
VIL  Cb 
IIL  Ao 
VIL  Eb 


IV,  Ef 


203 


INDEX. 


294 


19 


45 


Baalah,  1)  city  in  Judah,  =  Baal-Judah  ==  Kir- 
jath-Baal  =  Kirjath-Jearim.  Josh.  xv.  9j 
xix.  3;  2  Sam.  vi.  2;  1  Chron.  xiii.  6 117 

—  2)  mountain  in  Judah Josh.  xv.  11. 

Baalath,   (Dan.)    Josh.  xix.  44  j    1  Kings  ix.  18  ; 

2  Chron.  viii.  6. 
Baalath-Beer-Ramath.      See   Baal  1.    (Simeon.) 

Josh.  xix.  8. 

Baalbee 88,135 

Baal-Gad Isa.  xi.  17,  xii.  7,  xiii.  5. 

Baal-IIamon Sol.  Songs  viii.  11. 

Baal-Hazor,  (Ephraim,)  =  Hagor.    2  Sam.  xiii. 

23;  Neh.  xi.  33 119 

Baal-Hermon,  mountain.  Mount  Hermon.    Judg. 

iii.  3;  1  Chron.  v.  23 

Baal-Moon,   Beth-Meon,  (Reuben.)    Num.  xxxii. 

37 ;    Josh.  xiii.  17 ;    1  Chron.  v.  8 ;    Ezek. 

XXV.  9 

Baal-Perazim 2  Sam.  v.  20;  1  Chron.  xiv.  11. 

Baal-Shalisha,  in  Ephraim 2  Kings  iv.  42, 

Baal-Tamar Judg.  xx.  23. 

Baal-Zephon,  in  Egypt.  Ex.  xiv.2;  Num.xxxiii.  7. 
Babel,  Babylon,  Babylonia.    See  Sheshach  Shinar. 

Gen.  X.  10,  xi.  9;  2  Kings  xvii.  24,  xx.  12, 

xxiv.  1,  12 ;  1  Chron.  ix.  1 ;  2  Chron.  xxxii. 

31,  xxxiii.  11,  xxxvi.  6;    Ezra  i.  11,  iv.  9. 

Ixxxiv.  4,  cxxxvii.  1 ;  Isa.  xiii.  1,  xxxix.  1, 

xlviii.  14;  Jer.  xx.  4,  xxi.  2,  xxv.  11,  xxvii. 

6,  xxviii.  11, 1. 1,  Iii.  11 ;  Ezek.  xii.  13  ;  Dan. 

i.  1;  Micah  iv.  10  ;  1  Peter  v.  12 21,  22,  156 

Babylonian  Empire 155 

Baccatajali,  town  in  northern  Syria 

Baelath 

Bahurim,  (Benjamin.)    2  Sam  iii.  16,  xvi.  5,  xvii, 

18,  xix.  16;    1  Kings  ii.  8 ;    2  Sam.  xxiii, 

31;   1  Chron.  xi.  33 116,120 

Balaam  the  prophet Josh.  xix.  3.     63 

Bamoth,  Bamoth-Baal,   (Reuben.)    Gen.  xxi.  19, 

xxii.  41 ;  Isa.  xiii.  17 65 

Banias.     See  Caesarea  Philippi 71,  193 

Barada,  the  ancient  Pharpar 129 

Bared,  in  the  desert  of  Shur Gen.  xvi.  4. 

Bashan.    Num.  xxi.  33,  i.  4,  iii.  1 ;    Josh.  ix.  10, 

xii.  4,  xiii.  11-30,  xvii.  1,  xx.  8,   xxii.  7; 

1  Kings  iv.  13, 19  ;  2  Kings  x.  33  ;  1  Chron. 
V.  11  ;  Ps.  vi.  8,  16,  cxxxvi.  20 ;  Isa.  ii.  13, 
xxxiii.  9;  Jer.  xxii.  20,  1.  19  ;  Ezek.  xxvii. 
6;  Nah.  i.  4;  Zech.  xii.  2 77,128 

Batansea 

Bath-Rabbim,  Valley Sol.  Songs  vii.  4. 

Battle  of  the  Kings 

Bazrah,    Bozrah,    in    Moab.    Gon.  xxxvi.  33;  1 

Chron.  i.  44;    Isa.  xxxiv.  6,  Ixiii.  1 ;    Jer. 

xlviii.  24,  xlix.  21;  Amos  i.  12 

Bealoth,  (Judah.).... Josh.  xv.  24;  1  Kings  iv.  16. 
Boer,  1)  (Benjamin.) Judg.  ix.  21. 

—  2)  =  Beer-Elim   in   Moab,  city.    Num.  xxi. 

16;  Isa.  XV.  8 65,66 

Beer-Lahai-Roi Gen.  xxiv.  62,  xxv.  11.     56 

Beeroth,  (Benjamin.)    Josh,  xviii.  25;  2  Sam.  iv. 

2,  xxiii.  37  ;  1  Chron.  xi.  39  ;    Ezra  ii.  25  ; 

Neh.  vii.  29  ;  Deut  x.  6  ;  Josh  ix.  17...  84,  116 
Beer-Sheba,  a  town  in  Simeon.    Gen.  xxi.  14,  31, 

xxii.  19,  xxvi.  33,  xxviii.  10,  xlvi.  1;  Josh. 

xix.  2  ;  Judg.  xx.  1 ;  1  Sam.  iii.  20,  viii.  2; 

2  Sam.  iii.  10,  xvii.  11,  xxiv.  2,  15 ;  1  Kings 
iv.  25,  xix.  13;  2  Kings  xii.  1,  xxiii.  9; 
1  Chron.  iv.  28,  xxi.  2  ;  2  Chron.  xix.  4 ; 
xxiv.  1,  XXX.  5 ;  Neh.  xi.  27,  30 ;  Amos  v. 
6,  viii.  14 32,  91 

Beesh-Terah,  perhaps  =  Ashtaroth,  (Manasseh.) 

Josh.  xxi.  27. 

Bela-Zoar Gen.  xiv.  2,  xix.  20. 

Bene-Berak,  (Dan.) Josh.  xix.  45. 

Bene-jaakan Num.  xxxiii.  31. 

Benhadad,  invasion  of 137 

Ben-IIinnom,  valley.     See  Hinnom. 

Benjamin,  tribe Josh,  xviii.  11.  94,  131 

Benjamites,  land  of 1  Sam.  ix.  4. 

Beon Num.  xxxii.  4. 

Berachah,  valley  of  blessing 2  Chron.  xx.  26.  139 

Berenice,  on  the  coast  of  Africa 

Beroea Acts  xvii.  10,  xx.  4.  230 

Berothai,  city  in  Sj  ria.  2  Sam.  viii.  8  ;  Ezek.  xlvii. 

15,  16 

Berytus,  the  modern  Beirut,  Beyroot 


[V.  Eb 
VII.  Fc 
IV.  Db 


[V.  Df 
IV.  De 


III.  Be 


II.  Db 


V.  Ef 
III.  Fb 


V.  Of 


VI.  Cb 


[III.  Fc 

IV.  EFc 

V.  Fe 


IV.  Fd 


[IV.  Fe 
V.  Cf 


III.  Dd 
V.  Bg 

IV.  Bf 


IV.  Ce 


VII.  Be 
Vir.Ca 
[IV.  Da 
III.  Eb 
VII.  Fc 


SeeBezek Judg.  i.  iv. 

Besor ISam.xx.  2,  9,  x.  21.  116 

Betah,  city  in  Syria  =  Tibehath 2  Sam.  viii.  8. 

Beten,  (Asser.) Josh.  xix.  25. 

Bethabara  =  Bethania John  i.  28.  179 

Beth-Anath,  (Naphtali.)  Josh.  xix.  38;  Judg.  i.  33. 

Beth-Anoth,  (Judah.) Josh.  xv.  69. 

Bethany.    Matt.  xxvi.   6;    Mark  xi.  11,  xiv.   3; 

Luke  xix.  29,  xxiv.  60 ;  John  xii.  1,  xii.  1.  197 

Bethar,  captured  under  Hadrian,  A.  D.  135 

Beth-Araba  =  Araba,   No.  2,  (Benjamin.)  Josh. 

XV.  6,  61,  xviii.  22. 

Beth-Arbel  ==  Arbeel Hos.  x.  14. 

Beth-Asmaveth,  near  Jerusalem Neh.  vii.  28. 

Beth-Aven,  1)  (Benjamin.)    Josh.  vii.  2;    1  Sam. 

xiii.  5,  xiv.  23;  Hos.  iv.  15,  58,  x.  5;  Amos 

V.  5 29 

—  2)  Wilderness  of Josh,  xviii.  12. 

Beth-Baal-Meon,    Baal-Meon,    (Reuben.)    Josh. 

xiii.  17. 

Beth-Bara,  Bethabara Judg.  vii.  24.  179 

Beth-Birei,  (Simeon.) 1  Chron.  iv.  31. 

Beth-Dagon,  1)  (Judah.) Josh.  xv.  41. 

—  2)  (Asher.)  Josh.  xix.  27. 

Beth-Diblathaim  =Diblathaim Jer.  xlviii.  22. 

Beth-Eden,  near  Damascus Amos  i.  5. 

Beth-Eked,  shearing-house 2  Kings  x.  2,  14. 

Beth-El,  1)  =Luz,  (Benjamin.)    Gen.  xi.  8,  xiii. 

3^28,  19,  xxxi.  13,  xxxv.  1;  Josh.  vii.  2, 
viii.  9,  xii.  9,  16,  xxviii.  22;  Judg.  i.  22, 
4,  6,  XX.  31,  xxi.  19;  1  Sam.  vii.  16,  x.  3, 
XXX.  27;  1  Kings  xii.  29;  xiii.  1,  xvi.  34; 
2  Kings  ii.  2,  x.  29,  xvii.  28,  xxiii.  15;  1 
Chron.  xii.  28  ;  2  Chron.  xiii.  19  ;  Ezra  ii. 
28  ;  Neh.  vii.  32,  xi.  31 ;  Hos.  xii.  5  ;  Amos 
iii.  14,  V.  5,  vii.  10 29 

—  2)  Mountains  of.. .Josh.  xvi.  1;  1  Sam.  xii.  2. 

Bcth-Etnek,  (Asher.) Jo.sh.  xix.  27. 

Bethesda,  pool John  v.  2  185 

Beth-Gader  =  Gederah.    Josh  xv.  36 ;  1  Chron. 

ii.  51. 

Beth-Ezel,  a  town  in  Judah Micah  i.  11. 

Beth-Haccerem Neh.  iii.  14;  Jer.  vi.  1. 

Beth-Haglah,    Beth-Hoglah,    (Benjamin.)     Josh. 

XV.  6,  xviii.  19,  21 91,181 

Beth-Hanan,  (Judah  or  Dan.) 1  Kings  iv.  9  130 

Beth-IIaram,  I?eth-Haran,  (Gad.)  Num.  xxxii.  36 ; 

Josh.  xiii.  27 64,  130 

Beth-Hoglah.     See  Beth-Haglah. 

Beth-Horon,  the  Upper,  Levitical  city  in  Ephraim. 

Josh.  xvi.  5,  xxi.  22  ;    1  Chron.  vii.  24 ;    2 

Chron.  viii.  5 ;    1  Sam.  xiii.  18  ;    1  Chron. 

vi.  68;  2  Chron.  xxv.  13 84,  109 

—  2)  the  Lower,  (Ephraim.)  Josh.  x.  10,  xvi.  3, 

xviii.  13  ;  1  Kings  ix.  17  ;  1  Chron.  vii.  24 ; 

2  Chron.  viii.  6 ;  1  Sam.  xiii.  18 ;  1  Chron. 

vi.  68  ;  2  Chron.  xxv.  13 

Beth-Jeshimoth,  (Reuben.)  Num.  xxxiii.  49;  Josh. 

xii.  3,  xiii.  30;  Ezek.  xxv.  9 64 

Beth-Car,  (Judah.) 1  Sam.  vii.  11. 

Beth-Lebaoth  =  Lebaoth,  (Simeon.)  Josh.  xix.  6. 
Bethlehem,  1)  Judah,  Ephratah.     Gen.  xxxv.  19, 

xlviii.  7 ;    Judg.  xii.  10,   xvii.  7,    xix.  1  ; 

Ruth  i.  1,  19;    1  Sam.  xvi.  4,  xvii.  15,  xx. 

6  ;  2  Sam.  ii.  32,  xxiii.  14  ;  1  Chron.  xi.  16 ; 

2  Chron.  xi.   6;    Neh.  vii.  26;    Jer.  i.  17; 

Micah  V.  1 ;    Matt.  ii.  1,  5,  8,  16 ;    Luke  ii. 

4;  John  vii.  42 102,110 

—  2)  in  Zcbulon Josh.  xix.  15.  110 

Beth-Maachah  =  Abel-Maachah,    (Naphtali.)    2 

Sam.  XX.  14 ;  2  Kings  xv.  29. 
Beth-Marcaboth,  (Simeon.)  Josh.  xix.  5 ;  1  Chron. 

iv.  31. 
Beth-Meon  =  Baal-Meon,  (Reuben.)  Jer. xlviii. 23. 
Beth-Millo.     See  Millo  No.  1. 
Beth-Nimrah,  (Gad.)  Num.  xxxii.  36;  Josh.xiii.27.     64 

Beth-Pazzez,  (Issachar.) Josh.  xix.  21. 

Beth-Palet,  (Judah.)    Josh.  xv.  27;    Neh.  xi.  26. 
Beth-Peor,    Baal-Peor,    (Reuben.)    Deut.  iii.  29; 

xxxiv.  6;  Josh.  xiii.  20 

Bethphage.  Matt.  xxi.  1;  Mark  xi.  1;  Luke  xix. 29. 
Beth-Rehob.     See  Rehob  No.  1,   (Asher.)    Judg. 

xviii.  28;  2  Sam.  x.  6 119 

Bethsaida,  Julias.  Matt.  xi.  21;  Mark  vi.  45,  viii. 

22 :    Luke  ix.  10,  x.  13 ;    John  i.  44,    xii. 

21. 72,  182,  190 


MAPS. 

VL  Bd 

IV.  Bf 

[VL  Ce 

V.  Df 


[VL  Be 
V.  Cf 
V.  Be 


IV.  Bo 

V.  Be 


[Fe 
lY-Ce^ 

[V.  Cf 

I. 


V.  Cf 
V.  Df 

IV.  De 


IV.  Be 


V.  Cf 
VLBe 

[V.  Df 
IV.  De 


V.  Cf 
IV.  Ce 
VI  Be 


[V.  Df 
IV.  Do 


V.  Df 


[IV.  Do 
V.  Dd 

[VL  Cc 


29d 


TEXT  BOOK  AND  ATLAS  OF  BIBLICAL  GEOGRAPHY. 


296 


Eeth-Shean,  Scythopolis,  (Manasseh.)  Josh.  xvii. 
11,  16;  Judg.  i.  27;  1  Sam.  x.xxi.  10;  2 
Sam.  xxi.  12;  1  Kings  iv.  12;  1  Chron. 
vii.  29 83 

Beth-Shemesh,  1)  Levitical  city  in  Judah.  Josh. 
XV.  10;  xxi.  16;  1  Sam.  vi.  9;  1  Kings  iv. 
9;  2  Kings  xiv.  11;  1  Chron.  vi.  69;  2 
Chron.  xxv.  21,  xxviii.  18 10.3,  106 

—  2)  (Issachar.) Josh.  xix.  22. 

—  3)  (Naphtali.) Josh.  xix.  32  ;  Judg.  1.  33. 

—  4)  Heliopolis  in  Egypt Jer.  xliii.  13.     38 

Beth-Shittim 64 

Beth-Sittah 

Beth-Tappuah,  (Judah.) Josh  xv.  53. 

Bethul,  (Simeon.) Josh.  xix.  4  ;  1  Chron.  iv.  30. 

Beth-Zur,  (Judah.)  Josh.  xv.  58  ;  1  Chron.  ii.  45 ; 

2Chron.  xi.  7;   Neh.  iii.  16 116,134 

Betonim,  (Gad.) Josh.  xiii.  26. 

Bezek,  Besek,  Basek.  1  Sam.  xi.  8  ;  Judg.  i.  4.  100,  108 
Bezer,  Boser,  city  of  refuge,  (Reuben.)    Deut.  iv. 

43  ;    Josh.  XX.  8,  xxi.  36;    1  Chron.  vi.  78.     96 

Bezetha,  one  of  the  heights  of  Jerusalem 122 

Bikah,  valley,  valley  of  the  Leontes 

Bileam  =  Ibleam,  Levitical   city   in    Manasseh. 

1  Chron.  vi.  70. 

Eilhah  =  Baalah,  (Simeon.) 1  Chron.  iv.  29. 

Bi/.jothjah,  (Judah.) Josh.  xv.  28. 

Bithron 2  Sam.  ii.  29.  116 

Bithynia Acts  xvi.  7 ;  IPeteri.  1.  227 

Black  Sea 

Bochim Judg.  ii.  1,  5.  100 

Bohan,  boundary  stone,   (Reuben.)    Josh.  xv.  6, 

xviii.  17. 
Bor-Asan  =  Assan  =  Kor-Asan.  1  Sam.  xxx.  30. 

Bostra,  the  same  as  Bozrah 

Botrys 

Bozez,  rock  near  Miohmash 1  Sfim.  xiv.  4.  109 

Bozkath,  (Judah.)    Josh.  xv.  39;  2  Kings  xxii.  1. 
Bozrah.     See  Bazrah.  Isa.  xxxv.  6,  6  ;  Amos  i.  11, 

12;  Jer.  xli.x.  13 21,  66,  101 

Bubastus,  Pibeshoth Ezek.  xxx.  17. 

Burghoz,  town  on  the  Leontes 

Buz,  in  Arabia Jer.  xxv.  23;  Job  xxxii.  2.     21 

Byblus,  on  the  coast  of  Phoenicia 

Cabbon,  (Judah.) Josh.  xv.  40. 

Cabul,  (Asher.) Josh.  xix.  27;  1  Kings  ix.  13. 

Caesarea.     See  Cesarea  Palasstina  and  Philippi. 

Cain Josh.  xv.  57. 

Calabria 

Calah.     See  Halah Gen.  x.  11.  25,  153 

Calamon 

Caleb 1  Sam.  xxx.  14. 

Callirrohoe,  hot  springs 181 

Calnah,  ==  Calno,  Calneh 146 

Calno,  Calneh.  Gen.  x.  10;  Isa.  x.  9;  Amos  vi.  2.  146 

Calvary,  or  Golgotha 122,  204 

Camon,  burial  place  of  Jair Judg.  x.  5. 

Cana.    Matt.  x.  4 ;  Mark  iii.  18 ;    John  ii.  1,  iv. 

46 177,  180 

Canaan.    Gen.  x.  6,  xi.  31,  xiii.  7,  xv.  21,  xxiv.  3, 

xxxi.  18  ;  Ex.  iii.  8,  xv.  14,  xxxii.  2;  Num. 

xiii.  30,  xxxiii.  51;  Deut.  xx.l7;  Josh.  iii.  10, 

ix.  1,  xi.  3,  xiii.  .3,  xvii.  12,  xxii.  9,  xxiv.  11 ; 

Judg.  i.  1,  4,  27,  iii.  3,  5 ;  Ezra  ix.  1 ;  Neh. 

ix.  8;    Ps.  cv.  11;    Isa.  xxiii.  11,   xix.  18; 

Ezek.  xvi.  3 ;  IIos.  xii.  8  ;  Zeph.  ii.  5.  18,  67,  79 

Canaanites 79,  97 

Canatha  =  Kenath 192 

Canneh.     See  Calneh Ezek.  xxvii.  23.  129 

Capercotia,  town  in  Samaria 

Capernaum.    Matt.  iv.  13,  viii.  5,   xi.  23,  xvi.  24; 

Mark  i.  21,  ii.  1,  ix.  33;    Luke  iv.  23,  31, 

vii.  1,  X.  15 ;  John  iv.  47,  vi.  17,  24.  72,  184,  190 
Caphtor.    Gen.  x.  14;  Deut.  ii.  23  ;    Jer.  xlvii.  4; 

Amos  ix.  7. 
Caphtorim,  Philistines  from  Crete.    Deut.  ii.  23 ; 

Jer.  xlvii.  4;  Amos  ix.  7;  Gen.  x.  14 18 

Capitolias 192 

Cappadocia Acts  ii.  9  ;  1  Pet.  i.  1.  210 

Cappareae,  in  northern  Syria 

Capua 

Carchemish.    Isa.  x.   9;    Jer.  xlvi.  2;    2  Chron. 

xxxv.  20 146 

Carift;  province  in  Asia  Minor 249 


V.  Cd 


[V.Bf 

IV.  Be 

[III.  Ae 
VII.  Ec 

V.  Cd 
V.Bf 

[V.  Cf 

IV.  Ce 

V.  De 

VI.  Bd 

IV.    De 
L 
IV.  Da 


IV.  Dd 
VIL  Ea 
ILBa 


[V.Fe 
VIL  Fc 
V.  Da 


[IIL  Ee 

V.  Ee 
[IV.  Fd 

VI.  Cb 
[V.Da 

VIL  Pc 


VIL  Ba 
II.  Db 
V.Da 


ILDb 


[V.  Cd 
IV.  Ce 
[VI.Bc 


III.  Ead 
IL  Cb 

IV.  Bbc 

V.  Fd 

V.Ce 

[VL  Ce 
V.  Dd 


[IIL  Dd 
IL  Bb 
V.Ed 
VIL  Fb 
V.  Fg 
VII.  Aa 

II.  Cb 
VIL  Db 


136 


91 


18 


19 


136 


Carion,  in  northern  Syria 

Carmel,  cape 

Carmel,  Mount.  Josh.  xix.  26;  1  Kings  xviii.  19; 

2  Kings  ii.  25;    iv.  25,  xix.  23;    1  Chron. 

xi.  37 ;    Sol.  Songs  vii.  5 ;    Isa.  xxxiii.  9, 

xxxv.  2;    Jer.  iv.  26 ;   1.  19  ;  Amos  i.  2,  ix. 

3;  Nah.  i.  4 

Carmel,  city  in  Judah.    Josh.  xv.  55 ;    1  Sam.  xv. 

12,  xxv.  2;  2vSam.  xxiii.  35 

Camus,  on  the  coast  of  Syria 

Carrhae,  in  Mesopotamia 

Casiphia Ezra  viii.  17. 

Casium,  cape,  east  of  the  Nile 

Casius,  Mount,  in  Syria 

Casluch,  the  same  as  Casluhim 

Casluhim Gen.  x.  14;  1  Chron.  i.  12. 

Caspian  Sea 

Cathela,  in  the  mountains  of  Syria 

Caucasus,  mountains « 

Cedars  of  Lebanon 129 

Cenehrea Acts  xviii.  18;  Rom.  xvi.  1,  27.  232 

Central  Armenia , 

Cephalonia,  on  the  coast  of  Epirus 

Cerasus,  on  the  coast  of  the  Black  Sea , 

Cesarea 211,  240 

Cesarea  Palaestina.  Acts  ix.  30,  x.  1,  xii.  19,  xviii. 

22,  xxi.  8,  16,  xxii.  23,  xxv.  1 211 

—  Philippi.  Matt.  xvi.  13;  Mark  viii.  27.  71,  88,  193 

Chalcedon,  near  Constantinople 

Chalcidice,  province  in  Syria 

Chalcis,  in  Greece  and  Syria 

Chaldea,  Chaldeans,  Chasdim.   In  the  widest  sense, 

Mesopotamia.    Gen.  xi.  28  ;  2  Kings  xxiv. 

2,  xxv.  4,  24;  Isa.  xiii.  19  ;  xlvii.  1 ;  xlviii. 

14;  Jer.  xxxi.  4,  xxiv.  5,  xxvii.  5,  1.  1,  Ii. 

24;  Ezek.  i.  3,  xii.  13 

Chebar,  river  in  Assyria.  Ezek.  i.  1,  iii.  15,  x.  15. 

Chephar-haammonai Josh,  xviii.  24. 

Chephirah,   (Benjamin.)    Josh.  ix.  17,    xviii.  26; 

Ezra  ii.  25  ;  Neh.  vii.  29. 
Cherith,  Cherethites.    1  Kings  xvii.  3,  7;   1  Sam. 

xxx.  14;  Ezek.  xxv.  14;  Zeph.  ii.  5 

Cheroth.....* 136 

Chesalon,  (Judah.) Josh.  xv.  10. 

Chesil,  (Judah.) Josh.  xv.  30. 

Chesulloth,  (Issachar.) Josh.  xix.  18. 

Chezib,  Chozeba  perhaps  =  Achzib,  (Judah.)  Gen. 

xxxviii.  5;  1  Chron.  iv.  22. 

Chidon  =  Perez-Usa 1  Chron.  xni.  9. 

Chilmad Ezek.  xxvii.  23. 

Chios Acts  XX.  15. 

Chisloth-Tabor Josh.  xix.  12,  22. 

Chittim.     See  Kittim 80,128 

Chorashan 116 

Chorazin Matt.  xi.  21 ;  Luke  x.  13.  72,  184,  1 

Chronological  data 41,  170,  171 

Chub Ezek.  xxx.  5. 

Chun,  a  Phoenician  city 1  Chron.  xviii.  8. 

Cilieia Acts  vi.  9,  xv.  23,  41,  xxvii.  5.  226 

Cimmerians 

Cinnereth,   Sea  of  Gennesarot.    Num.  xxxiv.  11, 

Deut.  iii.  17 ;  Josh.  xi.  2,  xii.  3,   xix.  35 ; 

1  Kings  XV.  20 187 

City   of  David.    2  Sam.  v.  9 ;    2  Chron.  v.  2 ;    1 

Chron.  xi.  6;  Neh.  iii.  15,  xii.  37. 

City  of  Palm-trees.     See  Jericho 84 

Cities  of  the  Plain 31 

Cities  of  Refuge 96 

Civil  war 115 

Clauda,  island Acts  xxvii.  16.  241 

Climate  of  Palestine 78 

Cnidus Acts  xxvii.  7.  240 

Cnossus,  in  the  island  of  Crete 

Coelo-Syria 

Colchis,  on  the  Black  Sea 10 

Colonia,  Felix  Julia 

Colosso Col.  i.  2.  245,  257 

Comana 

Commissaries  of  Solomon 1  Kings  iv.  8.  130 

Conna,  on  the  Orontes 

Conquest  of  Canaan 84,  87,  97 

Consentia,  in  Italy 

Constantinople 

Coos,  island Acts  xxi.  1.  236 

Corcyra,  on  the  coast  of  Epirus 


V.  Fg 
V.  Bd 
[VL  An 


V.Cd  Cg 
VL  Be 
[IV.  Cc 

IV.  Cf 
V.Eg 
VIL  Fb 

TIL  Ed 

V.  Ef 
IIL  Ce 
IL  Bb 
ILDa 
V.  Ef 
VTI.  Oa 

[IL  Da 

IL 

VII.  Cb 
VII.  Fa 
VIL  Eb 
[V.  Bd 
VIL  Ee 
V.  Dc 
VIL  Da 
V.  Ff 
VIL  Cb 
V.Fg  Ff 


IL  CDb 


V.  Cd 


VII.  Db 


IIL  Fa 
VIL  Eb 
IL  Ca 

[IIL  Eo 
IV.  Do 


VIL  Cc 


VII.  Db 
V.  DFb 
VII.  Ga 
V.  Cb 
VIL  Db 
VIL  Fb 

V.  Ea 

VIL  Bb 
VIL  Da 
VIL  Db 
VIL  Bb 


297 


INDEX. 


*&fi+aK:  "W?^^ 


298 


C  irea,  town  in  Samara  , 

Cbrinth.    Acts  xviii.  1,  xix.  1 ;    Rom.  xvi.  27 ;    1 

Cor.  i.  2;  2  Cor.  i.  1;  2  Tim.  iv.  20 232 

Creation,  date  of.  9 

Crete,  island Acts  ii.  11,  xxvii.  t ;  Titus  i.  6.  246 

Crevasse  of  the  Jordan 68 

Cush,  Ediiopia.    Gen.  x.  6;  Num.  xii.  1;  2  Kings 

xix.  9  ;    2  Chron.  xii.  3,    xiv.  11,    xxi.  16  ; 

Job  xxviii.  10 ;    Ps.  Ixviii.  32,   Ixxxvii.  4 ; 

Esth.  i.  1 ;  Isa.  xi.  11,  xviii.  ],  xx.  3,  xxxvii. 

9,  xliii.  4,    xlv.  14;    Jer.  xiii.  23,  xlvi.  9; 

Ezek.  xxix.  10,  xxx.  4;  Dan.  xi.  43  ;  Amos 

ix.  7  ;  Nah.  iii.  9 ;  Hab.  iii.  7 ;  Zeph.  ii.  12, 

iii.  10 10,  17 

Cuth 2  Kings  xvii.  24,  30. 

Cutha 146 

Cyprus,  island.    Acts  iv.  36,  xi.  19,  xiii.  4,  xv.  39, 

xxi.  3,  xxvii.  4 127,  220 

Cyrene.  Matt,  xxvii.  32 ;  Mark  xv.  21 ;  Luke  xxiii. 

26;  Acts  ii.  10,  xi.  20 210 

Cyreniaca,  province  in  Africa 

Cyrus,  river 10 

Cyzicus,  island  near  Constantinople 

Dabbasheth,  (Zebulon.) Josh.  xix.  11. 

Dabrath,  Lovitical  city  in  Zebulon.  Josh.  xix.  12 ; 
xxi.  28  ;  1  Chron.  vi.  72. 

Dacia,  province  in  Macedonia 

Dalmanutha Mark  viii.  10. 

Dalmatia 2  Tim.  iv.  10. 

Damascus.    Gen.  xiv.  15,    xv.  2 ;    2  Sam.  viii.  6 ; 

1  Kings  xi.  24,  xv.  18,  xix.  15,  xx.  34;  2 
Kings  V.  12,  viii.  7,  xiv.  28,  xvi.  9  ;  1  Chron. 
xviii.  5 ;  2  Chron.  xvi.  2,  xxiv.  23,  xxviii. 
5 ;  Sol.  Songs  vii.  4 ;  Isa.  vii.  8,  viii.  4,  x. 
9,  xvii.  1 ;  Jer.  xlix.  23 ;  Ezek.  xxvii.  18, 
xlvii.  16;  Amos  i.  3  ;  Zach.  ix.  1 ;  Acts  ix. 

2  seq.,  xxii.  6 ;  2  Cor.  xi.  32 ;  Gal.  i.  17.  118,  140 
Dan,  1)  tribe Josh.  xix.  48  seq. 

—  2)  =  Laish,  (Naphtali.)  Josh.  xix.  47 ;  Judg. 

xxviii.  7,  27,  29,    xx.  1;    1  Sam.  iii.  20;  2      . 

Sam.  iii.  10,  xvii.  11,  xxiv.  2,  16;    1  Kings 

iv.  11,  25,  xii.  29,  xv.  20;    2  Kings  x.  29; 

1  Chron.  xxi.  2 ;    2  Chron.  xvi.  4,  xxx.  6  ; 

Amos  viii.  14;  Ezek.  xxvii.  19 56,  94,  98 

Dan-Jaan 2  Sam.  xxiv.  6. 

Dannah,  (Judah.) Josh.  xv.  49. 

Danube,  river 

Dardania,  province  in  Macedonia 

Darnis,  town  in  Africa 

Daroma,  near  Gaza 

David 105,  112,  117,  120 

David's  sepulchre 

Dead  Sea 73 

Debir  =  Kirjath-Sannah  =  Kirjath-Sepher,  Le- 

vitical  city  in  Judah.    Josh.  x.  38,  xi.  21, 

xiii.  26,  XV.  7,  15,  49,  xxi.  15  ;  Judg.  i.  11  ; 

1  Chron.  vi.  58 87,  89,  100 

Decapolis,  confederate  cities Matt.  iv.  26.  192 

Dedan,  1)  ti-ibe  near  the  Persian  Gulf.  Gen.  x.  7 ; 

Ezek.  xxvii.  15,  20,  xx.xviii.  13 128 

^  2)  tribe  in  Idumea.  Gen.  xxv.  3;  Isa.  xxi.  13; 

Jer.  xxv.  23,  xlix.  8. 

Dcdicat'>n.  feast  of. 197 

Deir,  Sinaitic  Mountain 

Deleda,  in  Syria 

Delusro 13 

Derbe Acts  xiv.  6,  20,  xvi.  1,  xx.  4  223 

Desert  of  the  Jordan 77 

Dibl.ath-Almon,  Diblathaira,  see  Almon-Dib. 
Dibon,  l)  =  Dimona,  (Judah.)  Neh.  xi.  26  ;  Josh. 

XV.  22 66 

—  2)  =  Dibon-Gad,  (Gad.)  Num.  xxi.  30,  xxxii. 

34,  xxxiii.  46  ;  Josh.  xiii.  9,  17  ;  Isa.  xv.  2 ; 

Jer.  xlviii.  18,  22 64 

Diklah,  tribe  of  Joktan 

Dilean,  (Judah.) Josh.  xv.  38. 

Ditnon.     See  Dibon  No.  1 66 

Dimna,  Levitieal  city  in  Zebulon Josh.  xxi.  35. 

Dina,  Assyrian  tribe Ezra  iv.  9. 

Dinhaba Gen.  xxxvi.  32;  1  Chron.  i.  43. 

Diospolis.     See  Lydda 

Distribution  of  territory 90,  94 

Dium,  town  in  Peraea '. 

Division  of  the  earth 21 

Dizahab,  in  the  desert Deut.  i.  1. 

20 


MAPS. 

V.Co. 


VII.  Cb 
II.  Bb 


II.  Cd 


II.  Bb 


VII.  Cc 
II.  Da 
VII.  Da 


VII.  Ca 


I. 

III.  Fb 
II.  Cb 

IV.  Ea 

V.  Eb 
IV.  Be 


IV.  Db 


VII.  Da 
VII.  Ca 
VII.  Cc 
V.Bg 

I. 

IV.  Def 


[VI.  Cc 
V.DFd 

II.  Ec 


III.  Cb 
V.  FaFg 

V.  Fg 
VII.  Eb 


V.  Df 
II.  Cc 


V.  Bf 
V.  Ed 


Doch,  fortress  near  Jericho 

Dodanim,  (Rodanim.) Gen.  x.  4.     16 

Daphne,  a  grove  near  Antioch. 

Dophkah 60 

Dor  =  Naphot-Dor,  (Manasseh.)  Josh.  xi.  2,  xii. 
23,  xvii.  11 ;   Judg.  i.  27 ;    1  Kings  iv.  11 


1  Chron.  vii.  29 87,  90,  13»rIV.  Be 


MAPS. 

V.  Cf 

II.  Ba 

III.  Cg 
[III.  De 


Dora,  below  Mount  Carmel 

Dorostorum,  town  on  the  Danube 

Dorycleum,  in  Phrygia 

Dothan,    Dothaim.      Gen.   xxxvii.  17;    2  Kings 

vi.  1.3 28,  36 

Dragon-well Neh.  ii.  13. 

Dumah.    Gen.  xxv.  14;    Isa.  xxi.  11;    Josh.  xv. 

62 

Dura Dan.  iii.  1.  134 

Dyrrhachium 

Eastern  Desert 77 

Ebal,  Mount,  in  mountains  of  Ephraim.   Deut.  xi. 

29,  xxvii.  4,  13;  Josh.  viii.  30 84 

Eben-Ezer,  pillar 1  Sam.  iv.  1,  iii.  1,  vii.  12. 

Eben-Ezel,  pillar 1  Sam.  xx.  19. 

Eber,  progenitor  of  the  Hebrews., ..Gen.  x.  21,  24.     20 

Eboda 

Ecbatana  =  Achmetha Ezra  vi.  2.  161 

Ecdippa 

Eden,  1)  Paradise.  Gen.ii.  8,  iii.  23,  iv.  16 9, 11, 14 

—  2)  region  in  Assyria.    2  Kings  xix.  12;    Isa. 

xxxvii.  12;  Ezek.  xxvii.  23 129 

Eder,  Judah Josh.  xv.  21. 

Edessa,  on  the  Euphrates 

Edom,  Edomites,  Idumea.    Gen.  xxvi.  25,  xxxvi. 

16;    Num.  xx.  14,  xxiv.  18;    Josh.  xv.  1; 

Judg.  V.  4,  xi.  17;    1  Sam.  xiv.  47,  xxi.  7; 

xxii.  9;  2  Sam.  viii.  14;  1  Kings  ix.  16,  xi. 

1,  14,  xxii.  48 ;    2  Kings  iii.  8,  viii.  20,  xiv. 

7;    1  Chron.  i.  43,  xviii.  12;    2  Chron.  xxi. 

8 ;    Ps.  Ixxxiii.  7,  Ix.  2,  10,  cviii.  10 ;    Isa. 

Ixiii.  1 ;  Jer.  ix.  26,  xxv.  1,  xxvii.  3,  xl.  11, 

xlix.  7  ;    Dan.  xi.  41 ;    Joel  iii.  24 ;  Amos  i. 

11;  Obad.  1;  Mai.  i.  4 33,60,118 

Edra,  in  the  Ilauran 

Edumea,  town  in  Samaria 

Edrei,  1)  (Naphtali.) Josh.  xix.  37. 

—  2)    in    Bashan,    (Manasseh.)    Num.  xxi.  33; 

Deut.  i.  4,  iii.  1 ;  Josh.  xii.  4,  xiii.  12,  31...     62 

Eglaim Isa.  xv.  8.     66 

Eglon,  Canaanitish  city  in  Judah.    Josh.  xvi.  3, 

34,  xii.  12,  XV.  39 

Egypt,  Mizraim,  Cham.  Gen.  x.  6,  xi.  10,  xxi.  21, 

xxvi.  2,  xxxvii.  25,  xxxix.  1,  xlvi.  34,  1. 11 ; 

Ex.  i.  14,  xiv.  25 ;  Josh.  xxiv.  5  ;  Judg.  vi. 

8  ;  1  Sara,  xxvii.  8;  2  Sam.  vii.  6  ;  1  Kings 

iii.  1,    iv.  21,    vi.  1,   xi.  18,  40,    xiv.  26;    2 

Kings  vii.  6,  xvii.  4,  36,  xviii.  21,  xxiii.  29; 

2  Chron.  xii.  3,  xxvi.  8,  xxxv.  30  ;  Ezra  ix. 

1 ;  Ps.  Ixxviii.  43,  cv.  2,3,  cvi.  7,  cxxxvi.  10  ; 

Isa.  vii.  18,  xi.  11,  xix.  1,  xx.  3,  xxx.  1,  xliii. 

3,  xlv.  14;  Jer.  ii.  36,  ix.  26,  xxv.  19,  xxvi. 

21,    xx.xvii.  5,    xxxix.  1,    xii.  17,    xlvi.  2 ; 

Ezek.  xvi.  26,  xxix.  2 ;  Dan.  xi.  43 ;  Josh. 

vii.  11;  Joel  iii.  24;  Amos  ix.  7;   Nah.  iii. 

9;    Zach.  X.  10;    Matt.  ii.  13,  20 ;    Acts  ii. 

10,  vii.  15;  Heb.  xi.  27 37 

Ekron,  Akkaron,  (Judah  and  Dan.)    Josh.  xiii.  3, 

XV.  11,  45,  xix.  43  ;  Judg.  i.  18 ;  1  Sam.  v. 

10,   vi.  17,  vii.  14,  xvii.  52;    2  Kings  i.  2; 

Jer.  xxv.  20  ;  Amos  i.  8  ;  Zeph.  ii.  4  ;  Zach. 

ix.  5 106 

Elam,  Elamites,  (Persia.)  Gen.  x.  22,  xiv.  1 ;  Ezra 

iv.  9  ;  Isa.  xi.  11,  xxi.  2  ;  Jer.  xxv.  25,  xlix. 

34  ;    Ezek.  xxxii.  24  ;    Dan.  viii.  2  ;    Acts 

ii.  9 19,  30 

Elanitic  Gulf 67 

Elassar,    in   Assyria   perhaps  =  Thelassar.    Ex. 

,xiv.  1 30 

Elath,  Eloth.  Deut.  ii.  8  ;  2  Sam.  viii.  14;  1  Kings 

ix.  26  ;    2  Kings   xiv.  22,  xvi.  6;    2  Chron. 

xviii.  17,  xxvi.  2 60,  131 

Elealeh  (Reuben.)  Num.  xxxii.  3,  37;  Isa.  xv.  4, 

xvi.  9  ;  Jer.  xlviii.  34 64 

Eleph,  (Benjamin.) Josh,  xviii.  28. 

Eleutheropolis,  Episcopal  city  in  Judah 

Elim,  country.    See  Beer  No.  2.  Ex.  xv.  27,  xvi.  1 ; 

Num.  xxxiii.  9  ;  Isa.  x v.  8 47 


85 


V.  BdBf 
VII.  Da 
VII.  Eb 

IV.  Cd 
I. 

II.  Cb 

[IV.  Bf 
VII.  Ba 


V.  Ce 


[III.  De 

IV.  Bg 
II.  Db 

V.  Cc 


VII.  Fb 


V.  Cg 

III.  Ee 

IV.  Dg 
II.  Cc 

V.  Ed 
V.  Ce 

[VI.  Bd 
[V.  Ed 
IV.  Ec 
[III.  Fo 
[V.  Bf 
IV.  Be 


VII.  Eo 
II.  BCc 


V.  Bf 
IV.  Be 
III.  Dd 

VI.  Ae 


II.  Db 

III.  Dg 


V.  Bf 
III.  Cf 


299 


TEXT  BOOK  AND  ATLAS  OF  BIBLICAL  GEOGRAPHY. 


300 


Klisha,  the  prophet ,.,..,.  139 

Elisha,  son  of  Javan.    Gen.  x.  4;  Ezek.  xxvii.  7.     16 

EUsha,  isles  of. 128 

Elijah  the  Tishbite 136 

Elkosh Nah,  i.  1. 

Elon.  1)  (Dan.) Josh.  xix.  43;    1  Kings  iv.  9.  130 

—  2)    perhaps   =   Mealon,    (Naphtali.)     Josh. 

xix.  33. 
Eltekeh,  Levitical   city   in   Dan.    Josh.  six.  44, 

xxi.  33. 

Eltekon,  (Judah.) Josh.  xv.  59. 

Eltolad  =  Tolad,  (Simeon.)    Josh.  xv.  30,  xix.  4. 

Einek-Keziz,  city  in  Benjamin Josh,  xviii.  21. 

Emek-Rephaim.     See  Rephaim. 

Emesa,  in  Upper  Syria,  north  of  Balbec 

Emim Gen.  xiv.  5;   Deut.  ii.  10.     30 

Eramaus,  in  Galilee Luke  xxi  v.  13.  207 

Enakim 

Enan  =  Hozar-Enan Num.  i.  15,  xxxiv.  9, 

Eudor,  (Manasseh.).  Josh.  xvii.  11 ;  1  Sam.  xxviii 

7;  Ps.lxxxiii.il 95,115 

En-Eglaim Ezek.  xlvii.  10. 

En-Gannim,  1)  =  Anim,  Levitical  city  in  Issa- 

char.  Josh.  xix.  21,  xxi.  29. 

—  2)  (Judah.) Josh.  xv.  34. 

Engedi  =  Hazezon-Thamar,  (Judah.)    Josh.  xv. 

62 ;  1  Sam.  xxiv.  2 ;    2  Chron.  xx.  2  ;    Sol. 

Songs  i.  14;  Ezek.  xlvii.  10 113,139 

En-Hadaa,  (Issachar.) Josh.  xix.  21. 

En-Hazor,  (Naphtali.) Josh.  xix.  37. 

En-Mishpat,  near  Kadesh,  perhaps  =  Meribah. 

Gen.  xiv.  7. 

Enoch,  city  of 9, 11 

Enon,  where  John  baptized 

En-Rimmon Neh.  xi.  29. 

En-Rogel.     See  Rogel 120 

En-Shemesh,  fountain,  (Benjamin.)    Josh.  xv.  7, 

xviii.  17. 

En-Tappuah Isa.  xvii.  7. 

Ephah,  tribe  of  Midianites.  Gen.  xxv.  4;  1  Chron. 

i.  33  ;  Isa.  Ix.  6. 
Ephes-dammim,  Dammim,  (Judah.)    1  Sam.  xvii. 

1 ;  1  Chron.  xi.  13. 
Ephesus.  Acts  xviii.  21,  24,  xix.  1,  xx.  17;  1  Cor. 

XV.  32,  xvi.  8 ;  1  Tim.  i.  3  ;  2  Tim.  i.  18,  iv. 

12;  John  i.  11,  ii.  1 233,249 

Ephraim,  1)   tribe  of.    Josh.  xvi.  6-10;    2  Sam. 

vii.  6 

—  2)  mountains  of.  Josh.  xvii.  15,  xix.  50 ;  Judg. 

ii.  9,  iii.  16,  vii.  24,  x.  1,  xvii.  8,  xviii.  2, 
xix.  1 ;  1  Sam.  i.  1,  ix.  4,  xiv.  22 ;  1  Kings 
iv.  8 ;  2  Kings  v.  52 ;  2  Chron.  xix.  4 ;  Jer. 
1.  19 

—  3)  wood  of. 2  Sam.  xviii.  6. 

—  4)  =  Ephrem 2  Sam.  xiii.  23  ;  John  xi.  54. 

—  5)  =  kingdom  of  Israel.    Isa.  ix.  8,  xvii.  3, 

xxviii.  3;  Hos.  iv.  17,  v.  3,  ix.  3,  xii.  1 

Ephratah,  Ephrath  =  Bethlehem-Ephratah.  Gen. 

XXXV.  16,  xlviii.  7 ;  Ruth  iv.  11 ;  Ps.  cxxxii. 

6;  Micah  v.  1 

Ephrem.     See  Ephraim  No.  4. 

Ephron,  1)  mountains  of Josh.  xv.  9. 

—  2)  (Benjamin.) 2  Chron.  xiii.  9. 

Epiphania,  supposed  to  be  Hamath 

Epirus 

Erech,  in  Shinah Gen.  x.  10. 

Esdraelon,  plain  of.     See   Jezreel  No.  2.    (Issa- 
char.)   70,  114,  130 

Esek,  fountain Gen.  xxvi.  20. 

Eshcol,  brook.  Num.  xiii.  24,  xxxii.  9  ;  Deut.  i.  24. 

Eshean,  (Judah.) Josh.  xv.  52. 

Eshtaol,  (Dan.)  Josh.  xv.  33,  xix.  41 ;  Judg.  xiii. 

25,  xvi.  31,  xviii.  2,  11 ;  1  Chron.  ii.  53 

Eshtemoah,  Levitical  city  in  Judah.  Josh.  xv.  50, 

xxi.  14;    1  Sam.  xxx.  28;    1  Chron.  vi.  57, 

iv.  17 91,  116 

Etam,  Ethan,  1)  (Judah.)  1  Chron.  iv.  32 ;  2  Chron. 

xi.  6 43,  133 

_  2)  rock Judg.  xv.  8.  103 

—  3)  station Ex.  xiii.  20  ;  Num.  xxxiii.  6,  3. 

Etham,  desert  of 44,  45 

Ether,  (Simeon.) Josh.  xv.  42,  xix.  7. 

Ethiopians 10 

Eubcea,  island  of  Greece 

Euphrates.  Josh.  i.  4;  2  Sam.  viii.  3;  Gen.  ii.  14, 

XV.  18;  Deut.  i.  7,  xi.  24;  Jer.  xiii.  4,  xlvL 


95 


120 
197 


24 


32 


MAPS. 

IL  Bb 


n^Fg 

VII.  Fc 
IIL  Fd 
V.  Bf 
IIL  Ed 

[V.  Cd 
IV.  Cc 
[VLBc 


IV.  Cf 


IV.  Cc 


VIL  Db 
IV.  Cd 


[IV.  Fe 
VL  Be 

[V.  CEf 


V.  Ce 
IV.  Ft 


VII.  Fb 
VIL  Cb 
II.  Db 

V.  Cd 

IV.  Be 


[V.Cg 
IV.  Cf 

IV.  Ce 


IIL  Bf 


II.  Ce 

VIL  Cb 


2,  Ii.  63  ;  2  Kings  xxiii.  29,  xxiv.  7 ;  1  Chron. 

V.  9,  xviii.  3;  2  Chron.  xxxv.  20 10,  166 

Ezel 1  Sam.  XX.  19. 

Ezion-Geber,  (Berenice.)    Num.  xxxiii.  35 ;  Deut. 

ii.  28  ;    1  Kings  ix.  26,  xxii.  49  :    2  Chron. 

Viii.  17,  XX.  36 60,  131 

Ezra ICO 

Exodus  of  the  Israelites 43,  59 

Extermination  of  the  Israelites 97 

Fair  Havens Acts  xxvii.  8.  240 

Fiery  serpents. 

Flood,  Noah 12 

Formia3 243 

Fuller's  grave,  in  ancient  Jerusalem 

Gaash,  mountain.    Josh  xxiv.  30;    Judg.  ii.  9:   2 

Sam.  xxiii.  30.  97 

Ga.ash,  brooks  of. .....1  Chron.  xi.  32. 

Gaash,  hill 97 

Gaba  =  Geba,  (Benjamin.)  Josh,  xviii.  24;  Judg. 
XX.  33;  1  Sam.  xiv.  6;  Ezra  ii.  26;  Neh. 
vii.  30,  xi.  31 

Gabala,  on  the  east  of  Syria 

Gabatha,  near  Mount  Carmel 

Gabbatha John  xix.  13. 

Gad,  1)  tribe Josh.  xiii.  24-28.     92 

—  2)  brook  =  Jabbok 2  Sam.  xxiv.  5. 

Gadara 189,  192 

Gadarenes Mark  v.  1;  Luke  viii.  26. 

Gadda 

Galatia.  1  Pet.  i.  1 ;  Acts  xvi.  6,  xviii.  23 ;  2  Tim. 

iv.  10 227 

Galileans 167 

Galilee.  Josh.  xiii.  2,  xx.  7,  xxi.  32 ;  1  Kings  ix. 
11 ;  2  Kings  xv.  29  ;  1  Chron.  vi.  61 ;  Matt, 
ii.  22,  iii.  1.3,  iv.  12,  xvi.  22,  xix.  1,  xxi.  11, 
xxvi.  32,  xxvii.  55,  xxviii.  10;  Mark  i.  9, 
14,  iii.  7,  vi.  21,  ix.  30 ;  Luke  i.  26,  iii.  1, 
xvii.  11,  xxiii.  6;  John  i.  4,  3,  iv.  1,  vii.  1 ; 

Act?  xiii.  31 77,  179 

Galilee,  Sea  of,  Sea  of  Gennesaret,  Sea  of  Cinne- 
roth.  Matt.  iv.  13.  18,  viii.  18,  xiii.  1,  xiv. 
25,  XV.  19;  Mark  i.  16,  ii.  13,  iii.  7,  iv.  1, 
V.  21,  vii.  21;    Luke  viii.  23;   Josh.  vi.  1, 

xxi.  1 72,  187 

Gallim,  (Benjamin.)...!  Sam.  xxv.  44;  Isa.  x.  30.  147 

Gareb,  hill Jer.  xxxi.  39. 

Gamala 

Gammadims 

Gate  of  Jerusalem,  Ancient 

—  Bethlehem 

—  Brick 

—  Damascus 

—  Eastern 

—  Ephraim's 

—  Fish 

—  Garden 

—  Golden 

—  Herod's 

—  Horse 

—  of  the  Fountain 

—  of  the  Valley 

—  Sheep 

—  St.  Stephen's 

—  Water 

—  Zion's 

Gath,  Geth.    Josh.  xi.  22,  xiii.  3  ;  1  Sam.  v.  8,  vi. 

17  ;  vii.  14,  xvii.  4,  xxi.  10,  xxvii.  2  ;  2  Sam. 

XV.  18,    xxi.  20;    1  Kings  ii.  39;    2  Kings 

xii.  17  ;  1  Chron.  vii.  21,  xviii.  1 ;  2  Chron. 

xi.    8,    xxvi.  6 ;    Ps.  Ii.-  1 ;    Amos  vi.   2 ; 

Micah  i.  10 106, 134 

Gath-IIepher,  (Zebulon.)    Josh.  xix.  13;  2  Kings 

xiv.  25. 
Gath-Rimmon,   1)  Levitical  city  in  Dan.    Josh. 

xix.  45,  xxi.  24  ;  1  Chron.  vi.  69. 

—  2)  Levitical  city  in  Manasseh. ..Josh.  xxi.  26. 

Gaulonitis,  Golan 

Gaza,  Gasa.  Gen.  x.  19  ;  Deut.  ii.  23  ;  Josh.  x.  41, 

xi.  22,  xiii.  3,  xv.  47  ;  Judg.  i.  18,  vi.  4, 
xvi.  1 ;  1  Sam.  vi.  17  ;  1  Kings  iv.  24;  2 
Kings  xviii.  8  ;  Jer.  xxv.  20,  xlvii.  1 ;  Amos 
i.  6;    Zeph.  ii.  4;    Zech.  ix.  5;    Acts  viii. 

26 104,  121 

Gaser  =  Geser,  Levitical  citj'  in  Ephraim.    Josh. 


301 


INDEX. 


302 


X.  33  ;  Judg.  1.  29  ;  2  Sam.  x.  25  ;  1  Kings 

ix.  15,  16;  'l  Chron.  xiv.  16,  xx.  4 117 

Gebel  Fureia,  Sinaitic  mountain 

Geba,  Qeba-Benjamin,  Lovitieal  city  in  Benjamin. 
Josh,  xviii.  24,  xxi.  17  ;  Judg.  xx.  10  ;  2 
Sam.  V.  25  ;  1  Kings  xv.  22  ;  2  Kings  xxiii. 
8  ;  1  Chron.  vi.  60,  viii.  6  ;  2  Chron.  xvi.  6  ; 
Isa.  X.29;  Zech.  xiv.  10 109,117,147 

Gebal,  1)  =  Giblim 1  Kings  v.  18.  128 

—  2)  =  Byblus Ezek.  xxvii. 

Gebalene,  province  of  Idumea 

Gebim,  (Judah.) Isa.  x.  31.  147 

Geder,  perhaps  ==  Gedera,  (Judah.)  Josh.  xii.  13.     89 
Gedera,  perhaps  =  Gederoth  =  Beth-Gader.  (Ju- 
dah.) Josh.  XV.  36;    1  Chron.  xii.  4. 

Gaderothaim,  perhaps  =  the  former.  Josh.  xt. 
41 ;  2  Chron.  xxviii.  18. 

Gedor Josh.  xv.  68  ;  1  Chron.  iv.  39 ;  xii.  7. 

Gehenna  =  Ilinnom. 

Gennesaret,  1)  land Matt.  xiv.  34.  72,  190 

—  2)  Sea Luke  v.  1.  72,  187 

Gorar,   1)  city   in  Philistia.    Gen.  xvi.  9,  xx.  1, 

xxvi.  1,  7;  2  Chron.  xiv.  14 33,  134 

—  2)  valley  of. Gen.  xxvi.  17 

Gerasa 192 

Gergesenes  =  Girgashites Matt.  viii.  28 

Geroda,  town  north  of  Damascus 

Gorizim,   mountain.    Judg.  ix.   7;    Dout.  xi.  29, 

xxvii.  12;    Josh.  viii.  33 

Gorrha,  town  in  Trachonitis 

Geshur,  region   in   Syria.    2  Sam.  iii.  3,  xiii.  37, 

XV.  8 

Goshuri,  1)  tribe  near  Hermon,  perhaps  =  Geshur. 

Deut.  iii.  14 ;  Josh.  xii.  5,  xiii.  13  ;  1  Chron. 

ii.  23 

—  tribe  in  southern  Palestine.    Josh.  xiii.  2 ;    1 

Sam.  xvii.  8 

Gethaim  =  Githaim,  (Benjamin.) 2  Sam.  iv.  3. 

Gether,  unknown  district Gen.  x.  33. 

Gethsemane....Matt.  xxvi.  36;  Mark  xiv.  32.  125,  202 
Go.'.er   =    Gazar   =   Gazara,   Levitical    city    in 

Ephraim.  Josh.  x.  33;  xii.  12,  xvi.  3;  xxi. 

21 ;  Judg.  i.  29 ;    1  Kings  ix.  15 ;  1  Chron. 

vi.  67  ;  vii.  28 

Ghor  volcanic  agencies,  in 

Giah 2  Sam.  ii.  24. 

Gibbar  ==  Gibeon Ezra  ii.  20. 

Gibbethon,  Levitical  city  in  Dan.     Josh.  ix.  44, 

xxi.  23  ;  1  Kings  xv.  27,  xvi.  xv. 
Gibeah,  1)  (Judah.) Josh.  xv.  57. 

—  2)  =  Gibeah-Benjamin  =  Gibeah  of  Saul, 

(Benjamin.)  Josh,  xviii.  28;  Judg.  xix.  12, 
XX.  4  ;  1  Sam.  vii.  1,  x.  26,  xi.  4,  xiii.  2, 
15,  xiv,  16,  XV.  34,  xxii.  6,  xxvi.  1 ;  2  Sam. 
vi.  3,  xxi.  6,  xxxiii.  29 ;  1  Chron.  xi.  31, 
xii.  2 ;  2  Chron.  xiii.  2 ;  Neh.  xii.  29 ;  Isa. 
X.  29;    Hos.  v.  8,  ix.  9,  x.  9 109,  117,  147 

—  3)  (Ephraim.) Josh.  xxiv.  33. 

Gibeon,  Levitical  city  in  Benjamin.  Josh.  ix.  3, 17. 

X.  4,  xi.  19,  xviii.  25,  xxi.  17;  2  Sam.  ii.  12, 

24,  xxi.  2 ;    1  Kings  iii.  4,  ix.  2 ;  1  Chron. 

viii.  29,  xii.  4,  xiv.  16;  2  Chron.  i.  3;  Neh. 

iii.  7  ;    Isa.  xxviii.  21  ;    Jer.  xxviii.  1,  xii. 

12..... 84,  101 

Giblites  =  Gebal  No.  1 Josh.  xiii.  5. 

Gidom,  (Benjamin.) Judg.  xx.  45. 

Gibon,  1)  river  =  Nile Gen.  ii.  13.     10 

—  2)  fountain  near  Jerusalem  =  Giloah.  1  Kings 

i.  33  ;  2  Chron.  xxxii.  30,  xxxiii.  14. 

Gilboa,  mountains  of,  (Issachar.)      1  Sam.  xxviii. 

4,  xxxi.  1  ;  2  Sam.  i.  6  ;  1  Chron.  x.  1.  77,  70,  114 

Gilead,  1)  land.  Gen.  xxxi.  47,  xxxvii.  25  ;  Num. 
xxxii.  1 ;  Deut.  ii.  36  ;  Josh.  xii.  2,  xiii.  10, 
xvii.  1,  5,  XX.  8,  xxii.  9 ;  Judg.  x.  8,  xx.  1 ; 
1  Sam.  xxxi.  11;  2  Sam.  ii.  9,  xvii.  26;  1 
Kings  ii.  7,  iv.  19,  xvii.  1 ;  2  Kings  x.  33, 
XV.  19;  Ps.  Ix.  9,  cviii.  8;  Jer.  xlvi.  11,  1. 
19;  Ezek.  xlvii.  18;  Hos.  xii.  12;  Amos  i. 
3,  13;  Zech.  x.  10 35,  128 

—  2)  mountains.    Gen.  xxxi.  21 ;  Sol.  Songs  iv. 

1;  vi.  4;  Obad.  19 

—  3)  city Judg.  xii.  7;  Hos.  vi.  8. 

Gilgal,  near  Jericho  and  the  Jordan.  Josh.  iv.  19, 

V.  9,  ix.  6,  X.  6,  xiv.  6,  xv.  7  ;  Judg.  ii.  1,  iii. 
19  ;  1  Sam.  vii.  16,  x.  8,  xi.  14,  xiii.  4,  xv. 
33;    2  Sam.  xix.  15,  40;    2  Kings  iv.  38; 


84 


119 


119 


21 


58 
116 


V.  Ee 
IIL  Ba 


[V.  Ce 
IV.  Cd 

IV.  Da 

V.  Da 
V.  Dg 


IV.  Ce 


VL  Cc 

[V.Bg 

IV.  Bf 
[V.  Ee 

VIL  Fc 
[VL  Cd 

V.  Fb 


V.  Fc 
[III.  Eb 
IV.DEb 

IV.DEb 

IV.  ABf 


IV.  Ce 


[IV.  Ef 
V.  Cf 


[IV.  Ff 
V.  Cf 
[VL  Be 


[V.  Cf 
IV.CeFf 
IV.  Da 


[V.  Ce 
IV.  Cc 
[VL  Bd 


[IV.Dcd 
IIL  Ec 

[V.  De 
IV.  Dd 

[V.  De 


ILDa 

[V.  Do 
IV.  De 


IL  Ca 

V.  Cf 

V.  Cf 

IILABo 

ILDb 
IL  Bb 


Neh.  xii.  29;    Hos.  iv.  15,  ix.  15,  .xii.  11; 

Amos  iv.  4,  v.  5  ;    Micah  vi.  5  ;    Deut.  xi.  [V.  Cf 

30;  Josh.  xii.  23 83  IV.  Bd 

Giloh,  in  the  mountains  of  Judah.    Josh.  xv.  61;  [V.CeBe 

2  Sam.  XV.  12;  xxiii.  34 119     [V.  Bf 

Gimzo,  (Judah.) 2  Chron.  xxviii.  18.  IV.  Be 

Ginaea,  modern  town  of  Jenin V.  Ce 

Girgashites,  Gergesenes.  Gen.  x.  16,  xv.  21;  Josh. 

iii.  10,  xxiv.  U;   Neh.  ix.  8 19,  80  IIL  E« 

Giscala,  in  the  mountains  of  Galilee V.  Cc 

Githa-Hepher  =  Gath-Hepher.  [V.  Ce 

Gittaim,  (Benjamin.) Neh.  xi.  33.  117  IV.  Cd 

Gizonites 1  Chron.  xi.  34. 

Goath Jer.  xxxi.  39. 

Gob 2  Sam.  xxi.  19.  120 

Gog 16 

Goim 30 

Golan,  Levitical  city  in  Manasseh.    Deut.  iv.  43  ; 

Josh.  XX.  8,  xxi.  27  ;    1  Chron.  vi.  71 96 

Golgotha.    Matt,  xxvii.  33;    Mark  xv.  22;    Luke 

xxiiL  33;  John  xix.  17 122,  204 

Goliath 112 

Gomer,  sonof  Japheth.   Gen.  x.  2;  Ezek.  xxxviii.  6.     15 
Gomorrah.    Gen.  x.  19,  xiii.  10,  xiv.  2,   xviii.  20, 

xix.  24;    Isa.  i.  9,  xiii.  19;    Jer.  xxiii.  14, 

xlix.  18,   1.  40 ;    Zeph.  ii.  9;    Matt.  x.  15; 

Mark  vi.  11;  2  Pet.  ii.  6 31 

Gophna.     See  Aphni 

Goshen,  1)  in  Egypt.  Gen.  xiv.  19,  xlvi.  28,  xlvii. 

47, 1.  8 ;  Ex.  ix.  26,  xiii.  17 ;  1  Chron.  vii.  21.     41 

—  2)  (Judah.) Josh.  x.  41,  xi.  16,  xv.  51.  87,  88 

Gozan,  region  in  Assyria.    2  Kings  xvii.  6,  xviii. 

11,  xix.  12  ;  1  Chron.  v.  26 ;  Isa.  xxxvii.  12. 

Grecian  isles 128 

Greece Dan.  viii.  21,  xi.  2;  Acts  xx.  2. 

Gudgodah,  in  the  desert Deut.  x.  7. 

Gur,  near  Ibleam 2  Kings  ix.  27.  140 

Gur-Baal,  in  Arabia 2  Chron.  xxvi.  7.  145 

Habor  =  Thabor,  Thebar,  river  in  Assyria.  2  Kings 

xvii.  6,  xvii.  11;  1  Chron.  v.  26 145 

Hachilah 1  Sam.  xxiii.  19;  xxvi.  1.  113,  114 

Hadad-Rimmon,  (Maximianopolis.)  Zech.  xii.  11. 

Hadashah,  (Judah.) Josh.  xv.  37. 

Hadid,  Adida,  (Benjamin.)    Neh.  vii.  37,  xL  34; 

Ezra  ii.  33. 

Iladoram,  Arabian  tribe Gen.  x.  27. 

Hadrach,  an  unknown  land Zech.  ix.  1. 

Hadst.     See  Tahtim-Hodshi. 

Hseraus,  mountains,  north  of  Thrace 

Hagarenes,  Ilagarites,  Arabian  tribe.    1  Chron.  v. 

10,  xi.  28,  xxvii.  21;    Ps.  Ixxxiii.  7 

Haggai 163 

Hahiroth.     See  Pi-Hahiroth Num.  xxxiii.  7. 

Halah,  Assyrian  province.    2  Kings  xvii.  6,  xviii, 

11;    1  Chron.  V.  26 145 

Halhul,  (Judah.) Josh.  xv.  58 

Hali,  (Asher.) Josh.  xix.  25 

Halys,  river 10 

Ham.     See  Egypt.  Ps.  Ixxviii.  51,  cv.  23,  cvi.  22 ; 

Gen.  ix.  18 17 

Hamath,  1)  Hemath,  Hemath-Zoba,  (Ephiphania,) 

city  and  country  in  Syria.    Num.  xiii.  22, 

xxxiv.  8  ;  Josh.  xiii.  5  ;  Judg.  iii.  3 ;  2  Sam. 

viii.   9;    1  Kings  vii.  65 ;    2  Kings  xiv.  25, 

xvii.  24,  xviii.  34,  xix.  13,  xxiii.  33 ;  1  Chron. 

xiii.  5;    2  Chron.  viii.  3;    Isa.  x.  8,  xi.  11; 

xxxvi.  18,  xxxvii.  13;   Jer.  x.xxix.  5,  xlix. 

23,  Iii.  9  ;  Ezek.  xlvii.  16,  20,  xlviii.  1 ;  Amos 

vi.  2;  Zech.  i.x.  2 19,69,118 

—  2)  Levitical  city  in  Naphtali  ==  Hamoth-Dor. 

Josh.  xix.  35. 

Hamathite 17,  19 

Hammath,  on  the  coast  of  the  Sea  of  Galilee 

Hammon,  1)  (Naphtali.) 1  Chron.  vi.  76. 

—  2)  (Asher.) Jo.sh.  xix.  28. 

Hamoth-Dor,  Levitical  city  in  Naphtali  =  Ha- 
math No.  2.  Josh.  xxi.  32. 

Hanathon.     See  Nathon,  (Zebulon.)    Josh  ix.  14. 

Hanes,  in  Egypt.     See  Tapahnes Isa.  xxx.  4. 

Hapharaim,  (Issachar.) Josh.  xix.  19. 

Hara,  region  in  Syria 1  Chron.  v.  26. 

Haradah,  encampment Num.  xxxiii.  34. 

Haran.    Gen.  xi.  31,   xii.  5,   xxvii.  43,  xxviii.  10, 

xxix.  4  ;  2  Kings  xix.  12  ;  Ezek.  xxvii.  23  ; 

Acts  vii.  2;   Isa.  xxxvii.  12 27,  129,  UC 


IV.  Co 

n.  Dd 

VIL  CD 
ILDb 


[IV.  Fg 
V.  Cf 

[IL  Cb 
VIL  Ea 

ILBCce 


[V.  Fg 
II.  Cb 


[IV.  Do- 
V.  Dd 


IIL  Af 


II.  Cb 


303 


TEXT  BOOK  AND  ATLAS  OP  BIBLICAL  GEOGRAPHY. 


30/ 


Harar,  Ilaradites.   2  Sam.  xxiii.  11,  33;  1  Chron. 
xi.  27,  34. 

Harem,  Horem,  (Naphtali.) Josh.  xix.  38. 

Haretli,  (Judah.) 1  Sam.  xxii.  5.  112 

Har-Jearim.     See  Jearim. 

Uarma 

Harmony  of  the  Gospels 169,  172 

Harod,  fountain Judg.  vii.  1.  101 

Harosheth Judg.  iv.  3,  13.  101 

Hasbeiya 

Hashmona,  station Num.  xxxiii.  29. 

Hatita 

Hauran,  Auranitis,  and  Trachonitis 

Haveran Ezek.  xlvii.  18. 

Havilah,  Hevilah,  1)  land  of  gold Gen.  ii.  11.     10 

—  2)  son  of  Cush Gen.  x.  7  ;  1  Chron.  i.  9.     17 

—  3)  Arabian  district.  Gen.x.29,  xxv.  18 ;  1  Sam. 

XV.  7 

Havoth-Jair,  (Manasseh.)  Num.  xxxii.  41 ;  Deut 

iii.  14;  Judg.  x.  4;  1  Chron.  ii.  23 102 

Hazael 152 

Hazar-Adar.     See  Adar. 

Hazar-Enan  =  Enan Ezek.  xlvii.  17,  xlviii.  1. 

Hazar-Gaddah,  (Judah.) Josh.  xv.  27. 

Hazar,  in  Simeon 

Hazarmaveth,  Arabian  people Gen.  x.  26. 

Hazar-Susah,  (Simeon.)    Josh.  xv.  28,  xix.  3;  1 

Chron.  iv.  28 ;  Neh.  xi.  27. 
Hazar-Shusa,   (Simeon.)    Josh,  xix.  5;    1  Chron, 

iv.  31. 

Hazar-Hatticon Ezek.  xlvii.  16. 

Hazerim Deut.  ii.  23. 

Hazeroth.  Num.  xi.  35,  xiii.  1,  xxxiii.  17 ;  Deut.  i,  1,     64 
Hazezon-Tamar   ==  Engedi.  Gen.  xiv.  7 ;  2  Chron. 

XX.  2 30 

Hazor,  1)  (Benjamin.) Neh.  xi.  33. 

—  2)   (Naphtali.)    Josh.  xi.  1,  xii.  19,  xix.  36 ; 

Judg.  iv.  2,  17  ;  1  Sam.  xii.  9;  1  Kings  ix, 
15;    2  Kings  XV.  29 87 

—  3)  Hezron,  (Judah.) Josh.  xv.  3,  23. 

—  4)  in  Arabia Jer,  xlix.  28. 

Hazor- Hadattah,  (Judah.) Josh.  xv.  25, 

Hebron  =  Kirjath-Arba.  Gen.  xiii.  18,  xxiii.  2, 19, 

XXXV.  27,  xxxvii.  14  ;  Num.  xiii.  23  ;  Josh. 

X.  3,  xi.  21,  xii.  10,  xiv.  14,  xx.  7;   Judg. 

i.  10,  20,  xvi.  3  ;    1  Sam.  xxx.  31 ;    2  Sam. 

ii.  1,  11,  33,   ii.  20,   iv.  1,  12,   v.  1,   xv.  7  ; 

1  Kings  ii.  11 ;  1  Chron.  iii.  1,  vi.  57,  xi.  1, 

xxix.  7;  2  Chron,  xi.  10;  Josh.  xix.  28. 

32,  79,  96,  171 

Helam,  in  or  by  the  Euphrates 2  Sam.  x.  17.  119 

Helbah,  (Asher.) Judg.  i.  31. 

Helbon,  Thalybon Ezek,  xxvii.  18.  129 

Heldua,  coast  of  Syria  below  Beirut 

Helena,  palace  of,  ancient  Jerusalem 

Heleph,  (Naphtali.) Josh.  xix.  33. 

Heliacmon,  river 230 

Heliopolis.     See  Beth-Shemesh  No.  4 38 

Helkath,  Levitical  city  in  Asher.    Josh.  xix.  25 ; 

xxi.  31. 

Helkath-Hazzurim,  in  Gibeon 2  Sam.  ii.  16, 

Hellespont 

Hemath.     See  Hamath. 

Henah,  near  the   Euphrates.    2  Kings  xviii.  34, 

xix.  13;  Isa.  xxxvii.  13 146 

Hppha 

Hepher  =  Gath-Hepher.    Josh.  xii.  17 ;    1  Kings 

iv.  12 

Heraclea,  south  shore  of  the  Black  Sea 

Heracleopolis,  city  in  Egypt 

Hermon,  Senir,  Sirion,  mountains  of.    Deut.  iii.  8, 

Josh.  xi.  3,  17,  xii.  1 ;    1  Chron.  v.  23  ;  Ps. 

Ixxxix.  13,  cxxxiii.  3 ;  Sol.  Songs  iv.  8. 

70,  77,  114,  128,  194 

Heres,  mountain Judg.  L  35. 

Herod,  palace  of. 

Heshbon,  Levitical   city   in  Gad.    Num.  xxi.  26, 

xxxii.  4,  37 ;  Deut.  i.  4,  ii.  24;  Josh.  ix.  10, 

xii.  2,  5,  xiii.  7,  xxi.  39;    Judg.  xi.  19,  26 ; 

1  Chron.  vi.  81 ;  Sol.  Songs  vii.  4  ;  Isa.  xv. 

4,  xvi.  8;  Jer.  xlviii.  2,  34,  xlix  3 62 

Heshmon,  (Judah.) Josh.  xv.  27. 

Heth,  ancestor  of  the  Hittites.  Gen.  x.  15,  xxiii.  3.     18 
Hethlon,  near  Damascus.  Ezek.  xlvii.  15,  xlviii.  1. 
Hezron.     See  Hazor  No.  3. 
Hiddekel,  Tigris Gen.  ii.  14;  Dan,  x.  4,       9 


V.  Cg 

[V.  Do 

IV.  Cb 

V.  Do 

V.  Ee 
V.  Ecd 

II.  Dc 
II.  Cd 

II.  Dd 


V.  Bf 
II.  Dd 


in.  Dg 


rV.  CeF 

[III.  Eb 
IV.  Db 


[V.  Cf 

IV.  CeF 
[III.  Dd 

II.  Cb 

V.  Cb 
I. 


VII.  Ec 


VII.  Da 


II.  Db 
V.  Cd 

[V.  Ef 
VII.  Ea 

III.  Af 


[VI.  Cb 
V.  Dc 
[III.  Fb 
I, 


[V.  Df 
IV.  De 


80 


Ilierapolis Col.  iv.  11    244,  267 

Hilen,  perhaps  =  Holon,  (Judah.)  1  Chron.  vi.  68. 
Hinnom,  Ben-Hinnom,  valley.    Josh.  xv.  8,  xviii. 

16;  2  Kings  xxiii.  10;    2  Chron.  xxviii.  3; 

Neh.  xi.  30  ;    Jer.  vii.  32,  xix.  2,  xxxii.  35. 

Hippicus,  tower  of. 

Hippos,  south-west  of  the  Sea  of  Galilee 

Hiroth  =  Hahiroth Ex.  xiv.  2. 

Hittites.  Gen.  xv.  20,  xxiii.  7,  xxvi.  34,  xxxvi.  2, 

xlix.  29  ;  Ex.  iii.  8,  xxxiii.  2  ;  Num.  xiii.  20  ; 

Deut.  vii.  1,  xx.  17  ;  Josh.  i.  4,  iii.  10,  ix.  1,  xi. 

3,  xxiv.  11 ;  Judg.  i.  26,  iii.  6;  1  Sam.  xxvi. 

6 ;  2  Sam.  xi.  3,  xxiii.  39  ;    1  Kings  ix.  20, 

X.  29,  xi.  1,  XV.  5  ;  2  Kings  vii.  6  ;  1  Chron. 

xi.  41;    2  Chron.  i.  17;    Ezra  ix.  1;    Neh, 

ix.  8;  Ezek.  xvi.  3 

Hivites.  Gen.  xxxiv.  2,  xxxvi.  2  ;  Ex.  iii.  8,  xxxiii. 

2;    Deut.  xx.  17;   Josh.  iii.  10,  ix.  1,  xi.  3, 

xxiv.  11;   Judg.  iii.  3;    2  Sam.  xxiv.  7;    1 

Kings  ix.  20,  v.  18 19,  SO 

Hobah,  near  Damascus Gen.  xiv.  15. 

Holon,   Levitical   city   in   Judah.    Josh.  xv.  51, 

xxi.  15. 
Hor.    Num.  xx.  22,  xxxiii.  32,  Isa.  xvi.  1;  Num. 

xxxiv.  7 

Horeb.    Ex.  iii.  1,  xxxiii.  6 ;  Num.  xx.  22 ;  Deut. 

i.  2,  6,  iv.  10,  V.  2,  xviii.  16;    1  Kings  viii. 

9,  xix.  8;  2  Chron.  v.  10  ;  Ps.  cvi.  19....  48,  50 

Hor-Hagidgad Num.  xxxiii.  32. 

Horites Gen.  xiv.  6,  xxxvi.  20;  Deut.  ii.  12. 

Hormah,  Harmah  ==  Zephath.    Num.  xxi.  3,  xiv. 

45 ;  Judg.  i.  17  ;  Deut.  i.  44;  Josh.  xii.  14, 

XV.  20,    xix.  4;    1  Sam.  xxx.  30;  1  Chron. 

iv.  30 57,  59,  116 

Horonaim,  Horonites,  in  Moab.    Neh.  ii.  10,  xiii. 

28;  Isa.  xv.  5;  Jer.  xlviii.  5,  34 

Hosah,  (Asher.) Josh.  xix.  29. 

Hukkok,  (Naphtali.)  Josh.  xix.  34 ;  1  Chron.  vi.  75. 

Hul Gen.  x.  23. 

Huleh,  lake 71,  87 

Humtah,  (Judah.) Josh.  xv.  54. 


69 


65 


21 


Ibleam,  Iblaam  =  Bileam,  (Manasseh.)  Josh.  xvii. 

11 ;  Judg.  i.  27;    2  Kings  ix.  27 140 

Iconium Acts  xiii.  51,  xiv.  19,  21,  xvi.  2.  223 

Idolatries  of  the  Israelites 98 

Idumea Mark  iii.  8. 

Idumeans 159 

lim,  (Judah.) Josh.  xv.  29. 

Ijon,  Hion,  (Naphtali.)   1  Kings  xv.  20  ;  2  Kings 

XV.  29;  2  Chron.  xvi.  4 135 

Hlyricum,  Hlyria Rom.  xv.  19,  235 

Imma,  a  modern  town  east  of  Antioch 

India Esth.  i.  1. 

Ionian  Sea 

Ir-Hatemarim,  (Jericho.)    Deut.  xxxiv.  3  ;  Judg. 

i.  16  ;  2  Chron.  xxviii.  15. 

Ir-Nahash 1  Chron.  iv.  12. 

Iron Josh.  xix.  38. 

Ir-Shemesh  =  Beth-Shemesh,  (Dan.)  Josh. xix. 41. 

Irpeel,  (Benjamin.) Josh,  xviii.  27. 

Ishmaelites,   Arab.    Gen.   xxxvii.  25,    xxxix.   1 ; 

Judg.  viii.  24 ;  Ps.  Ixxxiii.  7 33 

Isles  of  Kittim,  of  Elisha,  of  the  Gentiles 16,  128 

Issachar,  tribe Josh.  xix.  17-23.  95,  131 

Issus,  battle  scene  of  Alexander  and  Darius 

Italia Acts  xviii.  2,  xxvii.  1. 

Ithnam,  (Judah.) Josh.  xv.  23. 

Ittah-Razin,  (Zebulon.) Josh.  xix.  13. 

Ituria Luke  iii.  1. 

Iva  =  Ava.    2  Kings  xvii.  24,  xviii.  34,  xix.  13; 
Isa.  xxxvii.  13. 

Jabbok,    river.     Gen.  xxxii.  22;    Num.  xxi.  24; 

Deut.  ii.  37,    iii.  16;    Josh.  xii.  2 ;    Judg. 

xi.  1,3,  22 61,  92,  131 

Jabesh,  (Gilead.)  Judg.  xxi.  9  ;  1  Sam.  xi.  1,  xxxi. 

11;    2   Sam.  ii.  4,    xxi.   12;    1  Chron.  x. 

11 108 

.Tabez,   (Judah.) 1  Chron.  ii.  55. 

Jabneh  =   Jamnia 2  Chron.  xxvi.  6. 

Jiibneel Josh.  xv.  11,  xix.  33. 

Jabrada,  modern  town  north  of  Damascus 

Jacob 42 

— 's  Well John  iv,  6,  1821 


M\PS. 

VII.  DV 


L 

V.Dd 
in.  Bw 


505 


INDEX. 


306 


Jacob's  Bridge 72 

Jagur,  (Judab.) Josh.  xv.  21. 

Jahza,  Levitical  city  in  Kcubcn.  Num.  xxi.  23 ; 
Dout.  ii.  32;  O^osh.  xiii.  18,  xxi.  36  ;  Judg. 
xi.  20;  1  Chron.  vi.  78;  Isa.  xv.  4;  Jer. 
xlviii.  21,  34 

Jair,  one  of  the  Judges 102 

Jamniah,  Jabneh 2  Chron.  xxvi.  6. 

Janohah,  (Ephraim.)  Josh.  xvi.  6 ;  2  Kings  xv.  29. 

Janum,  (Judah.) Josh.  xv.  53. 

.Japhia,  (Zebulon.) Josh.  xix.  12. 

Japheth 15 

.Japhleti Josh.  xvi.  3. 

Jarah 

Jarmuli,  river 

Jarmuth.  Josh.  x.  3,  xii.  11,  xv.  35  ;  Neh.  xi.  29  ; 

Josh.  xxi.  29 85 

Jattir,  (Judah.)  Josh.  xv.  48,  xxi.  14;  1  Sam.  xxx. 

27;  1  Chron.  vi.  67 91 

Javan.     Gen.  x.  2 ;    Isa.  Ixvi.  19  ;    Dan.  viii.  21 ; 

Joel  iii.  11 ;  Ezra  xxvii.  13 16,  128 

Jazer,  1)  Levitical  city  in  Gad.  Num.  xxi.  32, 
xxxii.  1,  35 ;  Josh.  xiii.  25,  xxi.  39 ;  2  Sam. 

xxiv.  5;  1  Chron.  vi.  81 64 

—  2)  Sea Jer.  xlviii.  32.     66 

Jearim,  Har-Jearim Josh.  xv.  10. 

Jebus,  another  name  for  Jerusalem.  Judg.  xix.  10; 
1  Chron.  xi.  4. 

Jebusites.  Gen.  x.  16,  xv.  21  ;  Ex.  iii.  8,  xxxiii. 
2 ;  Num.  xiii.  30  ;  Deut.  xx.  17  ;  Josh.  iii. 
10,  ix.  1,  xi.  3,  XV.  63,  xviii.  16,  28,  xxiv. 
11 ;  Judg.  i.  21,  iii.  5,  ix.  11 ;  2  Sam.  v.  6, 
xxiv.  16 ;  1  Kings  ix.  20  ;  Ezra  ix.  1 ;  Neh. 
ix.  8 19,  81 

Jednah,  a  town  of  the  Philistines 

Jehoshaphat,  valley  of 125 

Jehud,  (Dan.) Josh.  xix.  45. 

Jehoshaphat's  deliverance 138 

Jekabzecl.     See  Kabzeol Neh.  xi.  25. 

Jephthah Judg.  xi.  102 

Jerjih,  Arabian  tribe Gen.  x.  26. 

Jerahmeelites 1  Sam.  xxvii.  10,  xxx.  29. 

Jericho,  City  of  Palm-trees,  Ir-Hatemarim,  (Ben- 
jamin.) Num.  xxii.  1,  xxxiii.  48 ;  Deut. 
xxxiv.  1 ;  Josh.  ii.  1,  iv.  13,  v.  10,  vi.  1,  xii, 
9,  xvi.  1,  7,  xviii.  12,  21,  xx.  8:  Judg.i.  16, 
iii.  13 ;  2  Sam.  x.  5  ;  1  Kings  xvi.  34 ;  2 
Kings  ii.  4,  18,  xxv.  5;  1  Chron.  xix.  5;  2 
Chron.  xxvii.  15 ;    Neh.  iii.  2 ;    Jer.  xxxix. 

6,  Hi.  8  ;  Matt.  xx.  29 ;  Mark  x.  46 ;  Luke 
X.  30,  xviii.  35;    Heb.  xi.  30 83 

Jeroboam 132 

Jeruel,  desert 2  Chron.  xx.  16. 

Jerusalem,  Jebus,  Salem,  (Benjamin.)  Josh.  x.  1, 
xii.  10,  XV.  63,  xviii.  28;  Judg.  i.  7 ;  2  Sam. 
V.  6,  ix.  13,  xi.  12,  xiv.  23,  xvi.  16,  xx.  3, 
xxiv.  8 ;  1  Kings  ii.  11,  iii.  1,  viii.  11,  xi. 
29,  xii.  18,  xiv.  21,  25 ;  2  Kings  viii.  17, 
xii.  1,  17,  xvi.  5,  xviii.  2,  xxi.  13,  xxii.  14, 
xxiii.  30,  xxiv.  10,  xxv.  1 ;  1  Chron.  iii.  5, 
viii.  28,  xi.  4,  xxix.  7 ;  2  Chron.  xii.  2,  xxvi. 
9,  xxxiii.  13,  xxxvi.  19;  Ezra  i.  2,  iii.  1, 
viii.  2;  Neh.  i.  2,  ii.  11,  xi.  1 ;  Ps.  Ii.  20, 
Ixxix.  1 ,  cxxii.  3 ;  Sol.  Songs  vi.  3 ;  Isa.  i.  1, 
vii.  1,  X.  12,  xxii.  10,  xxxvi.  2,  xxxvii.  10, 
Ixiv.  10;  Jer.  i.  15,  iv.  5,  xi.  2,  xxxiv.  7, 
Iii.  4,  i.  7 ;  Ezek.  iv.  1,  viii.  3,  xxi.  10 ;  Dan. 
i.  1,  ix.  2,  25 ;  Joel  iii.  6,  22  ;  Amos  i.  2,  ii. 
5  ;  Obad.  20  ;  Micah  i.  9,  iii.  12;  Zech.  i. 
12,  viii.  3  ;  Matt.  ii.  1,  iii.  5,  iv.  25,  v.  35, 
xvi.  21,  XX.  17,  xxi.  1,  10  ;    Mark  i.  5,  iii. 

7,  22,  X.  32,  xi.  11,  15;  Luke  i.  22,  42,  iv. 
9,  ix.  51,  xiii.  22,  xxiii.  7,  xxiv.  33;  John 
ii.  13,  V.  1 ;  Acts  i.  4,  viii.  1,  ix.  26,  xi.  2, 
XV.  2,  xix.  21,  xxi.  15,  xxii.  17,  xxv.  1 ; 
Rom.  XV.  19,  25 ;  1  Cor.  xvi.  3 ;  Gal.  i.  17, 
ii.  1 30,  121,  124,  179 

Jeshanah,  (Judah.) 2  Chron.  xiii.  19. 

Jeshimon 113 

Jeshuah,  (Judah.) Neh.  xi.  26. 

Jethlah,  (Dan.) Josh.  xix.  42. 

Jotur,  Arabian  tribe.  Gen.  xxv.  15  ;  1  Chron.  i.  31. 

Jezreel,  1)  (Judah.) Josh.  xv.  56. 

—  2)  =  Esdraelon,  (Issachar.)  Josh.  xvii.  16, 
xix.  18;  Judg.  vi.  33;  1  Sam.  xxvii.  3, 
xxix.  11;    2  Sam.  ii.  9,  iv.  4;    1  Kings  iv. 


MAPS. 

V.Df 


IV.  De 

V.  Bf 

rv.  Co 


IL  Ed 
IV.  Dc 
[IV.  Ef 
IV.  Be 

[V.  Cg 
IV.  Cf 

IL  BCb 


V.Df 


[IIL  Ed 
IV.  Ff 

IV.  Be 
L 

V.  Bf 
[IV.  Ee 

ILDd 


IIL  Ed 
V.  Cf 

rv.ce 


V.  Ct 
I.  Ff 
IV.  Ce 
IIL  Ed 
VII.  Fc 
VLBe 


III.  Fb 

IV.  Ce 
[V.  Cd 


PAGEI        MAPS. 

12,  xviii.  45,  xxi.  1 ;   2  Kings  viii.  29,  ix.         I  [VI.  Bo 
15,  30;  2  Chron.  xxii.  6;  Hos.  i.  5...  70,  95,  138  V.  Cd 

Jiphtnh,  (Judah.) Josh.  xv.  43. 

Jiphtah-el,  valley,  (Zebulon.) Josh.  xix.  14,  27. 

Job,  Book  of. 20 

Jobab,  Arabian  tribe Gen.  x.  29.  II.  Ed 

Jogbehah,  Jagbah,  (Gad.)  Num.  xxxii.  35 ;  Judg. 

viii.  11. 

John  the  Baptist 181 

Jonah,  the  prophet 154 

Jokmeam,  Jakmeam  ==  Kibzaim,  Levitical  city  in 

Ephraim 1  Chron.  vi.  68. 

Jokneam,  Levitical  city  in  Zebulon.  Josh.  xii.  22, 

xix.  11,  xxi.  34 90,  130 

Joktan,  Jaketan,  Arabian  tribe Gen.  x.  25.     19  II.  Dc 

Joktheel  =  Selah,  Petra.    2  Kings  xiv.  7 ;    Josh. 

XV.  38 142 

Joppa.  Josh.  xix.  46;  2  Chron.  ii.  16;  Ezra  iii.  7;  [VII.Ec 

Jonah  i.  3;  Acts  ix.  36 213  VL  Ad 

Jordan.    Gen.  xiii.  10,  xxxii.  11,  1.  10;  Num.  xiii.  [IV.  Bd 

30,  xxii.  1,  xxxiv.  12;  Josh.  xvi.  7;  Judg. 

vii.  24,  viii.  4,  x.  9  ;    1  Sam.  xiii.  7,  xxxi. 

7 ;    2  Sam.  ii.  29,    x.  17,  xvii.  22,   xix.  15, 

xxiv.  5;    1  Kings  ii.  8,  xvii.  3;  2  Kings  ii.  VI.  Ccd 

6,  V.  10,  vi.  2,  vii.  15,  x.  33 ;  Jer.  xlix.  19 ;  V.  Ddf 

Ezek.  xlvii.  18;    Zech.  xi.  4;    Matt.  iii.  5,  IV.  Dae 

13,  xix.  1 ;    Mark  i.  5,   x.  1  ;    Luke  iii.  3  ;  VIL  Fc 
John  iii.  26,  X.  40 71,82,178  IIL  Ecd 

Joshua,  death  of 97 

Jotapata,  fortress  in  Galilee V.  Cc 

Jottah 2  Kings  xxi.  19. 

Jotbatha Num.  xxxiii.  33;  Deut.  x.  7. 

Judah,  elders  of. 1  Sam.  xxx.  26-31.  116 

Judah,  1)  tribe Josh.  xv.       90,  1.3.3,  169  IV.  Cf 

—  2)  mountains  of. Judg.  i.  3;  Josh.  xv.  48.  IV.  Ce 

—  3)  kingdom.... Ps.  cxiv.  2;  Isa.  iii.  8,  xix.  17. 

—  4)  desert Judg.  i.  16.  177  V.  Cfg 

Judea.  Matt.  xix.  1 ;  Mark  x.  1 ;  Luke  i.  6,  iii.  1 ;  [VI.  Ae 

John  ui.  22 ;  Acts  i.  8,  ii.  9,  viii.  1.  67,  168,  179  V.  BCf 

Judges,  office  of. 

Juttah,  Levitical  city  in  Judah.  Josh.  xv.  55,  xxi.  [V.  Cg 

16 91,  171  IV.  Cf 

Juliopolis,  a  city  in  Bithynia VII.  Ea 

Kabzeel,  Jekabzeel.    Josh.  xv.  31;    2  Sam.  xxiii. 

18;  1  Chron.  xi.  22;  Neh.  xi.  25. 
Kadesh,    Kadesh-Barnea,    (Judah.)    Gen.  xiv.  7, 

xvi.  14,  XX.  1 ;  Num.  xx.  1,  xxvii.  14,  xxxii. 

8,  xxxiii.  36,  xxxiv.  36;    Deut.  i.  2,  xix.  2, 

14,  ix.  23;  Josh.  x.  41,  xiv.  7,  xv.  3 ;  Judg. 
xi.  16 ;  Ps.  xxix.  8 ;  Ezek.  xlvii.  9,  viii.  28.     55  III.  De 

Kadmonites,  Canaanitish  people Gen.  xv.  19.  III.  Eb 

Kakaba,  in  Perea,  north  of  the  Jabbok VI.  Cd 

Kamah 102    [IV.  Cb 

Kanah Josh.  xix.  28.  V.  Cc 

—  River Josh.  xvi.  8,  xvii.  9.  IV.  Bd 

Karkaah,  (Judah.) Josh.  xv.  3.  [V.  Co 

Karkor Judg.  viii.  10.  101 

Karnaim.     See  Ashtaroth  Karnaim IV.  Eo 

Kartah,  (Zebulon.) Josh.  xxi.  34. 

Kartan  =  Kirjathaim Josh.  xxi.  32. 

Kattath,  (Zebulon.) Josh.  xix.  15. 

Kazin-Ittar-Kazin,  (Zebulon.) Josh.  xix.  13. 

Kcdar,   country   in    Arabia.    Gen.  xxv.  13 ;    Sol. 

Songs  i.  5  ;    Isa.  xxi.  16,  Ix.  7;    Jer.  xlix. 

28;  Ezek.  xxvii.  21 341,  129  IL  Co 

Kedemoth,  Levitical  city  in  Reuben.  Deut.  ii. 26; 

Josh.  xiii.  18,  xxi.  37;  1  Chron.  vi.  79 61  V.  Ef 

Kedesh,  1)  (Judah.) Josh.  xv.  23. 

—  2)  Levitical  city  in  Naphtali.    Josh.  xii.  22, 

xix.  37,  XX.  7,  xxi.  32 ;  Judg.  iv.  9  ;  2  Kings  [V.  Dc 

XV.  29;  1  Chron.  vi.  72 89,  100  IV.  Cb 

Kegilah,  the  same  as  Kaitah V.  Cf 

Kehlathah,  encampment Num.  xxxiii.  22. 

Keilah,  (Judah.)    Josh.  xv.  44  ;    1  Sam.  xxiii.  1 ; 

1  Chron.  iv.  19;  Neh.  iii.  17 112  V.  Cf 

Kenath  =  Nobah,  (Manasseh.)    Num.  xxxii.  42  ;  [V.  Fd 

1  Chron.  ii.  23 IV.  Fo 

Kenites.  Gen.  xv.  19 ;  Judg.  i.  16,  iv.  11, 17;  1  Sam.  [III.  Fo 

XV.  6,  xxvii.  10,  xxx.  29  ;  1  Chron.  ii.  56....  III.  DE 

Kenizzites (Jen.  xv.  19;   Josh.  xiv.  6,  14. 

Kerak 65,  101 

Keturah,  sons  of 34 

Kibroth-Hnttaavah.  Gen.  xi.  34,  xxxiii.  16;  Deut. 

ix.  22 54 

Kibzaim  =  Jokmeam,  Levitical  city  in  Ephraim. 

Josh.  xxi.  22.  I 


307 


TEXT  BOOK  AND  ATLAS  OF  BIBLICAL  GEOGRAPHY. 


SOS 


Kidron,  brook,  (Judah.)  2  Sam.  xv.  23;  1  Kings 
ii.  37,  XV.  13  ;  2  Kings  xxiii.  6, 12 ;  2  Chron. 
XV.  16,  XXX.  14;  Jer.  xxxi.  40;  John  xviii.  1.  236 

Kinah,  (Judah.) Josh.  xv.  22. 

King's  L»iile,  Shaveh.  Gen.  xiv.  17;  2  Sam.xviii.18. 

King's  Pool 185 

Kings  of  Judah  and  Israel 132 

Kir,  1)  country  in  Persia,  Isa.  xxii.  6  ;  Amos  i.  6, 

ix.  7....' 145 

—  2)  =  Kir-Harasheth  =  Kir-Hares.    2  Kings 

iii.  25;  Isa.  xv.  ],  xvi.  7,  11 ;  Jer.  xlviii.  31.  65 
Kirjatbaim,   (Reuben.)    Jer.  xlviii.  1,  43 ;    Ezek. 

XXV.  9 64 

Kirjath   =    Kirjath-Jearim,    (Benjamin.)     Josh. 

xviii.  28 84,  107,  117 

Kirjatbaim,  1)  (Reuben.)  Gen.  xiv.  5 ;  Num.  xxxii. 

7  ;  Josh.  xiii.  19  ;  Jer.  xlviii.  1,  23 ;    Ezek. 

XXV.  9. 

—  2)  =  Karthan,  Levitical   city   in   Napbtali. 

1  Chron.  vi.  76 

Kirjath-Arim  =  Kirjath-Jearim Ezra  ii.  25. 

Kirjath-Arba  =  Hebron,  city  of  refuge  and  Le- 
vitical city.  Gen.  xxiii.  2  ;  Josh.  xiv.  14, 
XV.  3,  54,  XX.  7,  xxi.  11 ;  Judg.  i.  10  ;  Neb. 
xi.  25 32,  91 

Kirjath-Baal  =  Baalah  No.  1  =  Kirjath-Jearim, 
(Judah.) Josh.  xv.  60,  xviii.  14. 

Kir-Haraseth.    2  Kings  iii.  25;    Isa.  xvi.  7;    Jer. 

xlviii.  19,  xxxi.  36 65 

Kir-Husotb Gen.  xxii.  39. 

Kirjatb-Jearim  ==  Baalah  =  Kirjath-Baal, (Judah.) 
Josh.  ix.  17,  xviii.  15;  Judg.  xviii.  12;  1 
Sam.  vi.  21,  vii.  1 :  1  Chron.  xiii.  5  ;  2  Chron. 
i.  4;  Neb.  vii.  29;  Jer.  xxvi.  20 107 

Kir-Moab Isa.  xv.  1.     65 

Kirjath-Sannab  =  Kirjath-Sepber....Josh.  xv.  49. 

Kirjath-Sepber  =  Kirjath-Sannab  =  Debir,  (Ju- 
dah.)  Josh.  XV.  15;  Judg.  i.  11. 

Kirioth,  1)  (Judah.) Josh.  xv.  25. 

—  2)  =  Kir  No.  2  in  Moab.  Jer.  xlviii.  24 ;  Amos 

ii.  2 64 

Kishion,  Levitical  city  in  Issacbar.  Josh.  xix.  20, 

xxi.  18. 
Kisbon,  brook,  Kedumim.    Judg.  iv.  7,  13,  v.  21 ; 

1  Kings  xviii.  40;  Ps.  Ixxxiii.  10 137 

Kithlisb,  (Judab.) Josh.  xv.  40. 

Kitron,  (Zebulon.) Judg.  i.  30. 

Kittim,  Chittim,  Cyprus,  and  in  a  wider  sense,  the 

islands  of  the  Mediterranean  Sea.    Num. 

xxiv.  24  ;   Isa  xxiii.  1-12  ;  Ezek.  xxvii.  6  ; 

Dan.  xi.  30;  Jer.  ii.  10 16 

Kokaba,  south  of  Damascus 

Konicb 223 

Kor.ab,  rebellion  of 57 

Kor-Asan.     See  Asan. 

Koroatbe,  a  deserted  village 

Krethim.     See  Capbtorim 

Kur,  river 

Kutba,  in  Babylonia 

Laban Deut.  i.  1. 

Lachisb,  (Judah.)    Josb.  x.  3,  31,  xii.  11,  xv.  39 ; 

2  Kings  xiv.  19,  xviii.  4,  xix.  8  ;  2  Chron, 
xi.  9,  XXV.  27,  xxxii.  9 ;  Neb.  xi.  30 ;  Isa. 
xxxvi.  2,  xxxvii.  8 ;   Jer.  xxxiv.  7 ;   Micah 

i.  13 85,  134 

Labmam,  (Judah.) Josh.  xv.  40. 

Laisb  =  Leshem  =  Dan.    Judg.  xviii.  7,  27,  29, 

XX.  1;  Isa.  x.  30 56,  98,  116 

Lakum,  (Napbtali.) Josb.  xix.  33. 

Land  of  Promise 68 

Laodicea.    Col.  iv.  13,  15  ;  1  Tim.  vi.  21 ;  Rev.  i. 

11,  iii.  14 245,  256 

Larissa,  ancient  city  in  Tbessaly 

Lasea,  Alassa,  in  Crete Acts  xxvii.  8.  240 

Lasba Gon.  x.  19. 

Lasbaron Josh.  xii.  18. 

Lebanon,  mountains.    Deut.  i.  7,  xi.  24;  Josh.  xi. 

17,  xiii.  15;  Judg.  iii.  3;  1  Kings  v.  6,  ix. 

19;  2  Kings  xiv.  9,  xix.  23  ;  2  Chron.  viii. 

6 ;  Ezra  iii.  7 ;  Ps.  xxix.  5,  xcii.  13,  civ.  16 ; 

Sol.  Songs  iv.  8  ;  Isa.  ii.  13,  x.  34,  xxix.  17 ; 

xxxiii.  9,    XXXV.  2;    Jer.  xxii.  20;    Ezek. 

xxvii.  5;  Hos.  xiv.  7;  Zech.  xi.  1 70,  128 

Lebaotb.      See   Betb-Lebaoth,    (Simeon.)     Josh. 

XV,  32 


IV.  Ff 
L 


[V.  Df 
IV.  De 

[V.  Cf 
IV.  Ef 


rV.  De 


[V.Do 
IV.  Df 


IIL  Ed 


IV.  Cc 
[V.  Cd 


IL 

Cb 

V. 

Ec 

V. 

Ec 

IIL  Dd 

IL 

Db 

IL 

Db 

IV.  Be 

[V.  Dc 
IV.  Db 
[III.  Eb 

[V.Fg 
VIL  Db 
VIL  Cb 
VIL  Cb 


[V.  Dab 
IV.  Da 

IL  Bb 


29 


Lebonab Judg.  xxi.  19. 

Lehabim,  (Libia.) Gen.  x.  13.     18 

Lehi  =  Ramath-Lchi Judg.  xv.  9,  17.  103 

Leptis,  on  the  coast  of  Africa 

Leontes,  river 

Lesbos,  island  of 240,  248 

Leshem  =  Laisb Josb.  xix.  47. 

Letushim,  Arabian  tribe Gen.  xxv.  3. 

Leummim,  Arabian  tribe Gen.  xxv.  3. 

Levitical  cities 95 

Libnah,  1)  Levitical  city  in  Judab.  Josh.  x.  29,  xii. 
15,  XV.  42,  xxi.  13  ;  2  Kings  viii.  22,  xix.  8, 
xxiii.  31,  xxiv.  19  ;  1  Chron.  vi.  57  ;  2  Chron. 
xxi.  10;  Isa.  xxxvii.  8;   Jer.  Iii.  1 

—  2)  encampment  in  the  desert.  Num.  xxxiii.  20.     89 

Life  shortened 21 

Life  of  Christ 171 

Lipari,  islands 

Lo-Debar 2  Sam.  ix.  4,  xvii.  27.  119 

Lod 

Lud,  Lydians.  1  Chron.  viii.  12 ;  Ezra  ii.  23 ;  Neb. 

vii.  35,  xi.  35 18,  20, 

Ludim,  Arabian  tribe.    Gen.  x.  13,  22 ;    Isa.  Ixvi. 

19  ;  Jer.  xlvi.  9  ;  Ezek.  xxvii.  10,  xxx.  5....     18 

Luhith Isa.  XV.  5  ;  Jer.  xlviii.  5,     65 

Luz,  1) Josb.  i.  26. 

—  2)  =  Bethel.  Gen.  xxviii.  19,  xxxv.  6,  xlviii. 

3;  Josh.  xvi.  2,  xviii.  13  ;    Judg.  i.  22 

Lybia,   Lybians.    2  Chron.  xii.  3,    xvi.  8 ;    Ezek. 

xxvii.  10,  xxx.  5,  xxxviii.  5  ;   Dan.  xi.  43; 

Nab.  iii.  9:  Acts  ii.  10 

Lybum,  between  Baalbec  and  Riblab 

Lycaonia Acts  xiv.  6.  223,  226 

Lycia Acts  xxvii.  5. 

Lydda,  Lud Acts  ix.  32.  213 

Lydians.     See  Ludim. 

Lysa,  in  the  desert  of  Paran 

Lysias 

Lystra Acts  xiv.  6,  8,  xvi.  1.  223,  227 

Maachab,  Maeebah,  Aram-Maacbab.  Deut.  iii.  14; 

.Tosh.   xii.   5,    xiii.   11,  13;    2  Sam.  x.   8; 

1  Chron.  xix.  6 119 

Maaleh-Adumira.     See  Adummim. 
Maaleb-Akrabbim.     See  Akrabbim. 

Maarath,  (Judab.) Josh.  xv.  59, 

Macedonia.  Acts  xvi.  9,  xix.  21,  xx.  1 ;  Rom.  xv. 

26 ;  1  Cor.  xvi.  5  ;  2  Cor.  i.  16,  viii.  1 ;  PhU. 

iv.  15;  1  Tbess.  i.  7;  1  Tim.  i.  3 228 

Machasrus,  prison  of  John  Bap 181 

Machpelab,  burial-place  of  Sarah.    Gen.  xxiii.  17, 

xlix.  30,  XV.  13 32 

Madai,  son  of  Japheth.     See  Medians.  Gen.  x.  2 ; 

Isa.  xxi.  2 16 

Madmanah,  (Judah.) Josh.  xv.  31. 

Madmen  in  Moab Jer.  xlviii.  2. 

Madraenah,  (Benjamin.) Isa.  x.  31.  147 

Madon,  Canaanitish  city Josh.  xi.  1,  xii.  19.     89 

Magbis Ezra  ii.  30. 

Magdala., Matt.  xv.  39.  72,  193 

Magna  Syrtis,  on  the  coast  of  Africa 

Magi 172 

Magog.  Gen.  x.  2 ;  Isa.  xxxviii.  2 ;  Ezek.  xxxviii. 

2,  xxxix.  6 15 

Mahanaim,  Levitical  city  in  Dan.    Gen.  xxxii.  2 ; 

Josh.  xiii.  26,  30,  xxi.  39 ;  2  Sam.  ii.  8,  xvii. 

24;  1  Kings  ii.  8,  iv.  14;    1  Chron.  vi.  80. 

35,  115,  120,  131 

Mabaneb-Dan Judg.  xviii.  12. 

Main 64 

Makas 1  Kings  iv.  9.  130 

Makkeda,  (Judab.)    Josb.  x.  10,  16,  28,   xii.  16 

XV.  41 85,  89 

Makheloth,  encampment Num.  xxxiii.  25 

Malacbi 163 

Malatha,  in  the  south  of  Judah 

Mamre Gen.  xiii.  18,  xxiii.  19,  xlix.  30.     32 

Manacbath 1  Chron.  viii 

Manasseh,  tribe Josb.  xvii.  8.  92,  95 

Maon,  (Judah.)    Josb.  xv.  55 ;    1  Sam.  xxiii.  24, 

xxv.  2 91,  113 

Maonites,  Meunites,  Arabian  tribe.    Judg.  x.  12 ; 

1  Sam.  xxiii.  25;    2  Chron.  xxvi.  7 102 

Marab,  waters  of. Ex.  xv.  23;  Num.  xxxiii.  8     47 

Marafbus,  in  northern  Syria 

Maralab,  (Zebulon.).... Josh.  xix.  11 


IV.  Cd 
ILBb 

VILAc! 

V.  Db 
VII.  Db 


[V.  Bf 
IV.  Be 


VIL  Ab 
[IIL  Dd 

IV.  Be 

II.  Eb 

II.  Cc 

V.  Dg 


IV.  Fe 


IL  Ec 
V.  Ea 
VIL  Eb 
VIL  Db 
V.  Bf 
[VI.  Ao 

IV.  Ah 

V.  Ff 
VIL  Eb 


III.  Fb 


VIL  Ca 


II.  Db 


V.  Dd 
VIL  Be 


IL  Da 


[V.  Ee 
IV.  Ed 
[VI.  Cc 


V.  Cg 


rv.  Cc 

IV.  Db 
IIL  Eo 

[V.Cg 

m.  Bf 

V.Eg 

809 


INDEX. 


310 


Maresbah,    (Judah.)    Josh.  xv.  44;    2  Chron.  xi. 

8,  xiv.  9;  Micah  i.  1 IV.  Eg 

Mariarane,  tower  of,  in  Jerusalem I. 

Maroth,  (Judah.) Micah  i.  12. 

Mars  Hill,  in  Athens 231 

Masada,  fortress  by  the  Dead  Sea V.  Cg 

Mash,  son  of  Aram Gen.  x.  23.     21  11.  Cb 

Mashal  =  Mishcal 1  Chron.  vi.  74. 

Masrekah Gen.  xxxvi.  36;  1  Chron.  i.  47. 

Massah,  in  the  desert.. ..Ex.  xvii.  7;  Deut.  ix.  22. 

Mattanah Num.  xxi.  18.     65 

Maximianopolis,  in  the  Plain  of  Esdraelon V.  Cd 

Mazaca,  capital  of  Cappadocia VII.  Eb 

Mazor  =  Mizraim,  Egypt.    Isa.  x.  6,  xxxvii.  25; 

2  Kings  xix.  24. 
Mealon.     See  Elon  No.  2. 

Meander,  river. 222  VII.  Db 

Mearah,  the  Sidonians Josh.  xiii.  4. 

Medebah,    Madebah,    (Reuben.)    Num.  xxi.  30; 

Josh.  xiii.  9,  16;    1  Chron.  xix.   7;    Isa,  [VI.  Ce 

XV.  2 64,  119  V.  Ef 

Medes,  Madaians.  2  Kings  xvii.  6,  xviii.  11 ;  Ezra 
vi.  2  ;    Esth.  i.  3;    Isa.  xiii.  17  ;   Jer.  xxv. 

25;    Dan.  v.  31,  ix.  1;  Acts  ii.  9 210  IT.  Cb 

Median  and  Persian  Empire 160  [VII.Fc 

Mediterranean  Sea II.  Bb 

Megalopolis,  capital  of  Arcadia VII.  Cb 

Megiddo,  (Issachar.)  Josh.  xii.  21,  xvii.  11 ;  Judg. 
i.  27,  V.  19  ;  1  Kings  iv.  12,  ix.  15  ;  2  Kings 
ix.  27,  xxiii.  29  ;  1  Chron.  vii.  29  ;  2  Chron.  [V.  Cd 

XXXV.  22;    Zeeh.  xii.  11 70,  89,  140  IV.  Cc 

Meholah.  See  Abel-Meholah.  Judg.  vii.  22  ;  1 
Sam.  xviii.  19;  1  Kings  iv.  12. 

Mehunims 145 

Mejarkon,  (Dan.) Josh.  xix.  46. 

Mo'korah,  (Judah.) Neh.  xi.  28. 

Molita,  Malta Acts  xxviii.  1.  242  VII.  Ab 

Mclitene,  a  prefecture  of  Cappadocia VII.  Fb 

Memphis.     See  Moph  and  Noph 39  II.  Cc 

Mendes,  in  the  Delta  in  Egypt III.  Ad 

Menenatha,  Minois IV.  Af 

Mephaath,  Levitical  city  in  Reuben.  Josh.  xiii.  18,  [V.  Ag 

xxi.  37 ;  1  Chron.  vi.  79 ;  Jer.  xlviii.  21. 
Meribah,   1)  =  Waters  of  Strife,  near   Kadesh. 
Num.  XX.  13,  24,  xxvii.  14;    Deut.  xxxiii. 

8  ;    Ps.  Ixxxi.  8,  cvi.  32  ;    Ezek.  xlvii.  19  ; 
xlviii.  23. 

—  2)  in  the  desert  of  Sinai Ex.  xvii.  7. 

Meroe 17  II.  Cd 

Merom,  lake Josh.  xi.  5.     71,  87,  98,  131  IV.  Db 

Mefha,  in  Arabia Gen.  x.  30.  II.  Dd 

Meshech.     Gen.  x.  2 ;    Ezek.  xxvii.  13,  xxxii.  36, 

xxxviii.  .3 16,  34,  128  II.  Da 

Mesopotamia  =  Aram-Naharaim.  Gen.  xxiv.  10, 
xxviii.  2 ;  Judg.  iii.  8  ;  1  Chron.  xix.  6  ; 
Ps.  Ix.  2  ;    Judith  ii.  14,  iii.  1 ;    Acts  ii.  9, 

vii.  2 VII.  Fb 

Mesobaites 1  Chron.  xi.  47. 

Messina,  in  Sicily VII.  Ab 

Mctheg-Ammah 118 

Michmash,  (Benjamin.)    1  Sam.  xiii.  2,  5,  xiv.  5, 

31 :    Ezra  ii.  27  ;    Neh.  iii.  31,  xi.  31 ;  Isa.  [V.  Cf 

X.  25 109,  147  IV.  Fe 

Miehmethah,  (Ephraim.) Josh.  xvi.  6,  xvii.  7. 

Middin,  (Judah.) Josh.  xv.  61. 

Midian,  Midianites.  Gen.  xxv.  2,  xxxvi.  35, 
xxxvii.  28  ;  Ex.  ii.  15,  iii.  1 ;  Num.  xxii.  4, 
xxxi.  2  ;  Judg.  v.-viii ;  1  Kings  xi.  18 ;  1 
Chron.  i.  46  :    Ps.  Ixxxiii.  10;    Isa.  x.  26,  [III.  Df 

Ix.  6;  Nah.  iii.  7;  Acts  vii.  29 101  II.  Co 

Migdal-El,  perhaps  =  Magdala,  (Naphtali.)  Josh. 

xix.  38 193 

Migdal-Gad,  (Judah.) Josh.  xv.  37. 

Migdol,  city  in  Egypt.  Ex.  xiv.  2  ;  Num.  xxxiii. 
7;    Jer.  xliv.  1,  xlvi.  14;    Ezek.  xxix.  10. 

XXX.  6 .39,  45  III.  Be 

Migron,  (Benjamin.) 1  Sam.  xiv.  2;  Isa.  x.  28.  147 

Miletus Acts  XX.  15;  2  Tim.  iv.  20.  236  VII.  Db 

Millo,  1)  =  Beth-Millo,  at  Jerusalem.    2  Sam.  v. 

9  ;    1  Kings  ix.  15,  24,  xi.  27 ;    2  Kings  xii. 
20;  1  Chron.  xi.  8;  2  Chron.  xxxii.  5.  101,  117 

—  2)  house  at  Sichem Judg.  ix.  6. 

Minnith Judg.  xi.  33;  Ezek.  xxvii.  17.  102,  12 

Mihheal  =  Mashal,  Levitical  city  in  Asher.  Josh. 

xix.  26,  xxi.  30;  1  Chron.  vi.  74. 
Misgab,  iu  Moab Jer.  xlviii.  1. 


122 


PAOE 

Mizrephoth-maira Josh.  xi.  8,  xiii.  6.     87 

Mithcah,  encampment Num.  xxxiii.  28. 

Mithoar,  Rimmon-Methoar,  (Zebulon.)  Josh.  xix. 

13. 

Mitylene Acts  xx.  14.  236 

Mizar,    mountain  in  Lebanon Ps.  xiii.  7. 

Mizpah,  1)  =  Mizpeh,  (Benjamin.)    Josh,  xviii. 

26 ;    Judg.  XX.  1,  xxi.  1 ;    1  Sam.  vii.  5  ;  1 

Kings  XV.  22 ;  2  Chron.  xxvi.  6 ;    Neh.  iii. 

7,  19  ;  Jer.  xl.  6 35,  98 

—  2)  in  Gilead.    Judg.  x.  17,   xi.  11,  34;    Hos. 

V.  1. 
Mizpeh,  1)  (Judah.) Josh.  xv.  38.  108 

—  2)    =   Ramath-Mizpeh    =    Ramath-Gilead, 

(Gad.) Judg.  xi.  29.  102,  108 

—  3)  in  Monb 1  Sam.  xxii.  3.  108 

—  4)  valley  in  Lebanon Josh.  xi.  3,  8. 

Mizraim,  Mazor.     See  Egypt 18 

Mizrephoth-Maim 87 

Moab,    Moabites.    Gen.   xix.  37 ;    Num.  xxii.  1, 

xxxiii.  48 ;  Deut.  ii.  9,  xxxiv.  1 ;  Judg.  iii. 

12,  xi.  17;    Ruth  i.  1 ;    1  Sara.  xii.  9,   xiv. 

47,  xxii.  3 ;  2  Sam.  viii.  2,  12  ;  1  Kings  xi. 

1 ;    2  Kings  i.  1,    iii.  4,    xiii.  20,    xxiv.  2  ; 

1  Chron.  i.  46 ;  2  Chron.  xx.  1  ;  Ezra  ix.  1 ; 

Neh.  xiii.  1 ;  Ps.  Ix.  10,  Ixxxiii.  7,  cviii.  10  ; 

Isa.  xi.  14,  XV.  1 ;  Jer.  ix.  26,  xxv.  21,  xxvii. 

3,  xl.  4,  xlviii.  1 ;    Ezek.  xxv.  8 ;    Dan.  xi. 

41 ;  Amos  ii.  1 ;  Zeph.  ii.  9 62,  63,  109,  118 

Moab,  mountains  of. 

Modern  Jerusalem 

Modin,  a  city  of  the  Maccabees 

Moeris,  lake 

Mcesia,  the  modern  Bulgaria 

Mokonah.     See  Mekonah. 

Moladah,  (Simeon.)  Josh.  xv.  26,  xix.  2  ;  1  Chron. 

iv.  28;  Neh.  xi.  26 

Moph,  Noph,  Memphis Hos.  ix.  6. 

Moreh Gen.  xii.  6;  Deut.  xi.  30. 

Moresheth-Gad,  Moreshah,  (Judah.)  Micah  i.  14; 

Jer.  xxvi.  18 ;  2  Mace.  xii.  35. 

Moriah Gen.  xxii.  14;  2  Chron.  iii.  1. 

Moserah,   Moseroth,    encampment.    Num.  xxxiii. 

30;  Deut.  X.  6 59 

Moses,  Fountains  of,  death  of. 47,  82 

Mouths  of  the  Nile 

Mozah,  (Benjamin.) Josh,  xviii.  26. 

Myra Acts  xvii.  5.  240 

Mysia Acts  xvi.  7.  22" 

Naarath,  (Ephraim.) Josh.  xvi.  7. 

Naamah,  (Judah.) Josh.  xv.  41;   Job  ii.  11. 

Naaran,  (Ephraim.) 1  Chron.  vii.  28. 

Naboth,  at  Jezreel 138 

Nahallal,  Levitical  city  in  Zebulon.  Josh.  xix.  15, 

xxi.  35  ;  Judg.  i.  30. 

Nahaliel Num.  xxi.  19.     65 

Nahor,  in  Mesopatamia Gen.  xxiv.  10. 

Nain Luke  vii.  11.  186 

Naioth 1  Sam.  xix.  18,  xx.  1. 

Naphish Gen.  xxv.  15;  1  Chron.  v.  9. 

Naphoth,  Dor,  Dora 

Naphtali,   1)  tribe.  Josh.  xix.  32-39;  1  Kings  iv. 

15;  2  Kings  xv.  29 95 

—  2)  mountains  of Josh.  xx.  7. 

Naphtuhim,  Egyptian  tribe.  Gen.  x.  13;  1  Chron. 

i.  11 18 

Naples,  city  find  bay  of 

Nathon,  Ilannathon,  (Zebulon.) Josh.  xix.  14. 

Naxos 

Nazareth.  Matt.  ii.  23,  iv.  13,  xxi.  11 ;  Mark  i.  9; 

Luke  ii.  4,  39,  51,  iv.  16 174 

Nazianzen,  city  of  Cappadocia 

Neah,  (Zebulon.) Josh.  xix.  13. 

Neapolis,  Shechem,  Sychar,  Nabuliis 

Neapolis,  in  Macedonia Acts  xvi.  11.  228,  234 

Nebaioth,  (Nebatea.)  Gen.  xxv.  13,  xxviii.  9  ;  Isa, 

Ix.  7 

Neballat Neh.  xi.  34. 

Nebo,  1)  mountain,  Pisgah.  Num.  xxxiii.47;  Deut. 

xxxii.  49,  xxxiv.  41 62,82 

—  2)  city,  (Reuben.)  Num.  xxxii.  3,  38  ;  1  Chron. 

V.  8  ;  Isa.  xv.  2. 

—  3)  city,  (Judah.) Ezra  ii.  29;  Neh.  vii.  33. 

Neiel.  (Asher.) .Tosh.  xix.  27. 

Nekcb,  (Naphtali.) Josh.  xix.  33. 


VII.  Db 


IV.  Ce 

[V.  Cf 
IV.CeFI 


[IILAef 
IL  BCo 


TIL  Ed 
V.Dg 
IV.  Df 
IV.  Df 
I. 
IV.  Ef 

in.  Af 

VIL  Ca 

[V.  Cg 
IV.  Cf 
IL  Cc 
[IIL  Af 


L 

[IIL  Eo 
IV.  Dg 

VIL  Ec 

VIL  Eb 


[VL  Be 
V.  Cd 


IV.  Be 
IV.  Db 


IL  Cc 
VIL  Aa 

VIL  Db 
[VI.  Be 
V.  Cd 
VII.  Eb 

V.  Ce 
VIL  Ca 

[VL  Bd 
IL  Cb 
V.  Cf 

[IV.  Ee 


311 


TEXT  BOOK  AND  ATLAS  OF  BIBLICAL  GEOGRAPHY. 


312 


Nephthoah,  fountain Josh.  xv.  9,  xviii.  15. 

Netophah,    (Judah.)    2  Sam.  xxiii.  28  ;    2  Kings 

XXV.  23  ;  Ezra  ii.  22 ;  Neh.  vii.  26,  xii.  28.  ["V.  Ed 

Neve,  ruins  of  an  ancient  city IV.  Ec 

Kezib,  (Judah.) Josh.  xv.  43.  V.  Bf 

Nibshan,  (Judah.) Josh.  xv.  62. 

Kicopolis,  in  Macedonia Tit.  iii.  13,  15.  246  VII.  Da 

Nieopolis,  in  Judea,  Emmaus  of  the  New  Test V.  Bf 

Nimrah.     See  Beth-Nimrah,  (Gad.)   Num.  xxxii.  VI.  Be 

3 64 

Nimi'im.      See   Beth-Nimrah.     Isa.  xv.   6j    Jer. 

xlviii.  34. 

—  Waters  of 66  IV.  Cc 

Nineveh,  Nuniah.    Gen.  x.  11 ;    2  Kings  xix.  36 ; 

Isa.  xxxvii.  37;   Jonah  i.  2,  iii.  2,  3;  Nah. 

i.  1;  Zeph.  ii.  13;  Matt.  xii.  41 24,  64,  147 

No,  No-Ammon,  (Thebes  in  Egypt.)  Jer.  xlvi.  25 ; 

Ezek.  XXX.  14;  Nah.  iii.  8 39  II.  Cc 

Noah,  sons  of 15 

Nob,  (Benjamin.)  1  Sam.  xxi.  1,  xxii.  9, 19  ;  2  Sam. 

xxi.  16,  18;  Neh.  xi.  32;  Isa.  x.  32....  112,  147  IV.  Ff 

Nobah  =  Kenath,  (Manasseh.) Judg.  viii.  11.  101 

N.jd,  land Gen.  iv.  16.  9,  11 

Nodad,  Ishmaelitish  tribe 1  Chron.  v.  19. 

Noph,  Memphis.     Isa.  xix.  13  ;    Jer.  xliv.  1,  xlvi. 

14;  Ezek.  XXX.  16 39  II.  Be 

Nophah Num.  xxi.  30. 

Nubia,  a  province  in  Egypt II.  Ccd 

Numidia 18 

Obal,  people  in  Arabia.  Gen.  x.  28 ;  1  Chron.  i.  22.  [HI.  Ee 

Ohoth Num.  xxi.  10,  xxxiii.  44.  IV.  Dg 

Ocorura V.  Fa 

Odessus,  in  Mcesia,  on  the  Black  Sea VII.  Da 

Og,  of  Bashan 62 

Olives,  Mount  of.    2  Sam.  xv.  30  ;    Zech.  xiv.  4  ; 

Matt.  xxi.  1,  xxvi.  30  ;  Mark  xiv.  26 ;  Luke 

xix.  29,   xxii.  39  ;    John  viii.  1 ;    Acts  i. 

12 120,123,177,200,201  VI.Bel. 

Omar,  mosque  of,  in  modern  Jerusalem I. 

Ou,  Ileliopolis.     See  Beth-Shemesh  No.  1.    Gen.  [HI.  Ae 

xii.  45,  xlvi.  20;  Ex.  i.  11  ;  Ezek.  xxx.  17.     38  H.  Cb 
Ono,  (Benjamin.)    1  Chron.  viii.  12;    Ezra  ii.  33; 

Neh.  vi.  2,  vii.  35,  xi.  35,  near  Lydda 213  V.  Bf 

Ophel,  hill  near  Zion.    2  Kings  v.  24 ;    2  Chron. 

xxvii.  3,  xxxiii.  14 ;  Neh.  iii.  26,  xi.  21.  123,  185  I. 
Ophir.  Gen.  x.  29;  1  Kings  ix.  28,  x.  11,  xxii.  49; 

1  Chron.  xxix.  4;  2  Chron.  viii.  18,  ix.  10; 

Job  xxviii.  16;  Ps.  xiv.  10;  Isa.  xiii.  12....  II.  Dd 

Ophni.     See  Aphni  and  Gophna....Josh.  xviii.  24. 
Ophrah.    Josh,  xviii.  23 ;    1  Sam.  xiii.  17;  Micah  [V.  Cf 

i.  10;  Judg.  vi.  11,  viii.  27,  ix.  5 101,  109  IV.  Ce 

Oreb,  rock Judg.  vii.  25;  Isa.  x.  10.  101     [V.  Ea 

Orontes,  river  in  Syria VII.  Fb 

Ornithopolis,  on  the  Mediterranean V.  Cc 

Orthosia,  in  Phoenicia V.  Eg 

Oxus,  river,  east  of  the  Caspian  Sea II.  Ea 

Pachnamunis,  a  city  of  Egypt III.  Ad 

Padan-Aram Gen.  xxxi.  18,  xlviii.  7.     20 

PsBstum,  Pasidonia,  a  Greek  town  in  Italy VII.  Aa 

Pagrae,  north  of  Antioch V.  Ff 

Palaebyblus,  in  Phoenicia V.  Da 

Palestine.     See  Philistia 67,78  VII.  Fc 

Palmyra 131  VII.  Fc 

P;iltus V.  Eg 

Pamphylia.    Acts  ii.  10,  xiii.  13,  xiv.  24,  xv.  38, 

xxvii.  5 210  VII.  Eb 

Paneas,  or  Banias 71,193  V.  Dc 

Panormus,  on  the  coast  of  Sicily VII.  Ah 

Paphlagonia,  in  Asia  Minor VII.  Ea 

Paphos Acts  xiii.  6  220  VII.  Ec 

Para Josh,  xviii.  23. 

Paradise 9 

ParsDtonium,  south  coast  of  the  Mediterranean....  VII.  Dc 

Paran,  Pharan,  desert.  Gen.  xiv.  6,  xxi.  21 ;  Num. 

X.  12,  xiii.  3  ;    Dout.  i.  1,  xxxiii.  2  ;  1  Sam.  [III.  Cg 

XXV.  2  ;  1  Kings  xi.  18;  Nah.  iii.  3 53  IV.  Bg 

Paras,  (Persia.)  2  Chron.  xxxvi.  20;  Ezra  i.  1,  iv.  [III.  De 

5,  vi.  14 ;  Esth.  i.  3  ;  Ezek.  xxvii.  10,  xxxviii. 

8  ;  Dan.  v.  28,  vi.  9,  x.  13. 

Pares,  ancient  Persia II.  Ec 

Parthians Acts  ii.  9.  210 

Parvaim 2  Kings  xxiii.  11;  2  Chron.  iii.  6. 

Passage  of  the  Jordan 82 


220 
261 


79 


P\0J;        MAPS, 

Passover 185,  191 

Patara Acts  xxi.  1.  237 

Pathros.    Isa.  xi.  11 ;  Jer.  xliv.  1 ;  Ezek.  xxix.  14, 

xxx.  14. 
Pathrusim.    Gen.  x.  14  ;    comp.  Jer.  xlvi,  1-15  ; 

Ezek.  xxx.  14;  Isa.  xi.  11 18 

Patmos Rev.  i.  9.  247 

PatEse 

Pau,  in  Edom Gen.  xxxvi.  39;  1  Chron.  i.  50. 

Paul,  life  of  St 216 

Peleg 21 

Pella 192 

Pelonites .1  Chron.  xi.  27,  36. 

Pelusium Ezek.  xxx.  16.     37 

Peniel,  Penuel.  Gen.  xxxii.  30;  Judg.  viii.  8,  17; 

1  Kings  xii.  26 36,  101 

Pentecost 209 

Peor,  mountain  in  Moab Num.  xxxiii.  28. 

Persca 186 

Perazim.     See  Baal-Perazim. 

Peroz-Usa 2  Sam.  vi.  8;  1  Chron.  xiii.  11. 

Perga,  in  Pamphylia Acts  xiii.  13,  xiv.  25. 

Pergamos Rev.  i.  11,  ii.  12, 

Perinthus,  near  Constantinople 

Perizzites.  Gen.  xiii.  7,  xv.  20,  xxiv.  30  ;  Gen.  iii. 

8  ;  xxxii.  2  ;  Deut.  xx.  17  ;  Josh.  iii.  10,  ix. 

1  ;  xi.  3  ;  Judg.  i.  4,  iii.  6  ;  1  Kings  ix.  20  ; 

Ezra  ix.  1 ;  Neh.  ix.  8  ;  Judith  v.  18. 

Persian  Gulf. 

Pessinus 

Pethor Num.  xxii.  5. 

Petra  =  Joktheel.     See  Selah 142 

Phocno,  south  of  Damascus 

Pharan.     See  Paran,  Wilderness  of. 

Pharba;thus,  a  city  of  Egypt 

Pharpar,  river  near  Damascus 2  Kings  v.  12.  141 

Pharsalia,  battle  scene 

Phasa?lus,  tower  of 

Phasis,  east  of  the  Black  Sea 

Phenice,  in  Cyprus Acts  xxvii.  12.  215 

Philadelphia Rev.  i.  11,  iii.  7.  192,  265 

Philippi,  in  Macedonia,  Acts  xvi.  12,  xx.  6;  1  Cor. 

xvi.  24;    2  Cor.  xiii.  13;  Phil.  i.  1,  iv.  15; 

1  Thess.  ii.  2 228,  244 

Philippopolis,  in  Arabia 

Philistines,  Philistia,  Palestine.    Gen.  x.  14,   xxi. 

32  ;  xxvi.  14  ;  Ex.  xiii.  17 ;  Judg.  iii.  3,  x. 

7 ;  1  Sam.  iv.  1,  xii.  9,  xvii,  1,  xix.  8,  xxiii. 

1,  27,  xxviii.  2,  xxix.  1,  xxxi.  1 ;  2  Sam.  v. 

27,  viii.  1,  xxi.  15;  2  Kings  viii.  2,  xviii.  8; 

1  Chron.  x.  1 ;    2  Chron.  xvii.  11,   xxi.  16, 

xxvi.  7,   xxviii.  18;    Ps.  Ix.  10,  Ixxxiii.  8, 

lxxxvii.4;  Isa.  ii.  6,  xi.  14,  xiv.  29;  Ezek,  III.  Dd 

xvi.  27  ;  Amos  ix.  7  ;  Zech.  ix.  (■ 81,  117  IV.  Bdf 

Phoenicia,  Phoenicians  ...Acts  xi.  19,  xv.  3,  xxi.  2.     18  V.  Dab 
Phrygia,  Phrygians.    Acts  ii.  10,  xvi.  6,  xrlii.  23;  [VII.Eb 

1  Tim.  vi.  21 210,  227  II.  Bb 

Phul Isa.  Ixvl-  19.  [III.  Ee 

Phunon,  in  Idumea Num.  xxxiii,  43.  IV.  Dg 

Phut,  African  tribe.  Gen.  x.  6  ;  Jer.  xlvi.  9  ;  Exsk. 

xxvii.  10,  xxx.  5,  xxxviii.  5 ;  Nah.  iii.  9 15l  II.  Bb 


VII.  Db 


II.  Cc 
VII.  Db 
VII.  Cb 


V.  Dd 


[VI.  Cd 
V.Df 


VII.  Eb 
VII.  Db 
VII.  Da 


III.  Ec 

II.  Ec 
VII.  Eb 
[IV.  Dh 
VII.  Fc 
V.  Ec 

III.  Ae 

IV.  Eb 
VII.  Cb 
I. 

VII.  Ga 
VII.  Cb 

V.  Dc 
III.  Ec 
[VII.Fc 

VII  Ca 
V.  Fd 


Pibesheth,  Bubastus Ezek.  xxx.  17, 

Pieria,  mountain 

Pi-IIahiroth Ex.  xiv.  2,  9;  Num.  xxxiii.  7.  44,  46 

Pirathon,  (Ephraim.)  Judg.  xii.  15;  2  Sam.  xxiii. 

30;  1  Chron.  xi.  31 103 

Pisgah,  mountain.  Num.  xxi.  10,  xxiii.  14;  Deut. 

iii.  17,  xxxiv.  1;  Josh.  xii.  3,  xiii.  20....  62,  82 

Pisidia Acts  xiii.  14,  xiv.  24.  221 

Pison,  river Gen.  ii.  11.     10 

Pithom Ex.  i.  11.     43 

Plain  of  the  Coast,  ot  Sharon 78,  213 

Platanon 

Pontus Acts  xviii.  2;  1  Pet.  i.  1.  210 

Pools  of  Solomon 133 

Prophets  of  Judah  and  Israel  before  the  captivity.  154 

—  during  the  captivity 160 

Prusa,  in  Bithynia 

Psephinos,  tower  of 

Ptolemais Acts  xxi.  7.  167,  237 

Puteoli Acts  xxviii.  13.  242 

Pylse,  gates  of  Cilicia 226 

Pyramids  of  Egypt 

Quails,  miracles  of. 48,  54 


III.  Ae 
V.  Ef 


[III.  Ed 
IV.  De 
VII.  Eb 
II.  Cb 
HI.  Ae 

V,  CbPf 
VII.  Fa 


VII  Da 
I. 

VII.  Co 
VII.  Aa 

III.  Af 


813 


INDEX. 


814 


Raamah Gen.  x.  7;  Ezek.  xxvii.  22.  18,  129 

Kabbah,  1)  =  Ilarabbah,  (Jndah.)...Josh.  xv.  60. 

—  2)  =  Rabbath-Aminon.    Deut.  iii.  11 ;    Josh. 

xiii.  25;  2  Sam.  xi.  1,  xii.  26,  xvii.  27;  1 
Chron.  xx.  1 ;  Jer.  xlix.  2 ;  Ezek.  xxi.  20  ; 
Amos  i.  14 67,  119 

—  3)  in  Moab.     See  Ar 65 

Rabbith,  (Issachar.) Josh.  xix.  20. 

Racbal,  (Judah.) 1  Sam.  xxx.  29.  116 

Rages,  south  of  the  Caspian  Sea 

Rahab,  poetical  name  of  Egypt.    Ps.  Ixxxvii.  4j 

Ixxxix.  11 ;  Isa.  xxx.  7,  li.  9. 

Rakkath,  (Naphtali.) Josh.  xix.  35. 

Rakkon,  (Dan.) Josh.  xix.  46. 

Ramah,  1 )  =  Ramah-Saul,  =  Ramathaim-Zophim. 
Josh,  xviii.  25  ;  Judg.  Iv.  5,  xix.  13  ;  1  Sam. 
1.  19,  ii.  11,  vii.  17,  xv.  34,  xvi.  13,  xxii.  6, 
XXV.  1,  xxviii.  3;  1  Kings  xv.  17,  21 ;  2 
Kings  xxiii.  26  ;  2  Chron.  xvi.  1 ;  Ezra  ii. 
26 ;  Neh.  vii.  30,  xi.  33  ;  Isa.  x.  29  ;  Jer, 
xxxi.  15,  xl.  1;  Hos.  v.  8 105,  147 

—  2)  (Naphtali  or  Asher.) Josh.  xix.  29,  36. 

—  3)  in  Gilead.     See  Ramoth-Gilead 

Ramathaim-Zophim.     See  Ramah 105,  108 

Ramath-Mizpeh.     See  Ramoth  No.  3. 

Ramath-Lehi Judg.  xv.  17. 

Ramcses,  city  and  land  =  Goshen  No.  1.    Gen. 

xlvii.  1 ;  Ex.  i.  10,  xii.  37;  Num.  xxxiii.  3.     43 
Ramoth,  l)=Ramath  (Simeon)  =  Baalath-Beer- 
Ramath 1  Sam.  xxx.  27. 

—  2)  =  Remeth  =  Jarmuth  No.  2,  Levitical  city 

in  Issachar 1  Chron.  vi.  73.  116 

—  3)  in  Gilead  =  Mizpeh  No.  2,  city  of  refuge, 

(Gad.)    Deut.  iv.  43  ;  Josh.  xiii.  26,  xx.  8, 

xxi.  38;  1  Kings  iv.  13,  xxii.  3;    2  Kings 

viii.  28,  ix.  1,  14;  1  Chron.  vi.  80.. ..63,  96,  131 

Raphaneae Joseph.  Bell.  vii.  24. 

Raphia,  below  Gaza,  in  the  desert 

Rasheina,  a  village  on  Mount  Ilermon 

Rataria,  in  Moesia,  on  the  Danube 

Rebellion  of  Absalom 119 

Rechah,  Reehabites.    1  Chron.  iv.  12,  ii.  55 ;  Jer. 

XXXV.  2 

Red  Sea.  Ex.  x.  19,  xiii.  18,  xxiii.  31 ;  Num.  xiv. 

25,  xxi.  14,  xxxiii.  10 ;    Deut.  i.  1 ;   Judg. 

xi.  18 ;  1  Kings  ix.  26 ;  Ps.  cvi.  22,  cxxxvi. 

13;     Jer.  xlix.  21;    Acta  vii.  36;     Heb. 

xi.  29 

Rehob  =  Beth-Rehob,  Levitical  city  in  Asher. 

Num.  xiii.  22  ;  1  Chron.  vi.  75 ;  Judg.  i.  31 ; 

Josh.  xix.  28,  30,  xxi.  31 95 

Rehoboam's  defenced  cities 133 

Rehoboth,  in  the  desert 

Rehoboth,  1)  fountain Gen.  xxvi.  22. 

—  2)  =  Rehoboth-IIanabah,  city  near  the  Eu- 

phrates  Gen.  xxxvi.  37;  1  Chron.  i.  48. 

—  3)  Assyrian  city Gen.  x.  11.     25 

Rekem,  (Benjamin.) Josh,  xviii.  27. 

Remeth  =  Ramoth  No.  2 Josh.  xix.  21. 

Rephaim,  1)  tribe.    Gen.  xiv.  5,  xv.  20;    2  Sam. 

xxi.  16;  Isa.  xvii.  5 

—  2)  valley,  (Judah.)    Josh.  xv.  8,   xiii.  16;  2 

Sam.  V.  18,  22,  xxiii.  13  ;    1  Chron.  xi.  15, 

xiv.  9;  Isa.  xvii.  5 117 

Rephidim....Ex.  xvii.  1,  xix.  2  ;  Num.  xxxiii.  14.     50 

Resen,  Assyrian  city Gen.  x.  12.     25 

Reuben,  tribe Num.  xxxii.  29,  xxxiii.  37. 

Rezcph 2  Kings  xix,  12;  Isa.  xxxvii.  12. 

Rhegium , Acts  xxviii.  13.  242 

Rheimea,  a  ruined  village  in  the  Hauran 

Rhincolura.     See  River  cf  Egypt, 

Rhodes Acts  xxi.  1.  236 

Rhosus,  in  Pieria,  north  of  Antioch 

Riblah.    Num.  xxxiv.  11 ;  2  Kings  xxiii.  33,  xxv. 

6,  20;  Jer.  xxxix.  5,  Hi.  9,  26  ;  Ezek.  vi.  14.  155 
Rimmon,  1)  (Simeon.)    Zech.  xiv.  10;    Josh.  xv. 

32,  xix.  7  ;  1  Chron.  iv.  32 

—  2)  Levitical  city  in  Zebulon.    Josh.  xix.  13 ; 

1  Chron.  vi.  77 

—  3)  Rimmon-Parez,  encampment.  Num.  xxxiii. 

19 

—  4)  rock Judg.  xx.  45,  99,  198 

Rimmon-Methoar,     See  Rimmon  No.  2. 

Riphath Gen.  x.  3.     15 

Rissah,  encampment Num.  xxxiii.  21, 

Rithmah Num,  xxxiii.  18, 

21 


MAIS. 

IL  Do 


[IV,  De 

III.  Ed 

IV.  Df 

[V.Dg 

II.  Eb 


[V.  Cf 

IV.  CeF 

rV.  Dd 

V.  Ef 


in.  Be 
IV,  Bf 


[IV.  Dd 
VLCd 
V.Fg 
IIL  Dd 
VI.  Ca 
VIL  Ca 


[III.  Dh 
IL  Ccd 

[V,  Cc 
IV,  Cb 
[IV.  Bf 
IIL  De 


IIL  Fc 

III.  Dg 

rV.  De 

VIL  Bb 
V.  Fd 
[II.  Bb 
VIL  Db 
V.  Ef 
[IIL  Fa 
V.  Ea 

IV.  BfE 
[VL  Be 

IV,  Cc 

V,  Cf 
II,  Ca 


River  of  Egypt.  Num.  xxxiv.  5  ;  Josh.  xv.  4,  xlvii. 

1 ;  1  Kings  viii.  65  ;  2  Kings  xxiv.  7 ;  Isa.     69 

xxiv.  12. 

Rock  Rimmon 99,  198 

Rodanim.     See  Dodanim 1  Chron.  i.  7. 

Rogel,  well,  (Judah.)  Josh.  x%.  7,  xviii.  16;  2Sam. 

xvii.  17;  1  Kings  i.  9, 

Roglim-En-Roglim 2  Sam.  xvii.  17,  xix.  31, 

Rome,  Acts  ii.  10,  xviii.  2,  xix.  21,  xxviii.  4;  Rom. 

i.  7  ;  Gal.  vi.  18  ;  Eph.  vi.  24;  Phil.  iv.  23; 

Col.  iv.  18;  2  Tim.  i.  17;  Phil,  xxv 

Routes  between  Jerusalem  and  Galilee 179 

Rumah 2  Kings  xxiii.  36,  101 

Ruth,  Book  of, 104 

Saba,     See  Seba  No.  1. 

Sabtah,  Arabian  tribe Gen.  x.  7.     18 

Sabtecah Gen.  x.  7.     18 

Saccha^a 

Salah 20 

Salamis,  upon  Cyprus Acts  xiii.  5.  220 

Salammias,  in  Chalcidiee 

Salchah.    Deut.  iii.  10 ;    Josh.  xii.  5,  xiii,  11 ;    1 

Chron.  v,  11 

Salem Gen.  xiv.  18;  Ps.  Ixxvi.  3 ;  Heb.  vii.  1. 

Salim,  perhaps  =  Shalbim 1  Sam.  ix.  4, 

Salmone Acts  xxvii.  7.  240 

Salt,  mountain 31 

Salt  Sea.  Gen.  xiv.  3  ;  Num.  xxxii.  12 ;  Josh,  xv, 

2,  5,  xviii.  19. 
Salt,  valley  of.    2  Sam.  viii.  13 ;    2  Kings  xiv.  7; 

1  Chron.  xviii.  12;    2  Chron.  xxv.  11 ;  118,  142 

Pillar  of, 142 

Samaria,  Samaritans,  city  and  province.  1  Kings 
xiii,  32,  xvi.  24,  29,  xviii.  2,  xx.  1,  34,  xxii, 
37  :  2  Kings  i,  2,  ii.  25,  vi.  19,  24,  x.  1.  17, 
xiii.  1,  xiv.  15,  xvii.  9  ;  2  Chron.  xviii.  2, 
xxv.  13,  xxviii.  15;  Ezra  iv.  10;  Isa.  vii. 
9,  X.  9;  Jer.  xxiii.  13,  xii.  5;  Ezek.  xvi, 
53,  xxiii.  4;  Hos.  vii.  1,  x.  5  ;  Amos  iii.  9; 
Obad.  19;  Micah  i.  6;  Luke  vii.  11;  John 
iv,  4 ;  Acts  i.  8,  viii,  1,  xv.  3, 

102,  135,  145,  168,  210 

Samos Acts  xx.  15.  236,  248 

Samosata,  on  the  Euphrates 

Samothracia Acts  xvi.  11,  228 

Samson 103 

Samuel 105 

Sanir,     See  Seuir 102 

Sansannah,  (Judah.) Josh.  xv.  31. 

Sapher,  Sepher,  mountains Num.  xxxiii.  23. 

Saphir Micah  i.  11. 

Saraim,  (Judah.)    Josh.  xv.  36;  1  Sam.  xvii.  52; 

I  Chron.  iv,  31, 

Sardis Rev,  i.  11,  iii.  1. 

Sardis 244,  263 

Sared,  brook Num.  xxi.  12  ;    Deut.  ii.  13.     61 

Sarepta  =  Zarphath Luke  iv.  26.  136,  183 

Sarid,  (Zebulon.) Josh.  xix.  10. 

gatala 225 

Saul,  death  of 114 

—  the  persecutor 216 

Scardus,  mountains 

Scodra,  in  lUyria 

Scopus,  hill,  north  of  Jerusalem 

Scythians 

Scythopolis  =  Beth-Shean 192 

Sea  of  Galilee.     See  Gennesaret 72,187 

Seba,   1)  Arabian   tribe.    Gen.  x.  7,   x.  29;    Isa, 

xliii.  3,  xviii.  1.  xiv.  14;  Ps.  Ixxii.  10 17 

—  2)  =  Sheba.    1  Kings  x.  1 ;    Isa.  Ix.  6 ;    Jer. 

vi.  20 ;  Ezek.  xvii.  22 ;  Job  vi.  19 ;  Ps.  Ixxii. 
15  ;  Joel  iv.  8, 

—  3)  (Simeon.) Josh.  xix.  2. 

Sebastea,  in  Cappadocia 

Sebennytus,  on  the  Delta  in  Egypt 

Secacah,  (Judah.) Josh.  xv.  61. 

Sechu 1  Sam.  xix.  22. 

Seir,  land   and   mountain.    Gen.  xiv.  6,  xxxii.  3, 

xxxiii.  14,  xxxvi.  8 ;  Num.  xxiv.  18  ;  Deut. 
i.  2,  44 ;  Josh.  xii.  5,  7,  xxiv.  4 ;  Judg.  v. 
4 ;  1  Chron.  iv.  12 ;    2  Chron.  xx.  22,  xxv. 

II  ;  Isa.  xxi.  11 ;  Ezek.  xxv,  8 ;  xxxv,  2  ; 
Josh,  XV,  10 34,  60 

Seirath Judg.  iii.  26.  100 

Sela,  Joktheel,  Petra.  2  Kings  xiv,  7 ;  Isa,  xvi.  1.  142 


VII,  Aa 


IL 

Eo 

IL 

De 

V. 

Fd 

VIL  Eb 

V.Fg 

[V.  Fd 
IV.  Fc 

IV 

,  Cd 

VIL  Db 

V, 

Cg 

VL  Bd 
V.  Ce 
IV.  Cd 
VIL  Db 
VIL  Fb 


IV,  Bh 

V,  Bf 


[IL  Bb 
VII.  Db 
VL  Bo 
IV.  Cb 

[V.  Cc 
VIL  Ga 


VII.  Ca 
VII.  B» 
I. 

ILDa 
V.  Cd 


ILCd 


[VL  Bd 
VIL  Fb 
IIL  A» 


IV.  Dh 
IV.  Dh 


315 


TEXT   BOOK   AND  ATLAS  OF  BIBLICAL  GEOGRAPHY. 


316 


Selah-bammah-lekoth 1  Sam.  xxiii.  28. 

Sele,  in  Egypt,  north  of  Kameses 

Seleucia Acts  xiii.  4.  219 

Senaah,  (Judah.)...Ezra  ii.  35;  Neh.  iii.  3,  vii.  38. 

Seneh 1  Sam.  xiv.  4.  109 

Senir 128 

Sephar Gen.  x.  30. 

Sepharad Obad.  20. 

Sepharvaim.    2  Kings  xvii.  24,  xviii.  34,  xix.  13 ; 

Isa.  xxxvi.  19,  xxxvii.  13 146 

Sephet,  Safet,  mountain  in  Galilee 

Sepphoris,  capital  of  Galilee  under  Nero 

Serbal,  mountain,  25  miles  AV.  N.  W.  of  Sinai 

Sered Num.  xxi.  12;  Deut.  ii.  13  ;  Isa.  xvi.  7. 

Servitudes  under  the  Judges 100 

Settlement  of  the  tribes 

Seven  Churches 248 

Shaalabbin,  (Dan.) Josh.  xix.  42. 

Shaalbim  =  Shaalabbin,    (Dan.)    Judg.  i.  35  ;  2 

Sam.  23,  32  ;  1  Kings  iv.  9 ;  1  Chron.  xi.  33.  130 

Shahazimah,  (Issachar.) Josh.  xix.  22. 

Shalim 36,  1 

Shalisha.     See  Baal-Shalisha 1  Sam.  ix.  4.  1 

Shamir,  1)  in  mountains  of  Ephraim.    Judg.  x.  1.  102 

—  2)  (Judah.) Josh.  xv.  48. 

Sharon.    Josh.  xii.  18 ;  1  Chron.  v.  16,  xxvii.  29  ; 

Sol.  Songs  ii.  1 ;  Isa.  xxxiii.  9,  xxxv.  2,  Ixv. 

10;  Acts  ix.  35 130,213 

Sharuthen,  (Simeon.) Josh.  xix.  6.    30 

Shaveh Gen.  xiv.  17. 

Shebah 129,  134 

Shebam Num.  xxxii.  3. 

Shebarim Josh.  vii.  5. 

Shechem.     See  Sichem 28,  79,  84,  96,  132,  182 

Shefa-Amar,  in  Galilee 

Sheleph,  Arabian  tribe.  Gen.  x.  26;  1  Chron.  i.  20. 

Shem 19 

Shemah. 

Sherar 109 

Sheshach,  Babylon Jer.  xxv.  26,  Ii.  41. 

Shen 1  Sam.  vii.  12. 

Shenir  =  Sirion  =  Hermon.  Deut  iii.  9 ;  1  Chron. 

V.  23 ;  Sol.  Songs  iv.  8. 

'  Shicron,  (Judah.) Josh.  xv.  11. 

Shihor-Libnath,  river,  (Asher.) Josh.  xix.  26. 

Shilhim,  (Judah.) Josh.  xv.  32. 

Shiloh,  (Ephraim.)  Josh,  xviii.  1,  xxi.  2,  xxii.  12; 

Judg.  xviii.  31,  xxi.  12, 19  ;  1  Sam.  i.  3,  34, 

iii.  21,  iv.  12,  xiv.  3 ;  1  Kings  ii.  27,  xi.  29, 

xiv.  2 ;    Ps.  Ixxviii.  60 ;  Jer.  vii.  12,  xxvi. 

9,  xli.  6 92 

Shimron,  Shimron-Meron,  (Zebulon.)    Josh.  xi.  1, 

xii.  30,  xix.  15 

Sbinar,  Babylonia.    Gen.  x.  10,  xi.  2,  xiv.  1;  Isa. 

xi.  11;  Dan.  i.  2;  Zech.  v.  11 30 

Shittim,  1)  =  Abel-Shittim.  Num.  xxv.  1,  xxxiii. 

49 ;  Josh.  ii.  1,  iii.  1 ;  Micah  vi.  5. 

—  2)  valley Joel  iii.  23. 

Shocho 112,  134 

Shophan,  (Gad.) Num.  xxxii.  35. 

Shual,  (Benjamin.) 1  Sam.  xiii.  17. 

Shunem,  (Issachar.)  Josh.  xix.  18;  1  Sam.  xxviii. 

4;  1  Kings  i.  3;  2  Kings  iv.  8 140 

Shur,  desert  of. Ex.  xv.  22;  Num.  xxxiii.  8.  45,  53 

—  2)  city  in  the  desert.     Gen.  xvi.  7;  xx.  1;...     33 

1  Sam.  XV.  7,  xxvii.  8 33,  45 

Shushan.  Ezraiv.  9;  Neh.i.  1;    Esther  i.  2;  Dan. 

viii.  2 157 

Sibamah,  (Reuben.) Num.  xxxii.  37. 

Sibmah.    Josh.  xiii.  19 ;    Isa.  xvi.  9 ;    Jer.  xlviii. 

22 66 

Sibraim Ezek.  xlvii.  16. 

Sichem,   Shechem-Neapolis,  a   Levitical  city   in 

Ephraim.  Gen.  xii.  6,  xxvii.  12 ;  Josh.  xvii. 

7,    XX.  7,    xxi.  21,   xxiv.  1,  25,  32 ;    Judg. 

viii.  31,  ix.  1,  xxi.  19;    1  Kings  xii.  1,  25; 

1  Chron.  vi.  67,  vii.  28  ;  2  Chron.  x.  1 ;  Ps. 

Ix.  8;  cviii.  8;   Jer.  xli.  5;  Acts  vii.  16.  28,  36 

Sicily,  island  of 

Siddim,  valley Gen.  xiv.  3.  10. 

Sidon.     See  also  Zidon.    Gen.  xlix.  13  ;    Ezra  iii, 

7 ;  Zech.  ix.  2 ;  Matt.  xi.  21,  xv.  21 ;  Mark 

iii.  8,  vii.  24;    Luke  iv.  26,  vi.  17,  x.  13; 

Acts  xii.  19,  xxvii.  3 240 

Sihor,  Shihor Josh.  xiii.  3;  1  Chron.  xiii.  5. 

Silla 2  Kings  xii.  20. 


III.  Be 

VII.  Eb 

[V.  Dc 

II.  Ed 


V.  Cd 
V.  Cd 
IL  Cg 


V.  Be 
II.  Ec 


VI.  Bd 
VI.  Be 
II.  Co 
II.  Dc 


[V.  Ce 
IV.  Cd 
[III.  Ec 

II.  Db 


[VI.  Be 
V.  Cd 


III.  Ce 
II.  Db 

V.  Ef 


III.  Ec 

V.  Ce 

IV.  Cd 

VI.  Bd 

VII.  Ab 


[VILFc 
VI.  Ba  • 
[IV.  Ca 


Siloah,  Siloam.    Neh.  iii.  15;    Isa.  viii.  6;    Luke 

xiii.  4;  John  ix.  7 123 

Simeon's  tomb 

Simeon,  tribe Josh.  xix.  1-9.     94 

Simyra,  on  the  east  of  Phoenicia 

Sin,  1)  (Pelusium.) Ezek.  xxx.  15.     37 

—  2)  desert Ex.  xvi.  1;  Num.  xxxiii.  11.     48 

Sinai,  1)  mountain.    Ex.  xvi.  1,  xix.  18,  xxiv.  16, 

xxxiv.  4 ;  Levit.  xxv.  1 ;  Judg.  v.  5  ;  Neh. 
ix.  13;  Ps.  Ixviii.  9;  Acts  vii.  30;  Gal.  iv. 
24 48,  50 

—  2)  desert Ex.  xix.  1;   Num.  xxxv.  16.     52 

Sinaitic  Group 45 

Sinites Gen.  x.  17;  1  Chron.  i.  15.     19 

Sinim,  tribe,  (perhaps  =  China.) Isa.  xlix.  12. 

Sinope,  south  coast  of  the  Black  Sea 

Sion,  1)  =  Hermon Deut.  iv.  48. 

—  2)  (Issachar.) Josh.  xix.  19. 

Siphmoth,  Sephmoth,  (Judah.). ...1  Sam.  xxx.  28.  116 

Siphron , Num.  xxxiv.  9. 

Sirah,  well 2  Sam.  iii.  26. 

Sirion  =  Shenir  =  Hermon Deut.  iii.  9. 

Sitnah,  fountain Gen.  xxvi.  21. 

Slime  pits,  near  Sodom 31 

Smyrna Rev.  i.  11,  ii.  8.  244,  249 

Socho,  (Judah.)  Josh.  xv.  35,  48;  1  Sam.  xvii.  1; 

1  Kings  iv.  10;  2  Chron.  xi.  7,  xxviii.  18. 

91,  130,  134 
Sodom.    Gen.  x.  19,  xiii.  10,  12,  xiv.  2,  xviii.  16, 

xix.  1,  XV.  24;   Isa.  i.  9,  xiii.  9;  Jer.  xxiii. 

14,  xlix.  18,  1.  40;  Ezek.  xvi.  48  ;  Zeph.  ii. 

9  ;  Matt.  x.  15,  xi.  23  ;  Mark  vi.  11 ;  Luke 

x.  12;  2  Pet.  ii.  6 31 

Solomon 121,132.    Pools  of. 123 

Song  of  the  Wells 61 

Sophene,  in  Armenia 

Sorek,  valley Judg.  xvi.  4.  104 

—  river 

Spain Rom.  xv.  24,  28. 

Springs,  upper  and  nether 91 

Star  in  the  East 172 

St  Catherine,  near  Mount  Sinai 

Succoth,  1)  (Gad.)    Gen.  xxii.  17;    Ex.  xii.  37; 

Josh.  xiii.  27 ;  1  Kings  vii.  46 ;  Ps.  Ix.  8, 
cviii.  8 101 

—  2)  encampment  in  the  desert.  Num.  xxxiii,  6.     36 

Suez,  town  and  bay  of. ."..44,  46 

Sukkiims 2  Chron.  xii.  3.     46 

Sun  and  moon  standstill 85 

Sycaminopolis,  near  Mount  Carmel 

Syene Ezek.  xxix.  10,  xxx.  6.     40 

Sychar 182 

Syrian.     See  Aram.  Gen.  xxii.  21,  xxviii.  6  ;  Num. 

xxiii.  7;  Judg.  iii.  10,  x.  6 ;  2  Sam.  viii.  5, 
12,  X.  18 ;  1  Kings  x.  29,  xi.  25,  xv.  18, 
xix.  15,  XX.  1,  xxii.  1 ;  2  Kings  v.  1,  vi.  8, 
viii.  28,  xii.  17,  xxiv.  2:  1  Chron.  xviii.  5; 

2  Chron.  i.  17,  xxii.  5  ;  Ps.  Ix.  2  ;  Isa.  vii. 
1;  Ezek.  xvi.  57,  xxvii.  16;  Hos.  xii.  23; 
Amos  i.  5,  ix.  7 ;  Matt.  iv.  24 ;  Mark  vii. 
26  ;  Luke  ii.  1 ;  Acts  xv.  23,  41,  xviii.  18... 

Syracuse Acts  xxviii.  12, 

Syrian  Confederacy 119 

Taanach,  Levitical  city  in  Manasseh.  Josh,  xii, 
21,  xvii.  11,  xxi.  25 ;  Judg.  i.  27,  v.  19;  1 
Kings  iv.  12;  1  Chron.  vii.  29 89,  95 

Taanath-Shiloh Josh.  xvi.  6. 

Tabee  =  Tob Judg.  xi.  3;  2  Sam.  x.  6. 

Tabbath,  Ephraim Judg.  vii.  22. 

Taberah,  in  the  desert.    Num.  xi.  3 ;  Deut.  ix.  22.     54 

Tabor,  1)  mountain.  Josh.  xix.  22;  Judg.  iv.  6, 
viii.  18  ;  Ps.  Ixxxix.  13  ;  Jer.  xlvi.  18  ;  Hos. 
V.  1 ;  Matt.  xvii.  1 ;  Mark  ix.  1 ;  Luke  ix. 
38 70,  77 

—  2)  =  Arisloth-Tabor,  Levitical  city  in  Zebulon. 

1  Chron.  vi.  77 95 

Tadmor,  Palmyra.  1  Kings  ix.  18  ;  2  Chron.  viii.  4.  131 

Tagaba,  twelve  miles  north-east  from  Gaza 

Tahath,  encampment Num.  xxxiii.  26. 

Tahpanhes.    Jer.  xliii.  7,  xliv.  1,  xlvi.  14 ;    Ezek. 

xxx.  18 38 

Tahtim-Hodshi 2  Sam.  xxiv.  6. 

Talmai,  kingdom  of. 119 

Tamiathis,  in  the  Delta  of  the  Nile., 

Tamyras,  river  in  Phoenicia 


MAPS. 

I. 

I. 

IV.  Bf 

V.  Eg 
IL  Cb 

in.  Cg 


[TILDg 
II.  Cc 


IIL  Fa 
VII.  Fa 


VIL  Db 

[V.CgBf 
IV.  Bf 


[V.  Cg 
IV.  Cf 


VII.  Fb 
V.  Bf 


IIL  Be 

[V.  De 
IV.  Dd 
IIL  Be 


V.  Cd 
IL  Cc 
VLBd 


W.  Eab 
V.  Eb 
V.  Ffg 
VILFbc 
VII.  Bb 


[V.  Cd 

IV.  Cd 

V.  Dd 
IIL  Dg 


[IV.Dc 
IIL  Ec 


VII.  Fc 
V.  Bf 


IIL  Be 


IIL  Ad 
IV.  Da 


317 


INDEX. 


ai8 


MAPS. 

Tanis,  Zoan 37  III.  Ad 

Tappuah Josh.  xvi.  8,  xii.  17,  xv.  34.     89 

Tarah,  encampment Num.  xxxiii.  27. 

Tarealah,  (Benjamin.) Josh,  xviii.  27. 

Tarentum,  in  Italy VII.  Ba 

Tarich£ca,  west  of  the  Sea  of  Galilee V.  Dd 

TarpelitfcS Ezra  iv.  9. 

Tarshisli,  son  of  Javan.  Gen.  x.  4;  Ps.  Ixxii.  10; 
Isa.  xxiii.  1,  Ixvi.  19  ;  Jer.  x.  9 ;  Ezek. 
xxvii.  12,  xxxviii.  13 ;  John  i.  3,  iv.  2.  16,  128  [VII.Eb 

Tarsus Acts  ix.  11,  30,  xi.  25,  xxi.  39.  216  11.  Cb 

Tatta,  salt  lake  in  Lycaonia VII.  Eb 

Taurus,  mount  in  Asia  Minor II.  Cb 

Tavia,  in  Galatia VII.  Fa 

Tekoa,   1)   (Judah.)    2  Sam.  xiv.  2,   xxiii.  26  ;    1 

Chron.  ii.  24,  xi.  28 ;  2  Chron.  xi.  6 ;  Neh.  [V.  Cf 

iii.  5,  27;  Jer.  vi.  1;  Amos  i.  1 119  IV.CeFf 

—  2)  desert  of. 2  Chron.  xx.  20. 

Tel-Abib Ezek.  iii.  15. 

Telem Josh.  xv.  24. 

Tel-Harisha Ezra  ii.  59;  Neh.  vii.  61. 

Tel-Melah Ezra  ii.  59;  Neh.  vii.  61. 

Tema,  Arabian  tribe.    Gen.  xxv.  15;    Job  vi.  19  j 

Isa.  xxi.  14 ;  Jer.  xxv.  23. 
Teman,  region   in   Idumea.    Gen.  xxxvi.  11,  15; 
Jer.  xlix.  7;  Ezek.  xxv.  13;  Hab.  iii.  3. 

Terraeina,  between  Rome  and  Naples VII.  Aa 

Teumessus,  in  Chalcidice V.  Ff 

Thamar  =  Tamar Ezek.  xlvii.  19  ;  xlviii.  28.  V.  Cg 

Thantia,  in  Bashan V.  Ee 

Thapsacus.     See  Thiphsah VII.  Cb 

Thebais  =  Upper  Egypt. 

Thebes Judg.  ix.  50;  2  Sam.  xi.  21.     39 

Thebez 16,  101 

Thebians II.  Co 

Thelaim  =  Telem,  (Judah.) 1  Sam.  xv.  4, 

Thelasar,  Telassar.  2  Kings  xix.  12;  Isa.xxxvii.l2, 

Thelada,  in  Apamene V.  Fg 

Thelseae V.  Fb 

Thense,  Samaritan  town V.  Ce 

Thessalia 16  VII.  Fb 

Thessalonica.  Acts  xvii.  1,  xx.  4,  xxvii.  2 ;  Phil, 
iv.  16 ;  1  Thess.  i.  12 ;  2  Thess.  i.  1 ;  2  Tim. 

iv.  10 230  VILCa 

Thenprosopan,  cape 

Thisbe,  (Naphtali.) 1  Kings  xvii.  1,  xxi.  17.  V.  Prv 

Thmuis,  a  large  city  in  Egypt. III.  Ad 

Thracia 16,  229  II.  Ba 

Three  Taverns 243  VII.  Aa 

Thurii,  Greek  colony  in  Italy VII.  Bb 

Tih,  mountain 63 

Thyatira Rev.  i.  2 ;  ii.  18;  Acts  xvi.  14.  253    [VI.  Cc 

Tiberias,  country  and  sea.  John  vi.  1,  23.  72,  187,  191  V.  Dd 

Tibhath 1  Chron.  xviii.  8.  [VII.Gf 

Tigris,  river 10  II.  Db 

Timnah,  in  Edom.    Gon.  >xxvi.  40  ;  IChron.  i.  61. 

Timnath,   (Judah.)    Gen.  xxxviii.  12;    Josh.  xv.  [V.  Bf 

10,67,  xix.  43 103  IV.  Be 

Timnath-Hores Judg.  ii.  9. 

Timnath-Serah Josh.  xix.  50,  xxiv.  30.     97  IV.  Ee 

Tiphsah,  Thapsacus 1  Kings  iv.  24.  121   VII.  Fb 

—  2)  in  Palestine 2  Kings  xv.  16. 

Tiras,  Thiraz Gen.  x.  2.     17  II.  Ba 

Tirzah.  Josh.  xii.  24 ;  1  Kings  xiv.  17,  xv.  21,  34,  [V.  Ce 

xvi.  8;  2  Kings  xv.  14 90,  133  IV.  Cd 

Tob,  land  =  Istob Jud.  xi.  3  ;  2  Sam.  x.  8.  IV.  Dc 

Tochen,  (Judah.) 1  Chrou.  iv.  32. 

Togarmah.  Gen.  x.  3 ;  1  Chron.  i.  6 ;  Ezek.  xxvii. 

14,  xxxviii.  6 15,  128  II.  Db 

Tolad-El-Tolad,  (Simeon.) 1  Chron.  iv.  29. 

Tombs  of  the  Kings,  in  Jerusalem I. 

Tophel Deut.  i.  1.  IV.  Dg 

Tophethin,  the  valley  of  Hinnom.    2  Kings  xxiii. 

10;  Jer.  vii.  31,  xix.  6 III.  Ee 

Tor  =  Tur 48  III.  Cg 

Tower  of  Edar Gen.  xxxv.  21 ;  Micah  iv.  8. 

Tower  of  Psephinos I. 

Trachonitis Luke  iii.  1.  V.  Fed 

Transfiguration 194  VI.  Cb 

Trapezus,  now  Trebizond VII.  Fa 

Travels  of  our  Saviour VI. 

Triparadisus,  on  the  Orontes , V.  Ea 

Tripolis,  in  Syria,  above  Beirut VII.  Fc 

Troas Acts  xvi.  8,  xx.  6;  2  Tim.  iv.  13.  228,  234  VII.  Db 

Trogyllium Acts  xx.  16.  236  VII.  Db 


Tubal.  Gen.  x.  2 ;  Ezek.  xxxviii.  2,  xxxix,  1,  xxvii. 

13,  xxxii.  26;  Isa.  Ixvi.  19 16,  128 

Tur  =  Tor 48 

Tyara 

Tyre  =  Zor.  2  Sam.  v.  11,  xxiv.  7 ;  1  Kings  v.  1, 

vii.  13,  ix.  11 ;    1  Chron.  xiv.  1,  xxii.  4;  2 

Chron.  ii.  3 ;  Ezra  iii.  7  ;  Neh.  xiii.  16 ;  Ps. 

xiv.  l.S,  Ixxxiii.  8,  Ixxxvii.  4;  Isa.  xxiii.  1 ; 

Jer.  xxv.  22,  xxvii.  3,  xlvii.  4 ;  Ezek.  xxvi. 

3  seq. ;    Zech.  ix.  2  ;    Matt.  xi.  21,  xv.  21 ; 

Mark  iii.  8,   vii.  24 ;    Luke  vi.  17,   x.  13 ; 

Acts  xii.  20,  xxi.  3 124,  127,  191 

Tyropoeon 122 

Ulai  =  Euiaus Dan.  viii.  2. 

Ummah,  (Asher.) Josh.  xix.  30. 

Uphaz,  perhaps  =  Ophir Jer.  x.  9;  Dan.  x.  6.     20 

Upper  and  Lower  Pools 1  Kings  i.  32.  123 

Ur,  in  Chaldea Gen.  xi.  28;  Neh.  ix.  7.     26 

Urfah,  or  Orfah 27 

Urtas 133 

Utica 127 

Uz,  in  Idumea Job  i.  1;  Jer.  xxv.  10.     20 

Uzal Gen.  x.  27.    20 

Uzzen-Herah 1  Chron.  vii.  24, 

Valley  of  Arabah 67 

—  Chesemongers  =  Tyropoeon 

—  Ease 48 

—  Gihon 121,  123 

—  Jehoshaphat 121 

—  Kidron 

_  Salt 2  Sam.  viii.  13.  118,  142 

—  the  son  of  Hinnom .. 

—  the  Tyropoeon 122 

Via  Dolorosa 

Wady-Es-Sheikh 48 

Wady  Rahah 49 

Wanderings  of  David 112 

Waters  of  Dimon 66 

—  Merom 131 

—  Nimrim 

White  Cape,  below  Tyre 

Wilderness 177 

—  Judah 178 

—  Shur 33 

—  Sin 48 

—  Tekoa 139 

—  Ziph 113 

Woods  of  Ephraim 35,  120 

Zaanaim,  (Naphtali.)  Josh.  xix.  33  ;  Judg.  iv.  11. 

Zaanan,  perhaps  =  Zenan Micah  i.  11. 

Zalmon,  mountain Judg.  ix.  48;  Ps.  Ixviii.  15. 

Zalmonah,  encampment Num.  xxxiii.  41. 

Zamzummim Deut.  ii.  20.     30 

Zanoah,  (Judah.)    Josh.  xv.  34,  36;    1  Chron.  iv. 

18;  Neh.  iii.  13,  xi.  30 

Zaphon,  (Gad.) Josh.  xiii.  27. 

Zarah Joseph.  Antiq.  xiii.  16,  4. 

Zareah,   Zorah,  (Judah.)    Josh.  xv.  33,   xix.  41; 

Judg.  xiii.  2,  25,  xvi.  31,  xviii.  2 ;  1  Chron. 

ii.  63,  iv.  2 

Zaretan,  Zared 1  Kings  vii.  46.  83,  133 

Zarphath  =  Sarepta 1  Kings  vii.  9;  Obad.  20.  183 

Zarthan,  Zareda.     See  Zarerath 130 

Zeboim,  1)  in  the  valley  of  Siddim.    Gen.  x.  19, 

xiv.  2 ;  Deut.  xxix.  22  ;  Hos.  xi.  8.  31,  65 

—  2)  valley  in  Benjamin.  1  Sam.  xiii.  18;  Neh 

xi.  34 109 

Zebah 101,  118 

Zebulon Josh.  xix.  10-16.     95 

Zechariah 163 

Zedad Num.  xxxiv.  8;  Ezek.  xlvii.  16. 

Zelah,  (Benjamin.)    Josh,  xviii.  28  ;    2  Sam.  xxi. 

14 128 

Zelzah,  (Benjamin.) ..1  Sam.  xi.  2.  108 

Zemarite,  Canaanitish  people Gen.  x.  18.     19 

Zemaraim,  (Benjamin.)  Josh,  xviii.  22;   2  Chron. 

xiii.  4 134 

Zenan  =  Zaanan Josh.  xv.  37 

Zephath-Hormah Judg.  i.  17.  57,  100 

Zephathah,  valley  in  Judah 2  Chron.  xiv.  40, 

Zer,  (Naphtoli.)., Josh.  xix.  35 


MAPS. 

II.  Ca 
in.  Cg 
VIL  Fb 


VL  Bb 
VIL  Fc 
V.  Cc 
IV.  Cb 
IIL  Eb 
I. 


L 

ILCb 

D. 


IL  Dd 


IV.  CDg 
I. 

L 
L 
L 


IIL  Ba 
IIL  Ba 


IV.  Cb 


[IV.  Ef 
V.  Bf 

IV.  Ec 


IV.  Ef 
IIL  Eb 

V.Dg 

IV.  Co 
[III.  Fa 
V.Fg 


III.  Ed 


319 


TEXT  BOOK  AND  ATLAS  OF  BIBLICAL  GEOGRAPHY. 


820 


PAOE 

Zered,  brook 61 

Zererath  =  Zarthan  =  Zereda,  (Manasseh.)  Josh. 

iii.  16 ;    Judg.  vii.  22 ;    1  Kings  iv.  12,  vii. 

46,  xi.  26;  2  Chron.  iv.  17 83,  1.33 

Zereth-Shahar,  (Reuben.) Josh.  xiii.  19. 

Ziddim,  (Naphtali.) Josh.  xix.  35. 

Zidon  =  Sidon,  Zidonites.    Gen.  x.  15,  19;  Deut 

iii.  9;  Josh.  xi.  8,  xix.  28;  Judg.  i.  31,  iii. 

3,  xviii.  28 ;  2  Sam.  xxiv.  6 :  1  Kings  v.  6, 

xi.  1,  xvi.  31,  xvii.  19 ;  2    Kings  xxiii.  13 ; 

1  Chron.  xxii.  4 ;    Isa.  xxiii.  2 ;    Jer.  xxv. 

22,  xxvii.  3,  xlvii.  4 ;  Ezek.  xxvii.  8,  xxviii. 

22;  Joel  iii.  8 18,128,191 

Ziklag,  (Simeon.)    Josh.  xv.  31,   xix.  5  ;    1  Sam. 

xxvii.  6,  XXX.  1,  26  ;  2  Sam.  i.  1 ;  1  Chron. 

iv.  30,  xii.  1;  Neh.  xi.  28 115 

Zimran.    Gen.  xxv.  2, •    1  Chron.  i.  32 j   Jer.  xxv. 

25. 
Zin,  Wilderness  of.    Num.  xiii.  21,   xx.  1,   xxvii. 

14,  xxxiii.  36,  xxxiv.  3  ;  Josh.  xv.  1,  3 53 

Zion,  city   of  David,  mountain.    2  Sara.  v.  7 ;    1 

Kings  viii.  1 ;  2  Kings  xix.  31 ;  1  Chron.  xi. 

6 ;    2  Chron.  v.  2 ;    Ps.  ii.  6,  xiv.  7,  xx.  3, 

xlviii.  3,   Ivi.  2,   li.  10,   Ixxiv.  2,    Ixxvi.  3, 

xcvii.  8,  cii.  17,  cxxv.  1,  cxxxiii.  3,  cxxxvii. 

l;    Isa.  i.  27,  ii.  3,  x.  12,  xlix.  14,   Iii.  1; 


in.  Eb 
II.  Cb 


V.  Bf 


IV.ABg 


PAGE 

Jer.  iv.  6 ;    Joel  iii.  5  ;    Amos  i.  2,  vi.  1 ; 

Micahiii.  12;  Zech.  viii.  3  ;  Zeph.  iii.  10...  122 

Zior,  (Judah.) Josh.  xv.  64. 

Ziph,   1)    Josh.  XV.  24,  55 ;    1  Sam.  xxiii.  14,  19, 

xxvi.  1;  2  Chron.  xi.  8 91,  113,  1.34 

—  2)  Wilderness  of. 113 

Ziz,  clifif. 2  Chron.  xx.  16.  138 

Ziza,  a  ruined  city  near  Heshbon 

Zoan  =  Tanis.  Gen.  xiii.  22 ;  Ps.  Ixxviii.  43  ;  Isa. 

xix.  11,  XXX.  4;  Jer.  xxx.  14;  Ezek.  xxx. 

14 37 

Zoar  =  Belah.    Gen.  xiii.  10,   xiv.  2,   xix.  22 ; 

Deut.  xxxiv.  3 ;    Isa.  xv.  5 ;    Jer.  xlviii. 

34 31,  65 

Zobah,  Aram-Zobah.  1  Sam.  xiv.  47 ;  2  Sam.  viii. 

3,  X.  6,  xxiii.  36 ;  1  Kings  xi.  23 ;  1  Chron. 

xviii.  3,  xix.  6;  Ps.  Ix.  2 109,  118,  119 

Zoheleth 1  Kings  i.  9. 

Zophim,  on  Mount  Pisgah Num.  xxiii.  14. 

Zor  =  Tyre.    Josh.  xix.  29 ;    Joel  iii.  8 ;    Amos 

i.  9 

Zora.     See  Zarea. 

Zorah,  (Dan,) 98,  103,  134 

Zuph 1  Sam.  ix.  5.  108 

Zuzim,  tribe Gen.  xiv.  6.    30 


[IV.  Fg 
V.Cf 


V.  Ef 
III.  Ad 
V.  eg 


IV.  Be 
[IV.  Cb 
II.  Cb 
[III.  Eb 


THE  END. 


■TKREOTTPED   BT   L.  JOHNSON   *  OU, 
PHILADELPHIA. 


Af 


RETURN     CIRCULATION  DEPARTMENT 

TO— »      202  Main  Library 


m 


LOAN  PERIOD  1 
HOME  USE 


RENEWALS  AND  R!?CHA 

:  OAr!  period:  ■:-'."■  : 

1;  =  NEWALS;  CALL  (-^ii)  • 


5, 


-,  MAY  BE  MADE  4  DAYS  pj^R  TO  DUE  DATS 

M,   ;-i.',C:>iTH3,AND  1-YE, 


ALL  BOOKS  MAY  BE  RECALLED  AFTER  7  DAYS 

1  -month  loans  may  be  renewed  by  calling  642-3405 

6-month  loans  may  be  recharged  by  bringing  books  to  Circulation  Desk 

Renewals  and  recharges  may  be  made  4  days  prior  to  due  date 

DUE  AS  STAMPED  BELOW 


LIBRARY  use  ON  b¥ 


DEC  1  6  198!^ 


CIRC'JLATiCN  DIP 


teciRc  DECMt^^ 


UNIVERSITY  OF  CALIFORNIA,  BERKELEY 
FORM  NO.  DD6,  60m,  3/80  BERKELEY,  CA  94720 


@s 


YD 


26152 


